diff options
206 files changed, 18831 insertions, 13107 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALL.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALL.txt index d3adb1e9718..4f6fd25398d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALL.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALL.txt @@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ distribution from the KOMA Script maintainers consists of a complete TEXMF tree (also known as the/a TDS tree). This TEXMF tree in its original form is provided as a ZIP archive. It may also be distributed in other archival formats. When the following text refers to an archive, it therefore does not -necessarily refer to a ZIP archive. When creating a new archive, distributors -are strongly encouraged to preserve the structure and contents of the TEXMF -tree so that these instructions remain valid. Distributors are otherwise -urged to provide their own instructions for installation. +necessarily refer to a ZIP archive. When creating a new archive, +distributors are strongly encouraged to preserve the structure and contents +of the TEXMF tree so that these instructions remain valid. Distributors are +otherwise urged to provide their own instructions for installation. Distribution of the expanded TEXMF tree is also permitted. Should, as a result, the structure or the contents of the TEXMF tree be modified (within @@ -27,6 +27,21 @@ directions would also begin with `INSTALLD.', immediately followed by the distributor's name or acronym. A `README' file should likewise created. +Easy installation using TeX Live repository or MiKTeX installation file +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +TeX Live users can easily install the current release of KOMA-Script from +the KOMA repository for TeX Live. See <http://www.komascript.de/current> +for more information. But if you want to install another release, you have +to read the installation instructions below. + +MiKTeX users can easily install the current release of KOMA-Script using +the self extracting archive for windows also known as MiKTeX installation +file. See <http://www.komascript.de/current> for more information. But +if you want to install another release, you have to read the installation +instructions below. + + Installation from an archive ---------------------------- @@ -132,5 +147,5 @@ your installation directory, you may have to do this as administrator or root. For more information about this see the manual of your TeX system! --------------------------------------------------- -German text by Markus Kohm, 2006 -Translation by Kevin Pfeiffer and Markus Kohm, 2006 +German text by Markus Kohm, 2014 +Translation by Kevin Pfeiffer and Markus Kohm, 2014 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALLD.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALLD.txt index a1cef3e9bc5..f4298071107 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALLD.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/INSTALLD.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Für KOMA-Script sind verschiedene Arten der Verteilung zulässig. Die primäre Verteilung des KOMA-Script-Betreuers besteht aus einem kompletten TEXMF-Baum (auch bekannt als TDS-Baum). Dieser TEXMF-Baum liegt originär als ZIP-Archiv vor. Eine Verpackung in andere Archivformate ist zulässig. Wenn im folgenden -von einem Archiv die Rede ist, ist daher nicht ausschließlich ein ZIP-Archiv +von einem Archiv die Rede ist, ist daher nicht ausschließlich das ZIP-Archiv gemeint. Distributoren wird jedoch empfohlen, Struktur und Inhalt des TEXMF- Baums beim Anlegen neuer Archive zu übernehmen, damit diese Anleitung gültig bleibt. Anderenfalls sind die Distributoren angehalten eine eigene Anleitung @@ -28,6 +28,23 @@ zusammengesetzt. Eventuell gibt es auch eine entsprechend aufgebaute README- Datei. +Installation mit einem TeX Live repository oder MiKTeX Installationspaket +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Anwender von TeX Live können die jeweils aktuelle Version von KOMA-Script +einfach aus dem KOMA repository für TeX Live installieren. Sie finden die +Installationsanleitung dafür unter <http://www.komascript.de/current>. Um +jedoch eine andere Version zu installieren, sei auf die Instruktionen der +nachfolgenden Abschnitte verwiesen. + +Anwender von MiKTeX können die jeweils aktuelle Version von KOMA-Script am +einfachsten mit Hilfe eines selbstextrahierenden Archivs für Windows, also +mit einer MiKTeX-Installations-Datei installieren. Eine Erklärung dazu mit +einer Installationsanleitung gibt <http://www.komascript.de/current>. Soll +jedoch eine andere Version installiert werden, so sind die Erklärungen der +nachfolgenden Abschnitte relevant. + + Installation aus einem Archiv ----------------------------- @@ -133,4 +150,4 @@ Verzeichnis der Installation ist der Refresh nur als Administrator oder als root möglich. Näheres entnehmen Sie bitte der Anleitung des TeX-Systems! ----------------- -Markus Kohm, 2006 +Markus Kohm, 2014 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/README index 0b6d0c5eafc..454184c4487 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -KOMA-Script 2013/12/19 v3.12 -Copyright (c) Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info>, 1994-2013 +KOMA-Script 2014/10/28 v3.14 +Copyright (c) Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info>, 1994-2014 This material is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. See lppl.txt (english) or lppl-de.txt (german) for the details of that @@ -45,92 +45,96 @@ E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrartcl is a LaTeX class of the KOMA-Script bundle. It is the KOMA-Script drop-in replacement of LaTeX standard class article. It provides all options, environments, counters, - lengths and commands of the LaTeX standard class article, but - also several additional options, environments, commands + lengths and commands of the LaTeX standard class article, + but also several additional options, environments, commands etc. to make it much more versatile. The default layout of scrartcl differs from article with emphasis on typography. - Nevertheless by changing the defaults a layout very similar to - the layou of the standard class may be accomplished. + Nevertheless by changing the defaults a layout very similar + to the layou of the standard class may be accomplished. Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package tocbasic - KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrbase - basic features for KOMA-Script, e.g. conditionals and key=value ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: scrbase is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - provides some basic functions used by KOMA-Script, that may be - used as well by authors and users of other classes and +Abstract: scrbase is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It + provides some basic functions used by KOMA-Script, that may + be used as well by authors and users of other classes and packages. - First of all it provides an extended key=value handling, that - may be used for run-time options of classes and packages. - Several packages of a family may share options and all the - options of one family may be changed with a single command. + First of all it provides an extended key=value handling, + that may be used for run-time options of classes and + packages. Several packages of a family may share options + and all the options of one family may be changed with a + single command. Additional conditions like \ifundefinedorrelax, \ifpdftex, - \ifVTeX, \ifpdfoutput, \ifstr etc. are provided. Definition - of most of them may be prevented from being defined and have - additional internal representations, that may be used by - package or class authors. + \ifVTeX, \ifpdfoutput, \ifstr etc. are provided. + Definition of most of them may be prevented from being + defined and have additional internal representations that + may be used by package or class authors. - It also provides commands to easily define or change language - dependent terms and that work not only with babel but with - other packages like ngerman too. + It also provides commands to easily define or change + language dependent terms and that work not only with babel + but with other packages like ngerman too. It provides some commands for package and class authors missing in the LaTeX kernel like \ClassInfoNoLine, \PackageInfoNoLine or \l@addto@macro. - Last but not least it provides commands for integer division - and integer modulo operation, that may be used e.g. inside - \numexpr ...\relax or with \ifnum. -Requires: keyval - key=value package from the graphics bundle - scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading manipulation + Last but not least it provides commands for integer + division and integer modulo operation, that may be used, + e.g., inside \numexpr ...\relax or with \ifnum. +Requires: keyval - key=value package from the graphics bundle + scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading + manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrbook - versatile class may be used as a drop-in replacement of book ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrbook is a LaTeX class of the KOMA-Script bundle and a - drop-in replacement of LaTeX standard class book. It provides - all options, environments, commands, etc. of the LaTeX - standard class book, but also several additional options, - environments, commands etc. to make it much more versatile. - The default layout of scrbook differs from book with emphasis - on typography. Nevertheless by changing the defaults - a layout very similar to the layou of the standard class may - be accomplished. + drop-in replacement of LaTeX standard class book. It + provides all options, environments, commands, etc. of the + LaTeX standard class book, but also several additional + options, environments, commands etc. to make it much more + versatile. The default layout of scrbook differs from book + with emphasis on typography. Nevertheless by changing the + defaults a layout very similar to the layou of the standard + class may be accomplished. Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package tocbasic - KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrdate - calender date operations, e.g. calculation of the day of the week ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrdate is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - provides several operations with calender dates, e.g. show the - century or the decade of a year, calculate the day of the week - of a given calender date, show the current calender date in - ISO form. It has support for several languages, like English, - German, French, Italian, Spanish, Croatian, Finnish, Norsk, - Swedish, and Danish. -Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. - scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading manipulation + provides several operations with calender dates, e.g. show + the century or the decade of a year, calculate the day of + the week of a given calender date, show the current + calender date in ISO form. It has support for several + languages, like English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, + Croatian, Finnish, Norsk, Swedish, Danish, Polish, Czech, + and Slovak. +Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. + scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading + manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2011/03/31 v3.08b +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrdoc - internal source documentation class of KOMA-Script ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -140,9 +144,9 @@ Abstract: scrdoc is an internal LaTeX class of the KOMA-Script bundle. It is an extension of ltxdoc. KOMA-Script uses scrdoc for the implementation documentation and the documentation of packages, that aren't KOMA-Script core packages. Currently - there isn't any user manual for this class, because the only - user is the KOMA-Script maintainer. -Requires: ltxdoc - the LaTeX2e source documentation class + there isn't any user manual for this class, because the + only user is the KOMA-Script maintainer. +Requires: ltxdoc - the LaTeX2e source documentation class scrartcl - the KOMA-Script article class License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained @@ -153,25 +157,25 @@ scrextend - make some features of the KOMA-Script classes available for others Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrextend is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - makes some features of the KOMA-Script classes available for - other classes, i.e. for the standard classes. + makes some features of the KOMA-Script classes available + for other classes, i.e., for the standard classes. Requires: scrkbase - internal package with some basics of KOMA-Script etoolbox - tool-box for LaTeX programming using e-TeX License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script KOMA-Script package (extend other classes with features of +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrfontsizes - package to generate a KOMA-Script font size file ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: scrfontsizes is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - provides only a very simple interface to generate KOMA-Script - font size files. +Abstract: scrfontsizes is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. + It provides only a very simple interface to generate + KOMA-Script font size files. Requires: scrextend - some KOMA-Script features for other classes License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrhack - patch some isues with other packages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -188,196 +192,202 @@ Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package with basics tocbasic - features for helper files and float environments License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrjura - contract environment for advocates and scholary persons in law ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrjura is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - has been made on copperation with a German lawyer to provide - environments for contracts, laws, acts or other juristic - puposes. It supports automatic numbering of paragraphs and - semi-automatic numbering of sentences. Currently German and - English are supported, but unfortunately there's only a German - user manual. + has been made on copperation with a German lawyer to + provide environments for contracts, laws, acts or other + juristic puposes. It supports automatic numbering of + paragraphs and semi-automatic numbering of sentences. + Currently German and English are supported, but + unfortunately there's only a German user manual. Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package with basics tocbasic - features for helper files and float environments License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/11/04 v0.7 +Version: 2014/01/28 v0.7a ============================================================================== scrkbase - internal basic features for KOMA-Script classes and packages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrkbase is an internal KOMA-Script packages, that provides - some features that are common for several KOMA-Script classes - and packages. Users and class or package authors should not - use the package directly. -Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. - scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading manipulation + some features that are common for several KOMA-Script + classes and packages. Users and class or package authors + should not use the package directly. +Requires: scrbase - KOMA-Script package for some basic features. + scrlfile - KOMA-Script package for file loading + manipulation License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrlayer-notecolumn - control note columns parallel to the main text ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrlayer-notecolumn is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script - bundle. It provides a end user interface to above scrlayer, - to define and manage note columns. Those note columns are - somehow similar to margin note (see LaTeX command \marginpar - or packages like notecolumn), but you may use several of them. - The package provides page breaks inside note columns and - synchronization points between the main text and note columns. + bundle. It provides a end user interface to above + scrlayer, to define and manage note columns. Those note + columns are somehow similar to margin note (see LaTeX + command \marginpar or packages like notecolumn), but you + may use several of them. The package provides page breaks + inside note columns and synchronization points between the + main text and note columns. - Like most of the KOMA-Script packages you may use this package - not only with KOMA-Script classes but with several other - classes, e.g., the LaTeX standard classes too. + Like most of the KOMA-Script packages you may use this + package not only with KOMA-Script classes but with several + other classes, e.g., the LaTeX standard classes too. Requires: scrlayer.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained, proof of concept -Version: 15/11/2013 v0.1.1514 package (end user interface for scrlayer) +Version: 2014/06/03 v0.1.1760 ============================================================================== scrlayer-scrpage - controlling page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: scrlayer-scrpage is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. - It provides a end user interface to above scrlayer, to define - and manage page styles. This end user interface is as much - compatible to scrpage2, that users should easily be able to - switch from the old scrpage2 package to the new one. - Nevertheless it provides several new features to control the - page headers and footers. +Abstract: scrlayer-scrpage is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script + bundle. It provides a end user interface to above + scrlayer, to define and manage page styles. This end user + interface is as much compatible to scrpage2, that users + should easily be able to switch from the old scrpage2 + package to the new one. Nevertheless it provides several + new features to control the page headers and footers. - Like most of the KOMA-Script packages you may use this package - not only with KOMA-Script classes but with several other - classes, e.g., the LaTeX standard classes too. + Like most of the KOMA-Script packages you may use this + package not only with KOMA-Script classes but with several + other classes, e.g., the LaTeX standard classes, too. Requires: scrlayer.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 14/12/2013 v0.9.1548 package (end user interface for scrlayer) +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrlayer - defining layers and controlling page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: scrlayer is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. Users - may already know a kind of layers from packages like eso-pic - or textpos. scrlayer is another package, that provides - background and foreground layers, but in difference to those - other packages, these layers are part of the page style - definition. With this you may simply switch between usage of - layers by switching the page style. +Abstract: scrlayer is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. + Users may already know a kind of layers from packages like + eso-pic or textpos. scrlayer is another package, that + provides background and foreground layers, but in + difference to those other packages, these layers are part + of the page style definition. With this you may simply + switch between usage of layers by switching the page style. - In short words: The page style interface of scrlayer provides - commands to define layer-stack-based page styles and to manage - those layer stacks. + In short words: The page style interface of scrlayer + provides commands to define layer-stack-based page styles + and to manage those layer stacks. Nevertheless using the layers directly is recommended for advanced users only. End user interfaces for beginners or - average users are provided by additional packages, that load - scrlayer on their own, e.g., scrlayer-scrpage. + average users are provided by additional packages, that + load scrlayer on their own, e.g., scrlayer-scrpage. Requires: scrkbase.sty License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 31/10/2013 v0.9.1480 package (defining layers and page styles) +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrlfile - control of package dependencies ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrlfile is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - provides execution of commands before or after loading, files, - classes or packages and even automatic replacement of loading - files, classes, or packages by other files, classes, or - packages. It can also prevent a package from beeing loaded. - It also provides execution of commands before or after closing - the main aux-file while \end{document}. Is has been used by - the KOMA-Script classes for more than a decade. + provides execution of commands before or after loading, + files, classes or packages and even automatic replacement + of loading files, classes, or packages by other files, + classes, or packages. It can also prevent a package from + beeing loaded. It also provides execution of commands + before or after closing the main aux-file while + \end{document}. Is has been used by the KOMA-Script + classes for more than a decade. Requires: License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrlttr2 - versatile letter class with separation of text area and note paper ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: scrlttr2 is a letter class for LaTeX2e that allows definition - of several note papers and text area settings, that are - independent from the note paper. So you may not only use - KOMA-Script package typearea to define the text area and the - margins of the text area, but even packages like geometry. +Abstract: scrlttr2 is a letter class for LaTeX2e that allows + definition of several note papers and text area settings, + that are independent from the note paper. So you may not + only use KOMA-Script package typearea to define the text + area and the margins of the text area, but even packages + like geometry. - The positions of the elements of the note paper may be changed - by so called pseudo lengths. This makes it not only possible - to adjust scrlttr2 to local conventions, norms and paper sizes - but also to a wanted corporate identity. + The positions of the elements of the note paper may be + changed by so called pseudo lengths. This makes it not only + possible to adjust scrlttr2 to local conventions, norms and + paper sizes but also to a wanted corporate identity. - Several predefined parameter sets, called letter class option - or lco-files, are for two German letters, Swiss letters, US - letters, Japanese letters, and French letters are part of the - KOMA-Script bundle. More may be found on CTAN or the - KOMA-Script homepage as separate packages. + Several predefined parameter sets, called letter class + option or lco-files, are for two German letters, Swiss + letters, US letters, Japanese letters, and French letters + are part of the KOMA-Script bundle. More may be found on + CTAN or the KOMA-Script homepage as separate packages. - Additional lco-files for different note papers may be found on - the KOMA-Script homepage, e.g. one demonstration file for a - note paper similar to the one of the Washington State + Additional lco-files for different note papers may be found + on the KOMA-Script homepage, e.g. one demonstration file + for a note paper similar to the one of the Washington State University. Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package Recommended: marvosym - package by Martin Vogel providing symbols License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrpage2 - control of page headers and footers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrpage2 is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It - provides facilities for changing the contents of page headers - and footers. You may either configure a predefined pair or - page styles similar to headings and plain or myheadings and - plain, use a simple user interface to define completely new - page styles or a more complex expert interface to have more - effective degrees of freedom in defining new page styles. + provides facilities for changing the contents of page + headers and footers. You may either configure a predefined + pair or page styles similar to headings and plain or + myheadings and plain, use a simple user interface to define + completely new page styles or a more complex expert + interface to have more effective degrees of freedom in + defining new page styles. - scrpage2 also provides simple options and commands to decide, - e.g., whether or not the running heads should be done - automatically, which headings levels should generate automatic - running heads, whether or not there should be horizontal lines - above or below the page headers and footers, to change the - colour or font of the page headers and footers (and the - lines) and more. + scrpage2 also provides simple options and commands to + decide, e.g., whether or not the running heads should be + done automatically, which headings levels should generate + automatic running heads, whether or not there should be + horizontal lines above or below the page headers and + footers, to change the colour or font of the page headers + and footers (and the lines) and more. Requires: +Successor: scrlayer-scrpage License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrreprt - versatile class may be used as a drop-in replacement of report ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrreprt is the KOMA-Script drop-in replacement of LaTeX - standard class report. It provides all options, environments, - counters, lengths and commands of the LaTeX standard class - report, but also several additional options, environments, - commands etc. to make it much more versatile. + standard class report. It provides all options, + environments, counters, lengths and commands of the LaTeX + standard class report, but also several additional options, + environments, commands etc. to make it much more versatile. The default layout of scrreprt differs from report with - emphasis on typography. Nevertheless by changing the defaults - a layout very similar to the layou of the standard class may - be accomplished. + emphasis on typography. Nevertheless by changing the + defaults a layout very similar to the layout of the + standard class may be accomplished. Requires: scrkbase - internal KOMA-Script package tocbasic - KOMA-Script package typearea - KOMA-Script package License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrtime - show the time of the LaTeX run ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -389,34 +399,36 @@ Abstract: scrtime is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. It Requires: scrkbase - internal package with some basics of KOMA-Script License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2011/03/31 v3.08b +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== scrwfile - Spare write handles for helper files to avoid `No room' messages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: scrwfile is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. TeX - provides only about 16 write handles available by \newwrite. - With LaTeX not only the aux-file but each helper file like the - toc-file, the lof-file, the lot-file and files like raw - indexes and raw glossaries need one of those handles. - scrwfile provides facilities to avoid all the handles of the - helper files, that use the aux-file for intermediate writing. - This means, that toc-file, lof-file, lot-file and files of - packages like listings don't need a write handle anymore. So - the user will have more write handles for files like indexes - or glossaries and may avoid `No room for new \write' error - messages. + provides only about 16 write handles available by + \newwrite. With LaTeX not only the aux-file but each + helper file like the toc-file, the lof-file, the lot-file, + and files like raw indexes and raw glossaries need one of + those handles. scrwfile provides facilities to avoid all + the handles of the helper files, that use the aux-file for + intermediate writing. This means, that toc-file, lof-file, + lot-file and files of packages like listings don't need a + write handle anymore. So the user will have more write + handles for files like indexes or glossaries and may avoid + `No room for new \write' error messages. - scrwfile also provides facilities to clone helper files, e.g., - this may be used to have two tables of contents with different - tocdepth settings. -Requires: scrbase - some basic features for class and package authors - tocbasic - basic features for helper files and lists of floats + scrwfile also provides facilities to clone helper files, + e.g., this may be used to have two tables of contents with + different tocdepth settings. +Requires: scrbase - some basic features for class and package + authors + tocbasic - basic features for helper files and lists of + floats scrlfile - control of package dependencies License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha LaTeX2e +Version: 2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha ============================================================================== tocbasic - Management of tables and lists of contents using helper files ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -424,41 +436,64 @@ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info Abstract: tocbasic is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. The main purpose of package tocbasic is to provide features for - authors of classes and packages to create own tables or lists - of contents like the list of figures and the list of tables - and thereby allow other classes or packages some types of - controll about these. For examples package tocbasic delegates - language control of all these tables and lists of contents to - package babel. So automatic change of language will be - provides inside all these tables and lists of contents. Using - tocbasic will exculpate authors of classes and packages from - implementation of such features. + authors of classes and packages to create own tables or + lists of contents like the list of figures and the list of + tables and thereby allow other classes or packages some + types of controll about these. For examples package + tocbasic delegates language control of all these tables and + lists of contents to package babel. So automatic change of + language will be provides inside all these tables and lists + of contents. Using tocbasic will exculpate authors of + classes and packages from implementation of such features. KOMA-Script itself uses tocbasic not only for the table of - contents but also for the already mentioned lists of figures - and tables. + contents but also for the already mentioned lists of + figures and tables. Requires: keyval - key=value interface of the graphics bundle License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Author maintained -Version: 2013/12/19 v3.12 +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== tocstyle - Control layout of table of contents, list of figures etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maintainer: Markus Kohm E-Mail: komascript at gmx info -Abstract: tocstyle is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. While - the main classes of the KOMA-Script bundle were made, there - where several ideas for formating the table of contents and - lists of floats, but almost none of them where - implemented. One reason was, that the KOMA-Script author +Abstract: tocstyle is a LaTeX package of the KOMA-Script bundle. + While the main classes of the KOMA-Script bundle were made, + there where several ideas for formating the table of + contents and lists of floats, but almost none of them where + implemented. One reason was, that the KOMA-Script author didn’t like to change the LaTeX kernel at a class, because - this may result in serveral problems with other packages. The - package tocstyle will fill the gap. If it conflicts with - another package, you simply may decide not to use it. + this may result in serveral problems with other packages. + The package tocstyle will fill the gap. If it conflicts + with another package, you simply may decide not to use it. The current release is only a proof of concept. Requires: License: LPPL 1.3c or later State: Unstable -Version: 2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha LaTeX2e +Version: 2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha +============================================================================== +typearea - Calculating typeing area and margins depending on typographic rules +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +Maintainer: Markus Kohm +E-Mail: komascript at gmx info +Abstract: Many LaTeX classes, including the standard classes, present + the user with the largely fixed configuration of margins + and type area. With the standard classes, the + configuration determined is very much dependent on the + chosen font size. There are separate packages, such as + geometry, which give the user complete control, but also + full responsibility of the settings of typearea and + margins. + + KOMA-Script takes a somewhat different approach with its + typearea package. Here the user is given several + construction setting and automatization possibilities based + on established typography standards in order to help guide + him or her in making a good choice. +Requires: scrkbase - internal basic features for KOMA-Script packages +License: LPPL 1.3c or later +State: Autor maintained +Version: 2014/10/28 v3.14 ============================================================================== diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/manifest.txt index 9c11bd8c749..b817808a52d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/manifest.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/manifest.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % manifest.txt -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % manifest.txt -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. % ====================================================================== % -% CONTENTS OF THE KOMA-SCRIPT RELEASE 2013/12/19 v3.12 +% CONTENTS OF THE KOMA-SCRIPT RELEASE 2014/10/28 v3.14 % ------------------------------------------------------ % % @@ -82,14 +82,16 @@ % scrlfile.html - Wrapper to the user guides % scrwfile.html - Wrapper to the user guides % scrlttr2.html - Wrapper to the user guides -% scrpage2.html - Wrapper to the user guides % scrreprt.html - Wrapper to the user guides % scrtime.html - Wrapper to the user guides % tocbasic.html - Wrapper to the user guides % typearea.html - Wrapper to the user guides % +% scrpage2.tex - Source of the manual of obsolete package scrpage2 +% scrpage2.pdf - Manual of obsolete package scrpage2 +% % scrguien.pdf - English user guide -% scrguien.html - HTML index of the english user guide +% scrguien.html - HTML index of the English user guide % % scrguide.pdf - Deutsche Anleitung % scrguide.html - HTML-Index fuer die deutsche Anleitung @@ -100,63 +102,64 @@ % genhtmlidx.pl - Perl script for HTML index generation % genindex.pl - Perl script to split the index % -% english/ - Directory with the source of the english user guide -% adrconvnote.tex - Source of the chapter about adrconv at the english +% english/ - Directory with the source of the English user guide +% adrconvnote.tex - Source of the chapter about adrconv at the English % user guide % authorpart.tex - heading of part I % common-0.tex ... common-15.tex, common-20.tex, common-21.tex % - used in several chapters % guide-english.tex -% - Terms for the english user guide +% - Terms for the English user guide % expertpart.tex - heading of part II -% htmlsetup - Terms for the html index of the english user guide -% introduction.tex - Source of introduction chapter at the english user +% htmlsetup - Terms for the html index of the English user guide +% introduction.tex - Source of introduction chapter at the English user % guide % japanlco.tex - Source of the appendix about Japanese letters % preface.tex - preface to KOMA-Script 3 -% scraddr.tex - Source of the chapter about scraddr at the english +% scraddr.tex - Source of the chapter about scraddr at the English % user guide -% scrbase.tex - Source of the chapter about scrbase at the english +% scrbase.tex - Source of the chapter about scrbase at the English % user guide % scrbookreportarticle.tex % - Source of the chapter about scrbook, scrreprt, and -% scrartcl in part I of the english user guide +% scrartcl in part I of the English user guide % scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex % - Source of the chapter about scrbook, scrreprt, and -% scrartcl in part II of the english user guide +% scrartcl in part II of the English user guide % scrdatetime.tex - Source of the chapter about scrdate and scrtime at -% the english user guide -% scrlfile.tex - Source of the chapter about scrlfile at the english +% the English user guide +% scrlfile.tex - Source of the chapter about scrlfile at the English +% user guide +% scrwfile.tex - Source of the chapter about scrwfile at the English % user guide -% (scrwfile.tex - Source of the chapter about scrwfile at the english -% user guide (generated file)) % scrlttr2.tex - Source of the chapter about scrlttr2 in part I of -% the english user guide +% the English user guide % scrlttr2examples.dtx % - Source of the example letter % scrlttr2-experts.tex % - Source of the chapter about scrlttr2 in part II of -% the english user guide -% scrpage2.tex - Source of the chapter about scrpage2 at the english -% user guide +% the English user guide % scrlayer-scrpage.tex % - Source of the chapter about scrlayer-scrpage at the -% english user guide +% English user guide % scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex % - Source of the chapter about scrlayer-scrpage at the -% expert part of the english user guide +% expert part of the English user guide % scrlayer.tex - Source of the chapter about scrlayer the -% english user guide -% (scrlayer-notecolumn.tex -% - Source of the chapter about scrlayer-notecolumn at the -% english user guide (currently generated file)) -% (tocbasic.tex - Source of the chapter about tocbasic at the english +% English user guide +% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +% - Source of the chapter about scrlayer-notecolumn at the +% English user guide +% scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex +% - Source of the (German) example in the chapter about +% scrlayer-notecolumn in the English manual. +% (tocbasic.tex - Source of the chapter about tocbasic at the English % user guide (generated file)) % typearea.tex - Source of the chapter about typearea in part I of -% the english user guide +% the English user guide % typearea-experts.tex % - Source of the chapter about typearea in part I of -% the english user guide +% the English user guide % % ngerman/ - Verzeichnis mit der deutschen Anleitung % adrconvnote.tex - Quellen des Kapitels ueber adrconv in der deutschen @@ -197,8 +200,6 @@ % scrlttr2-experts.tex % - Quellen des Kapitels ueber scrlttr2 in Teil II der % deutschen Anleitung -% scrpage2.tex - Quellen des Kapitels ueber scrpage2 in der deutschen -% Anleitung % scrlayer-scrpage.tex % - Quellen des Kapitels ueber scrlayer-scrpage in der % deutschen Anleitung @@ -353,7 +354,8 @@ doc/scrdate.html doc/scrlfile.html doc/scrwfile.html doc/scrlttr2.html -doc/scrpage2.html +doc/scrpage2.tex +doc/scrpage2.pdf doc/scrreprt.html doc/scrtime.html doc/typearea.html @@ -375,8 +377,6 @@ doc/english/common-6.tex doc/english/common-7.tex doc/english/common-8.tex doc/english/common-9.tex -doc/english/common-10.tex -doc/english/common-11.tex doc/english/common-12.tex doc/english/common-13.tex doc/english/common-14.tex @@ -394,15 +394,15 @@ doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex doc/english/scrdatetime.tex doc/english/scrhack.tex doc/english/scrlfile.tex -% doc/english/scrwfile.tex (currently not, because it's generated) +doc/english/scrwfile.tex doc/english/scrlttr2.tex doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx -doc/english/scrpage2.tex doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex doc/english/scrlayer.tex -% doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex (currently not, because it's generated) +doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex % doc/english/tocbasic.tex (currently not, because it's generated) doc/english/typearea.tex doc/english/typearea-experts.tex @@ -419,8 +419,6 @@ doc/ngerman/common-6.tex doc/ngerman/common-7.tex doc/ngerman/common-8.tex doc/ngerman/common-9.tex -doc/ngerman/common-10.tex -doc/ngerman/common-11.tex doc/ngerman/common-12.tex doc/ngerman/common-13.tex doc/ngerman/common-14.tex @@ -441,7 +439,6 @@ doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx -doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.html index f22469e5425..09b95ebd9b2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.html @@ -12,273 +12,274 @@ <ul> <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">71</a></li> <li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">188</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">273</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">273</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">273</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">273</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">256</a></li> <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">94</a></li> -<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">389</a></li> -<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.automark">232</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">253</a></li> -<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.autooneside">233</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">253</a></li> -<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">368</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">374</a></li> +<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">351</a></li> <li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">188</a></li> <li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">145</a></li> <li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.captions">126</a></li> <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">97</a></li> <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">94</a></li> <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">85</a></li> -<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.clines">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">264</a></li> -<li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">364</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.draft">56</a></li> +<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">245</a></li> +<li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">345</a></li> +<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">348</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.draft">56</a></li> <li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">175</a></li> -<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">277</a></li> +<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">259</a></li> <li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">199</a></li> -<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">176</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">175</a></li> <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">125</a></li> <li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">172</a></li> <li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">167</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">57</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.footbotline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">261</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footexclude"></a><a href="#option.footexclude">footexclude</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.footexclude">230</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.footinclude">230</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">243</a></li> <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">87</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.footsepline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">261</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">79</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">261</a></li> -<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">368</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">79</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">351</a></li> <li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">176</a></li> <li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">181</a></li> <li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">181</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">185</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">184</a></li> <li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">181</a></li> <li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">181</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">176</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">177</a></li> <li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">181</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headexclude"></a><a href="#option.headexclude">headexclude</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.headexclude">230</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.headinclude">230</a></li> <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headings">94</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.headsepline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">261</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">79</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.headtopline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">261</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">261</a></li> -<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">379</a></li> -<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.ilines">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">264</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">79</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">243</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">363</a></li> +<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">245</a></li> <li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.index">148</a></li> -<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">281</a></li> -<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.komastyle">233</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">252</a></li> +<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">263</a></li> +<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">234</a></li> <li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">125</a></li> <li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.listof">140</a></li> <li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">191</a></li> -<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.manualmark">232</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">253</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">256</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markuppercase"></a><a href="#option.markuppercase">markuppercase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.markuppercase">233</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markusedcase"></a><a href="#option.markusedcase">markusedcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.markusedcase">233</a></li> -<li><a name="option.nouppercase"></a><a href="#option.nouppercase">nouppercase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.nouppercase">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">237</a></li> <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">97</a></li> -<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">193</a></li> -<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.olines">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">264</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">360</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">360</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">192</a></li> +<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">245</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">344</a></li> <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.open">93</a></li> <li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">140</a></li> <li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">203</a></li> <li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">50</a></li> <li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.paper">49</a></li> <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">76</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">231</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">263</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">244</a></li> <li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">188</a></li> -<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">194</a></li> -<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.option.standardstyle">233</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">252</a></li> +<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">193</a></li> +<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">234</a></li> <li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">197</a></li> <li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">181</a></li> <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">64</a></li> <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.toc">72</a></li> <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.version">33</a></li> -<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">422</a></li> +<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">406</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="macro">Anweisungen</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">410</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">366</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">372</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">366</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">372</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">366</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">372</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">366</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">372</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">408</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">401</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">410</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">362</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">304</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">287</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">148</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">393</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">307</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">355</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">377</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">304</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">159</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">148</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">159</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">288</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">307</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">304</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">355</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">327</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">310</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">148</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">395</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">346</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">346</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">381</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">357</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">381</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">357</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">345</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">282</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">282</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">363</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">288</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">293</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">289</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">287</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">286</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">284</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">288</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">289</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">291</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">292</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">360</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">364</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">370</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">363</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">353</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">362</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">363</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">362</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">363</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">395</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">300</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">329</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">276</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">268</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">266</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">275</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">253</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">284</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">32</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">32</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">421</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">327</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">364</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">346</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">362</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">312</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">312</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">346</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">381</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">357</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">346</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">381</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">356</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">357</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">309</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">309</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">309</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">316</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">311</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">311</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">311</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">362</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">392</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">348</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">293</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">292</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">293</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">299</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">376</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">109</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">324</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">397</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">381</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">397</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">381</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">218</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">216</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">109</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">396</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">323</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">380</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">306</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">59</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">156</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">419</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">303</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">307</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">218</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">215</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">397</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">381</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">67</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">145</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">399</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">384</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">67</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">107</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.automark">225</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">253</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">234</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">92</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">401</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">401</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">386</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">129</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">129</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">131</a></li> @@ -286,40 +287,55 @@ <li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">131</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">137</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">131</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">426</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">411</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">163</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cefoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cehead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">245</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cfoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">231</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">109</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">109</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">98</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">107</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.chead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">231</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">86</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">86</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">87</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">86</a></li> @@ -333,110 +349,123 @@ <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">86</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">86</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">86</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">389</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">389</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">373</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">374</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">86</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">223</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrheadings">223</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrplain">223</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">374</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">357</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">161</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cofoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cohead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">245</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">355</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">67</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">426</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">426</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">412</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">70</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">419</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">297</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">281</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">90</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">90</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.defpagestyle">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">377</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.deftripstyle">234</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">376</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">311</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">359</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">305</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">165</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">66</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">137</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.footfont"></a><a href="#cmd.footfont">\footfont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.footfont">225</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">88</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">88</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">88</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">89</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">92</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headfont"></a><a href="#cmd.headfont">\headfont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.headfont">225</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.headmark">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">257</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">344</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">344</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">319</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">279</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">155</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">421</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">421</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">280</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">111</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ifoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">251</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">278</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">79</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">330</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">293</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">277</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">111</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ihead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">231</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">116</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">301</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">285</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">117</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">117</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">117</a></li> @@ -445,111 +474,119 @@ <li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">116</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">116</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">116</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">353</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">353</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">353</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">353</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lefoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.leftmark">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">257</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lehead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">245</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">325</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">144</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">325</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">144</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">325</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">325</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lofoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lohead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">245</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">338</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">143</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">143</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">224</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">70</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">92</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">385</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">370</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">65</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.manualmark">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">253</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">234</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">144</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">144</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">259</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">82</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">259</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">240</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">240</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">82</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">104</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">88</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">88</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">401</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">401</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">397</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">419</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">419</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.newpagestyle">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">377</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">251</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ohead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">231</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">160</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">107</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.pagemark">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">257</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">84</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">98</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">98</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">107</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">398</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pnumfont"></a><a href="#cmd.pnumfont">\pnumfont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.pnumfont">225</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.providepagestyle">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">377</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">375</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">358</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">162</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">67</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">398</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">382</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">113</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">106</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">106</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">207</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.refoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rehead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">245</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">419</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.renewpagestyle">236</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">377</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rfoot">\rfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rfoot">221</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rightmark">224</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">257</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rofoot">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rohead">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">245</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">293</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">368</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">368</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">367</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">368</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">305</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">351</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">351</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">350</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">352</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">98</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">146</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">138</a></li> @@ -559,53 +596,50 @@ <li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">139</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">139</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">112</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">228</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">263</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">244</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">91</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">228</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootwidth">\setfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootwidth">226</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadseoline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadseoline">\setheadseoline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadseoline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">228</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadwidth">\setheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadwidth">226</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">244</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">149</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">59</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">154</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">154</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">156</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">398</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">382</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">112</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">422</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">392</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">311</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">376</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">67</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">414</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">98</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">98</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">98</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">240</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">111</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">67</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">386</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">388</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">373</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">137</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">75</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tb@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@after@hook">\tb@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@after@hook">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tb@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@before@hook">\tb@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@before@hook">332</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tb@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@after@hook">\tb@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@after@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tb@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@before@hook">\tb@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@before@hook">315</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">67</a></li> @@ -617,32 +651,32 @@ <li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">67</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">67</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">278</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">330</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">423</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">260</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">306</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">311</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">70</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">59</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">420</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">420</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">405</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">156</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">64</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">427</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">427</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">414</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="environment">Umgebungen</a></h2> <ul> @@ -663,55 +697,55 @@ </ul> <h2><a name="length">Längen</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">242</a></li> -<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">242</a></li> +<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">221</a></li> +<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">221</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="plength">Pseudolängen</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">414</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">410</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">419</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">418</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">419</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">412</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">412</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">412</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">412</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">413</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">413</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">410</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">417</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">416</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">416</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">416</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">418</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">418</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">415</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">417</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">417</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">417</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">411</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">410</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">413</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">413</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">414</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">413</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">413</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">398</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">398</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">398</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="variable">Variablen</a></h2> <ul> @@ -726,27 +760,27 @@ <li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">165</a></li> <li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">181</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">200</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">199</a></li> <li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">186</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">176</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">177</a></li> <li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">200</a></li> <li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">181</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">185</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">184</a></li> <li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">181</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">176</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">177</a></li> <li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">188</a></li> <li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">194</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">192</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">191</a></li> <li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">194</a></li> <li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">205</a></li> <li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">205</a></li> <li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">181</a></li> <li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">188</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">195</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">194</a></li> <li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">207</a></li> <li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">188</a></li> <li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">197</a></li> @@ -761,14 +795,12 @@ </ul> <h2><a name="pagestyle">Seitenstile</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">359</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">359</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">343</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">343</a></li> <li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">203</a></li> <li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">203</a></li> <li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">203</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">221</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">244</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.scrplain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrplain">scrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.scrplain">221</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.useheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.useheadings">useheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.useheadings">224</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">223</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="counter">Zähler</a></h2> <ul> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.pdf Binary files differindex e6e65372366..1425edf5c71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.html index 4bbc5300edf..9a715354196 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.html @@ -10,321 +10,333 @@ <li><a href="#option">Options</a></li><li><a href="#macro">Commands</a></li><li><a href="#environment">Environments</a></li><li><a href="#length">Lengths</a></li><li><a href="#plength">Pseudolengths</a></li><li><a href="#variable">Variables</a></li><li><a href="#pagestyle">Page Styles</a></li><li><a href="#counter">Counter</a></li><li><a href="#floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></li></ul> <h2><a name="option">Options</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="option.12h"></a><a href="#option.12h">12h</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#datetime.option.12h">247</a></li> -<li><a name="option.24h"></a><a href="#option.24h">24h</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#datetime.option.24h">247</a></li> <li><a name="option.BCOR"></a><a href="#option.BCOR">BCOR</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.BCOR">30</a></li> <li><a name="option.DIV"></a><a href="#option.DIV">DIV</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.DIV">31</a></li> <li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">65</a></li> -<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">170</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">250</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">250</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">250</a></li> -<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">250</a></li> +<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">235</a></li> <li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">85</a></li> -<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.automark">213</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">233</a></li> -<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.autooneside">214</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">233</a></li> -<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">332</a></li> -<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">170</a></li> -<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">131</a></li> -<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.captions">113</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">336</a></li> +<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">319</a></li> +<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">132</a></li> +<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.captions">114</a></li> <li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">88</a></li> <li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">85</a></li> <li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">77</a></li> -<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.clines">213</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">329</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.draft">51</a></li> -<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">158</a></li> -<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">253</a></li> -<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">182</a></li> -<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">158</a></li> +<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">316</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.draft">51</a></li> +<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">159</a></li> +<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">238</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">183</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">159</a></li> <li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">113</a></li> -<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">157</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">151</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">52</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.footbotline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">240</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footexclude"></a><a href="#option.footexclude">footexclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.footexclude">212</a></li> +<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">158</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">152</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">52</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">223</a></li> <li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footheight">42</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.footinclude">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footinclude">39</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footinclude">39</a></li> <li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footlines">42</a></li> <li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">79</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">185</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.footsepline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">72</a></li> -<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">240</a></li> -<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">332</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">159</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">164</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">164</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">168</a></li> -<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">164</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">164</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">159</a></li> -<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">164</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headexclude"></a><a href="#option.headexclude">headexclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.headexclude">212</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">72</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">319</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">160</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">169</a></li> +<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">160</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">165</a></li> <li><a name="option.headheight"></a><a href="#option.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headheight">41</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.headinclude">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headinclude">39</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headinclude">39</a></li> <li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headings">86</a></li> <li><a name="option.headlines"></a><a href="#option.headlines">headlines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headlines">41</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">185</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.headsepline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">240</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">72</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.headtopline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">240</a></li> -<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">240</a></li> -<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">340</a></li> -<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.ilines">213</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.index">133</a></li> -<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">257</a></li> -<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.komastyle">214</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">232</a></li> -<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">112</a></li> -<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.listof">126</a></li> -<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">174</a></li> -<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.manualmark">213</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">233</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">235</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markuppercase"></a><a href="#option.markuppercase">markuppercase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.markuppercase">214</a></li> -<li><a name="option.markusedcase"></a><a href="#option.markusedcase">markusedcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.markusedcase">214</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">72</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">326</a></li> +<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.index">134</a></li> +<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">215</a></li> +<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">113</a></li> +<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.listof">127</a></li> +<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">175</a></li> +<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">218</a></li> <li><a name="option.mpinclude"></a><a href="#option.mpinclude">mpinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.mpinclude">40</a></li> -<li><a name="option.nouppercase"></a><a href="#option.nouppercase">nouppercase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.nouppercase">215</a></li> <li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">88</a></li> -<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">176</a></li> -<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.olines">213</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">326</a></li> -<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">326</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">177</a></li> +<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">312</a></li> <li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.open">84</a></li> -<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">126</a></li> -<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">186</a></li> +<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">127</a></li> +<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">187</a></li> <li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">45</a></li> <li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.paper">44</a></li> <li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">69</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">212</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">170</a></li> -<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">177</a></li> -<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.option.standardstyle">214</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">232</a></li> -<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">180</a></li> -<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">164</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">178</a></li> +<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">215</a></li> +<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">165</a></li> <li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">59</a></li> <li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a></li> <li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twocolumn">38</a></li> <li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twoside">37</a></li> <li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.version">29</a></li> -<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">374</a></li> +<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">366</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="macro">Commands</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">331</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">361</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">133</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">347</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">278</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">279</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">281</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">298</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">293</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">144</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">133</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">144</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">278</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">281</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">278</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">278</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">297</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">298</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">134</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">134</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">285</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">133</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">348</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">315</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">315</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">305</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">258</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">258</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">266</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">261</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">259</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">264</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">262</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">261</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">260</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">263</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">264</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">266</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">266</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">329</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">328</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">348</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">275</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">275</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">292</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">243</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">243</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">246</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">249</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">247</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">246</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">245</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">249</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">261</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">261</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">29</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">29</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">192</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">298</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">329</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">315</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">315</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">315</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">322</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">323</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">326</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">282</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">283</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">286</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">286</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">289</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">248</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">287</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">287</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">285</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">327</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">276</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">276</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">193</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">193</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">285</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">268</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">275</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">262</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">262</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">338</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">94</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">94</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">99</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">350</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">342</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">94</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">94</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">200</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">198</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">201</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">200</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">94</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">94</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">99</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">349</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">281</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">54</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">140</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">371</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">292</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">295</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">200</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">198</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">350</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">141</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">201</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">199</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">342</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">130</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">131</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">345</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.areaset">43</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">61</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">97</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.automark">206</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">216</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">116</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">116</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">118</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">116</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">118</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">123</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">118</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">147</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cefoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cehead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">224</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cfoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">124</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">213</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">98</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">98</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">89</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">97</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">99</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">237</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">75</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.chead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">213</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">78</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">78</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">78</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">78</a></li> @@ -338,433 +350,447 @@ <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">78</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">78</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">78</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">335</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">335</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">336</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">78</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrheadings">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.clearscrplain">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">335</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">145</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cofoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.cohead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">224</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">321</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">146</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">371</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">378</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">378</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">370</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">64</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">371</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">258</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">82</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">82</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.defpagestyle">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">338</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">334</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">298</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">336</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.deftripstyle">215</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">338</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">102</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">102</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">102</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">102</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">28</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">294</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">149</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">150</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">371</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">371</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">124</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.flushbottom">51</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.footfont"></a><a href="#cmd.footfont">\footfont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.footfont">207</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">81</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headfont"></a><a href="#cmd.headfont">\headfont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.headfont">207</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.headmark">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">236</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">313</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">291</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">270</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">139</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">139</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">139</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">373</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">271</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ifoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">230</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">140</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">255</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">71</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ihead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">213</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">75</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">104</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">321</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">320</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lefoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.leftmark">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">236</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lehead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">224</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">129</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">129</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">296</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lofoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.lohead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">205</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">332</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">60</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.manualmark">206</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">233</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">129</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">129</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">188</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">74</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">238</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">188</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">74</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">74</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">74</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">95</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">80</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">80</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">354</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">272</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">371</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">371</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.newpagestyle">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">338</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">334</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">336</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">230</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.ohead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">230</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">144</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">145</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">97</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.pagemark">206</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">236</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">371</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">76</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">72</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">72</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">89</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">238</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">237</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">89</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">97</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">238</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">237</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">75</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.pnumfont"></a><a href="#cmd.pnumfont">\pnumfont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.pnumfont">207</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">272</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.providepagestyle">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">338</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">334</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">336</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">147</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">148</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">61</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">51</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">351</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">102</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">102</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">102</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">103</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">96</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">96</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">190</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">191</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.recalctypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.recalctypearea">\recalctypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.recalctypearea">36</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.refoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rehead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">224</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">293</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">371</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">272</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.renewpagestyle">217</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">338</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">\renewpairofpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">334</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">336</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rfoot">\rfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rfoot">203</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rightmark">205</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">236</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rofoot">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">228</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.rohead">203</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">224</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">269</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">268</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">332</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">333</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">\renewpairofpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">319</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">89</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">99</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">237</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">132</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">124</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">124</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">124</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">125</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">125</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">125</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">100</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">209</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">242</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">101</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">225</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">83</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootseptline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootseptline">\setfootseptline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootseptline">209</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setfootwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootwidth">\setfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setfootwidth">208</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadseoline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadseoline">\setheadseoline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadseoline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">209</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">209</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">242</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setheadwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadwidth">\setheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.cmd.setheadwidth">208</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">133</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">134</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">54</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">138</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">138</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">140</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">350</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">100</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.settime"></a><a href="#cmd.settime">\settime</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#datetime.cmd.settime">247</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">299</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">374</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">141</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">101</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">286</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">366</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">338</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">371</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">89</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">238</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">237</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">89</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">238</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">99</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">237</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">93</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">89</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">238</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">237</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">100</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">333</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">335</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">124</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">68</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">53</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">53</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">105</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">106</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">82</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">72</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.thistime*"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime*">\thistime*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#datetime.cmd.thistime*">247</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.thistime"></a><a href="#cmd.thistime">\thistime</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#datetime.cmd.thistime">247</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">72</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">61</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">61</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">254</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">75</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">302</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">302</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">303</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">302</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">303</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">301</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">239</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">281</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.typearea"></a><a href="#cmd.typearea">\typearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.typearea">36</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">375</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">299</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">286</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">64</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">54</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">139</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">372</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">139</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">372</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">364</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">364</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">28</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">140</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">141</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">58</a></li> <li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">58</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">379</a></li> -<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">371</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="environment">Environments</a></h2> <ul> <li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.abstract">65</a></li> -<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">111</a></li> -<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">111</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">112</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">112</a></li> <li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">120</a></li> -<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">123</a></li> -<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.description">106</a></li> -<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">105</a></li> -<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">104</a></li> -<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">107</a></li> -<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">143</a></li> -<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">109</a></li> -<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quote">109</a></li> +<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">124</a></li> +<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.description">107</a></li> +<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">106</a></li> +<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">105</a></li> +<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">108</a></li> +<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">144</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">110</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quote">110</a></li> <li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">59</a></li> -<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.verse">108</a></li> +<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.verse">109</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="length">Lengths</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">223</a></li> -<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">223</a></li> +<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">204</a></li> +<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">204</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="plength">Pseudolengths</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">368</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">363</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">371</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">371</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">371</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">365</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">365</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">365</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">365</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">365</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">368</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">368</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">368</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">368</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">363</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">369</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">369</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">369</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">369</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">370</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">370</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">370</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">370</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">369</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">364</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">363</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">366</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">366</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">367</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">366</a></li> -<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">366</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">358</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="variable">Variables</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">147</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">177</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">176</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">149</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">183</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">159</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">183</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">168</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">159</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">177</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">175</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">177</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">188</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">188</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">178</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">190</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">180</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">180</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">179</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">170</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">164</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">177</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">177</a></li> -<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">170</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">148</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">177</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">150</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">184</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">160</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">184</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">169</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">160</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">176</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">189</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">189</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">179</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">191</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">180</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">171</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="pagestyle">Page Styles</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">325</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">325</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">186</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">186</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">186</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">202</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">223</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.scrplain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrplain">scrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.scrplain">202</a></li> -<li><a name="pagestyle.useheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.useheadings">useheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrpage.pagestyle.useheadings">206</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">312</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">312</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">204</a></li> </ul> <h2><a name="counter">Counter</a></h2> <ul> @@ -773,8 +799,8 @@ </ul> <h2><a name="floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">123</a></li> -<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">123</a></li> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">124</a></li> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">124</a></li> </ul> <p> <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.pdf Binary files differindex a761c09e472..92916e78937 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrguien.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrhack.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrhack.pdf Binary files differindex a709e251662..ac19b864208 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrhack.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrhack.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrjura.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrjura.pdf Binary files differindex 12c5f308d54..9f7ff3606d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrjura.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrjura.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ee92daf88d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.pdf Binary files differindex 8daa68f261a..31e3b60a979 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog index f413f9ae912..a31ce4b28cd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/ChangeLog @@ -1,7 +1,1271 @@ +r1815 2014-10-28 11:15:59 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx: ready for release 3.14 + +r1814 2014-10-28 11:06:00 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: ready for + version 3.14 BETA + +r1813 2014-10-27 08:39:00 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Improvement by Elke + +r1812 2014-10-23 10:07:04 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: missing description of \lehead* etc. + +r1811 2014-10-21 08:31:54 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: improvement by Arne + +r1810 2014-10-20 09:35:25 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer.dtx: change: layer declarations (and modifications) are + \long, so contents can have \par + +r1809 2014-10-17 10:02:00 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: values of key=value are declared long, so they + can contain \par + +r1808 2014-10-16 08:49:35 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: Urgent search for + tocbasic translator + +r1807 2014-10-16 08:48:50 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrwfile.tex: additional improvement + by Jana + +r1806 2014-10-16 08:41:25 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: workaround for strange color stack warning of + pdftex and luatex + +r1805 2014-10-13 10:55:20 +0200 kohm: + + * manifest.txt, scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/preface.tex, + doc/english/scrwfile.tex: doc/english/scrwfile.tex is a real + translation and not a symlink to a generated file + +r1804 2014-10-10 08:44:55 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-bibliography.dtx: runnig head fixed at \bib@heading [Falk] + +r1803 2014-10-09 10:18:02 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: typo fix + +r1802 2014-10-09 10:17:20 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: Workaround for a missing feature of + `titlesec` + +r1801 2014-10-09 08:08:31 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: + Verbesserungsvorschläge von Elke + +r1800 2014-10-07 08:53:12 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: docu of new command \LoadLetterOptions + +r1799 2014-10-04 18:58:57 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: - improvement: \LoadLetterOption + ignores space tokens at begin and end - new: \LoadLetterOptions + similar to \LoadLetterOptions processing a list of + + instead of only one file + +r1798 2014-10-04 15:59:37 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, TODO: + fix: \@firsthead bug in DINmtext.lco + +r1797 2014-10-04 12:07:13 +0200 kohm: + + * TODO: \@firsthead bug in DINmtext.lco + +r1796 2014-09-19 10:04:02 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrbase.tex: missing \defcaptionname + +r1795 2014-09-19 09:13:50 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: \ihead etc. has a star version that copies the + mandatory argument to the optional argument if the optional argument + has been omitted + +r1794 2014-09-19 08:43:43 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: scrlayer and scrlayer-scrpage + use the version information of KOMA-Script + +r1793 2014-09-19 08:31:45 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/english/: ignore list updated + +r1792 2014-09-19 08:26:04 +0200 kohm: + + * .cvsignore: ignore list updated + +r1791 2014-09-19 08:15:10 +0200 kohm: + + * .cvsignore: ignore list updated + +r1790 2014-09-19 08:01:41 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: fix: + "Gleichzeitig" wurde falsch getrennt + +r1789 2014-09-11 15:44:12 +0200 kohm: + + * TODO: need for docu + +r1788 2014-09-11 15:41:04 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-sections.dtx: three new hooks for Ulrike + +r1787 2014-09-11 11:03:42 +0200 kohm: + + * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: parsing of optional argument of + \section command (and others) deactivated if it is a copied + mandatoriy argument + +r1786 2014-09-11 08:43:46 +0200 kohm: + + * TODO: Problem mit dem optionalen Argument von \section dokumentiert + +r1785 2014-09-10 08:24:01 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex: Tippfehler [Moritz F.] + +r1784 2014-08-31 11:40:21 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer.dtx: fix: missing definition of \scr@current@layer in + \ModifyLayer + +r1783 2014-08-18 12:54:31 +0200 kohm: + + * scrwfile.dtx: use ``…'' instead of »…« + +r1782 2014-08-18 12:48:22 +0200 kohm: + + * tocbasic.dtx: docu language improvements by Arndt Schubert + +r1781 2014-08-18 12:23:36 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: layer names …head.odd, …head.even, + …foot.odd, and …foot.even should + + correspond with even and odd pages (see manual) [Elke] + +r1780 2014-08-13 13:54:23 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: three times added % after } to remove + potentially space + +r1779 2014-08-13 09:15:56 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: index entry \setheadsepline fixed + [Elke] + +r1778 2014-08-07 11:59:50 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: vspace after \minisec if it follows + another section heading (only if version >= 3.13a) + +r1777 2014-07-31 12:49:32 +0200 kohm: + + * tocbasic.dtx: change: \DeclareNewTOC adds \autodot only to the + format of hierachical counters + +r1776 2014-07-25 12:46:33 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer.dtx: fix: \RemoveLayersFromPageStyle change: user manual + removed + +r1775 2014-07-07 09:57:00 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: kleine Klarstellungen zu + Optionen footsepline und headsepline + +r1774 2014-07-07 09:15:22 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: option footsepline made wrong settings for + option headinclude and footinclude and also does a recalculation of + type area + +r1773 2014-07-06 09:17:30 +0200 kohm: + + * scrwfile.dtx: only a type fix in the manual + +r1772 2014-07-02 08:58:12 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: two more + improvements by Jana + +r1771 2014-06-30 12:58:16 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Fehler bei + \FamilyCounterMacroKey [Elke] + +r1770 2014-06-30 08:48:19 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: fix: missing \FamilyKeyStateProcessed at + redefinition of options DIV and BCOR + via \AtEndOfPackage + +r1769 2014-06-30 08:47:18 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Fix: missing \expandafter at info message + about unknown key state + +r1768 2014-06-27 07:40:22 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: correction + by Elke + +r1767 2014-06-26 11:20:18 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: initial + preparation to make a letter package addition to the letter class + +r1766 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 kohm: + + * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrpage2.tex, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex: scrpage2 removed + from KOMA-Script manual + +r1765 2014-06-25 10:58:15 +0200 kohm: + + * tocbasic.dtx: removed reference to scrpage2 + +r1764 2014-06-23 08:38:43 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: translation date + reference + +r1763 2014-06-23 08:38:00 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex: improvement of table + 2.1 [Elke] + +r1762 2014-06-23 08:29:54 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: + Tippfehler [Elke] + +r1761 2014-06-03 12:06:04 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: + Translator's names + +r1760 2014-06-03 10:28:36 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: user manual removed because there are is a + real translation at doc/english + +r1759 2014-06-03 09:48:38 +0200 kohm: + + * TODO: helper file vs. help file + +r1758 2014-06-03 09:40:20 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: serveral + improvements by Mr. Schubert + +r1757 2014-04-09 11:36:26 +0200 kohm: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: new: headwidth and footwidth supports two + offsets (first for odd pages, second for even pages) + +r1756 2014-04-09 09:53:11 +0200 kohm: + + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx: Signalisierung bei Option twoside und Option + twocolumn korrigiert + +r1755 2014-04-06 08:40:37 +0200 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennung von + "Randeinstellungen" + +r1754 2014-03-26 09:15:32 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: one comma + added + +r1753 2014-03-25 09:00:17 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: + suggestions by Jens + +r1752 2014-03-24 17:21:25 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: some changes with help of Jana + +r1751 2014-03-21 08:30:44 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO: remember very, very old idea + +r1750 2014-03-21 08:00:57 +0100 kohm: + + * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, + README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, + README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: line skip + limit 75 + +r1749 2014-03-21 07:31:14 +0100 kohm: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/README: line break limited to 75 characters + +r1748 2014-03-20 11:22:43 +0100 kohm: + + * INSTALLD.txt: Tippfehler + +r1747 2014-03-20 11:10:41 +0100 kohm: + + * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: original archive type is ZIP again + +r1746 2014-03-20 09:52:23 +0100 kohm: + + * INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt: new: note about + http://www.komascript.de/current + +r1745 2014-03-19 08:14:58 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: prepared for + 3.13 + +r1744 2014-03-18 16:05:05 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: do not expand UTF8 umlauts in optional + argument of \KOMAProvidesFile + +r1743 2014-03-18 09:32:24 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: labels + +r1742 2014-03-17 10:06:24 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO: ugly translation of scrlayer-notecolumn + +r1741 2014-03-17 10:00:59 +0100 kohm: + + * README.SVN, LIESMICH.SVN: the repository is not longer on BerliOS + but SourceForge + +r1740 2014-03-14 16:43:30 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/preface.tex: change of translations + status of scrlayer-notecolumn chapter + +r1739 2014-03-14 15:47:05 +0100 kohm: + + * manifest.txt, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: translated + scrlayer-notecolumn.tex instead of generated + +r1738 2014-03-14 08:22:55 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO: new idea + +r1737 2014-03-13 17:33:07 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Einträge + in einer Tabelle sortiert + +r1736 2014-03-13 08:41:11 +0100 kohm: + + * README.in/: added new languages + +r1735 2014-03-12 13:21:08 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrbase.tex: translation of + \FamilyCounterKey…\FamilyLengthKey and elimination of + \Family@Options + +r1734 2014-03-12 12:19:07 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: + translation base changed + +r1733 2014-03-12 12:11:20 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: translation of + user documentation of \partnumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, + \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered + +r1732 2014-03-12 12:05:05 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: ein + \OnlyAt in der Erklärung zu tocdepth ergänzt + +r1731 2014-03-08 09:00:38 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: "Mobiltelefon" instead of "Mobiltelephon" + for all German languages but "german" + +r1730 2014-03-08 08:57:06 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: "Telefon" is back for all German languages + but "german" + +r1729 2014-03-07 13:04:53 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: improved: + "Rand rechts", "Rand links", "Rand innen", "Rand aussen" + +r1728 2014-03-07 09:42:08 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: fix: problem with + generated date + +r1727 2014-03-07 09:40:24 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: fix: + problem with generated date + +r1726 2014-03-07 09:39:28 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: fix: problem with + generated date + +r1725 2014-03-07 09:38:29 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fix: problem with + generated date + +r1724 2014-03-07 09:37:00 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: fix: + problem with generated date + +r1723 2014-03-07 09:34:35 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: fix: problem with generated date + +r1722 2014-03-07 09:33:18 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex: fix: problem with generated date + +r1721 2014-03-07 09:22:37 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex: fix: no more + multiply defined labels + +r1720 2014-03-05 09:03:10 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: fix: to much "more" in warning about + deprecated float interface + +r1719 2014-03-03 18:28:10 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Index optimiert + +r1718 2014-03-03 18:27:01 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: einmal Klasse --> + Paket [Elke] + +r1717 2014-03-01 17:21:37 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: cleardoublepage excepts value headings if + used as class option independ of whether or not the page style has + already been defined + +r1716 2014-03-01 16:38:49 +0100 kohm: + + * scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx: replaced a tex comment by a + doctex comment + +r1715 2014-03-01 13:05:30 +0100 kohm: + + * TODO: cleardoublepage note + +r1714 2014-02-28 16:31:14 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: Index-Eintrag für + \ifstr verbessert + +r1713 2014-02-27 17:36:50 +0100 kohm: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: do not need typearea.sty and + german.sty any longer + +r1710 2014-02-27 11:12:22 +0100 kohm: + + * Makefile: ALPHA_DOC needs CLS_MAIN + +r1709 2014-02-27 10:48:40 +0100 kohm: + + * Makefile: ALPHA_DOC needs scrdoc.cls + +r1708 2014-02-26 16:03:14 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: once again: babel instead of old ngerman + +r1707 2014-02-26 16:00:52 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: use babel instead of old ngerman + +r1706 2014-02-26 15:56:07 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: fix: Definition of KOMA font + letter + +r1705 2014-02-26 15:50:04 +0100 kohm: + + * scrdoc.dtx: define \marginline if scrartcl unavailable + +r1704 2014-02-26 15:49:02 +0100 kohm: + + * scrdoc.dtx: define labeling environment if scrartcl unavailable + +r1703 2014-02-26 15:47:22 +0100 kohm: + + * scrdoc.dtx: define \addsec if not used with a KOMA-Script class + +r1702 2014-02-26 15:45:48 +0100 kohm: + + * scrdoc.dtx: define \KOMAScript if not using a KOMA-Script class + +r1701 2014-02-26 11:04:57 +0100 kohm: + + * scrtime.dtx: fixed: \dayname@slovak + +r1700 2014-02-26 08:52:24 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: support for slovak + +r1699 2014-02-26 08:29:58 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: support for slovak [Elke Schubert] + +r1698 2014-02-26 08:25:13 +0100 kohm: + + * scrtime.dtx: support for slovak added [Elke Schubert] + +r1697 2014-02-21 18:21:16 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: fetten Indexeintrag + für den Bundsteg durch einen normalen ersetzt + +r1696 2014-02-17 10:22:47 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: noch mehr + Korrekturen von Torsten + +r1695 2014-02-17 10:10:45 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrekturen + von Torsten + +r1694 2014-02-17 08:20:04 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/plength.dtx: firstfoot and firsthead are variable now + [patch by Michael Käufl] + +r1693 2014-02-17 08:18:44 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Leerzeichenfehler + [Michael Käufl] + +r1692 2014-02-14 08:09:57 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-sections.dtx: extra svn:keyword Revision + +r1691 2014-02-14 08:08:07 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-sections.dtx: fix: \set@preamble@vpox --> + \set@preamble@vpos fix: \part@preamble@u --> \part@u@preamble fix: + \part@preamble@o --> \part@o@preamble + +r1690 2014-02-13 08:30:22 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Index-Eintrag für + Kopf- und Fuß-Höhe + +r1689 2014-02-13 08:29:19 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Index-Eintrag + für Fuß-Breite + +r1688 2014-02-13 08:28:20 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-20.tex: Index-Eintrag für + Kopf- und Fuß-Höhe + +r1687 2014-02-12 15:28:07 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Eintrag + ins Abbildungsverzeichnis korrigiert [Elke] + +r1686 2014-02-12 15:04:23 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Indexeintrag + @everystyle@ korrigiert + +r1685 2014-02-12 15:02:53 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Indexeintrag + für version=2.9t und version=2.9u entfernt + +r1684 2014-02-10 10:14:06 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Tschechisch in + der Liste der Sprachen aufgeführt + +r1683 2014-02-10 10:10:37 +0100 kohm: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Doku für + Tschechisch + +r1682 2014-02-10 10:01:35 +0100 kohm: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: change: czech added (Elke Schubert) + +r1681 2014-02-05 09:38:41 +0100 kohm: + + * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx: fix: redeclaration of a notecolumn must not + add it again to @everystyle@ + +r1680 2014-02-03 15:34:33 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: Korrektur + von Elke + +r1679 2014-02-03 15:32:13 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Korrekturen von Elke + +r1678 2014-02-03 13:39:48 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: + Korrekturen von Elke + +r1677 2014-02-03 12:07:06 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: Korrekturen + von Elke + +r1676 2014-02-03 12:06:37 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Index-/Labelerzeugung + korrigiert + +r1675 2014-02-03 08:37:48 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-title.dtx: fix: typeset incompatibility to versions < 3.12 + +r1674 2014-01-31 13:18:11 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: + Korrekturen und Wünsche von Elke + +r1673 2014-01-31 13:17:07 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennausnahme + für Hintergrundebene(n) + +r1672 2014-01-30 15:13:25 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrekturen von Elke + +r1671 2014-01-30 14:38:17 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: jetzt aber + +r1670 2014-01-30 13:25:27 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: noch zwei kleine + Änderungen auf Elkes Hinweise + +r1669 2014-01-30 13:17:20 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrektur von Elke + +r1668 2014-01-30 13:16:01 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: Korrekturen von Elke + +r1667 2014-01-30 13:11:54 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: Korrekturen von Elke + +r1666 2014-01-30 13:11:16 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: Noch ein Tippfähler + +r1665 2014-01-30 12:45:14 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: new keyword \ifundefinedorrelax + +r1664 2014-01-30 12:38:00 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Trennausnahme: + Dateinamenerweiterungen (Elke) + +r1663 2014-01-30 12:04:28 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: diverse Korrekturen + von Elke und eine Ergänzung von mir + +r1662 2014-01-30 11:44:20 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: diverse Korrekturen + von Elke + +r1661 2014-01-30 11:18:51 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: diverse Korrekturen + aufgrund von Elkes Anmerkungen + +r1660 2014-01-28 16:36:02 +0100 mjk: + + * scrjura.dtx: fix: missing \nobreak before \hskip\z@ added + +r1659 2014-01-28 10:27:05 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: date update + +r1658 2014-01-28 10:26:38 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: one more keyword + +r1657 2014-01-28 10:22:37 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/guide.bib: Update of serveral links and edition + information + +r1656 2014-01-28 09:11:31 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Ein Kommafehler von + Torsten gemeldet + +r1655 2014-01-28 08:46:12 +0100 mjk: + + * scrjura.dtx: \contract@sentence verwendet nun \textsuperscript und + ermöglicht die Trennung des erstes Wortes nach einer Satzmarkierung + +r1654 2014-01-24 19:11:48 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex: Umbruch wieder korrigiert + +r1653 2014-01-24 18:39:13 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex: Korrekturen von + Torsten und Elke + +r1652 2014-01-24 14:08:15 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: + several improvements by Jana + +r1651 2014-01-24 12:41:09 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: improvements + by Jens + +r1650 2014-01-24 09:28:21 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: added: one step + expansion + +r1649 2014-01-24 09:26:13 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: einfache Expansion + betont + +r1648 2014-01-24 09:25:51 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: fix: space errors in horizontal mode + +r1647 2014-01-23 16:22:54 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: fix: two attention + marks added + +r1646 2014-01-23 16:20:41 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: fix: two attention + marks added + +r1645 2014-01-23 16:11:19 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: fix: dutch was missing in the language + list + +r1644 2014-01-23 11:44:14 +0100 mjk: + + * scrstrip.inc: 2014 + +r1643 2014-01-23 10:50:01 +0100 mjk: + + * TODO: some translations done + +r1642 2014-01-23 10:47:46 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: all changes of the + German chapter(s) about scrtime and scrdate + +r1641 2014-01-23 10:40:04 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Sprachliste + sortiert + +r1640 2014-01-23 10:17:18 +0100 mjk: + + * scrtime.dtx: fix: support for several dialects of English, French, + and German added + +r1639 2014-01-23 09:22:10 +0100 mjk: + + * scrtime.dtx: - new: czech added - fix: message texts - change: use + info instead of warning for unset languages + +r1638 2014-01-23 09:17:26 +0100 mjk: + + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix: + package date was DD/MM/YYYY instead of YYYY/MM/DD + +r1637 2014-01-22 16:16:02 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-21.tex: Korrekturen von Elke + +r1636 2014-01-22 09:26:50 +0100 mjk: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix of option pagestyleset respecitvely + automatic usage of a pagestyle set if the option hasn't been used + +r1635 2014-01-22 09:10:16 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: Declaration of deprecated options and standard + class options improved and handling of option version fixed + +r1634 2014-01-21 10:30:39 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: + Korrekturen und Vorschläge von Elke + +r1633 2014-01-21 09:03:32 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: Korrekturen von Benjamin und mir + +r1632 2014-01-20 17:18:42 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: use \setkeys{…}{{\CurrentOption}} instead if + \setkeys{…}{\CurrentOption} + +r1631 2014-01-20 10:27:14 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-6.tex: diverse + Korrekturen von Elke + +r1630 2014-01-20 09:45:29 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Einige Verbesserungsvorschläge von + Elke und ein paar Umbruchänderungen + +r1629 2014-01-17 11:58:39 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx: fixed: \KOMAoptions{listof=chaptergapsmall} + results in an error. Same happens with several other options, that + are implemented by other options + +r1628 2014-01-17 11:17:07 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: RELEASE assignment fixed + +r1627 2014-01-16 13:50:27 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: Hinweis auf die + Pakete auf komascript.de + +r1626 2014-01-16 12:43:39 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: + Beispielseite mit einer verfügbaren Abbildung aus Paket mwe. + +r1625 2014-01-16 10:00:54 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: + kleinere Anpassungen (Indexeinträge) + +r1624 2014-01-15 10:31:27 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-15.tex: noch ein paar Tippfehler + +r1623 2014-01-15 09:03:50 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: noch zwei + Tippfehler + +r1622 2014-01-15 07:51:44 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: + Korrekturen [Elke] + +r1621 2014-01-14 18:45:56 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: \clearpage vor + \yourrefname + +r1620 2014-01-14 18:42:00 +0100 mjk: + + * manifest.txt: common-10.tex and common-11.tex removed + +r1619 2014-01-14 18:40:42 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: checksum fixed + +r1618 2014-01-14 18:37:24 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex: noch eine Korrektur + von Elke + +r1617 2014-01-14 18:14:29 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex: noch ein paar + Verbesserungen von Elke + +r1616 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex: several + improvements of the manuals + +r1615 2014-01-14 17:35:21 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx: fixed date format of canadien, canadian, + australien + +r1614 2014-01-14 12:11:32 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-sections.dtx: replaced one `%% \fi' by `% \fi' + +r1613 2014-01-13 11:35:13 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: "Last Changed Rev" needs -f4 instead + of -f2 + +r1612 2014-01-13 11:29:50 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: usage of "Last Changed Rev:" instead + of "Revision:" to get the current revision + +r1611 2014-01-13 08:12:47 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: warning about font + elements pagehead and pagefoot fixed + +r1610 2014-01-10 15:51:11 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: Korrekturen der Korrekturen + +r1609 2014-01-10 15:03:54 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: diverse Korrekturen und + Verbesserungen + +r1608 2014-01-10 13:04:21 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: the notecolumn example needs more pdflatex + runs + +r1607 2014-01-09 15:42:40 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: noch + ne Korrektur + +r1606 2014-01-09 11:50:16 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex: + diverse Korrekturen und Optimierungen für die nächste Auflage + +r1605 2014-01-09 09:55:07 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: gleich noch das Datum + geändert + +r1604 2014-01-09 09:54:44 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: ein paar Korrekturen + von Elke + +r1603 2014-01-07 14:47:56 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: make-tds generates version information + in TDS archive + +r1602 2014-01-07 14:30:19 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/README: I'll set a version while automatic + release + +r1601 2014-01-07 12:34:09 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-language.dtx, TODO, scrtime.dtx: Support for Polish and + several new dialects of English and German + +r1600 2014-01-07 11:52:46 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: \FamilyUnknownKeyValue + [Falk] + +r1599 2014-01-03 21:43:24 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: \detokenize added in info message about + unknown key state + +r1598 2014-01-03 21:21:57 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-basics.dtx: missing \scr@KV@err defined + +r1597 2014-01-03 13:57:42 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/common-20.tex: diverse + Optimierungen + +r1596 2014-01-02 20:00:08 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: + diverse Anpassungen für kritische Umbrüche in der nächsten + Buchauflage + +r1595 2014-01-02 11:36:25 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: wieder einige + Korrekturen und Anregunden von Elke + +r1594 2014-01-01 15:56:30 +0100 mjk: + + * TODO, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: einige + Erklärungen ergänzt und den Umbruch für die nächste Buchauflage + optimiert + +r1593 2013-12-31 12:58:50 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: serveral improvements + by Jana and some by myself + +r1592 2013-12-29 00:50:08 +0100 mjk: + + * README.in/: missing README source added + +r1591 2013-12-28 19:02:53 +0100 mjk: + + * tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx: README compatible version information + +r1590 2013-12-28 18:49:40 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: alreay removed files do + not result in an error at clean + +r1589 2013-12-28 18:42:14 +0100 mjk: + + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: + improved SCRLAYERVERSION + +r1588 2013-12-28 18:31:16 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Leerzeichen + zwischen "scrlayer-scrpage" und "oder" in der ersten Zeile des + vierten Absatzes der ersten Seite des Kapitels [Herbert] + +r1587 2013-12-28 18:27:14 +0100 mjk: + + * Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: clean + rules extended + +r1586 2013-12-28 18:17:15 +0100 mjk: + + * scrextend.dtx: usage of %!KOMAScriptVersion + +r1585 2013-12-28 17:57:29 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx: current ghostscript does not find + Charter but Bitstream-Charter + +r1584 2013-12-28 16:29:11 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: \fi-Fehler in Seitenstil headings + von scrartcl [Clemens] + +r1583 2013-12-28 16:27:34 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: Umbruch für die + nächste Buchauflage + +r1582 2013-12-24 11:13:55 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: CTAN does not want the tds archive any + longer + +r1581 2013-12-23 13:59:54 +0100 mjk: + + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: fix several \ifnum errors at the scrlttr2 code + +r1580 2013-12-23 13:57:16 +0100 mjk: + + * scrkernel-version.dtx: start of new BETA + +r1579 2013-12-23 13:01:56 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: fix: rule dist is more CTAN compatible + +r1578 2013-12-21 13:07:33 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Korrekturen [Elke] + +r1577 2013-12-20 12:56:01 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: several new moretexcs + +r1576 2013-12-20 12:55:31 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: Umbruchkorrekturen + +r1575 2013-12-20 11:39:20 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: added ellipsispar and parellipsis to + moretexcs + +r1574 2013-12-20 11:08:54 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: Umbruch scrextend + +r1573 2013-12-20 10:59:10 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: Umbruch scrextend + +r1572 2013-12-20 10:45:17 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: markup für \color + +r1571 2013-12-20 09:51:13 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: Warnung bezüglich + \KOMAoptions und \KOMAoption + +r1570 2013-12-20 09:48:29 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: Codierung + +r1569 2013-12-20 09:26:13 +0100 mjk: + + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex: Umbruch korrigiert + +r1568 2013-12-19 11:28:13 +0100 mjk: + + * releaselist.txt: release 2013/12/19 v3.12 + +r1567 2013-12-19 11:27:08 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: name of tds archive in dist archive + fixed + +r1566 2013-12-19 11:08:18 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: fixed: rule dist + +r1565 2013-12-19 10:55:50 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/Makefile: new + +r1564 2013-12-19 10:36:41 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/scrpage-obsolete.dtx: only line breaking of + manual + +r1563 2013-12-19 10:29:59 +0100 mjk: + + * obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: only the title of the manual + changed + r1562 2013-12-19 08:51:16 +0100 mjk: - * tocstyle.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrstrip.inc, Makefile, scrcounter.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx: prepared for 3.12 + * Makefile, scrstrip.inc, scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, + scrcounter.dtx: prepared for 3.12 r1560 2013-12-19 08:13:30 +0100 mjk: @@ -9,37 +1273,40 @@ r1560 2013-12-19 08:13:30 +0100 mjk: r1559 2013-12-18 07:42:31 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: einige - Korrekturen von Elke + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-21.tex: einige Korrekturen von Elke r1558 2013-12-17 14:46:13 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: einige + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex: einige Verbesserungen für die nächste Buchauflage r1557 2013-12-17 12:05:35 +0100 mjk: - * doc/scrguide.cls: fix: of last commit + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: fix: of last commit r1556 2013-12-17 12:05:13 +0100 mjk: - * doc/scrguide.cls: markup for some additional KOMA-Script commands + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: markup for some additional KOMA-Script + commands r1555 2013-12-17 09:01:58 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: label-Fehler + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: fix: + label-Fehler r1554 2013-12-17 08:45:48 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/common-20.tex: einige Formulierungen verbessert und - Teile der Einleitung als ergänzende Informationen formatiert + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-20.tex: einige Formulierungen + verbessert und Teile der Einleitung als ergänzende Informationen + formatiert r1553 2013-12-16 18:08:48 +0100 mjk: - * TODO, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: \partnumdepth, - \chapternumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, \ifnumbered, - \ifunnumbered auf Deutsch dokumentiert + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: + \partnumdepth, \chapternumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, + \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered auf Deutsch dokumentiert r1552 2013-12-16 17:51:32 +0100 mjk: @@ -48,13 +1315,14 @@ r1552 2013-12-16 17:51:32 +0100 mjk: r1551 2013-12-16 15:02:13 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO: new: + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \partnumdepth, \chapternumdepth … \subparagraphnumdepth, \ifnumbered, \ifunnumbered r1550 2013-12-16 09:10:28 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: einen scrpage2-Verweis ergänzt + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: einen scrpage2-Verweis + ergänzt r1549 2013-12-14 18:44:34 +0100 mjk: @@ -72,90 +1340,96 @@ r1547 2013-12-14 18:23:38 +0100 mjk: r1546 2013-12-13 17:39:21 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer.tex: several changes by Jana and some by myself + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: several changes by + Jana and some by myself r1545 2013-12-13 16:32:18 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrbase.tex: "There is not a …" --> "There is no …" + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: "There is not a …" + --> "There is no …" r1544 2013-12-13 12:13:03 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: brace fix + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: brace fix r1543 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/common-21.tex, - doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/common-10.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, - doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, - doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/common-11.tex, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, - doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/scrhack.tex, - doc/english/expertpart.tex, + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-13.tex, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/expertpart.tex, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, + doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-9.tex, + doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/common-21.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, + doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, + doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, + doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex: uniformation of serveral terms + doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, + doc/english/preface.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: uniformation of + serveral terms r1542 2013-12-13 10:31:29 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrbase.tex: line break + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: line break r1541 2013-12-13 10:18:28 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrbase.tex: a lot of improvements by Melvin + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: a lot of improvements + by Melvin r1540 2013-12-12 19:57:43 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrbase.tex: some of Melvin's improvements + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: some of Melvin's + improvements r1539 2013-12-12 16:57:36 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: Tippfehler [Elke] + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: Tippfehler [Elke] r1538 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 mjk: - * TODO, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: noch ein paar - Änderungen für das nächste Buch + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-0.tex: noch ein paar Änderungen für das nächste + Buch r1537 2013-12-11 20:21:09 +0100 mjk: - * doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-11.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: diverse - Änderungen für die nächste Auflage + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: diverse Änderungen für die nächste + Auflage r1536 2013-12-11 10:18:01 +0100 mjk: - * doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: einige + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: einige Anpassungen für die nächste Buchauflage r1535 2013-12-11 08:22:22 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Künftig wird die Anleitung nur noch - einen Autor haben (sobald das Kapitel über scrpage2 ausgelagert - ist) + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: Künftig wird die + Anleitung nur noch einen Autor haben (sobald das Kapitel über + scrpage2 ausgelagert ist) r1534 2013-12-10 19:50:34 +0100 mjk: - * doc/scrguide.cls, doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-20.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, - doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: some tiny steps towards a new book + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, + doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/common-20.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: some tiny + steps towards a new book r1533 2013-12-10 19:06:14 +0100 mjk: @@ -164,16 +1438,17 @@ r1533 2013-12-10 19:06:14 +0100 mjk: r1532 2013-12-10 11:28:56 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/common-0.tex: einige Dinge sind für scrlayer etc. - unerheblich + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex: einige Dinge sind für + scrlayer etc. unerheblich r1531 2013-12-10 10:57:42 +0100 mjk: - * doc/Makefile.guide: notecolumn example source added to DIST_SRC + * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide: notecolumn example source added to + DIST_SRC r1530 2013-12-09 09:13:47 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrbase.tex: language + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: language r1529 2013-12-03 08:36:57 +0100 mjk: @@ -182,32 +1457,33 @@ r1529 2013-12-03 08:36:57 +0100 mjk: r1528 2013-11-25 09:39:27 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex: more - fixes by Jens + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/english/common-20.tex: more fixes by Jens r1527 2013-11-24 11:40:41 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer.tex: improvement by Jana + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: improvement by Jana r1526 2013-11-24 10:49:38 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: kleinere - Tippfehler [Elke] + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex: kleinere Tippfehler [Elke] r1525 2013-11-22 13:57:29 +0100 mjk: - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: - new: \UnPreventPackageFromLoading + * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: new: + \UnPreventPackageFromLoading r1524 2013-11-22 12:04:59 +0100 mjk: - * doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fix: docu loop + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: fix: docu loop r1523 2013-11-22 11:52:58 +0100 mjk: - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: - new: optional argument for \PreventPackageFromLoading fix: spaces in - package lists destroyed + * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: new: optional argument for + \PreventPackageFromLoading fix: spaces in package lists destroyed r1522 2013-11-22 09:11:42 +0100 mjk: @@ -221,22 +1497,24 @@ r1521 2013-11-22 09:06:08 +0100 mjk: r1520 2013-11-21 16:22:43 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: onehalfspacing - example improved + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea.tex: onehalfspacing example improved r1519 2013-11-21 16:13:48 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-14.tex: date of translated file + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-14.tex: date of translated + file r1518 2013-11-21 15:54:26 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: fix: cover - page margin macros [Falk] + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-14.tex: fix: cover page margin macros [Falk] r1517 2013-11-21 14:02:39 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: new option titlepage=firstiscover + * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/common-14.tex: new option + titlepage=firstiscover r1516 2013-11-19 09:06:20 +0100 mjk: @@ -245,16 +1523,18 @@ r1516 2013-11-19 09:06:20 +0100 mjk: r1515 2013-11-15 11:26:00 +0100 mjk: - * scrlfile.dtx, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: - - renamed \ReplaceFile into \ReplaceInput - new commands: - \UnReplaceInput, \UnReplacePackage, \UnReplaceClass + * scrlfile.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex: - renamed \ReplaceFile into + \ReplaceInput - new commands: \UnReplaceInput, \UnReplacePackage, + \UnReplaceClass r1514 2013-11-15 09:23:09 +0100 mjk: - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: more fixes by several translators + * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/common-21.tex, + doc/english/scrlayer.tex: more fixes by several translators r1513 2013-11-11 11:36:34 +0100 mjk: @@ -267,55 +1547,59 @@ r1512 2013-11-11 11:35:04 +0100 mjk: r1511 2013-11-11 11:21:33 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx: new option emulatestandardclasses + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option emulatestandardclasses r1510 2013-11-11 07:46:10 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: minor fixes, e.g., references + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: + minor fixes, e.g., references r1509 2013-11-11 07:34:23 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Umlaut + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: Umlaut r1508 2013-11-09 15:33:06 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: first corrections by Jens + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: first + corrections by Jens r1507 2013-11-07 18:44:10 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/scrlayer.tex: additional typo - and grammer fixes by Elke + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-21.tex, + doc/english/scrlayer.tex: additional typo and grammer fixes by Elke r1506 2013-11-07 17:41:36 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex: fix: \KOMAoption - --> \KOMAoptions + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/common-8.tex: fix: \KOMAoption --> \KOMAoptions r1505 2013-11-07 12:23:38 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/english/common-20.tex: peinliche Fehler korrigiert + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex: peinliche Fehler + korrigiert r1504 2013-11-07 08:26:20 +0100 mjk: - * doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: some - more suggestions by Jana + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/english/common-21.tex: some more suggestions by Jana r1503 2013-11-06 12:44:59 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-language.dtx, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: doc of changes of \defcaptionname, - \providecaptionname, \newcaptionname, and \renewcaptionname + * scrkernel-language.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: doc of + changes of \defcaptionname, \providecaptionname, \newcaptionname, + and \renewcaptionname r1502 2013-11-06 12:00:12 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrjura.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: implementation doc + * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, + scrpage.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: implementation doc fixed: missing backslash at argument of macro environmant r1501 2013-11-06 11:48:33 +0100 mjk: @@ -354,8 +1638,8 @@ r1495 2013-11-05 15:51:50 +0100 mjk: r1494 2013-11-05 12:31:16 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: new: \ifisdimension, \ifisglue, + * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new: \ifisdimension, \ifisglue, \ifisnumber r1493 2013-11-05 12:04:57 +0100 mjk: @@ -364,8 +1648,8 @@ r1493 2013-11-05 12:04:57 +0100 mjk: r1492 2013-11-05 10:22:47 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: new commands \ifstrstart, + * scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex: new commands \ifstrstart, \ifisdimen, \ifisskip, \ifiscount, \ifiscounter, \ifisdimexpr, \ifisglueexpr, \ifisnumexpr @@ -476,8 +1760,8 @@ r1470 2013-10-29 10:15:06 +0100 mjk: r1469 2013-10-29 10:06:32 +0100 mjk: - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-21.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: draft + * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/common-21.tex: draft translation of scrlayer.tex r1468 2013-10-28 18:05:25 +0100 mjk: @@ -492,8 +1776,8 @@ r1467 2013-10-28 17:01:06 +0100 mjk: r1466 2013-10-28 10:55:12 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: draft + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex: draft translation of one more section r1465 2013-10-28 10:40:23 +0100 mjk: @@ -513,16 +1797,16 @@ r1463 2013-10-26 17:53:02 +0200 mjk: r1462 2013-10-24 11:10:06 +0200 mjk: * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: chapter about scrlayer splitted into + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: chapter about scrlayer splitted into an author and an expert chapter r1461 2013-10-24 09:17:58 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: draft translation of section 6.4 + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: draft translation of section 6.4 finished r1460 2013-10-23 18:57:19 +0200 mjk: @@ -536,8 +1820,8 @@ r1459 2013-10-23 18:51:46 +0200 mjk: r1458 2013-10-23 11:35:31 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-21.tex, - doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: a kind of translation + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, + doc/english/common-21.tex: a kind of translation r1457 2013-10-23 11:34:02 +0200 mjk: @@ -597,10 +1881,10 @@ r1446 2013-10-22 10:38:47 +0200 mjk: r1445 2013-10-18 15:18:41 +0200 mjk: - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/common-20.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: start of translation of - scrlayer-scrpage chapter + * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/common-20.tex: start of translation of scrlayer-scrpage + chapter r1444 2013-10-18 12:21:16 +0200 mjk: @@ -650,11 +1934,11 @@ r1434 2013-10-16 16:25:26 +0200 mjk: r1433 2013-10-16 16:24:20 +0200 mjk: - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, doc/ngerman/, + * manifest.txt, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: user manual of - scrlayer-notecolumn added + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/Makefile: user manual of scrlayer-notecolumn added r1432 2013-10-16 13:10:21 +0200 mjk: @@ -669,16 +1953,16 @@ r1431 2013-10-16 13:05:21 +0200 mjk: r1430 2013-10-16 13:01:50 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex: Berücksichtigung von scrlayer-scrpage bei + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Berücksichtigung von scrlayer-scrpage bei typearea r1429 2013-10-16 12:10:43 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex: user manual for scrlayer added to part II of - the KOMA-Script guide + * manifest.txt, TODO, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/Makefile: user manual for scrlayer added to part II of the + KOMA-Script guide r1428 2013-10-16 11:48:56 +0200 mjk: @@ -701,20 +1985,20 @@ r1425 2013-10-16 11:19:06 +0200 mjk: r1424 2013-10-16 08:56:53 +0200 mjk: - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-21.tex, doc/english/common-20.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-20.tex: Anleitung für scrlayer-scrpage + * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/ngerman/common-21.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-20.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/common-21.tex, + doc/english/common-20.tex: Anleitung für scrlayer-scrpage r1423 2013-10-15 10:17:36 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: documentation of changed BCOR interpreataion + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea.tex: documentation of changed BCOR interpreataion with "twoside=semi" r1422 2013-10-15 09:11:07 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile.baseinit, Makefile, Makefile.baserules: generate + * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, Makefile.baserules: generate scrsource.pdf instead of scrsource.dvi to check source integrity r1421 2013-10-15 09:00:17 +0200 mjk: @@ -725,13 +2009,13 @@ r1421 2013-10-15 09:00:17 +0200 mjk: r1420 2013-10-14 18:03:55 +0200 mjk: * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex: preparations for adding the user - manual of scrlayer-scrpage + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/Makefile: preparations for adding the user manual of + scrlayer-scrpage r1419 2013-10-14 11:07:52 +0200 mjk: - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrlayer.dtx: package + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: package generation issues fixed (Elke) r1418 2013-10-08 18:14:06 +0200 mjk: @@ -740,19 +2024,19 @@ r1418 2013-10-08 18:14:06 +0200 mjk: r1417 2013-10-08 18:12:40 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, - scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrlayer.dtx, manifest.txt: scrlayer, + * Makefile, scrlayer.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, + scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: scrlayer, scrlayer-scrpage, and scrlayer-notecolumn have been added to KOMA-Script r1416 2013-10-08 17:43:26 +0200 mjk: - * scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrlayer.dtx: first + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: first integrated version of scrlayer-notecolumn r1415 2013-10-08 17:33:01 +0200 mjk: - * scrlayer-scrpage.dtx, scrlayer.dtx: first integrated version of + * scrlayer.dtx, scrlayer-scrpage.dtx: first integrated version of scrlayer-scrpage r1414 2013-10-08 17:18:47 +0200 mjk: @@ -800,8 +2084,8 @@ r1405 2013-10-05 12:56:56 +0200 mjk: r1404 2013-10-05 12:31:12 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: Kopier- bzw. Tippfehler [Elke] + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: Kopier- bzw. Tippfehler [Elke] r1403 2013-10-04 19:33:44 +0200 mjk: @@ -813,9 +2097,9 @@ r1402 2013-10-04 18:51:05 +0200 mjk: r1401 2013-10-04 13:14:32 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: the third visualization style is + * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: the third visualization style is "edges" not "edge" r1400 2013-10-02 20:45:58 +0200 mjk: @@ -830,16 +2114,16 @@ r1399 2013-10-02 20:45:51 +0200 mjk: r1398 2013-10-02 20:35:25 +0200 mjk: - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, - README.in/README.scrbook.cls, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls: more - basic READMEs + * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, + README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: more basic + READMEs r1397 2013-10-02 19:01:51 +0200 mjk: - * README.in/, README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, - README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, - README.in/README.scrbook.cls, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls: some - files with basic package and class descriptions + * README.in/, README.in/README.scrartcl.cls, + README.in/README.scrlttr2.cls, README.in/README.scrreprt.cls, + README.in/README.scrdoc.cls, README.in/README.scrbook.cls: some files + with basic package and class descriptions r1396 2013-10-02 19:01:06 +0200 mjk: @@ -874,13 +2158,14 @@ r1390 2013-10-01 18:16:36 +0200 mjk: r1389 2013-10-01 18:06:04 +0200 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - manifest.txt: renamed scrkvars.dtx into scrkernel-variables.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: renamed scrkvars.dtx into scrkernel-variables.dtx r1388 2013-10-01 18:03:42 +0200 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: renamed scrkplen.dtx into scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx: renamed scrkplen.dtx into + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx r1387 2013-10-01 18:00:49 +0200 mjk: @@ -889,28 +2174,26 @@ r1387 2013-10-01 18:00:49 +0200 mjk: r1386 2013-10-01 18:00:20 +0200 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, Makefile, - scrmain.ins, manifest.txt: renamed scrklists.dtx into + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, + manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: renamed scrklists.dtx into scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx r1385 2013-10-01 17:56:01 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: renamed scrklco.dtx into - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx + * Makefile, manifest.txt, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, + scrmain.ins: renamed scrklco.dtx into scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx r1384 2013-10-01 17:51:14 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, manifest.txt: + * Makefile, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: renamed scrkcile.dtx into scrkernel-circularletters.dtx r1383 2013-10-01 17:44:28 +0200 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrtime.dtx, scrhack.dtx, - scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrlfile.dtx, - komabug.tex, manifest.txt, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: renamed scrkvers.dtx into - scrkernel-version.dtx + * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx, + scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: renamed scrkvers.dtx into scrkernel-version.dtx r1382 2013-10-01 17:37:45 +0200 mjk: @@ -918,48 +2201,49 @@ r1382 2013-10-01 17:37:45 +0200 mjk: r1381 2013-10-01 17:33:08 +0200 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: + * tocstyle.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, scrtime.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: usage of keyword substitution r1380 2013-10-01 17:31:55 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrtime.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, - scrkernel-version.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: usage of keyword substitution + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, + scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, + scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: usage of keyword substitution r1379 2013-10-01 17:02:47 +0200 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrstrip.inc, scraddr.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrlfile.dtx, - manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: using ins=dtx for package - generation + * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, scrstrop.inc, scrstrip.inc, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx, + scrpage.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: using ins=dtx for package generation r1378 2013-09-30 17:42:35 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrhack.dtx, - missing.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-version.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrcounter.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx: svn keyword substitution activated + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, + scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, missing.dtx, scrhack.dtx, + scrbeta.dtx, scrcounter.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, + scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: svn keyword + substitution activated r1377 2013-09-25 09:17:02 +0200 mjk: @@ -968,11 +2252,11 @@ r1377 2013-09-25 09:17:02 +0200 mjk: r1376 2013-09-24 19:08:23 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrjura.dtx, TODO, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: new tocbasic feature "numberline" to - indent text entries without number; new options "toc=numberline", - "toc=nonumberline", "listof=numberline", "listof=nonumberline" + * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrjura.dtx, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, TODO, scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + tocbasic.dtx: new tocbasic feature "numberline" to indent text entries + without number; new options "toc=numberline", "toc=nonumberline", + "listof=numberline", "listof=nonumberline" r1375 2013-09-24 17:22:51 +0200 mjk: @@ -1020,8 +2304,8 @@ r1366 2013-08-26 18:26:25 +0200 mjk: r1365 2013-08-26 18:25:41 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, TODO, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx: \KOMA@options replaced either by + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, TODO, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: \KOMA@options replaced either by \KOMAExecuteOptions or \KOMAoptions r1364 2013-08-26 17:50:23 +0200 mjk: @@ -1039,23 +2323,23 @@ r1362 2013-08-11 14:05:03 +0200 mjk: r1361 2013-08-08 18:11:24 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-0.tex: Note about problems using lengths as option + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-0.tex: Note about problems using lengths as option value with \documentclass or \usepackage r1360 2013-08-05 18:42:32 +0200 mjk: * scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: improvements of the English guide (by Hendrik M. and KOMA) r1359 2013-07-31 13:06:37 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: new font element + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex: new font element placeanddate r1358 2013-07-30 12:34:32 +0200 mjk: @@ -1084,12 +2368,12 @@ r1354 2013-07-24 12:16:00 +0200 mjk: r1353 2013-07-22 18:38:26 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex: Kleinere - Ergänzungen und Korrekturen + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex: Kleinere Ergänzungen und + Korrekturen r1352 2013-07-09 15:01:26 +0200 mjk: @@ -1136,17 +2420,18 @@ r1344 2013-06-06 18:27:36 +0200 mjk: r1343 2013-06-04 14:27:25 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex: frommobilephone (option and variable) and + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: frommobilephone (option and variable) and symbolicnames (option) described r1342 2013-05-31 15:53:50 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: user manual of \usefontofkomafont etc. added + * TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/scrextend.tex: user manual of \usefontofkomafont etc. + added r1341 2013-05-31 12:02:05 +0200 mjk: @@ -1168,21 +2453,21 @@ r1338 2013-05-29 17:54:43 +0200 mjk: r1337 2013-05-29 14:15:48 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new option + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, TODO: new option and variable "frommobilephone" new option "symbolicnames" r1336 2013-05-29 14:14:03 +0200 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, manifest.txt: renamed + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins: renamed scrklang.dtx into scrkernel-language.dtx r1335 2013-05-29 12:30:52 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex: new font elements "titlehead", "author", - "date", "publishers", "dedication" + * scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: new + font elements "titlehead", "author", "date", "publishers", + "dedication" r1334 2013-05-23 18:16:45 +0200 mjk: @@ -1323,8 +2608,8 @@ r1306 2013-03-05 15:02:53 +0100 mjk: r1305 2013-03-05 14:57:18 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - manifest.txt: scrkpap.dtx renamed into scrkernel-notepaper.dtx + * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkpap.dtx renamed into scrkernel-notepaper.dtx r1304 2013-03-05 14:54:08 +0100 mjk: @@ -1332,8 +2617,8 @@ r1304 2013-03-05 14:54:08 +0100 mjk: r1303 2013-03-05 14:29:56 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrkcomp.dtx renamed into scrkernel-compatibility.dtx + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkcomp.dtx renamed into scrkernel-compatibility.dtx r1302 2013-03-05 14:13:43 +0100 mjk: @@ -1345,8 +2630,8 @@ r1301 2013-03-05 13:59:25 +0100 mjk: r1300 2013-03-05 13:02:49 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - manifest.txt: scrkpar.dtx renamed into scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx + * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkpar.dtx renamed into scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx r1299 2013-03-05 12:58:41 +0100 mjk: @@ -1354,8 +2639,8 @@ r1299 2013-03-05 12:58:41 +0100 mjk: r1298 2013-03-05 12:22:46 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, manifest.txt: scrkpage.dtx renamed into + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrkpage.dtx renamed into scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx r1297 2013-03-05 12:19:32 +0100 mjk: @@ -1368,8 +2653,8 @@ r1296 2013-03-05 12:07:01 +0100 mjk: r1295 2013-03-05 12:02:49 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - manifest.txt: scrkliof.dtx renamed into scrkernel-listsof.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrmain.ins: scrkliof.dtx renamed into scrkernel-listsof.dtx r1294 2013-03-05 11:57:40 +0100 mjk: @@ -1377,8 +2662,8 @@ r1294 2013-03-05 11:57:40 +0100 mjk: r1293 2013-03-05 11:47:13 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-index.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrkidx.dtx renamed into scrkernel-index.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-index.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkidx.dtx renamed into scrkernel-index.dtx r1292 2013-03-05 11:44:45 +0100 mjk: @@ -1386,8 +2671,8 @@ r1292 2013-03-05 11:44:45 +0100 mjk: r1291 2013-03-05 11:41:18 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrkftn.dtx renamed into scrkernel-footnotes.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkftn.dtx renamed into scrkernel-footnotes.dtx r1290 2013-03-05 11:37:39 +0100 mjk: @@ -1403,8 +2688,8 @@ r1288 2013-03-05 11:22:09 +0100 mjk: r1287 2013-03-05 11:05:55 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrkfont.dtx renamed into scrkernel-fonts.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx: scrkfont.dtx renamed into scrkernel-fonts.dtx r1286 2013-03-05 11:01:05 +0100 mjk: @@ -1413,14 +2698,14 @@ r1286 2013-03-05 11:01:05 +0100 mjk: r1285 2013-03-05 10:48:08 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex: description of new state signals with + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrbase.tex: description of new state signals with \FammilyKeyState and of the new command \AtEndOfFamilyOptions r1284 2013-03-05 08:27:48 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, TODO, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + * Makefile, scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins, TODO, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: - reimplementation of the key=value interface - scrkfloa.dtx renamed into scrkernel-floats.dtx - scrkbase.dtx renamed into scrkernel-basics.dtx - several \@tempa, \@tempb, @@ -1432,8 +2717,8 @@ r1283 2013-03-01 09:48:48 +0100 mjk: r1282 2013-02-26 12:01:00 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of \addchapmark and \addsecmark added r1281 2013-02-26 11:33:30 +0100 mjk: @@ -1448,8 +2733,8 @@ r1280 2013-02-18 13:28:30 +0100 mjk: r1279 2013-02-14 16:23:59 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, manifest.txt, - scrkernel-title.dtx: renamed scrktitl.dtx to scrkernel-title.dtx + * scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: renamed scrktitl.dtx to scrkernel-title.dtx r1278 2013-02-14 16:18:04 +0100 mjk: @@ -1458,14 +2743,14 @@ r1278 2013-02-14 16:18:04 +0100 mjk: r1277 2013-02-13 18:40:31 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: description of "bibliography=leveldown" r1276 2013-02-13 17:52:06 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrksect.dtx renamed to scrkernel-sections.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: scrksect.dtx renamed to scrkernel-sections.dtx r1275 2013-02-13 17:23:42 +0100 mjk: @@ -1483,9 +2768,9 @@ r1273 2013-02-12 14:14:52 +0100 mjk: r1272 2013-02-06 11:00:20 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - manifest.txt: scrkbib.dtx renamed to scrkernel-bibliography.dtx - support for bibliography=leveldown and bibliography=standardlevel + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: scrkbib.dtx renamed to scrkernel-bibliography.dtx support + for bibliography=leveldown and bibliography=standardlevel r1271 2013-02-06 10:59:02 +0100 mjk: @@ -1503,14 +2788,13 @@ r1269 2012-12-28 15:40:07 +0100 mjk: r1268 2012-11-23 09:39:15 +0100 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: changed dvi/ps paper size update code + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO: changed dvi/ps paper size update code to avoid pdfTeX messages about unsupported specials r1267 2012-11-23 09:16:49 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, Makefile, scrmain.ins, manifest.txt, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx: renamed 8+3 file scrktare.dtx into - scrkernel-typearea.dtx + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrmain.ins: renamed 8+3 file scrktare.dtx into scrkernel-typearea.dtx r1266 2012-11-23 08:16:07 +0100 mjk: @@ -1526,8 +2810,8 @@ r1264 2012-11-07 09:40:27 +0100 mjk: r1263 2012-11-07 08:43:22 +0100 mjk: - * Makefile, manifest.txt, obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, - obsolete/README, obsolete/scrlettr.ins: scrlettr moved to obsolete + * Makefile, manifest.txt, obsolete/, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/README: scrlettr moved to obsolete r1262 2012-11-07 08:33:00 +0100 mjk: @@ -1543,7 +2827,7 @@ r1260 2012-11-07 08:20:44 +0100 mjk: r1259 2012-11-06 18:45:47 +0100 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, Makefile: Obsolete package scrpage has been removed + * Makefile, scrpage.dtx: Obsolete package scrpage has been removed from KOMA-Script. r1258 2012-11-06 18:27:26 +0100 mjk: @@ -1596,8 +2880,8 @@ r1249 2012-09-19 08:59:08 +0200 mjk: r1248 2012-09-19 08:54:20 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex: documentation of \PreventPackageFromLoading* + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex: documentation of \PreventPackageFromLoading* r1247 2012-09-19 08:53:22 +0200 mjk: @@ -1614,9 +2898,9 @@ r1245 2012-07-29 11:12:46 +0200 mjk: r1244 2012-07-29 10:50:47 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: Fix: vertical alignment of \addpart - differed from \part [mrpiggi] + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: Fix: vertical alignment of \addpart differed + from \part [mrpiggi] r1243 2012-07-22 12:12:56 +0200 mjk: @@ -1725,16 +3009,15 @@ r1221 2012-05-15 14:23:06 +0200 mjk: r1220 2012-05-15 14:17:51 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex: + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: broken links fixed r1219 2012-05-15 14:06:09 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile.baseinit, Makefile, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/linkalias.tex, - doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile: structural - improvement + * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.tex, + doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex: structural improvement r1218 2012-05-15 09:38:39 +0200 mjk: @@ -1743,14 +3026,14 @@ r1218 2012-05-15 09:38:39 +0200 mjk: r1217 2012-05-15 09:25:59 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-9.tex, - doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-10.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, - doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, - doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, - doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, - doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex: Several - improvements by Krickette Murabayashi + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-5.tex, + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, + doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, + doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, + doc/english/common-15.tex: Several improvements by Krickette + Murabayashi r1216 2012-05-11 10:08:07 +0200 mjk: @@ -1767,9 +3050,9 @@ r1214 2012-04-20 09:57:19 +0200 mjk: r1213 2012-04-17 10:13:15 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex: new \AfterSettingArea similar to + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, TODO, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea-experts.tex: new \AfterSettingArea similar to \AfterCalculatingArea but for \areaset r1212 2012-04-16 09:45:21 +0200 mjk: @@ -1822,7 +3105,7 @@ r1201 2012-03-15 16:13:55 +0100 mjk: r1200 2012-03-15 11:58:10 +0100 mjk: - * Makefile.baseinit, Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile: rules distclean and + * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile: rules distclean and maintainclean improved r1198 2012-03-14 16:56:28 +0100 mjk: @@ -1898,39 +3181,39 @@ r1184 2012-03-09 08:46:20 +0100 mjk: r1183 2012-03-09 08:33:38 +0100 mjk: - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/english/scrhack.tex, doc/english/expertpart.tex, - doc/english/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex: - these files should have been part of the repository for several - weeks + * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/expertpart.tex, + doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/english/scrhack.tex, + doc/english/authorpart.tex: these files should have been part of the + repository for several weeks r1182 2012-03-08 12:40:30 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: brackets at \idx@heading fixed [Jürgen + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx: brackets at \idx@heading fixed [Jürgen Spitzmüller] r1181 2012-03-06 18:08:46 +0100 mjk: - * scrmain.ins, manifest.txt, doc/, doc/english/, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex: English scrhack.tex became a new translation + * manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/preface.tex: English scrhack.tex became a new translation of the German scrhack.tex r1180 2012-03-05 19:01:48 +0100 mjk: * scrhack.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some changes made while translation of German manual into English r1179 2012-03-05 19:00:21 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, - doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex: one more step - to an english manual + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-1.tex: one more step to + an english manual r1178 2012-03-05 18:59:23 +0100 mjk: @@ -1981,36 +3264,36 @@ r1170 2012-02-26 16:57:34 +0100 mjk: r1169 2012-02-26 16:11:55 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, - doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-13.tex, - doc/english/common-11.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/scrbase.tex, - doc/english/common-6.tex, + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-13.tex, + doc/english/scrbase.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, + doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/english/preface.tex: one more step to an english manual + doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: one more step to + an english manual r1168 2012-02-26 16:11:03 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex: ein paar kleinere + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: ein paar kleinere Verbesserungen, die während der Ãœbersetzung aufgefallen sind r1167 2012-02-26 16:10:51 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex: ein paar kleinere + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: ein paar kleinere Verbesserungen, die während der Ãœbersetzung aufgefallen sind r1166 2012-02-26 16:09:33 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/guide.bib, doc/english/, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex: one more step for the english manual + * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/guide-english.tex: one more step for the english manual r1165 2012-02-17 10:10:38 +0100 mjk: @@ -2040,10 +3323,10 @@ r1161 2012-02-16 15:26:51 +0100 mjk: r1160 2012-02-16 15:25:34 +0100 mjk: - * scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrextend.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/preface.tex: some more translations - and structural changes + * scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/scrextend.tex, doc/english/preface.tex: some more + translations and structural changes r1159 2012-02-16 15:21:35 +0100 mjk: @@ -2086,8 +3369,8 @@ r1153 2012-02-14 12:13:48 +0100 mjk: r1152 2012-02-14 09:56:23 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-13.tex, + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-13.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations and structural changes @@ -2133,9 +3416,8 @@ r1145 2012-02-07 13:47:54 +0100 mjk: r1144 2012-02-07 10:14:03 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-9.tex, - doc/english/common-10.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-11.tex: some more + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex: some more translations and structural changes r1143 2012-02-06 16:47:49 +0100 mjk: @@ -2170,11 +3452,11 @@ r1139 2012-02-05 11:40:19 +0100 mjk: r1138 2012-02-05 11:11:34 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex, - doc/english/common-5.tex: some more translations, structural changes - and typografical optimizations + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-5.tex, + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex: some more translations, structural + changes and typografical optimizations r1137 2012-02-03 16:25:43 +0100 mjk: @@ -2214,8 +3496,8 @@ r1131 2012-02-01 13:00:44 +0100 mjk: r1130 2012-02-01 12:58:18 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: some more translations and structure changes @@ -2225,10 +3507,10 @@ r1129 2012-01-31 15:19:29 +0100 mjk: r1128 2012-01-31 14:50:22 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-1.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrbase.tex: some additions to - the translation and some completely new translations + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbase.tex, + doc/english/typearea-experts.tex, doc/english/common-1.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex: some additions + to the translation and some completely new translations r1127 2012-01-13 10:44:09 +0100 mjk: @@ -2262,72 +3544,71 @@ r1122 2012-01-10 15:48:18 +0100 mjk: r1121 2012-01-10 09:37:54 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrtime.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, - scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrwfile.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, - obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/linkalias.tex, - doc/guide.bib, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-10.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, - doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/common-1.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, - doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/common-11.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, - doc/english/common-7.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex: Copyright -2012 + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, + scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, + scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, + doc/scrguide.ist, doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, + doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, + doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, + doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, + doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-9.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, + doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, + doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, + doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: Copyright -2012 r1120 2012-01-10 09:07:15 +0100 mjk: - * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-10.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/common-11.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, + * manifest.txt, doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, + doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex: documentation update for KOMA-Script 3.10 + doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, + doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex: documentation update for KOMA-Script 3.10 r1119 2011-10-26 14:55:03 +0200 mjk: @@ -2364,7 +3645,7 @@ r1113 2011-09-29 11:11:14 +0200 mjk: r1112 2011-09-28 10:56:37 +0200 mjk: - * scrhack.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins: scrhack has a new hack floatrow + * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrhack.dtx: scrhack has a new hack floatrow r1111 2011-09-28 08:53:11 +0200 mjk: @@ -2443,9 +3724,9 @@ r1096 2011-09-01 12:07:38 +0200 mjk: r1095 2011-08-31 11:25:04 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx: Using \MakeMarkcase + * scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: Using \MakeMarkcase r1094 2011-08-30 12:55:46 +0200 mjk: @@ -2489,11 +3770,11 @@ r1090 2011-06-16 09:26:10 +0200 mjk: r1089 2011-06-16 09:24:50 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: some minor steps - to the next book release + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex: some minor + steps to the next book release r1088 2011-06-16 09:10:09 +0200 mjk: @@ -2644,7 +3925,7 @@ r1056 2011-03-07 10:50:55 +0100 mjk: r1055 2011-03-07 09:38:43 +0100 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new values dateleft, dateright, and + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO: new values dateleft, dateright, and nodate for option refline r1054 2011-03-06 11:14:05 +0100 mjk: @@ -2657,7 +3938,7 @@ r1053 2011-03-01 13:45:55 +0100 mjk: r1051 2011-02-23 18:48:29 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins: new package + * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new package scrfontsizes.sty for generation of KOMA-Script compatible font sizefiles @@ -2668,8 +3949,8 @@ r1050 2011-02-22 11:56:51 +0100 mjk: r1049 2011-02-22 11:39:28 +0100 mjk: - * scrtime.dtx, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex: scrdate supports austrian + * scrtime.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: scrdate supports austrian and naustrian now r1048 2011-02-22 10:15:41 +0100 mjk: @@ -2739,56 +4020,53 @@ r1034 2011-01-22 12:56:13 +0100 mjk: r1033 2011-01-20 11:37:25 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrstrop.inc, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, - obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, - doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/english/, - doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/common-10.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-13.tex, - doc/english/common-11.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, - doc/english/common-7.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-10.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/common-11.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + scrjura.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, + scrhack.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrwfile.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, + tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, + doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex: Update of - Copyright date + doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, + doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/common-14.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, + doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-9.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, + doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, + doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, + doc/english/scraddr.tex, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: Update of Copyright date r1032 2011-01-20 11:08:24 +0100 mjk: @@ -2910,7 +4188,7 @@ r1009 2010-11-04 10:40:11 +0100 mjk: r1008 2010-11-01 21:13:17 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new: + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new: \addchaptertocentry, \addparttocentry r1007 2010-10-28 11:55:30 +0200 mjk: @@ -2933,8 +4211,8 @@ r1004 2010-10-28 11:51:40 +0200 mjk: r1003 2010-10-28 11:49:47 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx: \firsthead, \nexthead, \firtfoot, \nextfoot + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \firsthead, \nexthead, \firtfoot, \nextfoot are deprecated and replaced by variables r1002 2010-10-20 10:49:11 +0200 mjk: @@ -3000,8 +4278,8 @@ r989 2010-09-17 10:20:13 +0200 mjk: r988 2010-09-14 12:41:11 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-11.tex: neues - Font-Element "footnoterule" dokumentiert + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex: neues Font-Element + "footnoterule" dokumentiert r987 2010-09-14 11:55:32 +0200 mjk: @@ -3020,7 +4298,7 @@ r985 2010-09-14 11:30:57 +0200 mjk: r984 2010-09-02 17:15:55 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrmain.ins: scrextend + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrextend.dtx: scrextend identification added r983 2010-08-24 15:17:25 +0200 mjk: @@ -3100,8 +4378,7 @@ r966 2010-06-02 17:30:45 +0200 mjk: r965 2010-06-02 17:28:54 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-11.tex: neue Anweisung - \setfootnoterule dokumentiert + * doc/, doc/ngerman/: neue Anweisung \setfootnoterule dokumentiert r964 2010-06-02 17:21:21 +0200 mjk: @@ -3180,7 +4457,7 @@ r949 2010-03-24 09:25:03 +0100 mjk: r948 2010-03-24 09:22:20 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrmain.ins: \setkomafont, \addtokomafont, + * scrmain.ins, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \setkomafont, \addtokomafont, \usekomafton, \newkomafont, \aliaskomafont moved to package scrkbase r947 2010-03-18 16:01:23 +0100 mjk: @@ -3261,7 +4538,7 @@ r933 2010-03-10 18:27:23 +0100 mjk: r932 2010-03-10 15:33:59 +0100 mjk: - * scrtime.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-basics.dtx: scrtime and new + * scrmain.ins, scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: scrtime and new written scrdate handled by scrmain.ins, \XdivY and \XmodY added to scrbase (used by scrdate) @@ -3289,58 +4566,57 @@ r927 2010-02-09 10:41:50 +0100 mjk: r926 2010-02-09 10:38:52 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, japanlco.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, - obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, - doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/linkalias.tex, doc/guide.bib, doc/scrguide.ist, - doc/koma-script.html, doc/english/, doc/english/common-9.tex, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/common-10.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-13.tex, - doc/english/common-11.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, - doc/english/common-7.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/common-5.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-10.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/common-11.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, + scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, + scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, + doc/koma-script.html, doc/guide.bib, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, + doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, + doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, + doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex: * it's 2010 * - user documentation of pseudo lengths "firstheadhpos" and - "firstheadvpos" added + doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, + doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/common-13.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/common-14.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, + doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, + doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/common-7.tex, doc/english/common-1.tex, + doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, + doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, + doc/english/common-15.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, + obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: * it's 2010 * user + documentation of pseudo lengths "firstheadhpos" and "firstheadvpos" + added r925 2010-02-05 09:20:36 +0100 mjk: @@ -3391,27 +4667,25 @@ r916 2009-11-28 11:57:23 +0100 mjk: r915 2009-11-28 11:53:56 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-9.tex, - doc/english/common-0.tex, doc/english/common-2.tex, - doc/english/common-10.tex, doc/english/common-15.tex, - doc/english/common-12.tex, doc/english/common-1.tex, - doc/english/common-8.tex, doc/english/common-13.tex, - doc/english/common-11.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, - doc/english/common-6.tex, doc/english/common-3.tex, - doc/english/common-7.tex, doc/english/common-4.tex, - doc/english/common-5.tex: common.tex splitted + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/common-13.tex, + doc/english/common-5.tex, doc/english/common-14.tex, + doc/english/common-4.tex, doc/english/common-6.tex, + doc/english/common-2.tex, doc/english/common-12.tex, + doc/english/common-9.tex, doc/english/common-7.tex, + doc/english/common-1.tex, doc/english/common-8.tex, + doc/english/common-3.tex, doc/english/common-0.tex, + doc/english/common-15.tex: common.tex splitted r914 2009-11-28 11:53:21 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-10.tex, doc/ngerman/common-15.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-11.tex, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, - doc/ngerman/common-5.tex: common.tex splitted + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/common-13.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-5.tex, doc/ngerman/common-14.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-4.tex, doc/ngerman/common-6.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-2.tex, doc/ngerman/common-12.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-9.tex, doc/ngerman/common-7.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-1.tex, doc/ngerman/common-8.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-3.tex, doc/ngerman/common-0.tex, + doc/ngerman/common-15.tex: common.tex splitted r913 2009-11-28 11:35:29 +0100 mjk: @@ -3428,7 +4702,7 @@ r911 2009-11-11 16:44:30 +0100 mjk: r910 2009-11-11 11:33:18 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, tocstyle.dtx: part is always + * tocstyle.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: part is always level -1 r909 2009-11-11 10:35:40 +0100 mjk: @@ -3441,7 +4715,7 @@ r908 2009-11-11 09:38:32 +0100 mjk: r907 2009-11-09 16:28:43 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: new pseudo lengths supported r906 2009-11-09 16:04:39 +0100 mjk: @@ -3513,8 +4787,8 @@ r892 2009-07-15 11:22:44 +0200 mjk: r891 2009-07-15 11:21:06 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, - doc/ngerman/: common.tex splitted into single common-<nr>.tex files + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/ngerman/, + doc/english/: common.tex splitted into single common-<nr>.tex files r890 2009-07-14 10:01:30 +0200 mjk: @@ -3557,8 +4831,8 @@ r882 2009-07-07 11:49:12 +0200 mjk: r881 2009-07-07 11:48:32 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, - scrmain.ins: some files may be beta but nevertheless may be + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrmain.ins, + scrbeta.dtx: some files may be beta but nevertheless may be distributed since KOMA-Script 3.04 r880 2009-07-07 11:00:10 +0200 mjk: @@ -3593,8 +4867,8 @@ r874 2009-06-30 12:31:53 +0200 mjk: r873 2009-06-30 12:24:02 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile, - scrmain.ins: Do not longer create USletter2w.lco; renamed + * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, + scrbeta.dtx: Do not longer create USletter2w.lco; renamed USletterC9DW.lco into UScommercial9DW.lco; new LCO UScommercial9.lco. @@ -3604,17 +4878,17 @@ r872 2009-06-30 08:33:44 +0200 mjk: r871 2009-06-29 18:59:41 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrmain.ins: new LCO + * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx: new LCO USletterC9DW r870 2009-06-26 14:01:27 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile, - scrmain.ins: new lco files visualize.lco and USletter2w.lco startet + * Makefile, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, + scrbeta.dtx: new lco files visualize.lco and USletter2w.lco startet r869 2009-06-25 11:09:46 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: implementation of sender and addressee field fits documentation (sender does not longer increase height of addresse) @@ -3652,10 +4926,10 @@ r862 2009-04-21 10:48:00 +0200 mjk: r861 2009-04-21 10:45:52 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrmain.ins, doc/, - doc/guide.bib, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex: new Letter - Class Option NF.lco + * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, doc/, + doc/guide.bib, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex: new Letter Class Option NF.lco r860 2009-04-21 09:06:07 +0200 mjk: @@ -3728,45 +5002,44 @@ r844 2009-03-24 10:22:26 +0100 mjk: r843 2009-03-19 11:01:11 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrhack.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, lppl.txt, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, komabug.tex, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, lppl-de.txt, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, - doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/linkalias.tex, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html, doc/scrguide.gst, - doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, - doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + * lppl.txt, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, + scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, + scrhack.dtx, lppl-de.txt, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scraddr.dtx, + scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, + doc/scrguide.ist, doc/koma-script.html, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, + doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, + doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, - doc/bin/genindex.pl: switched from LPPL 1.3b to LPPL 1.3c + doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, + doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, + doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, doc/bin/genindex.pl, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: switched from LPPL 1.3b to LPPL 1.3c r842 2009-03-18 11:32:48 +0100 mjk: @@ -3786,7 +5059,7 @@ r839 2009-03-17 10:21:01 +0100 mjk: r838 2009-03-16 17:54:36 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, manifest.txt, + * Makefile, scrsource.tex, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: new packages r837 2009-03-16 17:51:50 +0100 mjk: @@ -3961,8 +5234,8 @@ r801 2009-01-06 18:32:15 +0100 mjk: r800 2009-01-06 18:25:58 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: Many changes by GH + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea.tex: Many changes by GH r799 2009-01-02 16:00:25 +0100 mjk: @@ -3979,54 +5252,54 @@ r797 2009-01-02 10:02:45 +0100 mjk: r796 2009-01-02 09:41:42 +0100 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrjura.dtx, scrextend.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, komabug.tex, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, - scrstrop.inc, scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - tocbasic.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, - doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/linkalias.tex, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/japanlco.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/Makefile, - doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, - doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, - doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/scrlfile.tex, doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/german/htmlsetup, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/german/Makefile, doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex: prepared for 2009 + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrjura.dtx, manifest.txt, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, + scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, japanlco.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, + scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, + doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/linkalias.tex, + doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, + doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, + doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, + doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/german/, + doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, + obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: prepared for 2009 r795 2009-01-02 08:59:35 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + * doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex: documentation of the new - features of rev. 792-794 + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex: documentation of the new features of rev. + 792-794 r794 2009-01-02 08:57:34 +0100 mjk: @@ -4035,7 +5308,7 @@ r794 2009-01-02 08:57:34 +0100 mjk: r793 2009-01-02 08:56:28 +0100 mjk: - * scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx: new language norsk (by Sveinung + * scrkernel-language.dtx, scrtime.dtx: new language norsk (by Sveinung Heggen) r792 2009-01-02 08:54:37 +0100 mjk: @@ -4057,12 +5330,12 @@ r789 2008-12-09 11:09:51 +0100 mjk: r788 2008-12-09 11:07:02 +0100 mjk: - * scrextend.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx: scrextend does work without + * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrextend.dtx: scrextend does work without enabled extended title feature r787 2008-12-09 11:06:16 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrmain.ins, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex: option version at typearea avaible to improve option "paper"; warning messages improved; option "paper" improved @@ -4137,13 +5410,13 @@ r769 2008-11-21 09:24:20 +0100 mjk: r768 2008-11-21 09:03:06 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: - improved messages at + scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.cls: - improved messages at usage of standard options or usage of deprecated KOMA-Script-specific options - some options became deprecated instead of @@ -4171,7 +5444,7 @@ r764 2008-11-14 09:04:09 +0100 mjk: r763 2008-11-13 12:51:55 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-sections.dtx, tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/ngerman/, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex: fixes and extensions at tocbasic @@ -4286,20 +5559,20 @@ r735 2008-10-07 12:17:42 +0200 mjk: r734 2008-10-07 12:11:13 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex: minor changes for + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: minor changes for KOMA-Script 3 r733 2008-10-06 12:07:42 +0200 mjk: * tocbasic.dtx, doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex: minor changes + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/typearea.tex: minor changes for english documentation r732 2008-09-27 10:51:05 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \frontmatter, + * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: \frontmatter, \mainmatter and \backmatter use \cleardoubleoddpage r731 2008-09-24 14:35:34 +0200 mjk: @@ -4314,29 +5587,29 @@ r730 2008-09-23 17:00:45 +0200 mjk: r729 2008-09-23 14:23:54 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/ngerman/, - doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, - doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, - doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, - doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/linkalias.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/ngerman/, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex, + doc/ngerman/Makefile, doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/ngerman/expertpart.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex, doc/ngerman/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex, doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex, + doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx, + doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex, doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex, + doc/ngerman/htmlsetup, doc/ngerman/typearea.tex, doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex, - doc/ngerman/preface.tex, doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex, - doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: + doc/ngerman/authorpart.tex, doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex, + doc/ngerman/introduction.tex, doc/ngerman/preface.tex, + doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: Modifications for new german guide (KOMA-Script-Buch 3. Auflage) r728 2008-09-19 11:04:34 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/guide.bib, doc/english/, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/german/, doc/german/htmlsetup, - doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: - preparation to add the new german guide + * doc/, doc/guide.bib, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/plength.dtx, doc/german/, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, + doc/german/htmlsetup, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl: preparation to + add the new german guide r727 2008-09-09 09:45:40 +0200 mjk: @@ -4379,13 +5652,13 @@ r719 2008-07-04 16:19:04 +0200 mjk: r718 2008-07-04 16:01:21 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: vertical space or chapter entry for chapters to list of ... using tocbasic r717 2008-07-04 13:26:14 +0200 mjk: - * scrmain.ins, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, tocbasic.dtx: toc, lof and lot + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, tocbasic.dtx: toc, lof and lot created using tocbasic (code at scrksect.dtx still has to be changed r716 2008-07-01 10:53:35 +0200 mjk: @@ -4395,13 +5668,13 @@ r716 2008-07-01 10:53:35 +0200 mjk: r715 2008-07-01 09:59:19 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx: \relax added at compatibility tests + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx: \relax added at compatibility tests r714 2008-06-19 11:47:45 +0200 mjk: - * scrextend.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx: scrextend activates features with option + * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrextend.dtx: scrextend activates features with option "extendedfeature" not longer with e.g. option "titlepage=KOMA" r713 2008-06-06 11:50:57 +0200 mjk: @@ -4431,21 +5704,20 @@ r708 2008-05-02 16:46:18 +0200 mjk: r707 2008-05-02 16:43:26 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrextend.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx: new packages scrbase and - scrextend + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, + scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrextend.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: new packages scrbase and scrextend r706 2008-04-30 09:52:59 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/german/introduction.tex, - doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrpage2.tex: diverse Neuerungen - inbesondere bezüglich der Optionen dokumentiert + doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/german/scrpage2.tex, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/introduction.tex: diverse + Neuerungen inbesondere bezüglich der Optionen dokumentiert r705 2008-04-30 09:52:22 +0200 mjk: @@ -4461,7 +5733,7 @@ r703 2008-04-30 09:13:50 +0200 mjk: r702 2008-04-17 11:51:49 +0200 mjk: - * LIESMICH.SVN, README.SVN: README.SVN and LIESMICH.SVN for tester of + * README.SVN, LIESMICH.SVN: README.SVN and LIESMICH.SVN for tester of the svn version. r701 2008-04-17 11:35:20 +0200 mjk: @@ -4563,18 +5835,18 @@ r680 2008-03-27 09:13:23 +0100 mjk: r679 2008-03-27 09:10:54 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, - doc/german/htmlsetup, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/german/Makefile, doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex: unknown change + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/japanlco.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: unknown change r678 2008-03-27 09:09:02 +0100 mjk: @@ -4592,8 +5864,8 @@ r676 2008-03-27 08:41:40 +0100 mjk: r675 2008-03-27 08:40:45 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx: new font size files scrsize10pt.clo, + * Makefile, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrbeta.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx: new font size files scrsize10pt.clo, scrsize11pt.clo, scrsize12pt.clo r674 2008-03-27 08:40:38 +0100 mjk: @@ -4851,7 +6123,7 @@ r624 2008-02-15 10:15:38 +0100 mjk: r623 2008-02-15 10:12:30 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx: \ClassInfo replaced by + * scrkernel-title.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: \ClassInfo replaced by \ClassInfoNoLine at usage of \KOMA@DeclareObsoleteOption r622 2008-02-15 10:09:07 +0100 mjk: @@ -4955,24 +6227,24 @@ r601 2008-01-11 11:24:01 +0100 mjk: r600 2008-01-11 11:21:50 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, README, scrbeta.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, komabug.tex, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, - obsolete/scrlettr.ins, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, - doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/scrguide.gst: prepared for 2008/01/11 2.98a + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, + scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, tocstyle.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, + README, scrbeta.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + japanlco.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrtime.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, + doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, + doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: prepared for 2008/01/11 2.98a r598 2008-01-11 09:14:15 +0100 mjk: @@ -5217,8 +6489,8 @@ r549 2007-11-26 11:56:12 +0100 mjk: r548 2007-11-26 11:53:02 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx: scrbook uses \thechapter at \thesection, + * scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: scrbook uses \thechapter at \thesection, \thefigure, \thetable, and \theequation only at main matter (depends on option "version") @@ -5266,7 +6538,7 @@ r540 2007-11-22 11:58:07 +0100 mjk: r539 2007-11-22 11:36:53 +0100 mjk: - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, manifest.txt, + * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, manifest.txt, scrmain.ins, japanlco.dtx: new Japanese lco files and new option "firsthead=(yes|on|true|no|off|false)" @@ -5280,9 +6552,9 @@ r537 2007-11-20 17:38:03 +0100 mjk: r536 2007-11-20 17:35:20 +0100 mjk: - * scrsource.tex, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, Makefile, - scrmain.ins, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, japanlco.dtx: new lco files for - Japanese letters + * Makefile, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, japanlco.dtx: new lco + files for Japanese letters r535 2007-11-13 10:55:46 +0100 mjk: @@ -5340,7 +6612,7 @@ r526 2007-11-07 10:42:24 +0100 mjk: r525 2007-11-07 10:16:07 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/Makefile.guide: sed call added to + * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: sed call added to fix problem with BibTeX line breaks after \btxurlfont r524 2007-10-23 08:53:48 +0200 mjk: @@ -5391,9 +6663,9 @@ r514 2007-10-04 14:51:20 +0200 mjk: r513 2007-10-03 11:02:36 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + * scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: New \PackageInfoNoLine r512 2007-10-03 10:43:06 +0200 mjk: @@ -5421,27 +6693,25 @@ r508 2007-09-28 09:45:33 +0200 mjk: r507 2007-09-27 09:42:11 +0200 mjk: * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex: index fixed + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: index fixed r506 2007-09-26 16:44:56 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex: improved by - GH + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH r505 2007-09-26 09:23:54 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex: improved by - GH + * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: improved by GH r504 2007-09-25 09:07:38 +0200 mjk: @@ -5475,13 +6745,13 @@ r498 2007-09-20 15:08:33 +0200 mjk: r497 2007-09-18 12:04:55 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: - new command \translator at the guide + * doc/, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/german/, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex: new command + \translator at the guide r496 2007-09-18 11:52:41 +0200 mjk: @@ -5550,7 +6820,7 @@ r481 2007-09-12 17:05:12 +0200 mjk: r480 2007-09-12 17:03:04 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: loading of + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx: loading of lco file via \documentclass option fixed r479 2007-09-12 12:47:27 +0200 mjk: @@ -5679,8 +6949,8 @@ r453 2007-08-09 17:08:00 +0200 mjk: r452 2007-08-07 13:22:59 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/scrlfile.tex: german version extended to english version + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex: german version extended to english version r451 2007-08-07 13:14:42 +0200 mjk: @@ -5733,8 +7003,8 @@ r441 2007-07-24 11:37:42 +0200 mjk: r440 2007-07-24 10:53:54 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex: mib GH and MK + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: mib GH and MK r439 2007-07-23 11:12:39 +0200 mjk: @@ -5781,8 +7051,8 @@ r431 2007-07-19 15:27:54 +0200 mjk: r430 2007-07-18 09:44:04 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx: The classes and typearea.sty allow to set + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx: The classes and typearea.sty allow to set option twoside to a new value at the document's body. r429 2007-07-18 09:12:39 +0200 mjk: @@ -5820,7 +7090,7 @@ r423 2007-07-10 10:15:02 +0200 mjk: r422 2007-07-06 16:09:52 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx: new values for option subject: + * scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, TODO: new values for option subject: underlined, left, right, centered r421 2007-07-06 15:33:02 +0200 mjk: @@ -5856,8 +7126,8 @@ r415 2007-07-06 10:03:31 +0200 mjk: r414 2007-07-06 09:57:57 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex: secnumdepth fixed + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: secnumdepth fixed r413 2007-07-06 09:56:01 +0200 mjk: @@ -5882,7 +7152,7 @@ r410 2007-07-05 18:56:09 +0200 mjk: r409 2007-07-04 17:16:12 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: initialize more font + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: initialize more font size dependent lengths r408 2007-07-02 18:15:54 +0200 mjk: @@ -5913,7 +7183,7 @@ r398 2007-06-21 11:07:34 +0200 mjk: r397 2007-06-21 11:06:08 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, TODO: new font elements: partentry, + * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new font elements: partentry, partentrypagenumber, chapterentry, chapterentrypagenumber, sectionentry, sectionentrypagenumber @@ -5937,14 +7207,13 @@ r393 2007-06-20 10:53:58 +0200 mjk: r392 2007-06-20 10:21:09 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: \scr@ifundefined renamed - to \scr@ifundefinedorrelax, \ifundefined renamed to - \ifundefinedorrelax + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: \scr@ifundefined renamed to + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax, \ifundefined renamed to \ifundefinedorrelax r391 2007-06-20 09:28:05 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, scrkernel-title.dtx: new title command \subtitle with font + * scrkernel-title.dtx, TODO: new title command \subtitle with font element subtitle r390 2007-06-14 09:56:35 +0200 mjk: @@ -6059,9 +7328,9 @@ r368 2007-05-08 11:18:59 +0200 mjk: r367 2007-04-19 17:15:07 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: New implementation of - option execution + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: New implementation + of option execution r366 2007-04-17 09:33:44 +0200 mjk: @@ -6168,40 +7437,41 @@ r343 2007-01-12 09:57:36 +0100 mjk: r341 2007-01-09 19:07:25 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrtime.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, komabug.tex, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/guide.tex, - doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/scrguide.ist, - doc/scrguide.gst, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, - doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, - doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/introduction.tex, - doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/Makefile, - doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex: copyright end date changed to 2007 + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, komabug.tex, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, + scrsource.tex, scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, + scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrtime.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/Makefile, + doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/german/, + doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, + obsolete/scrlettr.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: copyright end date + changed to 2007 r340 2007-01-09 11:41:16 +0100 mjk: - * TODO, doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex: documentation of + * TODO, doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex: documentation of page break changes at toc r339 2007-01-09 11:39:44 +0100 mjk: @@ -6269,7 +7539,7 @@ r327 2006-12-12 10:30:21 +0100 mjk: r326 2006-12-07 11:50:19 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, TODO: bug with automatic set dot at end of + * TODO, scrkernel-sections.dtx: bug with automatic set dot at end of numbers fixed r325 2006-12-07 10:56:31 +0100 mjk: @@ -6295,7 +7565,7 @@ r321 2006-12-03 12:00:28 +0100 mjk: r320 2006-12-03 11:58:12 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx: new option + * scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: new option "chapteratlists" with values entry or amount of vertical space r319 2006-12-03 09:24:15 +0100 mjk: @@ -6357,7 +7627,7 @@ r311 2006-11-28 11:50:17 +0100 mjk: r310 2006-11-28 09:26:08 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx: New version + * scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx: New version will behave different in section etc. headings with parskip options used. -- Dssss und die folgenden Zeilen werden ignoriert -- @@ -6393,8 +7663,8 @@ r304 2006-09-12 09:57:55 +0200 mjk: r303 2006-09-12 09:57:18 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/typearea.tex: fix: line number at \areaset example + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/typearea.tex: fix: line number at \areaset example r302 2006-09-12 09:55:01 +0200 mjk: @@ -6471,7 +7741,7 @@ r286 2006-08-12 09:33:28 +0200 mjk: r285 2006-08-12 09:31:59 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: every font size may be + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: every font size may be set up r284 2006-08-12 09:25:46 +0200 mjk: @@ -6760,17 +8030,17 @@ r203 2006-05-31 09:32:40 +0200 mjk: r202 2006-05-31 09:30:52 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-version.dtx, README, Makefile: Almost ready for release + * scrkernel-version.dtx, Makefile, README: Almost ready for release 2.95 RC1 r200 2006-05-27 08:22:36 +0200 mjk: - * INSTALLD.txt, README, Makefile, INSTALL.txt: release candidate 1 + * Makefile, INSTALLD.txt, INSTALL.txt, README: release candidate 1 r199 2006-05-10 14:13:39 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/english/, doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex: Licence note fixed + * doc/, doc/german/, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/guide-english.tex: Licence note fixed r198 2006-05-10 12:56:11 +0200 mjk: @@ -6866,7 +8136,7 @@ r178 2006-04-08 12:01:25 +0200 mjk: r177 2006-04-08 11:44:09 +0200 mjk: - * scrstrip.inc, TODO, manifest.txt: manifest test added + * scrstrip.inc, manifest.txt, TODO: manifest test added r176 2006-03-31 14:09:18 +0200 mjk: @@ -6874,7 +8144,7 @@ r176 2006-03-31 14:09:18 +0200 mjk: r175 2006-03-31 13:56:27 +0200 mjk: - * TODO, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/koma-script.html: koma-script.html and + * TODO, doc/, doc/koma-script.html, doc/Makefile: koma-script.html and generated aliases added r174 2006-03-31 11:06:56 +0200 mjk: @@ -6896,7 +8166,7 @@ r170 2006-03-30 16:25:37 +0200 mjk: r169 2006-03-30 16:24:27 +0200 mjk: - * scrtime.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins: scrtime added + * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scrtime.dtx: scrtime added r168 2006-03-30 13:04:36 +0200 mjk: @@ -6912,12 +8182,12 @@ r166 2006-03-30 12:08:16 +0200 mjk: r165 2006-03-30 12:04:05 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile.baseinit, Makefile: rules dist-, install-, uninstall-, and + * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit: rules dist-, install-, uninstall-, and bindist-rules updated r164 2006-03-30 12:02:08 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile.baseinit, Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile, + * Makefile, Makefile.baseinit, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/Makefile.guide: rules dist-, install-, uninstall-, and bindist-rules updated @@ -6940,40 +8210,40 @@ r160 2006-03-29 11:09:45 +0200 mjk: r159 2006-03-29 10:26:53 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrpage.dtx, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, - scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, manifest.txt, scrstrop.inc, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, - doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/scrlfile.tex, doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/german/htmlsetup, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/german/Makefile, doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, - doc/bin/genindex.pl: fix of initial comment + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, + scrkernel-index.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + manifest.txt, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, + scrpage.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, + doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, + doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/german/, + doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, + doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, doc/bin/genindex.pl, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: fix of initial comment r158 2006-03-29 10:12:51 +0200 mjk: - * Makefile, scrmain.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.dtx, - obsolete/scrlettr.ins: obsolete scrlettr added + * Makefile, scrmain.ins, obsolete/scrlettr.ins, + obsolete/scrlettr.dtx: obsolete scrlettr added r157 2006-03-29 09:42:59 +0200 mjk: @@ -6981,7 +8251,7 @@ r157 2006-03-29 09:42:59 +0200 mjk: r156 2006-03-29 09:41:30 +0200 mjk: - * scrpage.dtx, scrmain.ins: scrpage/scrpage2 added + * scrmain.ins, scrpage.dtx: scrpage/scrpage2 added r155 2006-03-29 09:39:57 +0200 mjk: @@ -6989,18 +8259,18 @@ r155 2006-03-29 09:39:57 +0200 mjk: r153 2006-03-28 09:30:06 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scraddr.dtx, - scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrkernel-variables.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx: - character table test activated + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scraddr.dtx, + scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx: character table test activated r152 2006-03-28 09:13:39 +0200 mjk: @@ -7017,7 +8287,7 @@ r150 2006-03-27 12:17:35 +0200 mjk: r149 2006-03-27 09:57:45 +0200 mjk: - * scraddr.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins: scraddr added + * Makefile, scrmain.ins, scraddr.dtx: scraddr added r148 2006-03-25 10:42:41 +0100 mjk: @@ -7025,17 +8295,18 @@ r148 2006-03-25 10:42:41 +0100 mjk: r147 2006-03-25 10:32:59 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, - scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, - scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, - scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, - scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, - scrkernel-title.dtx: Version number set to 2.95 + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-notepaper.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-variables.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-circularletters.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, + scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, + scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, + scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, + scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: Version number set to 2.95 r146 2006-03-25 08:49:38 +0100 mjk: @@ -7158,15 +8429,15 @@ r116 2006-03-22 11:00:30 +0100 mjk: r115 2006-03-22 09:27:23 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx: - german --> ngerman + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-compatibility.dtx, + scrkernel-title.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, + scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, + scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx: german --> ngerman r113 2006-03-22 09:24:57 +0100 mjk: @@ -7275,7 +8546,7 @@ r87 2006-03-13 14:14:32 +0100 mjk: r86 2006-03-13 13:52:01 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx: \@pt@scan moved from + * scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx: \@pt@scan moved from scrktare.dtx to scrkfont.dtx r84 2006-03-12 12:26:33 +0100 mjk: @@ -7308,34 +8579,34 @@ r74 2006-03-08 15:03:23 +0100 mjk: r72 2006-03-08 10:59:49 +0100 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrsource.tex, scrkernel-index.dtx, - scrdoc.dtx, scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, - scrlogo.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, - scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, - Makefile.baserules, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, - scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, - scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, scrstrop.inc, scrkernel-floats.dtx, - scrkernel-typearea.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, - doc/, doc/plength.dtx, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, doc/scrguide.cls, - doc/Makefile.guide, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/english/, - doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, - doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/, - doc/german/scrlfile.tex, doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, - doc/german/htmlsetup, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, - doc/german/Makefile, doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, - doc/bin/genindex.pl: scrksect.dtx scrbeta.dtx scrmain.ins scrkfont.dtx - scrkxflo.dtx scrkbase.dtx scrktitl.dtx scrkpage.dtx scrkvers.dtx - Makefile.baserules scrkfloa.dtx scrkpar.dtx doc/plength.dtx - doc/scrguide.gst doc/scrguide.cls doc/bin/genindex.pl - doc/bin/genchangelog.pl doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, Makefile.baserules, + scrbeta.dtx, scrkernel-sections.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, + doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/scrguide.cls, + doc/plength.dtx, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/german/, + doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/german/htmlsetup, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/english/, + doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/Makefile, + doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, + doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, + doc/english/scrpage2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, + doc/english/typearea.tex, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, + doc/english/introduction.tex, doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, + doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl, doc/bin/genindex.pl: scrksect.dtx scrbeta.dtx + scrmain.ins scrkfont.dtx scrkxflo.dtx scrkbase.dtx scrktitl.dtx + scrkpage.dtx scrkvers.dtx Makefile.baserules scrkfloa.dtx + scrkpar.dtx doc/plength.dtx doc/scrguide.gst doc/scrguide.cls + doc/bin/genindex.pl doc/bin/genchangelog.pl doc/bin/genhtmlidx.pl doc/german/introduction.tex doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex doc/german/scraddr.tex doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex doc/german/adrconvnote.tex doc/german/scrlfile.tex @@ -7380,8 +8651,8 @@ r60 2006-01-25 12:56:38 +0100 mjk: r59 2006-01-25 12:41:27 +0100 mjk: - * Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile, - doc/german/, doc/german/Makefile: Get BASEDIR from parent + * Makefile, doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/german/, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/english/, doc/english/Makefile: Get BASEDIR from parent r50 2006-01-20 14:48:57 +0100 mjk: @@ -7403,13 +8674,13 @@ r46 2005-12-13 08:52:03 +0100 mjk: r45 2005-11-27 15:32:22 +0100 mjk: - * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlfile.tex, - doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, doc/english/htmlsetup, - doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, - doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, - doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/typearea.tex, - doc/english/scraddr.tex, doc/english/guide-english.tex, - doc/english/scrpage2.tex: Initial import of the englisch guide + * doc/, doc/Makefile, doc/english/, doc/english/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/english/Makefile, doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/english/guide-english.tex, doc/english/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/english/adrconvnote.tex, doc/english/scrpage2.tex, + doc/english/htmlsetup, doc/english/typearea.tex, + doc/english/scrlfile.tex, doc/english/introduction.tex, + doc/english/scraddr.tex: Initial import of the englisch guide r44 2005-11-27 12:14:29 +0100 mjk: @@ -7496,7 +8767,7 @@ r26 2005-08-15 10:49:52 +0200 mjk: r25 2005-08-13 07:47:02 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/scrguide.gst: + * doc/, doc/scrguide.gst, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: change log generation r24 2005-08-12 17:04:01 +0200 mjk: @@ -7520,7 +8791,7 @@ r21 2005-08-12 16:42:22 +0200 mjk: r20 2005-08-12 15:48:59 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/Makefile.guide: Generation of a + * doc/, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit: Generation of a html index file supported r19 2005-08-12 13:17:59 +0200 mjk: @@ -7549,13 +8820,13 @@ r15 2005-08-11 10:45:33 +0200 mjk: r14 2005-08-10 16:31:33 +0200 mjk: - * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, - doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, - doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/typearea.tex, - doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/german/scrpage2.tex: \phantomsection at - Declaration environment not longer needed and used. Anchors are more - descriptive. + * doc/, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, + doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, + doc/german/adrconvnote.tex, doc/german/scrpage2.tex, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex: \phantomsection + at Declaration environment not longer needed and used. Anchors are + more descriptive. r13 2005-08-09 17:18:30 +0200 mjk: @@ -7613,28 +8884,27 @@ r2 2005-07-27 09:31:50 +0200 mjk: r1 2005-07-25 12:19:51 +0200 mjk: - * scrkernel-sections.dtx, ChangeLog.2, scrsource.tex, - scrkernel-index.dtx, missing.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, - scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrkernel-version.dtx, scrlogo.dtx, - scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-fonts.dtx, README, - scrbeta.dtx, Makefile.cfg, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, - Makefile.baseinit, .cvsignore, ChangeLog.cvs, - scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, Makefile, scrmain.ins, Makefile.baserules, - scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrlfile.dtx, scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, - scrkxflo.dtx, scrkernel-language.dtx, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, - scrstrop.inc, scrkernel-floats.dtx, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, - scrkernel-basics.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, doc/, doc/plength.dtx, - doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/guide.tex, doc/Makefile, - doc/scrguide.cls, doc/Makefile.guide, doc/guide.bib, - doc/scrguide.ist, doc/german/, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, - doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, - doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/introduction.tex, - doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/Makefile, - doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, - doc/german/scrpage2.tex, doc/bin/, doc/bin/genindex.pl: Initial - subversion import of KOMA-Script 3; see ChangeLog for version - information prior to 2005-07-25 12:14 and ChangeLog.2 for version - information of KOMA-Script < 2.91 + * scrkernel-version.dtx, scrkernel-title.dtx, Makefile, scrlogo.dtx, + scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx, scrkernel-floats.dtx, + scrkernel-language.dtx, Makefile.baseinit, scrsource.tex, + scrkernel-footnotes.dtx, scrkernel-index.dtx, scrstrop.inc, + scrkernel-bibliography.dtx, scrstrip.inc, scrkernel-typearea.dtx, + scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx, scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx, scrdoc.dtx, + .cvsignore, scrkernel-listsof.dtx, scrmain.ins, scrkxflo.dtx, + Makefile.baserules, missing.dtx, README, ChangeLog.cvs, scrbeta.dtx, + scrkernel-sections.dtx, ChangeLog.2, scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx, + scrkernel-fonts.dtx, Makefile.cfg, scrlfile.dtx, + scrkernel-basics.dtx, doc/, doc/scrguide.ist, doc/guide.bib, + doc/Makefile, doc/guide.tex, doc/scrguide.cls, doc/plength.dtx, + doc/Makefile.guide, doc/Makefile.latexinit, doc/german/, + doc/german/scrlttr2.tex, doc/german/Makefile, + doc/german/guide-ngerman.tex, doc/german/scrbookreportarticle.tex, + doc/german/scrdatetime.tex, doc/german/scrpage2.tex, + doc/german/typearea.tex, doc/german/scrlfile.tex, + doc/german/introduction.tex, doc/german/scraddr.tex, doc/bin/, + doc/bin/genindex.pl: Initial subversion import of KOMA-Script 3; see + ChangeLog for version information prior to 2005-07-25 12:14 and + ChangeLog.2 for version information of KOMA-Script < 2.91 ------- Switch from CVS to subversion ---------------------------------------- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile index 32da8d12b2d..c7e77834731 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # ====================================================================== # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. # @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ # This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, # Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ ALPHA_DTX = $(subst .pdf,.dtx,$(ALPHA_DOC)) CLS_MAIN_SRC = $(CLS_MAIN_DTX) $(CLS_MAIN_INS) $(CLS_MAIN_SUBINS) \ scrsource.tex -$(ALPHA_DOC): $(ALPHA_DTX) +$(ALPHA_DOC): $(ALPHA_DTX) scrdoc.cls $(CLS_MAIN) $(LATEX) $(BATCHMODE) $(PDFOUTPUT) $(subst .pdf,.dtx,$@) $(MKINDEX) $(subst .pdf,,$@) $(LATEX) $(BATCHMODE) $(PDFOUTPUT) $(subst .pdf,.dtx,$@) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile.baseinit b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile.baseinit index abeaa01b3a8..5c842ac4d2f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile.baseinit +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/Makefile.baseinit @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ INSTALLDEMODIR ?= $(INSTALLDOCDIR)/demo # Extensions of files which are generated for generation CLEANEXTS = *.aux *.bbl *.blg *.glg *.glo *.gls *.glx *.idx \ *.ilg *.ind *.lof *.log *.lot *.out *.toc \ - *.toc[0-9] *.toc[0-9][0-9] + *.toc[0-9] *.toc[0-9][0-9] *.synctex.gz *.slnc \ # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile index 05097a7c297..ecc4bf80a39 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # ====================================================================== # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. # @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ # This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, # Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ STATIC_DOC_SRC = koma-script.html STATIC_DOC_LINKS= komascript.html komascr.html \ scrbook.html scrreprt.html scrartcl.html scrlttr2.html \ scrextend.html \ - typearea.html scrpage2.html scraddr.html scrlfile.html \ + typearea.html scraddr.html scrlfile.html \ scrwfile.html \ scrtime.html scrdate.html tocbasic.html \ scrlayer.html scrlayer-scrpage.html \ @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ STATIC_DOC_LINKS= komascript.html komascr.html \ DOC_SRC = scrguide.cls scrguide.ist scrguide.gst \ guide.tex guide.bib plength.dtx \ - linkalias.tex + linkalias.tex \ + scrpage2.tex + +DOC_FILES = scrpage2.pdf + +DOC_DIR = doc STATIC_DOC = $(STATIC_DOC_SRC) $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) DIST_SRC = $(MISC_SRC) $(DOC_SRC) $(STATIC_DOC_SRC) -DIST_FILES = $(DIST_SRC) $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) +DIST_FILES = $(DIST_SRC) $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) $(DOC_FILES) BIN_DIR = bin @@ -126,9 +131,14 @@ MAINTAIN_FILES = $(DIST_FILES) # local rules prepare_local: $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) -default_local: $(STATIC_DOC) +default_local: $(STATIC_DOC) $(DOC_FILES) $(make_recursive) +scrpage2.pdf: $(DOC_SRC) + $(LATEX) $(NONSTOPMODE) $(PDFOUTPUT) scrpage2.tex + $(LATEX) $(NONSTOPMODE) $(PDFOUTPUT) scrpage2.tex + $(LATEX) $(NONSTOPMODE) $(PDFOUTPUT) scrpage2.tex + $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS): $(STATIC_DOC_SRC) $(SYMLINK) $< $@ @@ -146,7 +156,7 @@ install_local: $(DIST_FILES) $(INSTALL) $(DIST_SRC) $(INSTALLSRCDIR) $(foreach file,$(STATIC_DOC),$(SYMLINK) ../../../../doc/latex/koma-script/$(file) $(INSTALLSRCDIR)/$(file);) $(INSTALLEXECUTABLE) $(BIN_FILES) $(INSTALLSRCDIR)/$(BIN_DIR) - $(INSTALL) $(STATIC_DOC) $(INSTALLDOCDIR) + $(INSTALL) $(STATIC_DOC) $(DOC_FILES) $(INSTALLDOCDIR) $(make_recursive) $(SECHO) ------------------------------------------------------------ $(SECHO) Installed files at $(INSTALLSRCDIR): @@ -156,7 +166,7 @@ install_local: $(DIST_FILES) $(SECHO) $(BIN_FILES) $(SECHO) ------------------------------------------------------------ $(SECHO) Installed files at $(INSTALLDOCDIR): - $(SECHO) $(STATIC_DOC) + $(SECHO) $(STATIC_DOC) $(DOC_FILES) $(SECHO) ------------------------------------------------------------ $(SECHO) Links at $(INSTALLSRCDIR): $(SECHO) $(SATIC_DOC) @@ -182,6 +192,7 @@ uninstall_local: $(make_recursive) clean_local: + $(SRM) *.aux *.glo *.idx *.lof *.log *.lot *.synctex.gz *.toc $(make_recursive) dist_local: $(DIST_FILES) @@ -190,6 +201,7 @@ dist_local: $(DIST_FILES) $(MKDIR) $(DISTDIR)/$(BIN_DIR) $(CP) $(DIST_FILES) $(DISTDIR) $(CP) $(BIN_FILES) $(DISTDIR)/$(BIN_DIR) + $(CP) $(DOC_FILES) $(DISTDIR)/$(DOC_DIR) $(make_recursive) maintain_local: @@ -201,10 +213,11 @@ maintain_local: $(make_recursive) distclean_local: + $(SRM) scrpage2-ngerman.tex scrpage2-english.tex \ $(make_recursive) maintainclean_local: - $(SRM) ChangeLog.svn ChangeLog.bak $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) + $(SRM) ChangeLog.svn ChangeLog.bak $(STATIC_DOC_LINKS) $(DOC_FILES) $(make_recursive) edit: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile.guide b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile.guide index 432d427419d..e35e3e079ec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile.guide +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/Makefile.guide @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # ====================================================================== # Makefile.guide -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. # @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ # This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Makefile.guide -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, # Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ endif TEX_CHAPTERS = preface.tex introduction.tex \ authorpart.tex typearea.tex scrbookreportarticle.tex \ - scrlttr2.tex scrlayer-scrpage.tex scrpage2.tex \ + scrlttr2.tex scrlayer-scrpage.tex \ scrdatetime.tex scraddr.tex \ adrconvnote.tex scrextend.tex \ expertpart.tex scrbase.tex scrlfile.tex scrwfile.tex \ @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ TEX_CHAPTERS = preface.tex introduction.tex \ TEX_MISC = ../guide.tex ../linkalias.tex \ common-0.tex common-1.tex common-2.tex common-3.tex \ common-4.tex common-5.tex common-6.tex common-7.tex \ - common-8.tex common-9.tex common-10.tex common-11.tex \ + common-8.tex common-9.tex \ common-12.tex common-13.tex common-14.tex common-15.tex \ common-20.tex common-21.tex @@ -97,10 +97,8 @@ EXAMPLE_LETTER_LETTERS = $(foreach num,\ EXAMPLE_LETTER_DTX_RESULT = $(EXAMPLE_LETTER_LETTERS) musterlogo.eps ich.lco -ifeq ($(LANGUAGE),ngerman) EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_SRC = scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_PDF = $(addsuffix .pdf,$(basename $(EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_SRC))) -endif PLENGTH_DTX = $(DOCDIR)plength.dtx @@ -291,6 +289,9 @@ $(EXAMPLE_LETTER_DTX_RESULT): $(EXAMPLE_LETTER_DTX) ifdef EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_SRC $(EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_PDF): $(EXAMPLE_NOTECOLUMN_SRC) $(PDFLATEX) $< + $(PDFLATEX) $< + $(PDFLATEX) $< + $(PDFLATEX) $< endif guide.ind: guide.idx diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/Makefile index 9ac3413dfaf..bb94aafa6c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/Makefile +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/Makefile @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # ====================================================================== # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. # @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ # This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- # Makefile -# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +# Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 # # Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, # Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -56,25 +56,10 @@ tocbasic.tex: ../../tocbasic.tex cd ../.. && tex \\nonstopmode\\input $(basename $<) # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# NOTE: Remove these rules after real translation of scrwfile.tex -# is available. -scrwfile.tex: ../../scrwfile.tex - if [ -L $@ ] || ! [ -f $@ ]; then $(SYMLINK) $< .; else touch $@; fi - -../../scrwfile.tex: ../../scrwfile.dtx - cd ../.. && tex \\nonstopmode\\input $(basename $<) -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -# NOTE: Remove these rules after real translation of scrlayer-notecolumn.tex -# is available. -scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: ../../scrlayer-notecolumn.tex - if [ -L $@ ] || ! [ -f $@ ]; then $(SYMLINK) $< .; else touch $@; fi - -../../scrlayer-notecolumn.tex: ../../scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx - cd ../.. && tex \\nonstopmode\\input $(basename $<) -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- - +maintainclean_local: distclean_local + $(RM) guide.pdf $(GUIDENAME).pdf $(GUIDENAME).html + [ -L tocbasic.tex ] && $(RM) tocbasic.tex || true + [ -L scrwfile.tex ] && $(RM) scrwfile.tex || true + [ -L scrlayer-notecolumn.tex ] && $(RM) scrlayer-notecolumn.tex || true # # end of file `Makefile' diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex index deced1e00ca..67654e2ab97 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-0.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-0.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex index 69e02610745..69a71991e4e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-1.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-1.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-10.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-10.tex deleted file mode 100644 index a3c209f6806..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-10.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% common-10.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% common-10.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Paragraphs that are common for several chapters of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Markus Kohm -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Absaetze, die mehreren Kapiteln der KOMA-Script-Anleitung gemeinsam sind -% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm -% -% ====================================================================== - -\KOMAProvidesFile{common-10.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ - KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] -\translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} - -% Date of the translated German file: 2012/01/01 - -\makeatletter -\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrextend}{\newif\ifCommonscrextend}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlttr}{\newif\ifCommonscrlttr}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% -\makeatother - - -\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + -\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{footref}\Parameter{reference} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footref}% -Sometimes\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} there are single footnotes to - multiple text passages. The least sensible way to typeset this would -be to repeatedly use \Macro{footnotemark} with the same manually set -number. The disadvantages of this method would be that you have to -know the number and manually fix all the \Macro{footnotemark} -commands, and if the number changes because of adding or removing a -footnote before, each \Macro{footnotemark} would have to be -changed. Because of this, \KOMAScript{} provides the use of the -\Macro{label}\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}} mechanism in -such cases. After simply setting a \Macro{label} inside the footnote, -\Macro{footref} may be used to mark all the other text passages with -the same footnote mark. -\begin{Example} - Maybe you have to mark each trade name with a footnote which states that it - is a registered trade name. You may write, e.\,g., -\begin{lstcode} - Company SplishSplash\footnote{This is a registered trade name. - All rights are reserved.\label{refnote}} - produces not only SplishPlump\footref{refnote} - but also SplishPlash\footref{refnote}. -\end{lstcode} - This will produce the same footnote mark three times, but only one footnote - text. The first footnote mark is produced by \Macro{footnote} - itself, and the following two footnote marks are produced by - the additional \Macro{footref} commands. The footnote text will be produced by - \Macro{footnote}. -\end{Example} -Because of setting the additional footnote marks using the \Macro{label} -mechanism, changes of the footnote numbers will need at least two \LaTeX{} -runs to ensure correct numbers for all \Macro{footref} marks.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{footref}% -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{\EndIndex{}{footnotes}} -\fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * - - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: us-ascii -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-11.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-11.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e4f3ebb325b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-11.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,296 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% common-11.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% common-11.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Paragraphs that are common for several chapters of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Markus Kohm -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Absaetze, die mehreren Kapiteln der KOMA-Script-Anleitung gemeinsam sind -% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm -% -% ====================================================================== - -\KOMAProvidesFile{common-11.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ - KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] -\translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} - -% Date of the translated German file: 2012/01/01 - -\makeatletter -\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrextend}{\newif\ifCommonscrextend}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlttr}{\newif\ifCommonscrlttr}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% -\makeatother - - -\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + -\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{deffootnote}\OParameter{mark width}\Parameter{indent}% - \Parameter{parindent}\Parameter{definition}\\ - \Macro{deffootnotemark}\Parameter{definition}\\ - \Macro{thefootnotemark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% -Footnotes are formatted slightly differently in {\KOMAScript} to in the -standard classes. As in the standard classes the footnote mark in the text is -depicted using a small superscripted number. The same formatting is used in -the footnote itself. The mark in the footnote is type-set right-aligned in a -box with width \PName{mark width}. The first line of the footnote follows -directly. - -All following lines will be indented by the length of \PName{indent}. If the -optional parameter \PName{mark width} is not specified, it defaults to -\PName{indent}. If the footnote consists of more than one paragraph, then the -first line of a paragraph is indented, in addition to \PName{indent}, by the -value of \PName{parindent}. - -\hyperref[fig:maincls.deffootnote]{Figure~\ref*{fig:maincls.deffootnote}} % -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{at \autopageref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} }% -illustrates the layout parameters. The default configuration of the -{\KOMAScript} classes is: -\begin{lstcode} - \deffootnote[1em]{1.5em}{1em} - {\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} -\end{lstcode} -\Macro{textsuperscript} controls both the superscript and the smaller -font size. Command \Macro{thefootnotemark} is the current footnote mark -without any formatting.% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{ % <-- Leerzeichen ist wichtig! - Package \Package{scrextend} in contrast to this does not change the default - footnote settings of the used class. Loading the package does not change any - type style of footnote marks or footnote text in general. You have to copy - the above shown source to use the default - settings of the \KOMAScript{} classes with \Package{scrextend}. This may be - done immediately after loading package \Package{scrextend}.}% - -\IfCommon{maincls}{% -\begin{figure} -% \centering - \KOMAoption{captions}{bottombeside} - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside} - [{Parameters that control the footnote layout}]% - {\label{fig:maincls.deffootnote}\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% - Parameters that control the footnote layout}% - [l] - \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} - \begin{picture}(100,22) - \thinlines - % frame of following paragraph - \put(5,0){\line(1,0){90}} - \put(5,0){\line(0,1){5}} - \put(10,5){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,5){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(95,0){\line(0,1){10}} - \put(10,10){\line(1,0){85}} - % frame of first paragraph - \put(5,11){\line(1,0){90}} - \put(5,11){\line(0,1){5}} - \put(15,16){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,16){\line(1,0){10}} - \put(95,11){\line(0,1){10}} - \put(15,21){\line(1,0){80}} - % box of the footnote mark - \put(0,16.5){\framebox(14.5,4.5){\mbox{}}} - % description of paragraphs - \put(45,16){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\textsf{first paragraph of a footnote}}} - \put(45,5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\textsf{next paragraph of a footnote}}} - % help lines - \thicklines - \multiput(0,0)(0,3){7}{\line(0,1){2}} - \multiput(5,0)(0,3){3}{\line(0,1){2}} - % parameters - \put(2,7){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(5,7){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(15,7){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(15,7){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{parindent}}} - % - \put(-3,13){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(0,13){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(10,13){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(10,13){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{indent}}} - % - \put(-3,19){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(0,19){\line(1,0){14.5}} - \put(19.5,19){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(19.5,19){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{mark width}}} - \end{picture} - \end{captionbeside} -\end{figure}} - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% -The\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{% - \Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}\and\Class{scrartcl}} font element -\FontElement{footnote}\important{\FontElement{footnote}} determines the font -of the footnote including the footnote mark. Using the element -\FontElement{footnotelabel}\important{\FontElement{footnotelabel}} the font of -the footnote mark can be changed separately with the commands -\Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname - label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname - label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}). Please refer also to -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, - \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% -. Default setting is no change in the font.% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{ % <-- Dieses Leerzeichen ist wichtig! - With \Package{scrextend} the elements may change the fonts only if the - footnotes are handled by the package, i.\,g., after using - \Macro{deffootnote}.} - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotereference}% -The footnote mark in the text is defined separately from the mark in -front of the actual footnote. This is done with -\Macro{deffootnotemark}. Default setting is: -% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - \deffootnotemark{% - \textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} -\end{lstcode} -In the above\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{% - \Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}\and\Class{scrartcl}} the font -for the element -\FontElement{footnotereference}\important{\FontElement{footnotereference}} is -applied (see % -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, - \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% -). % -Thus the footnote -marks in the text and in the footnote itself are identical. The font -can be changed with the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and -\Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname - label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname - label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont})% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{ after usage of \Macro{deffootnotemark}}. - -\ifCommonscrlttr\else -\begin{Example} - \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote.example}% - A\textnote{Hint!} feature often asked for is footnote marks which are - neither in superscript nor in a smaller font size. They should not touch the - footnote text but be separated by a small space. This can be accomplished as - follows: -\begin{lstcode} - \deffootnote{1em}{1em}{\thefootnotemark\ } -\end{lstcode} - The footnote mark and the following space are therefore set - right-aligned into a box of width 1\Unit{em}. The following lines of - the footnote text are also indented by 1\Unit{em} from the left - margin. - - Another\textnote{Hint!} often requested footnote layout is left-aligned - footnote marks. These can be obtained with: -\begin{lstcode} - \deffootnote{1.5em}{1em}{% - \makebox[1.5em][l]{\thefootnotemark}} -\end{lstcode} - - If you want however only to change the font for all footnotes, for example - to sans serif, you can solve this problem simply by using the commands - \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (see - \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}: -\begin{lstcode} - \setkomafont{footnote}{\sffamily} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example}% -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{As demonstrated with the examples above, the simple - user interface of {\KOMAScript} provides a great variety of different - footnote formattings.}% -\fi% -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{% - Examples may be found at \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes}, from - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote} onwards.}% -% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotereference}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setfootnoterule}\OParameter{thickness}\Parameter{length}% -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% -Generally\ChangedAt{v3.06}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} a horizontal -rule will be placed between the text area and the footnote area. But normally -this rule is not as long as the width of the typing area. With Command -\Macro{setfootnoterule} you may change the thickness and the width of that -rule. Thereby the parameters \PName{thickness} and \PName{length} will be -evaluated not at definition time but when setting the rule itself. If -optional argument \PName{thickness} ha been omitted the thickness of the rule -will not be changed. Empty arguments \PName{thickness} or \PName{length} are -also allowed and do not change the corresponding parameter. Using implausible -values may result in warning messages not only setting the arguments but also -when \KOMAScript{} uses the parameters. - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% -With element \FontElement{footnoterule}\important{\FontElement{footnoterule}} -the color \ChangedAt{v3.07}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} of the rule -may be changed using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and -\Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname - label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname - label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}). Default is no change of font or -color. For color changes a color package like -\Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}\important{\Package{xcolor}} would be -needed.% -% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% -\IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{\EndIndex{}{footnotes}} -\fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * - - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: us-ascii -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex index a567512ef83..fa348248446 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-12.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-12.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex index e4f69fb2f48..bfba10f0fd7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-13.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-13.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex index 15f222f283b..41e7e6e4e09 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-14.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-14.tex} - [$Date: 2013-11-21 16:13:48 +0100 (Do, 21. Nov 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-11-21 16:13:48 +0100 (Thu, 21 Nov 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex index ff61582d756..8772357d8ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-15.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-15.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex index 8ac590a8100..9c147bfa52d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-2.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-2.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex index 85fdea3b1a8..6f3125f0dc8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-20.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-20.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex index a747b1f68e2..896b13fe57a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-3.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-3.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex index 8388bc8a938..30d7f268813 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-4.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-4.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex index fea58a3a5ee..f1617a84f6c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-5.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-5.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-5.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-5.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} -% Date of the translated German file: 2013/07/31 +% Date of the translated German file: 2014/06/25 \makeatletter \@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% @@ -314,9 +314,9 @@ the font style of the selected \PName{element}. \feentry{minisec}{title of \Macro{minisec} (see \autoref{sec:maincls.structure} ab \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.minisec})}% - \feentry{pagefoot}{only used if package \Package{scrpage2} has been loaded - (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% + \feentry{pagefoot}{only used if package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} has been + loaded (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{another name for \FontElement{pageheadfoot}}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{the head of a page, but also the foot of a page (see \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} ab \autopageref{sec:maincls.pagestyle})}% @@ -468,8 +468,9 @@ may be found in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} at \feentry{pagefoot}{% used after element \FontElement{pageheadfoot} for the page foot, that has been defined with variable \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot}, or - for the page foot of package \Package{scrpage2} % - (\autoref{cha:scrpage}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% + for the page foot of package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} % + (\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% another name for \FontElement{pageheadfoot}}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex index 9636b3eb4c1..0ff00dbe865 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-6.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-6.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Paragraph Markup)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex index 3648bf1abb6..4f17014ad69 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-7.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-7.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Detection of Odd and Even Pages)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex index 29eb6a19a78..5e67cfaa043 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-8.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-8.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-8.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-8.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Interleaf Pages)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi} -% Date of the translated German file: 2013/11/07 +% Date of the translated German file: 2014/06/25 \makeatletter \@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% @@ -111,17 +111,17 @@ interleaf pages created by the \Macro{cleardoublepage} to break until the wanted page. Every already defined \PName{page style} (see \autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle} from \autopageref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle} and -\autoref{cha:scrpage} from \autopageref{cha:scrpage}) may be used. Besides this, -\OptionValue{cleardoublepage}{current} is valid. This case is the default -until \KOMAScript~2.98c and results in interleaf page without changing the -page style. Since \KOMAScript~3.00\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} the default -follows the recommendation of most typographers and has been changed to blank -interleaf pages with page style \Pagestyle{empty} unless you switch -compatibility to an earlier version (see option \Option{version}, -\autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.compatibilityOptions}, -\autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.option.version}). -\ifCommonmaincls +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} from \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) may be +used. Besides this, \OptionValue{cleardoublepage}{current} is valid. This case +is the default until \KOMAScript~2.98c and results in interleaf page without +changing the page style. Since +\KOMAScript~3.00\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} the default follows the +recommendation of most typographers and has been changed to blank interleaf +pages with page style \Pagestyle{empty} unless you switch compatibility to an +earlier version (see option \Option{version}, \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.compatibilityOptions}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.option.version}). \ifCommonmaincls \begin{Example} \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage.example} Assume you want interleaf pages almost empty but with pagination. This @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ as the \IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{running}\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{page} head. The page is thus entirely empty. If another \PName{page style} is wanted for the interleaf page is may be set with the argument of \Macro{cleardoubleoddusingpagestyle}. Every already defined \PName{page style} -(see \autoref{cha:scrpage}) may be used. +(see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) may be used. \IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{% Sometimes chapters should not start on the right-hand page but the diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex index 408de83c117..ef4048f5e0b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/common-9.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-9.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs: Footnotes)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} @@ -223,6 +223,270 @@ and may be changed by redefining the command. \EndIndex{Cmd}{footnotetext}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{multiplefootnoteseparator}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{multfootsep}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{footref}\Parameter{reference} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footref}% +Sometimes\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} there are single footnotes to + multiple text passages. The least sensible way to typeset this would +be to repeatedly use \Macro{footnotemark} with the same manually set +number. The disadvantages of this method would be that you have to +know the number and manually fix all the \Macro{footnotemark} +commands, and if the number changes because of adding or removing a +footnote before, each \Macro{footnotemark} would have to be +changed. Because of this, \KOMAScript{} provides the use of the +\Macro{label}\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}} mechanism in +such cases. After simply setting a \Macro{label} inside the footnote, +\Macro{footref} may be used to mark all the other text passages with +the same footnote mark. +\begin{Example} + Maybe you have to mark each trade name with a footnote which states that it + is a registered trade name. You may write, e.\,g., +\begin{lstcode} + Company SplishSplash\footnote{This is a registered trade name. + All rights are reserved.\label{refnote}} + produces not only SplishPlump\footref{refnote} + but also SplishPlash\footref{refnote}. +\end{lstcode} + This will produce the same footnote mark three times, but only one footnote + text. The first footnote mark is produced by \Macro{footnote} + itself, and the following two footnote marks are produced by + the additional \Macro{footref} commands. The footnote text will be produced by + \Macro{footnote}. +\end{Example} +Because of setting the additional footnote marks using the \Macro{label} +mechanism, changes of the footnote numbers will need at least two \LaTeX{} +runs to ensure correct numbers for all \Macro{footref} marks.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{footref}% +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{deffootnote}\OParameter{mark width}\Parameter{indent}% + \Parameter{parindent}\Parameter{definition}\\ + \Macro{deffootnotemark}\Parameter{definition}\\ + \Macro{thefootnotemark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% +Footnotes are formatted slightly differently in {\KOMAScript} to in the +standard classes. As in the standard classes the footnote mark in the text is +depicted using a small superscripted number. The same formatting is used in +the footnote itself. The mark in the footnote is type-set right-aligned in a +box with width \PName{mark width}. The first line of the footnote follows +directly. + +All following lines will be indented by the length of \PName{indent}. If the +optional parameter \PName{mark width} is not specified, it defaults to +\PName{indent}. If the footnote consists of more than one paragraph, then the +first line of a paragraph is indented, in addition to \PName{indent}, by the +value of \PName{parindent}. + +\hyperref[fig:maincls.deffootnote]{Figure~\ref*{fig:maincls.deffootnote}} % +\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{at \autopageref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} }% +illustrates the layout parameters. The default configuration of the +{\KOMAScript} classes is: +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote[1em]{1.5em}{1em} + {\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} +\Macro{textsuperscript} controls both the superscript and the smaller +font size. Command \Macro{thefootnotemark} is the current footnote mark +without any formatting.% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{ % <-- Leerzeichen ist wichtig! + Package \Package{scrextend} in contrast to this does not change the default + footnote settings of the used class. Loading the package does not change any + type style of footnote marks or footnote text in general. You have to copy + the above shown source to use the default + settings of the \KOMAScript{} classes with \Package{scrextend}. This may be + done immediately after loading package \Package{scrextend}.}% + +\IfCommon{maincls}{% +\begin{figure} +% \centering + \KOMAoption{captions}{bottombeside} + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside} + [{Parameters that control the footnote layout}]% + {\label{fig:maincls.deffootnote}\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% + Parameters that control the footnote layout}% + [l] + \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} + \begin{picture}(100,22) + \thinlines + % frame of following paragraph + \put(5,0){\line(1,0){90}} + \put(5,0){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(10,5){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,5){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(95,0){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(10,10){\line(1,0){85}} + % frame of first paragraph + \put(5,11){\line(1,0){90}} + \put(5,11){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(15,16){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,16){\line(1,0){10}} + \put(95,11){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(15,21){\line(1,0){80}} + % box of the footnote mark + \put(0,16.5){\framebox(14.5,4.5){\mbox{}}} + % description of paragraphs + \put(45,16){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\textsf{first paragraph of a footnote}}} + \put(45,5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\textsf{next paragraph of a footnote}}} + % help lines + \thicklines + \multiput(0,0)(0,3){7}{\line(0,1){2}} + \multiput(5,0)(0,3){3}{\line(0,1){2}} + % parameters + \put(2,7){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(5,7){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(15,7){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(15,7){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{parindent}}} + % + \put(-3,13){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(0,13){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(10,13){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(10,13){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{indent}}} + % + \put(-3,19){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(0,19){\line(1,0){14.5}} + \put(19.5,19){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(19.5,19){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{mark width}}} + \end{picture} + \end{captionbeside} +\end{figure}} + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% +The\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{% + \Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}\and\Class{scrartcl}} font element +\FontElement{footnote}\important{\FontElement{footnote}} determines the font +of the footnote including the footnote mark. Using the element +\FontElement{footnotelabel}\important{\FontElement{footnotelabel}} the font of +the footnote mark can be changed separately with the commands +\Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}). Please refer also to +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% +. Default setting is no change in the font.% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{ % <-- Dieses Leerzeichen ist wichtig! + With \Package{scrextend} the elements may change the fonts only if the + footnotes are handled by the package, i.\,g., after using + \Macro{deffootnote}.} + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotereference}% +The footnote mark in the text is defined separately from the mark in +front of the actual footnote. This is done with +\Macro{deffootnotemark}. Default setting is: +% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + \deffootnotemark{% + \textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} +In the above\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{% + \Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}\and\Class{scrartcl}} the font +for the element +\FontElement{footnotereference}\important{\FontElement{footnotereference}} is +applied (see % +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% +). % +Thus the footnote +marks in the text and in the footnote itself are identical. The font +can be changed with the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and +\Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont})% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{ after usage of \Macro{deffootnotemark}}. + +\ifCommonscrlttr\else +\begin{Example} + \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote.example}% + A\textnote{Hint!} feature often asked for is footnote marks which are + neither in superscript nor in a smaller font size. They should not touch the + footnote text but be separated by a small space. This can be accomplished as + follows: +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote{1em}{1em}{\thefootnotemark\ } +\end{lstcode} + The footnote mark and the following space are therefore set + right-aligned into a box of width 1\Unit{em}. The following lines of + the footnote text are also indented by 1\Unit{em} from the left + margin. + + Another\textnote{Hint!} often requested footnote layout is left-aligned + footnote marks. These can be obtained with: +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote{1.5em}{1em}{% + \makebox[1.5em][l]{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} + + If you want however only to change the font for all footnotes, for example + to sans serif, you can solve this problem simply by using the commands + \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} (see + \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}: +\begin{lstcode} + \setkomafont{footnote}{\sffamily} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example}% +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{As demonstrated with the examples above, the simple + user interface of {\KOMAScript} provides a great variety of different + footnote formattings.}% +\fi% +\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{% + Examples may be found at \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes}, from + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote} onwards.}% +% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotereference}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setfootnoterule}\OParameter{thickness}\Parameter{length}% +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% +Generally\ChangedAt{v3.06}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} a horizontal +rule will be placed between the text area and the footnote area. But normally +this rule is not as long as the width of the typing area. With Command +\Macro{setfootnoterule} you may change the thickness and the width of that +rule. Thereby the parameters \PName{thickness} and \PName{length} will be +evaluated not at definition time but when setting the rule itself. If +optional argument \PName{thickness} ha been omitted the thickness of the rule +will not be changed. Empty arguments \PName{thickness} or \PName{length} are +also allowed and do not change the corresponding parameter. Using implausible +values may result in warning messages not only setting the arguments but also +when \KOMAScript{} uses the parameters. + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% +With element \FontElement{footnoterule}\important{\FontElement{footnoterule}} +the color \ChangedAt{v3.07}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} of the rule +may be changed using the commands \Macro{setkomafont} and +\Macro{addtokomafont} (see \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}). Default is no change of font or +color. For color changes a color package like +\Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}\important{\Package{xcolor}} would be +needed.% +% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% +\EndIndex{}{footnotes}% + + \fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/expertpart.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/expertpart.tex index b8ba50618ee..c78834a1baf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/expertpart.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/expertpart.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{expertpart.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ Part KOMA-Script for Experts] \translator{Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide-english.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide-english.tex index 947254a3ce5..bec834af42c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide-english.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide-english.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide-english.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide-english.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ % % ====================================================================== % -\ProvidesFile{guide-english.tex}[{2013/08/05 +\ProvidesFile{guide-english.tex}[{2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide language dependencies}] % % \section{Extra Packages} @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ % The term ``counter''. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\GuideCounter}{counter} -\newcommand*{\GuideCounterExpanded}{counters} +\newcommand*{\GuideCounterIndexCategory}{counters} \let\GuideCounterIndexCategoryExpanded\GuideCounterIndexCategory % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex index 41ba9402133..ae9ac2f1d1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/guide.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2013/10/14 KOMA-Script guide main file] +\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file] \documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide} @@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ \include{typearea} \include{scrbookreportarticle} \include{scrlttr2} -\include{scrpage2} \include{scrlayer-scrpage} \include{scrdatetime} \include{scraddr} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex index 28569628ad8..0c86ecc56ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/introduction.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide introduction] \translator{Kevin Pfeiffer\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi\and Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex index 54a6d3f0782..03e6c32d972 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/japanlco.tex @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ % \KOMAProvidesFile{japanlco.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (appendix: japanlco)] \appendix diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/linkalias.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/linkalias.tex index 0c19526f10e..cfcc44aa11c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/linkalias.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/linkalias.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ % Link Aliase, die für die freie Version der Anleitung benötigt werden. % -\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2012/02/16 link aliases for the free version] +\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2014/03/18 link aliases for the free version] \makeatletter \newcommand*{\lalias}[2]{% @@ -65,3 +65,8 @@ \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule}{desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.description}{desc:maincls.env.description} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling}{desc:maincls.env.labeling} + +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex index f98815f546b..306ed11479c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/preface.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % preface.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % preface.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -36,42 +36,32 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{preface.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-10-21 08:31:54 +0200 (Tue, 21 Oct 2014) $ Preface to the KOMA-Script book] %\translator{Markus Kohm} % Date of the translated German file: 0000/00/00 -\addchap{Preface to new English \KOMAScript{} Guide} +\addchap{Preface to the English \KOMAScript{} Guide} -This is not a translation of the preface of the German \KOMAScript{} guide, -because this translation of the German \KOMAScript{} guide is still a work in -progress. Currently the chapters of \autoref{part:forAuthors} and -\autoref{cha:scrbase}, \autoref{cha:scrlfile}, \autoref{cha:scrhack}, -\autoref{cha:scrlayer}, \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage-experts}, -\autoref{cha:typearea-experts}, \autoref{cha:maincls-experts}, -\autoref{cha:scrlttr2-experts} are up-to-date. +The translation of the German \KOMAScript{} guide is still a work in +progress. Currently almost all chapters are up-to-date. -Nevertheless, for \autoref{cha:scrlayer}, \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage-experts} a native speaker or someone with -advanced knowledge of the English language would be needed to improve it. -% AFAIK currently there are not any dead links or broken references, otherwise -% I would use the following: -% There may still be dead links and broken references in these chapters, -% because the referenced information in chapters of other parts could be -% missing. +\hyperref[cha:tocbasic]{Chapter~\ref*{cha:tocbasic}} is not a translation from +the German manual but the primary description from the implementation of the +package. Nevertheless the chapter in the German manual is more detailed. A +native or very advanced English speaker with basic TeX knowledge is urgently +needed to translate the German text. -The descriptions in \autoref{cha:scrwfile}, \autoref{cha:tocbasic}, -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn} are not translations from the German manual -but are primary descriptions from the implementation of these packages. They -should be up-to-date\,---\,sometimes even more than the chapters from the -German manual. +A real gap is the chapter about \Package{scrjura}. Currently there isn't such +a chapter, neither in the German nor in the English manual. But there is a +chapter at the German \KOMAScript{} book. If someone would translate it, I +would add this chapter and the translation to the manuals. So this English guide is complete but nevertheless not as good as the German -one, because my English is not as good as my German. Currently there's only -one editor for the English guide, Krickette Murabayashi, who improves my -translation for free. Many thanks to her for her very good job! Nevertheless, -additional editors or translators would be welcome! +one. Currently there are only a few editors for the English guide, who improve +my translation for free. Many thanks to them for their very good job! +Nevertheless, additional editors or translators would be welcome! \endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex index 3c383597324..5753da82988 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scraddr.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)] \translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex index 376319b4d06..78454dbe73b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbase.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrbase.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrbase.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 16:32:18 +0100 (Fr, 13 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-09-19 10:04:02 +0200 (Fri, 19 Sep 2014) $ KOMA-Script package scrbase] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Melvin Hendrix} -% Date of the translated German file: 2013/11/06 +% Date of the translated German file: 2014/09/19 \chapter{Basic Functions of Package \Package{scrbase}} \labelbase{scrbase} @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ Generally, the four predefined states should be sufficient. \begin{lstcode} \newif\if@Salami@Aufschnitt \DefineFamilyKey{butcher}% - {coldcut}[true]{% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\if@salami@coldcut + {coldcuts}[true]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\if@salami@coldcuts \csname if#1\endcsname \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ the keys of the family members. \begin{lstcode} \FamilyProcessOptions{butcher} \end{lstcode} - then the user may select the option \Option{coldcut} when loading the + then the user may select the option \Option{coldcuts} when loading the package. If the option is used globally, this means at the optional argument of \Macro{documentclass}, then the option would be passed automatically to all three packages, if all three packages are loaded @@ -350,10 +350,10 @@ Somehow special are keys of empty family members, which are not attached to a family member, but to a family. Such keys are set before the keys of family members. \begin{Example} - Assume option \Option{coldcut} should be set by default in the + Assume option \Option{coldcuts} should be set by default in the previous example. In this case only line \begin{lstcode} - \FamilyExecuteOptions{butcher}{coldcut} + \FamilyExecuteOptions{butcher}{coldcuts} \end{lstcode} has to be added. \end{Example} @@ -385,34 +385,45 @@ family, then \Macro{FamilyOptions} will result in an error. Package \PName{key}, but all those members signal failure via \Macro{FamilyKeyState}. \begin{Example} You extend your butcher project by a package \Package{sausagesalad}. If this - package has been loaded, all sausage package should generate cold cut: + package has been loaded, all sausage package should generate cold cuts: \begin{lstcode} \ProvidesPackage{sausagesalad}% [2008/05/06 nonsense package] \DefineFamily{butcher} \DefineFamilyMember{butcher} \FamilyProcessOptions{butcher}\relax - \FamilyOptions{butcher}{coldcut} + \FamilyOptions{butcher}{coldcuts} \end{lstcode} - If currently none of the sausage packages are loaded, then an error - message results because of undefined option ``\Option{coldcut}''. This is - avoided by changing the last line of the code to: -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={Family@Options}] - \Family@Options{butcher}{coldcut}{} + If currently none of the sausage packages are loaded, the undefined option + \Option{coldcuts} leads to an error message. This is avoided by adding + before the last line of the code above: +\begin{lstcode} + \DefineFamilyKey{butcher}% + {coldcuts}[true]{}% \end{lstcode} - Despite this, sausage packages loaded after - \Package{sausagesalad} still do not produce cold cut. This may be corrected + However, sausage packages loaded after + \Package{sausagesalad} still do not produce cold cuts. This may be corrected by editing the last line of the code again to: -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={Family@Options}] +\begin{lstcode} \AtBeginDocument{% - \Family@Options{butcher}{coldcut}{% - \PackageWarning{sausagesalad}{% - sausage salad needs at least - one sausage package}% - }% + \DefineFamiyKey[.sausagesalad.sty]% + {butcher}% + {coldcuts}[true]{}% + } + \DefineFamilyKey{butcher}% + {coldcuts}[true]{% + \AtBeginDocument{\FamilyOptions{butcher}% + {coldcuts=#1}}% }% \end{lstcode} - This may throw a warning message if none of the sausage packages are loaded. + This code does following: First the option will be defined while + \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} to do nothing for package + \Package{sausagesalad}. Because \Macro{@currname} and \Macro{@currext} are + not longer valid at this time, the optional argument on + \Macro{DefineFamilyKey} has to be used. But until this re-definition of the + option, a second definition is made, that calls the option again while + \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} for the whole family and so also for + other sausage salad packages. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOptions}% @@ -439,7 +450,7 @@ is the same as that of the previous command \Macro{FamilyOptions}. \begin{Example} Package \Package{sausagesalad} should have one mire option, to add additional ingredients. Each of the ingredients sets a switch as was done - previously for the cold cut. + previously for the cold cuts. \begin{lstcode} \newif\if@saladwith@onions \newif\if@saladwith@gherkins @@ -492,7 +503,7 @@ option definition. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyBoolKey}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetBool}% In the previous examples, boolean switches often have been used. In the example -with option \Option{coldcut}, it is necessary that the user assigns either +with option \Option{coldcuts}, it is necessary that the user assigns either value \PValue{true} or value \PValue{false}. There is no error message for wrong value assignment. Because of this, boolean switches are a necessary feature. Package \Package{scrbase} provides \Macro{FamilyBoolKey} for definition of @@ -515,37 +526,37 @@ members, this may result in an error message about unknown value assignment (see also \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue} and \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState}). \begin{Example} - The key \Option{coldcut} should be declared somehow more + The key \Option{coldcuts} should be declared somehow more robust. Additionally, all sausage packages should use the same key. So - either all or none of them will produce cold cut. + either all or none of them will produce cold cuts. \begin{lstcode} - \FamilyBoolKey{butcher}{coldcut}% - {@coldcut} + \FamilyBoolKey{butcher}{coldcuts}% + {@coldcuts} \end{lstcode} - A test, whether or not to produce cold cut, may be: + A test, whether or not to produce cold cuts, may be: \begin{lstcode} - \if@coldcut + \if@coldcuts ... \else ... \fi \end{lstcode} This would be the same in each of the three sausage packages, thereby - defining the attribute ``coldcut'' as a family option: + defining the attribute ``coldcuts'' as a family option: \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={define@key}] - \@ifundefined{if@coldcut}{% - \expandafter\newif\csname if@coldcut\endcsname + \@ifundefined{if@coldcuts}{% + \expandafter\newif\csname if@coldcuts\endcsname }{}% - \DefineFamilyKey[]{butcher}{coldcut}[true]{% - \FamilySetBool{butcher}{coldcut}% - {@coldcut}% + \DefineFamilyKey[]{butcher}{coldcuts}[true]{% + \FamilySetBool{butcher}{coldcuts}% + {@coldcuts}% {#1}% } \end{lstcode} or shorter: \begin{lstcode} - \FamilyBoolKey[]{butcher}{coldcut}% - {@coldcut} + \FamilyBoolKey[]{butcher}{coldcuts}% + {@coldcuts} \end{lstcode} using the additional information at \autopageref{explain:scrbase.macro.DefineFamilyKey}, this is not only valid @@ -589,7 +600,7 @@ possible and allowed. Currently, the only limitation is that \PName{definition} has to be fully expandable and will be expanded during the assignment. \begin{Example} - The sausage may be cut different. For example the cold cut may stay uncut or + The sausage may be cut different. For example the cold cuts may stay uncut or will be cut roughly or may be cut thinly. This information should be stored in command \Macro{cuthow}. \begin{lstcode} @@ -647,6 +658,85 @@ normally result in an error message about assigning an unknown value. \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetNumerical}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyNumericalKey}% +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyCounterKey}\OParameter{family member}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{\LaTeX{} counter}\\ +% \hphantom{\XMacro{FamilyCounterKey}}% +% \Parameter{\LaTeX{} counter} + \Macro{FamilySetCounter}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{\LaTeX{} counter}\Parameter{value} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounter}% +Beside\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \Macro{FamilyNumercialKey} that +defines a macro to a numeric value depending on a symbolic value, there are +circumstances when a \PName{key} directly represents a \PName{\LaTeX{} + counter}, that should be assigned directly to a numeric value. In those +cases, \Macro{FamilyCounterKey} can be used that internally will call +\Macro{FamilySetCounter}. A primary test of the \PName{value} argument is done +that only detects whether or not usage of \PName{value} as a number is +plausible. The assignment is done, only if this plausibility test is +successful. Nevertheless the assignment can still fail and result in a \TeX{} +error. But if the plausibility test fails already, this is signalled by +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}. + +Please note\textnote{Attention!}, this command does not support an optional +\PName{default}.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounter}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterKey}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyCounterMacroKey}\OParameter{family member}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{macro}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetCounterMacro}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{macro}\Parameter{value}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterMacroKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounterMacro}% +These\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} two commands differ from the +previously described \Macro{FamilyCounterKey} and \Macro{FamilySetCounter} +only by the fact, that they do not assign a \PName{value} to a \PName{\LaTeX + counter}, but define a \Macro{macro} with the +\PName{value}. Note\textnote{Attention}, that also an optional \PName{default} +is not supported.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounterMacro}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterMacroKey}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyLengthKey}\OParameter{family member}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{length}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetLength}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{length}\Parameter{value}\\ + \Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey}\OParameter{family member}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{Makro}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro}\Parameter{family}% + \Parameter{key}\Parameter{Makro}\Parameter{value}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLength}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthMacroKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLengthMacro}% +With\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \Macro{FamilyLengthKey} you can +define a \PName{key} that represents a \PName{length}. It does not matter +whether the \PName{length} is a \LaTeX{} length, a \TeX{} skip or a \TeX{} +dimension. Internally the \PName{length} will be set to the \PName{value} +using \Macro{FamilySetLength}. Thereby a primary test is used to decide, +whether or not it is plausible to assign \PName{length} to \PName{value}. The +assignment is done only if this plausibility test is successful. Nevertheless, +not all assignment errors can be recognised, so an inaccurate \PName{value} +can still result in \TeX{} error. Recognised errors however will be signalled +by \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}. + +In difference to this, \Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} and +\Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro} do not assign \PName{value} to a \PName{length}, +but define a \Macro{macro} with this \PName{value}. + +Please note\textnote{Attention!}, these commands do not support an optional +\PName{default} argument.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLengthMacro}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthMacroKey}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLength}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthKey}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyStringKey}\OParameter{family member}\Parameter{family}% @@ -716,25 +806,25 @@ separated list of allowed values in the form: Currently\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}}, \PName{values list} is not used by \Package{scrbase}. \begin{Example} - Now, for the cold cut, the choices should be cut or no-cut and in case of cut + Now, for the cold cuts, the choices should be cut or no-cut and in case of cut rough or thin. Rough should be the default for cutting. \begin{lstcode} \@ifundefined{if@thincut}{% \expandafter \newif\csname if@thincut\endcsname}{}% - \@ifundefined{if@coldcut}{% + \@ifundefined{if@coldcuts}{% \expandafter - \newif\csname if@coldcut\endcsname}{} + \newif\csname if@coldcuts\endcsname}{} \DefineFamilyKey{butcher}% - {coldcut}[true]{% - \FamilySetBool{butcher}{coldcut}% - {@coldcut}% + {coldcuts}[true]{% + \FamilySetBool{butcher}{coldcuts}% + {@coldcuts}% {#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@thincutfalse \else \ifstr{#1}{thin}{% - \@coldcuttrue + \@coldcutstrue \@thincuttrue \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }{}% @@ -742,14 +832,14 @@ not used by \Package{scrbase}. }% \end{lstcode} Let's have a look at the definition of \Option{butcher}: - First of all, we try to set the boolean switch of cold cut using + First of all, we try to set the boolean switch of cold cuts using \Macro{FamilySetBool}. After this command, we test whether or not \Macro{FamilyKeyState} signals the success of the command with state \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}. If so, only the thin cut has to be deactivated. In the other case, the value will be tested to be equal to \PValue{thin}. In - that case, cold cut and thin cut are activated and the state will be + that case, cold cuts and thin cut are activated and the state will be switched to \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}. If the last test failed also, the failure state of \Macro{FamilySetBool} is still valid at the end of the execution. @@ -1083,7 +1173,7 @@ there is no corresponding internal command.% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnumber}% Note that this does not compare numbers. The \PName{then instructions} will -be executed if the expansion of \PName{string} consists of digits +be executed if the one step expansion of \PName{string} consists of digits only. Otherwise the \PName{else instructions} will be used. There is no corresponding internal command. % @@ -1096,9 +1186,9 @@ corresponding internal command. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifdimen}% Note that this does not compare dimensions. The \PName{then instructions} will -be executed, if the expansion of \PName{string} consists of digits and a valid -unit of length. Otherwise, the \PName{else instructions} will be used. There -is no corresponding internal command. +be executed, if the one step expansion of \PName{string} consists of digits +and a valid unit of length. Otherwise, the \PName{else instructions} will be +used. There is no corresponding internal command. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifdimen}% @@ -1192,6 +1282,11 @@ defined language, then an error message is given. Otherwise, the \PName{term} for the language will be redefined according to \PName{definition}. +The\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} command \Macro{defcaptionname} always +defines the \PName{term}. So previous definitions of \PName{term} for the +given \PName{language} will be overwritten. You may use this command even for +undefined languages. + \KOMAScript{} employs \Macro{providecaptionname} in order to define the commands in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex index 9fc393d423e..724167ccbb0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for experts)] diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex index 2d9a75f5718..1bd8a0eac3e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrbookreportarticle.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrbookreportarticle.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrbookreportarticle.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,12 +46,13 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-27 07:40:22 +0200 (Fri, 27 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)] -\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and Krickette Murabayashi} +\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm\and + Krickette Murabayashi\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne} -% Date of translated german file: 2013-05-31 +% Date of translated german file: 2014-06-26 \chapter{The Main Classes: \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, and \Class{scrartcl}} @@ -505,11 +506,13 @@ or decrementing the counter, one can choose the lowest sectional unit level to be included in the table of contents. The same happens with the standard classes. -The user of the \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} package (see -\autoref{cha:scrpage}) does not need to remember the numerical -values of each sectional unit. They are given by the values of the -macros \Macro{chapterlevel}, \Macro{sectionlevel}, and so on, down to -\Macro{subparagraphlevel}. +Please note\textnote{Attention!} that for \Macro{part} the values of +\Counter{tocdepth} and \Counter{secnumdepth}\IndexCounter{secnumdepth} (see +\autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, +\autopageref{desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth}) are not the same in +\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}}. Therefore, you should not use +\Macro{partnumdepth}\IndexCmd{partnumdepth} to set the value of +\Counter{tocdepth}.% \begin{Example} Assume that you are preparing an article that uses the sectional unit \Macro{subsubsection}. However, you do not want this sectional @@ -579,8 +582,8 @@ for the purpose of page layout calculations. {\KOMAScript} takes this into account by automatically passing the option \Option{headinclude} to the \Package{typearea} package whenever the \Option{headsepline} option is used. \KOMAScript{} behaves similar to \Option{footinclude} using -\Option{footsepline}. Package \Package{scrpage2} (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}) -adds additional features to this.% +\Option{footsepline}. Package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) adds additional features to this.% % \EndIndex{Option}{headsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}% \EndIndex{Option}{footsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}% @@ -652,10 +655,9 @@ implicitly on the first page of a chapter. Please\textnote{Attention!} note that the change between automatic and manual running headings is no longer performed by page style changes when using the -\Package{scrpage2} package, but instead via special instructions. The page -styles \PValue{headings} and \PValue{myheadings} should not be used together -with this package (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.pagestyle.useheadings}).% +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} package, but instead via special instructions. The +page styles \PValue{headings} and \PValue{myheadings} should not be used +together with this package.% % \EndIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% Darueber erfahren wir nun nichts mehr @@ -667,18 +669,19 @@ In order to change the font style used in the header, footer, or for the page number\ChangedAt{v2.8p}{% \Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% , please use the interface described in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}. The same element is used for header -and footer, which you can designate with +\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}. The same element is used for +header and footer, which you can designate with \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}% -\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}}. The element for -the page number within the header or footer is called +\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}}. The element for the page number within +the header or footer is called \FontElement{pagenumber}\IndexFontElement{pagenumber}% -\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. -The element \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}, that is -additionally supported by the \KOMAScript{} classes, will be used only if -a page style has been defined that has text at the foot line, using package -\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). +\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. The element +\FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}, that is additionally +supported by the \KOMAScript{} classes, will be used only if a page style has +been defined that has text at the foot line, using package +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (see +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). The default settings can be found in \autoref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot}.% @@ -733,20 +736,21 @@ The default settings can be found in \end{Example} It is not possible to use these methods to force capitals to be used automatically for the running headings. For that, please use the -\Package{scrpage2} package (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.markuppercase}). +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} package (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase}). If you define your own page styles, the commands \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pageheadfoot}, \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter {pagenumber}, and \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagefoot} can be useful. If -you do not use the {\KOMAScript} package \Package{scrpage2} (see -\autoref{cha:scrpage}) for that, but, for example, the package +you do not use the {\KOMAScript} package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) for that, but, for example, the package \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr} (see \cite{package:fancyhdr}), you can use these commands in your definitions. Thereby you can remain compatible with {\KOMAScript} as much as possible. If you do not use these commands in your own definitions, changes like those shown in the previous examples have -no effect. The package \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage {scrpage2} takes care -to keep the maximum possible compatibility with other packages itself. +no effect. The package +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} takes care to keep +the maximum possible compatibility with other packages itself. % \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% @@ -765,12 +769,12 @@ to keep the maximum possible compatibility with other packages itself. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{markright}% With page style \Pagestyle{myheadings}\important{\Pagestyle{myheadings}}% \IndexPagestyle{myheadings}, there's no automatic setting of the running head. -Instead of this one would set it with the help of commands \Macro{markboth} and -\Macro{markright}. Thereby \PName{left mark} normally will be used at the head -of even pages and \PName{right mark} at the heads of odd pages. With one-sided -printing, only the \PName{right mark} exists. Using package -\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}, the -additional command +Instead of this one would set it with the help of commands \Macro{markboth} +and \Macro{markright}. Thereby \PName{left mark} normally will be used at the +head of even pages and \PName{right mark} at the heads of odd pages. With +one-sided printing, only the \PName{right mark} exists. Using package +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}, +the additional command \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\Macro{markleft}} exists. The commands may be used with other page styles too. Combination with automatic @@ -829,8 +833,8 @@ The page styles can be redefined with the \Macro{renewcommand} macro. example. Naturally you can also use a user-defined page style. Assume you have defined your own page style for initial chapter pages - with the package \Package{scrpage2} (see - \autoref{cha:scrpage}). You have given to this page style the + with the package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (see + \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). You have given to this page style the fitting name \PValue{chapter}. To actually use this style, you must redefine the macro \Macro{chapterpagestyle} accordingly: \begin{lstcode} @@ -935,8 +939,6 @@ the next page which {\TeX} outputs will have the number 1 in the style \LoadCommon{8}% \section{Interleaf Pages} \LoadCommon{9}% \section{Footnotes} -\LoadCommon{10}% -"- -\LoadCommon{11}% -"- \section[Demarcation]{Demarcation\protect\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}}} \label{sec:maincls.separation} @@ -1432,7 +1434,7 @@ does not use the optional argument \PName{short version} at the table of contents, but for the running head only. Nevertheless, such a running head needs an appropriate page style. See \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} and -\autoref{cha:scrpage} about this. With option +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} about this. With option \OptionValue{headings}{optiontotoc}% \IndexOption[indexmain]{headings~=\PValue{optiontotoc}}, \KOMAScript{} does not use the @@ -2156,19 +2158,19 @@ Since chapters only exist in the classes \Class{scrbook} and \Macro{addchap} and \Macro{addsec} to make headings without numbers, there also exist corresponding commands for making the running heads of those. Please note\textnote{Attention!}, that the predefined \Macro{addchapmark} - and \Macro{addsecmark} use \Macro{chaptermark} and - \Macro{sectionmark} while they set counter - \Counter{secnumdepth} to -1 locally. You should pay attention for this - exspecially if you redefine \Macro{chaptermark} or - \Macro{sectionmark}, e.\,g., you should also redefine \Macro{addchapmark} - and \Macro{addsecmark} suitable. - - \OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}}Of course there is no - command \Macro{chaptermark} or \Macro{chaptermarkformat} in + and \Macro{addsecmark} use \Macro{chaptermark} and \Macro{sectionmark} while + they set counter \Counter{secnumdepth} to -1 locally. You should pay + attention for this exspecially if you redefine \Macro{chaptermark} or + \Macro{sectionmark} (see \Macro{ifnumbered} on + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.ifnumbered}) or you should also redefine + \Macro{addchapmark} and \Macro{addsecmark} suitable. + + \OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and\Class{scrreprt}}Of course there is no command + \Macro{chaptermark} or \Macro{chaptermarkformat} in \Class{scrartcl}. \OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}}Accordingly, - \Macro{subsectionmark} and \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} exist only - in \Class{scrartcl}. This changes when you use the - \Package{scrpage2} package (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}).\par + \Macro{subsectionmark} and \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} exist only in + \Class{scrartcl}. This changes when you use the \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} + package (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}).\par \end{Explain} Similar to \Macro{chapterformat} and \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat}, the commands \Macro{chaptermarkformat} (not in \Class{scrartcl}), @@ -2207,26 +2209,104 @@ As you can see, both the commands \Macro{chapappifchapterprefix} and \begin{Declaration} - \Counter{secnumdepth} + \Counter{secnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{partnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{chapternumdepth}\\ + \Macro{sectionnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{subsectionnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{subsubsectionnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{paragraphnumdepth}\\ + \Macro{subparagraphnumdepth} \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{Counter}{secnumdepth}\BeginIndex{}{numbering}% -Per default, in the classes \Class{scrbook}\IndexClass{scrbook} and -\Class{scrreprt}\IndexClass{scrreprt}, the section levels from -\Macro{part}\IndexCmd{part}\IndexCmd{chapter}\IndexCmd{section} down -to \Macro{subsection}\IndexCmd{subsection}, and in the class -\Class{scrartcl}\IndexClass{scrartcl}, the levels from \Macro{part} -down to \Macro{subsubsection}\IndexCmd{subsubsection} are numbered. -This is controlled by the {\LaTeX} counter \Counter{secnumdepth}. The -value \(-\)1 represents \Macro{part}, 0 the level \Macro{chapter}, -and so on. By defining, incrementing, or decrementing this counter, you -can determine down to which level the headings are numbered. The same -applies in the standard classes. Please refer also to the explanation -concerning the counter \Counter{tocdepth} in +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{partnumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chapternumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{sectionnumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsectionnumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionnumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{paragraphnumdepth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphnumdepth}% +Section levels in the classes \Class{scrbook}\IndexClass{scrbook} and +\Class{scrreport}\IndexClass{scrreprt} are, by default, numbered from +\Macro{part}\IndexCmd{part}\IndexCmd{chapter}\IndexCmd{section} down to +\Macro{subsection}\IndexCmd{subsection}. In class +\Class{scrartcl}\IndexClass{scrartcl} the default numbering is from +\Macro{part} down to \Macro{subsubsection}\IndexCmd{subsubsection}. The +actual depth to which headings will be numbered is controlled by the \LaTeX{} +counter \Counter{secnumdepth}. Since version~3.12 \KOMAScript{} provides the +commands \Macro{partnumdepth} to \Macro{subparagraphnumdepth} which return the +number that corresponds to the level they bear in their name. This saves users +the trouble of having to remember abstract numbers and allows them to define +the depth to which headings should be numbered with relative ease. + +\KOMAScript{} provides the commands \Macro{partnumdepth} to +\Macro{subparagraphnumdepth} so\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} users do not have to remember +abstract numbers, to be able to define the section level down to which +headings should be numbered. These commands stand for the corresponding +numbers of the section levels.% +\begin{Example} + For a book project you want the section levels from part down to the section + to be numbered. To achieve this, you have to set counter + \Counter{secnumdepth} to the value represented by \Macro{sectionnumdepth} in + the preamble of your document: +\begin{lstcode} + \setcounter{secnumdepth}{\sectionnumdepth} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +Redefining these commands is not allowed. Doing so could lead to unexpected +results not only with \KOMAScript{} but also with third party packages. Thus, +it is recommended to never redefine any of them. + +Do not confuse the counters \Counter{secnumdepth} and \Counter{tocdepth}, +please refer to the explanation concerning the counter \Counter{tocdepth} in \autoref{sec:maincls.toc}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth}. -% -\EndIndex{Counter}{secnumdepth}\EndIndex{}{numbering} +\autopageref{desc:maincls.counter.tocdepth}. Actually, depending on the class +you are using, the meaning of the values of the counters \Counter{secnumdepth} +and \Counter{tocdepth} may deviate from one another for the same section +level.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{paragraphnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsubsectionnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{subsectionnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{sectionnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{chapternumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{partnumdepth}% +\EndIndex{Counter}{secnumdepth}\EndIndex{}{numbering}% +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{ifnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% + \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}\\ + \Macro{ifunnumbered}\Parameter{section level}% + \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnumbered}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifunnumbered}% +After\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} describing above how to define down to which section level +headings are numbered, the commands \Macro{ifnumbered} and +\Macro{ifunnumbered} can be used to execute code depending on whether a +\PName{section level} is numbered or not. If the current setting of +\Counter{secnumdepth} stipulates that a \PName{section level} will be +numbered, the \PName{then code} after \Macro{ifnumbered} gets executed. If it +is not numbered, the \PName{else code} gets executed. The \Macro{ifunnumbered} +command behaves in exactly the opposite manner, executing the \PName{then + code} if the current level is not numbered and the \PName{else code} if it +is. The \PName{section level} parameter is simply the \LaTeX{} name of a +section like \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, +\PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, \PValue{paragraph} oder +\PValue{subparagraph}.\PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, +\PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, \PValue{paragraph}, or +\PValue{subparagraph}. + +\KOMAScript{} itself uses these tests, for example, in the definition of +\Macro{chaptermark}\IndexCmd{chaptermark} within page style +\Pagestyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings}. This indirectly guarantees that +headings inserted by \Macro{addchap} do not set a number inside the running +head (see also \Macro{addchapmark}, +\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.addchapmark}).% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifnumbered}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifunnumbered}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{setpartpreamble}% @@ -3549,7 +3629,7 @@ An overview about all settings to option \Option{listof} may be found at \entry{\PValue{flat}, \PValue{left}}{% The lists of floating environments will be printed like a kind of table. The caption numbers will be the first column, the caption texts the - second column, and the page numbers the last column. The with of the first + second column, and the page numbers the last column. The width of the first column depends on the previous \LaTeX{} run.% \IndexOption{listof~=\PValue{flat}}}% \entry{\PValue{graduated}, \PValue{indent}, \PValue{indented}}{% @@ -3957,7 +4037,9 @@ environments.% %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: us-ascii +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "english" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex index 82ec269a6aa..2fde1fe84a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrdatetime.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrdatetime.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrdatetime.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,33 +46,34 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:13:03 +0100 (Fr, 13 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-23 16:22:54 +0100 (Thu, 23 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug} -% Date of translated German file: 2012/02/23 - -\chapter{Weekday and Time Using \Package{scrdate} and - \Package{scrtime}} -\labelbase{datetime} - -There are two packages included in {\KOMAScript} to improve and extend -the handling of date\Index{date} and time\Index{time} over and above -what is provided by the standard commands \Macro{today} and -\Macro{date}. Like all the other packages from the {\KOMAScript} -bundle these two packages may be used not only with {\KOMAScript} -classes but also with the standard and many other classes. - -Since -\KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}} -this packages use the common version number of \KOMAScript. This change has -been done, because the packages need the corresponding version of -\Package{scrkbase} and \Package{scrbase}. - - -\section{The Day of the Week Using - \Package{scrdate}} -\label{sec:datetime.scrdate} +% Date of translated German file: 2014/01/23 + +% \chapter{Weekday and Time Using \Package{scrdate} and +% \Package{scrtime}} +% \labelbase{datetime} + +% There are two packages included in {\KOMAScript} to improve and extend +% the handling of date\Index{date} and time\Index{time} over and above +% what is provided by the standard commands \Macro{today} and +% \Macro{date}. Like all the other packages from the {\KOMAScript} +% bundle these two packages may be used not only with {\KOMAScript} +% classes but also with the standard and many other classes. + +% Since +% \KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}} +% this packages use the common version number of \KOMAScript. This change has +% been done, because the packages need the corresponding version of +% \Package{scrkbase} and \Package{scrbase}. + +% \section{The Day of the Week Using +% \Package{scrdate}} +% \label{sec:datetime.scrdate} +\chapter{The Day of the Week Using \Package{scrdate}} +\labelbase{scrdate} \BeginIndex{Package}{scrdate} With version~3.05a the functionality of this package enhanced a lot. Beside of @@ -88,10 +89,12 @@ day of the week of every date of the Gregorian calendar now. The\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}} command \Macro{CenturyPart} offers the value of the century digits\,---\,hundreds and thousands\,---\,of a \PName{year}. The command \Macro{DecadePart} in difference offers the other -digits which are the units and tens. The number of digits of \PName{year} -does not care. The value may be assigned to a counter or may be used for -calculations, i.\,e., using \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}. For output of -an Arabic number of the value prefix it with \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the}. +digits which are the units and tens. The number of digits of \PName{year} does +not care. The value may be assigned to a counter or may be used for +calculations, i.\,e., using \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}. For +output\textnote{Attention!} of an Arabic number of the value prefix it with +\Macro{the} +\IndexCmd{the}. \begin{Example} You want to calculate and output the century of the current year. @@ -129,8 +132,8 @@ expected format of the \PName{ISO-date} is: \PName{year}\texttt{-}\PName{month}\texttt{-}\PName{day}. It does not matter whether \PName{month} or \PName{day} have one or two digits. The result of both commands may be assigned to a counter or used for calculations, i.\,e., -using \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}. For output of -an Arabic number of the value prefix it with \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the}. +using \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr}. For output\textnote{Attention!} of an +Arabic number of the value prefix it with \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the}. \begin{Example} You want to know the number of the day of the week of the 1st~May~2027. @@ -319,13 +322,40 @@ There's no such command for changing the result of \EndIndex{Cmd}{nameday} -\minisec{Name of the day of the week in different languages}% -Currently the package \Package{scrdate} knows the languages English (english, -american, USenglish, UKenglish and british), German (german, ngerman, -austrian\ChangedAt{v3.08b}{\Package{scrdate}}, and naustrian), French -(french), Italian (italian), Spanish (spanish), Croatian (croatian), Finnish -(finnish), Norwegian (norsk), Swedish (swedish), and Danish (danish). If you -want to configure it for other languages, see \File{scrdate.dtx}. +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{newdaylanguage}\Parameter{language}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newdaylanguage}}% + \Parameter{Monday}\Parameter{Tuesday}\Parameter{Wednesday}% + \Parameter{Thursday}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newdaylanguage}}% + \Parameter{Friday}\Parameter{Saturday}\Parameter{Sunday}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newdaylanguage} +Currently the package \Package{scrdate} knows the following languages: +\begin{itemize} +\item Croatian (\PValue{croatian}), +\item Czech (\PValue{czech}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}), +\item Danish (\PValue{danish}), +\item Dutch (\PValue{dutch}), +\item English (\PValue{american}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}, + \PValue{australian}, \PValue{british}, \PValue{canadian}, \PValue{english}, + \PValue{UKenglish}, and USenglish), +\item Finnish (\PValue{finnish}), +\item French (\PValue{acadian}, \PValue{canadien}, + \PValue{francais}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}, and \PValue{french}), +\item German (\PValue{austrian}\ChangedAt{v3.08b}{\Package{scrdate}}, + \PValue{german}, \PValue{naustrian}, \PValue{ngerman}, + \PValue{nswissgerman}, and + \PValue{swissgerman}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}), +\item Italian (\PValue{italian}), +\item Norwegian (\PValue{norsk}), +\item Polish (\PValue{polish}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}), +\item Spanish (\PValue{spanish}), +\item Swedish (\PValue{swedish}). +\end{itemize} +If you want to configure it for other languages, you may use this command. The +first argument is the name of the language and the other arguments are the +names of the corresponding days. In the current implementation it does not matter whether you load \Package{scrdate} before or after @@ -342,15 +372,25 @@ correct language will be used. by \Package{scrdate}. If you are using another language selection you will get (US-)English names. \end{Explain} + +By the way: If you found a suitable definition for a language, that has not +been defined before, please mail it to the \KOMAScript{} author. There is a +good chance, that he will add support for the language to \Package{scrdate}.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{newdaylanguage}% +% \EndIndex{Package}{scrdate} -\section{Getting the Time with Package} -\label{sec:datetime.scrtime} +% \section{Getting the Time with Package} +% \label{sec:datetime.scrtime} +\chapter{Getting the Time with Package \Package{scrtime}} +\labelbase{scrtime} \BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime} -The second problem is the question of the current time. The solution -may be found using package \Package{scrtime}. +This package provides an answer to the question of the current time. Since +version~3.05 this package uses the option interface already known from +the \KOMAScript{} classes and several other \KOMAScript{} packages. See for +example \autoref{sec:typearea.options} for more information. \begin{Declaration}% \Macro{thistime}\OParameter{delimiter}\\ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex index 5baf6701c96..6446ee2e5cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrextend.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script package scrextend] \translator{Markus Kohm} @@ -191,8 +191,6 @@ style is predefined by the \LaTeX{} kernel. So it should be available always.% \LoadCommon{8}% \section{Interleaf Pages} \LoadCommon{9}% \section{Footnotes} -\LoadCommon{10}% -"- -\LoadCommon{11}% -"- \LoadCommon{15}% \section{Dicta} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex index 901ae104649..db89c27a32c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrhack.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)] \translator{Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86a7be8f4a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +% ====================================================================== +% scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 +% +% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +% +% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. +% +% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 +% +% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, +% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. +% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX +% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. +% +% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" +% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). +% +% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. +% +% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. +% ====================================================================== +% +% Example file for the chapter about scrlayer-notecolumn +% of the KOMA-Script guide +% Maintained by Markus Kohm +% +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% Beispieldatei für das Kapitel über scrlayer-notecolumn +% in der KOMA-Script-Anleitung +% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm +% +% ============================================================================ +\documentclass{scrartcl} +\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} +\usepackage{selinput} +\SelectInputMappings{ + adieresis={ä}, + germandbls={ß}, +} +\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} +\usepackage{lmodern} +\usepackage{xcolor} + +\usepackage{scrjura} +\setkomafont{contract.Paragraph}{\bfseries} +\setkeys{contract}{preskip=-\dp\strutbox} + +\usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} +\usepackage{scrlayer-notecolumn} + +\newlength{\paragraphscolwidth} +\AfterCalculatingTypearea{% + \setlength{\paragraphscolwidth}{.333\textwidth}% + \addtolength{\paragraphscolwidth}{-\marginparsep}% +} +\recalctypearea +\DeclareNewNoteColumn[% + position=\oddsidemargin+1in + +.667\textwidth + +\marginparsep, + width=\paragraphscolwidth, + font=\raggedright\footnotesize + \color{blue} +]{paragraphs} + +\begin{document} + +\title{Kommentar zum GüdaVaS} +\author{Professor R. O. Tenase} +\date{11.\,11.\,2011} +\maketitle +\tableofcontents + +\section{Vormerkung} +Das GüdaVaS ist ohne jeden Zweifel das wichtigste Gesetz, das in +Spaßmaniern in den letzten eintausend Jahren verabschiedet wurde. +Die erste Lesung fand bereits am 11.\,11\,1111 im obersten +spaßmanischen Kongress statt, wurde aber vom damalige Spaßvesier +abgelehnt. Erst nach Umwandlung der spaßmanischen, aberwitzigen Monarchie +in eine repräsentative, witzige Monarchie durch W. Itzbold, den +urkomischen, am 9.\,9.\,1999 war der Weg für dieses Gesetz endlich frei. + +\section{Analyse} + +\begin{addmargin}[0pt]{.333\textwidth} + \makenote[paragraphs]{% + \protect\begin{contract} + \protect\Paragraph{title={Kein Witz ohne Publikum}} + Ein Witz kann nur dort witzig sein, wo er auf ein Publikum trifft. + \protect\end{contract} + } + Dies ist eine der zentralsten Aussagen des Gesetzes. Sie ist derart + elementar, dass es durchaus angebracht ist, sich vor der Weisheit der + Verfasser zu verbeugen. + + \syncwithnotecolumn[paragraphs]\bigskip + \makenote[paragraphs]{% + \protect\begin{contract} + \protect\Paragraph{title={Komik der Kultur}} + \setcounter{par}{0}Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das kulturelle + Umfeld, in dem er erzählt wird, bestimmt sein. + + Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das kulturelle Umfeld, in dem er + spielt, bestimmt sein. + \protect\end{contract} + } + Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist tatsächlich nicht zu + vernachlässigen. Ãœber die politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des kulturellen + Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die + Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf + der anderen Seite kann ein vermeintlicher Witz im falschen kulturellen + Umfeld auch zu einer echten Gefahr für den Witzeerzähler werden. +\end{addmargin} + +\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex index 63606d0b3a6..877a555abea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex @@ -1,90 +1,161 @@ -\immediate\write17{^^J% -+----------------------------------------------------------------------^^J% -| WARNING (`scrlayer-notecolumn.tex'):^^J% -+----------------------------------------------------------------------^^J% -| YOU SHOULD NOTE, THAT THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL RELEASE!^^J% -| THIS VERSION IS INTENDED TO BE USED FOR TESTING ONLY!^^J% -| USAGE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN INTENDED IS DANGEROUS!^^J% -| DON'T EXPECT ANY SUPPORT FOR THIS VERSION!^^J% -+----------------------------------------------------------------------^^J% -} -%% -%% This is file `scrlayer-notecolumn.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility, extended by scrdocstrip. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx (with options: `doc') -%% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] -%% -%% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License in the version distributed together -%% with KOMA-Script, see file `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt'. -%% -%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the -%% KOMA-Script bundle. You may however distribute the -%% KOMA-Script bundle without all such generated files. See also -%% `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt' for additional information. -%% -%% The list of files belonging to KOMA-Script distribution is given in -%% the file `manifest.txt'. See also `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt' for -%% additional information. -%% -%% If this file is a beta version, you may not be allowed to distribute -%% it. Look at the comments below to see if this is the case. -%% -%% English and German manuals are part of KOMA-Script bundle. -%% ---------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% See `README'. -%% -%% The KOMA-Script bundle (but maybe not this file) was based upon the -%% LaTeX 2.09 Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e -%% standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. You may -%% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at -%% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. -%% -\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex}[% - 15/11/2013 v0.1.1514 - (end user interface for scrlayer)] - -\chapter[{End User Interface \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}]{End User - Interface \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}\footnote{This is not a translation - of the corresponding chapter of the German \KOMAScript{} manual but the - tentative and primary implementation manual of package - \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}. As long as \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} is - primary a proof of concept this doesn't matter. But nevertheless, a - German to English translator would still be welcome.}} -\label{sec:scrlayer.notecolumn} +% ====================================================================== +% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 +% +% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +% +% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. +% +% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 +% +% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, +% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. +% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX +% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. +% +% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" +% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). +% +% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. +% +% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. +% ====================================================================== +% +% Chapter about scrlayer-notecolumn of the KOMA-Script guide +% Maintained by Markus Kohm +% +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% Kapitel ueber scrlayer-notecolumn in der KOMA-Script-Anleitung +% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm +% +% ============================================================================ + +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex} + [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:40:24 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-notecolumn)] + +\translator{Markus Kohm\and Arndt Schubert} + +% Date of the translated file: 2014-03-13 + +\chapter{Note Columns with \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} \labelbase{scrlayer-notecolumn} -Sometimes documents need an additional notes column beside the main text -column and maybe beside the marginal note column. Problematicly may be -having page breaks inside the notes column. This package provides a -solution based on the layer interface of \Package{scrlayer}. You may -define several notes columns, each of them with page breaks -inside. It supports automatic page break inside of notes and recognises -note collisions and solve them by moving notes. - -The idea of this package raised while an e-mail contact with Heiner -Richter from FH~Stralsund, who told me of a book project, and asked -whether or not such a functionality may be added to another package of -mine easily. It couldn't, but design and implementation of a first test -alpha of \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} has been done in about three -hours. So maybe it was a really good idea to ask me the question. +\BeginIndex{}{note>columns}% +\BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer-notecolumn}% +Up to version~3.11b \KOMAScript{} supported note columns only by marginal +notes that get their contents from \Macro{marginpar} and \Macro{marginline} +(see \autoref{sec:maincls.marginNotes}, +\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.marginline}). This kind of note columns has +several disadvantages: +\begin{itemize} +\item Marginal notes can be output only completely on one page. Page + breaks\textnote{page break} inside marginal notes are not + possible. Sometimes this results in margin notes located close to the lower + page margin. +\item Marginal notes near page breaks sometimes float to the next page and + then in + case of two-sided layout with alternating marginal notes can be output at + the wrong margin.\textnote{put it into the correct margin}. This problem can + be solved by additional packages like + \Package{mparhack}\IndexPackage{mparhack} or usage of \Macro{marginnote} + provided by package \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote}. +\item Marginal notes inside floating environments\textnote{floating + environments} or footnotes\textnote{footnotes} are not possible. This + problem can be solved using \Macro{marginnote} of package + \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote}, too. +\item There is only one marginal note column\textnote{several note columns} or + at most two, if you work with \Macro{reversemarginpar} and + \Macro{normalmarginpar}. You should know, that \Macro{reversemarginpar} is + of less usability on two-sided documents. +\end{itemize} +Usage of \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote} results in one more +problem. Because the package does not have any collision detection, marginal +notes that are set near to each other can partially or totally +overlap. Moreover, usage of \Macro{marginnote} sometimes and depending on the +used settings can result in changes of the baseline distance of the normal +text. + +Package \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} should solve all these problems. To do +so, it uses the basic functionality of +\Package{scrlayer}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. Nevertheless, there is a +disadvantage of using this package:\textnote{Attention!} Notes can be output +only on pages that use a \Package{scrlayer} based page style. This +disadvantage may be easily resolved and maybe changed into an advantage using +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}. + +\section{Note about the State of Development} +\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.draft} + +Originally the package has been made as a so called \emph{proof of + concept}\textnote{proof of concept} to demonstrate the potential of +\Package{scrlayer}. Despite the fact that it currently is in a very early +state of development, the stability of most parts is less a question of +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} but of \Package{scrlayer}. Nevertheless it is +assumed that there are still bugs in \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}. You are +welcome to report such bugs whenever you find one. Some of the disabilities +are caused by minimisation of complexity. As an example note columns can break +to several pages, but there is not a new line break of the paragraphs. \TeX{} +itself does not provide this. + +Because the package is more experimental\textnote{experimental}, the user +manual belongs to the second part of \iffree{the \KOMAScript{} manual}{this + book}, recommended for experienced users. If you are a beginner or +a user on the way to become an expert\textnote{for experts}, some explanations +could be ambiguous or incomprehensible. \iffree{Please understand that I try + to minimise the effort in time and work for the manual of an experimental + package.} + +\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Early or late options} + +\section{Declaration of new Note Columns} +\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.declaration} + +Loading the package already declares a note column named \PValue{marginpar} +automatically. The name already adumbrates that this note column is placed in +the area of the normal marginal note column used by \Macro{marginpar} and +\Macro{marginline}. It even recognises the setting of \Macro{reversemarginpar} +and \Macro{normalmarginpar} page by page instead of note by note. So these +switches are irrelevant when the user defines a note but relevant when the +package outputs the note during \LaTeX's page building. If you want to use +notes at the left and at the right margin within one page, you should declare +at least one more note column. + +The default settings for every newly declared note column is the same like +that of the predefined \PValue{marginpar}. But you can easily change them +during declaration. + +You should note\textnote{Attention!} that note columns can be output only on +pages that use a page style made with package +\Package{scrlayer}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. Package +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} automatically loads \Package{scrlayer}, which by +default provides only page style \Pagestyle{empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty}. If +you need additional page styles, the use of +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} is recommended. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn}% \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}% \\ \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\%^^A + \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\% \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\%^^A + \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\% \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn}% \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}% \end{Declaration} @@ -92,226 +163,512 @@ hours. So maybe it was a really good idea to ask me the question. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}% -Command \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} -may be used to declare a note column. Each note column is referenced by its -name, defined by the obligatory argument \PName{note column name}. A note -column vertically span the text area. - -By default its horizontal position is the current position of the marginal -note column. It also regards \Macro{reversemarginpar} and -\Macro{normalmarginpar}, while output of a note. Note that this is not the -same like making a margin note. The default width is -\Length{marginparwidth}. But you may use the optional argument \PName{option - list} to change this behaviour. - -The \PName{option list} is a comma-separated list of -\texttt{\PName{key}=\PName{value}} options. Currently the following -\PName{key}s are supported: -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\KOption{position}\PName{horizontal offset}} -\item [\KOption{font}\PName{font declaration}] set the initial font attributes - to be used for the note column. Everything, that is allowed to be set by - \Macro{setkomafont} or \Macro{addtokomafont} can be used as - \PName{font declaration}. Note, that - \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize} will be used - before. So you don't need one of them at your own initialisation. -\item [\Option{marginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} to use - the marginal note column of \Macro{marginpar}. -\item [\Option{normalmarginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} - to use the normal marginal note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} - and \Macro{normalmarginpar}. -\item [\KOption{position}\PName{horizontal offset}] set up the horizontal - offset of the note column from the left edge of the paper. The - \PName{horizontal offset} can be either a \LaTeX{} length, a \TeX{} - dimension, a \TeX{} skip, a length value, or a dimensional expression using - \texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/} and parenthesis (see - \cite[section~3.5]{manual:eTeX} for more information about dimensional - expressions). The value will be calculated at usage time not at definition - time. So you may even use more complex constructs like: -\begin{lstcode} - \ifodd\value{page} - \oddsidemargin+1in - +\textwidth+\marginparsep - \else - \evensidemargin+1in - -\marginparsep - -\marginparwidth - \fi -\end{lstcode} -\item [\Option{reversemarginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} - to use the reverse marginal note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} - and \Macro{normalmarginpar}. -\item [\KOption{width}\PName{size}] set up the horizontal size of the note - column. You can use the same values for \PName{size} like for - \PName{horizontal offset} of option \Option{position}. -\end{labeling} - -You may use as much note columns as \LaTeX{} provides free box registers, -because every note column needs one box register. You may use package -\Package{etex} to increase the normal amount of box registers from 256 to -32768. This should be enough to avoid the ``\texttt{no room for - \Macro{newbox}}'' error. - -The implementation of note columns uses foreground layers from package -\Package{scrlayer}. Every \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} generates a layer and adds -this layer to the pseudo page style \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. Theoretically -you may modify the generated layer, but it is recommended not to modify them. - -Overlapping of different note columns is allowed. There's one predefined note -column named ``\texttt{marginpar}''. +These commands can be used to declare note columns. \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} +declares the note column independent of whether or not they already +exist. \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} throws an error message if \PName{note + column name} has already been used for another note +column. \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} simply does nothing in the same +case. \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} can be used only to declare an already +existing note column again. + +By the way: Already existing notes of a already existing note column are not +lost if you re-declare it using \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} or +\Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn}. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.\PName{note column name}}% -Note, that if you change the initial font using -\begin{quote} - \Macro{setkomafont}\linebreak[1]\PParameter{marginnote.\PName{note column - name}}\Parameter{font declaration} -\end{quote} -or -\begin{quote} - \Macro{addtokomafont}\linebreak[1]\PParameter{marginnote.\PName{note column - name}}\Parameter{font declaration} -\end{quote} -the font of all succeeding note column outputs would change. This could make it -hard to find out, which notes will be affected by the change. -See \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} for more information about -\Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont}.% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.marginpar}% +Declaring a new note column does also define a new element of which you can +change the font attributes using \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} +if such a element does not already exist. The name of the new element is +\PValue{notecolumn.}\PName{note column name}. Because of this the predefined +note column \PValue{marginnote} has a element +\FontElement{notecolumn.marginpar}. The initial setting of the element's font +can be done using option \Option{font} as part of the \PName{option list}.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.\PName{note column name}}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.marginpar}% + +The \PName{option list} is a comma separated list of keys with or without +values, also known as options. The available options are shown in +\autoref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}. Option\textnote{default: + option \Option{marginpar}} \Option{marginpar} is set by default. But you can +overwrite this default with your individual settings. + +\begin{table} + \caption[Options for the declaration of note columns]% + {% + Options for the declaration of note columns% + }% + \label{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}% + \begin{desctabular} + \entry{\KOption{font}\PName{font declaration}}{% + The initial font attributes to be used for the note column. Everything, + that is allowed to be set by \Macro{setkomafont} or + \Macro{addtokomafont} can be used as \PName{font declaration} (see + \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}). Note that + \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize} will be used before. So you don't + need one of them at your own initialisation.\par% + Default: \emph{empty}% + }% + \entry{\Option{marginpar}}{% + Sets up \Option{position} and \Option{width} to use the marginal note + column of \Macro{marginpar}. Note that this option does not expect or + allow any value.\par% + Default: \emph{yes}% + }% + \entry{\Option{normalmarginpar}}{% + Sets up \Option{position} and \Option{width} to use the normal marginal + note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} and + \Macro{normalmarginpar}. Note that this option does not expect or allow + any value.\par% + Default: \emph{no}% + }% + \entry{\KOption{position}\PName{offset}}{% + Sets up the horizontal offset of the note column from the left edge of + the paper. The \PName{horizontal offset} can be either a \LaTeX{} + length, a \TeX{} dimension, a \TeX{} skip, a length value, or a + dimensional expression using \texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, + \texttt{/} and parenthesis (see \cite[section~3.5]{manual:eTeX} for more + information about dimensional expressions). The value will be calculated + at usage time not at definition time.\par% + Default: \emph{by option \Option{marginpar}}% + }% + \entry{\Option{reversemarginpar}}{% + Sets up \Option{position} and \Option{width} to use the reverse marginal + note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} and + \Macro{normalmarginpar}. Note that this option does not expect or allow + any value.\par% + Default: \emph{no}% + }% + \entry{\KOption{width}\PName{length}}{% + Sets up the horizontal size of the note column. You can use the same + values for \PName{size} like for \PName{offset} of option + \Option{position}.\par% + Default: \emph{by option \Option{marginpar}}% + }% + \end{desctabular} +\end{table} + +Because note columns are implemented using \Package{scrlayer}, each note +column also defines a layer\Index{layer}. The name\textnote{layer's name} of +the layer is the same as the name of the element, +\PValue{notecolumn.}\PName{note column name}. For more information about +layers see \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}, from +\autopageref{sec:scrlayer.layers}. +% +\begin{Example} + Assuming, you are a German professor of weird rights and like to write a + paper about the new ``Gesetz über die ausgelassene Verbreitung allgemeiner + Späße e'', GüdaVaS. The main focus of the work should consist of comments to + each section. So you use a two-columned layout. The comments would be the + main text in the main column. The sections should be placed in a smaller + note column on the right side of the main column using a smaller + font\iffree{ and a different colour}{}. +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrartcl} + \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} + \usepackage{selinput} + \SelectInputMappings{ + adieresis={ä}, + germandbls={ß}, + } + \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} + \usepackage{lmodern} + \usepackage{xcolor} + + \usepackage{scrjura} + \setkomafont{contract.Paragraph}{\bfseries} + \setkeys{contract}{preskip=-\dp\strutbox} -The difference between \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} and the other commands is, -that \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} defines the note column independent whether a -note column with the same name has already been defined or -not. \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} defined only note columns which names are -not yet used for another note column. It's an error to use it with an already -used \PName{note column name}. \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} is like -\Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}, but if the \PName{note column name} is already -used for a note column nothing happens. \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} may be -used to declare a note column with a name, that is already used. Using it with -a new name is an error. -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}%^^A + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \usepackage{scrlayer-notecolumn} + + \newlength{\paragraphscolwidth} + \AfterCalculatingTypearea{% + \setlength{\paragraphscolwidth}{% + .333\textwidth}% + \addtolength{\paragraphscolwidth}{% + -\marginparsep}% + } + \recalctypearea + \DeclareNewNoteColumn[% + position=\oddsidemargin+1in + +.667\textwidth + +\marginparsep, + width=\paragraphscolwidth, + font=\raggedright\footnotesize + \color{blue} + ]{paragraphs} +\end{lstcode} + The paper should be a single-sided article. The German language (new + spelling) is selected with package \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}. The + input encoding is selected and detected with package + \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput} automatically. The font is Latin + Modern in 8-bit coding.\iffree{ The colour selection uses package + \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}.}{} + + For usage of package \Package{scrjura}\IndexPackage{scrjura} to typeset laws + and contracts see \iffree{the German manual of that + package}{\autoref{cha:scrjura}}. + + Next package \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}\textnote{note columns with + \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} is loaded. The required width of the note + column is calculated within \Macro{AfterCalculatingTypearea} after package + \Package{typearea}'s each new calculation of the typing area. It should be + one third of the typing area minus the distance between the main text and + the note column. % + + With all this information we define the new note column. For + the positions we simply use a dimension expression. Doing so, we have to + note that \Length{oddsidemargin} is not the total left margin but for + historical reasons the left margin minus 1\Unit{inch}. So we have to add + this value. + + That is all of the declaration. But we have to note that currently the note + column would be output inside the typing area. This means that the note + column would overwrite the text. + +\begin{lstcode} + \begin{document} + + \title{Kommentar zum GüdaVaS} + \author{Professor R. O. Tenase} + \date{11.\,11.~2011} + \maketitle + \tableofcontents + + \section{Vormerkung} + Das GüdaVaS ist ohne jeden Zweifel das wichtigste + Gesetz, das in Spaßmanien in den letzten eintausend + Jahren verabschiedet wurde. Die erste Lesung fand + bereits am 11.\,11.~1111 im obersten spaßmanischen + Kongress statt, wurde aber vom damaligen Spaßvesier + abgelehnt. Erst nach Umwandlung der spaßmanischen, + aberwitzigen Monarchie in eine repräsentative, + witzige Monarchie durch W. Itzbold, + den Urkomischen, am 9.\,9.~1999 war der Weg für + dieses Gesetz endlich frei. +\end{lstcode} + Because the text area has not been reduced\textnote{Attention!}, the + preamble is output with the whole width of the typing area. To test this, + you can temporarily add: +\begin{lstcode} + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +% +Until now, the example does not give any answer to the question, how the text +of the comments will be printed with a smaller width. You will find this in +the continuation of the example below.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}% + +\section{Making a Note} +\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.makenote} + +After having declared a note column, we can make notes for this column. But +these notes will not be output immediately. Instead of this, they are written +into a helper file with extension ``\File{.slnc}''. If you want to know the +exactly workout: First they are written to the \File{aux}-file and while +reading the \File{aux}-file inside of \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} they +will be copied to the \File{slnc}-file. Thereby setting of +\Macro{nofiles}\IndexCmd{nofiles} will be respected. At the next \LaTeX{} run, +the helper file will be read step by step depending on the progress of the +document and at the end of the page the note will be output. + +But you should note\textnote{Attention!} that note columns are output only in +pages with a page style of package +\Package{scrlayer}\IndexPackage{scrlayer}. This package will be loaded by +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} automatically and by default provides only one +page style, \Pagestyle{empty}\IndexPagestyle{empty}. Usage of additional +package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} is +recommended, if you need more page styles. \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{makenote}% - \OParameter{note column name}\Parameter{note text} + \Macro{makenote}\OParameter{note column name}\Parameter{note} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{makenote}% -This command -may be used to make a new note. The note will be written to a helper file with -extension \File{.slnc} in this run. In the next run, it will be -typeset. Normally it will be typeset with the same vertical position, that -would be used for a \Macro{parbox[t]}, but horizontally moved to the note -column. Collisions at this position of this note column (but not of other note -columns) will be recognised. In such a case the note may be moved down and -even to another page. Automatic page breaks at the note columns are -supported. This is something different to \Macro{marginpar}, -\Macro{marginline} (\KOMAScript{} classes), or \Macro{marginnote} (package -\Package{marginnote}). - -Note, that after changing the document, at least two \LaTeX{} runs are needed -to move the note to its final position. - -Note, that fragile commands should be protected to avoid error messages while -writing or reading the helper file. - -Note, that \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} needs only one helper file for all -note columns together. You should not edit or change that helper file, because -the syntax is fragile. It won't be read using \Macro{input} but -\Macro{read}. Because of this, line breaks, empty lines and \Macro{par} should -be avoided. - -Currently it is unknown where you may use \Macro{makenote} and where not. But -you must not use \Macro{makenote} inside of \Macro{makenote}! - -The default for the optional argument \PName{makenote} is \PValue{marginpar}, -that is the \PName{note column name} of the pre-defined note column. -\EndIndex{Cmd}{makenote} +This command may be used to make a new \PName{note}. The current vertical +position is used as the vertical position of the start of the +\PName{note}. The horizontal position depends only on the defined position of +the note column. To work correct, the package needs +\Macro{pdfsavepos}\IndexCmd{pdfsavepos}, +\Macro{pdflastypos}\IndexCmd{pdflastypos}, and +\Macro{pdfpageheight}\IndexLength{pdfpageheight}. Without these primitives +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} cannot be used. The primitives should act +exactly as they would using PDF\TeX. + +However, if the package recognises a collision\textnote{collision avoidance} +with the output of a former \PName{note}, then the new \PName{note} will be +delayed until the end of the former \PName{note}. If the \PName{note} does not +fit into the page\textnote{page break}\Index{page>break}, it will be moved at +whole or only at part to the next page. + +The optional argument \PName{note column name} determines which note column +should be used for the \PName{note}. The predefined note column +\PValue{marginpar} is used, if the optional argument is omitted.% +\begin{Example} + Let's add a commented section into the example of the previous section. The + section itself is put into the note column: +\begin{lstcode} + \section{Analyse} + \begin{addmargin}[0pt]{.333\textwidth} + \makenote[paragraphs]{% + \protect\begin{contract} + \protect\Paragraph{% + title={Kein Witz ohne Publikum}% + } + Ein Witz kann nur dort witzig sein, wo er + auf ein Publikum trifft. + \protect\end{contract}% + } + Dies ist eine der zentralsten Aussagen des + Gesetzes. Sie ist derart elementar, dass es + durchaus angebracht ist, sich vor der Weisheit + der Verfasser zu verbeugen. +\end{lstcode} + Environment \Environment{addmargin}\IndexEnv{addmargin}\textnote{column + width by \Environment{addmargin}}, which is described in + \autoref{sec:maincls.lists}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.env.addmargin}, is + used to reduce the width of the main text by the width of the section column. + + Here you can see one of the few problems of using + \Macro{makenote}. Because the mandatory argument will be written into a + helper file, commands\textnote{fragile commands} inside this argument + unfortunately can \emph{break}. To avoid this, it is recommended to use + \Macro{protect} in front of all commands that should not expand while + writing the helper file. Otherwise using a command inside this argument + could result in an error message. + + In principle you could finish this example already with: +\begin{lstcode} + \end{addmargin} + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} + to see a first result. +\end{Example} +If you'll test this example, you will see that the \PName{paragraphs} column +is longer than the comment. If you would\textnote{Attention!} add one more +paragraph with one more section and comment, you may have the problem, that +the new command will be put immediately after the comment above and not after +the section. So the new section would move away from the corresponding +comment. Next we will get a solution of this problem.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{makenote}% + \begin{Declaration} - \KOption{autoclearnotecolumns}\PName{simple switch}\\ - \Macro{clearnotecolumn}\OParameter{name of a note column}% - \\ - \Macro{clearnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names} + \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn}\OParameter{note column name} \end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumns}% -The commands -may be used to output all hanging notes for either one or several note -columns. With \Macro{clearnotecolumn} only the notes of the note column with -the given \PName{name of a note column} will be output. If you omit the -optional argument (this is not the same like using an empty value!) note -column \PValue{marginnote} will be used. - -With \Macro{clearnotecolumns} the notes of all note columns of the comma -separated \PName{list of note column names} will be output. If you omit the -optional Argument or if the optional Argument is empty (or start with -\Macro{relax}) the notes of all note columns will be output. - -Macro \Macro{clearpage} will be used to output hanging notes and several -\LaTeX{} runs may be needed to terminate with the correct number of -\Macro{clearpage} for the whole document. You will get the message ``\LaTeX{} -Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.'' as -long as the process hasn't been terminated. - -But normally you don't need to us \Macro{clearnotecolum} or -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} yourself. Because by default option -\Option{autoclearnotecolumns} is switched on, which means, that -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} will be done at every \Macro{clearpage}. You may -change this, switching off \Macro{autoclearnotecolumns} using one of the -values for simple switches. - -Note, that it is not allowed to use \Macro{clearnotecolumn} or -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} inside a note. You can use these commands only inside -the main text of the document.% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumns}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumn}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn}% +This command adds a +synchronisation\textnote{synchronisation}\Index{synchronisation} point into +the note column and into the main text of the document. Whenever a +synchronisation point is found while output of a note column or the main text, +a mark will be generated that consists of the current page and the current +vertical position. + +Together with the generation of synchronisation points it is recognised +whether a mark has been set into the note column or the main text while the +previous \LaTeX{} run. If so, the values will be compared. If the mark of the +note column is lower at the current page or on a later page, the main text +will be moved down to the position of the mark. + +It is recommended to use synchronisation points\textnote{Note!} not inside +paragraphs of the main text but only between paragraphs. If you use +\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} inside a paragraph, the synchronisation point will +be delayed until the current line has been output. This behaviour is similar +to the usage of, e.\,g., \Macro{vspace}\IndexCmd{vspace}. + +Because recognition of synchronisation points can be done first at the next +\LaTeX{} run,\textnote{several \LaTeX{} runs}, the mechanism needs at least +three \LaTeX{} runs. Because of the new synchronisation later synchronisation +points may be moved. This would result in the need of additional \LaTeX{} +runs. You should have a look at the message: ``\LaTeX{} Warning: Label(s) may +have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.''to find out whether or not +additional \LaTeX{} runs are needed. + +If you do not use the optional argument, the predefined note column +\PValue{marginpar} will be used. Please note, an empty optional argument is +not the same as omitting the optional argument! + +You must not use\textnote{Attention!} \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} inside a note +itself, this means inside the mandatory Argument of +\Macro{makenote}\IndexCmd{makenote}! Currently the package cannot recognise +such a mistake and would result in synchronisation point movement at each +\LaTeX{} run. So the process will never terminate. So synchronise two or more +note columns, you have to synchronise each of them with the main text. The +recommended command for this will be described next.% +% +\begin{Example} + Let's extend the example above, now by adding a synchronisation point + and one more section with one more comment: +\begin{lstcode} + \syncwithnotecolumn[paragraphs]\bigskip + \makenote[paragraphs]{% + \protect\begin{contract} + \protect\Paragraph{title={Komik der Kultur}} + \setcounter{par}{0}% + Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das + kulturelle Umfeld, in dem er erzählt wird, + bestimmt sein. + + Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das + kulturelle Umfeld, in dem er spielt, + bestimmt sein. + \protect\end{contract} + } + Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist + tatsächlich nicht zu vernachlässigen. Über die + politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des + kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich + gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die + Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im + entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf der + anderen Seite kann ein vermeintlicher Witz im + falschen kulturellen Umfeld auch zu einer + echten Gefahr für den Witzeerzähler werden. +\end{lstcode} + Beside the synchronisation point a vertical distance is added by + \Macro{bigskip} to better separate the section and the corresponding + comments. + + Again\textnote{Attention}, one more potential problem is shown. Because the + note columns uses boxes, that are build and split, counters\textnote{counter + in note column} inside note columns can sometimes jitter. In the example + the first paragraph would be numbered 2 instead of 1. This can easily be + fixed by a courageous reset of the counter. + + Now, the example is almost finished. You just have to finish the + environments: +\begin{lstcode} + \end{addmargin} + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} + In fact, all other section of the law should also be commented. But let us + focus on the main purpose. +\end{Example} +But stop! What, if the section in the \PName{paragraphs} +note column wouldn't fit to the last page? Would it be output on the next +pages? We will answer this question in the next paragraph.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn}\OParameter{name of a note column}% - \\ - \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names}% + \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names} \end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumns}% -These commands -may be used to synchronise the vertical position of the main text with one or -several note columns. If you use the optional argument of -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} it should be one \PName{name of a note column}. If -you omit it, \PValue{marginpar} will be used as the \PName{name of a note - column}. Usage of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} is exactly the same like usage -of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} with exactly one \PName{name of a note column}. - -The optional argument of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} is a comma-separated list -of names of note columns. If you omit this optional argument or if you use an -empty argument or if the argument starts with \Macro{relax} synchronisation -will be done with all declared note columns. - -Synchronisation with a note column means, that the current position of the -main text will be changed to be the current vertical position of the note -column after cleaning the note column. This differs in several point from -cleaning a note column: -\begin{itemize} -\item After cleaning a note column the text position would change to be at a - new page, even if the note column doesn't fill the whole page - before. Synchronisation will change the vertical position just after the - last vertical position of the note column. -\item Cleaning a note column needs less \LaTeX{} runs than synchronising a - note column. -\end{itemize} -Both, cleaning an synchronising a note column, uses the label mechanism of -\LaTeX{} without using \Macro{label}, \Macro{ref}, or \Macro{pageref} itself -(but \Macro{newlabel}). So you should have a look at \LaTeX{} rerun messages, -because of undefined or changed labels. - -Note, that it is not allowed to use \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} or -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} inside a note. If you do so, you need endless -\LaTeX{} runs without reaching a final state. But synchronisation of several -note columns in the main text of a document will also synchronise the notes -columns with each others.% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumns} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `scrlayer-notecolumn.tex'. +This command will synchronise the main text with all note columns of the +comma-separated \PName{list of note column names}. To do so, the main text +will be synchronised with the note column, that have the mark closest to the +end of the document. As a side effect the note columns will be synchronised +with each other. + +If the optional argument is omitted or empty (or begins with \Macro{relax}), +synchronisation will be done with all currently declared note columns.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumns}% + + +\section{Force Output of Note Columns} +\label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.clearnotes} + +Sometimes it is necessary to have not only the normal note column output but +to be able to output all notes that haven't been output already. An example +for this effort could be that large notes result in moving lots of notes to +new pages. A good occasion to force the output\textnote{force output} could be +the end of a chapter or the end of the document. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{clearnotecolumn}\OParameter{note column name} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumn}% +This command can be used to force the output of all notes\textnote{delayed + notes} of a selected note column that haven't been output until the end of +the current page, but has been made in this page or previous pages. To force +the output empty pages will be generated. During the output of the delayed +notes of the selected note column, notes of other note columns are also output, +but only as long as there are still delayed notes of the selected note column. + +During the output of the delayed notes, notes may be output by mistake that +have been placed to one of the inserted empty pages in the previous \LaTeX{} +run. This will be solved automatically by one of the next \LaTeX{} +runs. You can realise such movement of notes by the message: ``\LaTeX{} +Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.'' + +The note column related to the output, is given by the optional +argument, \PName{note column name}. If this argument is omitted, the notes of +the predefined note column \PValue{marginpar} will be output. + +Attentive readers\textnote{forced output cs. synchronisation} will have noticed +that the forced output is something similar to the synchronisation. But if the +forced output really results in an output you will be at the start of a new +page and not just at the end of the output afterwards. Nevertheless, a +forced output terminates with less \LaTeX{} runs.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumn}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{clearnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumns}% +This command is similar to \Macro{clearnotecolumns} with the difference that +the optional argument is not only the name of one note column but a +comma-separated \PName{list of note column names}. It forces the output of the +notes of all these note columns. + +If you omit the optional argument, all delayed notes of all note columns will +be output.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumns}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \KOption{autoclearnotecolumns}\PName{simple switch} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Option}{autoclearnotecolumns}% +Usually you would like to force the output of notes whenever a document +implicitly\,---\,e.\,g. because of a \Macro{chapter} command\,---\,or +explicitly executes \Macro{clearpage}. Note that this is also the case at the +end of the document inside \Macro{end}\PParameter{document}. Option +\Option{autoclearnotecolumns} manages whether or not \Macro{clearpage} should +also executes \Macro{clearnotecolumns} without any optional argument. + +According to the author's preference the option is active by +default. But you can change this with proper values for simple switches (see +\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}) at any time. + +You should note, that deactivation of the option can result in lost notes at +the end of the document. So you should insert \Macro{clearnotecolumns} before +\Macro{end}\PParameter{document} if you deactivate the option. + +This should answer the question from the end of the last section. By default +the section would be output even if it would need the output of one more +page. But because this would be done after the end of the +\Environment{addmargin} environment, the forced output could overlap with main +text after that environment. So it would be useful to either add one more +synchronisation point or to force the output explicitly immediately at the +end of the \Environment{addmargin} environment. + +The result of the example is shown in +\autoref{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example}.\iffree{}{ Only the colour has been + changed from blue into grey.} + +\begin{figure} + \KOMAoptions{captions=bottombeside}% + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside}[{An example page to the example of + \autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn}}]{An example page to the example of + this chapter\label{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example}}[l] + \frame{\includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio]% + {scrlayer-notecolumn-example}} + \end{captionbeside} +\end{figure} +\EndIndex{Option}{autoclearnotecolumns}% +% +\EndIndex{Package}{scrlayer-notecolumn}% +\EndIndex{}{note>columns}% + +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell +%%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB" +%%% TeX-master: "../guide" +%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex index ba5a99e60b3..cef1c018a29 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-24 14:08:15 +0100 (Fri, 24 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage-experts)] \translator{Markus Kohm} -% Date version of the translated file: 2013-10-28 +% Date version of the translated file: 2014-01-22 \chapter[{Additional Features of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] {Additional Features\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} with @@ -57,32 +57,31 @@ % \BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer-scrpage}% Package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} provides features that have not been -described in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} of \autoref{part:forAuthors} of this -\iffree{user guide}{book}. But the most average user will not need those -extensions and some of them are only implemented for compatibility with -\Package{scrpage2}. So most users do not need to know them. Therefore all those -things are described here in \autoref{part:forExperts} only. +described in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} of this \iffree{user + guide}{book}'s \autoref{part:forAuthors}. In general, the average user will +not need those extensions and some of them are only provided for +compatibility with \Package{scrpage2}. \section{Definition of new Pairs of Page Styles} \label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.pairs} In \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} the page styles \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} have been -described. Those build quasi a pair of page styles, with -\Pagestyle{scrheadings} as the main page style with running head and -\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} as the corresponding \Pagestyle{plain} page -style without running head but generally with pagination. Beside the +described. These can be seen as a pair of page styles, with +\Pagestyle{scrheadings} being the main page style with a running head and +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} being the corresponding \Pagestyle{plain} page +style without running head but generally with pagination. Additionally to the configuration of these page styles, \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} provides also the feature of defining new such pairs of page styles. Thereby the name of the -main page style, e.\,g., \Pagestyle{scrheadings}, is quasi the name of the +main page style, e.\,g., \Pagestyle{scrheadings}, can be seen as the name of the pair of page styles. Most users will not need more than the predefined pair \Pagestyle{scrheadings}. So the commands of this section may be understood as -an addition for special cases. And because each such case is very special, +an addition for special cases. And as each such case is very special, this section also lacks of handsome examples. Nevertheless, if the support -will show me a real nice example in future, I perhaps could use it in -future. Nevertheless, I'm almost sure that all such cases could also be +will show me a real nice example in the future, I perhaps could use it in +the future. However, I'm almost sure that all such cases could also be solved using the predefined pair only. \begin{Declaration} @@ -113,38 +112,38 @@ pair of page styles with that name are the initial settings of the new pair of page styles. So the new pair inherits the configuration of the \PName{parent pair}. -While reading \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} you might -have the impression that the commands of this section were related to -\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} only. Nevertheless, -this is only as long true, as this is the only existing pair of page -styles. As soon as there exist more pairs of page styles, they are related to -the pair that has been activated last. In fact, this is the case for \Macro{lehead}, \Macro{cehead}, \Macro{rehead}, \Macro{lohead}, -\Macro{cohead}, \Macro{rohead}, \Macro{lefoot}, \Macro{cefoot}, -\Macro{refoot}, \Macro{lofoot}, \Macro{cofoot}, \Macro{rofoot}, \Macro{ihead}, -\Macro{chead}, \Macro{ohead}, \Macro{ifoot}, \Macro{cfoot}, and \Macro{ofoot} -from \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}. - -All those commands and the below described commands \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles}, \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles}, and -\Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} are also mentioned to be used inside the -argument \PName{definition}. In that case, they are a kind of default -configuration of the pair of page styles that will be executed each time the -pair will be activated. A pair of page styles will be activated, if one of the -page styles of the pair will be activated. This will be done mostly using +Reading \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} might have +created the impression that the described commands are related to +\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} only. However, if +there exist more pairs of page styles, these commands are related to the pair +that has been activated last. In fact, this is the case for \Macro{lehead}, +\Macro{cehead}, \Macro{rehead}, \Macro{lohead}, \Macro{cohead}, +\Macro{rohead}, \Macro{lefoot}, \Macro{cefoot}, \Macro{refoot}, +\Macro{lofoot}, \Macro{cofoot}, \Macro{rofoot}, \Macro{ihead}, \Macro{chead}, +\Macro{ohead}, \Macro{ifoot}, \Macro{cfoot}, and \Macro{ofoot} of +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}. + +All those commands and the below described commands +\Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles}, \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles}, and +\Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} are also designed to be used inside the argument +\PName{definition}. In that case, they are a kind of default configuration of +the pair of page styles that is executed each time the pair will be +activated. A pair of page styles is activated, if one of the page styles of +the pair will be activated, which is mostly done by using \Macro{pagestyle}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}. Please note that the commands of -\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} are for general purpose, -anyway. So they are related to every page style that has been defined using -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. - -Whereas \Macro{defpairofpagestyles} will define a pair independent whether or -not the corresponding page styles are already defined, will -\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} and \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} define the pair -only, if the page styles are currently undefined. If at least one of the page -styles is already defined, the new definition of -\Macro{providepairofpagestyles} will be ignored, but usage of -\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} would result in an error message. To redefine -already existing pairs of page styles you may use +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} are for general +purpose. Therefore, they are related to every page style that has been defined +using \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. + +Whereas \Macro{defpairofpagestyles} will define a pair no matter if the +corresponding page styles are already defined, \Macro{newpairofpagestyles} and +\Macro{providepairofpagestyles} will define the pair only, if the page styles +are currently undefined. If at least one of the page styles is already +defined, the new definition of \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} will be +ignored, but usage of \Macro{newpairofpagestyles} would result in an error +message. To redefine already existing pairs of page styles you may use \Macro{renewpairofpagestyles}. With this an error would be thrown, if at least one of the page styles of the pair does not already exist.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{providepairofpagestyles}% @@ -180,9 +179,9 @@ they are related to the lastly activated pair of page styles. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% The commands \Macro{clearscrheadings}, \Macro{clearscrplain}, and -\Macro{clearscrheadfoot} are aliases for these commands that have been -implemented for compatibility with \Package{scrpage2} only. Nevertheless, they -are deprecated and should not be used any longer.% +\Macro{clearscrheadfoot} are aliases for these commands provided only for +compatibility with \Package{scrpage2}. Nevertheless, they are deprecated and +should not be used.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% @@ -195,14 +194,13 @@ are deprecated and should not be used any longer.% \section{Definition of Simple Page Styles with Three Parts in Head and Foot } \label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.triple} -Beside predefined page styles and beside the definition of new pairs of page -styles, package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} also provides the Definition of -page styles with three parts in head and foot. But this user interface exists -for compatibility with \Package{scrpage2} only. Nevertheless, it has been -extended to have a more consistent set of commands in difference to -\Package{scrpage2}. However, for new documents it is recommended to use the -advanced features that have been described in the previous section, instead -of the commands of this section. +Beside predefined page styles and the definition of new pairs of page styles, +package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} also provides the definition of page styles +with three parts in head and foot. But this user interface exists for +compatibility with \Package{scrpage2} only. However, it has been extended +beyond the functionality of \Package{scrpage2} to provide a more consistent +set of commands. Nevertheless, for new documents it is recommended to instead +use the advanced features described in the previous section. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{deftriplepagestyle}% @@ -262,10 +260,10 @@ of the commands of this section. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{newtriplepagestyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewtriplepagestyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{providetriplepagestyle}% -With these commands you can define a single page style, whose head and foot are -parted into three elements: an inner element, a centre element, and an outer -element. The contents of the elements are given three mandatory arguments for -the head and three mandatory arguments for the foot. +With these commands you can define a single page style, whose head and foot +are parted into three elements: an inner element, a centre element, and an +outer element. The contents of the elements are stated via three mandatory +arguments for the head and three mandatory arguments for the foot. Each of the two inner elements will be printed right aligned on left pages and left aligned on right pages. The centre elements will be printed centred in @@ -273,7 +271,7 @@ the head respectively foot of left and right pages. Each of the two outer elements will be printed left aligned on left pages and right aligned on right pages. -Please remember once again:\textnote{Attention!} There are only right pages in +Please note once again:\textnote{Attention!} There are only right pages in single side layout! The two optional arguments can be used to activate horizontal lines in the @@ -288,20 +286,22 @@ argument, this is the \PName{thickness of the inner line}. In this case no outer line will be printed. And if you omit both optional arguments, both lines will be omitted. -Please note\textnote{Attention!} that an empty optional argument is not the -same like omitting the optional argument! Empty optional arguments are not -allowed in this case. But you may use simple dimension expressions for the -optional arguments, like they have been explained for \KOMAScript{} option -\Option{headwidth} (see \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, -\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth}). - -The meaning of the arguments is also shown in -\autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.triplepagestyle} for an schematic double -page. Thereby ``\texttt{outer}'', ``\texttt{inner}'', and ``\texttt{centre}'' -are example contents. The corresponding arrows illustrate the expansion of -those contents. The \iffree{coloured }{}texts inside the pages are only the -names of the arguments of these commands. The related arrows \iffree{in - the same colour }{} point to the corresponding elements of the page. +Please note\textnote{Attention!}, an empty optional argument is not the same +like omitting the optional argument! Empty optional arguments are not allowed +in this case. But you may use simple dimension expressions as explained for +\KOMAScript{} option \Option{headwidth} (see +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth}) for the optional +arguments. + +\hyperref[fig:scrlayer-scrpage.triplepagestyle]% +{Figure~\ref*{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.triplepagestyle}} shows a sketch for the +interpretation of the arguments on a schematic double page. Thereby +``\texttt{outer}'', ``\texttt{inner}'', and ``\texttt{centre}'' are example +contents. The corresponding arrows illustrate the expansion of those +contents. The \iffree{coloured }{}texts inside the pages are only the names of +the arguments of these commands. The related arrows \iffree{in the same colour +}{} point to the corresponding elements of the page. \begin{figure} \centering @@ -449,15 +449,14 @@ names of the arguments of these commands. The related arrows \iffree{in \label{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.triplepagestyle} \end{figure} -With the commands that are described here, it is not possible to activate only -a single line, e.\,g., only below the page head but not above the page -footer. If you need so, you should either use the commands of the previous or -the following section. +Using the described commands it is not possible to draw only a single line, +e.\,g., only below the page head but not above the page footer. If you need +to do so, please consult the previous or following section. The length of a single element\textnote{Attention!} is not limited by the -existence of a neighbour element. So in inappropriate circumstances it can +existence of a neighbour element. So in unfortunate circumstances it can happen that one elements overwrites a neighbour element or even both of -them. The user himself is responsible to avoid such inappropriate cases. With +them. The user himself is responsible to avoid such inappropriate usage. With automatic running heads this could, e.\,g., be done using the optional argument of the section commands. See the manual of the document class for more information about those commands. @@ -467,15 +466,15 @@ whether or not a page style with the same \PName{name of the page style} already exists. In difference to this \Macro{newtriplepagestyle} and \Macro{providetriplepagestyle} define the page style only, if the \PName{name of the page style} is not the name of an already defined page -style. Otherwise \Macro{providepagestyle} will simply do nothing, but -\Macro{newtriplepagestyle} would throw an error. Command +style. Otherwise \Macro{providepagestyle} simply does nothing, but +\Macro{newtriplepagestyle} throws an error. Command \Macro{renewtriplepagestyle} is something like the opposite of -\Macro{newtriplepagestyle}. It would throw an error, if there has not been +\Macro{newtriplepagestyle}. It throws an error, if there has not been a page style with the \PName{name of the page style} before, and defines the page style only, if there has been already a page style with the given name. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}% -The command \Macro{deftriplestyle} of \Package{scrpage2} conforms to +The command \Macro{deftriplestyle} of \Package{scrpage2} corresponds to \Macro{deftriplepagestyle}. Because of unification reasons it has been renamed and should not be used with it's old name any longer. Using the old name would result in a warning message. Nevertheless, the result would be the expected @@ -490,25 +489,25 @@ one.% \section{Definition of Complex Page Styles} \label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.experts} -Beside predefined page styles and the definition of new pairs of page styles, -and beside the definition of page styles with tripartite head and foot that -are not recommended any longer, package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} provides -also a more basic features to define new page styles. All already described -page style definitions of \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} use internally these basic -features. Because of the complexity of this user interface it is recommended -for advanced users only. Less advanced users should be able to reach almost all -using one of the previously described features. So less advanced users do not -need to read this section. - +Beside predefined page styles, the definition of new pairs of page styles and +the deprecated definition of page styles with tripartite head and foot, the +package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} additionally provides basic features to +define new page styles. All already described page style definitions of +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} use internally these basic features. Because of the +complexity of this user interface it is recommended for advanced users only. +As all most all imaginable use cases of page styles can handled using the +features described previous section, less advanced users may skip this +section. + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{defpagestyle}% - \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head definition}\Parameter{foot definition}\\ + \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head specification}\Parameter{foot specification}\\ \Macro{newpagestyle}% - \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head definition}\Parameter{foot definition}\\ + \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head specification}\Parameter{foot specification}\\ \Macro{providepagestyle}% - \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head definition}\Parameter{foot definition}\\ + \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head specification}\Parameter{foot specification}\\ \Macro{renewpagestyle}% - \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head definition}\Parameter{foot definition}% + \Parameter{name}\Parameter{head specification}\Parameter{foot specification}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% @@ -518,63 +517,62 @@ These commands can be used to define a single page style with maximum flexibility. Thereby \PName{name} is the name of the page style that should be defined. -The arguments \PName{head definition} and \PName{foot definition} have +The arguments \PName{head specification} and \PName{foot specification} have identical structure: \begin{quote}\raggedright \texttt{% (\PName{length of the line above},\PName{thickness of the line above})\%\\ - \Parameter{definition for the left page in two-side layout}\%\\ - \Parameter{definition for the right page in two-side layout}\%\\ - \Parameter{definition for all pages in one-side laypout}\%\\ + \Parameter{specification for the left page in two-side layout}\%\\ + \Parameter{specification for the right page in two-side layout}\%\\ + \Parameter{specification for all pages in one-side laypout}\%\\ (\PName{length of the line below},\PName{thickness of the line below})% } \end{quote} -Thereby the arguments in the round brackets are options, this means, you may +The arguments in the round brackets are options. This means, you may omit them together with the brackets. In that case, the length and thickness of the corresponding horizontal line would be given by the \KOMAScript{} options \Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, \Option{footsepline} or \Option{footbotline} (see \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline}). -All three definition arguments are mandatory and will be used depending on the -page and the layout settings. The contents of the definitions are -arbitrary. But for page styles with running heads usage of \Macro{headmark}, -\Macro{leftmark}, or \Macro{rightmark} is recommended inside the -definition. In no case section numbers or section headings should be used in -the definition. Ignoring this could result in wrong numbers or texts in the -page head or footer, because of the asynchronous page building of \LaTeX{}. - -Command \Macro{defpagestyle} will define the page style independent from -whether or not a page style with the same \PName{name} already exists. Command -\Macro{newpagestyle} would throw an error, if such a page style already -exists. In difference to this, \Macro{providepagestyle} will simple do nothing -in such a case. In opposite to \Macro{newpagestyle} command -\Macro{renewpagestyle} would throw the error, if a page style with the -\PName{name} does not already exist, and therefore may be used to redefine an -existing page style. - -All these commands base on command \Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle} of package -\Package{scrlayer} internally. Thereby for a page style \PName{Name} the -layer \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line} will be defined for the horizontal -line above the page head, the layer \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd} will be -defined for the page head of odd pages in two-side layout, -\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even} will be defined for the page head of even pages -in two-side layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside} will be defined for the -page head of all pages in one-side layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below} -will be defined for the horizontal line below the page head, -\PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line} will be defined for the horizontal line -above the page foot, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd} will be defined for the -page foot of odd pages in two-side layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even} for -the page foot of even pages in two-side layout, -\PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside} for the page foot of all pages in one-side -layout, and last but not least \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below} for the -horizontal line below the page foot. More information about layers and layer -page styles can be found from \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in -\autoref{cha:scrlayer} also in \autoref{part:forExperts}.% +All three arguments in the curly brackets are mandatory. They hold arbitrary +content specifications depending on the page and the layout settings. But for +page styles with running heads usage of \Macro{headmark}, \Macro{leftmark}, or +\Macro{rightmark} is recommended inside the specification. Section numbers or +section headings must not be used in the specifications. Due to the +asynchronous page building of \LaTeX, using them could result in wrong numbers +or texts in the page header or footer. + +Command \Macro{defpagestyle} defines the page style no matter if a page style +with the same \PName{name} already exists. Command \Macro{newpagestyle} would +throw an error, if such a page style already exists. In contrast to this, +\Macro{providepagestyle} simple does nothing in such a case. In contrast to +\Macro{newpagestyle} command \Macro{renewpagestyle} throws an error, if a page +style with the \PName{name} does not already exist, and therefore may be used +to redefine an existing page style. + +All these commands are based on the command \Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle} of +package \Package{scrlayer}. Thereby for a page style \PName{Name} +the layer \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line} will be defined for the +horizontal line above the page head, the layer \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd} +will be defined for the page head of odd pages in two-side layout, +\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even} will be defined for the page head of even +pages in two-side layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside} will be defined +for the page head of all pages in one-side layout, +\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below} will be defined for the horizontal line below +the page head, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line} will be defined for the +horizontal line above the page foot, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd} will be +defined for the page foot of odd pages in two-side layout, +\PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even} for the page foot of even pages in two-side +layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside} for the page foot of all pages in +one-side layout, and last but not least \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below} for +the horizontal line below the page foot. More information about layers and +layer page styles can be found starting on \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in +\autoref{cha:scrlayer} of \autoref{part:forExperts}.% % \begin{Example} - Assume you want to background the whole head of page style - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} with a colour. Because you read the introduction to + Assume you want to colour the whole background of page style + \Pagestyle{scrheadings}' head. Because you read the introduction to this chapter, you know, that \Pagestyle{scrheadings} last but not least is a layer page style with, e.\,g., layers \PValue{scrheadings.head.even}, \PValue{scrheadings.head.odd}, and \PValue{scrheadings.head.oneside}. So you @@ -615,18 +613,18 @@ page styles can be found from \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in layer using option \Option{clone}. This is much easier than using only one background layer and dynamically calculate the position time by time. - The coloured background have been printed using a \Macro{rule} command in - this example. The size arguments of this \Macro{rule} are given by + In this example the coloured background is printed using a \Macro{rule} + command. The size arguments of this \Macro{rule} are given by \Macro{layerwidth} and \Macro{layerheight} which contain the current width - and height of the layer itself. The optional argument of \Macro{rule} has - been used to move the rule down by the height of a descender. + and height of the layer itself. The optional argument of \Macro{rule} is + used to move the rule down by the height of a descender. \end{Example} % -Instead of using new layers for the background colours like in the example -above, \Macro{colorbox} and \Macro{chead} could have been used. It is -recommended to build such a solution as an exercise. Another change could be -to add the background layers one by one and just before the contents -layers. You may do this as an exercise too.% +Instead of using new layers to colour the background in the example above, +\Macro{colorbox} and \Macro{chead} could have been used. It is recommended to +build such a solution as an exercise. Another approach could be to add the +background layers one by one and just before the contents layers. You may do +this as an exercise too.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% @@ -639,14 +637,14 @@ layers. You may do this as an exercise too.% Package \Package{scrpage2} outputs page heads and page foots in horizontal mode always. In opposite to this \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} does not switch into horizontal mode itself, but the output of horizontal material will do -so. Nevertheless, you can activate option \Option{hmode} to make -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} more compatible with \Package{scrpage2} in this -aspect. But this would have implications to, i.\,e., white +so. Nevertheless, you can activate option \Option{hmode} gain compatibility to +\Package{scrpage2} in this +aspect. But this would have side effects, i.\,e., white spaces at the start of the output or the vertical alignment of the output. -The options knows the standard values for simple switches that are given at -\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} on \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. The option -is deactivated by default.% +The options allows for the standard values for simple switches that are given +at \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} on \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch}. The +option is deactivated by default.% \EndIndex{Option}{hmode}% % \EndIndex{Package}{scrlayer-scrpage}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex index 34d3a727741..4cbc046c797 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer-scrpage.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-scrpage.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-scrpage.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-10-27 08:39:00 +0100 (Mon, 27 Oct 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert\and Jens H\"uhne} -% Date version of the translated file: 2013-11-15 +% Date version of the translated file: 2014-10-27 \chapter[{Adapting Page Headers and Footers with \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] {Adapting\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} Page Headers and @@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ insufficient for your purposes you are encouraged to examine \section{Usage of Predefined Page Styles} \label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} -The easiest way to get a requested design of page head and foot with -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} is the usage of a predefined page style. +The easiest way to your desired design for page header and footer with +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} is to use one of the predefined page styles. \begin{Declaration} \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\\ @@ -125,41 +125,47 @@ The easiest way to get a requested design of page head and foot with \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% \BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.scrheadings}% -Package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} provides two page styles that may be -reconfigured depending on your own requests. Let's first of all talk about -page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} which has been designed to be used with +Package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} provides two page styles, which may be +reconfigured to meet your individual reqirements. Let's first of all discuss +page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} which has been designed as a style using running heads. Its defaults are similar to the page style -\Pagestyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} of \LaTeX's standard classes or -the \KOMAScript{} classes. The commands and options that may be used to -configure the exact contents of the header and footer will be described -consecutively. - -Second there's page style \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} which has been -designed to be used without any running head. Its defaults are very similar to -page style \Pagestyle{plain}\IndexPagestyle{plain} of \LaTeX's standard -classes or the \KOMAScript{} classes. Once more the commands and options that -may be used to configure the exact contents of the header and footer will be -described consecutively. - -Fore sure, you could configure \Pagestyle{scrheadings} to be a page style +\Pagestyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings} of the \LaTeX standard classes +or the \KOMAScript{} classes. What exactly gets printed in the header or +footer can be configured via the commands and otions described hereafter. + +The second page style to be mentioned here is \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}, +which has been designed to be a style with no running head. Its defaults are +very similar to page style \Pagestyle{plain}\IndexPagestyle{plain} of \LaTeX's +standard classes or the \KOMAScript{} classes. The following will describe the +commands and options you may use to adjust the contents of the header and +footer . + +You could of course configure \Pagestyle{scrheadings} to be a page style without a running head and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} to be a page style -with running heads. Nevertheless, it is more useful to fit the conventions -declared above, mainly, because both page styles influence each other. If you -select one of these page styles, \Pagestyle{scrheadings} will become -accessible as \Pagestyle{headings} and the page style -\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} will become accessible as \Pagestyle{plain}. So, -if you have a class or package that automatically switches between -\Pagestyle{headings} and \Pagestyle{plain}, you need to select -\Pagestyle{scrheadings} or \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} only once and then -the class or package will switch between \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and -\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} without even knowing these page styles. Patches -or other adaptions of classes (or packages) will not be necessary. So these page -styles are something like a pair that may be used as a drop-in replacement -for \Pagestyle{headings} and \Pagestyle{plain}. - -At this point I'd like to mention that for compatibility with -\Package{scrpage2} page style \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} can also be used -with the alias name \Pagestyle{scrplain}\IndexPagestyle[indexmain]{scrplain}. +using running heads. It is, however, far more expedient to adhere to the +conventions mentioned above, if for the only reason that both page styles +mutually influence one another. Once you have opted to apply one of these +page styles, \Pagestyle{scrheadings} will become accessible as +\Pagestyle{headings} and the page style \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} will +become accessible as \Pagestyle{plain}. Thus, if you use a class or package +that automatically switches between \Pagestyle{headings} and +\Pagestyle{plain}, you only need to select \Pagestyle{scrheadings} or +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} once and the switching class or package will +then switch between \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} +without even being aware of these page styles. Patches or other adaptions of +classes (or packages) will not be necessary. This pair of page styles may thus +serve as a drop-in replacement for \Pagestyle{headings} and \Pagestyle{plain}. +Should additional similar pairs be required I'd like to point you to +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.pairs} in \autoref{part:forExperts} +for further reference. + +For users of the older \Package{scrpage2}, I'd like to mention that, for +compatibility with \Package{scrpage2}, page style +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} may also be used under its alias name of +\Pagestyle{scrplain}\IndexPagestyle[indexmain]{scrplain}.% +\iffree{}{ If you use \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}, however, + \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} will not be available. Its function is + completely taken over by pagestyle \Pagestyle{scrplain}.} % \EndIndex{Pagestyle}{plain.scrheadings}% \EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% @@ -458,7 +464,7 @@ sketched in \autoref{fig:scrlayer-scrpage.head}.% To see the difference you should also add an optional argument to \Macro{lohead} and \Macro{rohead} containing some content. To do so, change the example above: - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead[John Doe] @@ -494,6 +500,65 @@ section.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lehead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{cehead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{rehead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{lohead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{cohead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{rohead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead*}% +The previously described commands have also a version with +star\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} that differs only if you omit the optional argument +\PName{plain.scrheadings's content}. In this case the version without star +does not change the content of \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. The +version with star on the other hand uses the obligatory argument +\PName{scrheading's content} also as default for +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. So, if both arguments should be the same, you +can simply use the star version with the obligatory argument only.% + +\begin{Example} + You can shorten the previous example using the star version of + \Macro{lohead} and \Macro{rohead}: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \lohead*{John Doe} + \rohead*{Page style with \KOMAScript} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \begin{document} + \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} + \author{John Doe} + \maketitle + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +The obsolete package \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} does not +provide this feature.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead*}% + + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{lefoot}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ @@ -767,6 +832,71 @@ ideally together with the automatism described in the following section.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lefoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{cefoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{refoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{lofoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{cofoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{rofoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot*}% +The previously described commands have also a version with +star\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} that differs only if you omit the optional argument +\PName{plain.scrheadings's content}. In this case the version without star +does not change the content of \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. The +version with star on the other hand uses the obligatory argument +\PName{scrheading's content} also as default for +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. So, if both arguments should be the same, you +can simply use the star version with the obligatory argument only. + +\begin{Example} + You can shorten the previous example using the star version of + \Macro{lofoot} and \Macro{refoot}: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \lohead{John Doe} + \rohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} + \lofoot*{Smart Alec Publishing} + \rehead{John Doe} + \lohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} + \refoot*{Smart Alec Publishing} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \usepackage{lipsum} + \begin{document} + \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} + \author{John Doe} + \maketitle + \lipsum\lipsum + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +The obsolete package \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} does not +provide this feature.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot*}% + + \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ohead}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ @@ -847,6 +977,66 @@ section.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ofoot}% +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{ohead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{chead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{ihead*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{ofoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{cfoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content}\\ + \Macro{ifoot*}\OParameter{plain.scrheadings's content}% + \Parameter{scrheadings's content} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot*}% +The previously described commands have also a version with +star\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} that differs only if you omit the optional argument +\PName{plain.scrheadings's content}. In this case the version without star +does not change the content of \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. The +version with star on the other hand uses the obligatory argument +\PName{scrheading's content} also as default for +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}. So, if both arguments should be the same, you +can simply use the star version with the obligatory argument only.% + +\begin{Example} + You can shorten the previous example using the star version of + \Macro{ifoot}: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \ihead{John Doe} + \ohead{Page style with \KOMAScript} + \ifoot*{Smart Alec Publishing} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \usepackage{lipsum} + \begin{document} + \title{Page styles with \KOMAScript} + \author{John Doe} + \maketitle + \lipsum\lipsum + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +The obsolete package \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} does not +provide this feature.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ofoot*}% + \begin{Declaration} \KOption{pagestyleset}\PName{setting} @@ -1048,7 +1238,7 @@ elements.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadseoline}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% Package \Package{scrpage2} has additionally to the options that do not take @@ -1066,7 +1256,7 @@ switch the lines on or off. They have been made to configure already switched on lines. Users often ignored this!% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadseoline}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}% % \EndIndex{Option}{footbotline~=\PName{thickness\textup{:}length}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex index 2e413bf8d7d..5f6b18760ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlayer.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 17:39:21 +0100 (Fr, 13 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-31 12:58:50 +0100 (Tue, 31 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)] \translator{Markus Kohm} @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ layers internally. If you use \Macro{ProvideLayer} instead of \Macro{DeclareLayer}, the declaration will be ignored in case a layer with the same layer name already -exists. It could be paraphrased by: \emph{declare the layer only, if it has not +exists. It could be paraphrased by: \emph{declare the layer only if it has not been declared already.} If an existing layer should be redefined, \Macro{RedeclareLayer} or @@ -554,12 +554,12 @@ be removed.% \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{layercontentsmeasure}% -The command \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} is internally used, if option -\Option{draft} has been set, so visualise the layers. The visualisation will -be done with a centimetre ruler at the top and left edge of the layer and an -inch ruler at the bottom and right edge of the layer. The rulers will be drawn -behind the content of the layer. If you would, you could also use it as -exclusive content of a layer.% +The command \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} prints a ruler at each layer edge, of +which the top and left one is labelled with centimeters, the right and bottom +one with inches. This command is used internally, if option +\Option{draft}\IndexOption{draft} is enabled. The rulers will be drawn behind +the content of each layer. It can also be used as exclusive content of a +layer.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{layercontentsmeasure} @@ -578,47 +578,45 @@ The page head will be printed before the main contents of a page. The page footer will be printed after the main contents of a page. So this is something like the layer attributes \Option{background} and \Option{foreground}. -So it's obvious to declare page styles to be a list of layers. But instead of +So it suggests itself to declare page styles as a list of layers. But instead of having only four attributes \Option{oddpage}, \Option{evenpage}, \Option{background}, and \Option{foreground} all the attributes of layers shown in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} may be used. -The outcome of this is that layer page styles are one type of page styles -\Package{scrlayer} provides. A layer page style consists of layers and -several \emph{hooks}. For description of layers see +The outcome of all such considerations is that layer page styles are one type +of page styles \Package{scrlayer} provides. A layer page style consists of +layers and several \emph{hooks}. For description of layers see \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}. The \emph{hooks} are points in the expansion -or execution of page styles and you may add additional code that will be -expanded there. Advanced users know this already from commands like -\Macro{AtBeginDocument} (see \cite{latex:usrguide}) or -\Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} (see +or execution of page styles you may add additional code to. Advanced users +know this already from commands like \Macro{AtBeginDocument} (see +\cite{latex:usrguide}) or \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} (see \autopageref{desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux}). -Alias page styles are another type of page styles, provided by -\Package{scrlayer}. An alias page style simply consists of another page -style. In other words, the name of an alias page style is an alias name of -another page style, the aliased or original page style. Because of this, the -manipulation of an alias page style results in the manipulation of the -original page style. If the original page style is an alias page style too, -the manipulation will result in the manipulation of the aliased page style of -that original page style and so on until a real page style will be -manipulated. You may not only alias layer page styles made with -\Package{scrlayer}, but all kind of page styles. +Alias page styles are another type of page styles provided by +\Package{scrlayer}. An alias page style wraps another page style. In other +words, the name of an alias page style is an alias name of another page style, +the aliased or original page style. Because of this, the manipulation of an +alias page style results in the manipulation of the original page style. If +the original page style is an alias page style too, the manipulation will +result in the manipulation of the aliased page style of that original page +style and so on until a real page style will be manipulated. Aliasing is not +restricted to \Package{scrlayer} page styles, but possible for all page +styles. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{currentpagestyle} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{currentpagestyle}% Package scrlayer patches \Macro{pagestyle} to set \Macro{currentpagestyle} to -the currently active page style. Note, \Macro{thispagestyle} does not -change \Macro{currentpagestyle}. But if you use \Macro{thispagestyle} the -result of \Macro{currentpagestyle} may be changed while execution of the -\LaTeX{} output routine. This may be relevant only, if -\Macro{currentpagestyle} has been used protected until execution of the output -routine. +the currently active page style. Note, \Macro{thispagestyle} does not change +\Macro{currentpagestyle}. But if you use \Macro{thispagestyle} the result of +\Macro{currentpagestyle} may be changed while executing the \LaTeX{} output +routine. However, this change will only occur, if \Macro{currentpagestyle} has +been actively protected from expansion up to execution of the output routine. Note, the layer page styles described later in this section, will not need the patch of \Macro{pagestyle} to set \Macro{currentpagestyle}. The patch has -been made for usage with other page styles. Note also, +been made for usage with other page styles. Additionally, \Macro{currentpagestyle} is empty before the first \Macro{pagestyle} after loading \Package{scrlayer}. So if you define an end user page style interface, it may be useful to use an implicit \Macro{pagestyle} to set the current page @@ -638,10 +636,10 @@ of \Macro{pagestyle}. The command \Macro{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle} is similar, but the \PName{code} will be executed just after the page style has been selected and after -\Macro{currentpagestyle} has been set to the name of real page style. +\Macro{currentpagestyle} has been set to the name of the real page style. Note\textnote{Attention!}, \PName{code} of both commands will be executed -only, if a page style will be selected using \Macro{pagestyle}, but not, +only if a page style will be selected using \Macro{pagestyle}, but not, e.\,g., if a page style will be selected using \Macro{thispagestyle}. Note also, you cannot remove \PName{code} from the hook after adding it. But the \PName{code} will be added locally, so you may use a group to limit the @@ -665,16 +663,16 @@ scope of \PName{code}.%^^A \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% These commands may be used to define a page style with name \PName{alias page style name} that is simply an alias for an already existing page style with -name \PName{original page style name}. If there's already a page style -\PName{alias page style name} it will be destroyed before creating the alias -using \Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias} or \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}. +name \PName{original page style name}. If there is already a page style +\PName{alias page style name}, then using \Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias} or +\Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias} will destroy the alias before recreating it. \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} will throw an error message, if a page style \PName{alias page style name} has already been defined before. It does not matter if the already defined page style is a layer page style, an alias page style or another page style. -\Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias} will define the alias only, if a page style +\Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias} will define the alias only if a page style \PName{alias page style name} has not been defined before. If a page style \PName{alias page style name} already exists nothing will be done. @@ -692,13 +690,13 @@ exist, then you will get an error.% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DestroyPageStyleAlias}% This command makes the page style with given \PName{page style name} -\LaTeX-undefined, if it is an alias for another page style. After this, the +\LaTeX-undefined, if it is an alias for another page style. Afterwards, the page style may be defined newly with, e.g., \Macro{DeclareNewAliasPageStyle} or \Macro{ProvideAliasPageStyle}. The command is intended to be used inside of \Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} to remove page styles that have been -declared by an interface and uses removable macros of that interface.% +declared by an interface and use removable macros of that interface.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyPageStyleAlias} \begin{Declaration} @@ -732,15 +730,15 @@ style will consist of the layers given in \PName{layer list}, a comma separated list of layer names. Note, the \PName{page style name} and the layer names at the \PName{layer list} must be fully expandable and should expand to letters. Several other characters are tolerated, but, -nevertheless, are not recommended. +nevertheless, not recommended. The \PName{option list} is a comma separated list of \OptionValue{\PName{key}}{\PName{value}} options. These options may be used to set additional features. Currently they are used to set the code that should be expanded or executed at several \emph{hooks}. See the introduction to this section for more general information about \emph{hooks}. See -\autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} for more information about the hooks -and their purpose. +\autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} for detailed information on specific +hooks. \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% @@ -750,68 +748,68 @@ and their purpose. The \emph{hook} options for page styles (\emph{Continuation})% }% \entry{\KOption{onselect}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the page style will be selected using, e.g., + Execute \PName{code} whenever the page style is selected using, e.g., \Macro{pagestyle}. Note\textnote{Attention!}, \Macro{thispagestyle} does not select the page style immediately, but asynchronously inside \LaTeX's output routine.% }% \entry{\KOption{oninit}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style - will be initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this will be done + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers + is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this is done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for foreground layers.% }% \entry{\KOption{ononeside}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style in - single-side mode will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this - will be done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers in + single-side mode is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this + is done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for foreground layers.% }% \entry{\KOption{ontwoside}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style in - two-side mode will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this will - be done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers in + two-side mode is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this is + done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for foreground layers.% }% \entry{\KOption{onoddpage}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style on - an odd page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this will be + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers on + an odd page is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this is done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for - foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also, in single-side + foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also that in single-side mode all pages are odd pages, not only pages with odd page numbers.% }% \entry{\KOption{onevenpage}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style on - an even page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this will - be done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for - foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also, there are not even + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers on + an even page is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this is + done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for + foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also that there are not even pages in single-side mode, but all pages are odd pages, not only pages with odd page numbers.% }% \entry{\KOption{onfloatpage}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style on - a float page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this will + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers on + a float page are initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this is be done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for - foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also, float pages are + foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also that float pages are only those pages with p-placed floating objects.% }% \entry{\KOption{onnonfloatpage}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style on - a non-float page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this - will be done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for - foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also, non-float pages + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers on + a non-float page is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, this + is done twice for every page: once for background layers and once for + foreground layers. Note\textnote{Attention!} also that non-float pages are all pages that are not float-pages. Those pages may have t-placed, h-placed, b-placed, or no floating objects.% }% \entry{\KOption{onbackground}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style in - the background of a page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, - this will be done once for every page.% + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of page style's layers in + the background of a page is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, + this is done once for every page.% }% \entry{\KOption{onforeground}\PName{code}}{% - Execute \PName{code} whenever the output of the layers of a page style in - the foreground of a page will initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, - this will be done once for every page.% + Execute \PName{code} whenever the output page style's layers in + the foreground of a page is initialised. Note\textnote{Attention!}, + this is done once for every page.% }% \end{desclist} @@ -827,12 +825,12 @@ The difference of \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} and \Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers} is that \Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers} will simply do nothing, if there's already a page style with name \PName{page style name}. In difference to \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} it will not -raise an error in this case. +raise an error. The difference of \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} and \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} is, that \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} -may be used only, if the real page style of \PName{page style name} already -exists. Otherwise an error would occur. +may be used only if the real page style of \PName{page style name} already +exists. Otherwise an error occurs. Please have also a look at the notes to following pseudo page style \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}.% @@ -847,15 +845,16 @@ Please have also a look at the notes to following pseudo page style \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{@everysel@}% \BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% -There are two somehow special, default layer page styles. The first one is -\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. This page style should not be used normally, but the -layers of this page style will be used by all the other layer page styles. So -adding a layer to this page style would be similar to adding this layer to all -other layer page styles even the empty one. There's one difference: Layer -referencing commands of the page style interface like +There are two default layer page styles that are somehow special. The first +one is \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. This page style should not be used like any +other page style, but the layers of this page style will be used by all the +other layer page styles. So adding a layer to this page style is similar to +adding this layer to all other layer page styles even the empty one. There's +one difference: Layer referencing commands of the page style interface like \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}, \Macro{AddLayerToPageStyleBeforeLayer}, or -\Macro{AddLayerToPageStyleAfterLayer} ignore the layers of -\Pagestyle{@everystyle@} if they are used for another layer page style. +\Macro{AddLayerToPageStyleAfterLayer} process only the layers of the page +style that has been referenced but not the layers implicated by +\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. The other somehow special page style is \Pagestyle{empty}. Normally page style \Pagestyle{empty} is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel, to be a page style @@ -891,10 +890,10 @@ style \Pagestyle{@everysel@}.% \BeginIndex{Option}{onpsforeground~=\PName{code}}% There's also a \KOMAScript{} option for each of those \texttt{hooks}. The names of the \KOMAScript{} options are similar to the names of the page style -options, but with ``\texttt{ps}'' inserted behind ``\texttt{on}''. The value of -the \KOMAScript{} options are the initial defaults of the corresponding -\texttt{hooks}. This default will be extended by every usage of the page style -options at the \PName{option list}. You may remove the default, using +options, but with ``\texttt{ps}'' inserted behind ``\texttt{on}''. The value +of the \KOMAScript{} options are the initial defaults of the corresponding +\texttt{hooks}. These defaults will be extended at every declaration of page +style hook options via \PName{option list}. You may remove the default, using \Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} described later in this section.% \EndIndex{Option}{onpsforeground~=\PName{code}}% \EndIndex{Option}{onpsbackground~=\PName{code}}% @@ -912,13 +911,13 @@ options at the \PName{option list}. You may remove the default, using \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}\Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{code} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}% -As long as \KOMAScript{} option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} has not been -activated command \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} can be used to process -\PName{code} for every layer that is a member of the layers list of a page -style with given \PName{page style name}. Inside of \PName{code} the place -holder \PValue{\#1} may be used for the name of the current layer. +As long as \KOMAScript{} option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} has not +been activated command \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} can be used to process +\PName{code} for every member layer of \PName{page style name}'s layers +list. Inside of \PName{code} the place holder \PValue{\#1} may be used to +reference the name of the current layer. \begin{Example} - If you want to output the names of all layers of page style + If you want to print the names of all layers of page style \PValue{scrheadings}, you may us: \begin{lstcode} \let\commaatlist\empty @@ -954,7 +953,7 @@ page styles.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle}% You can use these commands to add layers to a layer page style or to remove -layers from a layer page style. The page style will be referenced by it +layers from a layer page style. The page style will be referenced by \PName{page style name}. The layers are given by a comma separated \PName{layer list}. @@ -1094,7 +1093,7 @@ only test one layer but several layers at a given, comma separated \PName{layer list}. \Macro{IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle} will execute the \PName{then code} if \emph{at least one} of the layers at \PName{layer list} is a member of the layer list of \PName{page style name}. In difference -\Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} executes the \PName{then code} only, if \emph{all} +\Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} executes the \PName{then code} only if \emph{all} of the layers at \PName{layer list} are members of the layer list of \PName{page style name}.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{IfLayersAtPageStyle}% @@ -1118,7 +1117,8 @@ style\,---\,this may be set using \Macro{thispagestyle}\,---\,is \PName{page Note, the layers of the page style will not be destroyed automatically. If you want to destroy the layers too, you may use -\begin{lstcode} +% Umbruchkorrektur +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle{...}{\DestroyLayer{#1}} \end{lstcode} \emph{before} destroying the layer page style. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex index a01d445a1cf..c680b1ee92c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlfile.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)] \translator{Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex index 9ed1ae7f361..9f8964702d5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2-experts.tex @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)] \translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} -% Date of the translated German file: 2013/10/04 +% Date of the translated German file: 2014/06/25 \chapter{Additional Information about the Letter Class \Class{scrlttr2}} @@ -1278,8 +1278,8 @@ argument, not fully expandable. Nevertheless, if used within similar commands, you need not insert a \Macro{protect}\IndexCmd{protect} before using them. Of course this is also true for \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} if using package -\Package{scrpage2}. However\textnote{Attention!}, these kinds of commands can -not be used within commands like +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. However\textnote{Attention!}, these kinds of +commands can not be used within commands like \Macro{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} which directly influence their argument. To avoid this problem you may use commands like \Macro{MakeUppercase} as an optional argument to diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex index ab944d13090..f6353972ce1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlttr2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlttr2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-10-07 08:53:12 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)] \translator{Harald Bongartz\and Georg Grandke\and Raimund Kohl\and Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Stephan Hennig\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} -% Date of translated german file: 2013/11/07 +% Date of translated german file: 2014/10/07 \chapter{The New Letter Class \Class{scrlttr2}} \labelbase{scrlttr2} @@ -2510,9 +2510,9 @@ and typing area. To achieve this \KOMAScript{} will pass option option. In\important{\Pagestyle{plain}} opposite to \Option{headsepline} option \Option{footsepline} does influence page style \PValue{plain} also, because \PValue{plain} uses a page number at the foot. Package -\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} (see -\autoref{cha:scrpage}) provides additional features for rules at head and foot -and may be combined with \Class{scrlttr2}.% +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} +(see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) provides additional features for rules at +head and foot and may be combined with \Class{scrlttr2}.% % \EndIndex{Option}{headsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}% \EndIndex{Option}{footsepline~=\PName{simple switch}}% @@ -2522,16 +2522,17 @@ and may be combined with \Class{scrlttr2}.% \KOption{pagenumber}\PName{position} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{pagenumber~=\PName{position}}% -This option defines if and where a page number will be placed on -consecutive pages. This option affects the page +This option defines if and where a page number will be placed on consecutive +pages. This option affects the page styles\important[i]{\Pagestyle{headings}\\ \Pagestyle{myheadings}\\ \Pagestyle{plain}} \Pagestyle{headings}, \Pagestyle{myheadings}, and \Pagestyle{plain}. It also affects the default page styles of the -\Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} package, if set before -loading the package (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}). It can take values only -influencing horizontal, only vertical, or both positions. Available value are -shown in \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.pagenumber}. Default is \PValue{botcenter}. +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} package, if +set before loading the package (see \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). It can +take values only influencing horizontal, only vertical, or both +positions. Available value are shown in +\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.pagenumber}. Default is \PValue{botcenter}. \begin{table} \caption[{available values of option \Option{pagenumber} with @@ -2604,15 +2605,15 @@ page styles. \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot}. The author can also change these marks manually after the \Macro{opening} command. To this end, the commands \Macro{markboth} and \Macro{markright} are available as usual, and - with the use of package \Package{scrpage2} also \Macro{markleft} (see - \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.automark}) - is available. + with the use of package \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} also \Macro{markleft} + (see \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark}) is available. \item[\Pagestyle{myheadings}] is the page style for manual page headings on consecutive pages. This is very similar to \PValue{headings}, but here the marks must be set by the author using the commands \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} and \Macro{markright}\Index{markright}. With the use of package - \Package{scrpage2} also \Macro{markleft} can be utilized. + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} also \Macro{markleft} can be utilized. \item[\Pagestyle{plain}] is the page style with only page numbers in the header or footer on consecutive pages. The placement of these page numbers is influenced by the previously described option \Option{pagenumber}. @@ -2641,9 +2642,10 @@ additional element \FontElement{pagefoot}\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}} for the page foot. This will be used after \FontElement{pageheadfoot} at page foots, that has been defined either with variable \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} or Package -\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} (see \autoref{cha:scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). The element for the page -number within the header or footer is named +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (see +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}). The element for the +page number within the header or footer is named \FontElement{pagenumber}\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. Default settings are listed in \autoref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot}, \autopageref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot}. Please have also a look at @@ -2678,8 +2680,8 @@ the letterhead. The commands \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} and \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} can in particular be used together with pagestyle \PValue{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}% \important{\Pagestyle{myheadings}}. If the package -\Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} is used then this, of course, is -valid also for pagestyle +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} is used then this, +of course, is valid also for pagestyle \PValue{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}. There the command \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} is furthermore available. @@ -2729,8 +2731,6 @@ those.% \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{8} % \section{Interleaf Pages} \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{9} % \section{Footnotes} -\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{11}% -"- -\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{10}% -"- \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{12}% \section{Lists} @@ -2904,18 +2904,24 @@ particular complex examples of \File{lco}-files are shown at \cite{homepage} or in \cite{DANTE:TK0203:MJK}. Both locations are mainly in German. \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{LoadLetterOption}\Parameter{name} + \Macro{LoadLetterOption}\Parameter{name}\\ + \Macro{LoadLetterOptions}\Parameter{list of names} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOption}% -Usually, the \File{lco}-files will be loaded by the \Macro{documentclass} -command. You enter the name of the \File{lco}-file without suffix as an -option\Index{option}. The \File{lco}-file will be loaded right after the class -file. - -However, it is also possible to load an \File{lco}-file later, or even from -within another \File{lco}-file. This may be done with the -\Macro{LoadLetterOption} command, which takes the \PName{name} of the -\File{lco}-file without suffix as a parameter. +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOptions}% +With \Class{scrlttr2} \File{lco}-files can be loaded by the +\Macro{documentclass} command. You enter the name of the \File{lco}-file +without suffix as an option\Index{option}. In this case, the \File{lco}-file +will be loaded right after the class file. + +However, it is recommended to load an \File{lco}-file using +\Macro{LoadLetterOption} or +\Macro{LoadLetterOptions}\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrlttr2}}. You can do this +even from within another \File{lco}-file. Both commands take the \PName{name} +of the \File{lco}-file without suffix, \Macro{LoadLetterOption} as a single +parameter, \Macro{LoadLetterOptions} as one member of a comma-separated +\PName{list of names}. The corresponding \File{lco}-files will be loaded in +the order given by the list. \begin{Example} Mr Public also writes a document containing several letters. Most of them should comply with the German DIN standard. So he starts with: @@ -3096,6 +3102,7 @@ and \Package{keyval} packages.% size warning}% \end{desclist} % +\EndIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOptions}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOption}% % \EndIndex{}{lco-file=\File{lco}-file}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx index a476e7722f0..acfbde56775 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrlttr2examples.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % ====================================================================== % scrlttr2examples.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2011 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlttr2examples.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2011 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Angriff zu nehmen. 72 72 neg rlineto stroke 0 0 moveto -/Charter findfont +/Bitstream-Charter findfont 72 scalefont setfont (M) show diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrpage2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrpage2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 937acdec0b0..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrpage2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1499 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% scrpage2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% scrpage2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Chapter about scrpage2 of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Jens-Uwe Morawski (and sometimes Markus Kohm) -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Kapitel ueber scrpage2 in der KOMA-Script-Anleitung -% Verwaltet von Jens-Uwe Morawski (unterstuetzt von Markus Kohm) -% -% ============================================================================ - -\KOMAProvidesFile{scrpage2.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ - KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrpage2)] - -\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Karl-Heinz Zimmer\and Christoph Bier\and - Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} - -% date of translated german file: 2013/07/22 - -\chapter{Adapting Page Headers and Footers with \Package{scrpage2}} -\labelbase{scrpage} - -% -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrpage2}% -As already mentioned in the two previous chapters, {\KOMAScript} includes a -package to customise the document page header and footer. As of 2001, this -package is no longer \Package{scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrpage} but the much -improved and enhanced successor \Package{scrpage2}. Therefore, this -documentation describes only \Package{scrpage2}. The package -\Package{scrpage} is deprecated. - -\begin{Explain} - In place of \Package{scrpage2} you can of course make use of - \Package{fancyhdr} (see \cite{package:fancyhdr}). However, - \Package{scrpage2} integrated markedly better with the {\KOMAScript} - bundle. For this reason, and because at the time the forerunner to - \Package{fancyhdr} was missing many features, \Package{scrpage2} was - developed. Naturally, \Package{scrpage2} is not limited to use only - with the {\KOMAScript} classes, but can just as easily be used with - other document classes. -\end{Explain} - - -\section{Basic Functionality}\label{sec:scrpage.basics} - -\begin{Explain}% Introduction to headings - To understand the following description, an overview of {\LaTeX}'s fairly - involved header and footer mechanism is needed. The {\LaTeX} kernel defines - the page styles \Pagestyle{empty}, which produces a completely empty header - and footer, and \Pagestyle{plain}, which produces usually only a page number - in the footer and an empty header. Apart from these, many document classes - provide the style \Pagestyle{headings}, which allows more complex style - settings and running - headings\Index{headings>running}\Index{headings>automatic}. The - \Pagestyle{headings} style often has a related variant, - \Pagestyle{myheadings}, which is similar except for switching off the - running headings\Index{headings>manual} and reverting them to manual control - by the user. A more detailed description is given in - \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} where it is also noted that some {\LaTeX} - commands automatically switch to another page style\,---\,usually page style - \Pagestyle{plain}\,---\,for the current page. -\end{Explain} - - -Package \Package{scrpage2} does not distinguish between page styles with -automatic, running headings and page styles with manual headings. The way to -deal with automatic and manual headings is independent from the page style and -so the page style is independent from the choice of automatic or manual -headings. More information about this in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}. - - -\subsection{Predefined Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage.basics.buildIn} - -One of the basic features of \Package{scrpage2} is a set of predefined, -configurable page styles. - -% \lehead ... -% scrheadings -% \headmark \pagemark - -\begin{Declaration} - \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\\ - \Pagestyle{scrplain} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% -\Index{page>style}% -% -Package \Package{scrpage2} delivers its own page style, named -\Pagestyle{scrheadings}, which can be activated with the -\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{scrheadings}. When this page style is in use, an -appropriate \Pagestyle{scrplain} page style is used for the plain page style. -In this case \emph{appropriate} means that this new plain page style is also -configureable by the commands introduced in -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format}, which, for example, configure the header -and footer width and complies within the basic layout. Neither the activation -of \Pagestyle{scrheadings} nor the attendant change to the appropriate plain -page style, \Pagestyle{scrplain}, influences the mode of manual or automatic -headings\Index{headings>automatic}\Index{headings>manual} (see -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}). The \Pagestyle{scrplain} page style can -also be activated directly with \Macro{pagestyle}. - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{lehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-left-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-even}\\ - \Macro{cehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-center-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-even}\\ - \Macro{rehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-right-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-even}\\ - \Macro{lefoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-left-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-even}\\ - \Macro{cefoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-center-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-even}\\ - \Macro{refoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-right-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-even}\\ - \Macro{lohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-left-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-odd}\\ - \Macro{cohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-center-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-odd}\\ - \Macro{rohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-right-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-odd}\\ - \Macro{lofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-left-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-odd}\\ - \Macro{cofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-center-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-odd}\\ - \Macro{rofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-right-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-odd}\\ - \Macro{ihead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-inside}\Parameter{scrheadings-inside}\\ - \Macro{chead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-centered}\Parameter{scrheadings-centered}\\ - \Macro{ohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-outside}\Parameter{scrheadings-outside}\\ - \Macro{ifoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-inside}\Parameter{scrheadings-inside}\\ - \Macro{cfoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-centered}\Parameter{scrheadings-centered}\\ - \Macro{ofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-outside}\Parameter{scrheadings-outside} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% -The page style of \Package{scrpage2} are defined to have flexible configurable -header and footer. To achieve this, the page styles include three boxes in -both the header and the footer. The contents of these boxes may be modified -easily. The commands modifying the content of these boxes can be seen in -\autoref{fig:scrpage.leheadetall}. Commands in the middle column modify the -box contents on both odd and even pages. All of the commands have an optional -and a mandatory argument. The option Argument influences the content of -corresponding box of the plain page style, \Pagestyle{scrplain}. The mandatory -argument influences the content of the corresponding box of the page style -\Pagestyle{scrheadings}. - -\begin{figure} -% \centering - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside} - [Commands for modification of \Package{scrpage2} page styles elements]% - {Commands for modification of page styles \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and - \Pagestyle{scrplain} and their relationship to header and footer - elements} - [l] - \setlength{\unitlength}{.95mm}\begin{picture}(100,65)(0,8)\small - \put(0,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){even page}} - \put(60,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){odd page}} - % items top left - \put(1,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(16,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(31,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % items top right - \put(61,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(76,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(91,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % items bottom left - \put(1,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(16,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(31,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % items bottom right - \put(61,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(76,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(91,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % commands and arrow - % for twoside - % - \put(50,65){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ihead}}} - \put(44,65){\vector(-1,0){4}}\put(56,65){\vector(1,0){4}} - \put(50,58){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{chead}}} - \put(44,58){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,58){\line(1,0){24}} - \put(20,58){\vector(0,1){4}}\put(80,58){\vector(0,1){4}} - \put(50,51){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ohead}}} - \put(44,51){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,51){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(4,51){\vector(0,1){11}}\put(96,51){\vector(0,1){11}} - % - \put(50,15){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ifoot}}} - \put(56,15){\vector(1,0){4}}\put(44,15){\vector(-1,0){4}} - \put(50,22){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{cfoot}}} - \put(44,22){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,22){\line(1,0){24}} - \put(20,22){\vector(0,-1){4}}\put(80,22){\vector(0,-1){4}} - \put(50,29){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ofoot}}} - \put(44,29){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,29){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(4,29){\vector(0,-1){11}}\put(96,29){\vector(0,-1){11}} - % commands for oneside - \put(5,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lehead}}} - \put(20,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cehead}}} - \put(35,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rehead}}} - % - \put(65,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lohead}}} - \put(80,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cohead}}} - \put(95,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rohead}}} - % - \put(5,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lefoot}}} - \put(20,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cefoot}}} - \put(35,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{refoot}}} - % - \put(65,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lofoot}}} - \put(80,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cofoot}}} - \put(95,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{rofoot}}} - \end{picture} - \end{captionbeside} -% \caption[Commands for modification of \Package{scrpage2} page styles -% elements]% -% {Commands for modification of page styles \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and -% \Pagestyle{scrplain} and their relationship to header and footer -% elements} - \label{fig:scrpage.leheadetall} -\end{figure} - -\begin{Example} - If one wants the page number within \Pagestyle{scrheadings} be placed in the - middle of the footer, then following can be used: -\begin{lstcode} - \cfoot{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - The next example shows how to place both running heading and page - number\Index{page>number}\Index{pagination} in the header; the running - heading\Index{headings} inside and the page number outside: -\begin{lstcode} - \ohead{\pagemark} - \ihead{\headmark} - \cfoot{} -\end{lstcode} - The command \Macro{cfoot}\PParameter{} is only required in order to - empty the item in the middle of the footer, which normally contains - the page number. -\end{Example} - -The commands which are associated with only one item can be used for -more advanced settings. - -\begin{Example} - Assuming one has the order to write an annual report of a company, one could - use commands like this: -\begin{lstcode} - \ohead{\pagemark} - \rehead{Annual Report 2001} - \lohead{\headmark} - \cefoot{TheCompanyName Inc.} - \cofoot{Department: Development} -\end{lstcode} - In order to keep the data in the footer synchronized with the content - of the document, the footer has to be updated using \Macro{cofoot} - when a new department is discussed in the report. -\end{Example} - -As mentioned above, there is a new plain page style which corresponds to -\Pagestyle{scrheadings}. Since it should also be possible to customize this -style, the commands support an optional argument with which the contents of -the appropriate fields of this plain page style can be modified. - -\begin{Example} - The position of the page number for the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} - can be declared as follows: -\begin{lstcode} - \cfoot[\pagemark]{} - \ohead[]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - When the command \Macro{chapter}, after it has started a new page, now - switches to the page style \Pagestyle{plain}, then the page number is - centered in the footer. -\end{Example} -% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{clearscrheadings}\\ - \Macro{clearscrplain}\\ - \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% -If one wants to redefine both the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and -the corresponding plain page style, frequently one must empty -some already occupied page elements. Since one rarely fills all items -with new content, in most cases several instructions with empty -parameters are necessary. With the help of these three instructions -the quick and thorough deletion is possible. While -\Macro{clearscrheadings} only deletes all fields of the page style -\Pagestyle{scrheadings}, and \Macro{clearscrplain} deletes all fields of -the corresponding plain page style, \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} -sets all fields of both page styles to empty. -\begin{Example} - If one wants to reset the page style to the default {\KOMAScript} - settings, independent of the actual configuration, only these three - commands are sufficient: -\begin{lstcode} - \clearscrheadfoot - \ohead{\headmark} - \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Without the commands \Macro{clearscrheadfoot}, - \Macro{clearscrheadings} and \Macro{clearscrplain}, six commands with - additional nine empty arguments would be required: -\begin{lstcode} - \ihead[]{} - \chead[]{} - \ohead[]{\headmark} - \ifoot[]{} - \cfoot[]{} - \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Of course, for a specific configuration, some of them could be - dropped.% -\end{Example}% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% - -In the previous examples two commands were used which have not been -introduced yet. The description of these commands follows. - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{leftmark}\\ - \Macro{rightmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% -These two instructions make it possible to access the running headings, which -are normally meant for the left or for the right page. These two instruction -are not made available by \Package{scrpage2}, but directly by the {\LaTeX} -kernel. When in this section running headings of the left page or the right -page are mentioned, this refers to the contents of \Macro{leftmark} or -\Macro{rightmark}, respectively. -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{headmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headmark}% -This command gives access to the content of running headings. In -contrast to \Macro{leftmark} and \Macro{rightmark}, one need not -regard the proper assignment to left or right page.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{headmark} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{pagemark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}% -This command returns the formatted page number. The formatting can be -controlled by \Macro{pnumfont}, introduced in -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.pnumfont}, -which \Macro{pagemark} heeds automatically.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Pagestyle{useheadings} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} -The package \Package{scrpage2} is meant primarily for use of the supplied -styles or for defining one's own styles. However, it may be necessary to shift -back also to a style provided by the document class. It might appear that -this should be done with -\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{headings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}, but this has the -disadvantage that commands \Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}, to be -discussed shortly, do not function as expected. For this reason one should -shift back to the original styles using -\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{useheadings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}, which chooses -the correct page styles automatically for both manual and automatic running -headings.% -% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} - - -\subsection{Manual and Running Headings} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.mark} -% \automark \manualmark -% -\BeginIndex{}{headings>running}% -\BeginIndex{}{headings>automatic}% -\BeginIndex{}{headings>manual}% -Usually there is a \emph{my}-version of the \Pagestyle{headings} -page style. If such a page style is active, then the running headings -are no longer updated no longer automatically and become manual -headings. With \Package{scrpage2} a different path is taken. Whether -the headings are running or manual is determined by the instructions -\Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}, respectively. The default -can be set already while loading of the package, with the options -\Option{automark} and \Option{manualmark} (see -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.automark}). - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{manualmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{manualmark}% -As the name suggests, \Macro{manualmark} switches off the updating of -the running headings and makes them manual. It is left to the user to -update and provide contents for the headings. For that purpose the -instructions \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} and -\Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} are available.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{manualmark} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{automark}\OParameter{right page}\Parameter{left page} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{automark}% -The macro \Macro{automark} activates the automatic updating, that is, running -headings. For the two parameters the designations of the document sectioning -level whose title is to appear in appropriate place are to be used. Valid -values for the parameters are: -\PValue{part}\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}}, \PValue{chapter}, -\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, -\PValue{paragraph}, and \PValue{subparagraph}. For most of the classes use of -\PValue{part} will not produce the expected result. So far only {\KOMAScript} -classes from version~2.9s up are known to support this value. The optional -argument \PName{right page} is understandably meant only for double-sided -documents. In the single-sided case one should normally not use it. With the -help of the option -\Option{autooneside}\IndexOption{autooneside}\important{\Option{autooneside}} -one can also set that the optional argument in single-sided mode is ignored -automatically (see \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.autooneside}). -% -\begin{Example} - Assuming that the document uses a \emph{book} class, whose topmost - section level is \emph{chapter}, then after a preceding - \Macro{manualmark} -\begin{lstcode} - \automark[section]{chapter} -\end{lstcode} - restores the original behaviour. If one prefers lower section levels - in running headings, the following can be used: -\begin{lstcode} - \automark[subsection]{section} -\end{lstcode} -% How useful the last declaration is, everybody has to decide -% for themselves. -\end{Example} - -\begin{Explain} - For the upper section level, the data of the headings is set by the command - \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} (see \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.markboth}), while that for the lower section - level by \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} or - \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}. These commands are called indirectly - by the sectioning commands. The macro \Macro{markleft} is provided by the - package \Package{scrpage2} and is defined similarly to \Macro{markright} - (see \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.markright}) in the {\LaTeX} kernel. Although - \Macro{markleft} is not defined as an internal command, the direct use is - not recommended. -\end{Explain} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{automark}% -% -\EndIndex{}{headings>manual}% -\EndIndex{}{headings>automatic}% -\EndIndex{}{headings>running}% - - -\subsection{Formatting of Header and Footer} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.format} -% \headfont \pnumfont -% \setheadwidth \setfootwidth -% \set(head|foot)(top|sep|bot)line -The previous section concerned itself mainly with the contents of the -header and footer. This is of course not sufficient to satisfy -formative ambitions. Therefore we devote this section exclusively to -this topic. - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{headfont}\\ - \Macro{footfont}\\ - \Macro{pnumfont} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% -The command \Macro{headfont} contains the commands which determine the font of -header and footer lines. Command \Macro{footfont} contains the difference of -the footer to that. The difference for the style of the page number is defined -by the command \Macro{pnumfont}. -\begin{Example} - If, for example, one wants the header to be typeset in bold sans serif, the - footer in non-bold sans serif, and the page number in a slanted serif style, - then one can use the following definitions: -\begin{lstcode} - \renewcommand{\headfont}{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} - \renewcommand*{\footfont}{\normalfont\sffamily} - \renewcommand{\pnumfont}{\normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% -From version 2.8p of the {\KOMAScript} classes a new unified user interface -scheme is implemented for font attributes. If \Package{scrpage2} is used -together with one of these classes, then it is recommended to set up font -attributes in the manner described in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} from -\autopageref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} onward. -\begin{Example} - Instead of \Macro{renewcommand} the command \Macro{setkomafont} - should be used to configure the font attributes. The previous - definitions can then be written as: -\begin{lstcode} - \setkomafont{pagehead}\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} - \setkomafont{pagefoot}{\normalfont\sffamily} - \setkomafont{pagenumber}{\normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{setheadwidth}\OParameter{shift}\Parameter{width}\\ -\Macro{setfootwidth}\OParameter{shift}\Parameter{width} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth}% -Normally the widths of header and footer lines correspond to the width of the -text body. The commands -\Macro{setheadwidth}\Index{header>width}\Index{head>width} and -\Macro{setfootwidth}\Index{footer>width}\Index{foot>width} enable the user to -adapt in a simple manner the widths to his needs. The mandatory argument -\PName{width} takes the value of the desired width of the page header or -footer, while \PName{shift} is a length parameter by which amount the -appropriate item is shifted toward the outside page edge. - -For the most common situations the mandatory argument \PName{width} -accepts the following symbolic values: -\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\PValue{textwithmarginpar}} -\item[\PValue{paper}] the width of the paper -\item[\PValue{page}] the width of the page -\item[\PValue{text}] the width of the text body -\item[\PValue{textwithmarginpar}] the width of the text body including margin -\item[\PValue{head}] the current header width -\item[\PValue{foot}] the current footer width -\end{labeling} -The difference between \PValue{paper} and \PValue{page} is that -\PValue{page} means the width of the paper less the binding correction -if the package \Package{typearea}\IndexPackage{typearea} is used (see -\autoref{cha:typearea}). Without \Package{typearea} both values are -identical. - -\begin{Example} - Assume that one wants a layout like that of \emph{The - {\LaTeX}\,Companion}, where the header projects into the - margin. This can be obtained with: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - which appears like this on an odd page: -% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{10,25}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,23}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} - \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} - \end{XmpTopPage} -% - If the footer line should have the same width and alignment, then two - ways to set this up are possible. The first way simply repeats the - settings for the case of the footer line: -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - In the second way the symbolic value \PValue{head} is used, since the - header already has the desired settings. -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{head} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} - -If no \PName{shift} is indicated, i.\,e., without the optional argument, -then the header or footer appears arranged symmetrically on the page. -In other words, a value for the \PName{shift} is determined -automatically to correspond to the current page shape. -% -\begin{Example} - Continuing with the previous example, we remove the optional - argument: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadwidth{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - which appears like this on an odd page: -% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{5,25}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{5,23}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} - \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} - \end{XmpTopPage} -\end{Example} - -As can be seen, the header is now shifted inward, while the header -width has not changed. The shift is calculated in a way that the -configuration of the typearea become visible also here.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth} - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% - \OParameter{commands}\\ - \Macro{setheadsepline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% - \OParameter{commands}\\ - \Macro{setfootsepline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% - \OParameter{commands}\\ - \Macro{setfootbotline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% - \OParameter{commands} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootseptline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% -Corresponding to the size configuration parameters of header and -footer there are commands to modify the rules above and below the -header and footer. But first of all the rules should be activated. See options -\Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, -\Option{footsepline}, and \Option{footbotline} in -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.headsepline} for this. - -\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\Macro{setfootsepline}} -\item[\Macro{setheadtopline}] configures the line above the header -\item[\Macro{setheadsepline}] configures the line below the header -\item[\Macro{setfootsepline}] configures the line above the footer -\item[\Macro{setfootbotline}] configures the line below the footer -\end{labeling} - -The mandatory argument \PName{thickness} determines how strongly the -line is drawn. The optional argument \PName{length} accepts the same -symbolic values as \PName{width} for \Macro{setheadwidth}, as well as -also a normal length expression. As long as the optional argument -\PName{length} is not assigned a value, the appropriate line length -adapts automatically the width of the header or the footer. - -Use \PValue{auto} in the length argument to restore this automation -for the length of a line. - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{headsepline}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footsepline}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footbotline}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footbottomline}% -The\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}} optional argument \PName{commands} may -be used to specify additional commands to be executed before the respective -line is drawn. For example, such commands could be used for changing the -color\Index{header>color}\Index{footer>color}% -\Index{head>color}\Index{foot>color}% -\Index{color>in header}\Index{color>in footer} of the line. When using a -{\KOMAScript} class you could also use -\Macro{setkomafont}\IndexCmd{setkomafont} to specify commands for one of the -elements \FontElement{headtopline}\important[i]{\FontElement{headtopline}\\ - \FontElement{headsepline}\\ - \FontElement{footsepline}\\ - \FontElement{footbottomline}}, \FontElement{headsepline}, -\FontElement{footsepline}, \FontElement{footbottomline}, or -\FontElement{footbotline}. These can then be extended via -\Macro{addtokomafont}\IndexCmd{addtokomafont}. See -\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} -for details on the \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} commands. -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footbottomline}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footbotline}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footsepline}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{headsepline}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% - - -\begin{Declaration} - \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% - \Parameter{\upshape\PValue{current}}\\ - \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% - \Parameter{}\\ - \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% - \Parameter{}\OParameter{} -\end{Declaration}% -The arguments shown here for the command \Macro{setheadtopline} are of -course valid for the other three configuration commands too. - -If the mandatory parameter has the value \PValue{current} or has been -left empty, then the line thickness is not changed. This may be used -to modify the length of the line without changing its thickness. - -If the optional argument \PName{commands} is omitted, then all command -settings that might have been specified before will remain active, -while an empty \PName{commands} argument will revoke any previously -valid commands. - -\begin{Example} - If the header, for example, is to be contrasted by a strong line of - 2\,pt above and a normal line of 0.4\,pt between header and body, - one can achieve this with: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt} - \setheadsepline{.4pt} -\end{lstcode} - Additionally\textnote{Attention!} the options \Option{headtopline} and - \Option{headsepline} have to be used preferably globally in the optional - argument of \Macro{documentclass}. In this case the result may be the - following. -% -\begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{10,25}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,23}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,28}{70} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} - \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} -\end{XmpTopPage} - - To specify that this line is to be drawn also, e.\,g., in red color, you - would change the commands like this: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt}[\color{red}] - \setheadsepline{.4pt}[\color{red}] -\end{lstcode} - In this example, as well as in the following one, line color is - activated by applying the syntax of the - \Package{color}\IndexPackage{color} package, so this package must of - course be loaded. Since \Package{scrpage2} comes without built-in - color handling, any package providing color support may be used. - - {\KOMAScript} classes also support the following way of color specification: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt} - \setheadsepline{.4pt} - \setkomafont{headtopline}[\color{red}] - \setkomafont{headsepline}[\color{red}] -\end{lstcode} - - The automatic adjustment to the header and footer width is illustrated - in the following example: -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootbotline{2pt} - \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} - -% \phantomsection for hyperref-\pageref-links jum-2001/11/24 - \phantomsection\label{page:scrpage.autoLineLength} - \begin{XmpBotPage} - \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{17,21}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,33} - \XmpMarginNote{83,24} - \end{XmpBotPage} -\end{Example} -% -Now not everyone will like the alignment of the line above the footer; -instead, one would expect the line to be left-aligned. This can only -be achieved with a global package option, which will be described -together with other package options in the next -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootseptline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline} - - -\subsection{Package Options} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.options} -% head(in|ex)clude foot(in|ex)clude --> typearea -% headtopline headsepline footbotline footsepline (plain...) -% komastyle standardstyle -% markuppercase markusecase -% automark manualmark - -In opposite to the \KOMAScript{} classes, where the most options may be -changed using \Macro{KOMAoptions} or \Macro{KOMAoption} also after loading the -class, package \Package{scrpage2} does not provide this feature\iffree{ - currently}{}. All options to \Package{scrpage2} have to be global options, -i.\,e. be part of the optional argument of \Macro{documentclass}, or -package option, i.\,e. be part of the optional argument of \Macro{usepackage}. - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{headinclude}\\ -\Option{headexclude}\\ -\Option{footinclude}\\ -\Option{footexclude} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headinclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footinclude}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headexclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footexclude}% -Since\textnote{Attention!} \KOMAScript~3\ChangedAt{v2.3}{\Package{scrpage2}} -this options should not be passed to \Package{scrpage2} any longer using -\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} or the optional argument of -\Macro{usepackage}. Only for compatibility reason \Package{scrpage2} still -declares them and pass them as \Option{headinclude}, -\OptionValue{headinclude}{false}, \Option{footinclude} und -\OptionValue{footinclude}{false} to package \Package{typearea} (see -\autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, -\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.headinclude}) weitergereicht. -\EndIndex{Option}{headinclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footinclude}% -\EndIndex{Option}{headexclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footexclude} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{headtopline}\\ - \Option{plainheadtopline}\\ - \Option{headsepline}\\ - \Option{plainheadsepline}\\ - \Option{footsepline}\\ - \Option{plainfootsepline}\\ - \Option{footbotline}\\ - \Option{plainfootbotline} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headtopline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{footbotline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% -Basic adjustment of the lines under and over header and footer can be -made with these options. These adjustments are then considered the -default for all page styles defined with \Package{scrpage2}. If one -of these options is used, then a line thickness 0.4\,pt is set. -Since there is a corresponding plain page style to the -page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings}, the corresponding line in the plain -style can also be configured with the \Option{plain\dots} options. -These \Option{plain} options do however work only if the corresponding -options without \Option{plain} are activated. Thus, -\Option{plainheadtopline} shows no effect without the -\Option{headtopline} option set. - -With these options, it is to be noted that the appropriate page part, -header or footer, is considered as a part of the text area for the -calculation of the type area in case a line has been activated. This -means that, if the separation line between header and text is -activated with \Option{headsepline}, then the package -\Package{typearea} calculates the type area in such a way that the -page header is part of the text block automatically. - -The\textnote{Attention!} conditions for the options of the preceding paragraph -apply also to this automation. That means that the package \Package{typearea} -must be loaded after \Package{scrpage2}, or that on use of a {\KOMAScript} -class, the options \Option{headinclude} and \Option{footinclude} must be set -explicitly with \Macro{documentclass} in order to transfer header or footer -line in the text area.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{headtopline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline} -\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline} -\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline} -\EndIndex{Option}{footbotline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline} - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{ilines}\\ -\Option{clines}\\ -\Option{olines} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{ilines}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{clines}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{olines}% -\Index{rule>alignment}\Index{line>alignment}% -With the definition of the line lengths the case can arise where the -lengths are set correctly, but the justification is not as desired -because the line will be centered in the header or footer area. With -the package options presented here, this specification can be modified -for all page styles defined with \Package{scrpage2}. The option -\Option{ilines} sets the justification in such a way that the lines -align to the inside edge. The option \Option{clines} behaves like the -default justification, and \Option{olines} aligns at the outside edge. - -\begin{Example} - The next example illustrates the influence of the - option \Option{ilines}. Please compare to the example for - \Macro{setfootsepline} on \autopageref{page:scrpage.autoLineLength}. -\begin{lstcode} - \usepackage[ilines]{scrpage2} - \setfootbotline{2pt} - \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} - The mere use of the option \Option{ilines} leads to the different - result shown below: -\begin{XmpBotPage} - \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,21}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,33} - \XmpMarginNote{83,24} -\end{XmpBotPage} - In contrast to the default configuration, the separation line between - text and footer is now left-aligned, not centered.% -\end{Example}% -\EndIndex{Option}{ilines}% -\EndIndex{Option}{clines}% -\EndIndex{Option}{olines}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{automark}\\ -\Option{manualmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{automark}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{manualmark}% -\BeginIndex{}{headings>automatic}% -\BeginIndex{}{headings>manual}% -These options set at the beginning of the document whether to use running -headings or manual ones. The option \Option{automark} switches the automatic -updating on, \Option{manualmark} deactivates it. Without the use of one of -the two options, the setting which was valid when the package was loaded is -preserved. -% -\begin{Example} - You load the package \Package{scrpage2} directly after the document class - \Class{scrreprt} without any package options: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrreprt} - \usepackage{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - Since the default page style of \Class{scrreprt} is \Pagestyle{plain}, - this page style is also now still active. Futhermore, \Pagestyle{plain} - means manual headings. If one now activates the page style - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} with -\begin{lstcode} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} -\end{lstcode} - then the manual headings are nevertheless still active. - - If you instead use the document class \Class{scrbook}, then after -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrbook} - \usepackage{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - the page style \Pagestyle{headings} is active and the running headings are - updated automatically. Switching to the page style - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} keeps this setting active. The marking commands - of \Class{scrbook} continue to be used. - - However, the use of -\begin{lstcode} - \usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - activates running headings independently of the used document class. - The option does not of course affect the used page style \Pagestyle{plain} - of the class \Class{scrreprt}. The headings are not visible until the - page style is changed to - \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}, \Pagestyle{useheadings} - or another user-defined page style with headings.% -\end{Example}% -\EndIndex{Option}{automark}\EndIndex{Option}{manualmark}% - -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{autooneside} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{autooneside}% -This option ensures that the optional parameter of -\Macro{automark}\IndexCmd{automark} will be ignored automatically in -one-sided mode. See also the explanation of the command -\Macro{automark} in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.automark}.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{autooneside}% -% -\EndIndex{}{headings>manual}% -\EndIndex{}{headings>automatic}% - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{komastyle}\\ - \Option{standardstyle} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{komastyle}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{standardstyle}% -These options determine the look of the predefined page styles -\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{scrplain}. The option -\Option{komastyle} configures a look like that of the {\KOMAScript} classes. -This is the default for {\KOMAScript} classes and can in this way also be set -for other classes. - -The option \Option{standardstyle} configures a page style as it is -expected by the standard classes. Furthermore, the option -\Option{markuppercase} will be activated automatically, but only if -option \Option{markusedcase} is not given.% -\EndIndex{Option}{komastyle}% -\EndIndex{Option}{standardstyle} - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{markuppercase}\\ -\Option{markusedcase} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{markuppercase}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{markusedcase}% -In order to achieve the functionality of \Macro{automark}, the package -\Package{scrpage2} modifies internal commands which are used by the -document structuring commands to set the running headings. Since some -classes, in contrast to the {\KOMAScript} classes, write the headings -in uppercase letters, \Package{scrpage2} has to know how the used -document class sets the headings. - -Option \Option{markuppercase} shows \Package{scrpage2} that the document class -uses uppercase letters. If the document class does not set the headings in -uppercase letters, then the option \Option{markusedcase} should be given. -These\textnote{Attention!} options are not suitable to force a representation; -thus, unexpected effects may occur if the given option does not match the -actual behaviour of the document class.% -\EndIndex{Option}{markuppercase}\EndIndex{Option}{markusedcase} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{nouppercase} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{nouppercase}% -In the previous paragraph dealing with \Option{markuppercase} and -\Option{markusedcase}, it has been already stated that some document classes -set the running headings\Index{heading} in uppercase letters using the -commands -\Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} -or \Macro{uppercase}\IndexCmd{uppercase}\important{\Macro{uppercase}}. -Setting the option \Option{nouppercase} allows disabling both these commands -in the headers and footers. However, this is valid only for page styles -defined by \Package{scrpage2}, including \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and its -corresponding plain page style. - -The applied method is very brutal and can cause that desired changes -of normal letters to uppercase letters \Index{uppercase letters} do -not occur. Since these cases do not occur frequently, the option -\Option{nouppercase} usually affords a useful solution. -\begin{Example} - Your document uses the standard class \Class{book}\IndexClass{book}, - but you do not want the uppercase headings but mixed case - headings. Then the preamble of your document could start with: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{book} - \usepackage[nouppercase]{scrpage2} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} -\end{lstcode} - The selection of the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is necessary, - since otherwise the page style \Pagestyle{headings} is active, which - does not respect the settings made by option \Option{nouppercase}. -\end{Example} - -In some cases not only classes but also packages set the running -headings in uppercase letters. -Also in these cases the option \Option{nouppercase} should be able -to switch back to the normal mixed case headings.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{nouppercase} - - -\section{Defining Own Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage.UI} -% -% -\subsection{The Interface for Beginners}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.user} -% \deftripstyle -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}\Index{page>style} - -Now one would not like to remain bound to only the provided page -styles, but may wish to define one's own page styles. Sometimes there -will be a special need, since a specific \emph{Corporate Identity} may -require the declaration of its own page styles. The easiest way to -deal with this is: -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{deftripstyle}\Parameter{name}% -\OParameter{LO}\OParameter{LI}% -\Parameter{HI}\Parameter{HC}\Parameter{HO}% -\Parameter{FI}\Parameter{FC}\Parameter{FO} -\end{Declaration}% -The individual parameters have the following meanings: -\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\PName{Name}} -\item[\PName{name}] the name of the page style, in order to activate it - using the command \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{name} -\item[\PName{LO}] the thickness of the outside lines, - i.\,e., the line above the header - and the line below the footer (optional) -\item[\PName{LI}] the thickness of the separation lines, - i.\,e., the line below the header - and the line above the foot (optional) -\item[\PName{HI}] contents of the inside box in the page header for two-sided - layout or left for one-sided layout -\item[\PName{HC}] contents of the centered box in the page header -\item[\PName{HO}] contents of the outside box in the page header for two-sided - layout or right for one-sided layout -\item[\PName{FI}] contents of the inside box in the page footer for two-sided - layout or left for one-sided layout -\item[\PName{FC}] contents of the centered box in the page footer -\item[\PName{FO}] contents of the outside box in the page footer for two-sided - layout or right for one-sided layout -\end{labeling} - -The command \Macro{deftripstyle} definitely represents the simplest -possibility of defining page styles. Unfortunately, there are also -restrictions connected with this, since in a page range using a page -style defined via deftripstyle, no modification of the lines above and -below header and footer can take place. - -\begin{Example} - Assume a two-sided layout, where the running headings are placed on - the inside. Furthermore, the document title, here ``Report'', shall - be placed outside in the header, the page number shall be centered - in the footer. -\begin{lstcode} - \deftripstyle{TheReport}% - {\headmark}{}{Report}% - {}{\pagemark}{} -\end{lstcode} - - If moreover the lines above the header and below the footer shall be - drawn with a thickness of 2\,pt, and the text body be separated from - header and footer with 0.4\,pt lines, then the definition has to be - extended: -\begin{lstcode} - \deftripstyle{TheReport}[2pt][.4pt]% - {\headmark}{}{Report}% - {}{\pagemark}{} -\end{lstcode} - See \autoref{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines} for the result. -% -\begin{figure} - \typeout{^^J--- Ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:} - \setcapindent{0pt}% -% \begin{center} - \begin{captionbeside} - [{% - Example of a user defined, line dominated page style% - }]{% - example of a user defined, line dominated page style - with a static and a running heading at the page header and a page number - centered at the page footer% - \label{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines}% - } - [l] - \iffree{\setlength{\unitlength}{1.15mm}}{\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}}% - \begin{picture}(85,51)\scriptsize - \thinlines - \put(0,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(45,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(0,51){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(45,51){\line(1,0){40}} - % - \thicklines - \put(40,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(85,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(0,0,){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(45,0){\line(1,0){40}} - % - \XmpHeading[Report\hfill 2. The Eye]{6,47}{30} - \XmpHeading[2.1 Retina\hfill Report]{49,47}{30} - \XmpHeading[\hfill 14\hfill]{6,6.5}{30} - \XmpHeading[\hfill 15\hfill]{49,6.5}{30} - \put(6,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% - \textbf{2.1 Retina}\\ - \XmpText[49]}}} - \put(49,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% - \XmpText[51]}}} - % - \thinlines - \XmpRule{6,45.5}{30}\XmpRule{49,45.5}{30} - \XmpRule{6,8}{30}\XmpRule{49,8}{30} - \linethickness{1pt} - \XmpRule{6,49}{30}\XmpRule{49,49}{30} - \XmpRule{6,5}{30}\XmpRule{49,5}{30} - \end{picture} -% \end{center} - \end{captionbeside} - \typeout{^^J--- Don't ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:^^J} -\end{figure} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle} - - -\subsection{The Interface for Experts}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.expert} -% \defpagestyle \newpagestyle \providepagestyle \renewpagestyle -\Index{page>style} -Simple page styles, as they can be defined with \Macro{deftripstyle}, -are fairly rare according to experience. Either a professor requires -that the thesis looks like his or her own\,---\,and who seriously wants -to argue against such a wish?\,---\,or a company would like that half the -financial accounting emerges in the page footer. No problem, the -solution is: -% -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{defpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ -\Macro{newpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ -\Macro{renewpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ -\Macro{providepagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% -These four commands give full access to the capabilities of -\Package{scrpage2} to define page styles. Their structure is -indentical, they differ only in the manner of working. -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{providepagestyle}} -\item[\Macro{defpagestyle}] defines a new page style. -If a page style with this name already exists it will be overwritten. -\item[\Macro{newpagestyle}] defines a new page style. -If a page style with this name already exists a error message will be given. -\item[\Macro{renewpagestyle}] redefines a page style. -If a page style with this name does not exist a error message will be given. -\item[\Macro{providepagestyle}] defines a new page style only if there is no page style with that name already present. -\end{labeling} - -Using \Macro{defpagestyle} as an example, the syntax of the four -commands is explained below. -\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{head definition}} -\item[\PName{name}] the name of the page style for - \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{name} -\item[\PName{header definition}] the declaration of the header, consisting - of five element; elements in round parenthesis are optional:\hfill\\ - \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{ALL,ALT}% - \Parameter{EP}\Parameter{OP}\Parameter{OS}\AParameter{BLL,BLT} -\item[\PName{footer definition}] the declaration of the footer, consisting - of five element; elements in round parenthesis are optional:\hfill\\ - \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{ALL,ALT}% - \Parameter{EP}\Parameter{OP}\Parameter{OS}\AParameter{BLL,BLT} -\end{labeling} - -As can be seen, header and footer declaration have identical -structure. The individual parameters have the following meanings: -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PName{OLD}} -\item[\PName{ALL}] above line length: (header = outside, footer = separation - line) -\item[\PName{ALT}] above line thickness -\item[\PName{EP}] definition for \emph{even} pages -\item[\PName{OP}] definition for \emph{odd} pages -\item[\PName{OS}] definition for \emph{one-sided} layout -\item[\PName{BLL}] below line length: (header = separation line, footer = - outside) -\item[\PName{BLT}] below line thickness -\end{labeling} - -If the optional line-parameters are omitted, then the line behaviour remains -configurable by the commands introduced in -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline}. - -The three elements \PName{EP}, \PName{OP} and \PName{OS} are boxes with the -width of page header or footer, as appropriate. The corresponding definitions -are set left-justified in the boxes. To set something left- \emph{and} -right-justified into the boxes, the space between two text elements can be -stretched using \Macro{hfill}: -% -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - {\headmark\hfill\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - -If one would like a third text-element centered in the box, then an -extended definition must be used. The commands \Macro{rlap} and -\Macro{llap} simply write the given arguments, but for {\LaTeX} they -take up no horizontal space. Only in this way is the middle text -really centered. -% -\begin{lstcode} - {\rlap{\headmark}\hfill centered text\hfill\llap{\pagemark}} -\end{lstcode} - -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext -This and the use of the expert interface in connection with other -commands provided by \Package{scpage2} follows now in the final -example. -\fi - -\begin{Example} - This examples uses the document class \Class{scrbook}, which means - that the default page layout is two-sided. The package - \Package{scrpage2} is loaded with options \Option{automark} and - \Option{headsepline}. The first switches on the automatic update of - running headings, the second determines that a separation line - between header and text body is drawn in the \Pagestyle{scrheadings} - page style. - -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrbook} - \usepackage[automark,headsepline]{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - - The expert interface is used to define two page styles. The page - style \PValue{withoutLines} does not define any line parameters. The - second page style \PValue{withLines} defines a line thicknes of 1\,pt - for the line above the header and 0\,pt for the separation line - between header and text. - -\begin{lstcode} - \defpagestyle{withoutLines}{% - {Example\hfill\headmark}{\headmark\hfill without lines} - {\rlap{Example}\hfill\headmark\hfill% - \llap{without lines}} - }{% - {\pagemark\hfill} - {\hfill\pagemark} - {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} - } -\end{lstcode} - -\begin{lstcode} - \defpagestyle{withLines}{% - (\textwidth,1pt) - {with lines\hfill\headmark}{\headmark\hfill with lines} - {\rlap{\KOMAScript}\hfill \headmark\hfill% - \llap{with lines}} - (0pt,0pt) - }{% - (\textwidth,.4pt) - {\pagemark\hfill} - {\hfill\pagemark} - {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} - (\textwidth,1pt) - } -\end{lstcode} - - Right at the beginning of the document the page style - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is activated. The command \Macro{chapter} starts - a new chapter and automatically sets the page rstyle for this page to - \Pagestyle{plain}. Even though not a prime example, the command - \Macro{chead} shows how running headings can be created even on a - plain page. However, in principle running headings on - chapter start-pages are to be avoided, since otherwise the special - character of the \Pagestyle{plain} page style is lost. It is more - important to indicate that a new chapter starts here than that a - section of this page has a special title. - -\begin{lstcode} - \begin{document} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} - \chapter{Thermodynamics} - \chead[\leftmark]{} - \section{Main Laws} - Every system has an extensive state quantity called - Energy. In a closed system the energy is constant. -\end{lstcode} - - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\hfill\textsl{1. Thermodynamics}\hfill]{10,27}{70} - \put(10,17){\normalsize\textbf{\sffamily 1.Thermodynamics}} - \put(10,12){\textbf{\sffamily 1.1 Main Laws}} - \XmpSetText[% - Every System has an extensive state quantity]{10,9} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - After starting a new page the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is - active and thus the separation line below the header is visible. -\begin{lstcode} - There is a state quatity of a system, called entropy, whose temporal - change consists of entropy flow and entropy generation. -\end{lstcode} - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\textsl{1. Thermodynamics}\hfill]{20,27}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{20,25}{70} - \XmpSetText[% - There is a condition unit of a system, called entropy, - whose temporal change consists of entropy flow - and entropy generation.]{20,20} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - After switching to the next page, the automatic update of the running - headings is disabled using \Macro{manualmark}, and the page style - \PValue{withoutLines} becomes active. Since no line parameters are - given in the definition of this page style, the default configuration - is used, which draws a separation line between header and text body - because \Package{scrpage2} was called with \Option{headsepline}. -\begin{lstcode} - \manualmark - \pagestyle{withoutLines} - \section{Exergy and Anergy}\markright{Energy Conversion} - During the transition of a system to an equilibrium state - with its environment, the maximum work gainable is called - exergy. -\end{lstcode} - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\slshape Energy Conversion\hfill without lines]{10,27}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,25}{70} - \XmpSetText[\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}% - \textbf{\sffamily 1.2 Exergy and Anergy}\\ - During the transition of a system to an equilibrium state - with its environment, the maximum work gainable is called - exergy.]{10,21} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - At the next page of the document, the page style \PValue{withLines} is - activated. The line settings of its definition are taken in account - and the lines are drawn accordingly. -\begin{lstcode} - \pagestyle{mitLinien} - \renewcommand{\headfont}{\itshape\bfseries} - The portion of an energy not convertible in exergy - is named anergy \Var{B}. - \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] - \end{document} -\end{lstcode} - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\itshape\bfseries with lines\hfill 1. Thermodynamics]{20,27}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{20,29}{70} - \XmpSetText[\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}% - The portion of an energy not convertible in exergy - is named anergy $B$. - \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] ]{20,20} - \end{XmpTopPage} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle} - - -\subsection{Managing Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.cfgFile} -% scrpage.cfg -\BeginIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} -Before long the work with different page styles will establish a -common set of employed page styles, depending on taste and tasks. In -order to make the management of page styles easier and avoid -time-consuming copy operations each time a new project is started, -\Package{scrpage2} reads the file \File{scrpage.cfg} after -initialisation. This file can contain a set of user-defined page -styles which many projects can share. -\EndIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} -\EndIndex{Package}{scrpage2} - -\endinput - - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: us-ascii -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex index 9d69c9d2fc7..8003dffb7cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/scrwfile.tex @@ -1,53 +1,58 @@ -%% -%% This is file `scrwfile.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% scrwfile.dtx (with options: `doc') -%% -%% Copyright (c) 2010-2013 by Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info> -%% -%% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -%% -%% This file may only be distributed together with the file -%% `scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx'. You may however distribute the files -%% `scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx' without this file. -%% -%% If this file is a beta version, you are not allowed to distribute it. -%% -%% English and German manuals are part of KOMA-Script bundle. -%% ---------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% The english manual is at `scrwfile.dtx', too. -%% -%% The KOMA-Script bundle (but not this file) was based upon the LaTeX2.09 -%% Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e standard -%% classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. -%% -%% THIS IS AN ALPHA VERSION! -%% USAGE OF THIS VERSION IS ON YOUR OWN RISK! -%% EVERYTHING MAY HAPPEN! -%% EVERYTHING MAY CHANGE IN FUTURE! -%% THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE! -%% -%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ -\ProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex} - [2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha LaTeX2e KOMA-Script package (write and clone files)] -\chapter[{Spare and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}}] -{Spare and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}% +% ====================================================================== +% scrwfile.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014 +% +% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +% +% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. +% +% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% scrwfile.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014 +% +% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, +% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. +% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX +% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. +% +% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" +% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). +% +% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. +% +% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. +% ====================================================================== +% +% Chapter about scrwfile of the KOMA-Script guide +% Maintained by Markus Kohm +% +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% Kapitel ueber scrwfile in der KOMA-Script-Anleitung +% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm +% +% ============================================================================ + +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-10-16 08:48:50 +0200 (Thu, 16 Oct 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)] + +\translator{Markus Kohm\and Jana Schubert} + +\chapter[{Economise and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}}] +{Economise and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}% } \labelbase{scrwfile} @@ -68,61 +73,60 @@ The bottom line is, that this eventually will result in the error message: \fi \end{lstcode} -Last but not least, immediately opening one more write handle for every table -of contents, list of figures, list of tables, and so on has one more -disadvantage. These are not only set by the corresponding commands, they also -couldn't not be set once more, because their helper files are empty after the -corresponding commands until the end of the document. +There is an additional disadvantage of immediately opening a new write handle +for every table of contents, list of figures, list of tables etc. These are +not only set by the corresponding commands, they also could not be set once +more, because their helper files are empty after the corresponding commands +until the end of the document. -Package \Package{scrwfile} provides a general change of the \LaTeX{} kernel, -that may solve both problems. +Package \Package{scrwfile} provides an amendment of the \LaTeX{} kernel, +that solves both problems. \section{General Modifications of the \LaTeX{} Kernel} \label{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches} -\LaTeX{} classes use the \LaTeX{} kernel command -\Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} for output and opening of a new table of -contents, list of float, e.\,g., \Macro{listoffigures} or -\Macro{listoftables}, or similar. Thereby \LaTeX{} not only reads the helper -file with the contents of the directory, but opens the helper file for writing -also. Nevertheless, if afterwards new entries to these lists of floats will be -made using \Macro{addcontentsline}, then this will not write immediately to -the helper file. Instead of \LaTeX{} writes +To allocate a new file handle eg. for \Macro{listoffigures} or +\Macro{listoftables} \LaTeX{} classes use the \LaTeX{} kernel command +\Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc}. This command not only inputs the +associated helper file but also allocates a new write handle for the +associated helper file and opens it for writing. Nevertheless, if afterwards +new entries to these lists of floats are added using \Macro{addcontentsline}, +then these file handles are not used immediately, instead \LaTeX{} writes \Macro{@writefile}\IndexCmd{@writefile} commands into the \File{aux}-file. Only while reading the \File{aux}-file while the end of the -document, those \Macro{@writefile} commands generates real write operations -into the helper files. \LaTeX{} even doesn't close the helper files -explicitly. Instead of \LaTeX{} counts on \TeX{} to close all open files at +document, those \Macro{@writefile} commands become real write operations +on the helper files. Additionally \LaTeX{} does not close the helper files +explicitly. Instead \LaTeX{} relies on \TeX{} to close all open files at the end. -This procedure means, that all the helper files are open for writing from the -output of the contents, i.\,e. at the front matter of the document until the -end of the document, though their content is written after the end of the -document. \Package{scrwfile}'s basic approach is exactly this: redefinition of +Thus all the helper files are open throughout the entire process. However the +content is written at \Macro{end}\PParameter{document}. The basic idea of +\Package{scrwfile} is tackling this contradiction by redefining \Macro{@starttoc} and \Macro{@writefile}. -Surely\textnote{Attention!}, changes of the \LaTeX{} kernel always may -potentially result in incompatibilities with other packages. In case of -\Package{scrwfile} this may be happen with all packages, that redefine -\Macro{@starttoc} or \Macro{@writefile} too. Sometimes changing the order of +Surely\textnote{Attention!}, changes of the \LaTeX{} kernel may +result in incompatibilities with other packages. In case of +\Package{scrwfile}, clashes my arise with all packages also redefining +\Macro{@starttoc} or \Macro{@writefile}. Sometimes changing the order of loading the packages may help. -In fact, such problems with \Package{scrwfile} haven't been reported currently, -though several users have tested the package for more than a year until first -release. Nevertheless, if you find such a problem, please contact the +However, only few such problems have been reported eventhough several users +have tested the package for one year before its first release. See +\autoref{sec:scrwfile.incompatible} for more information about known +incompatibilities. If you find such a problem, please contact the \KOMAScript{} author. \section{The Single File Feature} \label{sec:scrwfile.singlefilefeature} -Just while loading the package using, e.\,g., +At the point the package is loaded using, e.\,g., \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \usepackage{scrwfile} \end{lstcode} \Package{scrwfile} will redefine \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} to not -longer allocate a file handle or open any file for writing. Immediately before +longer allocate a write handle or open any file for writing. Immediately before closing the \File{aux}-file in \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} it will -redefine \Macro{@writefile} to not longer write into the usual helper files +redefine \Macro{@writefile} to no longer write into the usual helper files but into one single new file with file extension \File{wrt}. After reading the \File{aux}-file this \File{wrt}-file will be processed once per helper file. This means, that not all of the helper file have to be open at @@ -131,22 +135,22 @@ afterwards and the write handle is not longer needed after it is closed. An internal write handle of \LaTeX{} is used for this. So \Package{scrwfile} doesn't need any own write handle. -Because of this, even if only one table of contents should be generated, after -loading \Package{scrwfile} one more write file handle will be available, +Because of this, even if only one table of contents should be generated, +loading \Package{scrwfile} gives one extra write file handle, e.\,g., for bibliographies, indexes, glossaries and similar, that are not using \Macro{@starttoc}. Additionally the number of tables of contents and -lists of whatever, that use \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} won't be +lists of whatever, that use \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} is not limited any longer. \section{The Clone File Write Feature} \label{sec:scrwfile.clonefilefeature} Sometimes it is useful to input a file not only once but several times. As -\Macro{@starttoc} does not open files for writing any longer, this may be -done by simply using \Macro{@starttoc} several times with the same -extension. But sometimes you may have additional entries in only some of the -content directories. Because of this, \Package{scrwfile} allows to copy all -entries of a file to another file, too. We call this cloning. +\Macro{@starttoc} does not open files for writing any more, this can be done +by simply using \Macro{@starttoc} several times with the same extension. But +sometimes you may have additional entries in only some of the content +directories. \Package{scrwfile} allows to copy all entries of a file to +another file, too. We call this cloning. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{TOCclone}% @@ -156,7 +160,7 @@ entries of a file to another file, too. We call this cloning. activates the clone feature for files with extensions \PName{source} and \PName{destination}. All entries to the file \Macro{jobname}\File{.}\PName{source} will be added to -\Macro{jobname}\File{.}\PName{destination}, too. +\Macro{jobname}\File{.}\PName{destination}. If extension \PName{destination} is a new one, \PName{destination} will be added to the list of known extensions using the \KOMAScript{} package @@ -169,7 +173,7 @@ as section (or chapter) heading of this list. In this case several \PName{destination}, if and only if they have been set up when \Macro{TOCclone} was used. Feature \PName{nobabel} will always be set, because the language selection commands are part of the helper file and -would be cloned, too. +would be cloned, anyway. \begin{Example} Assumed, you want a short table of contents @@ -179,8 +183,8 @@ contents: \usepackage{scrwfile} \TOCclone[Short \contentsname]{toc}{stoc} \end{lstcode} -This would create a new table of contents with the heading ^^c2^^bbShort -Contents^^c2^^ab. The new table of contents uses a helper file with extension +This would create a new table of contents with the heading ``Short +Contents''. The new table of contents uses a helper file with extension \File{stoc}. All entries to the helper file with extension \File{toc} will also be copied to this new helper file. @@ -191,9 +195,9 @@ be done using: \end{lstcode} Normally you cannot write into a helper file before \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}. But using \Package{scrwfile} changes -this. So the code above will be successful after loading \Package{scrwfile}. +this. So the code above is correct already after loading \Package{scrwfile}. -To show the new short contents of helper file extension \File{stoc} we will +To show the new short contents of helper file extension \File{stoc} we use \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={listofsttoc}] \listofstoc @@ -219,7 +223,7 @@ too. So we cannot add the command to the \File{toc}-file. Package {\protect\contentsname}% } \end{lstcode} -But this needs, that the file with extension \File{toc} is under control of +However, this needs, that the file with extension \File{toc} is under control of package \Package{tocbasic}, which is indeed the case within all \KOMAScript{} classes. See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} on @@ -228,19 +232,40 @@ See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} on \end{Example} \EndIndex{Cmd}{TOCclone} -\section{State of Development Note} +\section{Note on State of Development} \label{sec:scrwfile.draft} -Though this package has been tested by several users and even is in -productivity usage several times, development is not finished yet. Because of -this especially internal functionality may be changed in future. Most likely +Eventhough this package has been tested by several users and even is in +productivity usage several times it is still under construction. Therefore, +there might be amendments especially to the internal functionality. Most likely the package will be extended. Some code for extensions is already in the -package. Nevertheless, currently user haven't make requests for such -extension. So there's currently no user documentation for this. +package. However, there is currently no user documentation available, as up to +now nobody has requested any of these extensions. + +\section{Known Package Incompatibilities} +\label{sec:scrwfile.incompatible} + +As mentioned in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches}, +\Package{scrwfile} redefines some commands of the \LaTeX{} kernel. This +happens not only while loading the package, but indeed at different times of +processing a document, e.\,g., just before reading the +\File{aux}-file. This\textnote{Attention!} results in incompatibility with +packages that also redefine these commands at run-time. + +The \Package{titletoc}\important{Package{titletoc}}\IndexPackage{titletoc} +package is an example for such an incompatibility. That +package redefines \Macro{@writefile} under some conditions at run-time. If you +use both, \Package{scrwfile} and \Package{titletoc}, there is no warranty for +the correct behaviour of neither of them. This is neither an error of +\Package{titletoc} nor of \Package{scrwfile}. \EndIndex{Package}{scrwfile} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `scrwfile.tex'. +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell +%%% coding: us-ascii +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "en_GB" +%%% TeX-master: "../guide" +%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex index 3e240f8f973..7c509127f88 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/tocbasic.tex @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ %% %% tocbasic.dtx (with options: `doc') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (handling toc-files)% ] @@ -73,11 +73,11 @@ The main purpose of package \Package{tocbasic} is to provide features for authors of classes and packages to create own tables or lists of contents like the list of figures and the list of tables and thereby allow other classes or -packages some types of controll about these. For examples package +packages some types of control over these. For examples package \Package{tocbasic} delegates language control of all these tables and lists of contents to package \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}%^^A \ (see \cite{package:babel})%^^A -. So automatic change of language will be provides inside +. So automatic change of language will be provided inside all these tables and lists of contents. Using \Package{tocbasic} will exculpate authors of classes and packages from implementation of such features. @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ contents but also for the already mentioned lists of figures and tables. Basic commands are used to handle a list of all extensions\textnote{file extension, table or list of contents} known for files representing a table -of contents or list of something. Entries to such files are written using -\Macro{addtocontents}\important{\Macro{addtocontents}, - \Macro{addcontentsline}} or \Macro{addcontentsline} typically. There are -also commands to do something for all known extensions. And there are -commands to set or unset features of an extension or the file represented by -the extension. Typically an extension also has an owner\textnote{file owner}. +of contents or list of something. Entries to such files are typically written +using \Macro{addtocontents}\important{\Macro{addtocontents}, + \Macro{addcontentsline}} or \Macro{addcontentsline}. There are also +commands to do something for all known extensions. And there are commands to +set or unset features of an extension or the file represented by the +extension. Typically an extension also has an owner\textnote{file owner}. This owner may be a class or package or a term decided by the author of the class or package using \Package{tocbasic}, e.\,g., \KOMAScript{} uses the owner \texttt{float} for list of figures and list of tables, and the file name @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ of the class file as owner for the table of contents. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifattoclist}% This command -may be used to ask, wether or not a \PName{extension} is already a known +may be used to ask, wether or not an \PName{extension} is already a known extension. If the \PName{extension} is already known the \PName{true instructions} will be used, otherwise the \PName{false instructions} will be used. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ result in an empty owner. \addtotoclist{foo} \end{lstcode}% This will add the extension ``\PValue{foo}'' with owner ``\PValue{bar.sty}'' - to the list of known extensions, if it was not already at the list of known + to the list of known extensions, if it was not already on the list of known extensions. If the class or another package already added the extension you will get the error: \begin{lstoutput} @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ result in an empty owner. or a mistake by the user. \end{lstoutput} - Maybe you package has a command, that creates list of files dynamically. In + Maybe your package has a command, that creates list of files dynamically. In this case you should use the optional argument of \Macro{addtotoclist} to set the owner. \begin{lstcode} @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ result in an empty owner. You may use any owner you want. But it should be unique! So, if you would be, e.\,g., the author of package \Package{float} you could use for example owner ``\PValue{float}'' instead of owner ``\PValue{float.sty}'', so the -\KOMAScript{} options for list of figure and list of table will also handle -the lists of this package, that are already added to the known extensions, -when the option is used. This is because \KOMAScript{} already registers file -extension ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of figures and file extension -``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with owner ``\PValue{float}'' and sets -options for this owner. +\KOMAScript{} options for the list of figures and the list of tables will also +handle the lists of this package. Those are already added to the known +extensions when the option is used. This is because \KOMAScript{} already +registers file extension ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of figures and file +extension ``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with owner +``\PValue{float}'' and sets options for this owner. \EndIndex{Cmd}{addtotoclist}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -211,10 +211,10 @@ options for this owner. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AtAddToTocList}% This command -adds the \PName{instructions} to a internal list of instructions, that will be -processed, whenever a file extension with the given \PName{owner} will be +adds the \PName{instructions} to a internal list of instructions that will be +processed whenever a file extension with the given \PName{owner} will be added to the list of known extensions using \Macro{addtotoclist}. The -optional argument is handled in the same kind as with command +optional argument is handled in the same way as with the command \Macro{addtotoclist}. With an empty \PName{owner} you may add \Parameter{instructions}, that will be processed at every successful \Macro{addtotoclist}, after processing the instructions for the individual @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ for more information. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{removefromtoclist}% This command removes the \PName{extension} from the list of known extensions. If the -optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, was given the \PName{extension} will -only be removed, if it was added by this \PName{owner}. See description of +optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, was given, the \PName{extension} will +only be removed if it was added by this \PName{owner}. See description of \Macro{addtotoclist} for information of omitting optional argument. Note that an empty \PName{owner} is not the same like omitting the optional argument, but removes the \PName{extension} without any owner test.% @@ -257,10 +257,10 @@ but removes the \PName{extension} without any owner test.% \Macro{doforeachtocfile}\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{instructions} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{doforeachtocfile}% -Until now you've learned to know commands, that result in more safety in +Until now you've learned to know commands that result in more safety in handling file extensions, but also needs some additional effort. With \Macro{doforeachtocfile}%^^A -you'll win for this. The command provides to processes \PName{instructions} +\ you will win for this. The command provides to processes \PName{instructions} for every known file extension of the given \PName{owner}. While processing the \PName{instructions} \Macro{@currext} is the extension of the current file. If you omit the optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, every known file @@ -289,22 +289,22 @@ instead of \Macro{@starttoc}. See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.internals}%^^A , \autopageref{desc:tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc} for more information about \Macro{tocbasic@starttoc} and \Macro{@starttoc}. -This means, that after using \Macro{tocbasicautomode} every table of contents +This means that after using \Macro{tocbasicautomode} every table of contents or list of something, that will be generated using \Macro{@starttoc} will be -at least partial under control of \Package{tocbasic}. Whether or not this will +at least partially under control of \Package{tocbasic}. Whether or not this will make the wanted result, depends on the individual table of contents and lists of something. At least the \Package{babel} control extension for all those tables of contents and lists of something will work. Nevertheless, -it would be better, if the author of the corresponding class or package will +it would be better if the author of the corresponding class or package will use \Package{tocbasic} explicitly. In that case additional advantages of -\Package{tocbasic} may be used, that will be described at the following +\Package{tocbasic} may be used that will be described at the following sections.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{tocbasicautomode}% \section{Creating a Table of Contents or List of Something} \label{sec:tocbasic.toc} -At the previous section you've seen commands to handle a list of known +In the previous section you've seen commands to handle a list of known extensions and to trigger commands while adding a new extension to this list. You've also seen a command to do something for all known extensions or all known extensions of one owner. In this section you will see commands to @@ -318,8 +318,8 @@ extensions. This command writes \PName{content} to the files of every known file extension of \PName{owner} using \LaTeX{} kernel command \Macro{addtocontents}. If you omit -the optional argument, \PName{content} it written to the files of every known -file extension. Bay the way: The practical file name is build from +the optional argument, \PName{content} is written to the files of every known +file extension. Furthermore, the practical file name is built from \Macro{jobname} and the file extension. While writing the \PName{content}, \Macro{@currext}\IndexCmd{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}} is the extension of the currently handled file. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ head if wanted. The default is, to use without change of case. \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} will be used for all other classes. If you are the class author you may define -\Macro{MakeMarkcase} on your own. If \Package{scrpage2} or another package, +\Macro{MakeMarkcase} on your own. If \Package{scrlayer} or another package, that defines \Macro{MakeMarkcase} will be used, \Package{tocbasic} will not overwrite that definition. \begin{Example} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex index 7a2d45bc612..a9fff809493 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea-experts.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fri, 13 Dec 2013) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex index a752145682b..a1363a320aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/english/typearea.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % typearea.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % typearea.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-13 12:11:01 +0100 (Fr, 13. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \translator{Markus Kohm\and Gernot Hassenpflug\and Krickette Murabayashi} -% Date of translated german file: 2013/11/21 +% Date of translated german file: 2014/06/25 \chapter{Construction of the Page Layout with \Package{typearea}} \labelbase{typearea} @@ -480,7 +480,8 @@ the minor conditions dependent on font size are not considered. \begin{table} \centering - \caption{Type area dimensions dependent on \Var{DIV} for A4} + \caption[{Type area dimensions dependent on \Var{DIV} for A4}]{Type area + dimensions dependent on \Var{DIV} for A4 regardless of \Length{topskip}} \begin{tabular}{ccccc} \toprule & @@ -491,16 +492,16 @@ the minor conditions dependent on font size are not considered. & width [mm] & height [mm] & top [mm] & inner [mm] \\ \midrule - 6 & 105,00 & 148,50 & 49,50 & 35,00 \\ - 7 & 120,00 & 169,71 & 42,43 & 30,00 \\ - 8 & 131,25 & 185,63 & 37,13 & 26,25 \\ - 9 & 140,00 & 198,00 & 33,00 & 23,33 \\ - 10 & 147,00 & 207,90 & 29,70 & 21,00 \\ - 11 & 152,73 & 216,00 & 27,00 & 19,09 \\ - 12 & 157,50 & 222,75 & 24,75 & 17,50 \\ - 13 & 161,54 & 228,46 & 22,85 & 16,15 \\ - 14 & 165,00 & 233,36 & 21,21 & 15,00 \\ - 15 & 168,00 & 237,60 & 19,80 & 14,00 \\ + 6 & 105.00 & 148.50 & 49.50 & 35.00 \\ + 7 & 120.00 & 169.71 & 42.43 & 30.00 \\ + 8 & 131.25 & 185.63 & 37.13 & 26.25 \\ + 9 & 140.00 & 198.00 & 33.00 & 23.33 \\ + 10 & 147.00 & 207.90 & 29.70 & 21.00 \\ + 11 & 152.73 & 216.00 & 27.00 & 19.09 \\ + 12 & 157.50 & 222.75 & 24.75 & 17.50 \\ + 13 & 161.54 & 228.46 & 22.85 & 16.15 \\ + 14 & 165.00 & 233.36 & 21.21 & 15.00 \\ + 15 & 168.00 & 237.60 & 19.80 & 14.00 \\ \bottomrule \end{tabular} \label{tab:typearea.typearea} @@ -775,7 +776,7 @@ page should be reset to the normal value. \end{lstcode} See further also the notes in \autoref{sec:typearea.tips}. The command \Macro{AfterTOCHead}\IndexCmd{AfterTOCHead} will be described in - \autoref{cha:tocbasic} of \autoref{part:forExoerts} on + \autoref{cha:tocbasic} of \autoref{part:forExperts} on \autopageref{desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead}. \end{Example} @@ -1043,7 +1044,7 @@ the above explanations. Default is usually \OptionValue{headinclude}{false} and \OptionValue{footinclude}{false}, but this can change depending on {\KOMAScript} class and {\KOMAScript} packages used (see \autoref{sec:maincls.options} and -\autoref{cha:scrpage}). +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). Please note that when using these options with one of the {\KOMAScript} classes as in the example above, they must be used @@ -1171,7 +1172,7 @@ directly as a class option: \documentclass[a4paper,headlines=2.1]{scrartcl} \end{lstcode} Commands that can be used to define the contents of a header with two lines -are described in \autoref{cha:scrpage} and \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}. +are described in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}. \end{Example} In some cases it is useful to be able to specify the header height not diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib index 1a9b3ea8bd1..56ce433e421 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.bib @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Schlegl}, year = 2011, month = apr, version = {5.01}, - url = {CTAN://info/lshort/english} + url = {CTAN://info/lshort/english/} } @Book{ latexbook, @@ -253,16 +253,16 @@ Schlegl}, title = {Designing {Bib\TeX} Styles}, year = 1988, month = feb, - url = {CTAN://biblio/bibtex/distribs/doc/btxhak.tex} + url = {CTAN://biblio/bibtex/base/btxhak.pdf} } @Misc{ latex:classes, language= {english}, author = {Leslie Lamport and Frank Mittelbach and Johannes Braams}, title = {Standard Document Classes for {\LaTeX} version 2e}, - year = 2000, - month = may, - edition = {1.4b}, + year = 2007, + month = oct, + edition = {1.4h}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/base/classes.dtx} } @@ -306,9 +306,9 @@ Schlegl}, language= {ngerman}, author = {Axel Kielhorn}, title = {adrconv}, - year = 1999, - month = nov, - edition = {1.2}, + year = 2010, + month = apr, + edition = {1.3}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/adrconv/} } @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {Werner Lemberg}, title = {{\Package{CJK}}}, - year = 2008, - month = dec, - edition = {4.8.2}, + year = 2012, + month = may, + edition = {4.8.3}, url = {CTAN://languages/chinese/CJK/} } @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Schlegl}, year = 1997, month = jul, edition = {1.2}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/envlab} + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/envlab/} } @Misc{ package:etoolbox, @@ -366,10 +366,10 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {R Schlicht}, title = {The {\Package{microtype}} package: An interface to the micro-typographic extensions of pdf{\TeX}}, - year = 2010, - month = jan, - edition = {2.4}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/microtype} + year = 2013, + month = may, + edition = {2.5a}, + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/microtype/} } @Misc{ package:selinput, @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Schlegl}, year = 2007, month = sep, edition = {1.2}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek} + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/} } @Misc{ package:tabularx, @@ -389,35 +389,36 @@ Schlegl}, year = 1999, month = jan, edition = {2.07}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/tools} + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/required/tools/} } @Misc{ package:footmisc, language= {english}, author = {Robin Fairbairns}, title = {{\Package{footmisc}} --- a portmanteau package for customising footnotes in {\LaTeX}}, - year = 2005, - month = mar, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/footmisc} + year = 2011, + month = jun, + edition = {5.5b}, + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/footmisc/} } @Misc{ package:marginnote, language= {english}, author = {Markus Kohm}, title = {Non-Floating Margin Notes with {\Package{marginnote}}}, - year = 2006, - month = oct, - edition = {1,1}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/marginnote} + year = 2012, + month = mar, + edition = {1.1i}, + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/marginnote/} } @Misc{ package:tocstyle, language= {english}, author = {Markus Kohm}, title = {The {\KOMAScript} package {\Package{tocstyle}}}, - year = 2009, - month = nov, - edition = {0.2d}, + year = 2013, + month = aug, + edition = {0.2e}, note = {\KOMAScript} } @@ -425,19 +426,19 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {Markus Kohm}, title = {Creating More Than One Index Using {\Package{splitidx}} And {\Package{SplitIndex}}}, - year = 2006, - month = jun, - edition = {1.0}, - url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/splitindex} + year = 2014, + month = apr, + edition = {1.2a}, + url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/splitindex/} } @Misc{ package:setspace, language= {english}, - author = {Geoffrey Tobin}, + author = {Geoffrey Tobin and Robin Fairbairns}, title = {{\Package{setspace}} {\LaTeX} package}, - year = 2000, + year = 2011, month = dec, - edition = {6.7}, + edition = {6.7a}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/setspace/} } @@ -445,9 +446,9 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {Hideo Umeki}, title = {The {\Package{geometry}} package}, - year = 2000, - month = jun, - edition = {2.3}, + year = 2010, + month = sep, + edition = {5.6}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/geometry/} } @@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {David P. Carlisle}, title = {Packages in the `graphics' bundle}, - year = 1999, - month = feb, + year = 2005, + month = nov, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/required/graphics/} } @@ -504,9 +505,9 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {Frank Mittelbach}, title = {An environment for multicolumn output}, - year = 2000, - month = jul, - edition = {1.5z}, + year = 2011, + month = jun, + edition = {1.7a}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/required/tools/} } @@ -514,9 +515,9 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {David Carlisle}, title = {The {\Package{ifthen}} package}, - year = 1999, - month = sep, - edition = {1.1b}, + year = 2001, + month = may, + edition = {1.1c}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/base/} } @@ -534,9 +535,9 @@ Schlegl}, language = {ngerman}, author = {Axel Sommerfeldt}, title = {Anpassen der Abbildungs- und Tabellenbeschriftungen mit Hilfe des {\Package{caption}}-Paketes}, - year = 2008, - month = apr, - edition = {3.1b}, + year = 2013, + month = may, + edition = {3.3}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/caption/} } @@ -544,9 +545,9 @@ Schlegl}, language = {english}, author = {Axel Sommerfeldt}, title = {Customizing captions of floating environments using the {\Package{caption}} package}, - year = 2008, - month = apr, - edition = {3.1b}, + year = 2013, + month = may, + edition = {3.3}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/caption/} } @@ -555,20 +556,19 @@ Schlegl}, language= {english}, author = {Bernard Gaulle}, title = {Les distributions de fichiers de francisation pour LaTeX}, - year = 2003, - month = dec, - edition = {5,80}, + year = 2007, + month = may, + edition = {5,9993}, url = {CTAN://language/french/} } @Misc{ package:babel, language= {english}, - author = {Johannes Braams}, - title = {Babel, a multilangual package for use with {\LaTeX}'s standard -document classes}, - year = 2001, - month = feb, - edition = {3.7}, + author = {Johannes Braams and Javier Bezos}, + title = {Babel}, + year = 2013, + month = dec, + edition = {3.9h}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/required/babel/} } @@ -577,8 +577,8 @@ document classes}, author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, title = {The {\Package{eso-pic}} package}, month = oct, - year = 2010, - edition = {2.0c}, + year = 2013, + edition = {2.0d}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/eso-pic/} } @@ -596,9 +596,9 @@ document classes}, language= {english}, author = {Piet van Oostrum}, title = {Page layout in {\LaTeX}}, - year = 2000, - month = oct, - edition = {2.0}, + year = 2004, + month = mar, + edition = {3.1}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/} } @@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ document classes}, language= {english}, author = {Patrick W. Daly}, title = {Natural Sciences Citations and References}, - year = 1999, - month = may, - edition = {7.0}, + year = 2010, + month = sep, + edition = {8.31b}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/natbib/} } @@ -626,19 +626,19 @@ document classes}, language= {english}, author = {Robin Fairbairns}, title = {topcapt.sty}, - year = 1999, - month = mar, - edition = {1.1a}, + year = 2004, + month = dec, + edition = {1.2}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/misc/topcapt.sty} } @Misc{ package:hyperref, language= {english}, - author = {Sebastian Rahtz}, + author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek}, title = {Hypertext marks in {\LaTeX}: the {\Package{hyperref}} package}, - year = 2001, - month = feb, - edition = {6.71c}, + year = 2012, + month = nov, + edition = {6.83m}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/} } @@ -647,8 +647,8 @@ document classes}, author = {Anselm Lingnau}, title = {An Improved Environment for Floats}, year = 2001, - month = jul, - edition = {1.2e}, + month = nov, + edition = {1.3d}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/float/} } @@ -656,9 +656,9 @@ document classes}, language = {english}, author = {Olga Lapko}, title = {The {\Package{floatrow}} package}, - year = 2006, - month = jul, - edition = {0.1j}, + year = 2008, + month = aug, + edition = {0.3b}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/} } @@ -686,18 +686,12 @@ document classes}, language= {english}, author = {Tom Sgouros and Stefan Ulrich}, title = {The {\Package{mparhack}} package}, - year = 2003, - month = may, - edition = {1.3a}, + year = 2005, + month = apr, + edition = {1.4}, url = {CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/mparhack/} } -@Misc{ url:aka, - author = {Axel Kielhorn}, - title = {{\LaTeX} page}, - url = {http://www-public.tu-bs.de:8080/~i0080108/latex.html} -} - @Misc{ homepage, language = {ngerman}, key = {KDP}, @@ -734,7 +728,7 @@ document classes}, howpublished = {Berliner Zeitung}, year = 1998, month = {10. Oktober}, - url = {http://www.berlinonline.de/wissen/berliner_zeitung/archiv/1998/1010/magazin/0003/} + url = {http://www.berliner-zeitung.de/archiv} } @Misc{ www:gutetypo, @@ -766,10 +760,10 @@ document classes}, key = {FAQ}, editor = {Robin Fairbairns}, title = {TeX Frequently Asked Questions on the Web}, - year = 2011, - month = apr, - edition = {3.22}, - url = {http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/} + year = 2013, + month = jun, + edition = {3.27}, + url = {http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq} } % end of file `scrguide.bib' diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex index 41ba9402133..ae9ac2f1d1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/guide.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2013/10/14 KOMA-Script guide main file] +\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file] \documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide} @@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ \include{typearea} \include{scrbookreportarticle} \include{scrlttr2} -\include{scrpage2} \include{scrlayer-scrpage} \include{scrdatetime} \include{scraddr} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/koma-script.html index 9d04e9416ef..9d04e9416ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/koma-script.html diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascr.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascr.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascr.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascript.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascript.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/komascript.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/linkalias.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/linkalias.tex index 0c19526f10e..cfcc44aa11c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/linkalias.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/linkalias.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ % Link Aliase, die für die freie Version der Anleitung benötigt werden. % -\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2012/02/16 link aliases for the free version] +\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2014/03/18 link aliases for the free version] \makeatletter \newcommand*{\lalias}[2]{% @@ -65,3 +65,8 @@ \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule}{desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.description}{desc:maincls.env.description} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling}{desc:maincls.env.labeling} + +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex index 1838631a98a..b9707a051c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-0.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-0.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-0.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,17 +46,27 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-0.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 (Do, 12. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter \@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% \@ifundefined{ifCommonscrextend}{\newif\ifCommonscrextend}{}% \@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlttr}{\newif\ifCommonscrlttr}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer}{\newif\ifCommonscrlayer}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage}{% + \expandafter\newif\csname ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage\endcsname}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayerscrpage}{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage + \csname ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage\endcsname}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer-notecolumn}{% + \expandafter\newif\csname ifCommonscrlayer-notecolumn\endcsname}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayernotecolumn}{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifCommonscrlayernotecolumn + \csname ifCommonscrlayer-notecolumn\endcsname}{}% \@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% \makeatother - \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} \label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.options} \ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{typearea}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi @@ -82,8 +92,10 @@ neben % "~Klassen }% \IfCommon{scrlayer}{\Package{scrlayer} auch andere \KOMAScript-Pakete und "-Klassen }% -\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\Package{scrlayer} auch andere \KOMAScript-Pakete - und "-Klassen }% +\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch andere + \KOMAScript-Pakete und "-Klassen }% +\IfCommon{scrlayer-notecolumn}{\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} auch andere + \KOMAScript-Pakete und "-Klassen }% betrifft. % % Umbruchvarianten: \IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{Damit die Anwender alle Informationen zu einem Paket @@ -140,8 +152,9 @@ arbeiten \Macro{documentclass} und \Macro{usepackage} bei \KOMAScript{} wie in \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\par% Bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse\textnote{Achtung!} sollten im Übrigen beim +% Umbruchoptimierung!!! % Die Alternativen an dieser Stelle dienen der Verbesserung des Umbruchs - \IfCommon{typearea}{überflüssigen, expliziten }% +% \IfCommon{typearea}{überflüssigen, expliziten }% Laden des Pakets \Package{typearea} oder \Package{scrbase} keine Optionen angegeben werden. Das ist darin begründet, dass die Klasse diese Pakete bereits ohne Optionen lädt und \LaTeX{} das @@ -154,16 +167,22 @@ arbeiten \Macro{documentclass} und \Macro{usepackage} bei \KOMAScript{} wie in \KOMAScript-Klasse nicht notwendig, eines dieser Pakete auch noch explizit zu laden.}}}}}}} -Gegenüber der nachfolgend vorgestellten Schnittstelle zu Einstellungen von -Optionen haben \Macro{documentclass} und \Macro{usepackage} einen Nachteil, -der unbedingt zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!} ist: Anweisungen, Längen, Zähler -und ähnliches können darin leicht zerbrechen. So führt die Verwendung einer -\LaTeX-Länge im Wert einer Option bei diesen Anweisungen zu einer -Fehlermeldung, noch bevor der Wert an \KOMAScript{} übergeben wird, es also -die Kontrolle darüber übernehmen könnte. Wertzuweisungen mit \LaTeX-Längen -oder \LaTeX-Zählern sollten daher nie per \Macro{documentclass} oder -\Macro{usepackage}, sondern immer mit den nachfolgend dokumentierten -Anweisungen \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} vorgenommen werden.% +% Umbruchoptimierung!!! +\IfCommon{typearea}{Das Setzen der Optionen mit \Macro{documentclass} oder + \Macro{usepackage} hat übrigens einen\textnote{Achtung!} entscheidenden + Nachteil:} % +\IfNotCommon{typearea}{Gegenüber der nachfolgend vorgestellten Schnittstelle + zu Einstellungen von Optionen haben \Macro{documentclass} und + \Macro{usepackage} einen Nachteil, der unbedingt zu + beachten\textnote{Achtung!} ist:} % +Anweisungen, Längen, Zähler und ähnliches können darin leicht zerbrechen. So +führt die Verwendung einer \LaTeX-Länge im Wert einer Option bei diesen +Anweisungen zu einer Fehlermeldung, noch bevor der Wert an \KOMAScript{} +übergeben wird, es also die Kontrolle darüber übernehmen +könnte. Wertzuweisungen mit \LaTeX-Längen oder \LaTeX-Zählern sollten daher +nie per \Macro{documentclass} oder \Macro{usepackage}, sondern immer mit den +nachfolgend dokumentierten Anweisungen \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder +\Macro{KOMAoption} vorgenommen werden.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{usepackage}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{documentclass}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex index 60ded49b399..4412a2b9ade 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-1.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-1.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 (Do, 12. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-14 17:52:03 +0100 (Tue, 14 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ dem Laden % nicht mehr verändert werden kann. Das Setzen mit \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} ist -% Umbruchkorrektur -\IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{für diese Option }% +% Umbruchkorrektur!!!! +\IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{\IfNotCommon{typearea}{für diese Option }}% daher nicht vorgesehen.% % \EndIndex{Option}{version~=\PName{Wert}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-10.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-10.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ab4edf51e06..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-10.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% common-10.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% common-10.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Paragraphs that are common for several chapters of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Markus Kohm -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Absätze, die mehreren Kapiteln der KOMA-Script-Anleitung gemeinsam sind -% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm -% -% ====================================================================== - -\ProvidesFile{common-10.tex}[2012/01/01 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] - -\makeatletter -\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrextend}{\newif\ifCommonscrextend}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlttr}{\newif\ifCommonscrlttr}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% -\makeatother - - -\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + -\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{footref}\Parameter{Referenz} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footref}% -Manchmal\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} hat man in einem Dokument eine -Fußnote, zu der es im Text mehrere Verweise geben soll. Die ungünstige Lösung -dafür wäre die Verwendung von \Macro{footnotemark} unter Angabe der -gewünschten Nummer. Ungünstig an dieser Lösung ist, dass man die Nummer kennen -muss und sich diese jederzeit ändern kann. \KOMAScript{} bietet deshalb die -Möglichkeit, den -\Macro{label}-Mechanismus\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}} auch für -Verweise auf Fußnoten zu verwenden. Man setzt dabei in der entsprechenden -Fußnote eine \Macro{label}-Anweisung und kann dann mit \Macro{footref} alle -weiteren Fußnotenmarken für diese Fußnote im Text setzen. -\begin{Example} - Sie schreiben einen Text, in dem sie bei jedem Auf"|treten eines Markennamens - eine Fußnote setzen müssen, die darauf hinweist, dass es sich um einen - geschützten Markennamen handelt. Sie schreiben beispielsweise: -\ifCommonmaincls -\begin{lstcode} - Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem - Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte - Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem - Markeninhaber vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} - stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} - auch noch die verbesserte Version - SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} her. -\end{lstcode} - Es wird dann dreimal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit - \Macro{footnote} direkt und zweimal mit \Macro{footref}. -\else\ifCommonscrlttr -\begin{lstcode} - Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem - Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte - Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem - Markeninhaber vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} - stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} - auch noch die verbesserte Version - SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} her. -\end{lstcode} - Es wird dann dreimal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit - \Macro{footnote} direkt und zweimal mit \Macro{footref}. -\else -\begin{lstcode} - Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem - Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte - Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem - Markeninhaber, der Firma SplischSplasch, - vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} - stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} - auch noch die verbesserte Version - SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} und das sehr - beliebte - SplischSplaschPlumps\footref{refnote} her. -\end{lstcode} - Es wird dann vier Mal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit - \Macro{footnote} direkt und drei Mal mit \Macro{footref}. -\fi\fi -\end{Example} -Da die Fußnotenmarken mit Hilfe des \Macro{label}-Mechanismus gesetzt werden, -werden nach Änderungen, die sich auf die Fußnotennummerierung auswirken, -gegebenenfalls zwei \LaTeX-Durchläufe benötigt, bis die mit \Macro{footref} -gesetzten Marken korrekt sind.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{footref}% -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{\EndIndex{}{Fussnoten=Fußnoten}} -\fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * - - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: iso-latin-1 -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-11.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-11.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 7cc374f52f8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-11.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% common-11.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% common-11.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Paragraphs that are common for several chapters of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Markus Kohm -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Absätze, die mehreren Kapiteln der KOMA-Script-Anleitung gemeinsam sind -% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm -% -% ====================================================================== - -\KOMAProvidesFile{common-11.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-11 20:21:09 +0100 (Mi, 11. Dez 2013) $ - KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] - -\makeatletter -\@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrextend}{\newif\ifCommonscrextend}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlttr}{\newif\ifCommonscrlttr}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% -\makeatother - - -\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + -\else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{deffootnote}\OParameter{Markenbreite}\Parameter{Einzug}% - \Parameter{Absatzeinzug}\\ - \hphantom{\Macro{deffootnote}}% - \Parameter{Markendefinition}\\ - \Macro{deffootnotemark}\Parameter{Markendefinition}\\ - \Macro{thefootnotemark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% -Die \KOMAScript-Klassen setzen Fußnoten etwas anders als die Standardklassen. -Die Fußnotenmarkierung im Text, also die Referenzierung der Fußnote, erfolgt -wie bei den Standardklassen durch kleine hochgestellte Zahlen. Genauso werden -die Markierungen auch in der Fußnote selbst wiedergegeben. Sie werden dabei -rechtsbündig in einem Feld der Breite \PName{Markenbreite} gesetzt. Die erste -Zeile der Fußnote schließt direkt an das Feld der Markierung an. - -Alle weiteren Zeilen werden um den Betrag von \PName{Einzug} eingezogen -ausgegeben. Wird der optionale Parameter \PName{Markenbreite} nicht angegeben, -dann entspricht er dem Wert von \PName{Einzug}. Sollte die Fußnote aus -mehreren Absätzen bestehen, dann wird die erste Zeile eines Absatzes -zusätzlich mit dem Einzug der Größe \PName{Absatzeinzug} versehen. - -\autoref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} % -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{auf \autopageref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} }% -veranschaulicht die verschiedenen Parameter% -\IfCommon{maincls}{ nochmals}% -. Die Voreinstellung in den \KOMAScript-Klassen entspricht folgender -Definition: -% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - \deffootnote[1em]{1.5em}{1em}{% - \textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}% - } -\end{lstcode} -Dabei wird mit Hilfe von \Macro{textsuperscript} sowohl die Hochstellung als -auch die Wahl einer kleineren Schrift erreicht. Die Anweisung -\Macro{thefootnotemark} liefert die aktuelle Fußnotenmarke ohne jegliche -Formatierung.% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{ Das Paket \Package{scrextend} überlässt hingegen in der - Voreinstellung das Setzen der Fußnoten der verwendeten Klasse. Das Laden des - Pakets allein sollte daher noch zu keinerlei Änderungen bei der Formatierung - der Fußnoten oder der Fußnotenmarken führen. Zur Übernahme der - Voreinstellungen der \KOMAScript-Klassen muss man vielmehr obige Einstellung - selbst vornehmen. Dazu kann obige Code-Zeile beispielsweise unmittelbar nach - dem Laden von \Package{scrextend} eingefügt werden.}% - -\IfCommon{maincls}{% -\begin{figure} -% \centering - \KOMAoption{captions}{bottombeside} - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside}[{Parameter für die Darstellung der - Fußnoten}]% - {\label{fig:maincls.deffootnote}\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% - \mbox{Parameter} für die Darstellung der Fußnoten}% - [l] - \setlength{\unitlength}{1.02mm} - \begin{picture}(95,22) - \thinlines - % frame of following paragraph - \put(5,0){\line(1,0){90}} - \put(5,0){\line(0,1){5}} - \put(10,5){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,5){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(95,0){\line(0,1){10}} - \put(10,10){\line(1,0){85}} - % frame of first paragraph - \put(5,11){\line(1,0){90}} - \put(5,11){\line(0,1){5}} - \put(15,16){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,16){\line(1,0){10}} - \put(95,11){\line(0,1){10}} - \put(15,21){\line(1,0){80}} - % box of the footnote mark - \put(0,16.5){\framebox(14.5,4.5){\mbox{}}} - % description of paragraphs - \put(45,16){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\textsf{erster Absatz einer Fußnote}}} - \put(45,5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\textsf{folgender Absatz einer Fußnote}}} - % help lines - \thicklines - \multiput(0,0)(0,3){7}{\line(0,1){2}} - \multiput(5,0)(0,3){3}{\line(0,1){2}} - % parameters - \put(2,7){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(5,7){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(15,7){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(15,7){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Absatzeinzug}}} - % - \put(-3,13){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(0,13){\line(1,0){5}} - \put(10,13){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(10,13){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Einzug}}} - % - \put(-3,19){\vector(1,0){3}} - \put(0,19){\line(1,0){14.5}} - \put(19.5,19){\vector(-1,0){5}} - \put(19.5,19){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Markenbreite}}} - \end{picture} - \end{captionbeside} -\end{figure}} - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% -Auf\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} die Fußnote einschließlich der -Markierung findet außerdem die für das Element -\FontElement{footnote}\important{\FontElement{footnote}} -eingestellte Schriftart Anwendung. Die % Umbruchkorrekturvarianten -\IfCommon{maincls}{davon abweichende }% -Schriftart der Markierung kann % -\IfNotCommon{maincls}{jedoch }% -mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe -\autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) für das -Element \FontElement{footnotelabel}\important{\FontElement{footnotelabel}} % -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{davon abweichend }% -eingestellt werden. Siehe hierzu auch % -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, - \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% -. Voreingestellt ist jeweils keine Umschaltung der Schrift.% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{ Die Elemente finden bei scrextend jedoch nur dann - Anwendung, wenn die Fußnoten mit diesem Paket gesetzt werden, also - \Macro{deffootnote} verwendet wurde.}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% - -Die Fußnotenmarkierung im Text wird getrennt von der Markierung vor der -Fußnote definiert. Dies geschieht mit der Anweisung -\Macro{deffootnotemark}. Voreingestellt ist hier: -% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - \deffootnotemark{\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} -\end{lstcode} -Dabei findet\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} die Schriftart für das Element -\FontElement{footnotereference}\IndexFontElement{footnotereference}% -\important{\FontElement{footnotereference}} Anwendung -(siehe % -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname - label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, - \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% -). Die Markierungen im Text und in der Fußnote selbst sind also identisch. Die -Schriftart kann mit den Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und -\Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\csname - label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname - label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) jedoch geändert werden% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{, sobald die Anweisung \Macro{deffootnotemark} verwendet - wird}% -. - -\ifCommonscrlttr\else -\begin{Example} - \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote.example}% - Relativ\textnote{Tipp!} häufig wird gewünscht, dass die Markierung in der - Fußnote selbst weder hochgestellt noch kleiner gesetzt wird. Dabei soll sie - aber nicht direkt am Text kleben, sondern geringfügig davor stehen. Dies - kann zum einen wie folgt erreicht werden: -\begin{lstcode} - \deffootnote{1em}{1em}{\thefootnotemark\ } -\end{lstcode} - Die Fußnotenmarkierung und das folgende Leerzeichen wird also - rechtsbündig in eine Box der Breite 1\Unit{em} gesetzt. Die folgenden - Zeilen der Fußnote werden gegenüber dem linken Rand ebenfalls um 1\Unit{em} - eingezogen. - - Eine\textnote{Tipp!} weitere, oft gefragte Formatierung sind linksbündige - Fußnotenmarkierungen in der Fußnote. Diese können mit folgender Definition - erhalten werden: -\begin{lstcode} - \deffootnote{1.5em}{1em}{% - \makebox[1.5em][l]{\thefootnotemark}% - } -\end{lstcode} - - Sollen jedoch die Fußnoten insgesamt lediglich in einer anderen Schriftart, - beispielsweise serifenlos gesetzt werden, so ist dies ganz einfach mit Hilfe - der Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe - \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) zu lösen: -\begin{lstcode} - \setkomafont{footnote}{\sffamily} -\end{lstcode}% -\end{Example}% -\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{Wie die Beispiele zeigen, ermöglicht {\KOMAScript} mit - dieser einfachen Benutzerschnittstelle eine große Vielfalt unterschiedlicher - Fußnotenformatierungen.}% -\fi% -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Beispiele finden Sie in \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote}.}% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setfootnoterule}\OParameter{Höhe}\Parameter{Länge}% -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% -Üblicherweise\ChangedAt{v3.06}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} wird zwischen -dem Textbereich und dem Fußnotenapparat eine Trennlinie gesetzt, die jedoch -normalerweise nicht über die gesamte Breite des Satzspiegels geht. Mit Hilfe -dieser Anweisung kann die genaue Länge und die Höhe oder Dicke der Linie -bestimmt werden. Dabei werden \PName{Höhe} und \PName{Länge} erst beim Setzen -der Linie selbst abhängig von \Macro{normalsize} ausgewertet. Der optionale -Parameter \PName{Höhe} kann komplett entfallen und wird dann nicht -geändert. Ist das Argument \PName{Höhe} oder \PName{Länge} leer, so wird die -jeweilige Größe ebenfalls nicht geändert. Es gibt sowohl beim Setzen als auch -bei Verwendung der Größen für unplausible Werte eine Warnung. - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% -Die Farbe\ChangedAt{v3.07}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} der Linie -kann über das Element -\FontElement{footnoterule}\important{\FontElement{footnoterule}} mit Hilfe der -Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe -\autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) eingestellt -werden. Voreingestellt ist hierbei keinerlei Änderung von Schrift oder -Farbe. Um die Farbe ändern zu können, muss außerdem ein Farbpaket wie -\Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}\important{\Package{xcolor}} geladen -sein.% -% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% -\IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{\EndIndex{}{Fussnoten=Fußnoten}} -\fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * - - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: iso-latin-1 -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex index 26dd4e78e3e..8d0caf915ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-12.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-12.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-12.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\KOMAProvidesFile{common-12.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-11 20:21:09 +0100 (Mi, 11. Dez 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{common-12.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:34:35 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ erlaubt. % Umbruchkorrektur \IfCommon{scrextend}{Die Umgebung ragt dann entsprechend in den Rand hinein.}% \ifCommonscrlttr\else \begin{Example} - \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.env.addmargin.example}% + \phantomsection\label{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.env.addmargin.example}% Angenommen, Sie schreiben eine Anleitung mit kurzen Quellcode-Beispielen. Um diese sehr stark hervorzuheben, sollen sie mit horizontalen Linien vom Text abgesetzt und leicht in den äußeren Rand diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex index 9a97f8e3355..a7034b2e4bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-13.tex @@ -130,14 +130,21 @@ die Anweisung \Macro{marginline}. {\raggedright\texttt{scrextend}} \end{lstcode} \fi - Letztlich ist \Macro{marginline} also nur eine abkürzende Schreibweise.% + Damit ist \Macro{marginline} also nur eine abkürzende Schreibweise.% \end{Example}% Für\textnote{Achtung!} Experten sind in \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos}, \autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.marginpar} Probleme bei der Verwendung von \Macro{marginpar} dokumentiert. Diese gelten ebenso für -\Macro{marginline}.% +\Macro{marginline}. Darüber hinaus wird in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-notecolumn} +ein Paket vorgestellt, mit dem sich auch Notizspalten mit eigenem +Seitenumbruch realisieren lassen. % +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur +Allerdings ist das Paket +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-notecolumn} eher als eine +Konzeptstudie und weniger als fertiges Paket zu verstehen.% +\fi% \fi% \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Ein ausführliches Beispiel hierzu finden Sie in \autoref{sec:maincls.marginNotes}, @@ -152,6 +159,8 @@ von \Macro{marginpar} dokumentiert. Diese gelten ebenso für %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex index 2f9983066c7..75b73d94d48 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-14.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-14.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-14.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-14.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-12 16:57:36 +0100 (Do, 12 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-24 19:11:48 +0100 (Fri, 24 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter @@ -67,15 +67,17 @@ wurde. \IfCommon{scrextend}{Es gibt jedoch einen Unterschied:} %\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\looseness=1 }% Umbruchoptimierung Bei Dokumenten wird zwischen zwei %\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{verschiedenen }% -Arten von Titeln \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{für das -gesamte Dokument }unterschieden. Zum einen gibt es die Titelseiten. Hierbei -steht der Dokumenttitel zusammen mit einigen zusätzlichen Informationen wie -dem Autor auf einer eigenen Seite. Neben der Haupttitelseite kann es dabei -weitere Titelseiten, etwa Schmutztitel, Verlagsinformationen, Widmung oder +Arten von Titeln \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{für das gesamte Dokument +}unterschieden. Zum einen gibt es die Titelseiten. Hierbei steht der +Dokumenttitel zusammen mit einigen zusätzlichen Informationen wie dem Autor +auf einer eigenen Seite. Neben der Haupttitelseite kann es dabei weitere +Titelseiten, etwa Schmutztitel, Verlagsinformationen, Widmung oder ähnliche, geben. Zum anderen gibt es den Titelkopf. Dabei erscheint der Titel -lediglich am Anfang einer neuen \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{-- in der Regel der ersten -- }Seite. Unterhalb -dieser Titelzeilen\Index{Titel>Zeilen} wird \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{das Dokument }beispielsweise mit -der Zusammenfassung, einem Vorwort oder dem Inhaltsverzeichnis \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{fortgesetzt}\IfCommon{scrextend}{fortgefahren}. +lediglich am Anfang einer neuen \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{-- in der Regel der + ersten -- }Seite. Unterhalb dieser Titelzeilen\Index{Titel>Zeilen} wird +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{das Dokument }beispielsweise mit der Zusammenfassung, +einem Vorwort oder dem Inhaltsverzeichnis +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{fortgesetzt}\IfCommon{scrextend}{fortgefahren}. \fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * \IfCommon{scrextend}{% @@ -90,14 +92,14 @@ Darüber hinaus kann \Package{scrextend} nicht mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse zusammen verwendet werden. In allen Beispielen aus \autoref{sec:maincls.titlepage} muss daher bei Verwendung von \Package{scrextend} - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrbook} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} durch - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{book} \usepackage[extendedfeature=title]{scrextend} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} ersetzt werden. \else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - @@ -112,9 +114,10 @@ Mit dieser Option\IfCommon{maincls}{\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Macro{maketitle} (siehe \autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.maketitle}) gesetzte Titelei eigene Seiten\Index{Titel>Seite} verwendet werden, oder stattdessen die Titelei von -\Macro{maketitle} als Titelkopf\Index{Titel>Kopf} gesetzt wird. Als -\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus -\autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet +\Macro{maketitle} als Titelkopf\Index{Titel>Kopf} gesetzt wird. +\IfCommon{scrextend}{\nopagebreak}% +Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter +aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet werden. Mit \OptionValue{titlepage}{true}\important{\OptionValue{titlepage}{true}} @@ -139,7 +142,7 @@ Mit\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and Titelseiten aktiviert. Es wird auch dafür gesorgt, dass die erste von \Macro{maketitle}\IndexCmd{maketitle} ausgegebene Titelseite, also entweder der Schmutztitel oder der Haupttitel, als Umschlagseite\Index{Umschlag} -ausgegeben wird. Jede andere Einstellung für Option \Option{titlepage} hebt +ausgegeben wird. Jede andere Einstellung für die Option \Option{titlepage} hebt diese Einstellung wieder auf. Die Ränder\important{% \Macro{coverpagetopmargin}\\ \Macro{coverpageleftmargin}\\ @@ -178,7 +181,7 @@ Grundsätzlich werden bei den Standardklassen und bei {\KOMAScript} alle Titelseiten in einer speziellen Umgebung, der \Environment{titlepage}-Umgebung, gesetzt. Diese Umgebung startet immer mit einer neuen Seite -- im zweiseitigen Layout sogar mit einer neuen rechten -Seite -- im einspaltigen Modus. Für eine Seite wird der Seitenstil mit +Seite~-- im einspaltigen Modus. Für eine Seite wird der Seitenstil mit \Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{empty} geändert, so dass weder Seitenzahl noch Kolumnentitel ausgegeben werden. Am Ende der Umgebung wird die Seite automatisch beendet. Sollten Sie nicht das automatische Layout der Titelei, @@ -210,7 +213,6 @@ entwerfen. \end{document} \end{lstcode} \fi - Einfach? Stimmt. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Env}{titlepage} @@ -220,23 +222,23 @@ entwerfen. \Macro{maketitle}\OParameter{Seitenzahl} \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{maketitle}% -Während bei den Standardklassen nur maximal eine Titelseite mit den drei -Angaben Titel, Autor und Datum existiert, können bei {\KOMAScript} mit -\Macro{maketitle} bis zu sechs Titelseiten gesetzt werden. Im Gegensatz zu -den Standardklassen kennt \Macro{maketitle} bei {\KOMAScript} außerdem noch -ein optionales nummerisches Argument. Findet es Verwendung, so wird die -Nummer als Seitenzahl der ersten Titelseite benutzt. Diese Seitenzahl wird -jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern beeinflusst lediglich die Zählung. Sie -sollten hier unbedingt eine ungerade Zahl wählen, da sonst die gesamte Zählung -durcheinander gerät. Meiner Auf"|fassung nach gibt es nur zwei sinnvolle -Anwendungen für das optionale Argument. Zum einen könnte man dem -Schmutztitel\Index[indexmain]{Schmutztitel} die logische Seitenzahl \(-\)1 -geben, um so die Seitenzählung erst ab der Haupttitelseite mit 1 zu -beginnen. Zum anderen könnte man mit einer höheren Seitenzahl beginnen, -beispielsweise 3, 5 oder 7, um so weitere Titelseiten zu berücksichtigen, die -erst vom Verlag hinzugefügt werden. Wird ein Titelkopf verwendet, wird das -optionale Argument ignoriert. Dafür kann der Seitenstil einer solchen Titelei -durch Umdefinierung des Makros +Während bei den Standardklassen nur maximal eine Titelseite mit den +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{drei }Angaben Titel, Autor und Datum existiert, können +bei {\KOMAScript} mit \Macro{maketitle} bis zu sechs Titelseiten gesetzt +werden. Im Gegensatz zu den Standardklassen kennt \Macro{maketitle} bei +{\KOMAScript} außerdem noch ein optionales nummerisches Argument. Findet es +Verwendung, so wird die Nummer als Seitenzahl der ersten Titelseite +benutzt. Diese Seitenzahl wird jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern beeinflusst +lediglich die Zählung. Sie sollten hier unbedingt eine ungerade Zahl wählen, +da sonst die gesamte Zählung durcheinander gerät. Meiner Auf"|fassung nach +gibt es nur zwei sinnvolle Anwendungen für das optionale Argument. Zum einen +könnte man dem Schmutztitel\Index[indexmain]{Schmutztitel} die logische +Seitenzahl \(-\)1 geben, um so die Seitenzählung erst ab der Haupttitelseite +mit 1 zu beginnen. Zum anderen könnte man mit einer höheren Seitenzahl +beginnen, beispielsweise 3, 5 oder 7, um so weitere Titelseiten zu +berücksichtigen, die erst vom Verlag hinzugefügt werden. Wird ein Titelkopf +verwendet, wird das optionale Argument ignoriert. Dafür kann der Seitenstil +einer solchen Titelei durch Umdefinierung des Makros \Macro{titlepagestyle}\important{\Macro{titlepagestyle}} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle}) verändert werden. @@ -284,16 +286,16 @@ als Bestandteil der Titelei mit \Macro{maketitle}. spartanische »Me« nur den Schmutztitel darstellt. Nach dem Schmutztitel soll noch der Haupttitel folgen. Dann kann wie folgt verfahren werden: \ifCommonmaincls - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrbook} \begin{document} \extratitle{\textbf{\Huge Me}} \title{It's me} \maketitle \end{document} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} \else - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{book} \usepackage[extendedfeature=title]{scrextend} \begin{document} @@ -303,12 +305,12 @@ als Bestandteil der Titelei mit \Macro{maketitle}. \title{It's me} \maketitle \end{document} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} \fi Sie können den Schmutztitel aber auch horizontal zentriert und etwas tiefer setzen: \ifCommonmaincls - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrbook} \begin{document} \extratitle{\vspace*{4\baselineskip} @@ -316,9 +318,9 @@ als Bestandteil der Titelei mit \Macro{maketitle}. \title{It's me} \maketitle \end{document} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} \else - \begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode} \documentclass{book} \usepackage[extendedfeature=title]{scrextend} \begin{document} @@ -331,7 +333,7 @@ als Bestandteil der Titelei mit \Macro{maketitle}. \title{It's me} \maketitle \end{document} - \end{lstcode} +\end{lstcode} \fi% Die\textnote{Achtung!} Anweisung \Macro{title} ist beim Setzen der Titelei mit Hilfe von \Macro{maketitle} grundsätzlich notwendig, damit die Beispiele @@ -395,8 +397,10 @@ Element \FontElement{subject}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{subject}% Der\important{\Macro{title}} \PName{Titel} wird in einer sehr großen Schrift ausgegeben. Dabei\ChangedAt{v2.8p}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and - \Class{scrartcl}} findet abgesehen von der Größe auch die Schriftumschaltung -für das Element \FontElement{title}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{title}% + \Class{scrartcl}} findet \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{abgesehen von der Größe +}% Umbruchkorrektur +auch die Schriftumschaltung für das Element +\FontElement{title}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{title}% \important{\FontElement{title}} Anwendung. Voreingestellt ist die gleiche Schrift, die für das Element \FontElement{disposition}\IndexFontElement{disposition} verwendet wird (siehe @@ -500,20 +504,33 @@ veränderbar. Die Voreinstellung ist wiederum in \IfNotCommon{maincls}{, \autopageref{tab:maincls.titlefonts}}% \ angegeben. -%\looseness=-1 % Umbruchoptimierung! Fußnoten\important{\Macro{thanks}}\Index{Fussnoten=Fußnoten} werden auf der Titelseite nicht mit \Macro{footnote}, sondern mit der Anweisung \Macro{thanks} erzeugt. Sie dienen in der Regel für Anmerkungen bei den Autoren. Als Fußnotenzeichen werden dabei Symbole statt Zahlen verwendet. Es\textnote{Achtung!} ist zu beachten, dass \Macro{thanks} innerhalb des Arguments einer der übrigen Anweisungen, beispielsweise im -Argument \PName{Autor} der Anweisung \Macro{author} zu verwenden ist. +Argument \PName{Autor} der Anweisung \Macro{author}, zu verwenden ist. Die +Schrifteinstellung erfolgt dabei über das Element +\FontElement{footnote}\important{\FontElement{footnote}}% +\IndexFontElement{footnote} (siehe \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.footnotes}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.fontelement.footnote}). % +\IfCommon{scrextend}{Beim Paket \Package{scrextend} muss für die Verwendung + dieser Schrifteinstellung allerdings nicht nur die Titelerweiterung + aktiviert sein, es muss auch dafür gesorgt sein, dass die Fußnoten mit + diesem Paket gesetzt werden (siehe Einleitung von \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.footnotes}, \autopageref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.footnotes}). Trifft dies nicht zu, so wird die + Schrift verwendet, die von der Klasse oder anderen für die Fußnoten + verwendeten Paketen vorgegeben ist.% +} Bis auf den \PName{Kopf} und eventuelle Fußnoten werden alle Ausgaben -horizontal zentriert. Diese Angaben sind noch einmal kurz zusammengefasst in -\autoref{tab:maincls.mainTitle}% -\IfNotCommon{maincls}{, \autopageref{tab:maincls.mainTitle} }% -\ zu finden. +horizontal zentriert. \IfCommon{scrextend}{Die Formatierungen der einzelnen + Elemente}\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{Diese Angaben} sind noch einmal kurz +zusammengefasst in \autoref{tab:maincls.mainTitle}\IfNotCommon{maincls}{, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.mainTitle}} zu finden. \IfCommon{maincls}{% \begin{table} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex index 135173545e5..4e8cc2dd248 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-15.tex @@ -232,8 +232,10 @@ abgesetzt werden. Ein solcher kann leicht mit der Anweisung \end{lstcode} \end{Example} -An dieser Stelle sei noch auf das Paket~\cite{package:ragged2e} hingewiesen, -mit dem man Flattersatz mit Trennung erreichen kann.% +An dieser Stelle sei noch auf das +Paket~\Package{ragged2e}\important{\Package{ragged2e}}\IndexPackage{ragged2e} +hingewiesen, mit dem man Flattersatz mit Trennung erreichen kann (siehe +\cite{package:ragged2e}).% \fi % \EndIndex{Cmd}{dictum}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex index 90f0862c5ad..ed170ba5572 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-20.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-20.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-20.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,20 +46,26 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-20.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-17 08:45:48 +0100 (Di, 17 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-02-13 08:28:20 +0100 (Thu, 13 Feb 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Head and Foot Height)] \makeatletter \@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayer}{\newif\ifCommonscrlayer}{}% -\@ifundefined{ifCommoonscrlayer-scrpage}{\expandafter\newif\csname ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage\endcsname}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommoonscrlayer-scrpage}{\expandafter\newif\csname + ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage\endcsname}{}% +\@ifundefined{ifCommonscrlayerscrpage}{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage + \csname ifCommonscrlayer-scrpage\endcsname}{}% \@ifundefined{ifIgnoreThis}{\newif\ifIgnoreThis}{}% \makeatother \section{Höhe von Kopf und Fuß} \label{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.height} +\BeginIndex{}{Kopf>Hoehe=Höhe}% +\BeginIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}% +\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{% \begin{Explain}% - \IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{% Vermutlich, weil der Fuß bei den Standardklassen kaum besetzt ist und zudem als \Macro{mbox} immer einzeilig ist, gibt es bei \LaTeX{} keine definierte Höhe des Fußes. Zwar ist der Abstand von der letzten Grundlinie @@ -75,8 +81,16 @@ \LaTeX{} für die Kopfhöhe tatsächlich selbst eine Länge zur Einstellung ihrer Höhe vorgesehen. Dies erklärt sich vermutlich daraus, dass diese Höhe zur Bestimmung des Anfangs des Textbereichs benötigt wird.% - }% -\end{Explain} +\end{Explain}% +}% +\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + Der Kopf und der Fuß einer Seite sind zentrale Elemente nicht nur des + Seitenstils. Auch eine Ebene kann bei der Definition über entsprechende + Optionen genau darauf beschränkt werden (siehe + \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys} ab + \autopageref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}). Deshalb muss die Höhe beider + Elemente bekannt sein.% +} \ifshortversion\IgnoreThisfalse\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\IgnoreThistrue}\fi \ifIgnoreThis %++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht scrlayer-scrpage + @@ -92,13 +106,15 @@ Für grundlegende Informationen zur Höhe von Kopf und Fuß siehe \BeginIndex{Length}{footheight}% \BeginIndex{Length}{headheight}% Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} führt als neue Länge \Length{footheight} analog -zur Höhe \Length{headheight} ein. Gleichzeitig interpretiert -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} \Length{footskip} so, dass es den Abstand der -letzten Grundlinie des Textbereichs von der ersten Standard-Grundlinie des -Fußes darstellt. Das Paket \Package{typearea}\IndexPackage{typearea} -betrachtet dies in gleicher Weise, so dass die dortigen Optionen zum Setzen -der Höhe des Fußes (siehe die Optionen \Option{footheight} und -\Option{footlines} in \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, +zur Höhe \Length{headheight}\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{ des \LaTeX-Kerns} +ein. Gleichzeitig interpretiert +\Package{scrlayer\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{-scrpage}} \Length{footskip} so, +dass es den Abstand der letzten Grundlinie des Textbereichs von der ersten +Standard-Grundlinie des Fußes darstellt. Das Paket +\Package{typearea}\IndexPackage{typearea} betrachtet dies in gleicher Weise, +so dass die dortigen Optionen zum Setzen der Höhe des Fußes (siehe die +Optionen \Option{footheight} und \Option{footlines} in +\autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.footheight}) und zur Berücksichtigung des Fußes bei der Berechnung des Satzspiegels (siehe Option \Option{footinclude} in demselben Abschnitt, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.footinclude}) sehr @@ -110,7 +126,8 @@ gegebenenfalls die Höhe von Kopf und Fuß über entsprechende Werte für die Längen einstellen. Zumindest für den Kopf bietet aber beispielsweise auch das Paket \Package{geometry} entsprechende Einstellmöglichkeiten. Wurde der Kopf oder der Fuß für den tatsächlich verwendeten Inhalt zu klein gewählt, so -versucht \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} die Längen selbst entsprechend +versucht\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{ beispielsweise} +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} die Längen selbst entsprechend anzupassen. Gleichzeitig wird eine entsprechende Warnung ausgegeben, die auch Ratschläge für passende Einstellungen enthält. Die automatischen Änderungen haben dann ab dem Zeitpunkt, an dem ihre Notwendigkeit erkannt wurde, @@ -118,6 +135,8 @@ Gültigkeit und werden nicht automatisch aufgehoben, wenn beispielsweise der Inhalt von Kopf oder Fuß wieder kleiner wird.% \EndIndex{Length}{headheight}% \EndIndex{Length}{footheight}% +\EndIndex{}{Kopf>Hoehe=Höhe}% +\EndIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}% \fi % ********************************************* Ende nur scrlayer-scrpage * diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex index 649d22299f6..3a7848221ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-21.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-21.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-21.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{common-21.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-18 07:42:31 +0100 (Mi, 18. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-03-18 09:32:24 +0100 (Tue, 18 Mar 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraph: Setting up defined page styles)] @@ -107,47 +107,52 @@ \BeginIndex{Option}{automark}% \BeginIndex{Option}{manualmark}% \BeginIndex{Option}{autooneside~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% -\begin{Explain} - Bei den Standardklassen und auch bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen fällt die - Entscheidung, ob mit lebenden oder statischen - Kolumnentiteln\Index{Kolumnentitel>lebend}\Index{Kolumnentitel>statisch} - gearbeitet werden soll über die Wahl des entsprechenden Seitenstils. Wie - bereits in \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} erklärt, erhält man bei Wahl von - \Pagestyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings}\important{\Pagestyle{headings}} - lebende Kolumnentitel. Unter lebenden Kolumnentiteln versteht man die - Wiederholung eines für die Seite oder die \emph{Kolumne} markanten Textes - meist im Kopf, seltener im Fuß der Seite. - - Bei den Artikel-Klassen\OnlyAt{\Class{article}\and \Class{scrartcl}} - \Class{article} oder \Class{scrartcl} wird für den lebenden - Kolumnentitel\textnote{lebende Kolumnentitel} im einseitigen Modus die - Abschnittsüberschrift, also das obligatorische oder das optionale Argument - von \Macro{section} verwendet. Diese wird als \emph{rechte Marke} - behandelt. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird dieselbe Überschrift als \emph{linke - Marke} verwendet und gleichzeitig die Unterabschnittsüberschrift als - \emph{rechte Marke}. Ausgegeben wird die linke Marke wie der Name schon sagt - auf der linken Seite, während die rechte Marke auf rechten Seiten -- im - einseitigen Modus also auf allen Seiten -- ausgegeben wird. Beim Setzen der - linken Marke für den Abschnitt werden von den Klassen in der Voreinstellung - außerdem auch immer die rechten Marken gelöscht. - - Bei den Bericht- und Buch-Klassen\OnlyAt{\Class{report}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{book}\and \Class{scrbook}} wird eine Ebene - höher begonnen. Im einseitigen Modus wird also die Kapitelüberschrift als - rechte Marke gesetzt. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird die Kapitelüberschrift als - linke Marke und die Abschnittsüberschrift als rechte Marke gesetzt. - - Verwendet man hingegen als Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}% - \important{\Pagestyle{myheadings}}\textnote{manuelle Kolumnentitel}, so - existieren zwar die Marken im Kopf genauso und auch die Seitenzahlen werden - gleich platziert, allerdings werden die Marken nicht automatisch durch die - Überschriften gesetzt. Man kann sie dann nur - manuell\important{\Macro{markright}\\\Macro{markboth}} über die später in - diesem Abschnitt dokumentierten Anweisungen \Macro{markright} und - \Macro{markboth} befüllen. -\end{Explain} - +\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + \begin{Explain} + Bei den Standardklassen und auch bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen fällt die + Entscheidung, ob mit lebenden oder statischen + Kolumnentiteln\Index{Kolumnentitel>lebend}\Index{Kolumnentitel>statisch} + gearbeitet werden soll, über die Wahl des entsprechenden Seitenstils. Wie + bereits in \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} erklärt, erhält man bei Wahl + von \Pagestyle{headings}\IndexPagestyle{headings}% + \important{\Pagestyle{headings}} lebende Kolumnentitel. Unter lebenden + Kolumnentiteln versteht man die Wiederholung eines für die Seite oder die + \emph{Kolumne} markanten Textes meist im Kopf, seltener im Fuß der Seite. + + Bei den Artikel-Klassen\OnlyAt{\Class{article}\and \Class{scrartcl}} + \Class{article} oder \Class{scrartcl} wird für den lebenden + Kolumnentitel\textnote{lebende Kolumnentitel} im einseitigen Modus die + Abschnittsüberschrift, also das obligatorische oder das optionale Argument + von \Macro{section} verwendet. Diese wird als \emph{rechte Marke} + behandelt. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird dieselbe Überschrift als + \emph{linke Marke} verwendet und gleichzeitig die + Unterabschnittsüberschrift als \emph{rechte Marke}. Ausgegeben wird die + linke Marke wie der Name schon sagt auf der linken Seite, während die + rechte Marke auf rechten Seiten -- im einseitigen Modus also auf allen + Seiten -- ausgegeben wird. Beim Setzen der linken Marke für den Abschnitt + werden von den Klassen in der Voreinstellung außerdem auch immer die + rechten Marken gelöscht. + + Bei den Bericht- und Buch-Klassen\OnlyAt{\Class{report}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{book}\and \Class{scrbook}} wird eine Ebene + höher begonnen. Im einseitigen Modus wird also die Kapitelüberschrift als + rechte Marke gesetzt. Im doppelseitigen Satz wird die Kapitelüberschrift + als linke Marke und die Abschnittsüberschrift als rechte Marke gesetzt. + + Verwendet man hingegen als Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}% + \important{\Pagestyle{myheadings}}\textnote{manuelle Kolumnentitel}, so + existieren zwar die Marken im Kopf genauso und auch die Seitenzahlen + werden gleich platziert, allerdings werden die Marken nicht automatisch + durch die Überschriften gesetzt. Man kann sie dann nur + manuell\important{\Macro{markright}\\\Macro{markboth}} über die später in + diesem Abschnitt dokumentierten Anweisungen \Macro{markright} und + \Macro{markboth} befüllen. + \end{Explain}\par% +}% +\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{Bei den meisten Klassen bestimmt die Wahl des + Seitenstils, meist \Pagestyle{headings} und \Pagestyle{myheadings}, darüber, + ob die Kolumnentitel automatisch oder manuell erzeugt werden.} Genau diese Unterscheidung wurde bei \Package{scrpage2} und nun auch bei \Package{scrlayer} aufgehoben. Statt die Unterscheidung zwischen automatischen\textnote{lebende und manuelle Kolumnentitel} und manuellen @@ -175,6 +180,7 @@ Der Unterschied zwischen \Macro{automark} und aufhebt, während die Stern-Version \Macro{automark*} lediglich die Aktionen für die angegebenen Gliederungsebenen ändert. Man kann so auch relativ komplexe Fälle abdecken.% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage% +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \iffree{}{\par Das veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} @@ -183,13 +189,13 @@ komplexe Fälle abdecken.% auf die Verwendung von \Package{scrpage2} übertragbar.}% % \begin{Example} - Angenommen Sie wollen, dass wie üblich auf den linken Seiten eines - Buches die Kapitelüberschriften als automatische Kolumnentitel verwendet - werden und auf den rechten Seiten die Abschnittsüberschriften. Allerdings - soll auf rechte Seiten so lange ebenfalls die Kapitelüberschrift verwendet - werden, bis der erste Abschnitt auftaucht. Dazu wird - zuerst \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} geladen und der Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} aktiviert. Das Dokument beginnt also mit: + Angenommen\label{example:scrlayer.mark} Sie wollen, dass wie üblich auf den + linken Seiten eines Buches die Kapitelüberschriften als automatische + Kolumnentitel verwendet werden und auf den rechten Seiten die + Abschnittsüberschriften. Allerdings soll auf rechte Seiten so lange + ebenfalls die Kapitelüberschrift verwendet werden, bis der erste Abschnitt + auftaucht. Dazu wird zuerst \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} geladen und der + Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} aktiviert. Das Dokument beginnt also mit: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrbook} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} @@ -232,6 +238,7 @@ komplexe Fälle abdecken.% beiden Überschriften im Kopf wechselweise ausgegeben, auf linken Seiten die Kapitelüberschrift, auf rechten Seiten die Abschnittsüberschrift. \end{Example} +\fi % ******************************************** Ende nur scrlayer-scrpage * Außer mit den Befehlen kann auch direkt mit den beiden Optionen \Option{manualmark}\important{\Option{manualmark}\\\Option{automark}} und @@ -257,13 +264,14 @@ Werte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} auf \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Wird die Option deaktiviert, so wirken sich im einseitigen Satz sowohl das optionale als auch das obligatorische Argument auf den Kolumnentitel aus.% -% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage% +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen im einseitigen Modus eines Berichts eine ganz - ähnliche Verwendung des Kolumnentitels erreichen, wie im vorherigen - Beispiel. Konkret soll so lange die Kapitelüberschrift verwendet werden, bis - ein Abschnitt gesetzt wird. Ab dann soll nur noch die Abschnittsüberschrift - verwendet werden. Dazu wird das Beispiel wie folgt abgewandelt: + Angenommen,\label{example:scrlayer.mark.oneside} Sie wollen im einseitigen + Modus eines Berichts eine ganz ähnliche Verwendung des Kolumnentitels + erreichen, wie im vorherigen Beispiel. Konkret soll so lange die + Kapitelüberschrift verwendet werden, bis ein Abschnitt gesetzt wird. Ab dann + soll nur noch die Abschnittsüberschrift verwendet werden. Dazu wird das + Beispiel wie folgt abgewandelt: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrreprt} \usepackage[autooneside=false]{scrlayer-scrpage} @@ -283,12 +291,19 @@ obligatorische Argument auf den Kolumnentitel aus.% entfernen. Ein Unterschied ist dann ab Seite~4 im Kolumnentitel im Kopf der Seiten zu sehen. \end{Example} +\fi% ********************************************* Ende nur scrlayer-scrpage * Das\textnote{Achtung!} Laden des Pakets selbst hat übrigens noch keine Auswirkung darauf, ob mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet wird oder nicht. Erst die explizite Verwendung einer der Optionen \Option{automark} oder \Option{manualmark} oder einer der beiden Anweisungen \Macro{automark} oder \Macro{manualmark} schafft hier klare Verhältnisse.% +\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\par% + Bei Bedarf finden Sie weitere Hintergründe und Beispiele zur Verwendung + dieser Befehle und Optionen mit dem auf \Package{scrlayer} basierenden Paket + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark}}.% \EndIndex{Option}{autooneside~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \EndIndex{Option}{manualmark}% \EndIndex{Option}{automark}% @@ -307,10 +322,11 @@ Die \KOMAScript-Option versteht die Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} auf \autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Ist die Option aktiviert, so werden alle Elemente der Seitenstile zusätzlich mit Maßlinien versehen. Dies kann während der -Entwurfsphase manchmal nützlich sein. Falls diese Option global gesetzt wurde, -die Maßlinien aber nicht gewünscht sind, kann die Option auch nur für das -Paket deaktiviert werden, indem man \OptionValue{draft}{false} als optionales -Argument von \Macro{usepackage} beim Laden des Pakets angibt.% +Entwurfsphase manchmal nützlich sein.\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{ Falls diese + Option global gesetzt wurde, die Maßlinien aber nicht gewünscht sind, kann + die Option auch nur für das Paket deaktiviert werden, indem man + \OptionValue{draft}{false} als optionales Argument von \Macro{usepackage} + beim Laden des Pakets angibt.}% \EndIndex{Option}{draft~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -341,7 +357,7 @@ oder Kleinbuchstaben umgewandelt. \KOption{markcase}\PName{Wert} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{markcase~=\PName{Wert}}% -Wie bereits früher erläutert kann man bei \Package{scrlayer} zwischen +Wie bereits früher erläutert, kann man bei \Package{scrlayer} zwischen manuellen und automatischen Kolumnentiteln wählen. Bei den automatischen Kolumnentiteln werden dabei die entsprechenden Marken über die Gliederungsbefehle gesetzt. In manchen Kulturkreisen ist es im Gegensatz zur @@ -375,8 +391,9 @@ diese Fälle gibt es auch noch die Einstellung deaktiviert werden können. Alle für \Option{markcase} möglichen Werte sind noch einmal in -\autoref{tab:\csname label@base\endcsname.markcase} zusammengefasst. -% +\autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}\IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{, + \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.markcase}} zusammengefasst. +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage \begin{table} \centering \caption[Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{markcase}]{Mögliche Werte für @@ -409,7 +426,7 @@ Alle für \Option{markcase} möglichen Werte sind noch einmal in }% \end{desctabular} \end{table} -% +\fi \EndIndex{Option}{markcase~=\PName{Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -450,12 +467,13 @@ kann mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden (siehe auch \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}).% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% -% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage% +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass auch im einseitigen Modus der Kolumnentitel - immer am linken Rand und die Seitenzahl immer am rechten Rand ausgerichtet - wird. Beide sollen im Kopf platziert werden. Das folgende, vollständige - Minimalbeispiel liefert genau dies: + Angenommen,\label{example.scrlayer-scrpage.headmark} Sie wollen, dass auch + im einseitigen Modus der Kolumnentitel immer am linken Rand und die + Seitenzahl immer am rechten Rand ausgerichtet wird. Beide sollen im Kopf + platziert werden. Das folgende, vollständige Minimalbeispiel liefert genau + dies: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrreprt} \usepackage{blindtext} @@ -492,12 +510,20 @@ verändert werden (siehe auch \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.pairs} auf \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles} erklärt werden. -\end{Example} +\end{Example}% Bitte beachten Sie, dass das leere optionale Argument bei \Macro{cfoot} im Beispiel nicht gleichbedeutend mit dem Weglassen dieses optionalen Arguments ist. Sie sollten das einmal selbst ausprobieren und dabei den Fuß der ersten Seite beobachten.% +\else % --------------------------------------------- nicht scrlayer-scrpage - + \par % + Bei Bedarf finden Sie ein Beispiel zur + Verwendung der Anweisungen \Macro{headmark} und \Macro{pagemark} mit dem auf + \Package{scrlayer} basierenden Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab + \autopageref{example.scrlayer-scrpage.headmark}.% +\fi% ******************************************* Ende nicht scrlayer-scrpage * \EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{headmark}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% @@ -524,16 +550,22 @@ Diese Anweisungen werden von den \KOMAScript-Klassen und auch von der automatischen Kolumnentitel zu formatieren. Dabei wird auch der \Macro{autodot}-Mechanismus der \KOMAScript-Klassen unterstützt. Bei Bedarf können diese Anweisungen umdefiniert werden, um eine andere Formatierung der -Nummern zu erreichen. -% +Nummern zu erreichen.% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage% ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass Abschnittsüberschriften im Kolumnentitel ohne - Gliederungsnummer gesetzt werden, so ist das ganz einfach mit: + Angenommen,\label{example:scrlayer-scrpage.sectionmarkformat} Sie wollen, + dass Abschnittsüberschriften im Kolumnentitel ohne Gliederungsnummer gesetzt + werden, so ist das ganz einfach mit: \begin{lstcode} \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{} \end{lstcode} zu erreichen. \end{Example}% +\else % -------------------------------------------- nicht scrlayer-scrpage - + \ Siehe dazu gegebenenfalls das Beispiel in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, + auf \autopageref{example:scrlayer-scrpage.sectionmarkformat}.% +\fi % ***************************************** Ende nicht scrlayer-scrpage * % \EndIndex{Cmd}{subparagraphmarkformat}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{paragraphmarkformat}% @@ -612,15 +644,15 @@ einer der nächsten Gliederungsüberschriften verlieren. Auch im Zusammenhang mit den Sternvarianten der Gliederungsbefehle können diese Anweisungen nützlich sein.% -% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpage % +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \begin{Example} - Angenommen Sie schreiben noch vor dem Inhaltsverzeichnis ein Vorwort über - mehrere Seiten, das jedoch im Inhaltsverzeichnis nicht auftauchen - soll. Da Sie aber Trennlinien im Kopf verwenden, soll der Kolumnentitel das - Vorwort dennoch zeigen: + Angenommen,\label{example:scrlayer-scrpage.markboth} Sie schreiben noch vor + dem Inhaltsverzeichnis ein Vorwort über mehrere Seiten, das jedoch im + Inhaltsverzeichnis nicht auftauchen soll. Da Sie aber Trennlinien im Kopf + verwenden, soll der Kolumnentitel das Vorwort dennoch zeigen: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} - \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} @@ -631,13 +663,14 @@ diese Anweisungen nützlich sein.% \blinddocument \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Zunächst erscheint das Ergebnis wunschgemäß. Beim zweiten Blick fällt aber + Zunächst erscheint das Ergebnis wunschgemäß. Vielleicht erst beim zweiten + Blick fällt aber auf, dass der Kolumnentitel »\texttt{Vorwort}« im Gegensatz zu den übrigen Kolumnentiteln nicht im Versalsatz erscheint. Das ist jedoch leicht zu ändern: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} - \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} @@ -667,7 +700,7 @@ diese Anweisungen nützlich sein.% zwei leeren Argumenten zu erreichen: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[headsepline]{book} - \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \usepackage[automark]{scrlayer-scrpage} \pagestyle{scrheadings} \usepackage{blindtext} \begin{document} @@ -679,6 +712,12 @@ diese Anweisungen nützlich sein.% \end{document} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} +\else % -------------------------------------------- nicht scrlayer-scrpage - + \ Ausführliche Beispiele für die Verwendung von \Macro{markboth} mit dem von + \Package{scrlayer} abgeleiteten Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} sind in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, ab + \autopageref{example:scrlayer-scrpage.markboth} zu finden.% +\fi % ***************************************** Ende nicht scrlayer-scrpage * % \EndIndex{Cmd}{markboth}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{markright}% @@ -715,9 +754,10 @@ Durch Umdefinierung dieser Anweisung kann damit die Standardformatierung aller Gliederungsnummern im Kolumnentitel geändert werden, die darauf zurückgreifen. Ebenso kann eine Klasse darüber eine andere Standardformatierung vorgeben, ohne alle Befehle einzeln ändern zu müssen.% -% +\ifCommonscrlayerscrpageexperts % ++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage-experts + \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass bei allen Gliederungsnummern im Kolumnentitel + Angenommen,\label{example:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.GenericMarkFormat} Sie + wollen, dass bei allen Gliederungsnummern im Kolumnentitel eines Artikels die Nummer als weiße Schrift auf einem schwarzen Kasten ausgegeben wird. Da bei Artikeln mit \Class{article} die Anweisungen \Macro{sectionmarkformat}\IndexCmd{sectionmarkformat}% @@ -733,8 +773,7 @@ Standardformatierung vorgeben, ohne alle Befehle einzeln ändern zu müssen.% \usepackage{xcolor} \newcommand*{\numberbox}[1]{% \colorbox{black}{% - \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~% - }% + \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% } \renewcommand*{\GenericMarkFormat}[1]{% \protect\numberbox{\csname the#1\endcsname}% @@ -781,8 +820,7 @@ Standardformatierung vorgeben, ohne alle Befehle einzeln ändern zu müssen.% \usepackage{xcolor} \newcommand*{\numberbox}[1]{% \colorbox{black}{% - \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~% - }% + \strut~\textcolor{white}{#1}~}% } \renewcommand*{\GenericMarkFormat}[1]{% \protect\numberbox{\csname the#1\endcsname}% @@ -799,6 +837,19 @@ Standardformatierung vorgeben, ohne alle Befehle einzeln ändern zu müssen.% \end{document} \end{lstcode} \end{Example} +\else % ------------------------------------- nicht scrlayer-scrpage-experts - + \par % + Ein ausführliches Beispiel für das Zusammenspiel der Anweisung + \Macro{GenericMarkFormat} mit den auf + \autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.chaptermark} + erklärten Anweisungen \Macro{sectionmarkformat} und + \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} beziehungsweise \Macro{chaptermarkformat} bei + Verwendung des von \Package{scrlayer} abgeleiteten Pakets + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} ist in + \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.content}, ab + \autopageref{example:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.GenericMarkFormat} zu finden.% + + \fi % ***************************************** Ende nicht scrlayer-scrpage * \EndIndex{Cmd}{GenericMarkFormat}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -813,15 +864,14 @@ Standardformatierung vorgeben, ohne alle Befehle einzeln ändern zu müssen.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{@mkboth}% Innerhalb der Klassen und Pakete kommt es vor, dass Kolumnentitel nur dann gesetzt werden sollen, wenn automatische Kolumnentitel (siehe Option -\Option{automark} und Anweisung \Macro{automark} auf -\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark}) aktiviert sind. Bei den -Standardklassen geht dies ausschließlich über \Macro{@mkboth}. Diese Anweisung -entspricht entweder \Macro{\@gobbletwo}, einer Anweisung, die ihre beiden -Argumente vernichtet, oder \Macro{markboth}, einer Anweisung, mit der sowohl -eine \PName{linke Marke} als auch eine \PName{rechte Marke} gesetzt -wird. Pakete wie \Package{babel} hängen sich ebenfalls in \Macro{\@mkboth} -ein, um beispielsweise noch eine Sprachumschaltung im Kolumnentitel -vorzunehmen. +\Option{automark} und Anweisung \Macro{automark} auf \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.cmd.automark}) aktiviert sind. Bei den Standardklassen +geht dies ausschließlich über \Macro{@mkboth}. Diese Anweisung entspricht +entweder \Macro{@gobbletwo}, einer Anweisung, die ihre beiden Argumente +vernichtet, oder \Macro{markboth}, einer Anweisung, mit der sowohl eine +\PName{linke Marke} als auch eine \PName{rechte Marke} gesetzt wird. Pakete +wie \Package{babel} hängen sich ebenfalls in \Macro{@mkboth} ein, um +beispielsweise noch eine Sprachumschaltung im Kolumnentitel vorzunehmen. Will man nun jedoch nur eine \PName{linke Marke} oder nur eine \PName{rechte Marke} setzen, ohne die jeweils andere Marke zu verändern, so fehlen @@ -870,4 +920,4 @@ auch diese nur, wenn mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet wird.% % LocalWords: Einstellmöglichkeiten Seiteninhalts Gliederungsüberschrift % LocalWords: Maßlinien Entwurfsphase Unterabschnittsüberschrift Versalsatz % LocalWords: Abschnittsüberschrift Kapitelüberschrift Glyphenanalyse -% LocalWords: Hilfsanweisung +% LocalWords: Hilfsanweisung content diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex index efa62f15238..559dbe2f3f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-4.tex @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ insgesamt in einer kleineren Schriftgröße gesetzt werden soll. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass bei Verwendung nach dem Laden der Klasse die Auf"|teilung zwischen Satzspiegel und Rändern nicht automatisch neu berechnet wird (siehe \Macro{recalctypearea}\IndexCmd{recalctypearea}, -\autoref{sec:typearea.options}, +\autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}). Wird diese Neuberechnung jedoch vorgenommen, so erfolgt sie auf Basis der jeweils gültigen Grundschriftgröße. Die Auswirkungen des Wechsels der Grundschriftgröße auf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex index e820a04c572..da2dfca6760 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-5.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-5.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-5.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{common-5.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 (Do, 12. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter @@ -210,21 +210,21 @@ in % label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText} }}% \IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText} }% -\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}, - \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements} }% +\IfCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{\autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements} +%, \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements} +}% aufgelistet. % \IfCommon{scrextend}{Allerdings werden davon in \Package{scrextend} nur die Elemente für den Dokumenttitel, den schlauen Spruch, die Fußnoten und die \Environment{labeling}-Umgebung behandelt. Das Element \FontElement{disposition} ist zwar auch verfügbar, wird jedoch von - \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls nur für den Dokumenttitel verwendet.% + \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls nur für den Dokumenttitel verwendet. }% \IfNotCommon{scrlayer-scrpage}{Die Voreinstellungen sind den jeweiligen Abschnitten zu entnehmen.}% \ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Kurzfassung (nicht maincls) + \else %----------------------------------------- Langfassung (nur maincls) - - Mit der Anweisung \Macro{usekomafont} kann die aktuelle Schriftart auf diejenige umgeschaltet werden, die für das angegebene \PName{Element} definiert ist. @@ -344,12 +344,9 @@ definiert ist. \autoref{sec:maincls.structure} ab \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.minisec})}% \feentry{pagefoot}{% - wird nur verwendet, wenn das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ oder - \Package{scrpage2}}{} geladen ist (siehe - \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}\iffree{ - beziehungsweise \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}}{})}% + wird nur verwendet, wenn das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} geladen ist + (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% alternative Bezeichnung für \FontElement{pageheadfoot}}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% @@ -441,11 +438,13 @@ definiert ist. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass der Titel in Serifenschrift und rot gesetzt wird. Das erreichen Sie einfach mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \setkomafont{title}{\color{red}} +\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs=color] + \setkomafont{title}{% + \color{red}% + } \end{lstcode} - Für die Anweisung \lstinline|\color{red}| wird das Paket \Package{color} - oder \Package{xcolor} benötigt. Die zusätzliche Angabe von + Für die Anweisung \Macro{color}\PParameter{red} wird das Paket + \Package{color} oder \Package{xcolor} benötigt. Die zusätzliche Angabe von \Macro{normalfont} ist in diesem Beispiel deshalb nicht notwendig, weil diese Anweisung bereits in der Definition des Titels enthalten ist. Das\textnote{Achtung!} Beispiel setzt voraus, dass @@ -520,12 +519,10 @@ Ein allgemeines Beispiel für die Anwendung von \Macro{setkomafont} und \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lists}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling})}% \feentry{pagefoot}{% wird nach dem Element \FontElement{pageheadfoot} für den mit Variable - \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} definieren Seitenfuß verwendet - oder wenn das Paket \Package{scrpage2} geladen ist + \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} definierten Seitenfuß + verwendet oder wenn das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} geladen ist (\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}\iffree{ oder - \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}}{})}% + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot})}% \feentry{pagehead}{% alternative Bezeichnung für \FontElement{pageheadfoot}}% \feentry{pageheadfoot}{% @@ -570,12 +567,12 @@ Ein allgemeines Beispiel für die Anwendung von \Macro{setkomafont} und \ifCommonscrlayerscrpage % ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nur scrlayer-scrpage + \begin{desclist} \desccaption[{Elemente, deren Schrift bei \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} mit - \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann, sowie - deren Voreinstellung}]% + \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann, + einschließlich der jeweiligen Voreinstellung}]% {Elemente, deren Schrift bei \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} mit - \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann, sowie - deren Voreinstellung, falls die Elemente beim Laden von - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} nicht bereits definiert sind% + \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} verändert werden kann, + einschließlich der jeweiligen Voreinstellung, falls die Elemente beim + Laden von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} nicht bereits definiert sind% \label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}% }% {Elemente, deren Schrift verändert werden kann (\emph{Fortsetzung})}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex index 57a562e82bf..9febc543e49 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-6.tex @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ \BeginIndex{Option}{parskip~=\PName{Methode}}% \IfCommon{maincls}{% Hin und wieder wird ein Layout mit Absatzabstand an Stelle des - voreingestellten Absatzeinzugs gefordert. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen bietet mit + voreingestellten Absatzeinzugs gefordert. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen bieten mit der Option \Option{parskip}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} }% \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Bei Briefen findet man häufiger ein Layout mit @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Option schaltet hingegen wieder auf Absatzeinzug von einem Geviert um. Dabei darf die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für \PName{Methode} bietet \autoref{tab:maincls.parskip}% -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{auf \autopageref{tab:maincls.parskip}}% +\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{ auf \autopageref{tab:maincls.parskip}}% . \IfCommon{maincls}{% @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ darf die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen \IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{full}}% }{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer Zeile - gekennzeichnet, Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. ein Geviert + gekennzeichnet, Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem Geviert (1\Unit{em}) der Grundschrift am Ende der letzten Zeile.}% \pventry{full-}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer Zeile @@ -193,10 +193,11 @@ darf die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen \pventry{full*}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer Zeile gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden werden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem - Viertel einer normalen Zeile gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{full*}}}% + Viertel einer normalen Zeile + gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{full*}}}% \pventry{half}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer halben Zeile - gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. ein Geviert + gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem Geviert (1\Unit{em}) der normalen Schrift am Ende gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{half}}}% \pventry{half-}{% @@ -206,15 +207,16 @@ darf die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes auch bis zum rechten Rand reichen. Einen \pventry{half+}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer halben Zeile gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden werden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem - Drittel einer normalen Zeile gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{half+}}}% + Drittel einer normalen Zeile + gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{half+}}}% \pventry{half*}{% Absätze werden durch einen vertikalen Abstand von einer Zeile gekennzeichnet. Absatzenden werden durch einen Leerraum von mind. einem - Viertel einer normalen Zeile gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{half*}}}% + Viertel einer normalen Zeile + gekennzeichnet.\IndexOption{parskip~=\PValue{half*}}}% \pventry{never}{% - Es - \IfCommon{maincls}{\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrbook}\and - \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}}% + Es \IfCommon{maincls}{\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}}% \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}}}% wird auch dann kein Abstand zwischen Absätzen eingefügt, wenn für den vertikalen Ausgleich der Einstellung diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex index 3bc077ab931..9b1791e3bd6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-7.tex @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ befindet. Anderenfalls kommt das Argument \PName{Sonst-Teil} zur Anwendung. Dies ist eine Seite mit \ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. \end{lstcode} - \iffree{}{mit leeren \PName{Sonst-Teil} }% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! + \iffree{}{mit leerem \PName{Sonst-Teil} }% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! die Ausgabe \begin{quote} Dies ist eine Seite mit \ifthispageodd{un}{}gerader Seitenzahl. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex index 11360076599..1fed2a97f26 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-8.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-8.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-8.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\KOMAProvidesFile{common-8.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-11 20:21:09 +0100 (Mi, 11. Dez 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{common-8.tex} + [$Date: 2014-09-10 08:24:01 +0200 (Wed, 10 Sep 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ wurde. Vakatseiten findet man hauptsächlich in Büchern. Da es bei Büchern üblich ist, dass Kapitel auf einer rechten Seite beginnen, muss in dem Fall, dass - das vorherigen Kapitel ebenfalls auf einer rechten Seite endet, eine leere + das vorherige Kapitel ebenfalls auf einer rechten Seite endet, eine leere linke Seite eingefügt werden. Aus dieser Erklärung ergibt sich auch, dass Vakatseiten normalerweise nur im doppelseitigen Satz existieren. % @@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ Mit Hilfe dieser Option\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and umbrechen. Als \PName{Seitenstil} sind dabei alle bereits definierten Seitenstile (siehe \autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle} ab \autopageref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.pagestyle} und -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ - beziehungsweise \autoref{cha:scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrpage}}{}) +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) verwendbar. Daneben ist auch \OptionValue{cleardoublepage}{current} möglich. Dieser Fall entspricht der Voreinstellung von \KOMAScript{} bis Version~2.98c und führt dazu, dass die Vakatseite mit dem Seitenstil erzeugt @@ -127,8 +126,8 @@ entsprechend der typografischen Gepflogenheiten Vakatseiten mit dem Seitenstil \autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.option.version}). \ifCommonmaincls \begin{Example} - \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.option.cleardoublepage.example} - Angenommen Sie wollen, dass die Vakatseiten bis auf die Paginierung leer + \phantomsection\label{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.option.cleardoublepage.example}% + Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass die Vakatseiten bis auf die Paginierung leer sind\iffree{, also mit Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} erzeugt werden}{}. Dies erreichen Sie \iffree{beispielsweise }{}mit: \begin{lstcode} @@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ entsprechend der typografischen Gepflogenheiten Vakatseiten mit dem Seitenstil \ifCommonscrextend \begin{Example} \phantomsection\label{desc:scrextend.option.cleardoublepage.example} - Angenommen Sie wollen, dass die Vakatseiten bis auf die Paginierung leer + Angenommen, Sie wollen, dass die Vakatseiten bis auf die Paginierung leer sind, also mit Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} erzeugt werden. Dies erreichen Sie beispielsweise mit \begin{lstcode} @@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ Im \LaTeX-Kern existiert die Anweisung Gleitumgebungen ausgegeben werden und anschließend eine neue Seite begonnen wird. Außerdem existiert die Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepage}, die wie \Macro{clearpage} arbeitet, durch die aber im doppelseitigen Layout (siehe -Option \Option{twoside} in \autoref{sec:typearea.options}, +Option \Option{twoside} in \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside}) eine neue rechte Seite begonnen wird. Dazu wird gegebenenfalls eine linke Vakatseite im aktuellen Seitenstil ausgegeben. @@ -214,8 +213,7 @@ linken Seite zusätzlich auf \Pagestyle{plain}\IndexPagestyle{plain}, um den % leer. Will man für die Vakatseite einen eigenen \PName{Seitenstil} vorgeben, so ist dieser als Argument von \Macro{cleardoubleoddusingstyle} anzugeben. Dabei kann jeder bereits definierte Seitenstil (siehe auch -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ oder \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{}) -verwendet werden. +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) verwendet werden. \IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{% Manchmal möchte man nicht, dass Kapitel mit neuen @@ -227,33 +225,35 @@ verwendet werden. \Macro{cleardoubleoddstandardpage} definiert, jedoch mit dem Unterschied, dass die nächste Seite eine linke Seite ist. Entsprechendes gilt für die Anweisungen \Macro{cleardoubleevenplainpage}, - \Macro{cleardoubleevenemptypage} und -% Umbruchoptimierungsalternative -\iffalse - für die ein Argument erwartende Anweisung -\fi -\Macro{cleardoubleevenusingstyle}.} + \Macro{cleardoubleevenemptypage} und % + \IfCommon{maincls}{% Umbruchoptimierungsalternative + für die ein Argument erwartende Anweisung }% + \Macro{cleardoubleevenusingstyle}.} Die Arbeitsweise der Anweisungen \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleemptypage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage} und der ein -Argument erwartenden Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle} ist % -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{bei \Class{scrlttr2} }% -\IfCommon{scrextend}{bei \Package{scrextend} }% -ebenso wie die \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{Standard-}Anweisung -\Macro{cleardoublepage} von der zuvor erklärten Option -\Option{cleardoublepage}\important{\Option{cleardoublepage}} abhängig und -entspricht je nach Einstellung einer der in den vorherigen Absätzen -erläuterten Anweisungen. +Argument erwartenden Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle} % +\IfCommon{maincls}{ist ebenso wie die Standard-Anweisung + \Macro{cleardoublepage} von der in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, + \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.open} erklärten Option + \Option{open}\IndexOption{open}\important{\Option{open}} abhängig und + entspricht je nach Einstellung einer der in den vorherigen Absätzen + erläuterten Anweisungen. -\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{% +}% +\IfNotCommon{maincls}{entspricht \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{bei der Klasse + \Class{scrlttr2}}\IfCommon{scrextend}{beim Paket \Package{scrextend}} + ebenso wie die Standard-Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepage} den + entsprechenden, zuvor erklärten Anweisungen\IfNotCommon{scrlttr2}{ für den + Umbruch zur nächsten ungeraden Seite}.} \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{% Die übrigen Anweisungen sind bei \Class{scrlttr2} nur aus Gründen der - Vollständigkeit definiert. Näheres zu diesen Anweisungen ist bei Bedarf + Vollständigkeit definiert. Näheres zu diesen ist bei Bedarf \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage} zu entnehmen.}% -\ifCommonscrlttr2\else +\ifCommonscrlttr\else \begin{Example} \label{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage.example}% - Angenommen Sie wollen innerhalb eines Dokuments als nächstes eine + Angenommen, Sie wollen innerhalb eines Dokuments als nächstes eine Doppelseite setzen, bei der auf der linken Seite eine Abbildung in Größe des Satzspiegels platziert wird und rechts ein neues Kapitel beginnt. Falls das vorherige Kapitel mit einer linken Seite endet, muss also eine Vakatseite @@ -267,7 +267,9 @@ erläuterten Anweisungen. in der Dokumentpräambel vornehmen. Die Optionen können alternativ auch als optionale Argumente von \Macro{documentclass} angegeben werden. - An der gewünschten Stelle im Dokument schreiben Sie nun: + An der gewünschten Stelle + \IfNotCommon{scrextend}{im Dokument }% Umbruchoptimierung!!! + schreiben Sie nun: \begin{lstcode} \cleardoubleevenemptypage \thispagestyle{empty} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex index b346c8f3a3d..0650b4c4c71 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/common-9.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % common-9.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % common-9.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{common-9.tex}[2012/01/01 KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{common-9.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:33:18 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (common paragraphs)] \makeatletter \@ifundefined{ifCommonmaincls}{\newif\ifCommonmaincls}{}% @@ -72,19 +74,31 @@ Selbstverständlich beherrscht \LaTeX{} auch Fußnoten. % \IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Die Anweisungen zum Setzen von Fußnoten sind in jeder \LaTeX-Einführung, beispielsweise \cite{l2kurz}, zu finden. \KOMAScript{} bietet darüber hinaus aber auch noch die Möglichkeit, die Form der Fußnoten - zu verändern.}% + zu verändern. + \iftrue % Umbruchoptimierung + + Ob Fußnoten bei Briefen überhaupt zulässig sind, hängt sehr + stark von der Art des Briefs und dessen Layout ab. So sind beispielsweise + optische Kollisionen mit dem Fuß des Briefbogens oder Verwechslungen mit der + Auflistung von Verteilern oder ähnlichen typischen Elementen von Briefen zu + vermeiden. Dies liegt in der Verantwortung des Anwenders.% + + Da Fußnoten in Briefen eher selten verwendet werden, wurde auf Beispiele + in diesem Abschnitt verzichtet. Sollten Sie Beispiele benötigen, können Sie + solche in \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes} ab + \autopageref{sec:maincls.footnotes} finden.% + \fi}% \fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * -\IfCommon{scrextend}{Die Fußnoten-Möglichkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen% -\ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + +\IfCommon{scrextend}{Die Fußnoten-Möglichkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen% + \ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + , die in \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes} beschrieben sind,% -\fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * - \ werden - von \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls bereitgestellt. In der Voreinstellung wird - die Formatierung der Fußnoten jedoch der verwendeten Klasse überlassen. Dies - ändert sich, sobald die Anweisung \Macro{deffootnote} verwendet wird, die - auf - \autopageref{desc:\ifIgnoreThis maincls\else scrextend\fi.cmd.deffootnote} - näher erläutert wird.}% + \fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * + \ werden von \Package{scrextend} ebenfalls bereitgestellt. In der + Voreinstellung wird die Formatierung der Fußnoten jedoch der verwendeten + Klasse überlassen. Dies ändert sich, sobald die Anweisung + \Macro{deffootnote} verwendet wird, die auf \autopageref{desc:\ifIgnoreThis + maincls\else scrextend\fi.cmd.deffootnote} näher erläutert + wird.}% \ifIgnoreThis %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ nicht maincls + \else %------------------------------------------------------- nur maincls - @@ -115,13 +129,13 @@ direkt mit \Macro{footnotemark}\IndexCmd{footnotemark} ausgegeben werden. Es ist jederzeit möglich, mit \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} auf die Voreinstellung \OptionValue{footnotes}{nomultiple} zurückzuschalten. Bei -Problemen mit anderen Paketen, die Einfluss auf die Fußnoten nehmen, sollte -die Option jedoch nicht verwendet und die Einstellung auch nicht innerhalb des -Dokuments umgeschaltet werden. +Problemen mit anderen Paketen, die Einfluss auf die Fußnoten +nehmen, sollte die Option jedoch nicht verwendet und die Einstellung auch +nicht innerhalb des Dokuments umgeschaltet werden. Eine Zusammenfassung möglicher Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \Option{footnotes} bietet \autoref{tab:maincls.footnotes}% -\IfNotCommon{maincl}{, \autopageref{tab:maincls.footnotes}}% +\IfNotCommon{maincls}{, \autopageref{tab:maincls.footnotes}}% .% \IfCommon{maincls}{% \begin{table} @@ -184,7 +198,7 @@ definiert. Dieses kann umdefiniert werden. \ifCommonscrlttr\else \begin{Example} - \phantomsection\label{desc:maincls.cmd.footnote.example}% + \phantomsection\label{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.footnote.example}% Angenommen, Sie wollen zu einem Wort zwei Fußnoten setzen. Im ersten Ansatz schreiben Sie dafür \begin{lstcode} @@ -227,11 +241,333 @@ definiert. Dieses kann umdefiniert werden. \EndIndex{Cmd}{footnotetext}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{multiplefootnoteseparator}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{multfootsep}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{footref}\Parameter{Referenz} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footref}% +Manchmal\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}\and \Class{scrlttr2}} hat man in einem Dokument eine +Fußnote, zu der es im Text mehrere Verweise geben soll. Die ungünstige Lösung +dafür wäre die Verwendung von \Macro{footnotemark} unter Angabe der +gewünschten Nummer. Ungünstig an dieser Lösung ist, dass man die Nummer kennen +muss und sich diese jederzeit ändern kann. \KOMAScript{} bietet deshalb die +Möglichkeit, den +\Macro{label}-Mechanismus\IndexCmd{label}\important{\Macro{label}} auch für +Verweise auf Fußnoten zu verwenden. Man setzt dabei in der entsprechenden +Fußnote eine \Macro{label}-Anweisung und kann dann mit \Macro{footref} alle +weiteren Fußnotenmarken für diese Fußnote im Text setzen. +\ifCommonscrlttr % Umbruchkorrektur über diverse Varianten!!! +\else +\begin{Example} + Sie\label{example:\csname label@base\endcsname.footref} schreiben einen + Text, in dem sie bei jedem Auf"|treten eines Markennamens eine Fußnote + setzen müssen, die darauf hinweist, dass es sich um einen geschützten + Markennamen handelt. Sie schreiben beispielsweise:% +\ifCommonmaincls +\begin{lstcode} + Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem + Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte + Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem + Markeninhaber vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} + stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} + auch noch die verbesserte Version + SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} her. +\end{lstcode} + Es wird dann dreimal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit + \Macro{footnote} direkt und zweimal mit \Macro{footref}. +\else\iftrue%\ifCommonscrlttr +\begin{lstcode} + Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem + Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte + Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem + Markeninhaber vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} + stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} + auch noch die verbesserte Version + SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} her. +\end{lstcode} + Es wird dann dreimal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit + \Macro{footnote} direkt und zweimal mit \Macro{footref}. +\else +\begin{lstcode} + Die Firma SplischSplasch\footnote{Bei diesem + Namen handelt es sich um eine registrierte + Marke. Alle Rechte daran sind dem + Markeninhaber, der Firma SplischSplasch, + vorbehalten.\label{refnote}} + stellt neben SplischPlumps\footref{refnote} + auch noch die verbesserte Version + SplischPlatsch\footref{refnote} und das sehr + beliebte + SplischSplaschPlumps\footref{refnote} her. +\end{lstcode} + Es wird dann vier Mal eine Marke auf dieselbe Fußnote gesetzt, einmal mit + \Macro{footnote} direkt und drei Mal mit \Macro{footref}. +\fi\fi +\end{Example} +\fi +Da die Fußnotenmarken mit Hilfe des \Macro{label}-Mechanismus gesetzt werden, +werden nach Änderungen, die sich auf die Fußnotennummerierung auswirken, +gegebenenfalls zwei \LaTeX-Durchläufe benötigt, bis die mit \Macro{footref} +gesetzten Marken korrekt sind.% +\ifCommonscrlttr +\par Ein Beispiel zur Verwendung von \Macro{footref} finden Sie in +\autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes} auf \autopageref{example:maincls.footref}.% +\fi +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{footref}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{deffootnote}\OParameter{Markenbreite}\Parameter{Einzug}% + \Parameter{Absatzeinzug}\\ + \hphantom{\Macro{deffootnote}}% + \Parameter{Markendefinition}\\ + \Macro{deffootnotemark}\Parameter{Markendefinition}\\ + \Macro{thefootnotemark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% +Die \KOMAScript-Klassen setzen Fußnoten etwas anders als die Standardklassen. +Die Fußnotenmarkierung im Text, also die Referenzierung der Fußnote, erfolgt +wie bei den Standardklassen durch kleine hochgestellte Zahlen. Genauso werden +die Markierungen auch in der Fußnote selbst wiedergegeben. Sie werden dabei +rechtsbündig in einem Feld der Breite \PName{Markenbreite} gesetzt. Die erste +Zeile der Fußnote schließt direkt an das Feld der Markierung an. + +Alle weiteren Zeilen werden um den Betrag von \PName{Einzug} eingezogen +ausgegeben. Wird der optionale Parameter \PName{Markenbreite} nicht angegeben, +dann entspricht er dem Wert von \PName{Einzug}. Sollte die Fußnote aus +mehreren Absätzen bestehen, dann wird die erste Zeile eines Absatzes +zusätzlich mit dem Einzug der Größe \PName{Absatzeinzug} versehen. + +\autoref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} % +\IfNotCommon{maincls}{auf \autopageref{fig:maincls.deffootnote} }% +veranschaulicht die verschiedenen Parameter% +\IfCommon{maincls}{ nochmals}% +. Die Voreinstellung in den \KOMAScript-Klassen entspricht folgender +Definition: +% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! +\ifCommonscrextend +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + \deffootnote[1em]{1.5em}{1em}{% + \textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} +\else +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + \deffootnote[1em]{1.5em}{1em}{% + \textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}% + } +\end{lstcode} +\fi +Dabei wird mit Hilfe von \Macro{textsuperscript} sowohl die Hochstellung als +auch die Wahl einer kleineren Schrift erreicht. Die Anweisung +\Macro{thefootnotemark} liefert die aktuelle Fußnotenmarke ohne jegliche +Formatierung.% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{ Das Paket \Package{scrextend} überlässt hingegen in der + Voreinstellung das Setzen der Fußnoten der verwendeten Klasse. Das Laden des + Pakets allein sollte daher noch zu keinerlei Änderungen bei der Formatierung + der Fußnoten oder der Fußnotenmarken führen. Zur Übernahme der + Voreinstellungen der \KOMAScript-Klassen muss man vielmehr obige Einstellung + selbst vornehmen. Dazu kann obige Code-Zeile beispielsweise unmittelbar nach + dem Laden von \Package{scrextend} eingefügt werden.}% + +\IfCommon{maincls}{% +\begin{figure} +% \centering + \KOMAoption{captions}{bottombeside} + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside}[{Parameter für die Darstellung der + Fußnoten}]% + {\label{fig:maincls.deffootnote}\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% + \mbox{Parameter} für die Darstellung der Fußnoten}% + [l] + \setlength{\unitlength}{1.02mm} + \begin{picture}(95,22) + \thinlines + % frame of following paragraph + \put(5,0){\line(1,0){90}} + \put(5,0){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(10,5){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,5){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(95,0){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(10,10){\line(1,0){85}} + % frame of first paragraph + \put(5,11){\line(1,0){90}} + \put(5,11){\line(0,1){5}} + \put(15,16){\line(0,1){5}}\put(5,16){\line(1,0){10}} + \put(95,11){\line(0,1){10}} + \put(15,21){\line(1,0){80}} + % box of the footnote mark + \put(0,16.5){\framebox(14.5,4.5){\mbox{}}} + % description of paragraphs + \put(45,16){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\textsf{erster Absatz einer Fußnote}}} + \put(45,5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\textsf{folgender Absatz einer Fußnote}}} + % help lines + \thicklines + \multiput(0,0)(0,3){7}{\line(0,1){2}} + \multiput(5,0)(0,3){3}{\line(0,1){2}} + % parameters + \put(2,7){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(5,7){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(15,7){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(15,7){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Absatzeinzug}}} + % + \put(-3,13){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(0,13){\line(1,0){5}} + \put(10,13){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(10,13){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Einzug}}} + % + \put(-3,19){\vector(1,0){3}} + \put(0,19){\line(1,0){14.5}} + \put(19.5,19){\vector(-1,0){5}} + \put(19.5,19){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\small\PName{Markenbreite}}} + \end{picture} + \end{captionbeside} +\end{figure}} + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% +Auf\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} die Fußnote einschließlich der Markierung findet außerdem +die für das Element \FontElement{footnote}\important{\FontElement{footnote}} +eingestellte Schriftart Anwendung. Die % Umbruchkorrekturvarianten +\IfCommon{maincls}{davon abweichende }% +Schriftart der Markierung kann % +\IfNotCommon{maincls}{jedoch }% +mit Hilfe der Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe +\autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, +\autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) für das +Element \FontElement{footnotelabel}\important{\FontElement{footnotelabel}} +davon abweichend eingestellt werden. Siehe hierzu auch % +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% +. Voreingestellt ist jeweils keine Umschaltung der Schrift.% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{ Die Elemente finden bei scrextend jedoch nur dann + Anwendung, wenn die Fußnoten mit diesem Paket gesetzt werden, also + \Macro{deffootnote} verwendet wurde.}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnotelabel}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnote}% + +Die Fußnotenmarkierung im Text wird getrennt von der Markierung vor der +Fußnote definiert. Dies geschieht mit der Anweisung +\Macro{deffootnotemark}. Voreingestellt ist hier: +% Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigieren! +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + \deffootnotemark{\textsuperscript{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} +Dabei findet\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} die Schriftart für das Element +\FontElement{footnotereference}\IndexFontElement{footnotereference}% +\important{\FontElement{footnotereference}} Anwendung +(siehe % +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}, \autopageref{tab:\csname + label@base\endcsname.elementsWithoutText}}% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{\autoref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}, + \autopageref{tab:maincls.elementsWithoutText}}% +). Die Markierungen im Text und in der Fußnote selbst sind also identisch. Die +Schriftart kann mit den Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und +\Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:\csname + label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:\csname + label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) jedoch geändert werden% +\IfCommon{scrextend}{, sobald die Anweisung \Macro{deffootnotemark} verwendet + wird}% +. + +\ifCommonscrlttr\else +\begin{Example} + \phantomsection\label{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.deffootnote.example}% + Relativ\textnote{Tipp!} häufig wird gewünscht, dass die Markierung in der + Fußnote selbst weder hochgestellt noch kleiner gesetzt wird. Dabei soll sie + aber nicht direkt am Text kleben, sondern geringfügig davor stehen. Dies + kann zum einen wie folgt erreicht werden: +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote{1em}{1em}{\thefootnotemark\ } +\end{lstcode} + Die Fußnotenmarkierung und das folgende Leerzeichen wird also + rechtsbündig in eine Box der Breite 1\Unit{em} gesetzt. Die folgenden + Zeilen der Fußnote werden gegenüber dem linken Rand ebenfalls um 1\Unit{em} + eingezogen. + + Eine\textnote{Tipp!} weitere, oft gefragte Formatierung sind linksbündige + Fußnotenmarkierungen in der Fußnote. Diese können mit folgender Definition + erhalten werden: +\ifCommonscrextend +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote{1.5em}{1em}{% + \makebox[1.5em][l]{\thefootnotemark}} +\end{lstcode} +\else +\begin{lstcode} + \deffootnote{1.5em}{1em}{% + \makebox[1.5em][l]{\thefootnotemark}% + } +\end{lstcode} +\fi + + Sollen jedoch die Fußnoten insgesamt lediglich in einer anderen Schriftart, + beispielsweise serifenlos gesetzt werden, so ist dies ganz einfach mit Hilfe + der Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe + \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) zu lösen: +\begin{lstcode} + \setkomafont{footnote}{\sffamily} +\end{lstcode}% +\end{Example}% +\IfNotCommon{scrextend}{Wie die Beispiele zeigen, ermöglicht {\KOMAScript} mit + dieser einfachen Benutzerschnittstelle eine große Vielfalt unterschiedlicher + Fußnotenformatierungen.}% +\fi% +\IfCommon{scrlttr2}{Beispiele finden Sie in \autoref{sec:maincls.footnotes}, + \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.deffootnote}.}% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnote}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deffootnotemark}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{thefootnotemark}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setfootnoterule}\OParameter{Höhe}\Parameter{Länge}% +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% +Üblicherweise\ChangedAt{v3.06}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} wird zwischen +dem Textbereich und dem Fußnotenapparat eine Trennlinie gesetzt, die jedoch +normalerweise nicht über die gesamte Breite des Satzspiegels geht. Mit Hilfe +dieser Anweisung kann die genaue Länge und die Höhe oder Dicke der Linie +bestimmt werden. Dabei werden \PName{Höhe} und \PName{Länge} erst beim Setzen +der Linie selbst abhängig von \Macro{normalsize} ausgewertet. Der optionale +Parameter \PName{Höhe} kann komplett entfallen und wird dann nicht +geändert. Ist das Argument \PName{Höhe} oder \PName{Länge} leer, so wird die +jeweilige Größe ebenfalls nicht geändert. Es gibt sowohl beim Setzen als auch +bei Verwendung der Größen für unplausible Werte eine Warnung. + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% +Die Farbe\ChangedAt{v3.07}{\Class{scrlttr2}\and \Class{scrbook}\and + \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}\and \Package{scrextend}} der Linie +kann über das Element +\FontElement{footnoterule}\important{\FontElement{footnoterule}} mit Hilfe der +Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe +\autoref{sec:\csname label@base\endcsname.textmarkup}, +\autopageref{desc:\csname label@base\endcsname.cmd.setkomafont}) eingestellt +werden. Voreingestellt ist hierbei keinerlei Änderung von Schrift oder +Farbe. Um die Farbe ändern zu können, muss außerdem ein Farbpaket wie +\Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor}\important{\Package{xcolor}} geladen +sein.% +% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footnoterule}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootnoterule}% +\EndIndex{}{Fussnoten=Fußnoten} + \fi %**************************************************** Ende nur maincls * %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex index bc5cf702c80..7f52f26de4e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide-ngerman.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide-ngerman.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== % \KOMAProvidesFile{guide-ngerman.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-11 08:22:22 +0100 (Mi, 11 Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-09-19 08:01:41 +0200 (Fri, 19 Sep 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide language dependencies] % % \section{Title} @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\GuideAnd} % The ``and'' at a list of two. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\GuideList}{ und } +\newcommand*{\GuideAnd}{ und } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -562,8 +562,13 @@ Back-slash Brief-um-ge-bung Brief-um-ge-bun-gen Da-tei-na-me Da-tei-na-men Da-tei-na-mens + Da-tei-na-men-er-wei-te-rung Da-tei-na-men-er-wei-te-rung-en + Gleich-zei-tig + Hin-ter-grund-ebe-ne Hin-ter-grund-ebe-nen Ka-pi-tel-ebe-ne Ka-pi-tel-ebe-nen + Pa-ket-au-to-ren Pa-pier-rand Pa-pier-ran-des + Rand-ein-stel-lung Rand-ein-stel-lung-en Sei-ten-um-bruch Stan-dard-an-wei-sung Stan-dard-an-wei-sun-gen Stan-dard-ein-stel-lung Stan-dard-ein-stel-lun-gen diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex index 41ba9402133..ae9ac2f1d1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/guide.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % guide.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2013/10/14 KOMA-Script guide main file] +\ProvidesFile{guide.tex}[2014/06/25 KOMA-Script guide main file] \documentclass[\languagename]{scrguide} @@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ \include{typearea} \include{scrbookreportarticle} \include{scrlttr2} -\include{scrpage2} \include{scrlayer-scrpage} \include{scrdatetime} \include{scraddr} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex index 5b0a0cc633e..bd4e69491e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/introduction.tex @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{introduction.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-11 10:18:01 +0100 (Mi, 11. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-16 13:50:27 +0100 (Thu, 16 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide introduction] \chapter{Einleitung} @@ -293,6 +293,10 @@ jeweiligen Paketverwaltung wird in der Datei \File{INSTALLD.txt}, die Bestandteil jeder \KOMAScript-Verteilung ist, beschrieben. Beachten Sie dazu auch die jeweilige Dokumentation zur installierten \TeX-Distribution. +Daneben gibt es auf \cite{homepage} seit einiger Zeit Installationspakete von +Zwischenversionen von \KOMAScript{} für die wichtigsten Distributionen. Für +deren Installation ist die dortige Anleitung zu beachten. + \section{Fehlermeldungen, Fragen, Probleme} \label{sec:introduction.errors} @@ -415,3 +419,5 @@ konzipiert. Für Anfänger sind sie wenig oder nicht geeignet. %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% End: + +% LocalWords: Installationspakete Zwischenversionen diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/linkalias.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/linkalias.tex index 0c19526f10e..cfcc44aa11c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/linkalias.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/linkalias.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % linkalias.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ % Link Aliase, die für die freie Version der Anleitung benötigt werden. % -\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2012/02/16 link aliases for the free version] +\ProvidesFile{linkalias.tex}[2014/03/18 link aliases for the free version] \makeatletter \newcommand*{\lalias}[2]{% @@ -65,3 +65,8 @@ \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setfootnoterule}{desc:maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.description}{desc:maincls.env.description} \lalias{desc:scrlttr2.env.labeling}{desc:maincls.env.labeling} + +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer.cmd.chaptermark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark} +\lalias{desc:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.automark}{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex index af0736bbfbe..9a320e9e4b4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scraddr.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scraddr.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scraddr.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{scraddr.tex}[2011/09/30 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scraddr.tex} + [$Date: 2014-01-28 09:11:31 +0100 (Tue, 28 Jan 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scraddr)] \chapter{Adressdateien mit \Package{scraddr} erschließen}% \labelbase{scraddr}% @@ -161,7 +163,7 @@ folgendermaßen aussehen: \end{lstcode} Das vierte Argument, die Telefonnummer, wurde hier leer gelassen. -Erstens hat es in dem Zusammenhang keinen Sinn, und zweitens sollte +Erstens hat es in dem Zusammenhang keinen Sinn und zweitens sollte dies ja auch möglich sein. Mit dem oben beschriebenen Ladebefehl lesen wir die Adressdatei @@ -213,14 +215,18 @@ erfolgt per \Macro{Comment} oder \Macro{FreeIII}. Der Zugriff auf das vierte freie Argument mittels \Macro{FreeIV} ist nur für \Macro{addrentry}-Einträge gültig. Bei \Macro{adrentry}-Einträgen ist seine Verwendung nicht zulässig. Näheres -hierzu finde sich im nächsten Abschnitt. +hierzu findet sich im nächsten Abschnitt. \section{Paketoptionen für Warnungen} Wie im vorherigen Abschnitt erwähnt, ist die Benutzung des Zugriffsbefehls \Macro{FreeIV} bei \Macro{adrentry}-Einträgen nicht zulässig. Wie \Package{scraddr} darauf reagiert, ist allerdings durch Paketoptionen -konfigurierbar. +konfigurierbar. Bitte beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass dieses Paket die +erweiterte Optionenschnittstelle mit \Macro{KOMAoptions} und +\Macro{KOMAoption} nicht unterstützt. Die Optionen sind also entweder als +globale Optionen bei \Macro{documentclass} oder als lokale Optionen bei +\Macro{usepackage} anzugeben. \begin{Declaration} @@ -248,18 +254,19 @@ Reaktionen zwischen \emph{Ignorieren} bis \emph{Abbruch} falls bei einem \item[\Option{adrFreeIVstop}] Der \LaTeX{}-Lauf wird mit einer Fehlermeldung unterbrochen. \end{labeling} -Zur Auswahl der gewünschten Reaktion wird die entsprechende Option beim Laden -des Pakets im optionalen Argument des \Macro{usepackage}-Befehls übergeben. -Die standardmäßige Einstellung für das Paket \Package{scraddr} ist die Option -\Option{adrFreeIVshow}.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVempty}\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVshow}% -\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVwarn}\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVstop} +Wird für das Paket keine Option angegeben, so ist \Option{adrFreeIVshow} +voreingestellt.% +\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVstop}% +\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVwarn}% +\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVshow}% +\EndIndex{Option}{adrFreeIVempty}% \endinput %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex index 0f84bda93e0..958a9e47f7e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbase.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrbase.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrbase.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ====================================================================== \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbase.tex} - [$Date: 2013-11-06 12:44:59 +0100 (Mi, 06. Nov 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-09-19 10:04:02 +0200 (Fri, 19 Sep 2014) $ KOMA-Script package scrbase] \chapter{Grundlegende Funktionen im Paket \Package{scrbase}} @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ Das Paket \Package{keyval} erlaubt es, Schlüssel zu definieren und diesen Werten zuzuweisen. Auch die Optionen, die \Package{scrbase} bereitstellt, verwenden die \Package{keyval}-Syntax: \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert}. -\BeginIndex{Option}{internalonly~=\PName{Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{internalonly}\PName{Wert} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Option}{internalonly~=\PName{Wert}}% Von \Package{scrbase} werden einige Verzweigungsanweisungen bereitgestellt. Dabei verwendet es primär die Bezeichnungen \Macro{scr@\PName{Name}}. Es handelt sich somit um interne @@ -112,10 +112,12 @@ Anwender können sie mit oder ohne Wertangabe entweder als globale Option bei [internalonly=/ifVTeX/ifundefinedorrelax]% {foo} \end{lstcode} - Der Klassenname \Class{foo} wird hier als Platzhalter für irgend eine Klasse + Der Klassenname \Class{foo} wird hier als Platzhalter für irgendeine Klasse verwendet. Die Bedeutungen der Anweisungen \Macro{ifVTeX} und \Macro{ifundefinedorrelax} sowie weitere Verzweigungsanweisungen sind - \autoref{sec:scrbase.if} zu entnehmen. + \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, %\autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX} und + %\autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax} + ab \autopageref{sec:scrbase.if} zu entnehmen. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Option}{internalonly~=\PName{Wert}}% @@ -125,7 +127,7 @@ Anwender können sie mit oder ohne Wertangabe entweder als globale Option bei \label{sec:scrbase.keyvalue} Wie bereits in \autoref{sec:scrbase.loadit} erwähnt, setzt \Package{scrbase} -bei Schlüsseln und deren Werte auf das Paket \Package{keyval}. Allerdings +bei Schlüsseln und deren Werten auf das Paket \Package{keyval}. Allerdings erweitert es dessen Funktionalität. Während bei \Package{keyval} ein Schlüssel einer Familie gehört, kennt \Package{scrbase} zu jeder Familie auch noch Familienmitglieder. Ein Schlüssel kann dann sowohl einer Familie als auch @@ -133,12 +135,12 @@ einem oder mehreren Familienmitgliedern gehören. Außerdem kann ein Wert einem Schlüssel eines Familienmitglieds, einem Schlüssel einer Familie oder einem Schlüssel aller Familienmitglieder zugewiesen werden. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamily}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyMember}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DefineFamily}\Parameter{Familienname}\\ \Macro{DefineFamilyMember}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familienname} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamily}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyMember}% \Package{scrbase} muss aus verschiedenen Gründen die Mitglieder einer Familie kennen. Daher ist es notwendig, eine neue Familie zunächst mit \Macro{DefineFamily} zu definieren und so eine leere Mitgliederliste zu @@ -158,8 +160,9 @@ Theoretisch wäre es möglich, mit einem leeren optionalen Argument \PName{Mitglied} auch ein Mitglied ohne Name zu definieren. Dies würde jedoch der Familie selbst entsprechen. Es wird empfohlen als \PName{Familienname} nur Buchstaben und Ziffern zu verwenden und das \PName{Mitglied} immer mit einem -anderen Zeichen zu verwenden. Anderenfalls könnte es passieren, dass sich -Mitglieder einer Familie mit Mitgliedern anderer Familien überdecken. +anderen Zeichen, vorzugsweise einem Punkt, zu beginnen. Anderenfalls könnte +es passieren, dass sich Mitglieder einer Familie mit Mitgliedern anderer +Familien überdecken. \Package{scrbase} definiert selbst bereits die Familie »\PValue{KOMA}« und fügt ihr das Mitglied »\PValue{.scrbase.sty}« hinzu. Grundsätzlich ist die @@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ Pakete im Gesamtpaket als Mitglied zu verwenden. \DefineFamily{Fleischermeister} \DefineFamilyMember{Fleischermeister} \end{lstcode} - ein. Dadurch werden dann beim Laden der drei genannten Pakete der Familie + ein. Dadurch wird beim Laden der drei genannten Pakete der Familie »\PValue{Fleischermeister}« je nach Paket eines der drei Mitglieder »\PValue{.Salami.sty}«, »\PValue{.Mettwurst.sty}« und »\PValue{.Krakauer.sty}« zugefügt. Am Ende sind dann alle drei Mitglieder @@ -187,12 +190,6 @@ Pakete im Gesamtpaket als Mitglied zu verwenden. \EndIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyMember}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamily}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyState}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DefineFamilyKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Schlüssel}\OParameter{Säumniswert}\\ @@ -203,6 +200,12 @@ Pakete im Gesamtpaket als Mitglied zu verwenden. \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}\\ \Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyState}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue}% Mit dieser Anweisung wird ein \PName{Schlüssel} definiert. Ist ein \PName{Mitglied} angegeben, so ist der \PName{Schlüssel} eine Eigenschaft dieses Mitglieds der angegebenen \PName{Familie}. Ist kein Mitglied @@ -218,12 +221,12 @@ eingesetzt. Falls kein \PName{Säumniswert} angegeben wird, kann später der \begin{Explain} \phantomsection\label{explain:scrbase.macro.DefineFamilyKey}% Letztlich führt -\begin{lstcode}[escapeinside=»«] +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox,escapeinside=»«] \DefineFamilyKey[»\PName{Mitglied}«]{»\PName{Familie}«}{»\PName{Schlüssel}«} [»\PName{Säumniswert}«]{»\PName{Aktion}«} \end{lstcode} zu dem Aufruf -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={define@key},escapeinside=»«] +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox,moretexcs={define@key},escapeinside=»«] \define@key{»\PName{Familie\,Mitglied}«}{»\PName{Schlüssel}«} [»\PName{Säumniswert}«]{»\PName{erweiterte Aktion}«} \end{lstcode} @@ -234,33 +237,42 @@ eingesetzt. Falls kein \PName{Säumniswert} angegeben wird, kann später der \end{Explain} Erfolg\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} oder Misserfolg der Ausführung der -\PName{Aktion} werden über \Macro{FamilyKeyState} an \Package{scrbase} zurück -gemeldet, damit dieses je nach Bedarf und Verwendung der Option weitere -Maßnahmen ergreifen kann. In der Voreinstellung ist \Macro{FamilyKeyState} -identisch mit \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}. Das bedeutet, dass es nicht -sicher ist, ob die Option korrekt verarbeitet werden konnte. Findet -\Package{scrbase} nach Ausführung der \PName{Aktion} noch immer diesen Zustand -vor, so wird ein Hinweis in die \File{log}-Datei geschrieben und im weiteren -der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} angenommen. - -Der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} signalisiert, dass die Option und -die Wertzuweisung an die Option vollständig abgeschlossen wurde und alles in -Ordnung ist. Auf den Zustand kann einfach durch Aufruf von -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} selbst umgeschaltet werden. - -Der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} signalisiert, dass die Option -zwar verarbeitet wurde, ihr jedoch ein Wert zugewiesen werden sollte, der -nicht erlaubt ist. Diesen Zustand meldet beispielsweise \Package{typearea}, -wenn versucht wird, an Option \Option{twoside} den Wert \PValue{unbekannt} -zuzuweisen. Die Umschaltung auf den Zustand erfolgt einfach durch Aufruf von +\PName{Aktion} werden über +\Macro{FamilyKeyState} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyState}} % einige davon sind + % schlicht zu breit! +an \Package{scrbase} zurück gemeldet, damit dieses je nach Bedarf und +Verwendung des Schlüssels weitere Maßnahmen ergreifen kann. In der +Voreinstellung ist \Macro{FamilyKeyState} identisch mit +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknown}. Das bedeutet, dass es nicht sicher ist, ob der +Schlüssel korrekt verarbeitet werden konnte. Findet \Package{scrbase} nach +Ausführung der \PName{Aktion} noch immer diesen Zustand vor, so wird ein +Hinweis in die \File{log}-Datei geschrieben und im weiteren der Zustand +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} angenommen. + +Der Zustand +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}} +signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel und die Wertzuweisung an den Schlüssel +vollständig abgeschlossen wurde und alles in Ordnung ist. Auf den Zustand kann +einfach durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} selbst umgeschaltet +werden. + +Der Zustand +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue}} +signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel zwar verarbeitet wurde, ihm jedoch ein Wert +zugewiesen werden sollte, der nicht erlaubt ist. Diesen Zustand meldet +beispielsweise \Package{typearea}, wenn versucht wird, an Option +\Option{twoside} den Wert \PValue{unbekannt} zuzuweisen. Die Umschaltung auf +den Zustand erfolgt einfach durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} selbst. -Der Zustand \Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} signalisiert, dass die Option nicht -verarbeitet werden konnte, weil sie zwingend einen Wert erwartet, sie aber -ohne Wertzuweisung aufgerufen wurde. Dieser Zustand wird automatisch gesetzt, -wenn eine Option, die keinen \PName{Säumniswert} besitzt, ohne Wertzuweisung -verwendet wird. Theoretisch wäre aber auch eine explizite Umschaltung darauf -durch Aufruf von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} selbst möglich. +Der Zustand +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} %\important{\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue}} +signalisiert, dass der Schlüssel nicht verarbeitet werden konnte, weil er +zwingend einen Wert erwartet, er aber ohne Wertzuweisung aufgerufen +wurde. Dieser Zustand wird automatisch gesetzt, wenn ein Schlüssel, der keinen +\PName{Säumniswert} besitzt, ohne Wertzuweisung verwendet wird. Theoretisch +wäre aber auch eine explizite Umschaltung darauf durch Aufruf von +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateNeedValue} selbst möglich. Desweiteren können zusätzliche Fehlerzustände definiert werden, indem man \Macro{FamilyKeyState} auf eine kurze Meldung umdefiniert. In der Regel @@ -281,10 +293,10 @@ sollten jedoch die vier vordefinierten Zustände verwendet werden. \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \end{lstcode} - Als Wert sind daher beim Aufruf \PValue{true} oder \PValue{false} + Als Wert ist daher beim Aufruf \PValue{true} oder \PValue{false} erlaubt. Ein Test auf unerlaubte Werte existiert in diesem Beispiel - nicht. Stattdessen wird immer zurück gemeldet, dass die Option vollständig - und korrekt verarbeitet wwurde. Wird der Schlüssel später verwendet, so muss + nicht. Stattdessen wird immer zurückgemeldet, dass der Schlüssel vollständig + und korrekt verarbeitet wurde. Wird der Schlüssel später verwendet, so muss entweder einer der erlaubten Werte zugewiesen oder ein Aufruf ohne Wertzuweisung verwendet werden. In letzterem Fall wird der Säumniswert \PName{true} zugewiesen. @@ -302,14 +314,14 @@ sollten jedoch die vier vordefinierten Zustände verwendet werden. \EndIndex{Cmd}{DefineFamilyKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyProcessOptions}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyProcessOptions}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyProcessOptions}% Grundsätzlich ist die Erweiterung der Schlüssel von Familien auf Familien und Familienmitglieder dazu gedacht, dass Schlüssel beziehungsweise die Wertzuweisung an Schlüssel als ganz normale Klassen- oder Paketoptionen -verwendet werden kann. Diese Anweisung stellt daher ein Erweiterung von +verwendet werden können. Diese Anweisung stellt daher eine Erweiterung von \Macro{ProcessOptions*} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern dar (siehe \cite{latex:clsguide}). Dabei verarbeitet die Anweisung nicht nur Optionen, die mit \Macro{DeclareOption} definiert wurden. Es werden auch alle Schlüssel @@ -344,20 +356,21 @@ Man kann \Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} wahlweise als Erweiterung von werden mit Hilfe von \Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} aus \PName{Schlüssel=Wert}-Paaren Optionen. -Während der Ausführung von Optionen darf \Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} nicht -verwendet werden. Es ist also insbesondere nicht erlaubt, innerhalb der -Ausführung von Optionen Pakete zu laden, die selbst -\Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} verwenden.% +Wie\textnote{Achtung!} auch \Macro{ProcessOptions} darf +\Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} nicht während der Ausführung von Optionen +verwendet werden. Es ist also insbesondere auch nicht erlaubt, innerhalb der +Ausführung von Optionen Pakete zu laden.%, die selbst +%\Macro{FamilyProcessOptions} verwenden.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyProcessOptions}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyExecuteOptions}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyExecuteOptions}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Optionenliste} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisung stellt ein Erweiterung von +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyExecuteOptions}% +Diese Anweisung stellt eine Erweiterung von \Macro{ExecuteOptions} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern dar (siehe \cite{latex:clsguide}). Dabei verarbeitet die Anweisung nicht nur Optionen, die mit \Macro{DeclareOption} definiert wurden. Es werden auch alle Schlüssel @@ -379,20 +392,20 @@ Mitglieds gesetzt wird. ergänzt werden. \end{Example} -Diese Anweisung darf auch innerhalb dere Ausführung von Optionen verwendet +Diese Anweisung darf auch innerhalb der Ausführung von Optionen verwendet werden.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyExecuteOptions}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOptions}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyOptions}\Parameter{Familie}\Parameter{Optionenliste}% \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOptions}% Die \PName{Optionenliste} hat dabei die Form: -\begin{flushleft}\vskip\dp\strutbox\begin{tabular}{l} +\begin{flushleft}\begin{tabular}{l} \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert}\texttt{,}% - \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert}\dots + \PName{Schlüssel}\texttt{=}\PName{Wert} \dots \end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} wobei für \PName{Schlüssel}, für die ein Säumniswert definiert ist, die Wertzuweisung natürlich auch entfallen kann. @@ -416,40 +429,52 @@ Mitglieder über \Macro{FamilyKeyState} einen Fehler zurückmeldet. \begin{lstcode} \ProvidesPackage{Wurstsalat}% [2008/05/06 nonsense package] + \RequirePackage{scrbase} \DefineFamily{Fleischermeister} \DefineFamilyMember{Fleischermeister} \FamilyProcessOptions{Fleischermeister}\relax \FamilyOptions{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt} \end{lstcode} - Sollte noch kein Wurst-Paket geladen sein, so würde nun eine Fehlermeldung + Sollte noch kein Wurstpaket geladen sein, so würde nun eine Fehlermeldung wegen der nicht definierten Option »\Option{Aufschnitt}« ausgegeben. Das - kann vermieden werden, wenn die letzte Zeile in -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={Family@Options}] - \Family@Options{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt}{} + kann vermieden werden, indem vor der letzten Zeile für das Paket selbst + ebenfalls ein entsprechender Schlüssel definiert wird: +\begin{lstcode} + \DefineFamilyKey{Fleischermeister}% + {Aufschnitt}[true]{}% \end{lstcode} - geändert wird. Allerdings produzieren so Wurst-Pakete, die nach + Allerdings produzieren so Wurstpakete, die nach \Package{Wurstsalat} geladen werden, keinen Aufschnitt. Dies kann man - ebenfalls ändern, wenn die letzte Zeile erneut überarbeitet wird: -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={Family@Options}] + ebenfalls ändern: +\begin{lstcode} \AtBeginDocument{% - \Family@Options{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt}{% - \PackageWarning{Wurstsalat}{% - Wurstsalat benötigt mindestens ein - Wurst-Paket}% - }% + \DefineFamilyKey[.Wurstsalat.sty]% + {Fleischermeister}% + {Aufschnitt}[true]{}% + } + \DefineFamilyKey{Fleischermeister}% + {Aufschnitt}[true]{% + \AtBeginDocument{\FamilyOptions{Fleischermeister}% + {Aufschnitt=#1}}% }% \end{lstcode} - Statt auf jegliche Meldung zu verzichten, falls kein Wurst-Paket geladen - ist, wird nun auch gleich noch eine Warnung ausgegeben. + Somit wird zunächst während \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} die Option so + definiert, dass sie für das Paket \Package{Wurstsalat} keine Funktion mehr + ausübt. Da zu diesem Zeitpunkt \Macro{@currname} und \Macro{@currext} nicht + mehr gültig sind, muss dabei das optionale Argument von + \Macro{DefineFamilyKey} verwendet werden. Bis zu dieser Umdefinierung der + Option wird jedoch eine Definition verwendet, die während + \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} die Option erneut für die gesamte Familie + ausführt und damit auch für andere Wurstpakete setzt. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOptions}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOption}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyOption}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Option}\Parameter{Werteliste}% \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyOption}% Neben Optionen, die sich gegenseitig ausschließende Werte besitzen, kann es auch Optionen geben, die gleichzeitig mehrere Werte annehmen können. Für diese wäre es bei Verwendung von \Macro{FamilyOptions} notwendig, der Option mehrfach @@ -458,11 +483,11 @@ anzugeben. Stattdessen kann man einfach mit \Macro{FamilyOption} einer einzigen \PName{Option} eine ganze \PName{Werteliste} zuweisen. Die \PName{Werteliste} ist dabei eine durch Komma separierte Liste von Werten: \begin{flushleft}\begin{tabular}{l} - \PName{Wert}\texttt{,}\PName{Wert}\dots + \PName{Wert}\texttt{,}\PName{Wert} \dots \end{tabular}\end{flushleft} In diesem Zusammenhang sei darauf hingewiesen, dass die Verwendung eines Kommas in einem Wert möglich ist, wenn man den Wert in geschweifte Klammern -setzt. Die weiteren Funktionsweise ist der vorhergehenden Erklärung zu +setzt. Die weitere Funktionsweise ist der vorhergehenden Erklärung zu \Macro{FamilyOptions} zu entnehmen. \begin{Example} Das Paket \Package{Wurstsalat} soll eine Option bekommen, über die man @@ -501,30 +526,32 @@ setzt. Die weiteren Funktionsweise ist der vorhergehenden Erklärung zu \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AtEndOfFamilyOptions}% Manchmal\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} ist es vorteilhafter, wenn nicht -jede Wertzuweisung an eine Option eine \PName{Aktion} auslöst, sondern dies -erst geschieht, wenn alle Wertzuweisungen innerhalb eines Aufrufs von -\Macro{FamilyProcessOptions}, \Macro{FamilyExecuteOptions}, -\Macro{FamilyOptions} oder \Macro{FamilyOption} abgeschlossen sind. Genau dies -ist mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions} möglich. Die Rückmeldung von +jede Wertzuweisung an eine Option unmittelbar eine \PName{Aktion} auslöst, +sondern dies erst geschieht, wenn alle Wertzuweisungen innerhalb eines Aufrufs +von \Macro{FamilyProcessOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyProcessOptions} oder +\Macro{FamilyExecuteOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyExecuteOptions} beziehungsweise +\Macro{FamilyOptions}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} oder +\Macro{FamilyOption}\IndexCmd{FamilyOptions} abgeschlossen sind. Genau das ist +mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtEndOfFamilyOptions} möglich. Die Rückmeldung von Fehlerzuständen ist über diese Anweisung jedoch ebenso wenig möglich, wie die Verwendung dieser Anweisung außerhalb der Ausführung von Optionen. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{AtEndOfFamilyOptions}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyBoolKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetBool}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyBoolKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Schaltername}\\ \Macro{FamilySetBool}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Schaltername}\Parameter{Wert} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyBoolKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetBool}% In den vorherigen Beispielen wurden schon mehrfach Schalter gesetzt. Im Beispiel der Option \Option{Aufschnitt} war es dabei notwendig, dass der -Anwender als Werte \PValue{true} oder \PValue{false} angibt. Es existierte +Anwender als Wert \PValue{true} oder \PValue{false} angibt. Es existierte keine Fehlerbehandlung, falls der Anwender einen falschen Wert verwendet. Da -solche boolschen Schalter ein häufiger Anwendungsfall sind, kann man sie bei +solche booleschen Schalter ein häufiger Anwendungsfall sind, kann man sie bei \Package{scrbase} einfach mit \Macro{FamilyBoolKey} definieren. Dabei sind die Argumente \PName{Mitglied}, \PName{Familie} und \PName{Schlüssel} die gleichen wie bei \Macro{DefineFamilyKey} (siehe @@ -540,11 +567,11 @@ definiert und mit \PName{false} voreingestellt. Intern verwendet auch die Werte \PValue{on} und \PValue{yes} zum Einschalten und neben \PValue{false} auch die Werte \PValue{off} und \PValue{no} zum Ausschalten. Wird ein unbekannter Wert übergeben, so wird die Anweisung -\Macro{FamilyUnkownKeyValue} mit den Argumenten \PName{Familie}, +\Macro{FamilyUnknownKeyValue} mit den Argumenten \PName{Familie}, \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Wert} aufgerufen und so \Macro{FamilyKeyState} entsprechend gesetzt. Dadurch wird dann gegebenenfalls eine Meldung über -unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch -\autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue} und +eine unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch +\autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue} und \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState}). \begin{Example} Der Schlüssel \Option{Aufschnitt} soll in den Wurstpaketen etwas robuster @@ -555,7 +582,7 @@ unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch \FamilyBoolKey{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt}% {@Aufschnitt} \end{lstcode} - Ein Test, ob Aufschnitt produziert wird sähe dann so aus: + Ein Test, ob Aufschnitt produziert wird, sähe dann so aus: \begin{lstcode} \if@Aufschnitt ... @@ -570,7 +597,8 @@ unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch \@ifundefined{if@Aufschnitt}{% \expandafter\newif\csname if@Aufschnitt\endcsname }{}% - \DefineFamilyKey[]{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt}[true]{% + \DefineFamilyKey[]{Fleischermeister} + {Aufschnitt}[true]{% \FamilySetBool{Fleischermeister}{Aufschnitt}% {@Aufschnitt}% {#1}% @@ -598,18 +626,17 @@ unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch ... \fi \end{lstcode} - zusätzliche Aktionen in Abhängigkeit davon, ob \Macro{FamilySetBool} - erfolgreich war oder nicht, ausführen. Es ist zu beachten, dass an dieser - Stelle unbedingt ein Test mit Hilfe von \Macro{ifx} vorzunehmen - ist. Expandierende Tests wie \Macro{ifstr} sind hier zu vermeiden. + ergänzen, um zusätzliche Aktionen in Abhängigkeit davon, ob + \Macro{FamilySetBool} erfolgreich war oder nicht, auszuführen. Es ist zu + beachten, dass an dieser Stelle unbedingt ein Test mit Hilfe von \Macro{ifx} + vorzunehmen ist. Expandierende Tests wie \Macro{ifstr} sind hier zu + vermeiden. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetBool}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyBoolKey} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyNumericalKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetNumerical}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% \Parameter{Schlüssel}\\ @@ -621,7 +648,8 @@ unbekannte Wertzuweisung ausgegeben (siehe auch \Parameter{Makroname}\Parameter{Werteliste}% \Parameter{Wert} \end{Declaration} -% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyNumericalKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetNumerical}% Während Schalter nur zwei Werte annehmen können, gibt es auch Schlüssel, die mehrere Werte kennen. So kann beispielsweise eine Ausrichtung nicht nur links oder nicht links, sondern beispielsweise links, mittig oder rechts @@ -632,7 +660,7 @@ Wert. Daher heißt bei \Package{scrbase} die Anweisung, mit der man via \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey}. Die \PName{Werteliste} hat dabei die Form \begin{flushleft}\vskip\dp\strutbox\begin{tabular}{l} \Parameter{Wert}\Parameter{Definition}\texttt{,}% - \Parameter{Wert}\Parameter{Definition}\texttt{,}% + \Parameter{Wert}\Parameter{Definition} % \dots \end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} Über diese \PName{Werteliste} werden so nicht nur die erlaubten Werte für den @@ -666,8 +694,8 @@ expandiert wird. \FamilyOptions{Fleischermeister}{SalatSchnitt=Nein} \end{lstcode} angegeben werden. In beiden Fällen würde \Macro{Schnitt} mit dem Inhalt - \PValue{Kein} definiert. Es kann durchaus sinnvoll sein, wie in diesem - Beispiel dem Anwender mehrere Werte für denselben Zweck anzubieten. + \PValue{Kein} definiert. Es kann durchaus sinnvoll sein, dem Anwender wie in + diesem Beispiel mehrere Werte für denselben Zweck anzubieten. Nun ist es sehr wahrscheinlich, dass die Schnittart nicht ausgegeben, sondern später ausgewertet werden soll. In diesem Fall sind die textuellen @@ -692,47 +720,127 @@ expandiert wird. \end{lstcode} unterschieden werden. \end{Example} -Intern wird von \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey} dann \Macro{DefineFamilyKey} -mit der Anweisung \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} verwendet. Wird an einen solchen +% +Intern wird von \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey} dann \Macro{DefineFamilyKey} mit +der Anweisung \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} verwendet. Wird an einen solchen Schlüssel ein unbekannter Wert übergeben, so wird von -\Macro{FamilySetNumerical} die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyUnkownKeyValue} mit den +\Macro{FamilySetNumerical} Anweisung \Macro{FamilyUnknownKeyValue} mit den Argumenten \PName{Familie}, \PName{Schlüssel} und \PName{Wert} -aufgerufen. Dadurch wird dann eine Fehlermeldung über unbekannte Wertzuweisung -ausgegeben. - -Beim Aufruf von \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} wird wiederum auch der Erfolg oder -Misserfolg automatisch via \Macro{FamilyKeyState} signalisiert. +aufgerufen. Dies führt zu einer Fehlersignalisierung in \Macro{FamilyKeyState} +mit Hilfe des Status \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} und beispielsweise bei +der Verwendung als lokale Option zu einer Fehlermeldung. Ebenso wird beim +Aufruf von \Macro{FamilySetNumerical} auch der Erfolg via +\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} in \Macro{FamilyKeyState} signalisiert.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetNumerical}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyNumericalKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyStringKey}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{FamilyStringKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}\Parameter{Schlüssel}\\ + \Macro{FamilyCounterKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{\LaTeX-Zähler}\\ +% \hphantom{\XMacro{FamilyCounterKey}}% +% \Parameter{\LaTeX-Zähler} + \Macro{FamilySetCounter}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{\LaTeX-Zähler}\Parameter{Wert} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounter}% +Während\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} bei \Macro{FamilyNumericalKey} ein +Makro aufgrund eines symbolischen \PName{Wert}s auf einen korrespondierenden +nummerischen Wert gesetzt wurde, gibt es natürlich auch Fälle, in denen ein +\PName{Schlüssel} direkt einen \PName{\LaTeX-Zähler} rerpäsentiert, dem +unmittelbar ein nummerischer \PName{Wert} zugewiesen werden soll. Dazu dient +die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyCounterKey}, von der intern dann +\Macro{FamilySetCounter} aufgerufen wird. Dabei finden einige grundlegende +Prüfungen des \PName{Wert}-Arguments statt um festzustellen, ob dieses +Argument für eine Zuweisung an einen Zähler in Frage kommt. Die Zuweisung +findet nur statt, wenn diese Prüfungen gelingen. Allerdings können hier nicht +alle Fehler erkannt werden, so dass eine falsche Zuweisung auch zu einer +Fehlermeldung von \TeX{} selbst führen kann. Erkannte Fehler werden hingegen +über \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} signalisiert. + +Bitte beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie, dass diese Anweisungen keinen +Säumniswert unterstützen.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounter}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterKey}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyCounterMacroKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Makro}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetCounterMacro}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Makro}\Parameter{Wert}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterMacroKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounterMacro}% +Diese\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} beiden Anweisungen unterscheiden +sich von den zuvor erklärten \Macro{FamilyCounterKey} und +\Macro{FamilySetCounter} nur dadurch, dass nicht ein \LaTeX-Zähler auf einen +Wert gesetzt wird, sondern ein \PName{Makro} mit diesem Wert definiert +wird. Auch\textnote{Achtung!} dabei wird kein Säumniswert unterstützt.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetCounterMacro}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyCounterMacroKey}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyLengthKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Länge}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetLength}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Länge}\Parameter{Wert}\\ + \Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Makro}\\ + \Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\Parameter{Makro}\Parameter{Wert}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLength}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthMacroKey}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLengthMacro}% +Über\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \Macro{FamilyLengthKey} kann ein +\PName{Schlüssel} definiert werden, der eine \PName{Länge} +repräsentiert. Dabei spielt es keine Rolle, ob eine \LaTeX-Länge, ein +\TeX-Abstand oder eine \TeX-Ausdehnung als \PName{Länge} verwendet +wird. Intern wird die \PName{Länge} über \Macro{FamilySetLength} gesetzt. +Dabei finden einige grundlegende Prüfungen des \PName{Wert}-Arguments statt um +festzustellen, ob dieses Argument für eine Zuweisung an eine \PName{Länge} in +Frage kommt. Die Zuweisung findet nur statt, wenn diese Prüfungen +gelingen. Allerdings können hier nicht alle Fehler erkannt werden, so dass +eine falsche Zuweisung auch zu einer Fehlermeldung von \TeX{} selbst führen +kann. Erkannte Fehler werden hingegen über \Macro{FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue} +signalisiert.% + +Bei Verwendung der Anweisungen \Macro{FamilyLengthMacroKey} und +\Macro{FamilySetLengthMacro} findet die Speicherung des Werts nicht in einer +\Macro{Länge}, sondern in einem \Macro{Makro} statt.% + +Bitte beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass auch diese Anweisungen keinen +Säumniswert unterstützen.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLengthMacro}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthMacroKey}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilySetLength}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyLengthKey}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{FamilyStringKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% + \Parameter{Schlüssel}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{FamilyStringKey}}% \OParameter{Säumniswert}\Parameter{Makro} \end{Declaration} -% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyStringKey}% Hier wird nun\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrbase}} ein Schlüssel definiert, der jeden beliebigen Wert annehmen kann. Der Wert wird in dem angegebenen \PName{Makro} gespeichert. Wird das optionales Argument für den -\PName{Säumniswert} weg gelassen, so entspricht der Aufruf -\begin{quote} -\Macro{DefineFamilyKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% -\Parameter{Schlüssel}\\ -\hphantom{\Macro{DefineFamilyKey}}% -\PParameter{\Macro{def}\PName{Makro}\string{\#1\string}}. -\end{quote} +\PName{Säumniswert} weggelassen, so entspricht die Anweisung: +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1pt,escapeinside=»«] + \DefineFamilyKey[»\PName{Mitglied}«]{»\PName{Familie}«}{»\PName{Schlüssel}«} + {\def»\PName{Makro}«{#1}} +\end{lstcode} Existiert -das optionale Argument für den \PName{Säumniswert} so entspricht der Aufruf -\begin{quote} -\Macro{DefineFamilyKey}\OParameter{Mitglied}\Parameter{Familie}% -\Parameter{Schlüssel}\\ -\hphantom{\Macro{DefineFamilyKey}}% -\OParameter{Säumniswert}% -\PParameter{\Macro{def}\PName{Makro}\string{\#1\string}% -\Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}. -\end{quote} +das optionale Argument für den \PName{Säumniswert} so entspricht die Anweisung: +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1pt,escapeinside=»«] + \DefineFamilyKey[»\PName{Mitglied}«]{»\PName{Familie}«}{»\PName{Schlüssel}«} + [»\PName{Säumniswert}«] + {\def»\PName{Makro}«{#1}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +\end{lstcode} + Ist \PName{Makro} noch nicht definiert, so wird es als leeres Makro definiert. \begin{Example} @@ -761,15 +869,14 @@ Wertzuweisung an den Schlüssel keine Absätze enthalten sein dürfen. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyStringKey}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyUnkownKeyValue}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{FamilyUnkownKeyValue}\Parameter{Familie}\Parameter{Schlüssel}% + \Macro{FamilyUnknownKeyValue}\Parameter{Familie}\Parameter{Schlüssel}% \Parameter{Wert}\Parameter{Werteliste} \end{Declaration} -Die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyUnkownKeyValue} signalisiert über -\Macro{FamilyKeyState} einen Fehler aufgrund eines unbekannten oder -unerlaubten Werts. Als \PName{Werteliste} -wird dabei eine durch Komma separierte Liste von erlaubten Werten der Form +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyUnknownKeyValue}% +Diese Anweisung signalisiert über \Macro{FamilyKeyState} einen Fehler aufgrund +eines unbekannten oder unerlaubten Werts. Dabei wird als \PName{Werteliste} +eine durch Komma separierte Liste von erlaubten Werten der Form \begin{flushleft}\vskip\dp\strutbox\begin{tabular}{l} `\PName{Wert}'\texttt{,} `\PName{Wert}' \dots \end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} @@ -803,27 +910,27 @@ erwartet. Allerdings\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} wird die \fi }% \end{lstcode} - Hier wird zunächst versucht, den boolschen Schalter für Aufschnitt über - \Macro{FamilySetBool} zu setzen. Wenn dies über \Macro{FamilyKeyState} den - Erfolgs-Status \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} zurück liefert, wird nur noch - der Feinschnitt abgeschaltet. Anderenfalls wird überprüft, ob als Wert - keiner für den boolschen Schalter, sondern \PValue{fein} übergeben wurde. In - diesem Fall wird sowohl der Feinschnitt, als auch Aufschnitt aktiviert und - mit Hilfe von \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} der Erfolgs-Status - gesetzt. Ist auch das nicht der Fall, bleibt der von \Macro{FamilySetBool} - signalisierte Fehler-Zustand bestehen. - - Die bei den Tests verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr} ist auf - \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if} - erklärt. + Zunächst wird versucht, den booleschen Schalter für Aufschnitt über + \Macro{FamilySetBool} zu setzen. Gelingt dies, wurde also + \Macro{FamilyKeyState} zu \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} definiert, wird + der Feinschnitt abgeschaltet. Anderenfalls wird überprüft, ob an + Stelle eines gültigen Werts für einen booleschen Schalter %der Wert + \PValue{fein} übergeben wurde. In diesem Fall wird sowohl der Feinschnitt, + als auch Aufschnitt aktiviert und mit Hilfe von + \Macro{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} der Erfolgs-Status gesetzt. Ist auch das + nicht der Fall, bleibt der von \Macro{FamilySetBool} signalisierte + Fehler-Zustand bestehen. + + Die bei den Tests verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd{ifstr} ist auf + \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.if} erklärt. \end{Example} % -\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyUnkownKeyValue}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyUnknownKeyValue}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyElseValues}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{FamilyElseValues} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{FamilyElseValues}% In\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} früheren Versionen von \Package{scrbase} konnte man über die Anweisung \Macro{FamilyElseValues} weitere erlaubte Werte für die Bearbeitung durch \Macro{FamilyUnknownValue} in der Form @@ -831,12 +938,11 @@ erlaubte Werte für die Bearbeitung durch \Macro{FamilyUnknownValue} in der Form \texttt{,} `\PName{Wert}'\texttt{,} `\PName{Wert}' \dots \end{tabular}\vskip\dp\strutbox\end{flushleft} ablegen, die dann ebenfalls in einer Fehlermeldung mit ausgegeben wurden. Seit -Version~3.12 gibt \Macro{FamilyUnknownValue} selbst keine Fehlermeldungen mehr +Version~3.12 gibt \Macro{FamilyUnknownValue} keine Fehlermeldungen mehr aus, sondern setzt nur noch \Macro{FamilyKeyState} entsprechend. Damit ist die Verwendung von \Macro{FamilyElseValue} ebenfalls überholt. Ihre Verwendung wird jedoch erkannt und führt dann zu einer Aufforderung, den Code -entsprechend anzupassen. -% +entsprechend anzupassen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{FamilyElseValues}% @@ -846,7 +952,6 @@ entsprechend anzupassen. Das Paket \Package{scrbase} stellt eine ganze Reihe von Verzweigungsanweisungen zur Verfügung. Dabei wird nicht auf die \TeX-Syntax von Verzweigungen, wie beispielsweise -% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \iftrue ... @@ -874,14 +979,14 @@ Paket- und Klassenautoren sollten wie \KOMAScript{} selbst auch die internen Namen verwenden. Zur Vollständigkeit sind aber auch die Anwenderanweisungen angegeben. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifundefinedorrelax}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifundefinedorrelax}% \Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifundefinedorrelax}% Diese Anweisung funktioniert prinzipiell wie \Macro{@ifundefined} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern (siehe \cite{latex:source2e}). Es wird also der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, wenn \PName{Name} der @@ -894,14 +999,14 @@ noch nicht einmal Hash-Speicher belegt. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifundefinedorrelax}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdftex} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpdftex} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifpdftex}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifpdftex}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdftex}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpdftex}% Wird mit pdf\TeX{} gearbeitet, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Dabei ist es unerheblich, ob tatsächlich eine PDF-Datei ausgegeben werden soll, oder nicht. Diese Unterscheidung ist @@ -911,14 +1016,14 @@ gewünschte Anweisung testen. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifpdftex} \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdftex} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifVTeX} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifVTeX} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifVTeX}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifVTeX}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifVTeX}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifVTeX}% Wird mit V\TeX{} gearbeitet, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Diese Unterscheidung ist nur sehr selten wirklich von Nutzen. In der Regel sollte man eher auf die gewünschte Anweisung @@ -927,14 +1032,14 @@ testen. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifVTeX} \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifVTeX} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdfoutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpdfoutput} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifpdfoutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifpdfoutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdfoutput}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpdfoutput}% Wird eine PDF-Datei erzeugt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Dabei ist es unerheblich, ob die PDF-Datei mit Hilfe von pdf\TeX{} oder mit Hilfe von V\TeX{} erzeugt wird. @@ -942,16 +1047,16 @@ PDF-Datei mit Hilfe von pdf\TeX{} oder mit Hilfe von V\TeX{} erzeugt wird. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifpdfoutput} \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpdfoutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpsoutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpsoutput} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifpsoutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifpsoutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpsoutput}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifpsoutput}% Wird eine PostScript-Datei erzeugt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, -anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. V\TeX{} kann PostScript direkt erzeugten, +anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. V\TeX{} kann PostScript direkt erzeugen, was hier auch erkannt wird. Wird hingegen kein V\TeX{} verwendet, ist aber ein Schalter \Macro{if@dvips} definiert, so wird die Entscheidung darüber getroffen. \KOMAScript{} stellt \Macro{if@dvips} in \Package{typearea} bereit. @@ -959,14 +1064,14 @@ getroffen. \KOMAScript{} stellt \Macro{if@dvips} in \Package{typearea} bereit. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifpsoutput} \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifpsoutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifdvioutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifdvioutput} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{scr@ifdvioutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil}\\ \Macro{ifdvioutput}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifdvioutput}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifdvioutput}% Wird eine DVI-Datei erzeugt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Es wird immer dann davon ausgegangen, dass eine DVI-Datei erzeugt wird, wenn keine direkte Ausgabe einer PDF- oder @@ -975,22 +1080,22 @@ Postscript-Datei erkannt werden kann. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifdvioutput} \EndIndex{Cmd}{scr@ifdvioutput} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnotundefined} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ifnotundefined}\Parameter{Name}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnotundefined}% Unter Verwendung von \eTeX{} wird hier tatsächlich getestet, ob die Anweisung mit dem angegebenen \PName{Name} noch undefiniert ist. Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifnotundefined} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifstr} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ifstr}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifstr}% Die beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} werden expandiert und dann verglichen. Sind sie dabei gleich, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Teil}. Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine @@ -999,8 +1104,8 @@ interne Variante. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifstr} \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{ifstrstart}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% - \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} + \Macro{ifstrstart}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{ifstrstart}}\Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifstrstart}% Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} beiden Argumente \PName{Zeichenfolge} @@ -1131,34 +1236,35 @@ Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} \PName{Zähler} ein definierter Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifiscounter}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnumber} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ifnumber}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifnumber}% Hier werden keine Zahlen verglichen. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird vielmehr -ausgeführt, wenn die Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} nur aus Ziffern -besteht. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet. Von dieser -Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% +ausgeführt, wenn die einfache Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} nur aus +Ziffern besteht. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet. Von +dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifnumber} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifdimen} \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ifdimen}\Parameter{Zeichenfolge}% \Parameter{Dann-Teil}\Parameter{Sonst-Teil} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifdimen}% Hier werden keine Längen verglichen. Der \PName{Dann-Teil} wird vielmehr -ausgeführt, wenn die Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} eine gültige Länge mit -einer gültigen Längeneinheit ist. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} -verwendet. Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne Variante. +ausgeführt, wenn die einfache Expansion der \PName{Zeichenfolge} eine gültige +Länge mit einer gültigen Längeneinheit ist. Anderenfalls wird der +\PName{Sonst-Teil} verwendet. Von dieser Anweisung gibt es keine interne +Variante. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{ifdimen} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@atdocument}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{if@atdocument}\ \PName{Dann-Teil} \Macro{else}\ \PName{Sonst-Teil} \Macro{fi} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@atdocument}% Diese Verzweigung existiert ganz bewusst nur als interne Anweisung. Dabei entspricht \Macro{if@atdocument} in der Dokumentpräambel \Macro{iffalse}, nach \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} entspricht \Macro{if@document} hingegen @@ -1187,14 +1293,18 @@ Grund ist es sinnvoll die Änderungen mit Hilfe von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} bis \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}, also bis nach dem Laden aller Pakete, zu verzögern. Auch der Anwender muss entweder von \Macro{AtBeginDocument} Gebrauch machen oder aber seine Änderungen nicht in die Dokumentpräambel, -sondern hinter \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} einfügen. Das Paket -\Package{scrbase} bietet ihm für die Definition selbst einige zusätzliche -Anweisungen. +sondern hinter \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} einfügen. + +Darüber hinaus kommt erschwerend hinzu, dass einige Pakete zusätzliche, +sprachabhängige Begriffe in \Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} definieren, +während andere dafür \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} verwenden. So muss der +Anwender sich schon sehr genau auskennen, um die richtige Anweisung auf die +richtige Weise zu ergänzen. + +Das Paket \Package{scrbase} bietet dem Anwender daher für die Definition +selbst einige zusätzliche Anweisungen, die ihn von vielen dieser Überlegungen +entlasten. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defcaptionname}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providecaptionname}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newcaptionname}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewcaptionname}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{defcaptionname}% \Parameter{Sprachliste}\Parameter{Begriff}\Parameter{Inhalt}\\ @@ -1213,12 +1323,16 @@ Anweisungen. \Macro{renewcaptionname*}% \Parameter{Sprachliste}\Parameter{Begriff}\Parameter{Inhalt} \end{Declaration} -Mit Hilfe dieser drei Anweisungen ist es möglich, einem \PName{Begriff} in -Abhängigkeit der Sprache einen \PName{Inhalt} zuzuweisen. Mehrere Sprachen -können durch Komma voneinander getrennt als +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defcaptionname}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providecaptionname}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newcaptionname}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewcaptionname}% +Mit Hilfe dieser vier Anweisungen und ihrer Sternvarianten ist es möglich, +einem \PName{Begriff} in Abhängigkeit der Sprache einen \PName{Inhalt} +zuzuweisen. Mehrere Sprachen können durch Komma voneinander getrennt als \PName{Sprachliste}\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} angegeben werden. -Der \PName{Begriff} ist immer ein Makro. Die Arbeitsweise der drei Anweisungen +Der \PName{Begriff} ist immer ein Makro. Die Arbeitsweise der Anweisungen unterscheidet sich je nachdem, ob eine Sprache und ein \PName{Begriff} innerhalb dieser Sprache zum Zeitpunkt des Aufrufs bereits definiert ist. @@ -1248,30 +1362,53 @@ Sprache jedoch nicht, so wird ebenfalls eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. Ist der \PName{Begriff} in der Sprache definiert, so wird er auf den gewünschten \PName{Inhalt} umdefiniert. +Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} Anweisung \Macro{defcaptionname} +definiert einen \PName{Begriff} immer, überschreibt also eventuell vorhandene +Definitionen. Wie bei \Macro{providecaptionname} braucht eine angegebene +Sprache nicht definiert zu sein. + \KOMAScript{} selbst verwendet \Macro{providecaptionname} um die Begriffe aus -\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages} zu definieren. +\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.languages}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname} zu definieren. \begin{Example} - Möchten Sie statt »Abbildung« in den Abbildungsunterschriften lieber »Abb.« - stehen haben, so erreichen Sie dies mit: + Möchten Sie »Abb.« statt »Abbildung« in den Abbildungsunterschriften, so + erreichen Sie dies mit: \begin{lstcode} \renewcaptionname{ngerman}{\figurename}{Abb.} \end{lstcode} - Soll dieselbe Änderung nicht nur für die Sprache \PValue{ngerman}, sondern - auch für Sprache \PValue{naustrian}, also für Österreichisch gelten, so ist - es nicht notwendig eine zweite Anweisung: + + Soll dieselbe Änderung nicht nur für \PValue{ngerman}, sondern + auch für die Sprachen \PValue{naustrian} und \PValue{nswissgerman}, also für + Österreichisch und Schweizer Deutsch gelten, so ist + es nicht notwendig zwei weitere Anweisungen: \begin{lstcode} \renewcaptionname{naustrian}{\figurename}{Abb.} + \renewcaptionname{nswissgerman}{\figurename}{Abb.} \end{lstcode} hinzuzufügen. Stattdessen kann einfach, die \PName{Sprachliste} erweitert werden: \begin{lstcode} - \renewcaptionname{ngerman,naustrian{\figurename}{Abb.} + \renewcaptionname{ngerman,naustrian,nswissgerman}% + {\figurename}{Abb.} \end{lstcode} - In gleicher Weise können auch \PValue{german} und \PValue{austrian}, also - Deutsch und Österreichisch nach der veralteten Rechtschreibung, hinzugefügt - werden. + In gleicher Weise können auch \PValue{german}, \PValue{austrian} und + \PValue{swissgerman}, also Deutsch, Österreichisch und Schweizer Deutsch + nach der veralteten Rechtschreibung, hinzugefügt werden. \end{Example} +\begin{Explain} + Die Sprachen \PValue{swissgerman} und \PValue{nswissgerman} werden übrigens + von älteren Versionen von \Package{babel} noch nicht unterstützt. Sie sind + erst seit Dezember~2013 Bestandteil des deutschen Sprachpakets für + \Package{babel}. Für die Anweisungen \Macro{defcaptionname}, + \Macro{newcaptionname} und \Macro{providecaptionname} spielt dies kaum eine + Rolle, da diese auch Begriffe für nicht existierende Sprachen definieren + können. Da mit \Macro{renewcaptionname} jedoch nur existierende Begriffe von + existierenden Sprachen umdefiniert werden können, resultiert die + Umdefinierung für \Option{nswissgerman} und \Option{swissgerman} bei + Verwendung einer älteren Version von \Package{babel} in einer entsprechenden + Fehlermeldung. +\end{Explain} Seit \KOMAScript~3.12\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrbase}} ist es auch nicht mehr erforderlich, die Definierung oder Umdefinierung mit Hilfe von @@ -1281,9 +1418,10 @@ Anweisungen in der Dokumentpräambel aufgerufen werden. Außerdem prüft \Package{scrbase} nun auch, ob ein umzudefinierender Begriff statt in \Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} in \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} zu definieren ist. Die neuen Sternvarianten der Befehle verwenden grundsätzlich -\Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}}. Damit funktioniert nun in der Regel auch das -Umdefinieren von sprachabhängigen Bezeichnern von Paketen wie -\Package{hyperref}, die dafür \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} verwenden. +\Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}}, da dessen Definitionen in der Regel nach +\Macro{captions\PName{Sprache}} Anwendung finden. Damit funktioniert nun in +der Regel auch das Umdefinieren von sprachabhängigen Bezeichnern von Paketen +wie \Package{hyperref}, die dafür \Macro{extras\PName{Sprache}} verwenden. In \autoref{tab:scrbase.commonNames} ist ein Überblick über die üblicherweise von Klassen und Sprachpaketen definierten Begriffe und deren Verwendung zu @@ -1397,16 +1535,16 @@ finden. \section{Identifikation von \KOMAScript} \label{sec:scrbase.identify} -Auch wenn \Package{scrbase} unabhängig von \KOMAScript{} auch für andere +Obwohl \Package{scrbase} unabhängig von \KOMAScript{} auch für andere Pakete und Klassen verwendet werden kann, so ist es dennoch ein \KOMAScript-Paket. Als solches enthält es auch Anweisungen, die es als \KOMAScript-Paket identifizieren. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{KOMAScript}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{KOMAScript} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{KOMAScript}% Diese Anweisung setzt schlicht die Wortmarke »\KOMAScript« in serifenloser Schrift und mit leichter Sperrung des in Versalien gesetzten Teils. \Macro{KOMAScript} wird übrigens bei Bedarf von allen @@ -1416,10 +1554,10 @@ Teils. \Macro{KOMAScript} wird übrigens bei Bedarf von allen \EndIndex{Cmd}{KOMAScript} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{KOMAScriptVersion}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{KOMAScriptVersion} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{KOMAScriptVersion}% Bei \KOMAScript{} ist in dieser Anweisung die Hauptversion von \KOMAScript{} in der Form »\PName{Datum} \PName{Version} \texttt{KOMA-Script}« abgelegt. Diese Hauptversion ist für alle \KOMAScript-Klassen und alle @@ -1439,12 +1577,12 @@ lässt aber ganz ähnliche Anweisungen, die ebenfalls häufiger benötigt werden oder eigentlich nahe liegen, vermissen. Einige wenige solcher Anweisungen für Klassen- und Paketautoren stellt \Package{scrbase} zur Verfügung. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{PackageInfoNoLine}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ClassInfoNoLine}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{ClassInfoNoLine}\Parameter{Klassenname}\Parameter{Information}\\ \Macro{PackageInfoNoLine}\Parameter{Paketname}\Parameter{Information}% \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{PackageInfoNoLine}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ClassInfoNoLine}% Der \LaTeX-Kern bietet dem Klassen- und Paketautor zwar Anweisungen wie \Macro{PackageInfo} und \Macro{ClassInfo}, um Informationen mit aktueller Zeilennummer in die Log-Datei zu schreiben. Er bietet neben @@ -1459,13 +1597,13 @@ von \Package{scrbase} bereit gestellt. \EndIndex{Cmd}{ClassInfoNoLine}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{PackageInfoNoLine} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{l@addto@macro}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{l@addto@macro}\Parameter{Anweisung}\Parameter{Erweiterung}% \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{l@addto@macro}% Der \LaTeX-Kern bietet mit \Macro{g@addto@macro} eine interne Anweisung, um die Definition eines Makro \PName{Anweisung} global um den Code -\PName{Erweiterung} zu erweitern. Dies funktioniert in dieser Form nur für +\PName{Erweiterung} zu erweitern. Das funktioniert in dieser Form nur für Makros ohne Argumente. Dennoch könnte man diese Anweisung in einigen Fällen auch in einer Form benötigen, die lokal zur aktuellen Gruppe arbeitet. Diese wird mit \Macro{l@addto@macro} von \Package{scrbase} bereit gestellt. Eine @@ -1482,28 +1620,29 @@ Anweisungen für unterschiedliche Zwecke bietet (siehe Das für \LaTeX{} inzwischen verwendete und von \KOMAScript{} vorausgesetzte \eTeX{} besitzt mit \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} erweiterte Möglichkeiten -zur Berechnung einfacher Ausrücke mit \TeX-Zählern und ganze Zahlen. Als +zur Berechnung einfacher Ausdrücke mit \TeX-Zählern und ganzen Zahlen. Als Operationen werden dabei die vier Grundrechenarten und Klammern unterstützt. Bei der Division wird korrekt gerundet. Manchmal sind weitere Operationen nützlich. -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{XdivY}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{XmodY}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{XdivY}\Parameter{Dividend}\Parameter{Divisor}\\ \Macro{XmodY}\Parameter{Dividend}\Parameter{Divisor}% \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{XdivY}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{XmodY}% Die\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrbase}} Anweisung \Macro{XdivY} liefert den -Wert des Ganzzahlquotienten, die Anweisung \Macro{XmodY} den Wert des Rests -der Division mit Rest. Diese Art der Division ist nach der Gleichung +Wert des ganzzahligen Quotienten, die Anweisung \Macro{XmodY} den Wert des +Rests der Division mit Rest. Diese Art der Division ist nach der Gleichung \[ \textit{Dividend} = \textit{Divisor} \cdot -\textit{Ganzzahlquotient} + \textit{Rest} +\textit{Quotient} + \textit{Rest} \] % -definiert, wobei \textit{Dividend} und \textit{Rest} ganze Zahlen und -\textit{Rest} außerdem größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als \textit{Divisor} -ist. Der \textit{Divisor} ist eine natürliche Zahl (ohne die 0). +definiert, wobei \textit{Dividend}, \textit{Divisor} und \textit{Rest} ganze +Zahlen und \textit{Rest} außerdem größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als +\textit{Divisor} ist. Der \textit{Divisor} ist eine natürliche Zahl (ohne die +0). Der Wert kann jeweils zur Zuweisung an einen Zähler oder direkt innerhalb eines Ausdrucks mit \Macro{numexpr} verwendet werden. Zur Ausgabe als @@ -1518,6 +1657,18 @@ arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the} voran zu stellen.% %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 -%%% TeX-master: "guide.tex" +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" +%%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% End: + +% LocalWords: Paketoptionen Familienmitglieder Familienmitglieds Säumniswert +% LocalWords: Fleischermeister FamilyProcessOptions ProcessOption keyval Cmd +% LocalWords: documentclass ProcessOptions FamilyExecuteOptions currname +% LocalWords: Optionenliste ExecuteOptions DeclareOption currext Wurstsalat +% LocalWords: FamilyOptions FamilyKeyState Wurstpakete nonsense package true +% LocalWords: Wurstpaket FamilyOption salatmit SalatZusatz scrbase false +% LocalWords: AtEndOfFamilyOptions FamilyBoolKey FamilySetBool Schaltername +% LocalWords: FamilyLengthKey FamilySetLength FamilyLengthMacroKey +% LocalWords: FamilySetLengthMacro diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex index 20a90d9c26e..1722537d11b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -47,7 +47,10 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\ProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex}[2012/02/28 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for experts)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle-experts.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-06-23 08:29:54 +0200 (Mon, 23 Jun 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl for + experts)] \chapter[{Zusätzliche Informationen zu den Hauptklassen und \Package{scrextend}}]{Zusätzliche Informationen zu den Hauptklassen @@ -73,6 +76,8 @@ gesetzt und sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden. \LoadNonFree{scrbookreportarticle-experts}{0} +\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! + \section{Ergänzende Hinweise zu Benutzeranweisungen} \label{sec:maincls-experts.addInfos} @@ -141,14 +146,16 @@ diesem Argument mit Für das Argument \PName{Nummer} gilt noch eine Besonderheit. Ist das Argument leer, so signalisiert dies, dass ein nicht nummerierter Eintrag erzeugt werden soll. In der Voreinstellung wird dies mit -\begin{quote} +\begin{quote}\small\raggedright \Macro{addcontentsline}\PParameter{toc}\Parameter{Ebene}% - \Parameter{Überschrift} + \PParameter{\%\\ + \quad\Macro{protect}\Macro{nonumberline} \PName{Überschrift}\%\\ + } \end{quote} erreicht. Ist das Argument jedoch nicht leer, so soll ein nummerierter Eintrag erzeugt werden und \PName{Nummer} ist die vorformatierte Gliederungsnummer. In der Voreinstellung verwendet \KOMAScript{} -\begin{quote}\raggedright +\begin{quote}\small\raggedright \Macro{addcontentsline}\PParameter{toc}\Parameter{Ebene}% \PParameter{\%\\ \quad\Macro{protect}\Macro{numberline}\Parameter{Nummer}% @@ -163,19 +170,20 @@ wäre beispielsweise denkbar mit \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1pt] \renewcommand{\addtocentrydefault}[3]{% \ifstr{#3}{}{% + }{% \ifstr{#2}{}{% - \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{#3}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\protect\nonumberline#3}% }{% \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\protect\numberline{#2}#3}% }% }% }% \end{lstcode} -dafür zu sorgen, dass Einträge mit leerer \PName{Überschrift} erst gar nicht -vorgenommen werden. Eine solche Änderung ist in der Praxis jedoch nicht -notwendig, da die Unterdrückung leerer Einträge bereits auf andere Weise in -die \KOMAScript-Klassen eingebaut ist. Siehe hierzu auch die Erklärung zu den -Gliederungsbefehlen in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure} ab +dafür\IndexCmd{ifstr} zu sorgen, dass Einträge mit leerer \PName{Überschrift} +erst gar nicht vorgenommen werden. Eine solche Änderung ist in der Praxis +jedoch nicht notwendig, da die Unterdrückung leerer Einträge bereits auf +andere Weise in die \KOMAScript-Klassen eingebaut ist. Siehe hierzu auch die +Erklärung zu den Gliederungsbefehlen in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure} ab \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.part}.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{addtocentrydefault} @@ -201,7 +209,7 @@ Auch \ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Macro{addtocentrydefault}\IndexCmd{addtocentrydefault}% \important{\Macro{addtocentrydefault}} wird von den \KOMAScript-Klassen nur dann direkt aufgerufen, wenn für die angegebene \PName{Ebene} keine direkte -Anweisunge definiert oder diese +Anweisung definiert oder diese \Macro{relax}\IndexCmd{relax}\important{\Macro{relax}} ist. In der Voreinstellung sind die angegebenen Anweisungen alle so definiert, dass sie ihre \PName{Ebene} und die Argumente direkt an \Macro{addtocentrydefault} @@ -349,7 +357,7 @@ Kapitelüberschrift einen vertikalen Abstand einzufügen. Für das Einfügen der vertikalen Abstände über und unter Teile-Überschriften sind die Anweisungen \Macro{partheadstartvskip} und \Macro{partheadendvskip} -vorgesehen. Dabei wird ein Seitenumbruch als Teil des vertikaler Abstandes +vorgesehen. Dabei wird ein Seitenumbruch als Teil des vertikalen Abstandes interpretiert und ist bei \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} und \Class{scrreprt} in der Voreinstellung von \Macro{partheadendvskip} enthalten. Die Anweisung \Macro{partheadmidvskip} ist @@ -363,12 +371,12 @@ Die Voreinstellungen für diese sechs Anweisungen von \Class{scrbook}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} und \Class{scrreprt} sind \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip} und \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip2} zu entnehmen. Für -\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}} sind die Voreinstellung der dort -definierten drei Anweisungen in \autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3} zu -finden. Auf\textnote{Beispiel!} \cite{homepage} gibt es außerdem ein -Beispiel, bei dem durch Umdefinierung von \Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} und -\Macro{chapterheadendvskip} Linien über und unter der Kapitelüberschrift -gesetzt werden.% +\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}} \pagebreak% Umbruchoptimierung!!! +sind die Voreinstellungen der dort definierten drei Anweisungen in +\autoref{tab:maincls-experts.headvskip3} zu finden. Auf\textnote{Beispiel!} +\cite{homepage} gibt es außerdem ein Beispiel, bei dem durch Umdefinierung von +\Macro{chapterheadstartvskip} und \Macro{chapterheadendvskip} Linien über und +unter der Kapitelüberschrift gesetzt werden.% % \begin{table} \centering @@ -519,7 +527,7 @@ merken. in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.chapterprefix}). Damit die Konsistenz gewahrt bleibt, wollen Sie auch nicht, dass eine solche Zeile im Anhang - verwendet wird. Stattdessen sollen in den Anhängen direkt vor dem + verwendet wird. Stattdessen soll in den Anhängen direkt vor dem Kapitelbuchstaben das Wort »Anhang« in der jeweiligen Sprache stehen. Dies soll auch für die Kolumnentitel gelten. Also verwenden Sie nicht die Layoutoption \Option{appendixprefix}, sondern @@ -539,8 +547,10 @@ merken. getroffen haben. Wenn Sie ein vergleichbares Verhalten des Anhangs für die Klasse - \Class{scrartcl} erreichen wollen, so ist dies ebenfalls - möglich. Dazu schreiben Sie in die Präambel Ihres Dokuments: + \Class{scrartcl} erreichen wollen, so ist dies ebenfalls möglich. Unter + Verwendung des Pakets \Package{ifthen}\IndexPackage{ifthen} (siehe + \cite{package:ifthen}) schreiben Sie dazu beispielsweise folgendes in die + Präambel Ihres Dokuments: \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={ifthenelse,equal}] \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{% \renewcommand*{\othersectionlevelsformat}[3]{% @@ -550,10 +560,6 @@ merken. \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{% \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}} \end{lstcode} - Sie benötigen dafür außerdem das - \Package{ifthen}-Paket\IndexPackage{ifthen} (siehe - \cite{package:ifthen}). - Eine alternative Implementierung wäre: \begin{lstcode} \newcommand*{\appendixmore}{% @@ -563,7 +569,7 @@ merken. \renewcommand*{\sectionmarkformat}{% \appendixname~\thesection\autodot\enskip}} \end{lstcode} - Die dabei verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{ifstr} wird + Die dabei verwendete Anweisung \Macro{ifstr}\IndexCmd{ifstr} wird von \KOMAScript{} bereitgestellt. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, \autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.ifstr}. @@ -592,23 +598,23 @@ merken. Schon die Standardklassen\textnote{Standardklassen} kennen zur Unterteilung der Einträge in das Literaturverzeichnis die Anweisung \Macro{newblock}. Was diese Anweisung genau macht, hängt dabei von den Klassenoptionen ab. Wird die -Option \Option{openbib}\important{\Option{openbib}} verwendet, so wird am Ende -der Standardklasse die Anweisung \Macro{@openbib@code} und \Macro{newblock} +Option \Option{openbib}\important{\Option{openbib}} verwendet, so werden am Ende +der Standardklasse die Anweisungen \Macro{@openbib@code} und \Macro{newblock} selbst umdefiniert. Von den Standardklassen wird die Anweisung \Macro{@openbib@code} beim Start der Liste für das Literaturverzeichnis -- genauer: bei der Festlegung der Parameter für diese Liste -- ausgeführt. Es darf davon ausgegangen werden, dass auch viele Pakete, die das Literaturverzeichnis umdefinieren, diese Anweisung entsprechend abarbeiten. -Bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen\textnote{\KOMAScript} geschieht -etwas ähnliches. Allerdings wird \Macro{@openbib@code} nicht am Ende der Klasse +Bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen\textnote{\KOMAScript} geschieht etwas +ähnliches. Allerdings wird \Macro{@openbib@code} nicht am Ende der Klasse umdefiniert. Stattdessen wird mit \Macro{newbibstyle} der Stil -\PValue{openstyle} für das -Literaturverzeichnis definiert. Die +\PValue{openstyle} für das Literaturverzeichnis definiert. Die \PName{Anweisungen}, die dabei in der Implementierung angegeben wurden, beinhalten die gewünschten Umdefinierung von \Macro{@openbib@code} und von \Macro{newblock}. Wird nun mit Hilfe der Option -\OptionValue{bibliography}{openstyle}\IndexOption{bibliography~=\PValue{openstyle}}% +\OptionValue{bibliography}{openstyle}% +\IndexOption{bibliography~=\PValue{openstyle}}% \important{\OptionValue{bibliography}{openstyle}} dieser Literaturverzeichnisstil gewählt, so werden die \PName{Anweisungen} unmittelbar ausgeführt, also \Macro{@openbib@code} und \Macro{newblock} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex index bda0be62839..aa3c2d42c51 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrbookreportarticle.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrbookreportarticle.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrbookreportarticle.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrbookreportarticle.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-16 18:08:48 +0100 (Mo, 16. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-09-10 08:24:01 +0200 (Wed, 10 Sep 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl)] \chapter{Die Hauptklassen \Class{scrbook}, \Class{scrreprt}, \Class{scrartcl}} @@ -145,11 +145,11 @@ Tabellen. notwendig, dass man zumindest einige der vertikalen Abstände etwas dehnt oder staucht, um das Ziel wieder zu erreichen. \TeX{} kennt zu diesem Zweck dehn- und stauchbare Abstände und \LaTeX{} bietet dann die Möglichkeit, - diesen \emph{vertikalen Ausgleich}\Index{Ausgleich>vertikal} automatisch + diesen \emph{vertikalen Ausgleich}\Index{Ausgleich} automatisch durchzuführen. \end{Explain} -Wird über die Option \Option{twoside} (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.options}, +Wird über die Option \Option{twoside} (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.twoside}) doppelseitiger Satz angefordert, so wird der vertikale Ausgleich ebenfalls eingeschaltet. Man kann ihn aber auch mit \Macro{flushbottom} jederzeit ab der aktuellen Seite explizit @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Einen Überblick über alle möglichen Werte für die \PName{Einstellung} von \Class{scrartcl}}% Die Eigenschaft \PValue{numberline} (siehe \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, \autopageref{desc:tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc}) wird für das Inhaltsverzeichnis - gelöscht. Dadurch werden nicht nummerierte Einträge linksbündig mit dem + gelöscht. Dadurch werden nicht nummerierte Einträge linksbündig mit den Nummer von nummerierten Einträgen gleicher Ebene gesetzt. Dies entspricht der Voreinstellung.% \IndexOption{toc~=\PValue{numberline}}}% @@ -533,9 +533,10 @@ ganz genauso. Bitten beachten Sie\textnote{Achtung!}, dass die Werte für \Counter{tocdepth} und \Counter{secnumdepth}\IndexCounter{secnumdepth} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth}) bei \Class{scrartcl} für -\Macro{part} nicht übereinstimmen. Dies wurde aus Gründen der Kompatibilität -von der Standardklasse \Class{article} übernommen. Daher sollte die Anweisung +\autopageref{desc:maincls.counter.secnumdepth}) bei +\Class{scrartcl}\OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}} für \Macro{part} nicht +übereinstimmen. Dies wurde aus Gründen der Kompatibilität von der +Standardklasse \Class{article} übernommen. Daher sollte die Anweisung \Macro{partnumdepth}\IndexCmd{partnumdepth} nicht zum Setzen von \Counter{tocdepth} verwendet werden.% \begin{Example} @@ -590,10 +591,10 @@ Dokuments.% \section{Kopf und Fuß bei vordefinierten Seitenstilen} \label{sec:maincls.pagestyle} -Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der -Seitenstil\Index[indexmain]{Seiten>Stil}. Bei {\LaTeX} versteht man -unter dem Seitenstil in erster Linie den Inhalt der Kopf- und -Fußzeilen. +\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}% +Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der Seitenstil. Bei +{\LaTeX} versteht man unter dem Seitenstil in erster Linie den Inhalt der +Kopf- und Fußzeilen. \begin{Declaration} @@ -630,12 +631,18 @@ wird. Entsprechendes gilt bei \Option{footsepline} für \Option{footinclude}\IndexOption{footinclude}\important{\Option{footinclude}}. Im Gegensatz zu \Option{headsepline} wirkt sich die Option \Option{footsepline} auch beim Seitenstil \PValue{plain} aus, da -\PValue{plain} eine Seitenzahl im Fuß ausgibt. \iffree{Die Pakete - \Package{scrpage2} und}{Das Paket} -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (siehe -\iffree{\autoref{cha:scrpage} beziehungsweise}{\ignorespaces} -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für -Linien im Kopf und Fuß.% +\PValue{plain} eine Seitenzahl im Fuß ausgibt. + +Die Optionen führen selbst keine automatische Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels +aus. Zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe Option \Option{DIV} mit den +Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe +\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.DIV.last}) oder die Anweisung +\Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}) +in \autoref{cha:typearea}. + +Das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% +\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}) +bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für Linien im Kopf und Fuß.% % \EndIndex{Option}{headsepline~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \EndIndex{Option}{footsepline~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% @@ -703,12 +710,17 @@ Linien im Kopf und Fuß.% {\KOMAScript} dem der Standardklassen.% \end{description} -\iffree{Der\important{\Macro{pagestyle}} Seitenstil kann jederzeit mit Hilfe - der \Macro{pagestyle}-Anweisung}{Mit \Macro{pagestyle} kann der Seitenstil - jederzeit} gesetzt werden. Verwendet\textnote{Tipp!} man \Macro{pagestyle} -vor Anweisungen, die einen Seitenumbruch herbeiführen, und soll die Änderung -erst ab der neuen Seite gelten, so ist ein \Macro{cleardoublepage} davor -nützlich. +\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! +Der\important{\Macro{pagestyle}} Seitenstil kann jederzeit mit Hilfe der +\Macro{pagestyle}-Anweisung % +\else % +Mit \Macro{pagestyle} kann der Seitenstil jederzeit % +\fi % +gesetzt werden. Verwendet\textnote{Tipp!} man \Macro{pagestyle} vor +Anweisungen, die einen Seitenumbruch mit Einfügen einer +Vakatseite\Index{Vakatseite}\textnote{Vakatseite} herbeiführen können, und +soll die Änderung erst ab der neuen Seite gelten, so ist ein +\Macro{cleardoublepage} davor nützlich. % \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur Üblicherweise verwendet man \Macro{pagestyle} aber nur einmal zu @@ -724,14 +736,11 @@ Anweisung \Macro{thispagestyle}\PParameter{\Macro{chapterpagestyle}} ausgeführt. Bitte\textnote{Achtung!} beachten Sie, dass die Umschaltung zwischen -automatischen und manuellen Kolumnentiteln bei Verwendung \iffree{des Pakets - \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} oder }{}von +automatischen und manuellen Kolumnentiteln bei Verwendung von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} nicht mehr über den Seitenstil, sondern mit speziellen Anweisungen erfolgt. Die beiden Seitenstile \Pagestyle{headings} und \Pagestyle{myheadings} sollten nicht -zusammen mit \iffree{diesen Paketen}{diesem Paket} verwendet werden\iffree{ - (siehe auch \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.pagestyle.useheadings})}{}. +zusammen mit diesem Paket verwendet werden. \BeginIndex[indexother]{}{Schrift>Art}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}% @@ -744,18 +753,16 @@ verwenden Sie die Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}). Für den Kopf und den Fuß ist dabei das gleiche Element -\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}} -zuständig. Das Element für die Seitenzahl innerhalb des Kopfes oder Fußes -heißt -\FontElement{pagenumber}\IndexFontElement{pagenumber}\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. Das -ebenfalls in den \KOMAScript-Klassen bereitgestellte Element -\FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot} wird nur verwendet, wenn man -mit dem Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} -\iffree{oder \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}}{\ignorespaces} (siehe +\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\IndexFontElement{pageheadfoot}% +\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}} zuständig. Das Element für die +Seitenzahl innerhalb des Kopfes oder Fußes heißt +\FontElement{pagenumber}\IndexFontElement{pagenumber}% +\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. Das ebenfalls in den \KOMAScript-Klassen +bereitgestellte Element \FontElement{pagefoot}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}% +\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}} wird nur verwendet, wenn man mit dem Paket +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot} -\iffree{beziehungsweise \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}}{\unskip}) einen Seitenstil +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}) einen Seitenstil definiert, bei dem auch der Fuß Text enthält. Die Voreinstellungen sind in \autoref{tab:maincls.defaultFontsHeadFoot} zu @@ -822,18 +829,16 @@ Werden\textnote{Tipp!} eigene Seitenstile definiert, sind eventuell die Befehle \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pageheadfoot}, \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagenumber} sowie \Macro{usekomafont}\PParameter{pagefoot} nützlich. Insbesondere falls Sie -dafür nicht das \KOMAScript-Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ oder - \Package{scrpage2}}{} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ - beziehungsweise \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{}), sondern beispielsweise das Paket +dafür nicht das \KOMAScript-Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} (siehe +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}), sondern beispielsweise das Paket \Package{fancyhdr}\IndexPackage{fancyhdr}\important{\Package{fancyhdr}} (siehe \cite{package:fancyhdr}) einsetzen, können Sie diese Befehle in Ihren Definitionen verwenden. Dadurch bleiben Sie zu \KOMAScript{} möglichst kompatibel. Verwenden Sie diese Befehle in Ihren eigenen Definitionen nicht, so bleiben Schriftänderungen wie in den vorangehenden Beispielen -unbeachtet. \iffree{Die Pakete}{Das Paket} -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \iffree{und - Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2} sorgen}{sorgt} selbst für maximale -Kompatibilität.% +unbeachtet. Das Paket +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} sorgt selbst für +maximale Kompatibilität.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}% @@ -859,9 +864,7 @@ und \Macro{markright}. Dabei wird die \PName{linke Marke} normalerweise im Kopf linker Seiten und die \PName{rechte Marke} im Kopf rechter Seiten verwendet. Im einseitigen Satz existiert nur die rechte Marke. Bei Verwendung des Paketes -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}\iffree{ - oder - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}}{} +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} steht außerdem die Anweisung \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\Macro{markleft}} zur Verfügung. @@ -1031,14 +1034,13 @@ Nummer 1 im gewählten \PName{Nummerierungsstil}. \end{captionbeside} \end{table} % -\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagenumbering} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagenumbering}% +\EndIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}% \LoadCommon{8}% \section{Vakatseiten} \LoadCommon{9}% \section{Fußnoten} -\LoadCommon{10}% -"- -\LoadCommon{11}% -"- \section[Abgrenzung]{Abgrenzung\protect\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}}} \label{sec:maincls.separation} @@ -1061,7 +1063,7 @@ Mit \Macro{frontmatter}\important{\Macro{frontmatter}} wird der Vorspann eingeleitet. Im Vorspann werden die nummerierten Seiten mit römischen Seitenzahlen versehen. Kapitelüberschriften sind im Vorspann nicht nummeriert. Abschnittsüberschriften wären jedoch nummeriert, gingen von -Kapitelnummer 0 aus und wären außerdem über Kapitelgrenzen hinweg durchgehend +Kapitelnummer~0 aus und wären außerdem über Kapitelgrenzen hinweg durchgehend nummeriert. Dies spielt jedoch keine Rolle, da der Vorspann allenfalls für die Titelei, das Inhalts-\Index{Inhaltsverzeichnis}, Abbildungs-\Index{Abbildungen>Verzeichnis} und @@ -1088,14 +1090,14 @@ deshalb unbedingt vorzuziehen! Ab Version~2.97e\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrbook}}% -\important{\OptionValue{version}{2.07e}} +\important{\OptionValue{version}{2.97e}} enthalten auch die Nummern für Gleitumgebungen wie Tabellen\Index{Tabellen>Nummern} und Abbildungen\Index{Abbildungen>Nummern} und die Gleichungsnummern\Index{Gleichungen>Nummern} im Vorspann keinen Kapitelanteil. Auch dies erfordert eine entsprechende -Kompatibilitätseinstellung\iffree{ (siehe Option \Option{version}, +Kompatibilitätseinstellung (siehe Option \Option{version}, \autoref{sec:maincls.compatibilityOptions}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version})}{}.% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! +\autopageref{desc:maincls.option.version}). Mit \Macro{mainmatter}\important{\Macro{mainmatter}} wird der Hauptteil eingeleitet. Existiert kein Vorspann, so kann diese Anweisung auch @@ -1129,8 +1131,8 @@ Teile, Kapitel, Abschnitte und weitere Gliederungsebenen. \KOption{open}\PName{Methode} \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{Option}{open~=\PName{Methode}}% -\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}}% -Bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} kann gewählt +Bei\OnlyAt{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}} +den \KOMAScript-Klassen \Class{scrbook} und \Class{scrreprt} kann gewählt werden, wo im doppelseitigen Satz neue Kapitel beginnen. In der Voreinstellung beginnen bei \Class{scrreprt} neue Kapitel\Index{Kapitel>Anfang} auf der nächsten neuen Seite. Dies entspricht der \PName{Methode} @@ -1186,7 +1188,7 @@ Neben den Kapitelanfängen wirkt sich die Option auch auf die explizite Verwendung der Anweisung \Macro{cleardoublepage} ebenso wie auf \Macro{cleardoublepageusingstyle}, \Macro{cleardoublestandardpage}, \Macro{cleardoubleplainpage} und -\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} aus. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, +\Macro{cleardoubleemptypage} aus. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:maincls.emptypage}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage}. Da im einseitigen Satz nicht zwischen linken und rechten Seiten unterschieden wird, hat die Option dort keine Wirkung. @@ -1332,11 +1334,10 @@ und \OptionValue{headings}{optiontoheadandtoc}% beeinflusst werden. Eine Zusammenfassung der möglichen Einstellungen für Option \Option{headings} -finden Sie in \autoref{tab:maincls.headings}. Beispiele zu Verwendung einiger +finden Sie in \autoref{tab:maincls.headings}. Beispiele zur Verwendung einiger der möglichen Einstellungen sind in den nachfolgenden Beschreibungen der Gliederungsbefehle enthalten. \begin{desclist} - \renewcommand*{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% \desccaption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{headings}}]{% Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{headings} zur Einstellung der Überschriften% @@ -1561,8 +1562,7 @@ Kolumnentitel verwendet. Ein konkreter Eintrag in den Kolumnentitel erfolgt natürlich nur, wenn ein Seitenstil\Index{Seiten>Stil} gewählt wird, bei dem die entsprechende Gliederungsebene überhaupt für den Kolumnentitel verwendet wird. Siehe hierzu \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} sowie -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ beziehungsweise - \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{}. Mit der Einstellung +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}. Mit der Einstellung \OptionValue{headings}{optiontotoc}\IndexOption[indexmain]{headings~=\PValue{optiontotoc}} wird das optionale Argument hingegen ausschließlich für den Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet. Auch dies selbstverständlich nur, wenn die @@ -1595,12 +1595,12 @@ kann \KOMAScript{} diese erweiterte Funktionalität nicht mehr zur Verfügung stellen. Dies gilt auch für die immer aktive Erweiterung, dass leere Inhaltsverzeichniseinträge nicht zu einem Eintrag ohne Text führen, sondern gänzlich unterbleiben. Soll tatsächlich einmal ein leerer Eintrag ins -Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgen, so ist kann dies mit einem unsichtbaren Eintrag +Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgen, so kann dies mit einem unsichtbaren Eintrag wie \lstinline|\mbox{}| erreicht werden. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie haben ein Dokument mit teilweise sehr langen - Kapitelüberschriften. Diese lange Kapitelüberschriften sollen auch im + Kapitelüberschriften. Diese langen Kapitelüberschriften sollen auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis ausgegeben werden. Die Kolumnentitel wollen Sie jedoch auf einzeilige Kurztexte beschränken. Dazu stellen Sie mit \begin{lstcode} @@ -1798,8 +1798,13 @@ Voreinstellungen in \autoref{tab:maincls.structureElementsFont}. \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie stellen bei Verwendung der Klassenoption \OptionValue{headings}{big} fest, dass die sehr großen Überschriften von - Teildokumenten zu fett wirken. Nun könnten Sie natürlich wie folgt - verfahren: + Teildokumenten (\Macro{part} oder \Macro{addpart}) zu fett wirken. Nun + könnten Sie natürlich wie folgt % +\iftrue % Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + verfahren:% +\else % + für Abhilfe sorgen:% +\fi \begin{lstcode} \setkomafont{disposition}{\normalcolor\sffamily} \part{\appendixname} @@ -2083,7 +2088,7 @@ das Element \FontElement{disposition} wirkt.% Opfer gefallen. \end{document} \end{lstcode} - Der wesentliche Teil aber der Überschrift »Bauteile« sieht anschließend wie + Der wesentliche Teil ab der Überschrift »Bauteile« sieht anschließend wie folgt aus: \begin{ShowOutput}[\baselineskip]\setlength{\parindent}{1em} \minisec{Bauteile} @@ -2120,10 +2125,12 @@ das Element \FontElement{disposition} wirkt.% % »Mauseschnappfalle«, das dem Tierschutz zum Opfer gefallen ist. \end{ShowOutput} Zum Verständnis der Verwendung des Pakets - \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput} und + \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput}\important{\Package{selinput}} und % \iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur der darin definierten Anweisung % + \else % + von % \fi % \Macro{SelectInputMappings} sei auf \cite{package:selinput} verwiesen. @@ -2246,7 +2253,7 @@ von {\KOMAScript} angeregt hat, wurde nur diese Unterscheidung benötigt. Anwender sollten bei der Umdefinierung der Anweisung das zweite Argument komplett ignorieren. -Mit Hilfe von \Macro{renewcommand} kann jeder der drei +Mit Hilfe von \Macro{renewcommand} kann jede der drei Formatierungsanweisungen umdefiniert werden, um sie eigenen Anforderungen anzupassen. Nachfolgend finden Sie die Originaldefinitionen aus den {\KOMAScript}-Klassen: @@ -2387,10 +2394,8 @@ gibt, existieren die beiden Anweisungen auch nur bei diesen Klassen.% \Macro{chaptermarkformat} existieren, gibt es die beiden Anweisungen \OnlyAt{\Class{scrartcl}}\Macro{subsectionmark} und \Macro{subsectionmarkformat} nur bei \Class{scrartcl}. Bei Verwendung des - Pakets \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ - oder \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}}{} ändert sich dies jedoch - (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ beziehungsweise - \autoref{cha:scrpage}}). + Pakets \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} ändert sich + dies jedoch (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). \end{Explain} So wie mit \Macro{chapterformat} und \Macro{othersectionlevelsformat} die Nummern der Gliederungsüberschriften formatiert ausgegeben werden, werden mit @@ -2716,6 +2721,7 @@ Gleitobjekt das gleiche optionale Argument zur Platzierung des Objekts. Auch dies ist nicht sinnvoll. In solchen Fällen sollte man besser den Standardwert global ändern. Näheres dazu ist \cite{DANTE:FAQ} zu entnehmen. +\iffree{}{\pagebreak[3]}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! Ein\textnote{Achtung!} wichtiger Hinweis sei diesem Abschnitt noch vorangestellt: Die meisten Mechanismen, die hier vorgestellt werden und über die Fähigkeiten der Standardklassen hinaus gehen, funktionieren nicht mehr, @@ -2754,9 +2760,9 @@ automatischen Seitenumbruch von Tabellen werden außerdem Zusatzpakete wie oder \Package{tabu}\IndexPackage{tabu} (siehe \cite{package:tabu}) benötigt. Mit\important[i]{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}} - \Option{captions=}\\ - \quad\PValue{tablesignature} - \end{tabular}} der Einstellung + \Option{captions=}\\ + \quad\PValue{tablesignature} + \end{tabular}} der Einstellung \OptionValue{captions}{tablesignature}% \IndexOption{captions~=\PValue{tablesignature}} wird wieder die Voreinstellung der Formatierung als Tabellenunterschrift @@ -2765,7 +2771,8 @@ die beiden Werte lediglich die Formatierung ändern. Der Ort, an dem die Über"~ oder Unterschrift gesetzt wird, hängt bei den Gleitumgebungen von \KOMAScript{} allein vom Ort ab, an dem die Anweisung \Macro{caption} verwendet wird. Dies ändert sich jedoch bei Verwendung des Pakets -\Package{float}\IndexPackage{float} mit der Anweisung \Macro{restylefloats} +\Package{float}\IndexPackage{float} mit der Anweisung +\Macro{restylefloat}\IndexCmd{restylefloat}\important{\Macro{restylefloat}} (siehe \cite{package:float}). Natürlich existiert\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and @@ -2823,6 +2830,8 @@ diese Umgebung können ebenfalls mit der Option \Option{captions} geändert werden. Die dabei möglichen Werte für die jeweilige \PName{Einstellung} sind \autoref{tab:maincls.captions} zu entnehmen. % +\iffree{}{% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + \enlargethispage*{\dp\strutbox}}% \begin{desclist} \desccaption[{Mögliche Werte für Option \Option{captions}}]{M% ögliche Werte für Option \Option{captions} zur Einstellung der @@ -2853,8 +2862,8 @@ werden. Die dabei möglichen Werte für die jeweilige \PName{Einstellung} sind Bei Abbildungen wird (ggf. abweichend von \OptionValue{captions}{signature}) die Formatierung als Überschrift gewählt.}% - \entry{\PValue{figuresignature}, \PValue{belowfigure}, - \PValue{bottomatfiggure}% + \entry{\PValue{figuresignature}, \PValue{figurebelow}, \PValue{belowfigure}, + \PValue{bottomatfigure}% \IndexOption{captions~=\PValue{figuresignature}}}{% \ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% @@ -2864,7 +2873,7 @@ werden. Die dabei möglichen Werte für die jeweilige \PName{Einstellung} sind \IndexOption{captions~=\PValue{heading}}}{% Gleitumgebungstitel\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} werden als Überschriften - formatiert. Dies hat jedoch keinen Einfluss darauf ob sie über oder unter + formatiert. Dies hat jedoch keinen Einfluss darauf, ob sie über oder unter der Gleitumgebung platziert werden. Die Option impliziert auch \OptionValue{captions}{tableheading} und \OptionValue{captions}{figureheading}.}% @@ -2909,7 +2918,7 @@ werden. Die dabei möglichen Werte für die jeweilige \PName{Einstellung} sind \ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}}% Gleitumgebungstitel werden als Unterschriften formatiert. Dies hat jedoch - keinen Einfluss darauf ob sie über oder unter der Gleitumgebung platziert + keinen Einfluss darauf, ob sie über oder unter der Gleitumgebung platziert werden. Die Option impliziert auch \OptionValue{captions}{tablesignature} und \OptionValue{captions}{figuresignature}.}% \entry{\PValue{tableheading}, \PValue{tableabove}, \PValue{abovetable}, @@ -3036,7 +3045,6 @@ das Element \FontElement{caption} zunächst auch auf das Element Anwendung findet. Die Vorbelegungen sind \autoref{tab:maincls.captionFont} zu entnehmen. % -%\afterpage{\afterpage{% Umbruchkorrektur \begin{table} % \centering% % \caption @@ -3060,7 +3068,6 @@ entnehmen. \end{tabular} \end{captionbeside} \end{table} -%}} % \begin{Example} Sie wollen, dass Tabellen- und Abbildungsbeschreibungen in einer @@ -3378,9 +3385,9 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \autoref{fig:maincls.captionbesidetop} zu sehen ist, durchaus verwendet werden. Zur Verdeutlichung, wie man \Macro{raisebox} zur Verschiebung der Grundlinie nutzen kann, sei hier ein komplettes Beispiel angegeben. Eine - solche Verschiebung kann man nicht nur bei einer Ersatzgrafik wie angegeben, - sondern auch beispielsweise auf \Macro{includegraphics} (siehe - \cite{package:graphics}) anwenden. + solche Verschiebung kann man nicht nur bei einer Ersatzgrafik wie zuvor + angegeben, sondern auch beispielsweise auf \Macro{includegraphics} (siehe + \cite{package:graphics}) anwenden: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[captions=topbeside]{scrbook} \usepackage[ngerman]{babel} @@ -3390,15 +3397,15 @@ Anweisung \Macro{raisebox}\IndexCmd{raisebox} verändert werden. \begin{figure} \begin{captionbeside}% [Beispiel: Bildbeschreibung daneben, oben]% - {Eine Bildbeschreibung weder über noch unter - der Abbildung, sondern oben daneben}% + {Eine Bildbeschreibung oben, neben einem + Beispielbild aus Paket \texttt{mwe}}% [i][\linewidth][% \dimexpr\marginparwidth+\marginparsep\relax ]* \raisebox{% \dimexpr\baselineskip-\totalheight\relax }{% - \includegraphics{beispielbild}% + \includegraphics{example-image-1x1}% }% \end{captionbeside} \label{fig:maincls.captionbesidetop} @@ -3647,7 +3654,7 @@ gewählt. Siehe hierzu die Erklärung zu den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \begin{minipage}[t]{.48\linewidth}\sloppy \setcapindent{-1em} \fbox{\parbox{.95\linewidth}{\centering{\KOMAScript}}} - \caption[Beispiel: Bildunterschrift mit Einzug in den zweiten Zeile]% + \caption[Beispiel: Bildunterschrift mit Einzug in der zweiten Zeile]% {Mit Einzug lediglich in der zweiten Zeile und einem Umbruch vor der Beschreibung durch Verwendung von \Macro{setcapindent}\PParameter{-1em}} @@ -3666,8 +3673,8 @@ gewählt. Siehe hierzu die Erklärung zu den Werten \PValue{oneline} und \begin{Declaration} \Macro{setcapwidth}\OParameter{Ausrichtung}\Parameter{Breite}\\ - \Macro{setcapmargin}\OParameter{Rand links}\Parameter{Rand}\\ - \Macro{setcapmargin*}\OParameter{Rand innen}\Parameter{Rand} + \Macro{setcapmargin}\OParameter{Rand \kern-.25em links}\Parameter{Rand}\\ + \Macro{setcapmargin*}\OParameter{Rand \kern-.25em innen}\Parameter{Rand} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setcapwidth}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setcapmargin}% @@ -3705,21 +3712,21 @@ Mit\important{\Macro{setcapmargin}} der Anweisung \Macro{setcapmargin} kann statt der Breite der Beschreibung ein \PName{Rand} angegeben werden, der neben der Beschreibung zusätzlich zum normalen Textrand eingehalten werden soll. Sollen der Rand rechts und links nicht identisch gewählt werden, kann mit dem -optionalen Argument ein von \PName{Rand} abweichender \PName{Rand links} von +optionalen Argument ein von \PName{Rand} abweichender \PName{Rand \kern-.25em links} von der Beschreibung eingestellt werden. Bei\important{\Macro{setcapmargin*}} der -Sternvariante \Macro{setcapmargin*} wird statt \PName{Rand links} im -doppelseitigen Satz \PName{Rand innen} abweichend definiert. +Sternvariante \Macro{setcapmargin*} wird statt \PName{Rand \kern-.25em links} im +doppelseitigen Satz \PName{Rand \kern-.25em innen} abweichend definiert. Hier\textnote{Achtung!} ergibt sich bei \Package{longtable}\IndexPackage{longtable}-Tabellen% \important{\Package{longtable}} das gleiche Problem wie bei der Ausrichtung außen oder innen bei der Anweisung \Macro{setcapwidth}. Die Verwendung von -\Macro{setcapmargin} oder \Macro{setcapmargin*} aktiviert außerdem die -Einstellung \OptionValue{captions}{nooneline} (siehe +\Macro{setcapmargin} oder \Macro{setcapmargin*} aktiviert außerdem +\OptionValue{captions}{nooneline} (siehe \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.captions.nooneline}) für die Beschreibungen, die mit dieser Randeinstellung gesetzt werden. Man\textnote{Tipp!} kann übrigens auch negative Werte für \PName{Rand} und -\PName{Rand rechts} oder \PName{Rand außen} angeben. Dadurch erreicht man, +\PName{Rand \kern-.25em rechts} oder \PName{Rand \kern-.25em außen} angeben. Dadurch erreicht man, dass die Beschreibung in den entsprechenden Rand hineinragt. Für\textnote{Tipp!} Experten und versierte Anwender ist eine etwas @@ -4384,3 +4391,19 @@ zuständig.% %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% End: + +% LocalWords: Teildokumenten Klassenoption Tabellenunterschrift float + + + + + + + + + + + + + +% LocalWords: Satzspiegels diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex index d9e83ba9fcf..4c54552f48b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrdatetime.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrdatetime.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrdatetime.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,32 +45,33 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex}[{2012/02/23 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: - scrdate, scrtime)}] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrdatetime.tex} + [$Date: 2014-02-26 08:52:24 +0100 (Wed, 26 Feb 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrdate, scrtime)] -\chapter{Wochentag und Uhrzeit mit \Package{scrdate} und \Package{scrtime}} -\labelbase{datetime} +% \chapter{Wochentag und Uhrzeit mit \Package{scrdate} und \Package{scrtime}} +% \labelbase{datetime} -Zu \KOMAScript{} gehören auch zwei Pakete, um den Umgang mit -Datum\Index{Datum} und Zeit\Index{Zeit} über die beiden Standardbefehle -\Macro{today} und \Macro{date} hinaus zu erweitern. Ebenso wie die anderen -Pakete aus {\KOMAScript} können diese Pakete auch mit den Standardklassen -verwendet werden. +% Zu \KOMAScript{} gehören auch zwei Pakete, um den Umgang mit +% Datum\Index{Datum} und Zeit\Index{Zeit} über die beiden Standardbefehle +% \Macro{today} und \Macro{date} hinaus zu erweitern. Ebenso wie die anderen +% Pakete aus {\KOMAScript} können diese Pakete auch mit den Standardklassen +% verwendet werden. -Ab \KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}} -verwenden diese Pakete die gemeinsame Versionsnummerierung von -\KOMAScript{}. Begründet ist dies darin, dass sie auf eine bestimmte Version -von \Package{scrkbase} und \Package{scrbase} angewiesen sind. +% Ab \KOMAScript~3.05a\ChangedAt{v3.05a}{\Package{scrdate}\and\Package{scrtime}} +% verwenden diese Pakete die gemeinsame Versionsnummerierung von +% \KOMAScript{}. Begründet ist dies darin, dass sie auf eine bestimmte Version +% von \Package{scrkbase} und \Package{scrbase} angewiesen sind. - -\section{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}} -\label{sec:datetime.scrdate} +%\section{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}} +%\label{sec:datetime.scrdate} +\chapter{Der Wochentag mit \Package{scrdate}} +\labelbase{scrdate} \BeginIndex{Package}{scrdate} Mit Version~3.05a wurde der Funktionsumfang dieses Pakets erheblich -erweitert. Neben dem aktuellen Wochentag\Index{Wochentag} kann dieses Paket -nun den Wochentag jedes beliebigen Datums nach dem Gregorianischen Kalender -bestimmen. +erweitert. Neben dem aktuellen Wochentag\Index{Wochentag} kann es nun auch den +Wochentag jedes beliebigen Datums nach dem Gregorianischen Kalender bestimmen. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{CenturyPart}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DecadePart}% @@ -83,8 +84,9 @@ den Wert der Jahrhundert-Stellen eines Jahres. Die Anweisung \Macro{DecadePart} ergibt hingegen den Wert der übrigen Stellen, also der Einer und Zehner. Dabei darf die Jahreszahl beliebig viele Stellen aufweisen. Der Wert kann direkt zur Zuweisung an einen Zähler oder für Berechnungen mit -Hilfe von \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} verwendet werden. Für die Ausgabe -als arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the} voran zu stellen. +Hilfe von \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} verwendet werden. Für die +Ausgabe\textnote{Achtung!} als arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the} +voran zu stellen. \begin{Example} Sie wollen berechnen, in welchem Jahrhundert das aktuelle Jahr liegt und @@ -123,8 +125,8 @@ sind, wird bei \Macro{ISODayNumber} das Datum in ISO-Schreibweise, spielt es keine Rolle, ob Monat und Tag ein- oder zweistellig angegeben werden. Der Wert kann direkt zur Zuweisung an einen Zähler oder für Berechnungen mit Hilfe von \Macro{numexpr}\IndexCmd{numexpr} verwendet -werden. Für die Ausgabe als arabische Zahl ist \Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the} voran -zu stellen. +werden. Für die Ausgabe\textnote{Achtung!} als arabische Zahl ist +\Macro{the}\IndexCmd{the} voran zu stellen. \begin{Example} Sie wollen die Nummer des Wochentags des 1.~Mai~2027 wissen. @@ -313,38 +315,76 @@ Anweisungen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{nameday} -\minisec{Wochentage in unterschiedlichen Sprachen}% -Das \Package{scrdate}-Paket beherrscht derzeit die Sprachen Englisch (english -und USenglish), Deutsch (german, ngerman, -austrian\ChangedAt{v3.08b}{\Package{scrdate}} und naustrian), Französisch -(french), Italienisch (italian), Spanisch (spanish), Kroatisch (croatian), -Finnisch (finnish), Norwegisch (norsk), Schwedisch (swedish) und Dänisch -(danish), kann aber auch für andere Sprachen konfiguriert werden. Näheres dazu -entnehme man \File{scrdate.dtx}. - -Bei der aktuellen Version ist es egal, ob \Package{scrdate} vor oder nach +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{newdaylanguage}\Parameter{Sprache}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newdaylanguage}}% + \Parameter{Montag}\Parameter{Dienstag}\Parameter{Mittwoch}% + \Parameter{Donnerstag}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newdaylanguage}}% + \Parameter{Freitag}\Parameter{Samstag}\Parameter{Sonntag}% +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newdaylanguage} +Das \Package{scrdate}-Paket beherrscht derzeit die folgenden Sprachen: +\begin{itemize}\raggedright +\item Dänisch (\PValue{danish}), +\item Deutsch (\PValue{austrian}\ChangedAt{v3.08b}{\Package{scrdate}}, + \PValue{german}, \PValue{naustrian}, \PValue{ngerman}, \PValue{nswissgerman}, + \PValue{swissgerman}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}), +\item Englisch (\PValue{american}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}, + \PValue{australian}, \PValue{british}, \PValue{canadian}, \PValue{english}, + \PValue{UKenglish}, \PValue{USenglish}), +\item Finnisch (\PValue{finnish}), +\item Französisch (\PValue{acadian}, \PValue{canadien}, + \PValue{francais}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}, \PValue{french}), +\item Italienisch (\PValue{italian}), +\item Kroatisch (\PValue{croatian}), +\item Niederländisch (\PValue{dutch}), +\item Norwegisch (\PValue{norsk}), +\item Polnisch (\PValue{polish}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}), +\item Schwedisch (\PValue{swedish}), +\item Slowakisch (\PValue{slovak}), +\item Spanisch (\PValue{spanish}), +\item Tschechisch (\PValue{czech}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Package{scrdate}}). +\end{itemize} +Es kann aber auch für andere Sprachen konfiguriert werden. Dazu gibt man als +erstes Argument von \Macro{newdaylanguage} den Namen der Sprache an und als +weitere Parameter die Namen der entsprechenden Wochentage. + +Bei der aktuellen Version ist es auch egal, ob \Package{scrdate} vor oder nach \Package{ngerman}\IndexPackage{ngerman}, \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} oder ähnlichen Paketen geladen wird, in jedem Falle wird die korrekte Sprache -gewählt. +gewählt, vorausgesetzt diese wird unterstützt. \begin{Explain} Etwas genauer ausgedrückt: Solange die Sprachauswahl in einer zu - \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} bzw. - \Package{german}\IndexPackage{german} kompatiblen Form erfolgt und - die Sprache \Package{scrdate} bekannt ist, wird die Sprache korrekt - gewählt. Ist dies nicht der Fall, werden (US-)englische Ausdrücke - verwendet. + \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel} kompatiblen Form erfolgt und die Sprache + \Package{scrdate} bekannt ist, wird die Sprache korrekt gewählt. Ist dies + nicht der Fall, werden (US-)englische Ausdrücke verwendet. \end{Explain} + +Natürlich ist es sinnvoll Definitionen für bisher nicht unterstützte Sprachen +an den \KOMAScript-Autor zu melden. In diesem Fall stehen die Chancen gut, +dass künftige \KOMAScript-Versionen die Sprache ebenfalls unterstützen +werden.% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{newdaylanguage}% +% \EndIndex{Package}{scrdate} -\section{Die aktuelle Zeit mit \Package{scrtime}} -\label{sec:datetime.scrtime} -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime} +%\section{Die aktuelle Zeit mit \Package{scrtime}} +%\label{sec:datetime.scrtime} +% Ein anderes Problem ist die Frage nach der aktuellen Zeit. Dieses kann mit +% Hilfe des Pakets \Package{scrtime} gelöst werden. -Ein anderes Problem ist die Frage nach der aktuellen Zeit. Dieses kann mit -Hilfe des Pakets \Package{scrtime} gelöst werden. +\chapter{Die aktuelle Zeit mit \Package{scrtime}} +\labelbase{scrtime} +\BeginIndex{Package}{scrtime} +Mit Hilfe dieses Pakets kann die Frage nach der aktuellen Zeit beantwortet +werden. Seit Version~3.05 unterstützt das Paket auch die von den +\KOMAScript-Klassen und diversen anderen \KOMAScript-Paketen bekannten +Möglichkeiten zur Angabe von Optionen. Siehe dazu beispielsweise +\autoref{sec:typearea.options}. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{thistime}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{thistime*}% \begin{Declaration}% @@ -445,5 +485,27 @@ unterstützt. Deren Verwendung wird jedoch nicht mehr empfohlen.% %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: +%%% mode: flyspell +%%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" +%%% TeX-master: "scrlayer-de.tex" +%%% TeX-PDF-mode: t +%%% End: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +% LocalWords: Gregorianischen diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex index c68e770ce5d..eaaa2b339b1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrextend.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrextend.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrextend.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,13 +45,14 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{scrextend.tex}[2013/05/31 KOMA-Script package scrextend] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrextend.tex} + [$Date: 2014-01-24 18:39:13 +0100 (Fri, 24 Jan 2014) $ + KOMA-Script package scrextend] \chapter[tocentry={Grundlegende Fähigkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen\protect\linebreak mit Hilfe des Pakets \Package{scrextend} anderen Klassen erschließen}, - head={Klassen-Fähigkeiten von \KOMAScript{} mit \Package{scrextend} - anderen erschließen}] + head={Fähigkeiten von \KOMAScript-Klassen mit \Package{scrextend}}] {Grundlegende Fähigkeiten der \KOMAScript-Klassen mit Hilfe des Pakets \Package{scrextend} anderen Klassen erschließen} \labelbase{scrextend} @@ -65,7 +66,7 @@ Artikel gedacht sind, sondern in weiten Teilen auch die \KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}, die als Nachfolger von \Class{scrlettr} für Briefe gedacht ist. Diese grundlegenden Möglichkeiten, die in den genannten Klassen zu finden sind, werden von \KOMAScript{} ab Version~3.00 auch von dem Paket -\Package{scrextend} bereit gestellt. Dieses Paket kann nicht mit +\Package{scrextend} bereitgestellt. Dieses Paket kann nicht mit \KOMAScript-Klassen, wohl aber mit vielen anderen Klassen verwendet werden. Der Versuch, das Paket mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse zu laden, wird von \Package{scrextend} erkannt und mit einer Warnung abgelehnt. @@ -173,8 +174,8 @@ optionales Argument von \Macro{usepackage}\PParameter{scrextend} an. Eine der allgemeinen Eigenschaften eines Dokuments ist der Seitenstil\Index[indexmain]{Seiten>Stil}. Bei {\LaTeX} versteht man unter dem Seitenstil in erster Linie den Inhalt der Kopf- und Fußzeilen. Das Paket -\Package{scrextend} definiert selbst keine Seitenstile, nutzt aber erwartete -Seitenstile. +\Package{scrextend} definiert selbst keine Seitenstile, nutzt aber +Seitenstile des \LaTeX-Kerns. \begin{Declaration} @@ -197,8 +198,6 @@ sein.% \LoadCommon{8}% \section{Vakatseiten} \LoadCommon{9}% \section{Fußnoten} -\LoadCommon{10} -\LoadCommon{11} \LoadCommon{15}% \section{Schlauer Spruch} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex index da17aabf8ff..d4bc253c3d2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrhack.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrhack.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrhack.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\ProvidesFile{scrhack.tex}[2011/10/07 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrhack.tex} + [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:16:01 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrhack)] \chapter{Fremdpakete verbessern mit \Package{scrhack}} \labelbase{scrhack} @@ -124,7 +126,7 @@ entsprechende Anpassungen für die Pakete \Package{listings}\IndexPackage{listings}. Allein durch das Laden von \Package{scrhack} reagieren diese Pakete dann nicht nur auf die Einstellungen von Option \Option{listof}\IndexOption{listof~=\PName{Einstellung}}, sondern -beachtet auch Sprachumschaltungen durch das +beachten auch Sprachumschaltungen durch das \Package{babel}-Paket\IndexPackage{babel}. Näheres zu den Möglichkeiten, die durch die Umstellung der Pakete auf \Package{tocbasic} nun zur Verfügung stehen, ist \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} zu entnehmen. @@ -144,7 +146,7 @@ der Optionen nach dem Laden des zugehörigen Pakets keinen Einfluss mehr hat! Ältere Versionen von \Package{hyperref}\IndexPackage{hyperref}\important{\Package{hyperref}} vor -6.79h haben bei den Sternformen der Gliederungsbefehle hinter, statt vor oder +6.79h haben bei den Sternformen der Gliederungsbefehle hinter statt vor oder auf die Gliederungsüberschriften verlinkt. Inzwischen ist dieses Problem auf Vorschlag des \KOMAScript-Autors beseitigt. Da die entsprechende Änderung aber über ein Jahr auf sich warten lies, wurde in \Package{scrhack} ein diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex index 92d2ca4fd28..86a7be8f4a3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-notecolumn-example.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ urkomischen, am 9.\,9.\,1999 war der Weg für dieses Gesetz endlich frei. Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist tatsächlich nicht zu vernachlässigen. Ãœber die politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die - Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik in entsprechendem Umfeld frapierend. Auf + Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf der anderen Seite kann ein vermeintlicher Witz im falschen kulturellen Umfeld auch zu einer echten Gefahr für den Witzeerzähler werden. \end{addmargin} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex index 53918019fc7..6d81e217ace 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-notecolumn.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-notecolumn.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-notecolumn.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,13 +45,14 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-10-16 16:24:20 +0200 (Mi, 16. Okt 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex} + [$Date: 2014-03-13 17:33:07 +0100 (Thu, 13 Mar 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-notecolumn)] \chapter{Notizspalten mit \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} \labelbase{scrlayer-notecolumn} +\BeginIndex{}{Notiz>Spalte}% \BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer-notecolumn}% Bis einschließlich Version~3.11b unterstützte \KOMAScript{} Notizspalten nur in Form der Marginalienspalte, die mit \Macro{marginpar} und @@ -60,20 +61,23 @@ in Form der Marginalienspalte, die mit \Macro{marginpar} und können. Jene Art der Randnotizen hat allerdings einige Nachteile: \begin{itemize} \item Randnotizen können nur vollständig auf einer einzelnen Seite gesetzt - werden. Seitenumbrüche innerhalb von Randnotizen sind nicht möglich. Dies - führt teilweise dazu, dass die Randnotizen bis in den unteren Rand hinein - ragen. -\item Randnotizen in der Nähe des Seitenumbruchs können auf die nächste Seiten + werden. Seitenumbrüche\textnote{Seitenumbruch} innerhalb von Randnotizen + sind nicht möglich. Dies führt teilweise dazu, dass die Randnotizen bis in + den unteren Rand hineinragen. +\item Randnotizen in der Nähe des Seitenumbruchs können auf die nächste Seite rutschen und dort im Falle des doppelseitigen Layouts mit alternierenden - Marginalienspalten im falschen Rand ausgegeben werden. Dieses Problem ist - mit dem Zusatzpaket \Package{mparhack}\IndexPackage{mparhack} oder durch - Verwendung von \Macro{marginnote} aus dem Paket + Marginalienspalten im falschen Rand\textnote{Zuordnung zum richtigen Rand} + ausgegeben werden. Dieses Problem ist mit dem Zusatzpaket + \Package{mparhack}\IndexPackage{mparhack} oder durch Verwendung von + \Macro{marginnote} aus dem Paket \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote} lösbar. -\item Randnotizen innerhalb von Gleitumgebungen oder Fußnoten sind nicht - möglich. Auch dieses Problem ist mit \Package{marginnote} lösbar. -\item Es gibt nur eine Marginalienspalte oder, wenn mit - \Macro{reversemarginpar} und \Macro{normalmarginpar} gearbeitet wird, auch - zwei. +\item Randnotizen innerhalb von Gleitumgebungen\textnote{Gleitumgebungen} oder + Fußnoten\textnote{Fußnoten} sind nicht möglich. Auch dieses Problem ist mit + \Package{marginnote} lösbar. +\item Es gibt nur eine Marginalienspalte\textnote{mehrere Notizspalten} oder + allenfalls zwei, wenn mit \Macro{reversemarginpar} und + \Macro{normalmarginpar} gearbeitet wird, wobei \Macro{reversemarginpar} bei + doppelseitigen Dokumenten kaum zu gebrauchen ist. \end{itemize} Die Verwendung von \Package{marginnote}\IndexPackage{marginnote} führt zu einem weiteren Problem. Da das Paket keine Kollisionserkennung besitzt, können @@ -95,36 +99,60 @@ auflösen oder sogar in einen Vorteil verwandeln. \section{Hinweise zum Entwicklungsstand} \label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.draft} -Obwohl sich das Paket derzeit noch in einem recht frühen Entwicklungsstadium -befindet, ist die Stabilität von weiten Teilen weniger eine Frage von -\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} als von \Package{scrlayer}. Dennoch ist davon -auszugehen, dass sich auch in \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} noch Fehler -befinden. Es wird darum gebeten, diese bei Auffinden zu melden. Einige -\emph{Unzulänglichkeiten} des Pakets sind jedoch auch der Minimierung des -Aufwands geschuldet. So können Notizspalten zwar über Seiten hinweg umbrochen -werden, allerdings findet dabei kein neuerlicher Absatzumbruch statt. Dies ist -bei \TeX{} schlicht nicht vorgesehen. - -Da das Paket derzeit noch als experimentell gilt, findet sich die Anleitung -hier im zweiten Teil der \KOMAScript-Anleitung. Dementsprechend richtet sie -sich auch in erster Linie an erfahrene Anwender. Für Anfänger oder Anwender, -die sich bereits deutlich auf dem Weg zum \LaTeX-Experten befinden, mag -einiges in den nachfolgenden Erklärungen unklar oder gar unverständlich -sein. Ich bitte um Nachsicht, dass ich bei experimentellen Paketen den Aufwand -für die Anleitung halbwegs erträglich halten will. +Das Paket wurde ursprünglich zur Demonstration des Potentials von +\Package{scrlayer} als sogenannter\textnote{Proof of concept} \emph{proof of + concept} entwickelt. Obwohl es sich derzeit noch in einem recht frühen +Entwicklungsstadium befindet, ist die Stabilität von weiten Teilen weniger +eine Frage von \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} als von +\Package{scrlayer}. Dennoch ist davon auszugehen, dass sich auch in +\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} noch Fehler befinden. Es wird darum gebeten, +diese bei Auffinden zu melden. Einige \emph{Unzulänglichkeiten} des Pakets +sind jedoch auch der Minimierung des Aufwands geschuldet. So können +Notizspalten zwar über Seiten hinweg umbrochen werden, allerdings findet dabei +kein neuerlicher Absatzumbruch statt. Dies ist bei \TeX{} schlicht nicht +vorgesehen. + +Da das Paket eher als experimentell\textnote{experimentell} gilt, findet sich +die Anleitung hier im zweiten Teil \iffree{der \KOMAScript-Anleitung}{dieses + Buches}. Dementsprechend richtet sie sich auch in erster Linie an erfahrene +Anwender. Für Anfänger oder Anwender, die sich bereits deutlich auf dem Weg +zum \LaTeX-Experten\textnote{für \LaTeX-Experten} befinden, mag daher einiges +in den nachfolgenden Erklärungen unklar oder gar unverständlich +sein. \iffree{Ich bitte um Nachsicht, dass ich bei experimentellen Paketen den + Aufwand für die Anleitung halbwegs erträglich halten will.}{Sie sollten + jedoch genügen, um einfache Aufgaben mit \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} lösen + zu können. Gleichzeitig finden Entwickler hoffentlich nützliche Anregungen + für eigene Ideen.} + +\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung +Es sei auch darauf\textnote{Achtung!} hingewiesen, dass der \KOMAScript-Autor +nicht für die Weiterentwicklung des Pakets garantiert und nur eingeschränkten +Support dafür bietet. Das liegt in der Natur eines Pakets, das nur zu +Demonstrationszwecken geschrieben wurde.% +\fi + +\LoadCommon{0} % \section{Frühe oder späte Optionenwahl} \section{Deklaration neuer Notizspalten} \label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.declaration} Beim Laden des Pakets wird bereits automatisch eine Notizspalte namens -\PName{marginpar} deklariert. Wie der Name andeutet, liegt diese Notizspalte -auf der Marginalienspalte von \Macro{marginpar} und \Macro{marginline}. Dabei -werden auch \Macro{reversemarginpar} und \Macro{normalmarginpar} beachtet, -allerdings nicht für die einzelnen Notizen, sondern nur für die gesamten -Notizen einer Seite. Maßgeblich ist dabei die Einstellung, die am Ende der -Seite, nämlich bei der Ausgabe der Notizspalte gilt. Dies sind im Übrigen auch -die Voreinstellungen für alle neue deklarierten Notizspalten, soweit bei der -Deklaration nichts anderes angegeben wurde. +\PValue{marginpar} deklariert. Wie der Name andeutet, liegt diese Notizspalte +im Bereich der normalen Marginalienspalte von \Macro{marginpar} und +\Macro{marginline}. Dabei werden auch die Einstellungen +\Macro{reversemarginpar} und \Macro{normalmarginpar} beachtet, allerdings +nicht für die einzelnen Notizen, sondern nur für die gesamten Notizen einer +Seite. Maßgeblich ist dabei die Einstellung, die am Ende der Seite, nämlich +bei der Ausgabe der Notizspalte, gilt. Will man hingegen innerhalb einer +Seite sowohl Notizen links als auch rechts neben dem Haupttext haben, so +sollte man sich eine zweite Notizspalte definieren. + +Die Voreinstellungen für alle neu deklarierten Notizspalten entsprechen im +Übrigen den erwähnten Einstellungen für die vordefinierte +\PValue{marginpar}. % +\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung +Diese können bei der Deklaration jedoch leicht geändert werden.% +\fi Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass Notizspalten nur auf Seiten ausgegeben werden, deren Seitenstil auf dem Paket @@ -137,13 +165,21 @@ benötigt, wird zusätzlich das Paket \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ + \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclareNoteColumn}}% + \Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ + \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\\ + \hphantom{\Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}}% + \Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ + \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\\ + \hphantom{\Macro{ProvideNoteColumn}}% + \Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}\\ \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}% + \OParameter{Liste der Einstellungen}\\ + \hphantom{\Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn}}% + \Parameter{Name der Notizspalte}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% @@ -151,14 +187,14 @@ benötigt, wird zusätzlich das Paket \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisungen können Notizspalten angelegt werden. Dabei erzeugt \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} die Notizspalte ungeachtet der Tatsache, ob -sie bereits existiert oder nicht, während \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} einen +sie bereits existiert, während \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} einen Fehler ausgibt, falls der \PName{Name der Notizspalte} bereits für eine andere Notizspalte vergeben ist, und \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} in eben diesem Fall schlicht nichts tut. Mit \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} wiederum kann nur eine bereits existierende Notiz-Spalte neu konfiguriert werden. Bei der Neukonfigurierung bereits existierender Notizspalten mit -\Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} oder \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} gehen im übrigen +\Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} oder \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} gehen im Übrigen die bereits erzeugten Notizen für diese Spalte nicht verloren, sondern bleiben erhalten. @@ -168,7 +204,8 @@ Für neue Notizspalten wird immer ein Element zur Änderung der Schriftattribute mit \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} angelegt, falls dieses noch nicht existiert. Als Name für das Element wird \PValue{notecolumn.}\PName{Name der Notizspalte} verwendet. Dementsprechend -existiert für die vordefinierte Notizspalte \PValue{marginpar} das Element +existiert für die vordefinierte Notizspalte \PValue{marginpar} das +Element\textnote{Name des Elements} \PValue{notecolumn.marginpar}. Die Voreinstellung kann bei der Deklaration einer Notizspalte direkt über die Option \Option{font} innerhalb der optionalen \PName{Liste der Einstellungen} angegeben werden.% @@ -177,18 +214,24 @@ optionalen \PName{Liste der Einstellungen} angegeben werden.% Die \PName{Liste der Einstellungen} ist eine durch Komma separierte Liste von Einstellungen oder Optionen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind in -\autoref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options} zu finden. Als +\autoref{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options} zu +finden. Als\textnote{Voreinstellung: Option \Option{marginpar}} Voreinstellung ist \Option{marginpar} immer gesetzt, kann aber durch individuelle Einstellungen überschrieben werden. -\begin{desclist} - \desccaption{% +\begin{table} +%\begin{desclist} +% \desccaption{% + \caption[Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten]% + {% Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten% - \label{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}% - }{% - Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten - (\emph{Fortsetzung})% }% + \label{tab:scrlayer-notecolumn.note.column.options}% +% }{% +% Mögliche Einstellungen für die Deklaration von Notizspalten +% (\emph{Fortsetzung})% +% }% + \begin{desctabular} \entry{\KOption{font}\PName{Schriftattribute}}{% Einstellung der \PName{Schriftattribute} der Notizspalte mit Hilfe von \Macro{setkomafont}. Für erlaubte Werte sei auf @@ -221,28 +264,32 @@ individuelle Einstellungen überschrieben werden. weitere Informationen zu Längenausdrücken.\par% Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% }% + \entry{\Option{reversemarginpar}}{% + Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der + Marginalienspalte von \Macro{marginpar} bei Einstellung + \Macro{reversemarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass + diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% + Voreinstellung: \emph{nein} + }% \entry{\KOption{width}\PName{Breite}}{% Die Notizspalte wird mit der angegebenen Breite gesetzt. Dabei sind für \PName{Breite} auch komplexe Ausdrücke gestattet, solange diese voll expandierbar sind und zum Zeitpunkt der Ausgabe der Notizspalte zu einer Länge oder einem Längenwert oder einem Längenausdruck expandieren. Siehe \cite[Abschnitt~3.5]{manual:eTeX} für weitere Informationen zu - Längenausdrucken.\par% + Längenausdrücken.\par% Voreinstellung: \emph{durch Option \Option{marginpar}}% }% - \entry{\Option{reversemarginpar}}{% - Position und Breite der Notizspalte werden so eingestellt, dass sie der - Marginalienspalte von \Macro{marginpar} bei Einstellung - \Macro{reversemarginpar} entsprechen. Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass - diese Option kein Argument erwartet oder erlaubt.\par% - Voreinstellung: \emph{nein} - }% -\end{desclist} + \end{desctabular} +\end{table} +%\end{desclist} Da die Notizspalten mit Hilfe von \Package{scrlayer} definiert werden, wird -auch für jede Notizspalte eine Ebene angelegt. Als Name für diese Ebene wird -ebenfalls \PValue{notecolumn.}\PName{Name der Notizspalte} verwendet. Näheres -zu Ebenen ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu entnehmen.% +auch für jede Notizspalte eine Ebene\Index{Ebenen} angelegt. Als +Name\textnote{Name der Ebene} für diese Ebene wird ebenfalls +\PValue{notecolumn.}\PName{Name der Notizspalte} verwendet. Näheres zu Ebenen +ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}, ab \autopageref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu +entnehmen. % \begin{Example} Angenommen Sie sind Professor für ulkiges Recht und wollen eine Abhandlung @@ -273,8 +320,10 @@ zu Ebenen ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu entnehmen.% \newlength{\paragraphscolwidth} \AfterCalculatingTypearea{% - \setlength{\paragraphscolwidth}{.333\textwidth}% - \addtolength{\paragraphscolwidth}{-\marginparsep}% + \setlength{\paragraphscolwidth}{% + .333\textwidth}% + \addtolength{\paragraphscolwidth}{% + -\marginparsep}% } \recalctypearea \DeclareNewNoteColumn[% @@ -286,7 +335,8 @@ zu Ebenen ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu entnehmen.% \color{blue} ]{paragraphs} \end{lstcode} - Es wird ein einseitiger Artikel verfasst. Dazu wird die Sprache mit Hilfe + Es wird ein einseitiger Artikel verfasst. Dazu wird die + Sprache\textnote{Sprache mit \Package{babel}} mit Hilfe des \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}-Pakets auf Deutsch (neue Rechtschreibung) festgelegt. Die Eingabecodierung wird mit Hilfe von \Package{selinput}\IndexPackage{selinput} automatisch bestimmt. Als Schrift @@ -294,19 +344,26 @@ zu Ebenen ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu entnehmen.% Farbeinstellungen wird das Paket \Package{xcolor}\IndexPackage{xcolor} genutzt.}{} - Bezüglich des Setzens von Gesetzestexten mit \Package{scrjura} sei auf + Bezüglich des Setzens von Gesetzestexten\textnote{Gesetz mit + \Package{scrjura}} mit \Package{scrjura}\IndexPackage{scrjura} sei auf \iffree{dessen Anleitung}{\autoref{cha:scrjura}} verwiesen. - Da ein Seitenstil mit Seitenzahl verwendet werden soll, wird das Paket - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} verwendet. Somit können Notizspalten auf allen - Seiten ausgegeben werden. - - Dann wird das Paket \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} für die Notizspalten - geladen. Die gewünschte Breite der Notizspalte wird über - \Macro{AfterCalculatingTypearea} nach jeder etwaigen Neuberechnung des - Satzspiegels neu berechnet. Sie soll jeweils ein Drittel der - Satzspiegelbreite betragen, wobei der Abstand zwischen Text und Notizspalte - zu Lasten der Notizspalte geht. + Da ein Seitenstil\textnote{Seitenstil mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} mit + Seitenzahl verwendet werden soll, wird das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} + geladen. Somit können Notizspalten auf allen Seiten ausgegeben werden. + + Dann wird das Paket \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}\textnote{Notizspalte mit + \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} für die Notizspalten geladen. Die + gewünschte Breite der Notizspalte wird über + \Macro{AfterCalculatingTypearea}\IndexPackage{typearea}% + \IndexCmd{AfterCalculatingTypearea} nach jeder etwaigen Neuberechnung des + Satzspiegels\textnote{Satzspiegel mit \Package{typearea}} neu berechnet. Sie + soll jeweils ein Drittel der Satzspiegelbreite betragen, wobei der Abstand + zwischen Text und Notizspalte zu Lasten der Notizspalte geht. % + \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung + Diese ist also effektiv um \Length{marginparsep}\IndexLength{marginparsep} + schmaler.% + \fi Mit dieser Information kann dann die neue Notizspalte definiert werden. Bei der Festlegung der Position wird ein einfacher Längenausdruck genutzt. Dabei @@ -328,27 +385,29 @@ zu Ebenen ist \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} zu entnehmen.% \tableofcontents \section{Vormerkung} - Das GüdaVaS ist ohne jeden Zweifel das wichtigste Gesetz, das in - Spaßmanien in den letzten eintausend Jahren verabschiedet wurde. - Die erste Lesung fand bereits am 11.\,11.~1111 im obersten - spaßmanischen Kongress statt, wurde aber vom damalige Spaßvesier - abgelehnt. Erst nach Umwandlung der spaßmanischen, aberwitzigen - Monarchie in eine repräsentative, witzige Monarchie durch W. Itzbold, - den Urkomischen, am 9.\,9.~1999 war der Weg für dieses Gesetz - endlich frei. + Das GüdaVaS ist ohne jeden Zweifel das wichtigste + Gesetz, das in Spaßmanien in den letzten eintausend + Jahren verabschiedet wurde. Die erste Lesung fand + bereits am 11.\,11.~1111 im obersten spaßmanischen + Kongress statt, wurde aber vom damaligen Spaßvesier + abgelehnt. Erst nach Umwandlung der spaßmanischen, + aberwitzigen Monarchie in eine repräsentative, + witzige Monarchie durch W. Itzbold, + den Urkomischen, am 9.\,9.~1999 war der Weg für + dieses Gesetz endlich frei. \end{lstcode} - Dadurch, dass der Textbereich nicht verkleinert wurde, wird hier der ganze - Vorspann über die Gesamtbreite ausgegeben. Um das Beispiel zu testen, können - Sie vorübergehend +Dadurch,\textnote{Achtung!} dass der Textbereich nicht verkleinert wurde, wird +hier der ganze Vorspann über die Gesamtbreite ausgegeben. Um das Beispiel zu +testen, können Sie vorübergehend \begin{lstcode} \end{document} \end{lstcode} ergänzen. \end{Example} % -Offen blieb in diesem Beispiel die Frage, wie dann aber der Text für den -Kommentar schmaler gesetzt werden kann. Dies werden Sie bei der Fortsetzung -des Beispiels erfahren.% +Offen blieb in dem Beispiel die Frage, wie der Text für den Kommentar schmaler +gesetzt werden kann. Dies werden Sie bei der Fortsetzung des Beispiels +erfahren.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% @@ -360,14 +419,14 @@ des Beispiels erfahren.% Nachdem eine Notizspalte deklariert wurde, können Notizen für diese Spalte erstellt werden. Diese Notizen werden allerdings nicht unmittelbar ausgegeben, sondern zunächst nur in eine Hilfsdatei mit Endung »\File{.slnc}« -geschrieben.\footnote{Ganz genau werden die Notizen sogar zunächst in die - \File{aux}-Datei geschrieben und erst beim Lesen der \File{aux}-Datei - innerhalb von \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} in die \File{slnc}-Datei - übertragen. Dabei wird gegebenenfalls auch die Einstellung \Macro{nofiles} - beachtet.} % -Beim nächsten \LaTeX-Lauf wird diese Hilfsdatei dann Stück für Stück je nach -Fortschritt des Dokuments wieder eingelesen und am Ende der Seite die Notizen -für die jeweilige Seite ausgegeben. +geschrieben. Ganz genau werden die Notizen sogar zunächst in die +\File{aux}-Datei geschrieben und erst beim Lesen der \File{aux}-Datei +innerhalb von \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} in die \File{slnc}-Datei +übertragen. Dabei wird gegebenenfalls auch die Einstellung +\Macro{nofiles}\IndexCmd{nofiles} beachtet. Beim nächsten \LaTeX-Lauf wird +diese Hilfsdatei dann Stück für Stück je nach Fortschritt des Dokuments wieder +eingelesen und am Ende der Seite werden die Notizen für die jeweilige Seite +ausgegeben. Es ist jedoch zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass Notizspalten nur auf Seiten ausgegeben werden, deren Seitenstil auf dem Paket @@ -386,15 +445,19 @@ Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann eine \PName{Notiz} erstellt werden. Dabei wird die aktuelle vertikale Position als vertikale Position für den Anfang der \PName{Notiz} verwendet. Die horizontale Position für die Notiz ergibt sich aus der definierten Position der Notizspalte. Für die korrekte Funktion ist -das Paket dabei auf \Macro{pdfsavepos}, \Macro{pdflastypos} und -\Macro{pdfpageheight} angewiesen. Ohne diese Befehle funktioniert -\Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} nicht. Dabei wird außerdem davon ausgegangen, -dass die genannten Primitiven exakt die Ergebnisse von PDF\TeX{} liefern. - -Wird allerdings bei der Ausgabe der \PName{Notiz} eine Kollision mit einer -früheren Notiz in derselben Notizspalte erkannt, so wird die \PName{Notiz} bis -unter diese frühere Notiz verschoben. Passt die \PName{Notiz} nicht mehr auf -die Seite, so wird sie ganz oder teilweise auf die nächste Seite umbrochen. +das Paket dabei auf \Macro{pdfsavepos}\IndexCmd{pdfsavepos}, +\Macro{pdflastypos}\IndexCmd{pdflastypos} und +\Macro{pdfpageheight}\IndexLength{pdfpageheight} angewiesen. Ohne diese +Befehle funktioniert \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} nicht. Dabei wird außerdem +davon ausgegangen, dass die genannten Primitiven exakt die Ergebnisse von +PDF\TeX{} liefern. + +Wird allerdings bei der Ausgabe der \PName{Notiz} eine +Kollision\textnote{Kollisionsauflösung} mit einer früheren Notiz in derselben +Notizspalte erkannt, so wird die \PName{Notiz} bis unter diese frühere Notiz +verschoben. Passt die \PName{Notiz} nicht mehr auf die +Seite\textnote{Seitenumbruch}\Index{Seiten>Umbruch}, so wird sie ganz oder +teilweise auf die nächste Seite umbrochen. Für welche Notizspalte die \PName{Notiz} erstellt werden soll, wird über das optionale Argument \PName{Name der Notizspalte} bestimmt. Ist kein optionales @@ -409,24 +472,31 @@ verwendet.% \begin{addmargin}[0pt]{.333\textwidth} \makenote[paragraphs]{% \protect\begin{contract} - \protect\Paragraph{title={Kein Witz ohne Publikum}} - Ein Witz kann nur dort witzig sein, wo er auf ein Publikum - trifft. - \protect\end{contract} + \protect\Paragraph{% + title={Kein Witz ohne Publikum}% + } + Ein Witz kann nur dort witzig sein, wo er + auf ein Publikum trifft. + \protect\end{contract}% } - Dies ist eine der zentralsten Aussagen des Gesetzes. Sie ist derart - elementar, dass es durchaus angebracht ist, sich vor der Weisheit der - Verfasser zu verbeugen. + Dies ist eine der zentralsten Aussagen des + Gesetzes. Sie ist derart elementar, dass es + durchaus angebracht ist, sich vor der Weisheit + der Verfasser zu verbeugen. \end{lstcode} Die in \autoref{sec:maincls.lists}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.env.addmargin} - dokumentierte Umgebung wird genutzt, um den Haupttext in der Breite um die - Spalte für die Paragraphen zu vermindern. Hier ist auch eines der wenigen - Probleme bei Verwendung von \Macro{makenote} zu erkennen. Da das - obligatorische Argument in Dateien geschrieben wird, können Befehle - innerhalb des Arguments leider \emph{zerbrechen}. Um das zu verhindern, wird - empfohlen, vor alle Befehle ein \Macro{protect} zu setzen. Anderenfalls kann - die Verwendung von Befehlen innerhalb dieses Arguments zu Fehlermeldungen - führen. + dokumentierte Umgebung + \Environment{addmargin}\IndexEnv{addmargin}\textnote{Spaltenbreite + mit \Environment{addmargin}} wird genutzt, um den + Haupttext in der Breite um die Spalte für die Paragraphen zu + vermindern. + + Hier ist auch eines der wenigen Probleme bei Verwendung von \Macro{makenote} + zu erkennen. Da das obligatorische Argument in Dateien geschrieben wird, + können Befehle\textnote{zerbrechliche Befehle} innerhalb des Arguments + leider \emph{zerbrechen}. Um das zu verhindern, wird empfohlen, vor alle + Befehle ein \Macro{protect} zu setzen. Anderenfalls kann die Verwendung von + Befehlen innerhalb dieses Arguments zu Fehlermeldungen führen. Prinzipiell könnten Sie das Beispiel nun bereits mit \begin{lstcode} @@ -435,12 +505,13 @@ verwendet.% \end{lstcode} beenden, wenn Sie ein Ergebnis sehen wollen. \end{Example}% -Wenn Sie das Beispiel testen, werden Sie feststellen, dass die Gesetzes-Spalte -tiefer hinunter reicht als der Kommentartext. Wenn Sie zwecks Übung einen -weiteren Abschnitt mit einem weiteren Paragraphen hinzufügen, ergibt sich -eventuell das Problem, dass der Kommentar nicht unterhalb des Gesetzestextes, -sondern direkt im Anschluss an den bisherigen Kommentar fortgesetzt wird. Eine -Lösung für dieses Problem, werden Sie gleich kennenlernen.% +Beim Testen des Beispiels, werden Sie feststellen, dass die Gesetzes\-spalte +tiefer hinunter reicht als der Kommentartext. Wenn\textnote{Achtung!} Sie +zwecks Übung einen weiteren Abschnitt mit einem weiteren Paragraphen +hinzufügen, ergibt sich eventuell das Problem, dass der Kommentar nicht +unterhalb des Gesetzestextes, sondern direkt im Anschluss an den bisherigen +Kommentar fortgesetzt wird. Eine Lösung für dieses Problem, werden Sie gleich +kennenlernen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{makenote}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -448,49 +519,51 @@ Lösung für dieses Problem, werden Sie gleich kennenlernen.% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn}% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung wird in einer Notizspalte und im Haupttext des -Dokumente je ein Synchronisierungspunkt erstellt. Wann immer bei der Ausgabe -einer Notizspalte oder des Haupttextes ein solcher Synchronisierungspunkt -erreicht wird, wird eine Marke angelegt, deren Inhalt die aktuelle Seite und -die aktuelle vertikale Position ist. +Dokuments je ein +Synchronisierungspunkt\textnote{Synchronisation}\Index{Synchronisation} +erstellt. Wann immer bei der Ausgabe einer Notizspalte oder des Haupttextes +ein solcher Synchronisierungspunkt erreicht wird, wird eine Marke angelegt, +deren Inhalt die aktuelle Seite und die aktuelle vertikale Position ist. -Parallel zum Erstellen der Synchronisierungspunkte, wird ermittelt, ob in +Parallel zum Erstellen der Synchronisierungspunkte wird ermittelt, ob in der Notizspalte und im Haupttext beim letzten \LaTeX-Lauf eine Marke angelegt wurde. Falls das der Fall ist, werden deren Werte miteinander verglichen. Liegt die Marke der Notizspalte tiefer auf der Seite oder auf einer späteren Seite, so wird im Haupttext bis zu der Stelle der Notizspalte vorgerückt. -In der Regel sollten Synchronisierungspunkte nicht innerhalb eines Absatzes -des Haupttextes, sondern nur zwischen diesen gesetzt werden. Wird -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} dennoch innerhalb eines Absatzes verwendet, so -wird der Synchronisierungspunkt im Haupttext tatsächlich erst nach der -aktuellen Zeile eingefügt. In dieser Hinsicht ähnelt -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} also beispielsweise \Macro{vspace}. +In der Regel sollten Synchronisierungspunkte\textnote{Hinweis!} nicht +innerhalb eines Absatzes des Haupttextes, sondern nur zwischen diesen gesetzt +werden. Wird \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} dennoch innerhalb eines Absatzes +verwendet, so wird der Synchronisierungspunkt im Haupttext tatsächlich erst +nach der aktuellen Zeile eingefügt. In dieser Hinsicht ähnelt +\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} also beispielsweise +\Macro{vspace}\IndexCmd{vspace}. Dadurch, dass Synchronisierungspunkte in den Notizspalten erst beim nächsten -\LaTeX-Lauf erkannt werden, benötigt der Mechanismus mindestens drei -\LaTeX-Läufe. Aus jeder neuen Synchronisierung können sich außerdem -Verschiebungen für spätere Synchronisierungspunkte ergeben, was wiederum die -Notwendigkeit weiterer \LaTeX-Läufe nach sich zieht. Zu erkennen -sind solche Verschiebungen in der Regel an der Meldung: »\LaTeX{} -Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.« Aber -auch Meldungen über undefinierte \emph{Labels} können auf die Notwendigkeit -eines weiteren \LaTeX-Laufs hinweisen. - -Wird das optionale Argument nicht angegeben\footnote{Es sei an dieser Stelle - darauf hingewiesen, dass ein leeres optionales Argument nicht - gleichbedeutend mit dem Weglassen eines optionalen Arguments ist!}, so wird -an seiner Stelle \PValue{marginpar}, also die vordefinierte Notizspalte -verwendet. - -Es ist nicht erlaubt \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} innerhalb einer Notiz selbst, -also im obligatorischen Argument von \Macro{makenote}\IndexCmd{makenote} zu -verwenden! Dieser Fehler kann derzeit nicht abgefangen werden und führt dazu, -dass mit jedem \LaTeX-Lauf neue Verschiebungen auftreten, so dass nie ein -endgültiger Zustand erreicht wird. Um zwei oder mehrere Notizspalten -miteinander zu synchronisieren, sind diese stattdessen mit dem Haupttext zu -synchronisieren, da dabei auch die Spalten miteinander synchronisiert -werden. Die hierzu empfohlene Anweisung wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% +\LaTeX-Lauf\textnote{mehrere \LaTeX-Läufe} erkannt werden, benötigt der +Mechanismus mindestens drei \LaTeX-Läufe. Aus jeder neuen Synchronisierung +können sich außerdem Verschiebungen für spätere Synchronisierungspunkte +ergeben, was wiederum die Notwendigkeit weiterer \LaTeX-Läufe nach sich +zieht. Zu erkennen sind solche Verschiebungen in der Regel an der Meldung: +»\LaTeX{} Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references +right.« Aber auch Meldungen über undefinierte \emph{Labels} können auf die +Notwendigkeit eines weiteren \LaTeX-Laufs hinweisen. + +Wird das optionale Argument nicht angegeben, so wird an seiner Stelle +\PValue{marginpar}, also die vordefinierte Notizspalte verwendet. Es sei an +dieser Stelle darauf hingewiesen, dass ein leeres optionales Argument nicht +gleichbedeutend mit dem Weglassen eines optionalen Arguments ist! + +Es ist nicht\textnote{Achtung!} erlaubt, \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} innerhalb +einer Notiz selbst, also im obligatorischen Argument von +\Macro{makenote}\IndexCmd{makenote} zu verwenden! Dieser Fehler kann derzeit +nicht abgefangen werden und führt dazu, dass mit jedem \LaTeX-Lauf neue +Verschiebungen auftreten, so dass nie ein endgültiger Zustand erreicht +wird. Um zwei oder mehrere Notizspalten miteinander zu synchronisieren, sind +diese stattdessen mit dem Haupttext zu synchronisieren, da dabei auch die +Spalten miteinander synchronisiert werden. Die hierzu empfohlene Anweisung +wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% % \begin{Example} Führen wir nun das obige Beispiel fort, indem wir zunächst einen @@ -502,31 +575,37 @@ werden. Die hierzu empfohlene Anweisung wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% \protect\begin{contract} \protect\Paragraph{title={Komik der Kultur}} \setcounter{par}{0}% - Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das kulturelle - Umfeld, in dem er erzählt wird, bestimmt sein. + Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das + kulturelle Umfeld, in dem er erzählt wird, + bestimmt sein. - Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das kulturelle Umfeld, - in dem er spielt, bestimmt sein. + Die Komik eines Witzes kann durch das + kulturelle Umfeld, in dem er spielt, + bestimmt sein. \protect\end{contract} } - Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist tatsächlich nicht zu - vernachlässigen. Über die politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des - kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich gestritten werden, - nichtsdestotrotz ist die Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im - entsprechendem Umfeld frappierend. Auf der anderen Seite kann ein - vermeintlicher Witz im falschen kulturellen Umfeld auch zu einer + Die kulturelle Komponente eines Witzes ist + tatsächlich nicht zu vernachlässigen. Über die + politische Korrektheit der Nutzung des + kulturellen Umfeldes kann zwar trefflich + gestritten werden, nichtsdestotrotz ist die + Treffsicherheit einer solchen Komik im + entsprechenden Umfeld frappierend. Auf der + anderen Seite kann ein vermeintlicher Witz im + falschen kulturellen Umfeld auch zu einer echten Gefahr für den Witzeerzähler werden. \end{lstcode} Außer dem Synchronisationspunkt wurde hier auch noch ein vertikaler Abstand mit \Macro{bigskip} eingefügt, um die einzelnen Paragraphen und ihre Kommentare besser voneinander abzusetzen. - Außerdem wird hier ein weiterer Punkt, der zu einem Problem werden kann, - sichtbar. Da die Notizspalten mit Boxen arbeiten, die zusammengebaut und - zerlegt werden, kann es bei Zählern innerhalb der Notizspalten teilweise zu - Verschiebungen kommen. Im Beispiel würde daher der erste Absatz nicht mit 1, - sondern mit 2 nummeriert. Dies kann jedoch mit einem beherzten Zurücksetzen - des entsprechenden Zählers leicht korrigiert werden. + Außerdem\textnote{Achtung!} wird hier ein weiterer Punkt, der zu einem + Problem werden kann, sichtbar. Da die Notizspalten mit Boxen arbeiten, die + zusammengebaut und zerlegt werden, kann es bei Zählern\textnote{Zähler in + Notizspalten} innerhalb der Notizspalten teilweise zu Verschiebungen + kommen. Im Beispiel würde daher der erste Absatz nicht mit 1, sondern mit 2 + nummeriert. Dies kann jedoch mit einem beherzten Zurücksetzen des + entsprechenden Zählers leicht korrigiert werden. Das Beispiel ist damit fast fertig, was noch fehlt, ist das Ende der Umgebungen: @@ -535,7 +614,7 @@ werden. Die hierzu empfohlene Anweisung wird nachfolgend beschrieben.% \end{document} \end{lstcode} Tatsächlich wären natürlich auch noch die restlichen Paragraphen des - Gesetztes zu kommentieren. Dies sei mir hier jedoch erlassen. + Gesetzes zu kommentieren. Dies sei mir hier jedoch erlassen. \end{Example}% Doch halt! Was wäre, wenn in diesem Beispiel der Paragraph nicht mehr auf die Seiten passen würde? Würde er dann auf der nächsten Seite ausgegeben? Diese @@ -561,45 +640,48 @@ synchronisiert.% \section{Erzwungene Ausgabe von Notizspalten} \label{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.clearnotes} -Neben der normalen Ausgabe der Notizspalten, wie sie in -\autoref{sec:scrlayer-notecolumn.makenote} beschrieben ist, ist es manchmal -auch erforderlich alle aufgesammelten Notizen, die noch nicht ausgegeben -wurden, auszugeben. Das ist insbesondere dann sinnvoll, wenn längere Notizen -dazu führen, dass immer mehr Notizen nach unten und auf neue Seiten verschoben -werden. Ein guter Zeitpunkt für eine solche erzwungene Ausgabe ist -beispielsweise das Ende eines Kapitels oder das Ende des Dokuments. +Neben der normalen Ausgabe der Notizspalten, wie sie im vorherigen Abschnitt +beschrieben ist, ist es manchmal auch erforderlich alle aufgesammelten +Notizen, die noch nicht ausgegeben wurden, auszugeben. Das ist insbesondere +dann sinnvoll, wenn längere Notizen dazu führen, dass immer mehr Notizen nach +unten und auf neue Seiten verschoben werden. Ein guter Zeitpunkt für eine +solche erzwungene Ausgabe\Index{Ausgabe>erzwungene} ist beispielsweise das +Ende eines Kapitels oder das Ende des Dokuments. \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{clearnotecolum}\OParameter{Name der Notizspalte} + \Macro{clearnotecolumn}\OParameter{Name der Notizspalte} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumn}% Mit dieser Anweisung werden alle Notizen einer bestimmen Notizspalte -ausgegeben, die bis zum Ende der aktuellen Seite noch nicht ausgegeben sind, -aber auf dieser oder einer vorherigen Seite erstellt wurden. Zur Ausgabe -dieser noch anhängigen Notizen werden nach Bedarf Leerseiten erstellt. Während -der Ausgabe der anhängigen Notizen dieser Notizspalte werden gegebenenfalls -auch anhängige Notizen anderer Notizspalten ausgegeben, jedoch nur so lange, -wie dies zu Ausgabe der anhängigen Notizen der angegebenen Notizspalte -notwendig ist. +ausgegeben, die\textnote{anhängige Notizen}\Index{Notiz>anhaengige=anhängige} +bis zum Ende der aktuellen Seite noch nicht ausgegeben sind, aber auf dieser +oder einer vorherigen Seite erstellt wurden. Zur Ausgabe dieser noch +anhängigen Notizen werden nach Bedarf Leerseiten erstellt. Während der Ausgabe +der anhängigen Notizen dieser Notizspalte werden gegebenenfalls auch anhängige +Notizen anderer Notizspalten ausgegeben, jedoch nur so lange, wie dies zur +Ausgabe der anhängigen Notizen der angegebenen Notizspalte notwendig ist. Während der Ausgabe der anhängigen Notizen kann es auch geschehen, dass -irrtümlich Notizen ausgegeben werden, die im vorherigen \LaTeX-Lauf auf den -Seiten erstellt wurden, die nun durch die eingefügten Leerseiten ersetzt -werden. Dies normalisiert sich in einem der nächsten \LaTeX-Läufe. Zu erkennen -sind solche Verschiebungen in der Regel an der Meldung: »\LaTeX{} -Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.« +irrtümlich Notizen\textnote{irrtümliche + Notizen}\Index{Notiz>irrtuemliche=irrtümliche} ausgegeben werden, die im +vorherigen \LaTeX-Lauf auf den Seiten erstellt wurden, die nun durch die +eingefügten Leerseiten ersetzt werden. Dies normalisiert sich in einem der +nächsten \LaTeX-Läufe. Zu erkennen sind solche Verschiebungen in der Regel an +der Meldung: »\LaTeX{} Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get +cross-references right.« Die Notizspalte, deren anhängige Notizen ausgegeben werden soll, ist über das optionale Argument, \PName{Name der Notizspalte}, angegeben. Ist kein solches Argument angegeben, so wird die vordefinierte Notizspalte \PValue{marginpar} verwendet. -Dem aufmerksamen Leser wird nicht entgangen sein, dass die erzwungene Ausgabe -einer Notizspalte der Synchronisierung nicht unähnlich ist. Allerdings -befindet man sich nach der erzwungenen Ausgabe im Fall, dass tatsächlich eine -Ausgabe stattfindet, am Anfang der Seite nach der letzten Ausgabe und nicht -unmittelbar unterhalb der letzten Ausgabe. Dafür terminiert die erzwungene -Ausgabe in der Regel mit weniger \LaTeX-Läufen.% +Dem aufmerksamen Leser\textnote{erzwungene Ausgabe vs. Synchronisation} wird +nicht entgangen sein, dass die erzwungene Ausgabe einer Notizspalte der +Synchronisierung nicht unähnlich ist. Allerdings befindet man sich nach der +erzwungenen Ausgabe im Fall, dass tatsächlich eine Ausgabe stattfindet, am +Anfang der Seite nach der letzten Ausgabe und nicht unmittelbar unterhalb der +letzten Ausgabe. Dafür terminiert die erzwungene Ausgabe in der Regel mit +weniger \LaTeX-Läufen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumn}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -608,7 +690,7 @@ Ausgabe in der Regel mit weniger \LaTeX-Läufen.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotecolumns}% Diese Anweisung arbeitet vergleichbar mit \Macro{clearnotecolumn}. Allerdings kann hier als optionales Argument nicht nur eine Notizspalte angegeben werden, -sondern es ist eine durch Komma getrennte Liste mehrere Namen von +sondern es ist eine durch Komma getrennte Liste mehrerer Namen von Notizspalten erlaubt. Es werden dann die anhängigen Notizen all dieser Spalten ausgegeben. @@ -624,7 +706,7 @@ In der Regel wird man anhängige Notizen immer dann ausgeben lassen, wenn im Dokument explizit oder implizit -- beispielsweise in Folge von \Macro{chapter} -- die Anweisung \Macro{clearpage} ausgeführt wird. Dies ist auch am Ende eines Dokuments innerhalb von \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} der Fall. Über -Option \Option{autoclearnotecolumns} kann daher gesteuert werden, ob bei +die Option \Option{autoclearnotecolumns} kann daher gesteuert werden, ob bei Ausführung von \Macro{clearpage} automatisch auch \Macro{clearnotecolumns} ohne Argument ausgeführt werden soll. @@ -646,11 +728,13 @@ nächste Seite umbrochen werden müsste. Dies ist in der Voreinstellung selbstverständlich der Fall. Da es jedoch nach dem Ende der \Environment{addmargin}-Umgebung geschehen würde, könnte es eventuell noch zu Überlappungen durch nachfolgenden Text kommen. Daher wäre es im Beispiel -durchaus sinnvoll nach der \Environment{addmargin}-Umgebung einen weiteren +durchaus sinnvoll, nach der \Environment{addmargin}-Umgebung einen weiteren Synchronisationspunkt einzufügen. Das Ergebnis des Beispiels ist übrigens in -\autoref{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example} zu sehen. +\autoref{fig:scrlayer-notecolumn.example} zu sehen.\iffree{}{ Dabei wurde + lediglich die Farbeinstellung für die \PValue{paragraphs}-Spalte von Blau in + Grau geändert.} \begin{figure} \KOMAoptions{captions=bottombeside}% @@ -665,6 +749,7 @@ Das Ergebnis des Beispiels ist übrigens in \EndIndex{Option}{autoclearnotecolumns}% % \EndIndex{Package}{scrlayer-notecolumn}% +\EndIndex{}{Notiz>Spalte} %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex @@ -676,4 +761,7 @@ Das Ergebnis des Beispiels ist übrigens in %%% End: % LocalWords: Randnotizen Entwicklungsstadium Notizspalte Notizspalten -% LocalWords: Neukonfigurierung Synchronisierungspunkt +% LocalWords: Neukonfigurierung Synchronisierungspunkt marginpar marginline +% LocalWords: Haupttext Demonstrationszwecken Längenausdruck Gesetzestexten +% LocalWords: Längenausdrücken Satzspiegels typearea scrlayer notecolumn +% LocalWords: AfterCalculatingTypearea scrjura scrpage Farbeinstellung diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex index ddcbe5a8284..5db6910806d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage-experts.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-17 14:46:13 +0100 (Di, 17. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-01-31 13:18:11 +0100 (Fri, 31 Jan 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlayer-scrpage for experts)] \chapter[{Zusätzliche Möglichkeiten von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ % \BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer-scrpage}% Über die Erklärungen in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} von -\autoref{part:forAuthors} diese\iffree{r Anleitung}{s Buches} hinaus, bietet das -Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} viele weitere Möglichkeiten. Diese stellen -jedoch entweder Erweiterungen dar, die der durchschnittliche Anwender nicht -zwingend benötigt oder sie existieren nur aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu -\Package{scrpage2}, so dass die meisten Anwender sie nicht wissen -müssen. All diese Dinge werden daher in hier in \autoref{part:forExperts} -dokumentiert. +\autoref{part:forAuthors} diese\iffree{r Anleitung}{s Buches} hinaus bietet +das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} viele weitere Möglichkeiten. Diese +stellen jedoch entweder Erweiterungen dar, die der durchschnittliche Anwender +nicht zwingend benötigt oder die nur aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu +\Package{scrpage2} existieren, so dass die meisten Anwender sie nicht zu +wissen brauchen. All diese Dinge werden daher hier in +\autoref{part:forExperts} dokumentiert. \LoadCommon[scrlayerscrpageexperts]{21}% \section{Beeinflussung von definierten Seitenstilen} @@ -119,38 +119,40 @@ werden soll. Das neue Paar erbt also quasi die Konfiguration des \PName{Eltern-Paar}s. Während in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles} der Eindruck -entstanden ist, dass sich die in jenem Abschnitt erläuterten Anweisungen nur -auf \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} beziehen, gilt -das tatsächlich nur, solange diese das einzige Seitenstil-Paar -darstellen. Sobald es mehrere Seitenstil-Paare gibt, beziehen sich diese -Anweisungen auf das zuletzt aktive Seitenstil-Paar. Dies gilt für +entstanden sein mag, dass sich die dort erläuterten Anweisungen nur auf +\Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} beziehen, gilt das +tatsächlich nur, solange diese beiden Seitenstile das einzige Seitenstil-Paar +darstellen. Sobald es mehrere Seitenstil-Paare gibt, beziehen sich die +Anweisungen auf das zuletzt aktive Paar. Dies gilt für \Macro{lehead}, \Macro{cehead}, \Macro{rehead}, \Macro{lohead}, \Macro{cohead}, \Macro{rohead}, \Macro{lefoot}, \Macro{cefoot}, \Macro{refoot}, \Macro{lofoot}, \Macro{cofoot}, \Macro{rofoot}, \Macro{ihead}, \Macro{chead}, \Macro{ohead}, \Macro{ifoot}, \Macro{cfoot}, \Macro{ofoot} aus -\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}. - -Genau jene Anweisung, sowie die nachfolgend dokumentierten Anweisungen -\Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles}, \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} und -\Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} sind auch für die Verwendung im letzten -Parameter \PName{Definition} gedacht. In diesem Fall stellen sie eine Art -Grundkonfiguration des Seitenstil-Paars dar, die immer dann ausgeführt wird, -wenn das Seitenstil-Paar aktiviert wird. Ein Seitenstil-Paar wird aktiviert, -indem einer der beiden Seitenstile des Paares aktiviert wird. Dies geschieht -in der Regel mit Hilfe von \Macro{pagestyle}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}. +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.predefined.pagestyles}. + +{\setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em}% +Neben den achtzehn vorgenannten sind auch die drei nachfolgend dokumentierten +Anweisungen \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles}, +\Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} und \Macro{clearpairofpagestyles} +für die Verwendung im letzten Parameter, \PName{Definition}, gedacht. In +diesem Fall stellen sie eine Art Grundkonfiguration des Seitenstil-Paars dar, +die immer dann ausgeführt wird, wenn das Seitenstil-Paar aktiviert wird. Ein +Seitenstil-Paar wird aktiviert, indem einer der beiden Seitenstile des Paares +aktiviert wird. Dies geschieht in der Regel mit Hilfe von +\Macro{pagestyle}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}.\par} Es sei darauf hingewiesen, dass die Anweisungen aus -\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} ohnehin allgemeiner Natur +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} ab \autopageref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content} ohnehin allgemeiner Natur sind und für alle mit \Pagestyle{scrlayer-scrpage} definierten Seitenstile gelten. -Während \Macro{defpairofpagestyles} das Paar unabhängig davon, ob entsprechende -Seitenstile bereits existieren, definiert, geschieht die Definition bei -\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} und \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} nur, wenn die -Seitenstile noch nicht definiert sind. Ist mindestens einer der beiden -Seitenstile des Paares bereits definiert, so wird die neuerliche Definition -bei \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} ignoriert, während sie bei -\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} einen Fehler ergeben. Für die Umdefinierung +Während \Macro{defpairofpagestyles} das Seitenstil-Paar unabhängig davon, ob +entsprechende Seitenstile bereits existieren, definiert, tun +\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} und \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} dies +nur, wenn die Seitenstile noch nicht definiert sind. Ist mindestens einer der +beiden Seitenstile des Paares bereits definiert, so wird die neuerliche +Definition bei \Macro{providepairofpagestyles} ignoriert, wohingegen sie bei +\Macro{newpairofpagestyles} zu einem Fehler führt. Für die Umdefinierung bereits existierender Paare kann \Macro{renewpairofpagestyles} verwendet werden. Hier wird ein Fehler gemeldet, wenn einer der beiden Seitenstile oder beide Seitenstile des Paares noch nicht existieren.% @@ -167,7 +169,7 @@ beide Seitenstile des Paares noch nicht existieren.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearmainofpairofpagestyles}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearplainofpairofpagestyles}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearpairofpagestyles}% -Mit der Anweisung \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles} wird der Hauptseitenstil +Mit \Macro{clearmainofpairofpagestyles} wird der Hauptseitenstil des zuletzt aktivierten Seitenstil-Paares leer konfiguriert. Dagegen wird mit der Anweisung \Macro{clearplainofpairofpagestyles} der \Pagestyle{plain}-Seitenstil des entsprechenden Seitenstil-Paares leer @@ -180,15 +182,16 @@ des Seitenstil-Paares angegeben wurde (siehe oben), entfernt. Bei der erneuten Auswahl eines Seitenstils des Paares werden jene Einstellungen also erneut ausgeführt! -Die Anweisungen können selbst ebenfalls innerhalb von \PName{Definition} -verwendet werden. Sie können aber auch jederzeit außerhalb der Definition -eines Seitenstils verwendet werden. In diesem Fall beziehen sie sich auf das -zuletzt aktivierte Seitenstil-Paar. +Die Anweisungen können ebenfalls innerhalb von \PName{Definition} bei der +zuvor erklärten Definition eines Seitenstil-Paares verwendet werden. Sie +können aber auch jederzeit außerhalb der Definition eines Seitenstil-Paares +verwendet werden. In diesem Fall beziehen sie sich auf das zuletzt aktivierte +Paar. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% -Die Anweisungen \Macro{clearscrheadings}, \Macro{clearscrplain} und +Die drei Anweisungen \Macro{clearscrheadings}, \Macro{clearscrplain} und \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} sind Aliase für diese Anweisungen, die nur aus Gründen der Kompatibilität mit \Package{scrpage2} existieren. Sie sollten nicht mehr verwendet werden.% @@ -205,67 +208,87 @@ nicht mehr verwendet werden.% \label{sec:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.pagestyle.triple} Neben den vordefinierten Seitenstilen und der Definition eigener -Seitenstil-Paare, bietet \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch noch die Möglichkeit +Seitenstil-Paare bietet \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch noch die Möglichkeit der Definition von Seitenstilen, bei denen sowohl der Kopf als auch der Fuß fest in drei Elemente aufgeteilt ist. Diese Schnittstelle existiert jedoch nur aus Gründen der Kompatibilität mit \Package{scrpage2}. Zum Zwecke eines konsistenteren Befehlssatzes wurde sie sogar noch erweitert. Dennoch wird empfohlen, für neue Dokumente nicht mehr auf diese Möglichkeit zurück zu greifen, sondern die deutlich überlegenen Möglichkeiten -der vorherigen Abschnitte oder des nachfolgende Abschnitts zu nutzen. +der vorherigen Abschnitte oder des nachfolgenden Abschnitts zu nutzen. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{deftriplepagestyle}% \Parameter{Name des Seitenstils}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% - \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}% + \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% \OParameter{Dicke der inneren Linie}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Kopfelement}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{deftriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Fußelement}\\ \Macro{newtriplepagestyle}% \Parameter{Name des Seitenstils}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% - \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linien}% + \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linien}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% \OParameter{Dicke der inneren Linien}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Kopfelement}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{newtriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Fußelement}\\ \Macro{renewtriplepagestyle}% \Parameter{Name des Seitenstils}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% - \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}% + \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% \OParameter{Dicke der inneren Linie}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Kopfelement}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{renewtriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Fußelement}\\ \Macro{providetriplepagestyle}% \Parameter{Name des Seitenstils}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% - \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}% + \OParameter{Dicke der äußeren Linie}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% \OParameter{Dicke der inneren Linie}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Kopfelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Kopfelement}\\ \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% - \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}% - \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}% + \Parameter{inneres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% + \Parameter{mittleres Fußelement}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{providetriplepagestyle}}% \Parameter{äußeres Fußelement} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftriplepagestyle}% @@ -458,7 +481,7 @@ Elemente der Seite. Mit den hier dokumentierten Anweisungen ist es nicht möglich, einzelne Linien -zu aktivieren, beispielsweise nur eine Linie unter dem Seitenkopf aber keine +zu aktivieren, beispielsweise nur eine Linie unter dem Seitenkopf, aber keine Linie über dem Seitenfuß zu haben. Verwenden Sie dafür stattdessen die Anweisungen aus einem der vorherigen oder aus dem nachfolgenden Abschnitt. @@ -474,7 +497,7 @@ Gliederungsbefehlen der jeweiligen Klasse. Während \Macro{deftriplepagestyle} einen Seitenstil unabhängig davon, ob er bereits früher definiert wurde, immer definiert, werden mit \Macro{newtriplepagestyle} und \Macro{providetriplepagestyle} nur Seitenstile -definiert, die derzeit noch nicht definiert sind. Ist ein Seitenstil hingegen +definiert, die derzeit noch nicht definiert sind. Ist ein Seitenstil bereits definiert, so erhält man mit \Macro{newtriplepagestyle} eine Fehlermeldung, während \Macro{providetriplepagestyle} die neue Definition einfach verwirft. Ein vorhandener Seitenstil kann auch mit @@ -482,7 +505,7 @@ einfach verwirft. Ein vorhandener Seitenstil kann auch mit Fehler, falls ein Seitenstil dieses Namens noch nicht definiert war.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}% -Die bei \Package{scrpage2} vorhandene Anweisung \Macro{deftripstyle} +Die vom Paket \Package{scrpage2} bekannte Anweisung \Macro{deftripstyle} entspricht damit der neuen Anweisung \Macro{deftriplepagestyle}. Sie wurde aus Gründen der Vereinheitlichung der Namen der Anweisungen jedoch umbenannt und sollte nicht mehr verwendet werden. Wird sie dennoch verwendet, resultiert @@ -525,24 +548,31 @@ ist. Weniger erfahrene Anwender dürfen den Rest dieses Kapitels daher gerne \BeginIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}% Diese Anweisungen dienen der Definition eines einzelnen Seitenstils mit -maximaler Flexibilität. Dabei \PName{Name} der Name des Seitenstils, der +maximaler Flexibilität. Dabei ist \PName{Name} der Name des Seitenstils, der definiert werden soll. Die beiden Parameter \PName{Kopfdefinition} und \PName{Fußdefinition} haben den identischen Aufbau: -\begin{quote}\raggedright +\begin{flushleft} +\begin{addmargin}{1em}\raggedright\small \texttt{(\PName{Länge der oberen Linie},\PName{Dicke der oberen Linie})\%\\ \Parameter{Definition für linke Seiten im doppelseitigen Layout}\%\\ \Parameter{Definition für rechte Seiten im doppelseitigen Layout}\%\\ \Parameter{Definition für Seiten im einseitigen Layout}\%\\ (\PName{Länge der unteren Linie},\PName{Dicke der unteren Linie})% } -\end{quote} +\end{addmargin} +\end{flushleft} Dabei sind die Argumente in den runden Klammern optional, das heißt, sie -können zusammen mit den Klammern weggelassen werden. In diesem Fall richtigen -sich die Längen und Dicken je nach Linie nach den Angaben der Option -\Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, \Option{footsepline} oder -\Option{footbotline} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, +können zusammen mit den Klammern weggelassen +werden. In\important[i]{\Option{headtopline}\\ \Option{headsepline}\\ + \Option{footsepline}\\ \Option{footbotline}} diesem Fall richten sich die +Längen und Dicken je nach Linie nach den Angaben der Optionen +\Option{headtopline}\IndexOption{headtopline}, +\Option{headsepline}\IndexOption{headsepline}, +\Option{footsepline}\IndexOption{footsepline} und +\Option{footbotline}\IndexOption{footbotline} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline}). Die drei Argumente mit den Definitionen sind obligatorisch und werden je nach @@ -557,35 +587,62 @@ falsche Nummer oder der falsche Text im Seitenkopf erscheinen. Bei \Macro{defpagestyle} wird der Seitenstil unabhängig davon, ob er bereits existiert oder nicht, neu definiert. Demgegenüber meldet \Macro{newpagestyle} einen Fehler, wenn bereits ein Seitenstil gleichen Namens existiert. Im -Unterschied dazu, wird die Definition bei \Macro{providepagestyle} ignoriert, +Unterschied dazu wird die Definition bei \Macro{providepagestyle} ignoriert, falls der \PName{Name} bereits für einen Seitenstil verwendet wurde. Umgekehrt kann mit \Macro{renewpagestyle} nur ein bereits vorhandener Seitenstil umdefiniert werden. Für einen neuen Namen meldet diese Anweisung dagegen einen Fehler. -Intern basiert diese Anweisung auf der Anweisung \Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle} -des Pakets \Package{scrlayer}. Dabei werden für einen Seitenstil \PName{Name} -die Ebenen \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line} für die Linie über dem Kopf, -\PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd} für den Kopf von rechten Seiten im -doppelseitigen Layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even} für den Kopf von linken -Seiten im doppelseitigen Layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside} für den -Kopf von Seiten im einseitigen Layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below} für -die Linie unter dem Kopf, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line} für die Linie -über dem Fuß, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd} für den Fuß von rechten Seiten im -doppelseitigen Layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even} für den Fuß von linken -Seiten im doppelseitigen Layout, \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside} für den -Fuß von Seiten im einseitigen Layout und \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below} für -die Linie unter dem Fuß definiert. Näheres zu Ebenen und Ebenen-Seitenstilen -ist \autoref{cha:scrlayer} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in +Alle vier Anweisungen basieren auf +\Macro{DeclareLayerPageStyle}\IndexCmd{DeclareLayerPageStyle} des Pakets +\Package{scrlayer}. Die dabei für einen Seitenstil \PName{Name} definierten +Ebenen sind in \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle} +aufgeführt. Näheres zu Ebenen und Ebenen-Seitenstilen ist +\autoref{cha:scrlayer} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in \autoref{part:forExperts} zu entnehmen.% -% + +\begin{table} +% \KOMAoptions{captions=topbeside} +% \setcapindent{0pt} +% \begin{captionbeside} + \caption + [{Von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} zu einem Seitenstil definierte + Ebenen}] + {Die von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} zu einem Seitenstil \PName{Name} + definierten Ebenen\label{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle}} +% [l] + \begin{tabular}{ll} + \toprule + Name der Ebene & Bedeutung der Ebene \\ + \midrule + \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.above.line} & die Linie über dem Kopf\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.odd} & der Kopf von rechten Seiten im + doppelseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.even} & der Kopf von linken Seiten im + doppelseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.oneside} & der Kopf von Seiten im + einseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.head.below} & die Linie unter dem Kopf\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.above.line} & die Linie über dem Fuß\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.odd} & der Fuß von rechten Seiten im + doppelseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.even} & der Fuß von linken Seiten im + doppelseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.oneside} & der Fuß von Seiten im + einseitigen Layout\\ + \PName{Name}\PValue{.foot.below} & die Linie unter dem Fuß\\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabular} +% \end{captionbeside} +\end{table} + \begin{Example} Angenommen, Sie wollen den gesamten Kopf des Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} mit einer Farbe hinterlegen. Da Sie die - Einleitung zu diesem Kapitel gelesen haben, wissen Sie, dass - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} letztlich ein Ebenen-Seitenstil ist, der unter - anderem aus den Ebenen \PValue{scrheadings.head.even}, - \PValue{scrheadings.head.odd} und \PValue{scrheadings.head.oneside} + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} mit einer Farbe hinterlegen. Aufgrund der Einleitung + zu diesem Kapitel und \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage-experts.layersperstyle}, + wissen Sie, dass \Pagestyle{scrheadings} ein Ebenen-Seitenstil + ist, der unter anderem aus den Ebenen \PValue{scrheadings.head.oneside}, + \PValue{scrheadings.head.odd} und \PValue{scrheadings.head.even} besteht. Sie definieren nun drei weitere Ebenen für deren Hintergrund und fügen diese am Anfang des Seitenstils ein: \begin{lstcode} @@ -595,17 +652,23 @@ ist \autoref{cha:scrlayer} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in \usepackage{blindtext} \DeclareLayer[clone=scrheadings.head.oneside, contents={% - \color{yellow}\rule[-\dp\strutbox]{\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% + \color{yellow}% + \rule[-\dp\strutbox]% + {\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% }% ]{scrheadings.head.oneside.background} \DeclareLayer[clone=scrheadings.head.odd, contents={% - \color{yellow}\rule[-\dp\strutbox]{\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% + \color{yellow}% + \rule[-\dp\strutbox]% + {\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% }% ]{scrheadings.head.odd.background} \DeclareLayer[clone=scrheadings.head.even, contents={% - \color{yellow}\rule[-\dp\strutbox]{\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% + \color{yellow}% + \rule[-\dp\strutbox]% + {\layerwidth}{\layerheight}% }% ]{scrheadings.head.even.background} \AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle{scrheadings}{% @@ -619,22 +682,26 @@ ist \autoref{cha:scrlayer} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer} in \end{document} \end{lstcode} Wie Sie sehen, wurden in dem Beispiel drei Ebenen verwendet, damit Position - und Größe der Hintergrund-Ebenen per Option \Option{clone} einfach jeweils - von der Ebene für den Kopf kopiert werden konnten. Das ist einfacher, als - nur eine Hintergrundebene zu verwenden und für diese die Position - umständlich dynamisch zu bestimmen. + und Größe der Hintergrund-Ebenen per Option + \Option{clone}\important{\Option{clone}} einfach jeweils von der Ebene für + den Kopf kopiert werden konnten. Das ist einfacher, als nur eine + Hintergrundebene zu verwenden und für diese die Position umständlich + dynamisch zu bestimmen. Der farbige Hintergrund selbst wurde in diesem Beispiel mit einer \Macro{rule}-Anweisung gesetzt. Für die Größe wurde dabei mit - \Macro{layerwidth} und \Macro{layerheight} die aktuelle Breite und Höhe der - Ebene verwendet. Diese wurde per optionalem Argument um die Höhe der - Unterlängen \Macro{dp}\Macro{strutbox} nach unten verschoben. + \Macro{layerwidth}\IndexCmd{layerwidth}\important[i]{\Macro{layerwidth}\\ + \Macro{layerheight}} und \Macro{layerheight}\IndexCmd{layerheight} die + aktuelle Breite und Höhe der Ebene verwendet. Diese wurde per optionalem + Argument um die Höhe der Unterlängen \Macro{dp}\Macro{strutbox} nach unten + verschoben. \end{Example} % Statt wie im Beispiel für die Hintergrundfarbe neue Ebenen hinzuzufügen, hätte man das Problem übrigens auch mit \Macro{colorbox} und \Macro{chead} lösen können. Es wird empfohlen, eine entsprechende Lösung als Übung zu -erarbeiten. Ebenso hätte man die Hintergrundebenen auch einzeln und jeweils +erarbeiten. Ebenso \iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchkorrektur +hätte man die Hintergrundebenen auch einzeln und jeweils unmittelbar vor der entsprechenden Inhaltsebene einfügen können. Auch dies sei als Übung empfohlen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}% @@ -670,3 +737,5 @@ sind. In der Voreinstellung ist der Schalter deaktiviert.% %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: + +% LocalWords: Hintergrundebene Seitenkopf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex index 9b556d5cf21..363397822ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer-scrpage.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-scrpage.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-scrpage.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-18 07:42:31 +0100 (Mi, 18. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-10-27 08:39:00 +0100 (Mon, 27 Oct 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer-scrpage)] \chapter[{Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}] @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Seit 2013 ist das Paket \Package{scrlayer}\IndexPackage{scrlayer} als neuer, grundlegender Baustein in \KOMAScript{} enthalten. Dieses Paket bietet ein - Ebenenmodell, sowie ein darauf basierendes Seitenstil-Modell an. Für die + Ebenenmodell sowie ein darauf basierendes Seitenstil-Modell an. Für die direkte Verwendung durch den durchschnittlichen Anwender ist die Schnittstelle dieses Pakets jedoch fast schon zu flexibel und damit einhergehend auch nicht leicht zu durchschauen. Näheres zu dieser @@ -97,15 +97,15 @@ zur Verwendung von \Package{scrpage2}.} \end{Explain} -Neben \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{oder \Package{scrpage2}}{} wäre auch +Neben \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{ oder \Package{scrpage2}}{} wäre auch \Package{fancyhdr} (siehe \cite{package:fancyhdr}) grundsätzlich geeignet, um Kopf und Fuß der Seiten zu konfigurieren. Allerdings unterstützt dieses Paket diverse Möglichkeiten von \KOMAScript{}, angefangen von Änderungen der Schrift über das Elemente-Modell (siehe \Macro{setkomafont}, \Macro{addtokomafont} und -\Macro{usekomafont} in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, ab -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}) bis hin zum konfigurierbaren -Format der Gliederungsnummern in Kolumnentiteln (siehe Option \Option{numbers} -und beispielsweise Anweisung \Macro{chaptermarkformat} in +\Macro{usekomafont} in \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, ab +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}) bis hin zum +konfigurierbaren Format der Gliederungsnummern in Kolumnentiteln (siehe Option +\Option{numbers} und beispielsweise Anweisung \Macro{chaptermarkformat} in \autoref{sec:maincls.structure}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.option.numbers} und \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat}), nicht. Daher wird für die Verwendung mit den \KOMAScript-Klassen das neue Paket @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ kann. Das »\texttt{l}« am Anfang des Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{left Ebenso besitzt jeder Kopf eines Seitenstils ein zentriert\textnote{zentriert} gesetztes Element, das mit \Macro{cehead} respektive \Macro{cohead} gesetzt werden kann. Das »\texttt{c}« am Anfang des Befehlsnamens steht hier für -»\emph{centred}« (engl. für »zentriert«). +»\emph{centered}« (engl. für »zentriert«). Entsprechend besitzt jeder Kopf eines Seitenstil auch ein rechtsbündiges\textnote{rechtsbündig} Element, das mit \Macro{rehead} @@ -262,10 +262,10 @@ Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{right aligned}« (engl. für \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}% Diese Elemente besitzen jedoch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit Hilfe der Befehle \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe -\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}), -sondern alle zusammen über das Element -\FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}. Vor diesem wird -außerdem noch das Element +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}), sondern alle zusammen +über das Element \FontElement{pagehead}\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}. Vor +diesem wird außerdem noch das Element \FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}} angewandt. Die Voreinstellungen für diese beiden Elemente sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}, @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ für den Kopf der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert.% \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle}. \end{Example} % -\iffree{}{Der Code aus dem Beispiel funktionieren übrigens unverändert auch +\iffree{}{Der Code aus dem Beispiel funktioniert übrigens unverändert auch mit dem veralteten Paket \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}.}% @@ -483,6 +483,65 @@ werden, zu verwenden.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lehead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{cehead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{rehead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{lohead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{cohead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{rohead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead*}% +Die Sternvarianten\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} der zuvor erklärten Befehle unterscheiden sich lediglich +bei Weglassen des optionalen Arguments \PName{Inhalt plain.scrheadings} von +der Form ohne Stern. Während die Form ohne Stern in diesem Fall den Inhalt von +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} unangetastet lässt, wird bei der Sternvariante +dann das obligatorische Argument \PName{Inhalt scrheadings} auch für +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} verwendet. Sollen also beide Argumente gleich +sein, so kann man einfach die Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% +% +\begin{Example} + Mit der Sternform von \Macro{lohead} und \Macro{rohead} lässt sich das + Beispiel aus der vorherigen Erklärung etwas verkürzen: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \lohead*{Peter Musterheinzel} + \rohead*{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \usepackage{lipsum} + \begin{document} + \title{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \author{Peter Musterheinzel} + \maketitle + \lipsum + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +Das veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} verfügt +nicht über diese Möglichkeit.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead*}% + + +\begin{Declaration} \Macro{lefoot}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ \Macro{cefoot}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% @@ -505,7 +564,7 @@ werden, zu verwenden.% Was in den Fuß der Seitenstile \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}\iffree{}{ -- beim veralteten Paket \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} - entsprechend in den Kopf von \Pagestyle{scrplain} --} und + entsprechend in den Fuß von \Pagestyle{scrplain} --} und \Pagestyle{scrheadings} geschrieben wird, ist mit Hilfe dieser Befehle einstellbar. Dabei setzt das optionale Argument jeweils den Inhalt eines Elements in \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings}, während das obligatorische Argument @@ -545,10 +604,12 @@ Befehlsnamens steht hier für »\emph{right aligned}« (engl. für \BeginIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}% Diese Elemente besitzen jedoch nicht jedes für sich eine Schriftzuordnung mit Hilfe der Befehle \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe -\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}), -sondern alle zusammen über das Element \FontElement{pagefoot}. Vor diesem wird -außerdem noch das Element \FontElement{pageheadfoot} angewandt. Die -Voreinstellungen für diese beiden Elemente sind +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}), sondern alle zusammen +über das Element \FontElement{pagefoot}\important{\FontElement{pagefoot}}. Vor +diesem wird außerdem noch das Element +\FontElement{pageheadfoot}\important{\FontElement{pageheadfoot}} +angewandt. Die Voreinstellungen für diese beiden Elemente sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements}, \autopageref{tab:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelements} zu entnehmen.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{pageheadfoot}% @@ -704,7 +765,7 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. \end{lstcode} Darüber hinaus, soll der - Kopf\important{\FontElement{pagehad}}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}, nicht + Kopf\important{\FontElement{pagehead}}\IndexFontElement{pagefoot}, nicht jedoch der Fuß fett gesetzt werden: \begin{lstcode} \setkomafont{pagehead}{\bfseries} @@ -736,13 +797,13 @@ für den Fuß der Seiten im doppelseitigen Modus noch einmal skizziert. wenn die Elemente spiegelverkehrt verwendet werden, dass also Elemente, die auf linken Seiten links stehen, auf rechten Seiten rechts platziert werden und umgekehrt. Daher vertauschen wir auch noch beim ersten Buchstaben - »\texttt{l}« durch »\texttt{r}« und umgekehrt: + »\texttt{l}« mit »\texttt{r}« und umgekehrt: \begin{lstcode} \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \lohead{Peter Musterheinzel} \rohead{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} - \lofoot[Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo} + \lofoot[Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo] {Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo} \rehead{Peter Musterheinzel} \lehead{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} @@ -788,6 +849,72 @@ nächsten Abschnitt erklärt werden, zu verwenden.% \begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lefoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{cefoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{refoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{lofoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{cofoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{rofoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot*}% +Die Sternvarianten\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} der zuvor erklärten Befehle unterscheiden sich lediglich +bei Weglassen des optionalen Arguments \PName{Inhalt plain.scrheadings} von +der Form ohne Stern. Während die Form ohne Stern in diesem Fall den Inhalt von +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} unangetastet lässt, wird bei der Sternvariante +dann das obligatorische Argument \PName{Inhalt scrheadings} auch für +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} verwendet. Sollen also beide Argumente gleich +sein, so kann man einfach die Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% +% +\begin{Example} + Mit der Sternform von \Macro{lofoot} und \Macro{rofoot} lässt sich das + Beispiel aus der vorherigen Erklärung etwas verkürzen: +% +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \lohead{Peter Musterheinzel} + \rohead{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \lofoot*{Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo} + \rehead{Peter Musterheinzel} + \lehead{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \refoot*{Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \setkomafont{pageheadfoot}{\small} + \setkomafont{pagehead}{\bfseries} + \usepackage{lipsum} + \begin{document} + \title{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \author{Peter Musterheinzel} + \maketitle + \lipsum\lipsum + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example}% + +Das veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} verfügt +nicht über diese Möglichkeit.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot*}% + + +\begin{Declaration} \Macro{ohead}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ \Macro{chead}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% @@ -877,6 +1004,69 @@ nächsten Abschnitt erklärt werden, zu verwenden.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{chead}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{ohead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{chead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{ihead*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{ofoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{cfoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings}\\ + \Macro{ifoot*}\OParameter{Inhalt plain.scrheadings}% + \Parameter{Inhalt scrheadings} +\end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ofoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot*}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot*}% +Die Sternvarianten\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and + \Class{scrartcl}} der zuvor erklärten Befehle unterscheiden sich lediglich +bei Weglassen des optionalen Arguments \PName{Inhalt plain.scrheadings} von +der Form ohne Stern. Während die Form ohne Stern in diesem Fall den Inhalt von +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} unangetastet lässt, wird bei der Sternvariante +dann das obligatorische Argument \PName{Inhalt scrheadings} auch für +\Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} verwendet. Sollen also beide Argumente gleich +sein, so kann man einfach die Sternvariante mit nur einem Argument verwenden.% +% +\begin{Example} + Mit der Sternform von \Macro{ifoot} lässt sich das + Beispiel aus der vorherigen Erklärung weiter verkürzen: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass[twoside]{scrartcl} + \usepackage{scrlayer-scrpage} + \ihead{Peter Musterheinzel} + \ohead{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \ifoot*{Verlag Naseblau, Irgendwo} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \setkomafont{pageheadfoot}{\small} + \setkomafont{pagehead}{\bfseries} + \usepackage{lipsum} + \begin{document} + \title{Seitenstile mit \KOMAScript} + \author{Peter Musterheinzel} + \maketitle + \lipsum\lipsum + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +Das veraltete Paket \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}} verfügt +nicht über diese Möglichkeit.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ofoot*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead*}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead*}% + + \begin{Declaration} \KOption{pagestyleset}\PName{Einstellung} \end{Declaration} @@ -929,7 +1119,7 @@ umgewandelt. Von \Pagestyle{scrheadings} deutlich abweichend hat Fuß. Abweichend vom Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} der Standardklassen entfällt die Seitenzahl im doppelseitigen Modus. Die Standardklassen setzen die Seitenzahl stattdessen mittig im Fuß, was im doppelseitigen Satz nicht zum -übrigen Stil der Seiten passt. Der Kolumnentitel entfällt beim +übrigen Stil der Seiten passt. Der Kolumnentitel entfällt bei \Pagestyle{plain.scrheadings} natürlich in jedem Fall. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass mit der Verwendung dieser Option @@ -963,10 +1153,10 @@ werden.\iffree{}{ Bei Verwendung des veralteten Pakets \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{headwidth~=\PName{Offset\textup{:}Breite}}% \BeginIndex{Option}{footwidth~=\PName{Offset\textup{:}Breite}}% -In der Voreinstellung sind Kopf\Index{Kopf>Breite} und Fuß\Index{Fuß>Breite} -genauso breit wie der Satzspiegel. Mit Hilfe dieser beiden -\KOMAScript-Optionen lässt sich das jedoch ändern. Die \PName{Breite} ist -dabei die gewünschte Breite des Kopfes beziehungsweise Fußes. Der +In der Voreinstellung sind Kopf\Index{Kopf>Breite} und +Fuß\Index{Fuss=Fuß>Breite} genauso breit wie der Satzspiegel. Mit Hilfe dieser +beiden \KOMAScript-Optionen lässt sich das jedoch ändern. Die \PName{Breite} +ist dabei die gewünschte Breite des Kopfes beziehungsweise Fußes. Der \PName{Offset} gibt an, wie weit der Kopf respektive Fuß in Richtung des äußeren Randes -- im einseitigen Satz entsprechend in Richtung des rechten Randes -- verschoben werden soll. Dabei sind beide Werte optional, können also @@ -994,7 +1184,7 @@ zuzüglich der Marginalienspalte, so ist die Voreinstellung von \PName{Offset} immer Null. Falls Ihnen das zu kompliziert ist, sollten Sie den gewünschten \PName{Offset} einfach selbst angeben.% % -\begin{table} +\begin{table}[t!]% Umbruchoptimierung \centering \caption[Symbolische Werte für Option \Option{headwidth} und \Option{footwidth}]{Erlaubte symbolische Werte für \PName{Breite} bei den @@ -1086,16 +1276,15 @@ Neben der Dicke und der Länge kann man auch die Farben der Linien und den Fuß eingestellt ist. Davon unabhängig werden aber auch noch die Einstellungen für die gleich benannten Elemente \FontElement{headtopline}\important[i]{\FontElement{headtopline}\\ -\FontElement{headsepline}\\ -\FontElement{footsepline}\\ -\FontElement{footbotline}}, -\FontElement{headsepline}, \FontElement{footsepline} und -\FontElement{footbotline} angewendet. Diese können mit den Anweisungen -\Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} geändert werden (siehe -\autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, ab -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont}). In der Voreinstellung sind die -Einstellungen für diese Elemente leer, so dass sie zu keiner Änderung der -Schrift oder Farbe führen. Änderungen der Schrift sind im Gegensatz zu + \FontElement{headsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footbotline}}, \FontElement{headsepline}, +\FontElement{footsepline} und \FontElement{footbotline} angewendet. Diese +können mit den Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} +geändert werden (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.textmarkup}, ab +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setkomafont}). In der Voreinstellung +sind die Einstellungen für diese Elemente leer, so dass sie zu keiner Änderung +der Schrift oder Farbe führen. Änderungen der Schrift sind im Gegensatz zu Farbänderungen an dieser Stelle ohnehin nicht sinnvoll und werden daher nicht empfohlen.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{footbotline}% @@ -1104,7 +1293,7 @@ empfohlen.% \EndIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadseoline}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% \iffree{Neben den Optionen }{Das veraltete Paket @@ -1137,7 +1326,7 @@ der Linien gedacht, wenn diese über die Optionen eingeschaltet wurden. Dies wurde von den Anwendern aber leider häufig nicht beachtet!% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadseoline}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}% % \EndIndex{Option}{footbotline~=\PName{Dicke\textup{:}Länge}}% @@ -1202,4 +1391,4 @@ möglich.% %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: -% LocalWords: Paketoptionen +% LocalWords: Paketoptionen Ebenenmodell Sternvariante Sternform diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex index 2bf8540ab0c..8123af22b72 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlayer.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlayer.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex} - [$Date: 2013-12-10 19:50:34 +0100 (Di, 10. Dez 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:39:28 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrlayer)] \chapter[{Definition von Ebenen und Seitenstilen mit \Package{scrlayer}}] @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ mit \Package{scrlayer}} \labelbase{scrlayer} -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer} - +\BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer}% +\BeginIndex{}{Ebenen}% Anwender von Grafikprogrammen sind mit dem Modell der Ebenen für eine Seite bereits vertraut. \LaTeX{} selbst ist ein solches Modell jedoch eher fremd. Dennoch gibt es bereits einige Pakete wie \Package{eso-pic} oder @@ -121,16 +121,16 @@ kümmern brauchen. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@chapter}% Wenn \Macro{if@chapter} definiert ist und \Macro{iftrue}\IndexCmd{iftrue} -entspricht, wird \Package{scrlayer} bei seiner Arbeit die Kapitel-Ebene -beispielsweise bei Option \Option{automark} mit berücksichtigen. Wenn es -definiert ist, aber nicht \Macro{iftrue} entspricht, behandelt +entspricht, berücksichtigt \Package{scrlayer} bei seiner Arbeit die +Kapitel-Ebene beispielsweise bei Verwendung von Option \Option{automark}. Wenn +es definiert ist, aber nicht \Macro{iftrue} entspricht, behandelt \Package{scrlayer} nur die Ebenen der Befehle \Macro{part}, \Macro{section}, \Macro{subsection}, \Macro{sub\dots subsection}, \Macro{paragraph}, \Macro{subparagraph}, \Macro{sub\dots subparagraph}. Wenn das Makro nicht -definiert ist, macht \Package{scrlayer} die Frage, ob auch die -Kapitel-Ebene zu behandeln ist, an der Anweisung \Macro{chapter} fest. Ist -diese Anweisung definiert und entspricht sie nicht \Macro{relax}, dann -definiert \Package{scrlayer} das Makro \Macro{if@chapter} selbst als Synonym für +definiert ist, macht \Package{scrlayer} die Frage, ob auch die Kapitel-Ebene +zu behandeln ist, an der Anweisung \Macro{chapter} fest. Ist diese Anweisung +definiert und entspricht sie nicht \Macro{relax}, dann definiert +\Package{scrlayer} das Makro \Macro{if@chapter} selbst als Synonym für \Macro{iftrue}. Anderenfalls definiert es \Macro{if@chapter} als Synonym für \Macro{iffalse}\IndexCmd{iffalse}.% % @@ -141,13 +141,14 @@ definiert \Package{scrlayer} das Makro \Macro{if@chapter} selbst als Synonym für \Macro{fi} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@mainmatter}% -Klassen wie \Class{book} definieren \Macro{frontmatter}\IndexCmd{frontmatter}, +Klassen wie \Class{book} oder \Class{scrbook} bieten +\Macro{frontmatter}\IndexCmd{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter}\IndexCmd{mainmatter} und \Macro{backmatter}\IndexCmd{backmatter}, um zwischen Vorderteil, Hauptteil und -Endteil eines Buches umschalten zu können. In der Regel verwenden diese Klassen -intern \Macro{if@mainmatter}, um entscheiden zu können, ob gerade im Hauptteil -des Dokuments gearbeitet wird oder nicht. Klassen wie \Class{report} oder -\Class{article} haben kein \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter} oder +Endteil eines Buches umschalten zu können. In der Regel verwenden diese +Klassen intern \Macro{if@mainmatter}, um entscheiden zu können, ob gerade im +Hauptteil des Dokuments gearbeitet wird oder nicht. Klassen wie \Class{report} +oder \Class{article} haben kein \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter} oder \Macro{backmatter} und deshalb auch kein \Macro{if@mainmatter}. Stattdessen gehen sie davon aus, dass es nur einen Hauptteil gibt. @@ -160,11 +161,11 @@ schlicht \Macro{iftrue}\IndexCmd{iftrue} entsprechen. Wenn also \Macro{if@mainmatter} nicht definiert ist, dann definiert \Package{scrlayer} es als Synonym für \Macro{iftrue}. -Einige Klassen haben jedoch tatsächlich \Macro{frontmatter}, +Einige Klassen definieren jedoch \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter} oder \Macro{backmatter} und trotzdem kein -\Macro{if@mainmatter}. In diesem Fall definiert \Package{scrlayer} ebenfalls -\Macro{if@mainmatter} als Synonym für \Macro{iftrue} und erweitert -die gefundenen Definitionen von \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter} und +\Macro{if@mainmatter}. In diesem Fall definiert \Package{scrlayer} +\Macro{if@mainmatter} ebenfalls als Synonym für \Macro{iftrue} und erweitert +darüber hinaus die gefundenen Definitionen von \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter} und \Macro{backmatter} so, dass diese \Macro{if@mainmatter} passend umdefinieren. Falls es jedoch weitere, vergleichbare Befehle zur Umschaltung zwischen unterschiedlichen Dokumentteilen gibt, so kennt \Package{scrlayer} @@ -175,7 +176,9 @@ Klassenautors angewiesen.% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}% - \Parameter{Name der Gliederungsebene}\Parameter{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} + \Parameter{Name der Gliederungsebene}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}}% + \Parameter{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}% Jeder Gliederungsebene ist normalerweise eine nummerische Tiefe @@ -185,20 +188,21 @@ der jeweiligen Klasse bekannt, in der die Gliederungsbefehle definiert sind. Diese setzt dann in den entsprechenden \LaTeX-Befehlen selbst die zugehörigen Nummern ein. +{\setlength{\emergencystretch}{1em}% Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} benötigt ebenfalls Informationen über die -Hierarchie. Mit Hilfe der Anweisung \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth} kann +Hierarchie. Mit Hilfe von \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth} kann \Package{scrlayer} zum Namen einer Gliederungsebene die zugehörige nummerische -Tiefe bekannt gemacht werden. Für die Standardklassen wäre \Parameter{Name der +Tiefe bekannt gemacht werden. Für die Standardklassen wäre \PName{Name der Gliederungsebene} beispielsweise \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, \PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, \PValue{paragraph} oder \PValue{subparagraph} und die jeweils zugehörige -\PName{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} wäre -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 oder 5. +\PName{Tiefe der Gliederungsebene} wäre -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 oder 5.\par} Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} versucht diese nummerischen Werte zunächst beim -Laden des Pakets und dann noch einmal während -\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} selbst zu ermitteln. Aber für den Fall, -dass dies einmal nicht zu einem korrekten Ergebnis führt, beispielsweise falls -es vollkommen andere Gliederungsbefehle gibt, kann man die Zuordnung eben mit +Laden des Pakets und noch einmal während \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} +selbst zu ermitteln. Aber für den Fall, dass dies einmal nicht zu einem +korrekten Ergebnis führt, beispielsweise falls es vollkommen andere +Gliederungsbefehle gibt, kann man die Zuordnung eben mit \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth} auch explizit vornehmen.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}% @@ -207,7 +211,7 @@ es vollkommen andere Gliederungsbefehle gibt, kann man die Zuordnung eben mit \label{sec:scrlayer.layers} Eine Ebene (engl. \emph{layer}) ist ein Denkmodell für eine Seite. Im -Gegensatz zu echtem, physischem Papier, ist diese Seite vollständig +Gegensatz zu echtem, physischem Papier ist diese Seite vollständig transparent. Üblicherweise werden mehrere Ebenen übereinander gestapelt und undurchsichtiges Material auf einer Ebene überdeckt Material auf den Ebenen darunter. Ein solcher Stapel von Ebenen wird dann auf eine reale Seite Papier @@ -218,7 +222,8 @@ während der Vordergrundstapel über oder vor dem normalen Seiteninhalt ausgegeben wird. Der normale Seiteninhalt ist daher eine Art von Trennebene zwischen den beiden Ebenenstapeln. -Eine Ebene hat mehrere Eigenschaften. Die erste Eigenschaft ist Antwort auf +Eine Ebene hat mehrere Eigenschaften. Die erste Eigenschaft\textnote{Vorder- + oder Hintergrund} ist Antwort auf die Frage, ob die Ebene zum Hintergrund oder zum Vordergrund gehört. Hintergrundebenen werden ausgegeben, bevor der normale Inhalt der Seite gedruckt wird. Optisch erscheinen sie daher \emph{hinter} oder @@ -228,48 +233,52 @@ normalen Inhalt anschließend ausgegeben. Optisch erscheinen sie daher Voreinstellung ist eine Ebene sowohl eine Hintergrundebene als auch eine Vordergrundebene und wird daher zweimal ausgegeben. -Die zweite und dritte Eigenschaft sind die horizontale und vertikale Position -der Ebene. Die vierte und fünfte Eigenschaft sind die horizontale und -vertikale Größe der Ebene. Daraus ergibt sich, dass eine Ebene auch kleiner -oder größer als das Papier sein kann. - -Aber wie werden die horizontale und die vertikale Position gemessen? Aus der -Antwort ergibt sich die sechste Eigenschaft, die Ausrichtung. Man kann von der -linken Papierkante zur linken Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur -rechten Kante der Ebene messen. Entsprechend kann man von der oberen Kante des -Papiers zur oberen Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur unteren Kante -der Ebene messen. - -Die siebte Eigenschaft ist, ob eine Ebene auf linken oder rechten Seiten eines -Dokuments gedruckt werden soll. In der Voreinstellung wird eine Ebene auf -allen Seiten gedruckt. Es ist zu beachten, dass \LaTeX{} Seiten mit geraden -Seitenzahlen als linke Seiten und Seiten mit ungeraden Seitenzahlen als rechte -Seiten behandelt, dass es jedoch im einseitigen Modus unabhängig von der -Nummer nur rechte Seiten gibt. \LaTeX{} bezeichnet den Gepflogenheiten in der -englischen Sprache entsprechend linke Seiten auch als gerade Seiten und rechte -Seiten als ungerade Seiten. - -Die achte Eigenschaft ist, ob eine Ebene auf den einseitigen oder den -doppelseitigen Modus beschränkt sein soll. In der Voreinstellung ist die Ebene -diesbezüglich unbeschränkt, wird also sowohl im einseitigen als auch im -doppelseitigen Modus ausgegeben. Nichtsdestotrotz wird eine Ebene, die auf -gerade Seiten beschränkt ist, im einseitigen Modus niemals ausgegeben werden -und ist daher auch keine einseitige Ebene. - -Die neunte Eigenschaft ist, ob eine Ebene auf Gleitseiten oder auf -Normalseiten beschränkt ist. \LaTeX{} erzeugt Gleitseiten für Objekte aus -Umgebungen wie \Environment{table} oder \Environment{figure}, wenn diesen -erlaubt wurde, auf eigenen Seiten ohne Teile des normalen Dokumentinhalts -ausgegeben zu werden (siehe Option \PValue{p} für \Environment{table} oder -\Environment{figure}). In gewisser Weise ist es so der gesamten Seite erlaubt, -im Dokument zu gleiten. Normalseiten in diesem Sinne sind alle Seiten, die -keine Gleitseiten sind. Normalseiten können ebenfalls Gleitumgebungen am -Anfang, im Inneren oder am Ende enthalten. Sehr große Gleitumgebungen können -auch den Eindruck einer Gleitseite erzeugen, obwohl es sich bei ihnen in -Wirklichkeit um oben auf einer Normalseite platzierte Gleitumgebungen handelt. - -Die zehnte und letzte Eigenschaft ist der Inhalt der Ebene. Das ist schlicht -das, was gedruckt werden soll, wann immer die Ebene ausgegeben wird. +Die zweite und dritte Eigenschaft\textnote{horizontale + Position}\textnote{vertikale Position} sind die horizontale und vertikale +Position der Ebene. Die vierte und fünfte Eigenschaft sind die horizontale und +vertikale\textnote{horizontale Größe}\textnote{vertikale Größe} Größe der +Ebene. Daraus ergibt sich, dass eine Ebene auch kleiner oder größer als das +Papier sein kann. + +Aber wie werden die horizontale und die vertikale Position +gemessen?\textnote{Ausrichtung} Aus der Antwort ergibt sich die sechste +Eigenschaft, die Ausrichtung. Man kann von der linken Papierkante zur linken +Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur rechten Kante der Ebene +messen. Entsprechend kann man von der oberen Kante des Papiers zur oberen +Kante der Ebene, zur Mitte der Ebene oder zur unteren Kante der Ebene messen. + +Die siebte Eigenschaft\textnote{linke oder rechte Seite} ist, ob eine Ebene +auf linken oder rechten Seiten eines Dokuments gedruckt werden soll. In der +Voreinstellung wird eine Ebene auf allen Seiten gedruckt. Es ist zu beachten, +dass \LaTeX{} Seiten mit geraden Seitenzahlen als linke Seiten und Seiten mit +ungeraden Seitenzahlen als rechte Seiten behandelt, dass es jedoch im +einseitigen Modus unabhängig von der Nummer nur rechte Seiten gibt. \LaTeX{} +bezeichnet den Gepflogenheiten in der englischen Sprache entsprechend linke +Seiten auch als gerade Seiten und rechte Seiten als ungerade Seiten. + +Die achte Eigenschaft\textnote{ein- oder doppelseitig} ist, ob eine Ebene auf +den einseitigen oder den doppelseitigen Modus beschränkt sein soll. In der +Voreinstellung ist die Ebene diesbezüglich unbeschränkt, wird also sowohl im +einseitigen als auch im doppelseitigen Modus ausgegeben. Nichtsdestotrotz wird +eine Ebene, die auf gerade Seiten beschränkt ist, im einseitigen Modus niemals +ausgegeben werden und ist daher auch keine einseitige Ebene. + +Die neunte Eigenschaft ist, ob eine Ebene auf Gleitseiten\textnote{Gleit- oder + Normalseiten} oder auf Normalseiten beschränkt ist. \LaTeX{} erzeugt +Gleitseiten für Objekte aus Umgebungen wie \Environment{table} oder +\Environment{figure}, wenn diesen erlaubt wurde, auf eigenen Seiten ohne Teile +des normalen Dokumentinhalts ausgegeben zu werden (siehe Option \PValue{p} für +\Environment{table} oder \Environment{figure}). In gewisser Weise ist es so +der gesamten Seite erlaubt, im Dokument zu gleiten. Normalseiten in diesem +Sinne sind alle Seiten, die keine Gleitseiten sind. Normalseiten können +ebenfalls Gleitumgebungen am Anfang, im Inneren oder am Ende enthalten. Sehr +große Gleitumgebungen können auch den Eindruck einer Gleitseite erzeugen, +obwohl es sich bei ihnen in Wirklichkeit um oben auf einer Normalseite +platzierte Gleitumgebungen handelt. + +Die zehnte und letzte Eigenschaft\textnote{Inhalt} ist der Inhalt der +Ebene. Das ist schlicht das, was gedruckt werden soll, wann immer die Ebene +ausgegeben wird. Damit haben wir also zehn Eigenschaften. Später in dieser Anleitung werden wir weitere Eigenschaften sehen, die jedoch auf diese zehn Eigenschaften @@ -293,7 +302,8 @@ Diese Anweisungen können verwendet werden, um Ebenen zu definieren. Der ASCII-Buchstaben resultieren. Einige zusätzliche Zeichen werden ebenfalls akzeptiert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nicht empfohlen. -Dabei spielt es bei Verwendung von \Macro{DeclareLayer} keine Rolle, ob eine +Dabei spielt es bei Verwendung von +\Macro{DeclareLayer}\important{\Macro{DeclareLayer}} keine Rolle, ob eine Ebene \PName{Name der Ebene} bereits existiert oder nicht. Sie wird in jedem Fall mit den über die \PName{Optionenliste} angegebenen Eigenschaften definiert. Einzelne Optionen bestehen entweder nur aus einem Schlüssel oder @@ -304,27 +314,28 @@ entsprechende Wert in geschweifte Klammern gesetzt werden. Eine Übersicht über die Optionen und die Eigenschaften, die sie repräsentieren, findet sich in \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}. -Im Unterschied zu \Macro{DeclareLayer} meldet \Macro{DeclareNewLayer} einen -Fehler, falls eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen bereits existiert. Damit -wird der Anwender davor bewahrt, versehentlich mehrmals denselben Namen zu +Im Unterschied zu \Macro{DeclareLayer} meldet +\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}\important{\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}} einen Fehler, falls +eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen bereits existiert. Damit wird der +Anwender davor bewahrt, versehentlich mehrmals denselben Namen zu verwenden. Dies ist insbesondere auch dann nützlich, wenn Klassen oder Pakete intern ebenfalls Ebenen definieren. -Dagegen definiert \Macro{ProvideLayer} die Ebene nur, wenn nicht bereits eine -Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen existiert. Ist der Name hingegen bereits für -eine andere Ebene verwendet, so wird die neuerliche Definition ignoriert. Die -Anweisung hat also die Bedeutung: \emph{Definiere die Ebene, falls sie noch - nicht existiert.} +Dagegen definiert \Macro{ProvideLayer}\important{\Macro{ProvideLayer}} die +Ebene nur, wenn nicht bereits eine Ebene mit dem angegebenen Namen +existiert. Wird der Name hingegen bereits für eine andere Ebene verwendet, so +wird die neuerliche Definition ignoriert. Die Anweisung hat also die +Bedeutung: \emph{Definiere die Ebene, falls sie noch nicht existiert.} Soll eine bereits existierende Ebene umdefiniert werden, so kann wahlweise \Macro{RedeclareLayer} oder \Macro{ModifyLayer} verwendet werden. Während mit -\Macro{RedeclareLayer} die Ebene zunächst auf die Grundeinstellungen -zurückgesetzt und damit über die angegebene \PName{Optionenliste} komplett neu -definiert wird, unterbleibt bei \Macro{ModifyLayer} das Zurücksetzen. Es -werden dann nur die Eigenschaften geändert, für die in der -\PName{Optionenliste} auch Angaben vorhanden sind. Die Anwendung auf eine -zuvor noch nicht definierte Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler -dar. +\Macro{RedeclareLayer}\important{\Macro{RedeclareLayer}} die Ebene zunächst +auf die Grundeinstellungen zurückgesetzt und damit über die angegebene +\PName{Optionenliste} komplett neu definiert wird, unterbleibt bei +\Macro{ModifyLayer}\important{\Macro{ModifyLayer}} das Zurücksetzen. Es werden +dann nur die Eigenschaften geändert, für die in der \PName{Optionenliste} auch +Angaben vorhanden sind. Die Anwendung auf eine zuvor noch nicht definierte +Ebene stellt bei beiden Anweisungen einen Fehler dar. \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% @@ -358,7 +369,7 @@ dar. }% \entry{\KOption{area}\Parameter{horizontaler Abstand}\Parameter{vertikaler Abstand}\Parameter{Breite}\Parameter{Höhe}}{% - Die zusammengesetzte Eigenschaft, resultiert in den primären Eigenschaften + Die zusammengesetzte Eigenschaft resultiert in den primären Eigenschaften \KOption{hoffset}\PName{horizontaler Abstand}, \KOption{voffset}\PName{vertikaler Abstand}, \KOption{width}\PName{Breite}, \KOption{height}\PName{Höhe}.% @@ -424,7 +435,7 @@ dar. erwartet und erlaubt keinen Wert.% }% \entry{\Option{foreground}}{% - Mit dieser Option wird die Ebene zu einer reinen Vodergrundebene. Sie wird + Mit dieser Option wird die Ebene zu einer reinen Vordergrundebene. Sie wird also im Gegensatz zur Grundeinstellung nicht mehr gleichzeitig im Hintergrund und im Vordergrund, sondern nur noch im Vordergrund ausgegeben. Diese Option erwartet und erlaubt keinen Wert.% @@ -597,7 +608,7 @@ angegebenen \PName{Name} existiert, so wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Code}. Bitte beachten Sie, dass die Anweisung nicht wirklich testen kann, ob eine Ebene existiert. Sie verwendet stattdessen Heuristiken, die niemals falsch-negativ sein können, jedoch im -Extremfall falsch-positiv sein könnten. Nichts desto trotz: Falls der Test +Extremfall falsch-positiv sein könnten. Nichtsdestotrotz: Falls der Test falsch-positiv ist, läuft etwas schief. Beispielsweise könnte dies ein Indikator für die Verwendung eines inkompatiblen Pakets oder dafür sein, dass der Anwender etwas tut, was er besser nicht tun sollte.% @@ -617,12 +628,13 @@ zerstörte Ebenen anschließend mit \Macro{DeclareNewLayer} oder neuerlichen Definition nicht länger mit \Macro{RedeclareLayer} oder \Macro{ModifyLayer} verändert werden. -Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb von -\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} verwendet zu werden. Damit können Ebenen -die unter Verwendung von entfernbaren Anweisungen einer entfernbaren -Benutzerschnittstelle definiert wurden, zusammen mit dieser +Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von +\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) verwendet zu +werden. Damit können Ebenen, die unter Verwendung von entfernbaren Anweisungen +einer entfernbaren Benutzerschnittstelle definiert wurden, zusammen mit dieser Benutzerschnittstelle entfernt werden.% -% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyLayer}% @@ -664,29 +676,34 @@ korrespondiert also unmittelbar mit den Optionen \Option{background} und \Option{foreground} für Ebenen. Daher liegt es nahe, Seitenstile als Listen von Ebenen zu definieren. Aber -statt nur die genannten vier Optionen, können dabei alle Eigenschaften -verwendet werden, die in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} erklärt wurden. +statt nur die genannten vier Optionen können dabei alle Eigenschaften +verwendet werden, die in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}, +\autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}, ab \autopageref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys} +erklärt wurden. Als Ergebnis dieser Überlegungen ist eine Form von Seitenstilen, die -\Package{scrlayer} bietet, der Ebenen-Seitenstil. Ein solcher Ebenen-Seitenstil -besteht aus Ebenen und zusätzlich aus mehreren Haken (engl. \emph{hooks}). Die -Ebenen wurden bereits in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} beschrieben. Die Haken -sind Punkte in der Expansion oder Anwendung von Seitenstilen, zu denen -zusätzlicher Code hinzugefügt werden kann. Erfahrene Anwender kennen dieses -Konzept bereits von beispielsweise \Macro{AtBeginDocument} (siehe -\cite{latex:usrguide}) oder \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} (siehe +\Package{scrlayer} bietet, der +Ebenen-Seitenstil\textnote{Ebenen-Seitenstil}\Index{Seitenstil>Ebenen-}\Index{Ebenen>Seitenstil}\Index{Seiten>Stil}. Ein +solcher Ebenen-Seitenstil besteht aus Ebenen und zusätzlich aus mehreren Haken +(engl. \emph{hooks}). Die Ebenen wurden bereits in +\autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} beschrieben. Die Haken sind Punkte in der +Expansion oder Anwendung von Seitenstilen, zu denen zusätzlicher Code +hinzugefügt werden kann. Erfahrene Anwender kennen dieses Konzept bereits von +beispielsweise \Macro{AtBeginDocument} (siehe \cite{latex:usrguide}) oder +\Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} (siehe \autopageref{desc:scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux}). Eine zweite Form von Seitenstilen, die \Package{scrlayer} bietet, ist der -Alias-Seitenstil oder Seitenstil-Alias. Ein Seitenstil-Alias besteht in -Wirklichkeit aus einem anderen Seitenstil. Anders ausgedrückt ist der Name eines -Seitenstil-Alias ein Alias-Name für einen anderen Seitenstil-Alias oder einen -primären Seitenstil. Daher führt die Manipulation an einem Seitenstil-Alias -zu einer Manipulation am originären Seitenstil. Ist der originäre Seitenstil -selbst ebenfalls ein Seitenstil-Alias, so führt dessen Manipulation wiederum -zu einer Manipulation dessen originären Seitenstils und immer so weiter, bis -schließlich ein realer Seitenstil verändert wird. Der Ausdruck -\emph{realer Seitenstil} wird zur Unterscheidung von einem Seitenstil-Alias +Alias-Seitenstil\textnote{Alias-Seitenstil}\Index{Seitenstil>Alias-}\Index{Alias>Seitenstil}\Index{Seiten>Stil} oder +Seitenstil-Alias. Ein Seitenstil-Alias besteht in Wirklichkeit aus einem +anderen Seitenstil. Anders ausgedrückt ist der Name eines Seitenstil-Alias ein +Alias-Name für einen anderen Seitenstil-Alias oder einen primären +Seitenstil. Daher führt die Manipulation an einem Seitenstil-Alias zu einer +Manipulation am originären Seitenstil. Ist der originäre Seitenstil selbst +ebenfalls ein Seitenstil-Alias, so führt dessen Manipulation wiederum zu einer +Manipulation dessen originären Seitenstils und immer so weiter, bis +schließlich ein realer Seitenstil verändert wird. Der Ausdruck \emph{realer + Seitenstil} wird zur Unterscheidung von einem Seitenstil-Alias verwendet. Alle Seitenstile, die kein Seitenstil-Alias sind, sind reale Seitenstile. Seitenstil-Aliase können nicht nur für Seitenstile definiert werden, die mit \Package{scrlayer} definiert wurden, sondern für alle @@ -709,7 +726,7 @@ verwendet wird. Es sei darauf hingewiesen, dass die später in diesem Abschnitt dokumentierten Ebenen-Seitenstile nicht auf diese Erweiterung von \Macro{pagestyle} angewiesen -sind, da sie selbst ebenfalls \Macro{currentpagestyle} umdefinieren. Die +sind, da sie selbst auch \Macro{currentpagestyle} umdefinieren. Die Erweiterung wurde für die Verwendung von anderen Seitenstilen, die nicht auf \Package{scrlayer} basieren, vorgenommen. Es ist außerdem zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass \Macro{currentpagestyle} vor der ersten @@ -727,9 +744,10 @@ Seitenstil auf eine Voreinstellung zu setzen.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle}% Die Anweisung \Macro{BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle} fügt einem Haken (engl. \emph{hook}) \PName{Code} hinzu, der innerhalb der Ausführung von -\Macro{pagestyle}, unmittelbar vor der Auswahl des Seitenstils ausgeführt -wird. Innerhalb von \PName{Code} kann \texttt{\#1} als Platzhalter für das -Argument von \Macro{pagestyle} verwendet werden. +Anweisung \Macro{pagestyle}\important{\Macro{pagestyle}}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}, +unmittelbar vor der Auswahl des Seitenstils ausgeführt wird. Innerhalb von +\PName{Code} kann \texttt{\#1} als Platzhalter für das Argument von +\Macro{pagestyle} verwendet werden. Die Anweisung \Macro{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle} arbeitet ähnlich. Allerdings wird hier \PName{Code} ausgeführt, nachdem der Seitenstil gewählt und @@ -749,18 +767,29 @@ beschränkt werden.% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclarePageStyleAlias}}% + \Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}}% + \Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ \Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{ProvidePageStyleAlias}}% + \Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}\\ \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Alias-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}}% + \Parameter{originärer Seitenstil-Name}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleAlias}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% +\BeginIndex{}{Seitenstil>Alias-}% +\BeginIndex{}{Alias>Seitenstil}% +\BeginIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}% Diese Anweisungen können verwendet werden, um einen Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} zu definieren, der einfach nur ein Alias für einen bereits existierenden Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{originärer @@ -770,20 +799,40 @@ Alias mit \Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias} oder \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias} zerstört. Die Anweisung \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} erzeugt eine Fehlermeldung, -falls zuvor bereits ein Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} +falls zuvor bereits ein Seitenstil \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} definiert wurde. Dabei spielt es keine Rolle, ob der existierende Seitenstil selbst ein Alias-Seitenstil, ein Ebenen-Seitenstil oder eine andere Art von Seitenstil ist. -Die Anweisung \Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias} definiert den Alias-Seitenstil -nur, falls nicht bereits ein Seitenstil mit dem Namen +Die Anweisung \Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias} definiert den Seitenstil-Alias +nur, falls nicht bereits ein Seitenstil \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} existiert. Falls ein solcher Seitenstil existiert, bleibt dieser erhalten und die Anweisung tut schlicht nichts. -Im Gegensatz zu den anderen Anweisungen erwartet +Im Gegensatz zu den drei vorgenannten Anweisungen erwartet \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}, dass bereits ein Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} existiert. Anderenfalls erzeugt die Anweisung -eine Fehlermeldung.% +eine Fehlermeldung. +\iffree{\csname @tempswafalse\endcsname}{\csname @tempswatrue\endcsname}% +\csname if@tempswa\endcsname% Umbruchkorrekturtext +\begin{Example} + Angenommen, Sie schreiben eine Klasse und verwenden darin für + Kapitelanfangsseiten den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{chapter}. In der + Voreinstellung soll dieser Seitenstil dem Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} + entsprechen. Daher verwenden Sie das Paket \Package{scrlayer} und definieren + mit +\begin{lstcode} + \DeclareNewPageStyleAlias{chapter}{plain} +\end{lstcode} + den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{chapter} als Alias für den Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{plain}. Will hingegen der Anwender später, dass der Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{chapter} dem Seitenstil \Pagestyle{empty} entspricht, so erreicht + er dies mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \RedeclarePageStyleAlias{chapter}{empty} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +\fi \EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% @@ -796,13 +845,15 @@ eine Fehlermeldung.% Mit dieser Anweisung wird der Seitenstil-Alias mit dem angegebenen Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Alias-Name} für \LaTeX{} wieder undefiniert, wenn es tatsächlich einen Alias-Seitenstil dieses Namens gibt. Anschließend kann der -Seitenstil beispielsweise mit \Macro{DeclareNewAliasPageStyle} oder -\Macro{ProvideAliasPageStyle} neu definiert werden. - -Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt innerhalb von -\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} verwendet zu werden, um Seitenstile, die -als Teil eines Endanwender-Interfaces definiert wurden, beim Entfernen dieses -Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% +Seitenstil auch mit \Macro{DeclareNewAliasPageStyle} oder +\Macro{ProvideAliasPageStyle} wieder neu definiert werden. + +Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von +\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) verwendet zu +werden, um Seitenstile, die als Teil eines Endanwender-Interfaces definiert +wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyPageStyleAlias}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -818,43 +869,50 @@ existiert. Die Anweisung ist voll expandierbar und kann damit beispielsweise auch im zweiten Argument einer \Macro{edef}-Anweisung verwendet werden. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{GetRealPageStyle}% - +\EndIndex{}{Alias>Seitenstil}% +\EndIndex{}{Seitenstil>Alias-}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}% - \OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% + \OParameter{Optionenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% \Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}% - \OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% + \OParameter{Optionenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% \Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ \Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}% - \OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% + \OParameter{Optionenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% \Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}% - \OParameter{Optionenliste}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% + \OParameter{Optionenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}}\Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}% \Parameter{Ebenenliste}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}% +\BeginIndex{}{Seitenstil>Ebenen-}% +\BeginIndex{}{Ebenen>Seitenstil}% Diese Anweisungen deklarieren einen Seitenstil mit dem Namen \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}. Der Seitenstil besteht aus einer Anzahl von Ebenen, die in der mit Komma separierten \PName{Ebenenliste} angegeben sind. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass sowohl \PName{Seitenstil-Name} als auch \PName{Ebenenliste} voll expandierbar sein -muss und die Expansion zu einer Reihe von Buchstaben führen sollte. Einige +müssen und die Expansion zu einer Reihe von Buchstaben führen sollte. Einige andere Zeichen werden zwar toleriert, ihre Verwendung wird jedoch nicht empfohlen. -Die \PName{Optionenliste} ist eine mit Komma separierte Liste von -\texttt{\PName{Schlüssel}=\PName{Wert}}-Optionen. Diese Optionen können -verwendet werden, um zusätzliche Eigenschaften zu setzen und zusätzliche -Möglichkeiten zu nutzen. Derzeit werden sie verwendet, um Code an bestimmten -Stellen der Aktivierung oder Verwendung eines Seitenstils über Haken -(engl. \emph{hooks}) auszuführen. Für allgemeine Informationen zu Haken sei -auf die Einleitung zu diesem Abschnitt verwiesen. Details zu den Haken und -ihrer Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. +Die \PName{Optionenliste} ist eine mit Komma separierte Liste von Optionen der +Form \texttt{\PName{Schlüssel}=\PName{Code}}. Diese Optionen können verwendet +werden, um zusätzliche Eigenschaften zu setzen und zusätzliche Möglichkeiten +zu nutzen. Derzeit werden sie verwendet, um Code an bestimmten Stellen der +Aktivierung oder Verwendung eines Seitenstils über Haken (engl. \emph{hooks}) +auszuführen. Für allgemeine Informationen zu Haken sei auf die Einleitung zu +diesem Abschnitt verwiesen. Details zu den Haken und ihrer Bedeutung sind +\autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. \begin{desclist} \desccaption{% @@ -938,21 +996,22 @@ ihrer Bedeutung sind \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} zu entnehmen. }% \end{desclist} -Der Unterschied zwischen \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} und -\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} besteht darin, dass -\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} eine Fehlermeldung erzeugt, falls bereits -ein Seitenstil des Namens \PName{Seitenstil-Name} +Während die Anweisung +\Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} %\important{\Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}}% + % Leider zu lang. Deshalb auch auf alle + % weiteren verzichtet. +den Seitenstil immer definiert, erzeugt \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} +eine Fehlermeldung, falls bereits ein Seitenstil gleichen Namens existiert. Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie, dass die Deklaration eines Seitenstils, der bereits ein Alias für einen anderen Seitenstil ist (siehe -\Macro{DeclareAliasPageStyle} zuvor in diesem Abschnitt) nicht zu der -Umdefinierung des angegebenen Alias-Seitenstils, sondern des realen +beispielsweise \Macro{DeclareAliasPageStyle} zuvor in diesem Abschnitt) nicht +zu der Umdefinierung des angegebenen Alias-Seitenstils, sondern des realen Seitenstils (siehe \Macro{GetRealPageStyle} zuvor in diesem Abschnitt) führt. Im Unterschied dazu wird bei \Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers} der Seitenstil unverändert erhalten, wenn bereits ein Seitenstil des Namens \PName{Seitenstil-Name} existiert. Existiert kein solcher Seitenstil, so wird -er wie bei \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} oder -\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} neu definiert. +er wie bei \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} definiert. Die Anweisung \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} wiederum erwartet, dass bereits ein Seitenstil des Namens \PName{Seitenstil-Name} existiert und @@ -971,37 +1030,40 @@ Beachten Sie auch die nachfolgenden Anmerkungen zum Pseudo-Seitenstil \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}\\ \Pagestyle{empty} \end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{@everysel@}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{@everystyle@}% \BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} definiert von sich aus bereits zwei in gewisser Weise spezielle Seitenstile. Der erste davon ist -\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. Dieser Seitenstil sollte niemals als normaler -Seitenstil beispielsweise mit \Macro{pagestyle} oder \Macro{thispagestyle} -oder als Ziel eines Alias-Seitenstils verwendet werden. Stattdessen werden die -Ebenen und Haken dieses Seitenstils von allen anderen Ebenen-Seitenstilen mit -verwendet. Dabei werden die Haken von \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} jeweils vor den -entsprechenden Haken und die Ebenen jeweils vor den entsprechenden Ebenen des -aktiven Seitenstils ausgeführt. Damit ist das Hinzufügen einer Ebene zum -Seitenstil \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} oder von Code zu einem Haken dieses -Seitenstils vergleichbar mit dem Hinzufügen einer Ebene beziehungsweise von -Haken-Code zu allen Ebenen-Seitenstile. Der eine entscheidende Unterschied -ist: Befehle, die sich auf die Ebenen eines Seitenstils beziehen, -beispielsweise \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}, +\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}\important{\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}}. Dieser +Seitenstil sollte niemals als normaler Seitenstil beispielsweise mit +\Macro{pagestyle} oder \Macro{thispagestyle} oder als Ziel eines +Alias-Seitenstils verwendet werden. Stattdessen werden die Ebenen und Haken +dieses Seitenstils von allen anderen Ebenen-Seitenstilen mit verwendet. Dabei +werden die Haken von \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} jeweils vor den entsprechenden +Haken und die Ebenen jeweils vor den entsprechenden Ebenen des aktiven +Seitenstils ausgeführt. + +Damit ist das Hinzufügen einer Ebene zum Pseudo-Seitenstil +\Pagestyle{@everystyle@} oder von Code zu einem Haken dieses Seitenstils +vergleichbar mit dem Hinzufügen einer Ebene beziehungsweise von Haken-Code zu +allen Ebenen-Seitenstile. Der eine entscheidende Unterschied ist: Befehle, die +sich auf die Ebenen eines Seitenstils beziehen, das sind neben +\Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} beispielsweise auch die Anweisungen \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer} oder -\Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer} lassen die Ebenen des Seitenstils +\Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer}, lassen die Ebenen des Seitenstils \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} unberücksichtigt, wenn sie auf einen anderen Ebenen-Seitenstil angewendet werden. -Der zweite etwas andere Ebenen-Seitenstil ist \Pagestyle{empty}. Normalerweise -wird bereits vom \LaTeX-Kern ein Seitenstil dieses Namens definiert. Dieser -Seitenstil hat einen leeren Kopf und Fuß. Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} -definiert diesen Seitenstil als Ebenen-Seitenstil ohne Ebenen -um. Nichtsdestotrotz kann er wie jeder andere Ebenen-Seitenstil verwendet -werden. Der Hauptvorteil dieses Ebenen-Seitenstils gegenüber dem +Der zweite etwas andere Ebenen-Seitenstil ist +\Pagestyle{empty}\important{\Pagestyle{empty}}. Bereits vom \LaTeX-Kern wird +ein Seitenstil dieses Namens definiert, der einen leeren Kopf und Fuß hat. Das +Paket \Package{scrlayer} definiert diesen Seitenstil als Ebenen-Seitenstil +ohne Ebenen um. Nichtsdestotrotz kann er wie jeder andere Ebenen-Seitenstil +verwendet werden. Der Hauptvorteil dieses Ebenen-Seitenstils gegenüber dem ursprünglichen Seitenstil aus dem \LaTeX-Kern ist, dass er ebenfalls die Haken und Ebenen des Pseudo-Seitenstils \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} ausführt.% \EndIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{@everysel@}% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{@everystyle@}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -1055,7 +1117,7 @@ wird, entfernt werden.% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{deactivatepagestylelayers~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}% -Solange die \KOMAScript-Option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} nicht +Solange \KOMAScript-Option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} nicht aktiviert ist, kann mit \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} für jede Ebene des Seitenstils mit dem Namen \PName{Seitenstil-Name} beliebiger \PName{Code} ausgeführt werden. Innerhalb von \PName{Code} dient dabei \PValue{\#1} als @@ -1077,7 +1139,7 @@ unerwünschte Seiteneffekte zu minimieren. Die Anweisung \Macro{gdef} definiert \Macro{commaatlist} jedoch global um, so dass beim Aufruf des Codes für die nächste Ebene die Änderung Bestand hat. -Diverse Anweisungen von \Package{scrlayer} setzen ebenfalls +Diverse Anweisungen von \Package{scrlayer} setzen intern selbst ebenfalls \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} ein. Auch deren Funktion kann daher über die \KOMAScript-Option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} verändert werden. Diese Option kann daher verwendet werden, um alle Ebenen aller Seitenstile temporär @@ -1105,21 +1167,23 @@ hinzuzufügen oder davon zu entfernen. Der Seitenstil wird dabei über seinen \PName{Seitenstil-Name} referenziert. Die Ebenen werden in einer durch Komma separierten \PName{Ebenenliste} angegeben. -Die Anweisungen \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyle} und -\Macro{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle} fügen die Ebenen am Ende der Ebenenliste des -Seitenstils ein. Logisch liegen die neu hinzugefügten Ebenen also über oder -vor den bereits vorhandenen Ebenen, wobei Hintergrund-Ebenen natürlich -weiterhin logisch hinter der Textebene und damit auch hinter allen -Vordergrund-Ebenen liegen. - -Die Anweisung \Macro{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle} fügt die Ebenen hingegen am -Anfang der Ebenenliste des Seitenstils ein. Dabei werden die Ebenen in der -Reihenfolge am Anfang eingefügt, in der sie auch in der \PName{Ebenenliste} -stehen. Damit wird die Ebene, die ganz am Ende von \PName{Ebenenliste} steht, -nach dem Einfügen die erste und damit die unterste oder hinterste Ebene -(jeweils entweder der Vordergrund oder der Hintergrundebenen) sein. - -Der Versuch, mit Hilfe von \Macro{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle} Ebenen von einem +Sowohl die Anweisung \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyle} als auch die Anweisung +\Macro{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle}\textnote{hinzufügen am Ende} fügt die Ebenen +am Ende der Ebenenliste des Seitenstils ein. Logisch liegen die neu +hinzugefügten Ebenen also über oder vor den bereits vorhandenen Ebenen, wobei +Hintergrund-Ebenen natürlich weiterhin logisch hinter der Textebene und damit +auch hinter allen Vordergrund-Ebenen liegen. + +Die Anweisung \Macro{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle}\textnote{hinzufügen am + Anfang} fügt die Ebenen hingegen am Anfang der Ebenenliste des Seitenstils +ein. Dabei werden die Ebenen in der Reihenfolge am Anfang eingefügt, in der +sie auch in der \PName{Ebenenliste} stehen. Damit wird die Ebene, die ganz am +Ende von \PName{Ebenenliste} steht, nach dem Einfügen die erste und damit die +unterste oder hinterste Ebene (jeweils entweder der Vordergrund- oder der +Hintergrundebenen) sein. + +Der Versuch, mit Hilfe von +\Macro{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle}\textnote{entfernen} Ebenen von einem Seitenstil zu entfernen, die gar nicht Teil des Seitenstils sind, wird ignoriert, führt also nicht zu einer Fehlermeldung. Dagegen ist der Versuch, Ebenen zu einem Seitenstil, der kein Ebenen-Seitenstil ist und auch kein @@ -1132,10 +1196,12 @@ einem solchen zu entfernen ein Fehler und wird als solcher gemeldet.% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer}}% \Parameter{Referenzebenen-Name}\\ \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer}}% \Parameter{Referenzebenen-Name}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer}% @@ -1143,7 +1209,8 @@ einem solchen zu entfernen ein Fehler und wird als solcher gemeldet.% Diese beiden Befehle ähneln den vorangegangenen. Allerdings wird hier zusätzlich ein \PName{Referenzebenen-Name} angegeben. Die Ebenen des über den \PName{Seitenstil-Name} angegebenen Seitenstils werden nach dieser -Referenzebene durchsucht. Die Ebenen der \PName{Ebenenliste} werden dann vor +Referenzebene durchsucht. Die Ebenen der \PName{Ebenenliste} werden dann +vor\textnote{hinzufügen vor/nach Ebene} respektive nach jedem Auf"|treten der Referenzebene in die Ebenen des Seitenstils eingefügt. Dabei bleibt die Reihenfolge der Ebenen der \PName{Ebenenliste} erhalten.%| @@ -1171,8 +1238,8 @@ entfernt werden. Es ist zu beachten\textnote{Achtung!}, dass sich dabei die Reihenfolge der Ebenen ändern kann. Wird also eine spezielle Reihenfolge gewünscht, sollten stattdessen alle Ebenen entfernt und die gewünschten Ebenen in der erwarteten -Reihenfolge neu hinzugefügt werden. \Macro{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle} ist in einem -solchen Fall also nicht geeignet.% +Reihenfolge neu hinzugefügt werden. In einem solchen Fall ist +\Macro{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle} also nicht geeignet.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle}% \begin{Declaration} @@ -1185,27 +1252,33 @@ solchen Fall also nicht geeignet.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}% Mit diesen beiden Anweisungen können die Optionen und damit die Haken eines Ebenen-Seitenstils nachträglich verändert werden. Bei -\Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} werden dabei genau die Optionen, die in -der durch Komma separierten \PName{Optionenliste} angegeben sind auf die -dortigen neuen Werte gesetzt. Die bisherigen Werte gehen dabei verloren. Es -sind alle Optionen aus \autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks}, +\Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}\textnote{Seitenstil-Optionen ändern} +werden dabei genau die Optionen, die in der durch Komma separierten +\PName{Optionenliste} angegeben sind, auf die dortigen neuen Werte gesetzt. Die +bisherigen Werte gehen dabei verloren. Es sind alle Optionen aus +\autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks}, \autopageref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} erlaubt. Optionen beziehungsweise Haken, die nicht in der \PName{Optionenliste} angegeben sind, bleiben hingegen unverändert. Diese Anweisung ist damit auch die einzige Möglichkeit, die globalen Voreinstellungen der \KOMAScript-Optionen von einem Seitenstil zu entfernen. -Die Anweisung \Macro{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions} unterscheidet sich insofern, -als die neuen Werte die bisher vorhandenen Werte nicht überschreiben, sondern -diesen hinzugefügt oder -- genauer gesagt -- an diese angehängt werden.% +Die Anweisung \Macro{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}\textnote{Seitenstil-Optionen + erweitern} dagegen überschreibt die bisher vorhandenen Werte nicht, sondern +fügt die neuen zu den bisherigen hinzu oder -- genauer gesagt -- hängt die +neuen Werte an die alten an.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{IfLayerPageStyleExists}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}\\ - \Macro{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}%^ - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{IfLayerPageStyleExists}}% + \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}\\ + \Macro{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}}% + \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerPageStyleExists}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}% @@ -1227,33 +1300,39 @@ Ebenen-Seitenstil führt.% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenen-Name}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenen-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{IfLayerAtPageStyle}}% \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}\\ \Macro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle}}% \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}\\ \Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}% + \Parameter{Seitenstil-Name}\Parameter{Ebenenliste}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{IfLayersAtPageStyle}}% \Parameter{Dann-Code}\Parameter{Sonst-Code}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerAtPageStyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayersAtPageStyle}% -Mit diesen Anweisungen kann überprüft werden ob ein oder mehrere Ebenen -Bestandteil eines Seitenstils sind. Anweisung \Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle} +Mit diesen Anweisungen kann überprüft werden, ob ein oder mehrere Ebenen +Bestandteil eines Seitenstils sind. \Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle}\textnote{genau + eine Ebene} erwartet dabei nach dem \PName{Seitenstil-Name} im ersten Argument im zweiten Argument genau einen \PName{Ebenen-Name}. Ist die entsprechende Ebene Bestandteil des Seitenstils, so wird der \PName{Dann-Code} ausgeführt, anderenfalls der \PName{Sonst-Code}. -Die Anweisungen \Macro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} und -\Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} erlauben hingegen im zweiten Argument eine durch -Komma separierte \PName{Ebenenliste}. Dabei führt -\Macro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} den \PName{Dann-Code} bereits aus, wenn -\emph{mindestens eine} der Ebenen Bestandteil des Seitenstils ist. Dagegen -führt \Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} den \PName{Dann-Code} nur aus, wenn -\emph{alle} Ebenen Bestandteil des Seitenstils sind. Ist die Bedingung nicht -erfüllt, so wird jeweils \PName{Sonst-Code} ausgeführt. +Im Unterschied dazu erlauben \Macro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} +und \Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} im zweiten Argument eine durch Komma +separierte \PName{Ebenenliste}. Dabei führt +\Macro{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle}\textnote{mindestens eine Ebene} +den \PName{Dann-Code} bereits aus, wenn \emph{mindestens eine} der Ebenen +Bestandteil des Seitenstils ist. Dagegen führt +\Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle}\textnote{alle Ebenen} den +\PName{Dann-Code} nur aus, wenn \emph{alle} Ebenen Bestandteil des Seitenstils +sind. Ist die Bedingung nicht erfüllt, so wird jeweils \PName{Sonst-Code} +ausgeführt. Durch geeignete Schachtelung sind auch komplexe Bedingungen abbildbar. Gibt man statt einer \PName{Ebenenliste} jeweils nur einen \PName{Ebenen-Name} an, @@ -1269,7 +1348,7 @@ so sind alle drei Anweisungen gleichbedeutend.% Mit dieser Anweisung kann ein Ebenen-Seitenstil aus \LaTeX-Sicht wieder undefiniert werden. Dies gilt jedoch nur, wenn es einen Ebenen-Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{Ebenen-Seitenstil-Name} auch tatsächlich gibt. Handelt es sich -stattdessen um einen Alias-Seitentstil -- auch wenn dieser zu einem +stattdessen um einen Alias-Seitenstil -- auch wenn dieser zu einem Ebenen-Seitenstil führt -- oder um einen anderen Seitenstil oder ist gar kein Seitenstil mit dem Namen \PName{Ebenen-Seitenstil-Name} bekannt, so geschieht nichts, die Anweisung wird ignoriert. @@ -1289,11 +1368,16 @@ möchten, so können Sie dies beispielsweise mit: \end{lstcode} vor der Vernichtung des Seitenstils selbst erreichen. -Die Anweisung ist dazu gedacht innerhalb der automatischen Entfernung einer -Endanwender-Schnittstelle verwendet zu werden. Siehe -\autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces} für weitere Informationen zu diesem -Thema.% +Die Anweisung ist dazu bestimmt, innerhalb des Arguments \PName{Code} von +\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}) verwendet zu +werden, um Seitenstile, die als Teil eines Endanwender-Interfaces definiert +wurden, beim automatischen Entfernen dieses Interfaces mit zu entfernen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}% +\EndIndex{}{Ebenen>Seitenstil}% +\EndIndex{}{Seitenstil>Ebenen-}% +\EndIndex{}{Seiten>Stil}% \LoadCommon{20} % \section{Höhe von Kopf und Fuß} @@ -1302,19 +1386,19 @@ Thema.% \section{Definition und Verwaltung von Schnittstellen für Endanwender} \label{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces} -Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} stellt eine Benutzerschnittstelle zur Verfügung -um (konkurrierende) Schnittstellen für Endanwender definieren und verwalten zu -können. Möglicherweise wird diese Schnittstelle langfristig wieder aus -\Package{scrlayer} verschwinden und dann stattdessen von \Package{scrbase} -übernommen werden. Derzeit ist diese Schnittstelle aber noch hoch -experimentell und wird daher von eigenen Befehlen innerhalb von +Das Paket \Package{scrlayer} stellt eine experimentelle Benutzerschnittstelle +zur Verfügung um (konkurrierende) Schnittstellen für Endanwender definieren +und verwalten zu können. Möglicherweise wird diese Schnittstelle langfristig +wieder aus \Package{scrlayer} verschwinden und dann stattdessen von +\Package{scrbase} übernommen werden. Derzeit ist die Schnittstelle aber noch +hoch experimentell und wird daher von eigenen Befehlen innerhalb von \Package{scrlayer} nur für Unterpakete von \Package{scrlayer} bereit -gestellt. Es empfiehlt sich derzeit nicht, sich darauf zu verlassen, dass die -automatische Entfernung einer konkurrierenden Schnittstelle -funktioniert. Stattdessen sollte die Verwendung konkurrierender Schnittstellen -vermieden werden. +gestellt. Es empfiehlt sich beim aktuellen Entwicklungsstand nicht, sich +darauf zu verlassen, dass die automatische Entfernung einer konkurrierenden +Schnittstelle funktioniert. Stattdessen sollte die Verwendung konkurrierender +Schnittstellen vermieden werden. -Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt lediglich die Schnittstellen-Anweisungen für die +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt lediglich die Schnittstellen"=Anweisungen für die Definition einer Endanwender-Schnittstelle. Für Endanwender selbst ist es damit von geringem Interesse. Vielmehr richtet sich dieser Teil der Anleitung an Autoren von Paketen und Klassen, die auf \Package{scrlayer} @@ -1327,14 +1411,14 @@ Endanwender-Schnittstellen in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerInitInterface}% Mit dieser Anweisung wird eine neue Schnittstelle mit dem Namen -\PName{Schnittstellen-Name} registriert. Das Argument +\PName{Schnittstellen-Name} registriert. Der \PName{Schnittstellen-Name} muss einzigartig sein. Das bedeutet, dass eine Schnittstelle gleichen Namens noch nicht registriert sein darf. Sollte dies doch der Fall sein, so wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. Diese Anweisung sollte immer ganz am Anfang einer Endanwender-Schnittstelle stehen. Daher wird sie hier auch zuerst erklärt. Wird das optionale Argument --- einschließlich der eckigen Klammern -- weg gelassen, so wird dafür +-- einschließlich der eckigen Klammern -- weggelassen, so wird dafür \PValue{\Macro{@currname}.\Macro{@currext}} verwendet. Für Klassen und Pakete ist dies der Dateiname der Klasse respektive des Pakets. Aber selbstverständlich kann jede andere Zeichenfolge der Kategorie \emph{letter} @@ -1346,9 +1430,13 @@ eine Klasse oder ein Paket mehrere Endanwender-Schnittstellen definiert.% \KOption{forceoverwrite}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\\ \KOption{autoremoveinterfaces}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\\ \Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface}% - \OParameter{Schnittstellen-Name}\Parameter{Befehl}\Parameter{Code}\\ + \OParameter{Schnittstellen-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{scrlayerAddToInterface}}% + \Parameter{Befehl}\Parameter{Code}\\ \Macro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}% - \OParameter{Schnittstellen-Name}\Parameter{Befehlssequenz}\Parameter{Code} + \OParameter{Schnittstellen-Name}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}}% + \Parameter{Befehlssequenz}\Parameter{Code} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Option}{forceoverwrite}% \BeginIndex{Option}{autoremoveinterfaces}% @@ -1377,14 +1465,14 @@ Endanwender-Schnittstelle hinzugefügt werden soll. Falls der Befehl definiert werden kann, erfolgt dies. Außerdem wird dann der Befehl auf \Macro{relax} gesetzt und \PName{Code} wird ausgeführt. Innerhalb von \PName{Code} kann der \PName{Befehl} dann beispielsweise mit Hilfe von -\Macro{newcommand}\PName{Befehl} definiert werden. - -Wann aber kann ein \PName{Befehl} definiert werden? Ist ein \PName{Befehl} -undefiniert oder \Macro{relax}, so kann er immer definiert werden. Wurde ein -\PName{Befehl} bereits definiert \emph{und} für eine andere -Endanwender-Schnittstelle registriert \emph{und} wurde die \KOMAScript-Option -\Option{autoremoveinterface} aktiviert, so wird diese andere -Endanwender-Schnittstelle automatisch entfernt, der \PName{Befehl} auf +\Macro{newcommand} definiert werden. + +Wann aber kann ein \PName{Befehl}\textnote{definierbare Befehle} definiert +werden? Ist ein \PName{Befehl} undefiniert oder \Macro{relax}, so kann er +immer definiert werden. Wurde ein \PName{Befehl} bereits definiert \emph{und} +für eine andere Endanwender-Schnittstelle registriert \emph{und} wurde auch die +\KOMAScript-Option \Option{autoremoveinterface} aktiviert, so wird diese +andere Endanwender-Schnittstelle automatisch entfernt, der \PName{Befehl} auf \Macro{relax} gesetzt und für die angegebene neue Endanwender-Schnittstelle registriert. Damit ist \PName{Befehl} auch dann definierbar. Falls ein \PName{Befehl} bereits definiert ist, \emph{aber nicht} Teil einer anderen @@ -1413,19 +1501,20 @@ als erstes Argument keinen \PName{Befehl}, sondern eine \OParameter{Schnittstellen-Name}\Parameter{Code} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}% -Für den Fall, dass die Endanwender-Schnittstelle namens +Für den Fall, dass die Endanwender-Schnittstelle mit dem angegebenen \PName{Schnittstellen-Name} automatisch entfernt wird (siehe \KOMAScript-Option \Option{autoremoveinterface} zuvor in diesem Abschnitt) kann zusätzlich \PName{Code} ausgeführt werden. Dies kann beispielsweise verwendet werden, um Ebenen oder Seitenstile automatisch mit zu vernichten (siehe \Macro{DestroyLayer}, \Macro{DestroyAliasPageStyle}, and \Macro{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}), die auf Befehlen der -Endanwender-Schnittstelle beruhen. Bezüglich des optionalen Arguments -\PName{Schnittstellen-Name} sei auf die Erklärung zu +Endanwender-Schnittstelle beruhen. Bezüglich der Voreinstellung für das +optionale Argument sei auf die Erklärung zu \Macro{scrlayerInitInterface} verwiesen.% \EndIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}% % \EndIndex{Package}{scrlayer}% +\EndIndex{}{Ebenen}% %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex @@ -1434,3 +1523,7 @@ Endanwender-Schnittstelle beruhen. Bezüglich des optionalen Arguments %%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: + + + +% LocalWords: Vordergrundebene diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex index c7dfe74b3f1..e5d8d096da7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlfile.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlfile.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlfile.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex} - [$Date: 2013-11-24 10:49:38 +0100 (So, 24. Nov 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlfile.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-03-07 09:38:29 +0100 (Fri, 07 Mar 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlfile)] \chapter{Paketabhängigkeiten mit \Package{scrlfile} @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ erfüllt. \section{Die Sache mit den Paketabhängigkeiten} \label{sec:scrlfile.dependency} %\begin{Explain} + \iffree{}{\looseness=1\relax}% Umbruchkorrektur Immer häufiger definieren unterschiedliche Pakete den gleichen Befehl neu oder um. Dabei ist es dann sehr entscheidend, in welcher Reihenfolge die Pakete geladen werden. Manchmal ist das für den @@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ ausgeführt werden. Vergleichbar arbeitet \Macro{AfterFile}. Nur werden die \PName{Anweisungen} hier erst nach dem Laden der \PName{Datei} ausgeführt. Wird die Datei nie geladen, so werden die \PName{Anweisungen} in beiden Fällen natürlich auch nie ausgeführt. Bei \PName{Datei} sind etwaige -Dateiendungen wie bei \Macro{input} alt Teil des Dateinamens anzugeben. +Dateiendungen wie bei \Macro{input} als Teil des Dateinamens anzugeben. Um die Funktionalität bereitstellen zu können, bedient sich \Package{scrlfile} der bekannten \LaTeX-Anweisung @@ -208,7 +209,7 @@ seinem Namen und nicht mit seinem Dateinamen angegeben wird. Die Endungen \Macro{AfterPackage*}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Anweisungen}\\ \Macro{AfterPackage+}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Anweisungen}\\ \Macro{AfterPackage!}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Anweisungen}\\ - \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}\Parameter{Klasse}\Parameter{Anweisungen} + \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration}% Die Anweisungen \Macro{AfterClass} und \Macro{AfterPackage} arbeiten weitgehend wie \Macro{AfterFile} mit dem winzigen Unterschied, dass die @@ -225,10 +226,10 @@ ausgeführt. Bei\important[i]{\Macro{AfterClass+}\\\Macro{AfterPackage+}} der Plusvariante\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Package{scrlfile}} werden die \PName{Anweisungen} sicher erst dann ausgeführt, wenn die Klasse oder das -Paket vollständig geladen wurden. Der Unterschied zwischen der Stern- und der -Plusvariante kommt nur zum Tragen, wenn die Anweisung verwendet wird, wenn das -Laden der Klassen bzw. des Pakets zwar bereits begonnen hat, aber noch nicht -beendet wurde. Wenn das Laden der Klasse bzw. des Pakets noch nicht +Paket vollständig geladen wurde. Der Unterschied zwischen der Stern- und der +Plusvariante kommt nur zum Tragen, falls die Anweisung verwendet wird, während +das Laden der Klassen bzw. des Pakets zwar bereits begonnen hat, aber noch +nicht beendet wurde. Wenn das Laden der Klasse bzw. des Pakets noch nicht abgeschlossen wurde, werden die \PName{Anweisungen} in allen Fällen vor den in der Klasse bzw. dem Paket mit \Macro{AtEndOfClass} oder \Macro{AtEndOfPackage} verzögerten Anweisungen ausgeführt. @@ -269,7 +270,7 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% } \end{lstcode} Alte Versionen von \Package{hyperref} definierten ein Makro von - \Class{scrbook} in einer Weise um, so dass es mit neueren Versionen + \Class{scrbook} in einer Weise um, die mit neueren Versionen von \KOMAScript{} nicht mehr funktioniert. Neuere Versionen von \Package{hyperref} unterlassen dies, wenn sie eine neuere Version von \KOMAScript{} erkennen. Für den Fall, dass \Package{hyperref} @@ -278,7 +279,7 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% es sich um eine verträgliche Version handelt. Falls dies nicht der Fall ist, wird eine Warnung ausgegeben. - An anderer Stelle findet sich in drei \KOMAScript-Klassen Folgendes: + An anderer Stelle findet sich in drei der \KOMAScript-Klassen Folgendes: \begin{lstcode} \AfterPackage{caption2}{% \renewcommand*{\setcapindent}{% @@ -295,13 +296,13 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% Es gibt aber auch Beispiele für den sinnvollen Einsatz der neuen Anweisungen durch normale Anwender. Angenommen, Sie erstellen ein Dokument, aus dem sowohl eine PS-Datei mit \LaTeX{} und dvips als auch - eine PDF-Datei mit pdf\LaTeX{} erstellt werden soll. Das Dokument soll + eine PDF-Datei mit \mbox{pdf\LaTeX} erstellt werden soll. Das Dokument soll außerdem Hyperlinks aufweisen. Im Tabellenverzeichnis haben Sie Einträge, die über mehrere Zeilen gehen. Nun gibt es zwar mit - pdf\LaTeX{} bei der PDF-Ausgabe keine Probleme, da dort Links + \mbox{pdf\LaTeX} bei der PDF-Ausgabe keine Probleme, da dort Links umbrochen werden können. Bei Verwendung des \Package{hyperref}-Treibers für dvips oder - hyper\TeX{} ist dies jedoch nicht + \mbox{hyper\TeX} ist dies jedoch nicht möglich. In diesem Fall hätten Sie gerne, dass bei \Package{hyperref} die Einstellung \Option{linktocpage} verwendet wird. Die Entscheidung, welcher Treiber geladen wird, wird bei Ihnen @@ -328,14 +329,14 @@ und für Pakete \Macro{AfterAtEndOfPackage}.% \caption{Dies ist ein Beispiel mit einer Abbildungsunterschrift, die etwas länglich ist und bei der trotzdem auf die Verwendung des - optionalen Arguments verzichtet wurde} + optionalen Arguments verzichtet wurde.} \end{figure} \end{document} \end{lstcode} Egal, ob nun der \Package{hyperref}-Treiber \Option{hypertex} oder \Option{dvips} zu Anwendung kommt, wird die dann nützliche Einstellung - \Option{linktocpage} verwendet. Wenn Sie jedoch mit pdf\LaTeX{} eine - PDF-Datei erstellen, wird darauf verzichtet, da in diesem Fall der + \Option{linktocpage} verwendet. Wenn Sie jedoch mit \mbox{pdf\LaTeX} eine + PDF-Datei erstellen, wird darauf verzichtet, da dann der \Package{hyperref}-Treiber \File{hpdftex.def} verwendet wird. Das bedeutet, dass weder die Treiberdatei \File{hdvips.def} noch \File{hypertex.def} geladen wird. @@ -367,11 +368,13 @@ Optionen \Option{dvips} oder \Option{pdftex}, eingefügt werden.% \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux}\Parameter{Anweisungen}\\ \Macro{AfterReadingMainAux}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration} -Diese Anweisungen unterscheidet sich in einem Detail von den zuvor erklärten +Diese Anweisungen unterscheiden sich in einem Detail von den zuvor erklärten Anweisungen. Jene ermöglichen Aktionen vor und nach dem Laden von -Dateien. Dies ist hier nicht der Fall. Paketautoren haben des Öfteren das -Problem, dass Sie Anweisungen in die \File{aux}-Datei schreiben wollen, -nachdem die letzte Seite des Dokuments ausgegeben wurde. Dies wird häufig mit +Dateien. Das ist hier nicht der Fall. Paketautoren haben des Öfteren das +Problem, dass sie Anweisungen in die \File{aux}-Datei schreiben wollen, +nachdem die letzte Seite des Dokuments ausgegeben wurde. Dazu wird -- in +Unkenntnis der dadurch verursachten Probleme -- häufig Code +wie der folgende eingesetzt: \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \AtEndDocument{% \if@filesw @@ -381,14 +384,14 @@ nachdem die letzte Seite des Dokuments ausgegeben wurde. Dies wird häufig mit \fi } \end{lstcode} -versucht. Dies ist jedoch keine echte Lösung des Problems. Wurde die letzte +Dies ist jedoch keine wirkliche Lösung. Wurde die letzte Seite vor \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} bereits ausgegeben, so führt obiges -zu keiner Ausgabe in die \File{aux}-Datei mehr. Würde man zur Lösung dieses +zu keiner Ausgabe in die \File{aux}-Datei. Würde man zur Lösung dieses Problems nun ein \Macro{immediate} vor \Macro{write} setzen, so hätte man das umgekehrte Problem: wurde die letzte Seite bei \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} noch nicht ausgegeben, so wird \Macro{writethistoaux} zu früh in die \File{aux}-Datei geschrieben. Man sieht -daher häufig Lösungsversuche wie: +daher häufig auch Lösungsversuche wie: \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \AtEndDocument{% \if@filesw @@ -410,7 +413,7 @@ erzwungen wird. Eine Anweisung wie: führt dann nicht mehr dazu, dass der Hinweis am Ende der letzten Seite des Dokuments ausgegeben wird, sie würde stattdessen am Ende der nächsten Seite ausgegeben. Gleichzeitig würde \Macro{writethistoaux} wieder eine Seite zu -früh in der \File{aux}-Datei landen. +früh in die \File{aux}-Datei geschrieben. Die beste Lösung des Problems wäre nun, wenn man unmittelbar in die \File{aux}-Datei schreiben könnte, nachdem das finale \Macro{clearpage} @@ -426,10 +429,11 @@ innerhalb von \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} ausgeführt, aber bevor die \fi } \end{lstcode} -Dies ist auch dann erfolgreich, wenn das finale \Macro{clearpage} innerhalb +Das ist auch dann erfolgreich, wenn das finale \Macro{clearpage} innerhalb von \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} tatsächlich zu keiner Ausgabe einer Seite -mehr führt oder wenn \Macro{clearpage} innerhalb einer -\Macro{AtEndDocument}-Anweisung verwendet wurde. +mehr führt oder wenn -- sei es korrekt verwendet oder in Unkenntnis der oben +erläuterten Probleme -- \Macro{clearpage} innerhalb einer +\Macro{AtEndDocument}-Anweisung zum Einsatz kam. Es gibt jedoch für \Macro{BeforeClosingMainAux} eine Einschränkung: Im Argument \Macro{Anweisungen} sollte keine Satzanweisung verwendet @@ -457,7 +461,7 @@ an dieser Stelle noch kritischer zu betrachten als bei In den bisherigen Abschnitten wurden Anweisungen erklärt, mit denen es möglich ist, vor oder nach dem Einlesen einer bestimmten Datei, eines bestimmten -Pakets oder einer Klasse, Aktionen auszuführen. Es ist mit \Package{scrlfile} +Pakets oder einer Klasse Aktionen auszuführen. Es ist mit \Package{scrlfile} aber auch möglich, eine ganz andere Datei als die angeforderte einzulesen. \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ReplaceInput}% @@ -511,7 +515,7 @@ der Klasse passen. Eine Lösung dieses Problems finden Sie nachfolgend. \Macro{ReplacePackage}\Parameter{Paket}\Parameter{Ersatzpaket} \end{Declaration} Eine\ChangedAt{v2.96}{\Package{scrlfile}}\textnote{Achtung!} Klasse oder ein -Paket sollte niemals mit Hilfe der oben erklären Anweisung +Paket sollte niemals mit Hilfe der oben erklärten Anweisung \Macro{ReplaceInput} ersetzt werden. In diesem Fall würde \LaTeX{} eine Warnung über nicht übereinstimmende Klassen- oder Paketnamen melden. \begin{Example} @@ -531,7 +535,7 @@ Warnung über nicht übereinstimmende Klassen- oder Paketnamen melden. \end{Example} Eine Lösung dieses Problems besteht nun darin, statt \Macro{ReplaceInput} eine der Anweisungen \Macro{ReplaceClass} oder \Macro{ReplacePackage} zu -verwenden. Es ist zu beachten, dass dabei wie bei \Macro{documentclass} und +verwenden. Es ist zu beachten, dass wie bei \Macro{documentclass} und \Macro{usepackage} der Name der Klasse oder des Pakets und nicht deren kompletter Dateiname anzugeben ist. @@ -552,7 +556,7 @@ ersetzt, das eine geforderte Option nicht unterstützt, würde dies zu den \begin{Example} Angenommen, das Paket \Package{oldfoo} soll beim Laden durch das - Paket{newfoo} ersetzt werden. Dies wird mit: + Paket \Package{newfoo} ersetzt werden. Dies wird mit: \begin{lstcode} \ReplacePackage{oldfoo}{newfoo} \end{lstcode} @@ -635,7 +639,7 @@ geladen wird.% Gerade\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Package{scrlfile}} in Klassen und Paketen, die innerhalb von Firmen oder Instituten verwendet werden, findet man häufig, dass sehr viele Pakete nur deshalb geladen werden, weil die Anwender diese Pakete -häufig verwenden. Wenn es dann mit einem dieser automatisch geladenen Paketen +oft verwenden. Wenn es dann mit einem dieser automatisch geladenen Paketen zu einem Problem kommt, muss man irgendwie das Laden des problematischen Paketes verhindern. Auch hier bietet \Package{scrlfile} eine einfache Lösung. @@ -689,7 +693,7 @@ Das optionale Argument\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{scrlfile}} kann verwendet werden, wenn an Stelle des Ladens des Pakets etwas anderes getan werden soll. Innerhalb des \PName{Stattdessencode}s dürfen jedoch keine anderen Pakete und keine Dateien geladen werden. Zum Laden eines anderen Pakets siehe -\Macro{ReplacePackage} in \autoref{sec:scrlfile.macros} auf +\Macro{ReplacePackage} in \autoref{sec:scrlfile.replace} auf \autopageref{desc:scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage}. Beachten Sie bitte auch, dass der \PName{Stattdessencode} mehrfach ausgeführt wird, falls Sie versuchen, das Paket mehrfach zu laden!% @@ -735,7 +739,7 @@ können wieder alle Pakete geladen werden. werden würde, wenn diese bereits anderweitig definiert wäre. Eine vorhandene Definition würde also ohne Rücksicht überschrieben werden. In diesem Beispiel wurde deshalb mit einem vorherigen \Macro{newcommand*} - sichergestellt, dass in diesem Fall zur Sicherheit eine Fehlermeldung + sichergestellt, dass in dem Fall zur Sicherheit eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben wird. \end{Example} An dieser Stelle sei darauf hingewiesen, dass Sie bei Manipulationen an der mit @@ -772,10 +776,12 @@ einer gespeicherten Liste wiederhergestellt wird, wird dann der \PName{Stattdessencode} ausgeführt werden. Dies ist wie folgt möglich: \begin{lstcode} \UnPreventPackageFromLoading*{foo} - \PreventPackageFromLoading[\typeout{Stattdessencode}]{foo} + \PreventPackageFromLoading[% + \typeout{Stattdessencode}% + ]{foo} \end{lstcode} - Sollte das Paket zuvor gar nicht vom Laden ausgenommen worden sein, so spielt - dies für die Anweisung \Macro{UnPreventPackageFromLoading*} keine Rolle. + Für die Anweisung \Macro{UnPreventPackageFromLoading*} ist es unerheblich, + ob das Paket zuvor überhaupt vom Laden ausgenommen war. Natürlich können Sie die Anweisung indirekt auch nutzen, um den \PName{Stattdessencode} aller Pakete zu löschen: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex index 925f81c246b..df8f3b9a057 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2-experts.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlttr2-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlttr2-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,26 +45,30 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\ProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex}[2013/10/04 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2-experts.tex}% + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2 for experts)] \chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zur Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2}} \labelbase{scrlttr2-experts} In diesem Kapitel finden Sie zusätzliche Informationen zu der -\KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}. \iffree{Einige Teile des Kapitels sind dabei dem \KOMAScript-Buch +\KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlttr2}. % +\iffree{Einige Teile des Kapitels sind dabei dem \KOMAScript-Buch \cite{book:komascript} vorbehalten. Dies sollte kein Problem sein, denn - der}{Der} Anwender, der die Klasse -einfach nur verwenden will, wird diese Informationen normalerweise nicht -benötigen. Ein Teil der Informationen richtet sich an Anwender, denen die -vordefinierten Möglichkeiten nicht mehr genügen. So befasst sich -beispielsweise der erste Abschnitt ausführlich mit den Pseudolängen, die den -Briefbogen bestimmen und die für Anpassungen an eigene Briefbogenlayouts -abweichend zu setzen sind. Darüber hinaus finden sich in diesem Kapitel auch -Informationen über Möglichkeiten, die aus Gründen der Verbesserung der -Kompatibilität zur obsoleten \KOMAScript-Klasse \Class{scrlettr} geschaffen -wurden. Es wird auch ausführlich erklärt, wie man einen Brief dieser -veralteten Klasse auf die aktuelle Briefklasse übertragen kann. + der}{Der} % +Anwender, der die Klasse einfach nur verwenden will, wird diese Informationen +normalerweise nicht benötigen. Ein Teil der Informationen richtet sich an +Anwender, denen die vordefinierten Möglichkeiten nicht mehr genügen. So +befasst sich beispielsweise der erste Abschnitt ausführlich mit den +Pseudolängen, die den Briefbogen bestimmen und die für Anpassungen an eigene +Briefbogenlayouts abweichend zu setzen sind. Darüber hinaus finden sich in +diesem Kapitel auch Informationen über Möglichkeiten, die aus Gründen der +Verbesserung der Kompatibilität zur obsoleten \KOMAScript-Klasse +\Class{scrlettr} geschaffen wurden. Es wird auch ausführlich erklärt, wie man +einen Brief dieser veralteten Klasse auf die aktuelle Briefklasse übertragen +kann. \section{Pseudolängen für fortgeschrittene Anwender} @@ -110,7 +114,7 @@ die Längen angegeben, die für einige, wenige fest programmierte Abstände verwendet werden. Aus Gründen der Übersichtlichkeit wurde in der Darstellung auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. % -\iffree{}{\vskip-\dp\strutbox}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! +\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! \begin{desclist} \renewcommand{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% \desccaption{% @@ -157,7 +161,7 @@ auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. größer der Breite oder kleiner der negativen Breite des Papiers werden gesondert behandelt (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos})% - }% + }\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!! \pentry{firstheadvpos}{% Abstand des Briefkopfes von der oberen Kante des Papiers (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.firstHead}, @@ -229,7 +233,7 @@ auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. \Option{locfield} berechnet wird (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.locationField}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth})% - }% + }\iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchkorrektur!!!% \pentry{mfoldmarklength}{% Länge der mittleren horizontalen Faltmarke (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, @@ -246,6 +250,22 @@ auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.foldmarks}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength})% }% + \pentry{PPdatamatrixvskip}{% + vertikaler Abstand zwischen Port-Payé-Kopf und Data-Matrix bei + \OptionValue{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadheight}{% + Höhe für den Port-Payé-Kopf + (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight})% + }% + \pentry{PPheadwidth}{% + Breite des linken Port-Payé-Feldes bei \OptionValue{addrfield}{PP} + (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, + \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth})% + }% \pentry{refaftervskip}{% vertikaler Abstand nach der Geschäftszeile (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.refLine}, @@ -330,6 +350,7 @@ auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent})% }% + \iffree{}{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! \pentry{toaddrvpos}{% Abstand des Anschriftfeldes von der oberen Kante des Papiers (\autoref{sec:scrlttr2-experts.addressee}, @@ -350,36 +371,40 @@ auf einige weniger häufig benötigten Pseudolängen jedoch auch verzichtet. \label{fig:scrlttr2-experts.pseudoLengths} \end{figure} -\iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! - \begin{Declaration} \Macro{@newplength}\Parameter{Name} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung wird eine neue Pseudolänge definiert. Die neue Pseudolänge ist dann über ihren \PName{Namen} eindeutig -identifiziert. +identifiziert. Jeder Name kann also nur einmal vergeben werden. % \iffalse % Umbruchoptimierungstext Es wird sichergestellt, dass jeder \PName{Name} nur einmal vergeben wird.% \else +\iffalse Wird versucht, eine bereits vorhandene Pseudolänge erneut zu definieren, so wird dies mit einer Fehlermeldung quittiert.% +\fi % \fi Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine eigenen Pseudolängen definieren muss, handelt es sich bei diesem Befehl um keine Benutzeranweisung. Sie kann -innerhalb des Dokuments nicht, wohl aber beispielsweise innerhalb einer +nicht innerhalb des Dokuments, wohl aber beispielsweise innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei\Index{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} verwendet -werden. \iffree{}{Will man eine Pseudolänge aber doch einmal innerhalb des - Dokuments definieren, so kann man die Beschränkung mit +werden. +% +\iftrue % Umbruchoptimierung!!! +\iffree{}{Will man eine Pseudolänge aber doch einmal innerhalb des Dokuments + definieren, so kann man die Beschränkung mit Hilfe von \Macro{makeatletter}\important[i]{\Macro{makeatletter}\\ \Macro{makeatother}}\IndexCmd{makeatletter} und - \Macro{makeatother}\IndexCmd{makeatother} aufheben (siehe - \cite{DANTE:FAQ}). Innerhalb\textnote{Achtung!} einer \File{lco}-Datei - sollten diese beiden Anweisungen jedoch niemals verwendet werden!} + \Macro{makeatother}\IndexCmd{makeatother} aufheben (siehe \cite{DANTE:FAQ}). + Innerhalb\textnote{Achtung!} einer \File{lco}-Datei sollten diese beiden + Anweisungen jedoch niemals verwendet werden!}% +\fi % \EndIndex{Cmd}{@newplength}% @@ -398,27 +423,35 @@ dabei als optionales Argument übergeben (siehe auch \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength}). Mit \Macro{@addtoplength} kann man zu einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache -einen \PName{Wert} addieren. Auch dabei wird der \PName{Faktor} als optionales -Argument übergeben. +von einem \PName{Wert} addieren. Auch dabei wird der \PName{Faktor} als +optionales Argument übergeben. Um einer \PName{Pseudolänge} das Vielfache einer anderen Pseudolänge -zuzuweisen oder hinzuzuaddieren, verwendet man innerhalb von \PName{Wert} die -Anweisung \Macro{useplength} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, +zuzuweisen oder zu ihr zu addieren, verwendet man innerhalb von +\PName{Wert} die Anweisung \Macro{useplength} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.pseudoLength}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.useplength}). Um von einer \PName{Pseudolänge} den Wert einer anderen \PName{Pseudolänge} zu subtrahieren, verwendet man -gleichzeitig als \PName{Faktor} ein Minuszeichen, \PValue{-1} oder einen +gleichzeitig als \PName{Faktor} ein Minuszeichen oder \PValue{-1} oder einen anderen negativen Faktor. Da der Anwender selbst normalerweise keine Pseudolängen ändern muss, handelt -es sich bei diesen Befehlen um keine Benutzeranweisungen. Sie können innerhalb -des Dokuments nicht, wohl aber beispielsweise innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei -verwendet werden. \iffree{}{Will man den Wert einer Pseudolänge aber doch - einmal innerhalb des Dokuments ändern, so kann man die Beschränkung mit - Hilfe von \Macro{makeatletter}\important[i]{\Macro{makeatletter}\\ - \Macro{makeatother}}\IndexCmd{makeatletter} und - \Macro{makeatother}\IndexCmd{makeatother} aufheben (siehe - \cite{DANTE:FAQ}). Innerhalb\textnote{Achtung!} einer \File{lco}-Datei - sollten diese beiden Anweisungen jedoch niemals verwendet werden!} +es sich bei diesen Befehlen um keine Benutzeranweisungen. % +\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!! + Zur Verwendung innerhalb eines Dokuments gilt dasselbe wie für + \Macro{@newplength} zuvor dargelegt. +\else + Sie können nicht innerhalb des Dokuments, wohl aber beispielsweise innerhalb + einer \File{lco}-Datei verwendet werden. % + \iffree{}{Will man den Wert einer Pseudolänge aber doch einmal innerhalb des + Dokuments ändern, so kann man die Beschränkung mit Hilfe von + \Macro{makeatletter}\important[i]{\Macro{makeatletter}\\ + \Macro{makeatother}}\IndexCmd{makeatletter} und + \Macro{makeatother}\IndexCmd{makeatother} aufheben (siehe + \cite{DANTE:FAQ}). Innerhalb\textnote{Achtung!} einer \File{lco}-Datei + sollten diese beiden Anweisungen jedoch niemals verwendet werden!% + }% +\fi \EndIndex{Cmd}{@setplength}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{@addtoplength}% @@ -443,7 +476,7 @@ unterstützt, die nicht in der Vertikalen verschoben werden kann. \BeginIndex{PLength}{bfoldmarkvpos}% \BeginIndex{PLength}{mfoldmarkvpos}% Die Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2} kennt insgesamt drei in der vertikalen -Platzierung konfigurierbaren Faltmarken. Die Position der oberen Faltmarke vom +Platzierung konfigurierbare Faltmarken. Die Position der oberen Faltmarke vom oberen Papierrand wird von der Pseudolänge \PLength{tfoldmarkvpos} bestimmt. Für die Position der mittleren Faltmarke ist Pseudolänge \PLength{mfoldmarkvpos}\ChangedAt{v2.97e}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, für die unteren @@ -451,7 +484,7 @@ Faltmarke \PLength{bfoldmarkvpos} zuständig. Mit der Locher-\Index{Lochermarke} oder Seitenmittenmarke kommt noch eine weitere horizontale Marke dazu. Diese wird jedoch immer in der vertikalen Seitenmitte platziert. -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext! +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext! Da ihre vertikale Position also nicht konfigurierbar ist, existiert auch keine Pseudolänge dafür. \fi @@ -629,7 +662,7 @@ an. Ist der Wert jedoch kleiner oder gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, so wird der Briefkopf bündig zum linken Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. Voreingestellt\textnote{Achtung!} ist typischerweise ein Wert von -\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größt mögliche Wert für eine +\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine Länge. Die Folge ist eine horizontale Zentrierung.% \EndIndex{PLength}{firstheadhpos}% @@ -880,7 +913,7 @@ wird rechtsbündig zum Port-Payé-Kopf gesetzt.% \BeginIndex{}{Absenderergaenzung=Absenderergänzung}% Insbesondere bei Geschäftsbriefen reicht der Platz im Briefkopf und im -Seitenfuß oftmals nicht aus, um alle Angaben des Absenders unter zu bringen. Für +Seitenfuß oftmals nicht aus, um alle Angaben des Absenders unterzubringen. Für die zusätzlichen Informationen wird oft der Platz neben der Anschrift genutzt. In dieser Anleitung wird dieses Feld \emph{Absenderergänzung} genannt. @@ -1134,7 +1167,7 @@ verringert werden. Bei\textnote{Achtung!} Kompatibilitätseinstellungen\ChangedAt{v2.9t}{\Class{scrlttr2}} bis -Version~2.9t\IndexOption{version~=\PValue{2.9t}} (siehe \Option{version} in +Version~2.9t (siehe \Option{version} in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.compatibilityOptions}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.option.version}) wird außer bei \Option{KOMAold} und \Option{NF} in allen vordefinierten @@ -1142,10 +1175,9 @@ und \Option{NF} in allen vordefinierten (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}) der Fuß abhängig vom Satzspiegel gesetzt. Damit hat dann auch \Option{enlargefirstpage}\important{\Option{enlargefirstpage}} keine -Wirkung. Ab Version 2.9u\IndexOption{version~=\PValue{2.9u}} bekommt der Fuß -eine Position am unteren Ende des Papiers. Damit ist dann die Höhe des -Satzspiegels des Briefbogens eventuell auch von der Option -\Option{enlargefirstpage} abhängig. +Wirkung. Ab Version 2.9u bekommt der Fuß eine Position am unteren Ende des +Papiers. Damit ist dann die Höhe des Satzspiegels des Briefbogens eventuell +auch von der Option \Option{enlargefirstpage} abhängig. Sollte der Briefbogenfuß mittels Option \OptionValue{firstfoot}{false}\important{\OptionValue{firstfoot}{false}}% @@ -1173,7 +1205,7 @@ gleich der negativen Breite des Papiers, so wird der Fuß bündig zum linken Rand des Satzspiegels platziert. Voreingestellt ist typischerweise ein Wert von -\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größt mögliche Wert für eine +\Length{maxdimen}\IndexLength{maxdimen}, also der größtmögliche Wert für eine Länge. Die Folge ist eine horizontale Zentrierung.% \EndIndex{PLength}{firstfoothpos}% @@ -1287,7 +1319,9 @@ Argument besitzen, nicht voll expandierbar. Bei Verwendung innerhalb von \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth}, \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} oder ähnlichen Anweisungen muss dennoch kein \Macro{protect}\IndexCmd{protect} vorangestellt werden. Selbstverständlich gilt dies bei Verwendung von -\Package{scrpage2} auch für \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}. +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} auch für \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}). Allerdings\textnote{Achtung!} können die Anweisungen nicht innerhalb von \Macro{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase} und ähnlichen Anweisungen verwendet werden, die direkten Einfluss auf ihr @@ -1330,7 +1364,7 @@ jedoch robust genug, um beispielsweise als Argument von \Macro{markboth} oder \BeginIndex{File}{lco} \BeginIndex{}{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei} -\BeginIndex{}{Papierformat>Beschraenkungen=Beschränkungen}% +\BeginIndex{}{Papier>Format}% Obwohl jedes von \Package{typearea} einstellbare Format verwendbar ist, kann es bei der Ausgabe der ersten Briefseite mit manchen Formaten zu unerwünschten Ergebnissen kommen. Das liegt aber nicht am Konzept der Klasse, sondern daran, @@ -1338,7 +1372,6 @@ dass derzeit hauptsächlich Parametersätze für ISO A4 existieren. Leider gibt es keine allgemein gültigen Regeln, um die Position von Anschriftfeldern und Ähnlichem für beliebige Papierformate zu berechnen. Es ist jedoch möglich, auch für andere Papierformate Parametersätze zu erstellen.% -\EndIndex{}{Papierformat>Beschraenkungen=Beschränkungen}% \subsection{Überwachung des Papierformats} @@ -1355,7 +1388,7 @@ Papiergröße eingestellt ist. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{LetterOptionNeedsPapersize}% Damit man bei Verwendung einer in der \File{lco}-Datei nicht vorgesehenen -\PName{Papiergröße}\Index{Papierformat} zumindest gewarnt wird, sind in den +\PName{Papiergröße} zumindest gewarnt wird, sind in den mit \KOMAScript{} ausgelieferten \File{lco}-Dateien \Macro{LetterOptionNeedsPapersize}-Anweisungen zu finden. Als erstes Argument wird dabei der Name der \File{lco}-Datei ohne die Endung »\File{.lco}« @@ -1402,6 +1435,7 @@ und auch das Beispiel überspringen. \end{Example} % \EndIndex{Cmd}{LetterOptionNeedsPapersize}% +\EndIndex{}{Papier>Format}% \subsection{Positionen sichtbar machen} \label{sec:scrlttr2-experts.visualize} @@ -1600,12 +1634,17 @@ Die Klasse \Class{scrlttr2} unterstützt viele Sprachen. Dazu zählen Deutsch deutsche Rechtschreibung, \PValue{austrian} für Österreichisch mit alter deutscher Rechtschreibung und \PValue{naustrian}\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}} für Österreichisch mit -neuer deutscher Rechtschreibung), Englisch (\PValue{english} ohne Angabe, ob -amerikanisches oder britisches Englisch, \PValue{american} und +neuer deutscher Rechtschreibung), +\PValue{nswissgerman}\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Class{scrlttr2}} für Schweizer Deutsch +mit neuer Rechtschreibung und \PValue{swissgerman} für Schweizer Deutsch mit +alter Rechtschreibung, Englisch (unter anderem \PValue{english} ohne Angabe, +ob amerikanisches oder britisches Englisch, \PValue{american} und \PValue{USenglish} für Amerikanisch, \PValue{british} und \PValue{UKenglish} für Britisch), Französisch, Italienisch, Spanisch, Niederländisch, Kroatisch, -Finnisch, Norwegisch\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrlttr2}} und -Schwedisch\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}}. +Finnisch, Norwegisch\ChangedAt{v3.02}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +Schwedisch\ChangedAt{v3.08}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +Polnisch\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, +Tschechisch\ChangedAt{v3.13}{\Class{scrlttr2}} und Slowakisch. Zwischen den Sprachen wird bei Verwendung des \Package{babel}-Paketes\IndexPackage{babel} (siehe \cite{package:babel}) mit @@ -1614,7 +1653,7 @@ Pakete wie \Package{german}\IndexPackage{german} (siehe \cite{package:german}) und \Package{ngerman}\IndexPackage{ngerman} (siehe \cite{package:ngerman}) besitzen diese Anweisung ebenfalls. In der Regel erfolgt eine Sprachumschaltung jedoch bereits aufgrund des Ladens eines solchen Paketes. -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext!!! Näheres entnehmen Sie bitte der jeweiligen Anleitung. \fi @@ -1622,7 +1661,8 @@ Erlauben\textnote{Achtung!} Sie mir noch einen Hinweis zu den Sprachumschaltpaketen. Das Paket \Package{french}\IndexPackage{french}\important{\Package{french}} (siehe \cite{package:french}) nimmt neben der Umdefinierung der Begriffe aus -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} weitere Änderungen vor. So +\autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, +\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} weitere Änderungen vor. So definiert es etwa die Anweisung \Macro{opening} um. Dabei geht es einfach davon aus, dass \Macro{opening} immer wie in der Standardbriefklasse \Class{letter} definiert ist. Dies ist bei \Class{scrlttr2} jedoch nicht der @@ -1636,13 +1676,13 @@ Paket \Package{french} installiert, so ergeben sich eventuell genau dieselben Probleme, weil in diesem Fall Teile des Paketes \Package{french} verwendet werden. % -\iffalse +\iftrue % Umbruchergänzungstext Ist das Paket \Package{french} nicht installiert, ergibt sich das Problem mit \Package{babel} nicht. Ebenfalls existiert das Problem normalerweise nicht, wenn man bei \Package{babel} an Stelle der Sprache \PValue{french} - eine der Sprachen \PValue{acadian}, \PValue{canadien}, \PValue{francais} - oder \PValue{frenchb} verwendet. + eine der Sprachen \PValue{acadian}, \PValue{canadien} oder \PValue{francais} + verwendet. \fi Mit Babel ab Version 3.7j tritt dieses Problem jedoch nur noch auf, wenn per @@ -1656,12 +1696,14 @@ Option explizit angegeben wird, dass \Package{babel} das \iftrue , mit \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - \usepackage[...,frenchb,...]{babel} + \usepackage[...,francais,...]{babel} \end{lstcode} - französische Sprache auszuwählen. Gegebenenfalls ist dann aber trotzdem - mit \Macro{selectlanguage}\PParameter{french} auf Französisch - umzuschalten.% - \else + französische Sprache auszuwählen. + \iffalse % + Gegebenenfalls ist dann aber trotzdem mit + \Macro{selectlanguage}\PParameter{french} auf Französisch umzuschalten.% + \fi% + \else % \space bei \Package{babel} die Option \Option{frenchb}.% \fi \fi @@ -1686,86 +1728,157 @@ Option explizit angegeben wird, dass \Package{babel} das \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{captionsenglish}\\ - \Macro{captionsUSenglish}\\ + \Macro{captionsacadian}\\ \Macro{captionsamerican}\\ - \Macro{captionsbritish}\\ - \Macro{captionsUKenglish}\\ - \Macro{captionsgerman}\\ - \Macro{captionsngerman}\\ + \Macro{captionsaustralien}\\ \Macro{captionsaustrian}\\ - \Macro{captionsnaustrian}\\ - \Macro{captionsfrench}\\ - \Macro{captionsitalian}\\ - \Macro{captionsspanish}\\ - \Macro{captionsdutch}\\ + \Macro{captionsbritish}\\ + \Macro{captionscanadian}\\ + \Macro{captionscanadien}\\ \Macro{captionscroatian}\\ + \Macro{captionsczech}\\ + \Macro{captionsdutch}\\ + \Macro{captionsenglish}\\ \Macro{captionsfinnish}\\ + \Macro{captionsfrancais}\\ + \Macro{captionsfrench}\\ + \Macro{captionsgerman}\\ + \Macro{captionsitalian}\\ + \Macro{captionsnaustrian}\\ + \Macro{captionsnewzealand}\\ + \Macro{captionsngerman}\\ \Macro{captionsnorsk}\\ - \Macro{captionsswedish} + \Macro{captionsnswissgerman}\\ + \Macro{captionspolish}\\ + \Macro{captionsslovak}\\ + \Macro{captionsspanish}\\ + \Macro{captionsswedish}\\ + \Macro{captionsswissgerman}\\ + \Macro{captionsUKenglish}\\ + \Macro{captionsUSenglish} \end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsenglish}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsUSenglish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsamerican}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsbritish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsUKenglish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsgerman}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsngerman}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustrian}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsnaustrian}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrench}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsitalian}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsspanish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsdutch}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsacadian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsamerican}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustralien}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustrian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsbritish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionscanadian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionscanadien}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionscroatian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsdutch}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsenglish}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsfinnish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrancais}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrench}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsgerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsnaustrian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsnewzealand}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsngerman}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsnorsk}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsnswissgerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsitalian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionspolish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsczech}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsspanish}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsswedish}% -Wird die Sprache eines Briefes gewechselt, so werden über diese Anweisungen -die Begriffe aus \autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsswissgerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsUKenglish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsUSenglish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{captionsslovak}% +\strut Wird die Sprache eines Briefes gewechselt, so werden über diese +Anweisungen die Begriffe aus \autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms}, \autopageref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} umdefiniert. Sollte das verwendete Sprachumschaltpaket dies nicht unterstützen, so können obige Anweisungen notfalls auch direkt verwendet werden.% % -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsswedish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnorsk}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsenglish}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsUSenglish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsamerican}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsbritish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsUKenglish}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsgerman}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsngerman}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustrian}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnaustrian}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrench}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsitalian}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsspanish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsdutch}\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionscroatian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsslovak}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsacadian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsamerican}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustralien}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsaustrian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsbritish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionscanadian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionscanadien}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionscroatian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsdutch}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsenglish}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsfinnish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrancais}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsfrench}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsgerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnaustrian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnewzealand}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsngerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnorsk}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsnswissgerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsitalian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionspolish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsczech}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsspanish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsswedish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsswissgerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsUKenglish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{captionsUSenglish}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{dateenglish}\\ - \Macro{dateUSenglish}\\ + \Macro{dateacadian}\\ \Macro{dateamerican}\\ - \Macro{datebritish}\\ - \Macro{dateUKenglish}\\ - \Macro{dategerman}\\ - \Macro{datengerman}\\ + \Macro{dateaustralien}\\ \Macro{dateaustrian}\\ - \Macro{datenaustrian}\\ - \Macro{datefrench}\\ - \Macro{dateitalian}\\ - \Macro{datespanish}\\ - \Macro{datedutch}\\ + \Macro{datebritish}\\ + \Macro{datecanadian}\\ + \Macro{datecanadien}\\ \Macro{datecroatian}\\ + \Macro{dateczech}\\ + \Macro{datedutch}\\ + \Macro{dateenglish}\\ \Macro{datefinnish}\\ + \Macro{datefrancais}\\ + \Macro{datefrench}\\ + \Macro{dategerman}\\ + \Macro{dateitalian}\\ + \Macro{datenaustrian}\\ + \Macro{datenewzealand}\\ + \Macro{datengerman}\\ \Macro{datenorsk}\\ - \Macro{dateswedish} + \Macro{datenswissgerman}\\ + \Macro{datepolish}\\ + \Macro{dateslovak}\\ + \Macro{datespanish}\\ + \Macro{dateswedish}\\ + \Macro{dateswissgerman}\\ + \Macro{dateUKenglish}\\ + \Macro{dateUSenglish} \end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateenglish}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateUSenglish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateamerican}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datebritish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateUKenglish}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dategerman}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datengerman}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateaustrian}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datenaustrian}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datefrench}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateitalian}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datespanish}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datedutch}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datecroatian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateacadian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateamerican}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateaustralien}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateaustrian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datebritish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datecanadian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datecanadien}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datecroatian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datedutch}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateenglish}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{datefinnish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datefrancais}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datefrench}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dategerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datenaustrian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datenewzealand}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datengerman}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{datenorsk}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datenswissgerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateitalian}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datepolish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateczech}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateslovak}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{datespanish}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateswedish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateswissgerman}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateUKenglish}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{dateUSenglish}% Je nach verwendeter Sprache werden auch die Datumsangaben\Index{Datum} des nummerischen Datums (siehe Option \Option{numericaldate} in \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.firstpage}, @@ -1783,41 +1896,70 @@ werden.% \toprule Anweisung & Ausgabebeispiel \\ \midrule - \Macro{dateenglish} & 24/12/1993\\ - \Macro{dateUSenglish} & 12/24/1993\\ + \Macro{dateacadian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ \Macro{dateamerican} & 12/24/1993\\ - \Macro{datebritish} & 24/12/1993\\ - \Macro{dateUKenglish} & 24/12/1993\\ - \Macro{dategerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{datengerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dateaustralien}& 24/12/1993\\ \Macro{dateaustrian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{datenaustrian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{datefrench} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{dateitalian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{datespanish} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ - \Macro{datedutch} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datebritish} & 24/12/1993\\ + \Macro{datecanadian} & 1993/12/24\\ + \Macro{datecanadien} & 1993/12/24\\ \Macro{datecroatian} & 24.\,12.\,1993.\\ + \Macro{dateczech} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datedutch} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dateenglish} & 24/12/1993\\ \Macro{datefinnish } & 24.12.1993.\\ + \Macro{datefrancais} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datefrench} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dategerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dateitalian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datenaustrian} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datenewzealand}& 24/12/1993\\ + \Macro{datengerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ \Macro{datenorsk} & 24.12.1993\\ + \Macro{datenswissgerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datepolish} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dateslovak} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{datespanish} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ \Macro{dateswedish} & 24/12 1993\\ + \Macro{dateswissgerman} & 24.\,12.\,1993\\ + \Macro{dateUKenglish} & 24/12/1993\\ + \Macro{dateUSenglish} & 12/24/1993\\ \bottomrule \end{tabular} \end{captionbeside} \label{tab:date} \end{table} % -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateswedish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenorsk}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateenglish}\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateUSenglish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateamerican}\EndIndex{Cmd}{datebritish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateUKenglish}\EndIndex{Cmd}{dategerman}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{datengerman}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateaustrian}\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenaustrian}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{datefrench}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateitalian}\EndIndex{Cmd}{datespanish}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{datedutch}\EndIndex{Cmd}{datecroatian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateacadian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateamerican}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateaustralien}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateaustrian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datebritish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datecanadian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datecanadien}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datecroatian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datedutch}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateenglish}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{datefinnish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datefrancais}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datefrench}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dategerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenaustrian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenewzealand}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datengerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenorsk}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datenswissgerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateitalian}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datepolish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateczech}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateslovak}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{datespanish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateswedish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateswissgerman}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateUKenglish}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{dateUSenglish}% +\clearpage% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! \begin{Declaration} \Macro{yourrefname}\\ @@ -1850,14 +1992,13 @@ werden.% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{bankname}% Die aufgeführten Anweisungen enthalten die jeweiligen sprachtypischen Begriffe. Diese können für die Realisierung einer weiteren Sprache oder aber -auch zur eigenen freien Gestaltung angepasst werden. Wie dies -geht\important[i]{% +auch zur eigenen freien Gestaltung wie\important[i]{% \Macro{newcaptionname}\\ \Macro{renewcaptionname}\\ - \Macro{providecaptionname}}, wird in \autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport} -erklärt. Von \Class{scrlttr2} werden die Begriffe erst nach der Präambel, -also bei \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} gesetzt. Sie sind daher vorher -nicht verfügbar und können vorher auch nicht geändert werden. In + \Macro{providecaptionname}} in \autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport} erklärt +angepasst werden. Von \Class{scrlttr2} werden die Begriffe erst nach der +Präambel, also bei \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} gesetzt. Sie sind daher +vorher nicht verfügbar und können vorher auch nicht geändert werden. In \autoref{tab:scrlttr2-experts.languageTerms} sind die Voreinstellungen für \Option{english} und \Option{ngerman} zu finden.% % @@ -1960,11 +2101,20 @@ stimmen nicht überein. Näheres dazu ist \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.lcoFile}, %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "guide.tex" %%% End: % LocalWords: Pseudolänge Pseudolängen Rücksendeadresse Faltmarke Briefseite % LocalWords: Sternvariante Geschäftszeile Testfeld Kopfbereich Vergleichsmaß -% LocalWords: Dokumenterstellungsprozess Fußbereich Anschriftfenster -% LocalWords: Absenderergänzung Kundennummer Rechnungsnummer +% LocalWords: Dokumenterstellungsprozess Fußbereich Anschriftfenster Falt +% LocalWords: Absenderergänzung Kundennummer Rechnungsnummer Falzmarken + + + + + + +% LocalWords: Sprachumschaltpaketen Standardbriefklasse diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex index 5cd5cce2ea5..7f9b91cf0ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrlttr2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlttr2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ % ============================================================================ \KOMAProvidesFile{scrlttr2.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-12 12:01:33 +0100 (Do, 12. Dez 2013) $ + [$Date: 2014-10-09 08:08:31 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrlttr2)] \chapter{Die Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2}} @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ erklärten Anweisungen \Macro{raggedbottom} und \Macro{flushbottom} verwiesen.% \section{Genereller Aufbau eines Briefdokuments} \label{sec:scrlttr2.document} -\BeginIndex{}{Brief>Aufbau} +\BeginIndex{}{Briefe>Aufbau} Der generelle Aufbau eines Briefdokuments weicht etwas vom Aufbau eines normalen Dokuments ab. Während ein Buchdokument normalerweise nur ein Buch @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Ich empfehle, vor \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} nur allgemeine Einstellungen wie das Laden von Paketen und das Setzen von Optionen vorzunehmen. Alle Einstellungen, die das Setzen einer Variablen oder sonstige Textangaben beinhalten, sollten nach \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document} -vorgenommen werden. Dies empfiehlt sich umso mehr, wenn das +vorgenommen werden. Dies empfiehlt\textnote{Tipp!} sich umso mehr, wenn das Babel-Paket\IndexPackage{babel} (siehe \cite{package:babel}) verwendet wird oder sprachabhängige Variablen von \Class{scrlttr2} verändert werden sollen. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ hier von der \PName{Bezeichnung} und dem \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \EndIndex{Cmd}{encl}% \EndIndex{Variable}{enclseparator}% % -\EndIndex{}{Brief>Aufbau} +\EndIndex{}{Briefe>Aufbau} \section{Wahl der Schriftgröße für das Dokument oder einen Brief} @@ -1232,7 +1232,8 @@ aktiviert. Im Standardbriefkopf wird die Linie immer nach dem Namen gesetzt. Unter\important{\Variable{fromaddress}} dem Namen folgt die Anschrift des Absenders. Diese wird über die Variable \Variable{fromaddress} bestimmt. Im Briefkopf wird dabei die \PName{Bezeichnung} (siehe auch -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}) nicht gesetzt. +\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}, \autopageref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}) nicht +gesetzt. \BeginIndex{FontElement}{fromaddress}% \BeginIndex{FontElement}{fromname}% @@ -1545,7 +1546,7 @@ der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, \PValue{false}, also kein Logo. Das Logo selbst wird über die Variable \Variable{fromlogo} definiert. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} für das Logo ist in der Voreinstellung leer und wird von \KOMAScript{} auch nicht verwendet (siehe -auch \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}).% +auch \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}, \autopageref{tab:scrlttr2.fromTerm}).% \begin{Example} Herr Musterfrau findet es besonders schick, wenn er seine Briefe mit einem Logo versieht. Sein Logo hat er als Grafikdatei gespeichert, die er gerne @@ -1602,8 +1603,8 @@ nehmen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen \Variable{firsthead} wird von \iffree{}{Ein ausführliches Beispiel für Definition eines Briefkopfes wird in \autoref{cha:modernletters} behandelt.} -Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu frühere -Version von \Class{scrlttr2} existiert auch noch Anweisung +Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu früheren +Versionen von \Class{scrlttr2} existiert auch noch Anweisung \Macro{firsthead}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{firsthead}. Diese sollte jedoch nicht mehr verwendet werden.% % @@ -1655,18 +1656,20 @@ mehr verwendet werden.% \BeginIndex{Variable}{PPdatamatrix}% \BeginIndex{Variable}{addresseeimage}% Mit der Option \Option{addrfield} kann gewählt werden, ob ein Anschriftfeld -gesetzt werden soll oder nicht. Voreingestellt ist die Verwendung eines -Anschriftfeldes. Die Option versteht die in -\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}}, -\autopageref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield} angegebenen Werte für den -\PName{Modus}. Voreingestellt ist \PValue{true}. Bei den Werten \PValue{true}, -\PValue{PP} und \PValue{backgroundimage} werden Name und Adresse des -Empfängers, die im Anschriftfeld gesetzt werden, über das Argument der -Umgebung \Environment{letter} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.document}, -\autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.env.letter}) bestimmt. Diese Angaben werden -außerdem in die Variablen \Variable{toname} und \Variable{toaddress} kopiert. -Die voreingestellten Schriftarten können\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} -über die Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe +gesetzt werden soll oder nicht. Voreingestellt ist die +\iffree{}{\nopagebreak} % Umbruchoptimierung +Verwendung eines Anschriftfeldes. Die Option versteht die in +\autoref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield}\ChangedAt{v3.03}{\Class{scrlttr2}} +%, \autopageref{tab:scrlttr2.addrfield} +angegebenen Werte für den \PName{Modus}. Voreingestellt ist \PValue{true}. Bei +den Werten \PValue{true}, \PValue{PP} und \PValue{backgroundimage} werden Name +und Adresse des Empfängers, die im Anschriftfeld gesetzt werden, über das +Argument der Umgebung \Environment{letter} (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrlttr2.document}, \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.env.letter} ) +bestimmt. Diese Angaben werden außerdem in die Variablen \Variable{toname} und +\Variable{toaddress} kopiert. Die voreingestellten Schriftarten +können\ChangedAt{v2.97c}{\Class{scrlttr2}} über die Anweisungen +\Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlttr2.textmarkup}, ab \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2.cmd.setkomafont}) verändert werden. Dabei existieren drei Elemente. Zunächst gibt es das Element @@ -1695,15 +1698,15 @@ Adresse des Empfängers beziehen. Für \FontElement{toname} und \PValue{PPExplicite}, \PValue{ppexplicite}, \PValue{ppExplicite}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit explizit über die Variablen \Variable{fromzipcode}, \Variable{place} und \Variable{PPcode} - ausgefüllten Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), ggf. mit Priorität und über - Variable \Variable{PPdatamatrix} gesetzte Data-Matrix aber ohne - Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}% + ausgefülltem Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), gegebenenfalls mit Priorität + und über Variable \Variable{PPdatamatrix} gesetzter Data-Matrix, aber + ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}% \entry{\PValue{backgroundimage}, \PValue{PPbackgroundimage}, \PValue{PPBackgroundImage}, \PValue{PPBackGroundImage}, \PValue{ppbackgroundimage}, \PValue{ppBackgroundImage}, \PValue{ppBackGroundImage}}{% Es wird eine Anschrift mit einer in Variable \Variable{addresseeimage} - abgelegten Hintergrundgrafik als Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf) aber ohne + abgelegten Hintergrundgrafik als Port-Payé-Kopf (P.\,P.-Kopf), aber ohne Rücksendeadresse und Versandart gesetzt.}% \entry{\PValue{image}, \PValue{Image}, \PValue{PPimage}, \PValue{PPImage}, \PValue{ppimage}, \PValue{ppImage}}{% @@ -2074,7 +2077,7 @@ weitere Angaben aufnehmen. Mögliche Werte für diese Option sind Das Datum steht automatisch links in der Geschäftszeile.}% \pventry{dateright}{\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% Das Datum steht automatisch rechts in der Geschäftszeile.}% - \pventry{narrow}{Die Breite Geschäftszeile richtet sich nach dem + \pventry{narrow}{Die Breite der Geschäftszeile richtet sich nach dem Satzspiegel.}% \pventry{nodate}{\ChangedAt{v3.09}{\Class{scrlttr2}}% Das Datum wird nicht automatisch in die Geschäftszeile gesetzt.}% @@ -2294,11 +2297,11 @@ definiert, wird die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen \Variable{title} von \BeginIndex{Option}{subject~=\PName{Einstellung}}% \BeginIndex{Variable}{subject}% \BeginIndex{Variable}{subjectseparator}% -Um einen Betreff zu setzten, legt man den \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen +Um einen Betreff zu setzen, legt man den \PName{Inhalt} der Variablen \Variable{subject} entsprechend fest. Mit Option -\OptionValue{subject}{true}\important{\OptionValue{subject}{titled}} kann dann -zum einen gewählt werden, dass der Betreff mit einem Titel versehen werden -soll oder nicht. Der Titel wird über die Bezeichnung der Variablen +\OptionValue{subject}{titled}\important{\OptionValue{subject}{titled}} kann +dann zum einen gewählt werden, dass der Betreff mit einem Titel versehen +werden soll oder nicht. Der Titel wird über die Bezeichnung der Variablen \Variable{subject} bestimmt (siehe \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.subjectTerm}). Der vordefinierte Inhalt des Trennzeichens\Index{Trennzeichen} \Variable{subjectseparator} besteht aus einem Doppelpunkt, gefolgt von einem @@ -2485,9 +2488,9 @@ neue Festlegung zu treffen. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} der Variablen wird von \end{lstcode} Das Beispiel stammt ursprünglich von Torsten Krüger, und mit \begin{lstcode} - \setkomavar{frombank}{Konto 12\,345\,678\\ + \setkomavar{frombank}{IBAN DE21~87654321~13456789\\ bei der HansWurstBank\\ - BLZ 876\,543\,21} + BIC GRMLDEHD000} \end{lstcode} kann die Bankverbindung passend dazu gesetzt werden. % Abhängig von den @@ -2506,8 +2509,8 @@ Regel nicht aus. Sie sollten dann \PLength{firstfootvpos} (siehe \autopageref{desc:scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos}) entsprechend verringern. -Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu frühere -Version von \Class{scrlttr2} existiert auch noch Anweisung +Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu früheren +Versionen von \Class{scrlttr2} existiert auch noch Anweisung \Macro{firstfoot}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{firstfoot}. Diese sollte jedoch nicht mehr verwendet werden.% % @@ -2586,13 +2589,19 @@ Verwendung der Klassenoption \Option{headsepline} automatisch die Paketoption \Option{footinclude}\important{\Option{footinclude}}. Im\important{\Pagestyle{plain}} Gegensatz zu \Option{headsepline} wirkt sich die Option \Option{footsepline} auch beim Seitenstil \PValue{plain} aus, da \PValue{plain} eine Seitenzahl im -Fuß ausgibt. Das Paket -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} -\iffree{oder das veraltete - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}}% -{\unskip} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} \iffree{beziehungsweise - \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{\unskip}) bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für -Linien im Kopf und Fuß und kann auch mit \Class{scrlttr2} kombiniert werden.% +Fuß ausgibt. + +Die Optionen führen selbst keine automatische Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels +aus. Zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe Option \Option{DIV} mit den +Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe +\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.DIV.last}) oder die Anweisung +\Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}) +in \autoref{cha:typearea}. + +Das Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% +\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} +bietet weitere Einflussmöglichkeiten für Linien im Kopf und Fuß und kann auch +mit \Class{scrlttr2} kombiniert werden.% % \EndIndex{Option}{headsepline~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \EndIndex{Option}{footsepline~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% @@ -2609,12 +2618,9 @@ Seitenstile\important[i]{\Pagestyle{headings}\\ \Pagestyle{plain}} \PValue{headings}, \PValue{myheadings} und \PValue{plain} aus. Sie beeinflusst außerdem die Voreinstellung der Seitenstile des Pakets \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}}% -\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage} \iffree{oder des veralteten - \Package{scrpage2}\important{\Package{scrpage2}}% - \IndexPackage{scrpage2}}{\unskip}, soweit sie vor dem Laden des Paketes -gesetzt wird (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} \iffree{oder - \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{\unskip}). Es gibt Werte, die sich nur auf die -horizontale Position auswirken, Werte, die nur die vertikale Position +\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}, soweit sie vor dem Laden des Paketes gesetzt +wird (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). Es gibt Werte, die sich nur auf +die horizontale Position auswirken, Werte, die nur die vertikale Position beeinflussen, und Werte, die zugleich die vertikale und die horizontale Position festlegen. Mögliche Werte sind \autoref{tab:scrlttr2.pagenumber} zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt ist \PValue{botcenter}. @@ -2692,18 +2698,16 @@ Seitenstilen unterschieden. üblich die Anweisungen \Macro{markboth} und \Macro{markright}, bei Verwendung von \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} - \iffree{oder \Package{scrpage2}}{\unskip} auch \Macro{markleft} (siehe + auch \Macro{markleft} (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, - \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft} \iffree{oder - \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.markleft}}{\unskip}), zur Verfügung. + \autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}), zur Verfügung. \item[{\Pagestyle{myheadings}}] ist der Seitenstil für manuelle Kolumnentitel auf Folgeseiten. Im Unterschied zu \PValue{headings} müssen die Marken vom Anwender gesetzt werden. Er verwendet dazu die Anweisungen \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright}. Bei Verwendung von - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} \iffree{oder \Package{scrpage2}}{\unskip} - steht außerdem \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} zur Verfügung. + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} steht außerdem + \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} zur Verfügung. \item[{\Pagestyle{plain}}] ist der voreingestellte Seitenstil, bei dem auf Folgeseiten keinerlei Kolumnentitel verwendet, sondern nur eine Seitenangabe ausgegeben wird. Wo diese gesetzt wird, hängt von der oben erklärten Option @@ -2735,12 +2739,8 @@ Fuß\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Class{scrlttr2}} ist zusätzlich auch noch das Element \FontElement{pageheadfoot} in mit Variable \Variable{nextfoot}\IndexVariable{nextfoot} oder per Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}% -\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} \iffree{oder - \Package{scrpage2}\IndexPackage{scrpage2}}{\unskip} (siehe -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, -\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot} \iffree{oder - \autoref{cha:scrpage}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}}{\unskip}) definierten +\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} (siehe \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}, +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.fontelement.pagefoot}) definierten Seitenstilen zur Anwendung kommt. Das Element für die Seitenzahl innerhalb des Kopfes oder Fußes heißt \FontElement{pagenumber}\important{\FontElement{pagenumber}}. Die @@ -2779,15 +2779,12 @@ können insbesondere mit dem Seitenstil \PValue{myheadings}\IndexPagestyle{myheadings}\important{\Pagestyle{myheadings}} verwendet werden. Bei Verwendung des Pakets \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}\important{\Package{scrlayer-scrpage}} -\iffree{oder \Package{scrpage2}}{\unskip} gilt dies natürlich auch für den -Seitenstil +gilt dies natürlich auch für den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}\important{\Pagestyle{scrheadings}}. Dort steht außerdem die Anweisung \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}\important{\Macro{markleft}} zur Verfügung (siehe \autoref{sec:scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.content}, -\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft} \iffree{oder - \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}, - \autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.markleft}}{\unskip}). +\autopageref{desc:scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft}). \begin{Declaration} \Macro{setkomavar}\PParameter{\Variable{nexthead}}% @@ -2817,8 +2814,8 @@ und sollte im Wert mit Hilfe von \Macro{usekomavar} auch auf weitere Variablen zugegriffen werden. Die \PName{Bezeichnung} wird von \KOMAScript{} bei beiden Variablen nicht genutzt. -Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu frühere -Version von \Class{scrlttr2} existieren auch noch die Anweisungen +Lediglich\textnote{Achtung!} aus Gründen der Kompatibilität zu früheren +Versionen von \Class{scrlttr2} existieren auch noch die Anweisungen \Macro{nexthead}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{nexthead} und \Macro{nextfoot}\IndexCmd[indexmain]{nextfoot}. Diese sollten jedoch nicht mehr verwendet werden.% @@ -2834,8 +2831,6 @@ verwendet werden.% \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{8}% \section{Vakatseiten} \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{9}% \section{Fußnoten} -\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{11}% -"- -\LoadCommon[scrlttr]{10}% -"- \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{12}% \section{Listen} @@ -2846,7 +2841,7 @@ verwendet werden.% \BeginIndex{}{Formeln}% \BeginIndex{}{Gleichungen}% -Die \KOMAScript-Klassen stellen keine eigene Umgebungen für mathematische +Die \KOMAScript-Klassen stellen keine eigenen Umgebungen für mathematische Formeln, Gleichungssysteme oder ähnliche Elemente der Mathematik bereit. Stattdessen stützt sich \KOMAScript{} im Bereich der Mathematik voll und ganz auf den \LaTeX-Kern. Da\textnote{Achtung!} jedoch Mathematik in Form @@ -2880,8 +2875,8 @@ die Gleitumgebungen mit Hilfe von Zusatzpaketen wie \Package{tocbasic}\important{\Package{tocbasic}} (siehe \autoref{cha:tocbasic}) nachzurüsten. Tabellen und Abbildungen ohne Gleitumgebungen und ohne Titel sind hingegen natürlich auch mit der -Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2} möglich. - +Briefklasse \Class{scrlttr2} in gewohnter Weise möglich (siehe beispielsweise +\cite[Abschnitt~3.9.6 und Abschnitt~5]{l2kurz}). \LoadCommon[scrlttr]{13}% \section{Randnotizen} @@ -2977,7 +2972,7 @@ für \emph{\emph{l}etter \emph{c}lass \emph{o}ption}, also Briefklassenoption. In \File{lco}-Dateien können alle Anweisungen verwendet werden, die auch an der Stelle im Dokument verwendet werden könnten, an der die -\File{lco}-Datei geladen wird. Außerdem könnten interne Anweisungen +\File{lco}-Datei geladen wird. Außerdem können interne Anweisungen verwendet werden, die für Paketautoren freigegeben sind. Bei \Class{scrlttr2} sind dies inbesondere die Anweisungen \Macro{@newplength}\IndexCmd{@newplength}, @@ -3013,23 +3008,29 @@ finden sich unter anderem unter \cite{homepage} und in \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{LoadLetterOption}\Parameter{Name} + \Macro{LoadLetterOption}\Parameter{Name}\\ + \Macro{LoadLetterOptions}\Parameter{Liste von Namen} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOption}% -Normalerweise werden \File{lco}-Dateien direkt über -\Macro{documentclass} geladen. Dazu gibt man den Namen der +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOptions}% +\File{lco}-Dateien können bei \Class{scrlttr2} direkt über +\Macro{documentclass} geladen werden. Dazu gibt man den Namen der \File{lco}-Datei ohne die Endung als Option\Index{Optionen} an. Das Laden der \File{lco}-Datei erfolgt dann direkt nach der Klasse. -Es ist jedoch auch möglich, eine \File{lco}-Datei zu einem späteren -Zeitpunkt und sogar innerhalb einer anderen \File{lco}-Datei zu laden. -Dazu dient die Anweisung \Macro{LoadLetterOption}. Der \PName{Name} -der \File{lco}-Datei wird dieser ebenfalls ohne Endung als Parameter -übergeben. +Empfohlen wird jedoch, eine \File{lco}-Datei über \Macro{LoadLetterOption} +oder \Macro{LoadLetterOptions}\ChangedAt{v3.14}{\Class{scrlttr2}} erst danach +zu laden. Dies ist auch zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt und sogar innerhalb einer +anderen \File{lco}-Datei möglich. Der \PName{Name} der \File{lco}-Datei wird +in diesen Fällen ebenfalls ohne Endung übergeben. Während als Argument von +\Macro{LoadLetterOption} der \Parameter{Name} von genau einer \File{lco}-Datei +erwartet wird, versteht \Macro{LoadLetterOptions} eine durch Komma separierte +\PName{Liste von Namen}. Die zu den Namen gehörenden \File{lco}-Dateien werden +dann in der Reihenfolge der Angabe in der Liste geladen. \begin{Example} Peter Musterfrau erstellt auch ein Dokument, in dem mehrere Briefe enthalten sind. Die Mehrzahl der Briefe soll nach DIN erstellt werden. Also - beginnt er: + beginnt er (siehe auch den Tipp auf \autopageref{tipp:scrlttr2.DIN}): \begin{lstcode} \documentclass{scrlttr2} \end{lstcode} @@ -3111,18 +3112,11 @@ zunächst \Option{SN} lädt und in der \PLength{toaddrhpos} (siehe kleineren Wert gesetzt wird. Verringern Sie dann außerdem \PLength{toaddrwidth} entsprechend.% -Die\textnote{Tipp!} \File{lco}-Datei \File{DIN} wird übrigens immer als erste -\File{lco}-Datei automatisch geladen, damit alle Pseudolängen -mehr oder weniger sinnvoll vordefiniert sind. Es ist daher nicht notwendig -diese voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. - -Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie bitte noch, dass es nicht möglich ist, -innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei mittels \Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} Optionen -an Pakete zu übergeben, die von der Klasse bereits geladen sind. Normalerweise -betrifft dies nur die Pakete \Package{typearea}, \Package{scrlfile}, -\Package{scrbase} und \Package{keyval}.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOption}% +Die\textnote{Tipp!}\phantomsection\label{tipp:scrlttr2.DIN} \File{lco}-Datei +\File{DIN}\important{\Option{DIN}} wird übrigens immer als erste +\File{lco}-Datei automatisch geladen, damit alle Pseudolängen mehr oder +weniger sinnvoll vordefiniert sind. Es ist daher nicht notwendig diese +voreingestellte Datei selbst zu laden. \begin{desclist} \renewcommand*{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% @@ -3224,6 +3218,15 @@ betrifft dies nur die Pakete \Package{typearea}, \Package{scrlfile}, Mittelmarke und dann an der oberen Faltmarke kann auch Papier im Format legal verwendet werden, führt dann jedoch zu einer Papiergrößen-Warnung}% \end{desclist} + +Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie bitte noch, dass es nicht möglich ist, +innerhalb einer \File{lco}-Datei mittels \Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} Optionen +an Pakete zu übergeben, die von der Klasse bereits geladen sind. Normalerweise +betrifft dies nur die Pakete \Package{typearea}, \Package{scrlfile}, +\Package{scrbase} und \Package{keyval}.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOptions}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{LoadLetterOption}% % \EndIndex{}{lco-Datei=\File{lco}-Datei}% \EndIndex{}{Letter-Class-Option}% @@ -3258,7 +3261,7 @@ beispielsweise für Serienbriefe sehr nützlich. Eine Adressdatei muss die Endung \File{.adr} haben und besteht aus einer Reihe von \Macro{adrentry}-Einträgen. Ein solcher Eintrag besteht aus acht Elementen und kann beispielsweise wie folgt aussehen: -\begin{lstcode} +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] \adrentry{Maier} {Herbert} {Wiesenweg 37\\ 09091 Blumental} @@ -3268,7 +3271,7 @@ Elementen und kann beispielsweise wie folgt aussehen: {kauft alles} {MAIER} \end{lstcode} -Die Elemente fünf und sechs, \PValue{F1} und \PValue{F2}, können frei +Die Elemente fünf und sechs, \PName{F1} und \PName{F2}, können frei bestimmt werden. Denkbar wären neben Hinweisen auf das Geschlecht oder akademische Grade auch der Geburtstag oder das Eintrittsdatum in einen Verein. Um das Überschreiben von \TeX- oder \LaTeX-Anweisungen zu @@ -3511,4 +3514,4 @@ Version von \Package{adrconv} bereits mit \Macro{addrentry} und %%% TeX-master: "../guide.tex" %%% End: -% LocalWords: Paketoption +% LocalWords: Paketoption Satzspiegels diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx index 04c0001c5f2..0bdb6ba8677 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrlttr2examples.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % ====================================================================== % scrlttr2examples.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2011 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlttr2examples.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2011 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Angriff zu nehmen. 72 72 neg rlineto stroke 0 0 moveto -/Charter findfont +/Bitstream-Charter findfont 72 scalefont setfont (M) show diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 17671189bdf..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrpage2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1527 +0,0 @@ -% ====================================================================== -% scrpage2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -% The latest version of this license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. -% -% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% scrpage2.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 -% -% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, -% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. -% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX -% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. -% -% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" -% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). -% -% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. -% -% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. -% ====================================================================== -% -% Chapter about scrpage2 of the KOMA-Script guide -% Maintained by Jens-Uwe Morawski (and sometimes Markus Kohm) -% -% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% Kapitel über scrpage2 in der KOMA-Script-Anleitung -% Verwaltet von Jens-Uwe Morawski (unterstützt von Markus Kohm) -% -% ============================================================================ - -\KOMAProvidesFile{scrpage2.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-07-22 $ - KOMA-Script guide (chapter:scrpage2)] - -\chapter{Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit \Package{scrpage2}} -\labelbase{scrpage} -% -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrpage2}% -Wie bereits in den beiden vorherigen Kapiteln erwähnt wurde, enthält -\KOMAScript{} auch ein Paket, das weitreichende Kontrolle über Format und -Inhalt der Kopf- und Fußzeilen gibt. Bereits seit 2001 wird hierfür nicht mehr -\Package{scrpage}\IndexPackage{scrpage}, sondern das stark erweiterte Paket -\Package{scrpage2} verwendet. Diese Anleitung beschreibt daher auch nur noch -\Package{scrpage2}. Das Paket \Package{scrpage} ist obsolet. - -Mit \KOMAScript~3.12 wurde außerdem das komplett neu implementierte Paket -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} vorgestellt, das eine konsequente Weiterführung des -Designs von \Package{scrpage2} mit anderen Mitteln darstellt. Siehe dazu -\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} ab \autopageref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}. Während -\Package{scrpage2} die erweiterte Optionen-Schnittstelle der -\KOMAScript-Klassen nicht unterstützt, kommt diese in -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} selbstverständlich zum Einsatz. Da der Ansatz von -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} gegenüber \Package{scrpage2} als überlegen -betrachtet wird, wird somit empfohlen, \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} an Stelle -von \Package{scrpage2} zu verwenden. Die aktuelle Version von -\Package{scrpage2} ist daher auch als final zu betrachten. Sämtliche -Entwicklungsresourcen im Bereich Kopf- und Fußzeilen werden zukünftig in -\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} einfließen. - -\begin{Explain} - An Stelle von \Package{scrpage2} oder \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} kann - natürlich auch \Package{fancyhdr} (siehe \cite{package:fancyhdr}) verwendet - werden. \Package{scrpage2} und insbesondere \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} - harmonieren jedoch mit den \KOMAScript-Klassen deutlich besser. Genau - deshalb und weil der Vorläufer von \Package{fancyhdr} damals viele - Möglichkeiten vermissen lies, ist \Package{scrpage2} entstanden. Natürlich - ist das Paket \Package{scrpage2} ebenso wie das Paket - \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} nicht an eine \KOMAScript-Klasse gebunden, - sondern kann auch sehr gut mit anderen Klassen verwendet werden. -\end{Explain} - -\section{Grundlegende Funktionen}\label{sec:scrpage.basics} - -\begin{Explain} - Um die nachfolgende Beschreibung zu verstehen, muss noch einiges zu \LaTeX{} - gesagt werden. Im \LaTeX-Kern sind die Standardseitenstile - \Pagestyle{empty}, welcher eine völlig undekorierte Seite erzeugt, und - \Pagestyle{plain}, welcher meist nur die Seitenzahl enthält, definiert. In - vielen Klassen ist der Stil \Pagestyle{headings} zu finden, welcher eine - komplexe Seitendekoration mit automatischen - Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} erzeugt. Die Variante - \Pagestyle{myheadings} gleicht \Pagestyle{headings}. Die Kolumnentitel - müssen dabei aber manuell\Index{Kolumnentitel>manuell} gesetzt werden. - Ausführlicher wird das in \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle} beschrieben. Dort - wird auch erläutert, dass auf einigen Seiten der Seitenstil automatisch -- - in der Regel zu \Pagestyle{plain} -- wechselt. -\end{Explain} - -Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} unterscheidet nicht mehr zwischen Seitenstilen -mit automatischem und mit manuellem Kolumnentitel. Die Wahl des Seitenstils -erfolgt unabhängig davon, ob mit automatischem oder manuellem Kolumnentitel -gearbeitet wird. Näheres dazu finden Sie in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}. - - -\subsection{Vordefinierte Seitenstile}\label{sec:scrpage.basics.buildIn} - -Zu den grundlegenden Funktionen von \Package{scrpage2} gehören unter anderem -vordefinierte, konfigurierbare Seitenstile. - -% \lehead ... -% scrheadings -% \headmark \pagemark - -\begin{Declaration} - \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\\ - \Pagestyle{scrplain} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% -\Index{Seiten>Stil}% -Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} liefert für Seiten mit Kolumnentitel einen -eigenen Seitenstil namens \Pagestyle{scrheadings}. Dieser Seitenstil kann -mittels \Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{scrheadings} aktiviert werden. Wird -dieser Seitenstil benutzt, dann wird gleichzeitig der plain-Stil durch den -dazu passenden Stil \Pagestyle{scrplain} ersetzt. Passend bedeutet, dass auch -der plain-Stil auf in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format} vorgestellte -Befehle, die beispielsweise die Kopfbreite ändern, reagiert und im Grundlayout -übereinstimmt. Die Aktivierung des Seitenstils \Pagestyle{scrheadings} oder -des zugehörigen plain-Stils, \Pagestyle{scrplain}, hat keine Auswirkung -darauf, ob mit manuellen oder automatischen -Kolumnentiteln\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}\Index{Kolumnentitel>manuell} -gearbeitet wird (siehe \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}). Der Seitenstil -\Pagestyle{scrplain} kann auch direkt per \Macro{pagestyle} aktiviert werden. - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{lehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-links-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-gerade}\\ - \Macro{cehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-gerade}\\ - \Macro{rehead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-gerade}\\ - \Macro{lefoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-links-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-gerade}\\ - \Macro{cefoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-gerade}\\ - \Macro{refoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-gerade}\\ - \Macro{lohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-links-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{cohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{rohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{lofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-links-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{cofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{rofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-ungerade}\\ - \Macro{ihead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-innen}\Parameter{scrheadings-innen}\\ - \Macro{chead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-zentriert}\Parameter{scrheadings-zentriert}\\ - \Macro{ohead}% - \OParameter{scrplain-außen}\Parameter{scrheadings-außen}\\ - \Macro{ifoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-innen}\Parameter{scrheadings-innen}\\ - \Macro{cfoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-zentriert}\Parameter{scrheadings-zentriert}\\ - \Macro{ofoot}% - \OParameter{scrplain-außen}\Parameter{scrheadings-außen} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% -Die Seitenstile von \Package{scrpage2} sind so definiert, dass ihr Kopf und -Fuß flexibel angepasst werden kann. Hierzu sind sowohl im Kopf als auch im Fuß -drei Felder vorhanden, deren Inhalt modifiziert werden kann. Die Befehle -zur Modifikation sind in \autoref{fig:scrpage.leheadetall} verdeutlicht. Die -in der Mitte dargestellten Befehle modifizieren sowohl die Felder der linken -als auch der rechten Seite. Alle Befehle haben sowohl ein optionales als auch -ein obligatorisches Argument. Das optionale Argument bestimmt jeweils das -durch den Befehl festgelegte Feld im plain-Seitenstil, -\Pagestyle{scrplain}. Das obligatorische Argument definiert das entsprechende -Feld im Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings}. - -\begin{figure} -% \centering - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside} - [Befehle zur Manipulation der \Package{scrpage2}-Seitenstile]% - {\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% - Zuord\-nung der Befehle zur Manipulation der beiden Seiten\-stile - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} zu den Feldern im - Kopf und Fuß der Seiten} - [l] - \setlength{\unitlength}{.95mm}\begin{picture}(100,65)(0,8)\small - \put(0,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){linke Seite}} - \put(60,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){rechte Seite}} - % Felder: oben links - \put(1,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(16,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(31,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % Felder: oben rechts - \put(61,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(76,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(91,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % Felder: unten links - \put(1,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(16,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(31,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % Felder: unten rechts - \put(61,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(76,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - \put(91,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} - % die Befehle und Pfeile - % für beidseitig - % - \put(50,65){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ihead}}} - \put(44,65){\vector(-1,0){4}}\put(56,65){\vector(1,0){4}} - \put(50,58){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{chead}}} - \put(44,58){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,58){\line(1,0){24}} - \put(20,58){\vector(0,1){4}}\put(80,58){\vector(0,1){4}} - \put(50,51){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ohead}}} - \put(44,51){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,51){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(4,51){\vector(0,1){11}}\put(96,51){\vector(0,1){11}} - % - \put(50,15){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ifoot}}} - \put(56,15){\vector(1,0){4}}\put(44,15){\vector(-1,0){4}} - \put(50,22){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{cfoot}}} - \put(44,22){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,22){\line(1,0){24}} - \put(20,22){\vector(0,-1){4}}\put(80,22){\vector(0,-1){4}} - \put(50,29){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ofoot}}} - \put(44,29){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,29){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(4,29){\vector(0,-1){11}}\put(96,29){\vector(0,-1){11}} - % Befehle für einseitig - \put(5,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lehead}}} - \put(20,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cehead}}} - \put(35,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rehead}}} - % - \put(65,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lohead}}} - \put(80,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cohead}}} - \put(95,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rohead}}} - % - \put(5,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lefoot}}} - \put(20,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cefoot}}} - \put(35,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{refoot}}} - % - \put(65,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lofoot}}} - \put(80,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cofoot}}} - \put(95,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{rofoot}}} - \end{picture} - \end{captionbeside} -% \caption[Befehle zur Manipulation der \Package{scrpage2}-Seitenstile]% -% {Zuordnung der Befehle zur Manipulation der Seitenstile -% \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} zu den manipulierten -% Seitenelementen} - \label{fig:scrpage.leheadetall} -\end{figure} - -\begin{Example} - Angenommen, man möchte bei \Pagestyle{scrheadings} zentriert im Seitenfuß - die Seitenzahl dargestellt haben, dann benutzt man einfach: -\begin{lstcode} - \cfoot{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Sollen die Seitenzahlen\Index{Paginierung} im Kopf außen und die - Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel} innen stehen, dann erfolgt dies mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \ohead{\pagemark} - \ihead{\headmark} - \cfoot{} -\end{lstcode} - Das \Macro{cfoot}\PParameter{} ist nur notwendig, um eine möglicherweise in - der Mitte des Fußes vorhandene Seitenzahl zu entfernen. -\end{Example} - -Die Befehle, die direkt nur einem Feld zugeordnet sind, können für -anspruchsvollere Vorhaben genutzt werden. - -\begin{Example} - Angenommen, man hat den Auf"|trag, einen Jahresbericht einer Firma zu - erstellen, dann könnte das so angegangen werden: -\begin{lstcode} - \ohead{\pagemark} - \rehead{Jahresbericht 2001} - \lohead{\headmark} - \cefoot{Firma WasWeißIch} - \cofoot{Abteilung Entwicklung} -\end{lstcode} - Natürlich muss man hier dafür sorgen, dass mittels \Macro{cofoot} der Fuß - der rechten Seite aktualisiert wird, wenn eine neue Abteilung im Bericht - besprochen wird. -\end{Example} - -Wie oben dargestellt, gibt es einen zu \Pagestyle{scrheadings} -korrespondierenden plain-Seitenstil. Da es auch möglich sein soll, diesen -Stil anzupassen, unterstüt"-zen die Befehle ein optionales Argument. Damit -kann der Inhalt des entsprechenden Feldes im plain-Seitenstil modifiziert -werden. - -\begin{Example} - Um für die Nutzung von \Pagestyle{scrheadings} die Position der Seitenzahlen - festzulegen, kann man folgendes benutzen: -\begin{lstcode} - \cfoot[\pagemark]{} - \ohead[]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Wird anschließend der Stil \Pagestyle{plain} genutzt, beispielsweise weil - \Macro{chapter} eine neue Seite beginnt und darauf umschaltet, dann steht - die Seitenzahl zentriert im Seitenfuß. -\end{Example} -% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% - - -% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von -% mjk 2001-08-18 -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{clearscrheadings}\\ - \Macro{clearscrplain}\\ - \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% -Will man sowohl den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} als auch den dazu -gehörenden plain-Seitenstil von Grund auf neu definieren, -muss man häufig zusätzlich einige der bereits belegten Seitenelemente -löschen. Da man selten alle Elemente mit neuem Inhalt füllt, sind -dazu in den meisten Fällen mehrere Befehle mit leeren Parametern -notwendig. -Mit Hilfe dieser drei Befehle ist das Löschen schnell und -gründlich möglich. Während \Macro{clearscrheadings} lediglich alle -Felder des Seitenstils \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Macro{clearscrplain} -alle Felder des zugehörigen plain-Seitenstils löscht, werden -von \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} alle Felder beider Seitenstile auf leere -Inhalte gesetzt. -\begin{Example} - Sie wollen unabhängig davon, wie die Seitenstile derzeit aussehen, - die Standardform der \KOMAScript-Klassen bei zweiseitigem Satz - erreichen. Dies ist mit nur drei Befehlen möglich: -\begin{lstcode} - \clearscrheadfoot - \ohead{\headmark} - \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Ohne die Befehle \Macro{clearscrheadings}, \Macro{clearscrplain} und - \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} wären doppelt so viele Anweisungen und neun weitere - leere Argumente notwendig: -\begin{lstcode} - \ihead[]{} - \chead[]{} - \ohead[]{\headmark} - \ifoot[]{} - \cfoot[]{} - \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - Einige davon könnten natürlich entfallen, wenn man von einer - konkreten Vorbelegung ausginge. -\end{Example} -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% - -% Satz leicht geaendert: mjk 2001-08-18 -In den vorausgehenden Beispielen wurden schon zwei Befehle benutzt, die noch -gar nicht besprochen wurden. Das soll jetzt nachgeholt werden. - -% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von -% mjk 2001-08-17 -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{leftmark}\\ - \Macro{rightmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% -Diese beiden Befehle erlauben es, auf die Kolumnentitel zuzugreifen, die -normalerweise für die linke bzw. die rechte Seite gedacht sind. Diese beiden -Befehle werden nicht von \Package{scrpage2}, sondern direkt vom \LaTeX-Kern -zur Verfügung gestellt. Wenn in diesem Kapitel vom Kolumnentitel der linken -Seite oder vom Kolumnentitel der rechten Seite die Rede ist, dann ist damit -eigentlich der Inhalt von \Macro{leftmark} und \Macro{rightmark} gemeint. -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{headmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headmark}% -Dieser Befehl ermöglicht es, auf die Inhalte der Kolumnentitel zuzugreifen. -Im Gegensatz zu den originalen \LaTeX{}-Befehlen \Macro{leftmark} und -\Macro{rightmark} braucht man nicht auf die richtige Zuordnung zur linken oder -rechten Seite zu achten.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{headmark} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{pagemark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}% -Dieser Befehl ermöglicht den Zugriff auf die Seitenzahl. Im -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.pnumfont} -wird der Befehl \Macro{pnumfont} zur Formatierung der Seitenzahl vorgestellt, -den \Macro{pagemark} automatisch berücksichtigt.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Pagestyle{useheadings} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings}% -Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} ist in erster Linie dafür gedacht, dass die -bereitgestellten Stile benutzt oder eigene Stile definiert werden. Jedoch -kann es notwendig sein, auch auf einen von der Dokumentklasse zur Verfügung -gestellten Stil zurückzuschalten. Es wäre nahe liegend, dieses mit -\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{headings} vorzunehmen. Das hätte aber den -Nachteil, dass die nachfolgend besprochenen Befehle \Macro{automark} und -\Macro{manualmark} nicht wie erwartet funktionierten. Daher sollte mit -\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{useheadings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle} auf die -originalen Stile umgeschaltet werden. Eine solche Umschaltung hat dann keine -Auswirkung darauf, ob mit manuellen oder automatischen Kolumnentiteln -gearbeitet wird.% -% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} - - -\subsection{Manuelle und automatische Kolumnentitel} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.mark} -% \automark \manualmark -% -\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% -\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% -Gewöhnlich\textnote{Achtung!} gibt es zu einem \Pagestyle{headings}-Stil eine -\emph{my}-Variante. Ist ein solcher Stil aktiv, dann werden die Kolumnentitel -nicht mehr automatisch aktualisiert. Bei \Package{scrpage2} wird ein anderer -Weg beschritten. Ob die Kolumnentitel lebend sind oder nicht, bestimmen die -Befehle \Macro{automark} und \Macro{manualmark}. Die Voreinstellung kann auch -bereits beim Laden des Paketes über die Optionen \Option{automark} und -\Option{manualmark} beeinflusst werden (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.automark}). - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{manualmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{manualmark}% -Wie der Name bereits verdeutlicht, schaltet \Macro{manualmark} die -Aktualisierung der Kolumnentitel aus. Es bleibt somit dem Nutzer überlassen, -für eine Aktualisierung bzw. für den Inhalt der Kolumnentitel zu sorgen. Dazu -stehen die Befehle \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und -\Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern bereit. Diese -Anweisungen sind in \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.markboth} erklärt.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{manualmark} - - -% Ergaenzt mjk 2001-07-17 -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{automark}\OParameter{rechte Seite}\Parameter{linke Seite} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{automark}% -Die Anweisung \Macro{automark} aktiviert die automatische Aktualisierung des -Kolumnentitels. Für die beiden Parameter sind die Bezeichnungen der -Gliederungsebenen\Index{Gliederungsebenen} einzusetzen, deren Titel an -entsprechender Stelle erscheinen soll. Gültige Werte für die Parameter sind: -\PValue{part}\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}}, \PValue{chapter}, -\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, -\PValue{paragraph} und \PValue{subparagraph}. Der Wert \PValue{part} führt bei -Verwendung der meisten Klassen nicht zu dem gewünschten Ergebnis. Bisher ist -nur von den \KOMAScript-Klassen ab Version~2.9s bekannt, dass dieser Wert -unterstützt wird. Das optionale Argument \PName{rechte Seite} ist -ver\-ständlicherweise nur für zweiseitigen Satz gedacht. Im einseitigen Satz -sollten Sie normalerweise darauf verzichten. Mit Hilfe der Option -\Option{autooneside}\IndexOption{autooneside}\important{\Option{autooneside}} -können Sie auch einstellen, dass das optionale Argument im -einseitigen\Index{einseitig} Satz automatisch ignoriert wird (siehe -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.autooneside}). -\begin{Example} - Wird beispielsweise mit einer \emph{book}-Klasse gearbeitet, deren höch\-ste - Gliederungsebene \emph{chapter} ist, dann stellt nach einem vorhergehenden - \Macro{manualmark} der Befehl -\begin{lstcode} - \automark[section]{chapter} -\end{lstcode} - den Originalzustand wieder her. Bevorzugt man stattdessen, die tieferen - Gliederungsebenen angezeigt zu bekommen, dann erfolgt dies mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \automark[subsection]{section} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} - -\begin{Explain} - Die Markierung der jeweils höheren Gliederungsebene wird mit Hilfe von - \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.markboth}) gesetzt. Die Markierung der - tieferen Gliederungsebene wird mit \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} - bzw. \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} gesetzt. Der entsprechende Aufruf - erfolgt indirekt über die Gliederungsbefehle. Die Anweisung \Macro{markleft} - wird von \Package{scrpage2} bereitgestellt und ist vergleichbar zu - \Macro{markright} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.pagestyle}, - \autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.markright}) aus dem \LaTeX-Kern - definiert. Obwohl sie nicht als internes Makro definiert ist, wird von einem - direkten Gebrauch abgeraten. -\end{Explain} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{automark} -\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% -\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% - - -\subsection{Formatierung der Kopf- und Fußzeilen} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.format} -% \headfont \pnumfont -% \setheadwidth \setfootwidth -% \set(head|foot)(top|sep|bot)line -Im vorherigen Abschnitt ging es hauptsächlich um inhaltliche Dinge. Das -genügt natürlich nicht, um die gestalterischen Ambitionen zu -befriedigen. Deshalb soll es sich in diesem Abschnitt ausschließlich darum -drehen. - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{headfont}\\ - \Macro{footfont}\\ - \Macro{pnumfont} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% -Die Schriftformatierung für den Seitenkopf und -fuß übernimmt der Befehl -\Macro{headfont}, \Macro{footfont} die Abweichung davon für den Fuß und -\Macro{pnumfont} wiederum die Abweichung davon für die Seitenzahl. -\begin{Example} - Um beispielsweise den Kopf in fetter, serifenloser Schrift und den Fuß in - nicht fetter, serifenloser Schrift zu setzen und die Seitenzahl geneigt - mit Serifen erscheinen zu lassen, nutzt man folgende Definitionen: -\begin{lstcode} - \renewcommand*{\headfont}{% - \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} - \renewcommand*{\footfont}{% - \normalfont\sffamily} - \renewcommand*{\pnumfont}{% - \normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% - - -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% -Ab Version 2.8p der \KOMAScript{}-Klassen wurde die Schnittstelle für -Schriftattribute vereinheitlicht. Wird \Package{scrpage2} in Verbindung mit -einer dieser Klassen verwendet, dann sollte die Zuweisung in der Art erfolgen, -wie sie im \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} ab -\autopageref{sec:maincls.textmarkup} beschrieben wird. -\begin{Example} - Statt \Macro{renewcommand} wird bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse - vorzugsweise der Befehl \Macro{setkomafont} verwendet. Die vorhergehenden - Definitionen lauten damit: -\begin{lstcode} - \setkomafont{pagehead}{% - \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} - \setkomafont{pagefoot}{% - \normalfont\sffamily} - \setkomafont{pagenumber}{% - \normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{setheadwidth}\OParameter{Verschiebung}\Parameter{Breite}\\ -\Macro{setfootwidth}\OParameter{Verschiebung}\Parameter{Breite} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth}% -Normalerweise entsprechen die Breiten von Kopf- und Fußzeile der Breite des -Textbereichs.\Index{Kopf>Breite}\Index{Fuss=Fuß>Breite} Die beiden Befehle -\Macro{setheadwidth} und \Macro{setfootwidth} ermöglichen dem Anwender, auf -einfache Weise die Breiten seinen Bedürfnissen anzupassen. Das obligatorische -Argument \PName{Breite} nimmt den Wert der Breite des Kopfes bzw. des Fußes -auf, \PName{Verschiebung} ist ein Längenmaß für die Verschiebung des -entsprechenden Elements in Richtung des äußeren Seitenrandes. - -Für die möglichen Standardfälle akzeptiert das obligatorische Argument -\PName{Breite} auch folgende symbolische Werte: -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PValue{textwithmarginpar}} -\item[\PValue{paper}] die Breite des Papiers -\item[\PValue{page}] die Breite der Seite -\item[\PValue{text}] die Breite des Textbereichs -\item[\PValue{textwithmarginpar}] die Breite des Textbereichs inklusive -Seitenrand -\item[\PValue{head}] die aktuelle Breite des Seitenkopfes -\item[\PValue{foot}] die aktuelle Breite des Seitenfußes -\end{labeling} -Der Unterschied zwischen \PValue{paper} und \PValue{page} besteht darin, dass -\PValue{page} die Breite des Papiers abzüglich der Bindekorrektur ist, falls -das \Package{typearea}-Paket\IndexPackage{typearea} verwendet wird (siehe -\autoref{cha:typearea}). Ohne Verwendung von \Package{typearea} sind -\PValue{paper} und \PValue{page} identisch.%mjk-2001-08-17 - -\begin{Example} - Angenommen, man möchte ein Seitenlayout wie im - \emph{\LaTeX-Begleiter}, bei dem die Kopfzeile in den Rand ragt, - dann geschieht das ganz einfach mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - und sieht dann auf einer rechten Seite folgendermaßen aus: -% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{10,29}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,27}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} - \XmpMarginNote{83,14} - \end{XmpTopPage} -% - Soll der Seitenfuß die gleiche Breite und Ausrichtung haben, dann hat man - jetzt zwei Wege. Der erste ist, man wiederholt das Gleiche für den - Seitenfuß mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - oder man greift auf den anderen symbolischen Wert \PValue{head} zurück, da - der Kopf bereits die gewünschte Breite hat. -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{head} -\end{lstcode} -\end{Example} - -Wird keine Verschiebung angegeben, das heißt auf das optionale Argument -verzichtet, dann erscheint der Kopf bzw. der Fuß symmetrisch auf der Seite -angeordnet. Es wird somit ein Wert für die Verschiebung automatisch ermittelt, -der der aktuellen Seitengestalt entspricht. - -\begin{Example} - Entsprechend dem vorherigen Beispiel wird hier auf das optionale Argument - verzichtet: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadwidth{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% - und sieht dann auf einer rechten Seite folgendermaßen aus: -% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{5,29}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{5,27}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} - \XmpMarginNote{83,14} - \end{XmpTopPage} -\end{Example} - -Wie zu sehen, ist der Kopf jetzt nach innen verschoben, wobei die Kopfbreite -sich nicht geändert hat. Die Verschiebung ist so berechnet, dass die -Seitenproportionen auch hier sichtbar werden. -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth} - - -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% - \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ - \Macro{setheadsepline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% - \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ - \Macro{setfootsepline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% - \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ - \Macro{setfootbotline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% - \OParameter{Anweisungen} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% -Entsprechend den Größenparametern für die Kopf- und Fußzeile gibt es auch -Befehle, die die Dimensionen der Linien im Kopf und Fuß modifizieren -können. Dazu sollten diese Linien aber zunächst erst einmal eingeschaltet -werden. Siehe hierzu die Optionen \Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, -\Option{footsepline}, \Option{footbotline} in -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.option.headsepline}. - -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{setfootsepline}} -\item[\Macro{setheadtopline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie -über dem Seitenkopf -\item[\Macro{setheadsepline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie -zwischen Kopf und Textkörper -\item[\Macro{setfootsepline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie -zwischen Text und Fuß -\item[\Macro{setfootbotline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie -unter dem Seitenfuß -\end{labeling} - -Das obligatorische Argument \PName{Dicke} bestimmt, wie stark die Linie -gezeichnet wird. Das optionale Argument \PName{Länge} akzeptiert die gleichen -symbolischen Werte wie \PName{Breite} bei \Macro{setheadwidth}, also auch einen -normalen Längenausdruck. Solange im Dokument dem optionalen Argument -\PName{Länge} kein Wert zugewiesen wurde, passt sich die entsprechende -Linienlänge automatisch der Breite des Kopfes bzw. des Fußes an. - -Möchte man diesen Automatismus für die Länge einer Linie wieder restaurieren, -dann nutzt man im Längenargument den Wert \PValue{auto}. - -Mit\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}} dem optionalen Argument -\PName{Anweisungen} können zusätzliche Anweisungen definiert werden, die vor -dem Zeichnen der jeweiligen Linie auszuführen sind. Das können beispielsweise -Anweisungen sein, um die -Farbe\Index{Kopf>Farbe}\Index{Fuss=Fuß>Farbe}\Index{Farbe>im - Kopf}\Index{Farbe>im Fuss=im Fuß} der Linie zu ändern. Bei Verwendung einer -\KOMAScript-Klasse können diese Anweisungen auch über -\Macro{setkomafont}\IndexCmd{setkomafont} für eines der Elemente -\FontElement{headtopline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{headtopline}% -\important[i]{\FontElement{headtopline}\\ - \FontElement{headsepline}\\ - \FontElement{footsepline}\\ - \FontElement{footbottomline}}, -\FontElement{headsepline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{headsepline}, -\FontElement{footsepline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footsepline}, -\FontElement{footbottomline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footbottomline} oder -auch \FontElement{footbotline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footbotline} -gesetzt und mit \Macro{addtokomafont}\IndexCmd{addtokomafont} erweitert -werden. Die beiden Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} -sind in \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} näher beschrieben. - -\begin{Declaration} -\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{\upshape\PValue{current}}\\ -\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{}\\ -\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{}\OParameter{} -\end{Declaration}% -Die hier am Befehl \Macro{setheadtopline} illustrierten Argumente -sind natürlich auch für die anderen drei Längenbefehle gültig. - -Enthält das obligatorische Argument den Wert \PValue{current} oder wird -leer gelassen, dann wird die Dicke der Linie nicht verändert. Das kann -genutzt werden, wenn die Länge der Linie, aber nicht die Dicke modifiziert -werden soll. - -Wird das optionale Argument \PName{Anweisungen} weggelassen, so bleiben -eventuell zuvor gesetzte Anweisungen erhalten. Wird hingegen ein leeres -Argument \PName{Anweisungen} gesetzt, so werden eventuell zuvor gesetzte -Anweisungen wieder gelöscht. - -\begin{Example} - Soll beispielsweise der Kopf mit einer kräftigen Linie von 2\,pt darüber und - einer normalen von 0,4\,pt zwischen Kopf und Text abgesetzt werden, dann - erfolgt das mit: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt} - \setheadsepline{.4pt} -\end{lstcode} -Zusätzlich\textnote{Achtung!} sind unbedingt die Optionen -\Option{headtopline} und \Option{headsepline} vorzugsweise global im -optionalen Argument von \Macro{documentclass} zu setzen. Das Ergebnis könnte -dann wie folgt aussehen. -% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading{10,29}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,27}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,32}{70} - \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} - \XmpMarginNote{83,14} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - Sollen diese Linien zusätzlich in roter Farbe gesetzt werden, dann sind die - Anweisungen beispielsweise wie folgt zu ändern: -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt}[\color{red}] - \setheadsepline{.4pt}[\color{red}] -\end{lstcode} - In diesem und auch dem folgenden Beispiel wurde für die Aktivierung der - Farbe die Syntax des \Package{color}\IndexPackage{color}-Pakets verwendet, - das dann natürlich auch geladen werden muss. \Package{scrpage2} selbst - bietet keine direkte Farbunterstützung. Damit ist jedes beliebige - Farbunterstützungspaket verwendbar. - - Mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse kann alternativ -\begin{lstcode} - \setheadtopline{2pt} - \setheadsepline{.4pt} - \setkomafont{headtopline}{\color{red}} - \setkomafont{headsepline}{\color{red}} -\end{lstcode} - verwendet werden. - - Die automatische Anpassung an die Kopf- und Fußbreiten illustriert folgendes - Beispiel, für das die Optionen \Option{footbotline} und \Option{footsepline} - gesetzt sein sollten: -\begin{lstcode} - \setfootbotline{2pt} - \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} - -%\phantomsection für hyperref-\pageref-Link jum-2001/11/24 - \phantomsection\label{page:scrpage.autoLineLength}% - \begin{XmpBotPage} - \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{17,21}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,36} - \XmpMarginNote{83,26} - \end{XmpBotPage} -\end{Example} -% -Nun mag nicht jedem die Ausrichtung der Linie über der Fußzeile gefallen, -sondern es wird in einem solchen Fall erwartet, dass sie wie der Kolumnentitel -linksbündig zum Text ist. Diese Einstellung kann nur global in Form einer -Paketoption erfolgen und wird im folgenden -\autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.options} mit anderen Optionen beschrieben.% -% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% - - -\subsection{Optionen beim Laden des Paketes} -\label{sec:scrpage.basics.options} - -Während bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen die Mehrzahl der Optionen auch noch nach -dem Laden der Klasse mit \Macro{KOMAoptions} und \Macro{KOMAoption} geändert -werden kann, trifft dies für das Paket \Package{scrpage2} \iffree{derzeit noch -}{}nicht zu. Alle Optionen für dieses Paket müssen als globale Optionen, also -im optionalen Argument von \Macro{documentclass}, oder als Paketoptionen, also -im optionalen Argument von \Macro{usepackage}, angegeben werden. - -% head(in|ex)clude foot(in|ex)clude --> typearea -% headtopline headsepline footbotline footsepline (plain...) -% komastyle standardstyle -% markuppercase markusecase -% automark manualmark -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{headinclude}\\ -\Option{headexclude}\\ -\Option{footinclude}\\ -\Option{footexclude} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headinclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footinclude}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headexclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footexclude}% -Diese\textnote{Achtung!} Optionen sollten bei Verwendung von -\KOMAScript~3\ChangedAt{v2.3}{\Package{scrpage2}} nicht mehr beispielsweise -per optionalem Argument von \Macro{usepackage} oder per -\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} direkt an \Package{scrpage2} übergeben -werden. Lediglich aus Gründen der Kompatibilität sind sie noch -in \Package{scrpage2} deklariert und werden von diesem als -\Option{headinclude}, \OptionValue{headinclude}{false}, \Option{footinclude} -und \OptionValue{footinclude}{false} an das Paket \Package{typearea} (siehe -\autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, -\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.headinclude}) weitergereicht. -\EndIndex{Option}{headinclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footinclude}% -\EndIndex{Option}{headexclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footexclude} - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{headtopline}\\ -\Option{plainheadtopline}\\ -\Option{headsepline}\\ -\Option{plainheadsepline}\\ -\Option{footsepline}\\ -\Option{plainfootsepline}\\ -\Option{footbotline}\\ -\Option{plainfootbotline} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headtopline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{footbotline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% -Eine Grundeinstellung für die Linien unter und über den Kopf- und Fußzeilen -kann mit diesen Optionen vorgenommen werden. Diese Einstellungen gelten dann -als Standard für alle mit \Package{scrpage2} definierten Seitenstile. Wird -eine von diesen Optionen verwendet, dann wird eine Linienstärke von 0,4\,pt -eingesetzt. Da es zum Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} einen entsprechenden -plain-Stil gibt, kann mit den \Option{plain\dots}-Optionen auch die -entsprechende Linie des plain-Stils konfiguriert werden. Diese -\Option{plain}-Optionen wirken aber nur, wenn auch die korrespondierende -Option ohne \Option{plain} aktiviert wurde. Somit zeigt die Option -\Option{plainheadtopline} ohne \Option{headtopline} keine Wirkung. - -Bei diesen Optionen ist zu beachten, dass der entsprechende Seitenteil in den -Textbereich des Satzspiegels mit übernommen wird, wenn eine Linie aktiviert -wurde. Wird also mittels \Option{headsepline} die Trennlinie zwischen Kopf -und Text aktiviert, dann wird automatisch mittels \Package{typearea} der -Satzspiegel so berechnet, dass der Seitenkopf Teil des Textblocks ist. - -Die\textnote{Achtung!} Bedingungen für die Optionen des vorhergehenden -Abschnitts gelten auch für diesen Automatismus. Das bedeutet, dass das Paket -\Package{typearea} nach \Package{scrpage2} geladen werden muss, -beziehungsweise, dass bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript{}-Klasse die Optionen -\Option{headinclude} und \Option{footinclude} explizit bei -\Macro{documentclass} gesetzt werden müssen, um Kopf- bzw. Fußzeile in den -Textblock zu übernehmen.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{headtopline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% -\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% -\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% -\EndIndex{Option}{footbotline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{ilines}\\ -\Option{clines}\\ -\Option{olines} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{ilines}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{clines}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{olines}% -\Index{Linienausrichtung}% -Bei der Festlegung der Linienlängen kann es vorkommen, dass die Linie zwar die -gewünschte Länge, aber nicht die erwünschte Ausrichtung hat, da sie im Kopf- -bzw. Fußbereich zentriert wird. Mit den hier vorgestellten Paketoptionen kann -global für alle mit \Package{scrpage2} definierten Seitenstile diese Vorgabe -modifiziert werden. Dabei setzt \Option{ilines} die Ausrichtung so, dass die -Linien an den inneren Rand verschoben werden. Die Option \Option{clines} -verhält sich wie die Standardeinstellung und \Option{olines} richtet am -äußeren Rand aus. - -\begin{Example} - Hier gilt es, das Beispiel zu \Macro{setfootsepline} auf - \autopageref{page:scrpage.autoLineLength} mit dem folgenden zu - vergleichen, um die Wirkung der Option \Option{ilines} zu sehen. -\begin{lstcode} - \usepackage[ilines,footsepline,footbotline] - {scrpage2} - \setfootbotline{2pt} - \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} - \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} -\end{lstcode} -% Der folgende Text wurde erg"anzt um den Seitenumbruch zu verbessern, -% mjk-2001-10-05: -% \enlargethispage*{2\baselineskip} - Allein die Verwendung der Option \Option{ilines} führt dabei zu der - geänderten Ausgabe, die nachfolgend veranschaulicht wird: -% -\begin{XmpBotPage} - \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,21}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} - \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,36} - \XmpMarginNote{83,26} -\end{XmpBotPage} - Die Trennlinie zwischen Text und Fuß wird bündig innen im Fußteil - gesetzt und nicht wie bei der Standardeinstellung zentriert. -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Option}{ilines}\EndIndex{Option}{clines}\EndIndex{Option}{olines} - - -% \phantomsection für hyperref-\pageref-Link jum-2001/11/24 -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{automark}\\ -\Option{manualmark} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{automark}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{manualmark}% -\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% -\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% -Diese Optionen bestimmen gleich zu Beginn des Dokuments, ob eine automatische -Aktualisierung der Kolumnentitel erfolgt. Die Option \Option{automark} -schaltet die automatische Aktualisierung ein, \Option{manualmark} deaktiviert -sie. -% Das Folgende wurde ergaenzt, weil dazu die haeufigsten Fragen -% bzw. falschen Bug-Reports im Support kamen. -% mjk-2001-09-21: -Ohne Verwendung einer der beiden Optionen bleibt die Einstellung -erhalten, die beim Laden des Paketes gültig war. -\begin{Example} - Sie laden das Paket \Package{scrpage2} unmittelbar nach der Klasse - \Class{scrreprt} und ohne weitere Optionen. Dazu schreiben Sie: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrreprt} - \usepackage{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - Da bei \Class{scrreprt} der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} voreingestellt - ist, ist dies auch jetzt noch der Fall. Außerdem entspricht die - Voreinstellung \Pagestyle{plain} manuellen Kolumnentiteln. Wenn Sie - also anschließend mit -\begin{lstcode} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} -\end{lstcode} - auf den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} umschalten, sind noch immer - manuelle Kolumnentitel eingestellt. - - Verwenden Sie stattdessen die Dokumentklasse \Class{scrbook}, so - ist nach -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrbook} - \usepackage{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{headings} mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln - aktiviert. Bei anschließender Umschaltung auf den Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{scrheadings} bleiben automatische Kolumnentitel - eingeschaltet. Dabei werden dann weiterhin die Markierungsmakros von - \Class{scrbook} verwendet. - - Verwenden Sie hingegen -\begin{lstcode} - \usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - so wird unabhängig von der verwendeten Klasse auf automatische - Kolumnentitel umgeschaltet, wobei die Markierungsmakros von - \Package{scrpage2} genutzt werden. - Natürlich wirkt sich dies auf den Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{plain} von \Class{scrreprt} nicht aus. Die Kolumnentitel - werden erst sichtbar, wenn auf den Seitenstil - \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings} oder - \Pagestyle{useheadings} oder einen selbst definierten Seitenstil mit - Kolumnentiteln umgeschaltet wird. -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Option}{automark}\EndIndex{Option}{manualmark}% - - -% Folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefügt von -% mjk 2001-08-17: -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{autooneside} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{autooneside}% -Mit dieser Option wird das optionale Argument von -\Macro{automark}\IndexCmd{automark}\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} im -einseitigen Satz automatisch ignoriert. Siehe hierzu auch die Erläuterung -zum Befehl \Macro{automark} in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.mark}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.automark}.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{autooneside}% -% -\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% -\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{komastyle}\\ -\Option{standardstyle} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{komastyle}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{standardstyle}% -Diese Optionen bestimmen, wie die beiden vordefinierten Seitenstile -\Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} gestaltet sind. -Bei \Option{komastyle} wird eine Definition vorgenommen, wie -sie den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen entspricht. -Bei den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen ist dies die Voreinstellung und -kann somit auch für andere Klassen gesetzt werden. - -Die Option \Option{standardstyle} definiert die beiden Seitenstile -wie es von den Standardklassen erwartet wird. -Außerdem wird hier automatisch \Option{markuppercase} aktiviert, -es sei denn, \Option{markusedcase} wird ebenfalls als Option übergeben.% -\EndIndex{Option}{komastyle}% -\EndIndex{Option}{standardstyle} - - -\begin{Declaration} -\Option{markuppercase}\\ -\Option{markusedcase} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{markuppercase}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{markusedcase}% -Für die Funktionalität von \Macro{automark} modifiziert -\Package{scrpage2} interne Befehle, die die Gliederungsbefehle -benutzen, um die lebenden Kolumnentitel zu setzen. -Da einige Klassen, im Gegensatz -zu den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen, die Kolumnentitel in Großbuchstaben -schreiben, muss \Package{scrpage2} wissen, wie die genutzte -Dokumentklasse die lebenden Kolumnentitel darstellt. - -Die Option \Option{markuppercase} zeigt \Package{scrpage2}, dass die benutzte -Klasse die Großschreibweise benutzt. Die Option \Option{markusedcase} sollte -angegeben werden, wenn die benutzte Dokumentklasse keine Großschreibweise -verwendet. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Optionen sind nicht geeignet, eine -entsprechende Darstellung zu erzwingen. Es kann somit zu unerwünschten -Effekten kommen, wenn die Angabe nicht dem Verhalten der Dokumentklasse -entspricht.% -\EndIndex{Option}{markuppercase}\EndIndex{Option}{markusedcase} - -% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von -% mjk 2001-08-18 -\begin{Declaration} - \Option{nouppercase} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{nouppercase}% -Wie in obiger Erklärung zu \Option{markuppercase} und \Option{markusedcase} -bereits ausgeführt wurde, gibt es Klassen und auch Pakete, die beim Setzen der -lebenden Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} mit Hilfe einer der -Anweisungen \Macro{uppercase}\IndexCmd{uppercase}\important{\Macro{uppercase}} -oder -\Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} -den gesamten Eintrag in Großbuchstaben wandeln. Mit der Option -\Option{nouppercase} können diese beiden Anweisungen im Kopf und im Fuß außer -Kraft gesetzt werden. Das gilt aber nur für Seitenstile, die mit Hilfe von -\Package{scrpage2} definiert werden. Dazu zählen auch \Pagestyle{scrheadings} -und der zugehörige plain-Seitenstil. - -Die verwendete Methode ist äußerst brutal und kann dazu führen, dass -auch erwünschte Änderungen von Klein- in -Großbuchstaben\Index{Grossbuchstaben=Großbuchstaben} unterbleiben. Da -diese Fälle nicht sehr häufig sind, stellt \Option{nouppercase} aber -meist eine brauchbare Lösung dar. -\begin{Example} - Sie verwenden die Standardklasse \Class{book}\IndexClass{book}, - wollen aber, dass die lebenden Kolumnentitel nicht in - Großbuchstaben, sondern in normaler gemischter Schreibweise gesetzt - werden. Die Präambel Ihres Dokuments könnte dann wie folgt beginnen: -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{book} - \usepackage[nouppercase]{scrpage2} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} -\end{lstcode} - Die Umschaltung auf den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} ist - notwendig, weil sonst der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{headings} verwendet - wird, der von der Option \Option{nouppercase} nicht behandelt wird. -\end{Example} - -In einigen Fällen setzen nicht nur Klassen, sondern auch Pakete -lebende Kolumnentitel in Großbuchstaben. Auch in diesen Fällen hilft -\Option{nouppercase} meist, um zu gemischter Schreibweise -zurückzuschalten.% -% -\EndIndex{Option}{nouppercase} - - -\section{Seitenstile selbst gestalten}\label{sec:scrpage.UI} -% -% -\subsection{Die Anwenderschnittstelle}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.user} -% \deftripstyle - -\Index{Seiten>Stil}% -Nun möchte man ja nicht immer an die vorgegebenen Seitenstile gebunden sein, -sondern auch seiner Kreativität freien Lauf lassen. -Manchmal ist man auch dazu gezwungen, weil eine bestimmte -\emph{Corporate Identity} einer Firma es verlangt. -Der einfachste Weg damit umzugehen ist -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{deftripstyle}\Parameter{Name}% -\OParameter{LA}\OParameter{LI}% -\Parameter{KI}\Parameter{KM}\Parameter{KA}% -\Parameter{FI}\Parameter{FM}\Parameter{FA} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}% -Die einzelnen Felder haben folgende Bedeutung: -\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{Name}} -\item[\PName{Name}] die Bezeichnung des Seitenstils, die dann bei der - Aktivierung mit \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{Name} oder - \Macro{thispagestyle}\Parameter{Name} verwendet wird -\item[\PName{LA}] die Dicke der äußeren Linien, d.\,h. der Linien über der - Kopfzeile und unter der Fußzeile (optional) -\item[\PName{LI}] die Dicke der inneren Linie, d.\,h. der Linien die Kopf und - Fuß vom Textkörper trennen (optional) -\item[\PName{KI}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf innenseitig oder bei einseitigem - Layout links -\item[\PName{KM}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf zentriert -\item[\PName{KA}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf außenseitig oder bei einseitigem - Layout rechts -\item[\PName{FI}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß innenseitig oder bei einseitigem - Layout links -\item[\PName{FM}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß zentriert -\item[\PName{FA}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß außenseitig oder bei einseitigem - Layout rechts -\end{labeling} - -Der Befehl \Macro{deftripstyle} stellt sicherlich die einfachste -Möglichkeit dar, Seitenstile zu definieren. -Leider sind damit auch Einschränkungen verbunden, -da in einem Seitenbereich mit einem durch \Macro{deftripstyle} deklarierten -Seitenstil keine Änderung der Kopf- und Fußlinien erfolgen kann. - -\begin{Example} - Vorgegeben sei ein doppelseitiges Layout, bei dem die Kolumnentitel innen - erscheinen sollen. Weiterhin soll der Dokumenttitel, in diesem Fall kurz - \glqq Bericht\grqq, an den Außenrand in den Kopf, die Seitenzahl soll - zentriert in den Fuß. -\begin{lstcode} - \deftripstyle{DerBericht}% - {\headmark}{}{Bericht}% - {}{\pagemark}{} -\end{lstcode} - - Sollen weiterhin die Linien über dem Kopf und unter dem Fuß - mit 2\,pt erscheinen und der ganze Textkörper mit dünnen Linien - von 0,4\,pt von Kopf und Fuß abgesetzt werden, dann erweitert - man vorherige Definition. -\begin{lstcode} - \deftripstyle{DerBericht}[2pt][.4pt]% - {\headmark}{}{Bericht}% - {}{\pagemark}{} -\end{lstcode} - Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines} zu sehen. -% -\begin{figure} - \typeout{^^J--- Ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:}% - \setcapindent{0pt}% - \begin{captionbeside} - [{% - Beispiel eines selbst definierten, von Linien dominierten Seitenstils% - }]{% - Beispiel für einen selbst definierten, von Linien dominierten Seitenstil - mit einem statischen und einem lebenden Kolumnentitel im Kopf und der - Seitenzahl in der Mitte des Fußes.% - \label{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines}% - } - [l] - \iffree{\setlength{\unitlength}{1.15mm}}{\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}}% - \begin{picture}(85,51)\scriptsize - \thinlines - \put(0,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(45,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(0,51){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(45,51){\line(1,0){40}} - % - \thicklines - \put(40,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(85,0){\line(0,1){51}} - \put(0,0){\line(1,0){40}} - \put(45,0){\line(1,0){40}} - % - \XmpHeading[Bericht\hfill 2 Das Auge]{6,47}{30} - \XmpHeading[2.1 Netzhaut\hfill Bericht]{49,47}{30} - \XmpHeading[\hfill 14\hfill]{6,6.5}{30} - \XmpHeading[\hfill 15\hfill]{49,6.5}{30} - \put(6,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% - \textbf{2.1 Netzhaut}\\ - \XmpText[49]}}} - \put(49,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% - \XmpText[51]}}} - % - \thinlines - \XmpRule{6,45.5}{30}\XmpRule{49,45.5}{30} - \XmpRule{6,8}{30}\XmpRule{49,8}{30} - \linethickness{1pt} - \XmpRule{6,49}{30}\XmpRule{49,49}{30} - \XmpRule{6,5}{30}\XmpRule{49,5}{30} - \end{picture} - \end{captionbeside} - \typeout{^^J--- Don't ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:^^J}% -\end{figure} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle} - - -\subsection{Die Expertenschnittstelle}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.expert} -% \defpagestyle \newpagestyle \providepagestyle \renewpagestyle -\Index{Seiten>Stil}% -Einfache Seitenstile, wie sie mit \Macro{deftripstyle} deklariert -werden können, sind erfahrungsgemäß selten. -Entweder verlangt ein Professor, dass die Diplomarbeit so aussieht -wie seine eigene -- und wer will ihm da \emph{ernsthaft} widersprechen -- -oder eine Firma möchte, dass die halbe Finanzbuchhaltung im -Seitenfuß auf"|taucht. Alles kein Problem, denn es gibt noch: -\begin{Declaration} -\Macro{defpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ -\Macro{newpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ -\Macro{renewpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ -\Macro{providepagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition} -\end{Declaration}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% -Dies sind die Befehle, die die volle Kontrolle über die Gestaltung -eines Seitenstils ermöglichen. Der Aufbau ist bei allen vier -Definitionen gleich, sie unterscheiden sich nur hinsichtlich -der Wirkungsweise. -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{providepagestyle}} -\item[\Macro{defpagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil. Existiert - bereits einer mit diesem Namen, wird dieser überschrieben. -\item[\Macro{newpagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil. Wenn schon einer - mit diesem Namen existiert, wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. -\item[\Macro{renewpagestyle}] definiert einen bestehenden Seitenstil um. Wenn - noch keiner mit diesem Namen existiert, wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. -\item[\Macro{providepagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil nur dann, - wenn dieser vorher noch nicht existiert. -\end{labeling} - -Am Beispiel von \Macro{defpagestyle} soll die Syntax der Definitionen -im Folgenden erläutert werden. -\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{Kopfdefinition}\,} -\item[\PName{Name}] die Bezeichnung des Seitenstils -\item[\PName{Kopfdefinition}] die Deklaration des Seitenkopfes bestehend aus - fünf Teilen, wobei die in runden Klammern stehenden Angaben optional - sind:\hfill\\ - \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{OLL,OLD}% - \Parameter{GS}\Parameter{US}\Parameter{ES}\AParameter{ULL,ULD} -\item[\PName{Fußdefinition}] die Deklaration des Seitenfußes bestehend aus - fünf Teilen, wobei die in runden Klammern stehenden Angaben optional - sind:\hfill\\ - \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{OLL,OLD}% - \Parameter{GS}\Parameter{US}\Parameter{ES}\AParameter{ULL,ULD} -\end{labeling} - -Wie zu sehen ist, haben Kopf- und Fußdefinition identischen Aufbau. Die -einzelnen Parameter haben folgende Bedeutung: -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PName{OLD}} -\item[\PName{OLL}] obere Linienlänge: Kopf = außen, Fuß = Trennlinie -\item[\PName{OLD}] obere Liniendicke -\item[\PName{GS}] Definition für die \emph{gerade} Seite -\item[\PName{US}] Definition für die \emph{ungerade} Seite -\item[\PName{ES}] Definition für \emph{einseitiges} Layout -\item[\PName{ULL}] untere Linienlänge Kopf = Trennlinie, Fuß = außen -\item[\PName{ULD}] untere Liniendicke -\end{labeling} - -Werden die optionalen Linienargumente nicht gesetzt, dann bleibt das Verhalten -weiterhin durch die in \autoref{sec:scrpage.basics.format}, -\autopageref{desc:scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline} vorgestellten Linienbefehle -konfigurierbar. - -Die drei Felder \PName{GS}, \PName{US} und \PName{ES} entsprechen Boxen, die -die Breite des Kopf- bzw. Fußteils haben. -Die entsprechenden Definitionen erscheinen in diesen Boxen linksbündig. -Um somit etwas links- \emph{und} rechtsseitig in den Boxen zu platzieren, -kann der Zwischenraum mit \Macro{hfill} gestreckt werden: -% -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - {\headmark\hfill\pagemark} -\end{lstcode} - -Um zusätzlich etwas zentriert erscheinen zu lassen, ist eine erweiterte -Definition notwendig. -Die Befehle \Macro{rlap} und \Macro{llap} setzen die übergebenen Argumente. -Für \LaTeX{} erscheint es aber so, dass diese Texte eine Breite von Null -haben. Nur so erscheint der mittlere Text auch wirklich zentriert. -% -\begin{lstcode} - {\rlap{\headmark}\hfill zentriert\hfill\llap{\pagemark}} -\end{lstcode} - -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext -Dies und die Verwendung der Expertenschnittstelle in Zusammenhang mit -anderen Befehlen von \Package{scrpage2} nun als abschließendes Beispiel. -\fi - -\begin{Example} - Angenommen es wird die Dokumentklasse \Class{scrbook} genutzt. Damit - liegt ein zweiseitiges Layout vor. Für das Paket \Package{scrpage2} wird - festgelegt, dass mit automatisch aktualisierten Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet - wird und dass im Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} eine Trennlinie zwischen - Kopf und Text gezogen wird. - -\begin{lstcode} - \documentclass{scrbook} - \usepackage[automark,headsepline]{scrpage2} -\end{lstcode} - - Mit Hilfe der Expertenschnittstelle werden zwei Seitenstile definiert. Der - erste legt keine Linienargumente fest, im zweiten wird die Linie über dem - Kopf mit einer Dicke von 1\,pt und die Linie unter dem Kopf mit 0\,pt - festgelegt. - -\begin{lstcode} - \defpagestyle{ohneLinien}{% - {Beispiel\hfill\headmark} - {\headmark\hfill ohne Linien} - {\rlap{Beispiel}\hfill\headmark\hfill% - \llap{ohne Linien}} - }{% - {\pagemark\hfill} - {\hfill\pagemark} - {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} - } - \defpagestyle{mitLinien}{% - (\textwidth,1pt) - {mit Linien\hfill\headmark} - {\headmark\hfill mit Linien} - {\rlap{\KOMAScript}\hfill \headmark\hfill% - \llap{mit Linien}} - (0pt,0pt) - }{% - (\textwidth,.4pt) - {\pagemark\hfill} - {\hfill\pagemark} - {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} - (\textwidth,1pt) - } -\end{lstcode} - - Gleich zu Beginn wird der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} aktiviert. Mit - \Macro{chapter} wird ein neues Kapitel begonnen. Weiterhin wird automatisch - durch \Macro{chapter} der Seitenstil für diese Seite auf \Pagestyle{plain} - gesetzt. Das folgende \Macro{chead} zeigt, wie durch Modifikation des - plain-Stils ein Kolumnentitel erzeugt werden kann. Grundsätzlich sollte - jedoch davon Abstand genommen werden, da sonst der Markierungscharakter der - plain-Seite verloren geht. Es ist wichtiger anzuzeigen, dass hier ein neues - Kapitel beginnt, als dass ein Abschnitt dieser Seite einen bestimmten Titel - trägt. - -\begin{lstcode} - \begin{document} - \pagestyle{scrheadings} - \chapter{Thermodynamik} - \chead[\leftmark]{} - \section{Hauptsätze} - Jedes System besitzt eine extensive Zustandsgröße - Energie. Sie ist in einem abgeschlossenen System - konstant. -\end{lstcode}% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\hfill\textsl{1 Thermodynamik}\hfill]{10,27}{70} - \put(10,17){\normalsize\textbf{\sffamily 1 Thermodynamik}} - \put(10,12){\textbf{\sffamily 1.1 Hauptsätze}} - \XmpSetText[% - Jedes System besitzt eine extensive Zustands\char\defaulthyphenchar - \linebreak]{10,9} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - Nach dem Seitenwechsel ist der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} - aktiv, und somit auch die Trennlinie aus den Paketoptionen sichtbar. -\begin{lstcode} - Es existiert eine Zustandsgröße, genannt die - Entropie eines Systems, deren zeitliche Änderung - sich aus Entropieströmung und Entropieerzeugung - zusammensetzt. -\end{lstcode} - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\textsl{1 Thermodynamik}\hfill]{20,27}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{20,25}{70} - \XmpSetText[% - Es existiert eine Zustandsgröße, genannt die En"-tropie - eines Systems, deren zeitliche Änderung sich aus - Entropieströmung und Entropie\char\defaulthyphenchar\kern-1pt - \linebreak]{20,21} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - Wiederum nach einem Seitenwechsel wird auf manuelle Kolumnentitel gewechselt - und der Seitenstil \PValue{ohneLinien} aktiviert. Da keine Linienargumente - bei der Definition dieses Stils genutzt wurden, wird die - Standard-Linien\-konfiguration verwendet. Diese zeichnet hier eine Linie - zwischen Kopf und Text, da \Option{headsepline} als Argument für - \Package{scrpage2} angegeben wurde.% -\begin{lstcode} - \manualmark - \pagestyle{ohneLinien} - \section{Exergie und Anergie} - \markright{Energieumwandlung} - Man bezeichnet die bei der Einstellung des - Gleichgewichts mit der Umgebung maximal gewinnbare - Arbeit als Exergie. -\end{lstcode}% - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\slshape Energieumwandlung\hfill ohne Linien]{10,27}{70} - \thinlines\XmpRule{10,25}{70} - \XmpSetText[{% - \textbf{\sffamily 1.2 Exergie und Anergie}\\[2pt] - Man bezeichnet die bei der Einstellung des - Gleichgewichts mit der Umgebung maximal\linebreak}]{10,21} - \end{XmpTopPage} - - Nach dem Wechsel auf die folgende linke Seite wird der Seitenstil - \PValue{mitLinien} aktiviert. Die Linieneinstellungen werden hier nun - angewendet und entsprechend der Definition dargestellt. -\begin{lstcode} - \pagestyle{mitLinien} - \renewcommand{\headfont}{\itshape\bfseries} - Den nicht in Exergie umwandelbaren Anteil einer - Energie nennt man Anergie \Var{B}. - \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] - \end{document} -\end{lstcode} - \begin{XmpTopPage} - \XmpHeading[\itshape\bfseries mit Linien\hfill 1 Thermodynamik]{20,27}{70} - \thicklines\XmpRule{20,29}{70} - \XmpSetText[% - Den nicht in Exergie umwandelbaren Anteil einer - Energie nennt man Anergie $B$. - \vspace{-.5ex}\[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] ]{20,21} - \end{XmpTopPage} -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle} - -\subsection{Seitenstile verwalten}\label{sec:scrpage.UI.cfgFile} -% scrpage.cfg -\BeginIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} -Bei längerer Arbeit mit verschiedenen Seitenstilen wird sich, je nach -Geschmack und Aufgabenstellung, ein fester Satz an benutzten Stilen -etablieren. -Um nicht bei jedem neuen Projekt eine große Kopieraktion von den Daten -eines Projekts zum neuen Projekt starten zu müssen, liest \Package{scrpage2} -am Ende seiner Initialisierungsphase die Datei \File{scrpage.cfg} ein. -In dieser Datei können dann Seitenstile definiert sein, die viele -Projekte gemeinsam nutzen können. -\EndIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} -\EndIndex{Package}{scrpage2} - -%%% Local Variables: -%%% mode: latex -%%% coding: iso-latin-1 -%%% TeX-master: "../guide" -%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex index 4db0e06cd7a..07397025567 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/scrwfile.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrwfile.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrwfile.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,14 +45,16 @@ % % ============================================================================ -\ProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex}[2012/04/16 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex} + [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:11:16 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: scrwfile)] \chapter{Dateien mit \Package{scrwfile} sparen und ersetzen} \labelbase{scrwfile} \BeginIndex{Package}{scrwfile} Eines der Probleme, die auch durch die Einführung von \eTeX{} nicht gelöst -wurde, ist die Tatsache, dass \TeX{} nur 18 Dateien gleichzeitig zum Schreiben +wurden, ist die Tatsache, dass \TeX{} nur 18 Dateien gleichzeitig zum Schreiben geöffnet haben kann. Diese Zahl erscheint zunächst recht groß. Allerdings ist zu berücksichtigen, dass bereits \LaTeX{} selbst einige dieser Dateien belegt. Inhaltsverzeichnis, Tabellenverzeichnis, Abbildungsverzeichnis, Index, @@ -183,8 +185,8 @@ gesetzt, da die entsprechenden \Package{babel}-Einträge in das Quellverzeichnis ohnehin bereits kopiert werden. \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen eine Gliederungsübersicht, in der nur die Kapitel - angezeigt werden, zusätzlich zum normalen Inhaltsverzeichnis. + Angenommen, Sie wollen zusätzlich zum normalen Inhaltsverzeichnis eine + Gliederungsübersicht, in der nur die Kapitel angezeigt werden. \begin{lstcode} \usepackage{scrwfile} \TOCclone[Gliederungsübersicht]{toc}{stoc} @@ -206,7 +208,8 @@ Quellverzeichnis ohnehin bereits kopiert werden. Zähler \Counter{tocdepth} innerhalb der Verzeichnisdatei zu ändern, bleibt diese Änderung nur für dieses Verzeichnis wirksam. - Später im Dokument wird das Verzeichnis der Endung \File{stoc} dann mit + Später im Dokument wird das Verzeichnis mit der Endung \File{stoc} dann + durch \begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={listofstoc}] \listofstoc \end{lstcode} @@ -252,11 +255,32 @@ Erweiterungen im Paket. Da jedoch noch keine Benutzeranweisungen existieren, mit denen diese Möglichkeiten genutzt werden könnten, wurde hier auf eine Dokumentation derselben verzichtet. +\section{Bekannte Paketunverträglichkeiten} +\label{sec:scrwfile.incompatible} + +Wie in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches} bereits erwähnt, muss +\Package{scrwfile} einige wenige Anweisungen des \LaTeX-Kerns +umdefinieren. Dies geschieht nicht allein während des Ladens des Pakets, +sondern vielmehr zu verschiedenen Zeitpunkten während der Abarbeitung eines +Dokuments, beispielsweise vor dem Einlesen der +\File{aux}-Datei. Dies\textnote{Achtung!} führt dazu, dass \Package{scrwfile} +sich nicht mit anderen Paketen verträgt, die diese Anweisungen ebenfalls zur +Laufzeit umdefinieren. + +Ein Beispiel für eine solche Unverträglichkeit ist +\Package{titletoc}\important{\Package{titletoc}}\IndexPackage{titletoc}. Das +Paket definiert unter gewissen Umständen \Macro{@writefile} zur Laufzeit +um. Werden \Package{scrwfile} und \Package{titletoc} zusammen verwendet, ist +die Funktion beider Paket nicht mehr gewährleistet. Dies ist weder ein Fehler +in \Package{titletoc} noch in \Package{scrwfile}.% +% \EndIndex{Package}{scrwfile} %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" %%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex index d470aae319b..f13d44e885f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/tocbasic.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % tocbasic.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % tocbasic.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,7 +45,9 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex}[2013/10/02 KOMA-Script package tocbasic] +\KOMAProvidesFile{tocbasic.tex} + [$Date: 2014-01-30 13:11:54 +0100 (Thu, 30 Jan 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (package tocbasic)] \chapter{Verzeichnisse verwalten mit Hilfe von \Package{tocbasic}} \labelbase{tocbasic} @@ -67,10 +69,10 @@ vornehmen zu müssen. Als kleiner Nebeneffekt kann das Paket auch verwendet werden, um neue Gleitumgebungen oder den Gleitumgebungen ähnliche nicht gleitende Umgebungen -für Konsultationsobjekte zu definieren. Näheres dazu ist nach den -grundlegenden Anweisungen in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc}, verdeutlicht durch -ein Beispiel in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.example} und kompakt in -\autoref{sec:tocbasic.declarenewtoc} zu finden. +für Konsultationsobjekte zu definieren. Näheres dazu wird nach der Erklärung +der grundlegenden Anweisungen in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} durch ein Beispiel +in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.example} verdeutlicht, das in kompakter Form noch +einmal in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.declarenewtoc} aufgegriffen wird. \KOMAScript{} verwendet \Package{tocbasic} sowohl für das Inhaltsverzeichnis als auch für die bereits erwähnten Verzeichnisse für Abbildungen und Tabellen. @@ -85,13 +87,13 @@ Verzeichnisse stehen, zu verwalten. Einträge in Dateien mit solchen Dateierweiterungen werden typischerweise mit \Macro{addtocontents}\important{\Macro{addtocontents}, \Macro{addxcontentsline}} oder \Macro{addxcontentsline} vorgenommen. Darüber -hinaus gibt es Anweisungen, mit denen eine Aktion für all diese +hinaus gibt es Anweisungen, mit denen Aktionen für all diese Dateierweiterungen durchgeführt werden können. Außerdem gibt es Anweisungen, um Einstellungen für die Datei vorzunehmen, die zu einer gegebenen Dateierweiterung gehört. Typischerweise hat so eine Dateierweiterung auch einen Besitzer\textnote{Dateibesitzer}. Dieser Besitzer kann eine Klasse oder ein Paket oder ein Bezeichner sein, den der Autor der Klasse oder des Pakets, -das \Package{tocbasic} verwendet, selbst gewählt hat. \KOMAScript{} selbst +das \Package{tocbasic} verwendet, frei gewählt hat. \KOMAScript{} selbst verwendet beispielsweise den Besitzer \PValue{float} für die Dateierweiterungen \File{lof} und \File{lot}, die für das Abbildungs- und das Tabellenverzeichnis stehen. Für das Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet \KOMAScript{} @@ -102,7 +104,7 @@ als Besitzer den Dateiname der Klasse. \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifattoclist}% Mit dieser Anweisung wird überprüft, ob die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits -in der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen vorhanden ist, oder nicht. Ist +in der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen vorhanden ist oder nicht. Ist die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits über diese Liste bekannt, so wird der \PName{Dann-Teil} ausgeführt. Anderenfalls wird der \PName{Sonst-Teil} ausgeführt. @@ -133,19 +135,19 @@ ausgeführt. \Macro{addtotoclist}\OParameter{Besitzer}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{addtotoclist}% -Diese Anweisung fügt die \PName{Dateierweiterung} zu der Liste der bekannten -Dateierweiterungen. Ist die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits bekannt, so wird -hingegen ein Fehler gemeldet, um die doppelte Verwendung derselben -\PName{Dateierweiterung} zu verhindern. +Diese Anweisung fügt die \PName{Dateierweiterung} der Liste der bekannten +Dateierweiterungen hinzu. Ist die \PName{Dateierweiterung} bereits bekannt, so +wird hingegen ein Fehler gemeldet, um die doppelte Verwendung derselben +\PName{Dateierweiterung} zu verhindern. Wenn das optionale Argument \OParameter{Besitzer} angegeben wurde, wird der angegebene \PName{Besitzer} für diese Dateierweiterung mit gespeichert. Wurde -das optionale Argument weg gelassen, dann versucht \Package{tocbasic} den +das optionale Argument weggelassen, dann versucht \Package{tocbasic} den Dateinamen der aktuell abgearbeiteten Klasse oder des Pakets herauszufinden und als \PName{Besitzer} zu speichern. Dies\textnote{Achtung!} funktioniert nur, wenn \Macro{addtotoclist} während des Ladens der Klasse oder des Pakets -aufgerufen wird. Es funktioniert nicht, wenn \Macro{addtoclist} erst später -Aufgrund der Verwendung einer Anweisung durch den Benutzer aufgerufen wird. In +aufgerufen wird. Es funktioniert nicht, wenn \Macro{addtotoclist} erst später +aufgrund der Verwendung einer Anweisung durch den Benutzer aufgerufen wird. In diesem Fall wird als \PName{Besitzer} »\PValue{.}« eingetragen. Beachten\textnote{Achtung!} Sie, dass ein leeres Argument \PName{Besitzer} @@ -153,16 +155,16 @@ nicht das gleiche ist, wie das Weglassen des kompletten optionalen Arguments einschließlich der eckigen Klammern. Ein leeres Argument würde auch einen leeren \PName{Besitzer} ergeben. \begin{Example} - Angenommen, Sie wollen die Dateierweiterung »\File{foo}« zu der Liste der + Angenommen, Sie wollen die Dateierweiterung »\File{foo}« der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzufügen, während Ihr Paket mit dem Dateinamen »\File{bar.sty}« geladen wird: \begin{lstcode} \addtotoclist{foo} \end{lstcode} Dies fügt die Dateierweiterung »\PValue{foo}« mit dem Besitzer - »\PValue{bar.sty}« zur Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterung, wenn diese - Erweiterung nicht bereits in der Liste ist. Wenn bereits die verwendete - Klasse oder ein anderes Paket diese Dateierweiterung angemeldet hat, + »\PValue{bar.sty}« der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterung hinzu, wenn diese + Erweiterung nicht bereits in der Liste ist. Wenn die verwendete + Klasse oder ein anderes Paket diese Dateierweiterung schon angemeldet hat, erhalten Sie den Fehler: \begin{lstoutput} Package tocbasic Error: file extension `foo' cannot be used twice @@ -204,11 +206,12 @@ eindeutig sein! Wenn Sie beispielsweise der Autor des Pakets \Package{float} wären, könnten Sie als \PName{Besitzer} auch »\PValue{float}« an Stelle von »\PValue{float.sty}« angeben. In diesem Fall würden die \KOMAScript-Optionen für das Verzeichnis der Abbildungen und das Verzeichnis der Tabellen auch Ihre -Verzeichnisse betreffen, die zum Zeitpunkt der Verwendung der Option bereits -zur Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt sind. Das liegt daran, -dass \KOMAScript{} die Dateierweiterungen »\PValue{lof}« für das -Abbildungsverzeichnis und »\PValue{lot}« für das Tabellenverzeichnis mit dem -Besitzer »\PName{float}« anmeldet und die Optionen für diese Besitzer setzt.% +Verzeichnisse betreffen, die zum Zeitpunkt der Verwendung der jeweiligen +Option bereits zur Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt +sind. Das liegt daran, dass \KOMAScript{} die Dateierweiterungen +»\PValue{lof}« für das Abbildungsverzeichnis und »\PValue{lot}« für das +Tabellenverzeichnis mit dem Besitzer »\PName{float}« anmeldet und die Optionen +für diese Besitzer setzt.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{addtotoclist}% @@ -220,7 +223,7 @@ Besitzer »\PName{float}« anmeldet und die Optionen für diese Besitzer setzt.% Auf diese Weise können die \Parameter{Anweisungen} zu einer internen Liste von Anweisungen hinzugefügt werden, die immer dann auszuführen sind, wenn eine Dateierweiterung mit dem angegebenen \PName{Besitzer} zur Liste der bekannten -Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt wird. Bezüglich des optionalen Argument wird +Dateierweiterungen hinzugefügt wird. Bezüglich des optionalen Arguments wird wie in der Erklärung von \Macro{addtotoclist} beschrieben verfahren. Wird das optionale Argument leer gelassen, werden in diesem Fall die Aktionen unabhängig vom Besitzer immer ausgeführt, wenn die Dateierweiterung zu der @@ -366,13 +369,14 @@ Dateierweiterung der Datei, in die aktuell geschrieben wird. } \end{lstcode} \end{Example} -Anweisungen, die nicht bereits beim Schreiben expandiert werden sollen, sollte -wie bei \Macro{addtocontents} mit \Macro{protect} geschützt werden. +Anweisungen, die nicht bereits beim Schreiben expandiert werden sollen, sind +wie bei \Macro{addtocontents} mit \Macro{protect} zu schützen. \EndIndex{Cmd}{addtoeachtocfile}% \begin{Declaration} - \Macro{addxcontentsline}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Ebene}% + \Macro{addxcontentsline}\Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Ebene}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{addxcontentsline}}% \OParameter{Gliederungsnummer}\Parameter{Inhalt} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{addxcontentsline}% @@ -381,23 +385,24 @@ Anweisung ähnelt sehr der Anweisung \Macro{addcontentsline}\IndexCmd{addcontentsline} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern. Allerdings besitzt sie ein zusätzliches optionales Argument für die \PName{Gliederungsnummer} des Eintrags, während diese bei -\Macro{addcontentsline} im Argument \PName{Inhalt} mit angegeben wird. Die -Anweisung wird verwendet, um nummerierte oder nicht nummerierte Einträge in -das über die \PName{Dateierweiterung} spezifierte Verzeichnis +\Macro{addcontentsline} im Argument \PName{Inhalt} mit angegeben wird. + +Die Anweisung wird verwendet, um nummerierte oder nicht nummerierte Einträge +in das über die \PName{Dateierweiterung} spezifierte Verzeichnis aufzunehmen. Dabei ist \PName{Ebene} der symbolische Name der Gliederungsebene und \PName{Inhalt} der entsprechende Eintrag. Die Seitenzahl wird automatisch bestimmt. -Die Anweisung selbst testet zunächst, ob eine Anweisung -\Macro{add\PName{Ebene}\PName{Dateierweiterung}entry} definiert ist. Wenn dies -der Fall ist, wird diese für den Eintrag verwendet, wobei -\PName{Gliederungsnummer} als optionales Argument in \PName{Inhalt} als +Im Unterschied zu \Macro{addcontentsline} testet \Macro{addxcontentsline} +zunächst, ob Anweisung \Macro{add\PName{Ebene}\PName{Dateierweiterung}entry} +definiert ist. In diesem Fall wird sie für den Eintrag verwendet, wobei +\PName{Gliederungsnummer} als optionales Argument und \PName{Inhalt} als obligatorisches Argument übergeben wird. Ein Beispiel für eine solche Anweisung, die von den \KOMAScript-Klassen bereitgestellt wird, wäre \Macro{addparttocentry} (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls-experts.experts}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry}). Ist die entsprechend +\autopageref{desc:maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry}). Ist die entsprechend Anweisung nicht definiert, wird stattdessen die interne Anweisung -\Macro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline} verwendet. Diese erhält alle vier Argument +\Macro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline} verwendet. Diese erhält alle vier Argumente als obligatorische Argumente und verwendet dann seinerseits \Macro{addcontentsline}, um den gewünschten Eintrag vorzunehmen. Näheres zu \Macro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline} ist \autoref{sec:tocbasic.internals}, @@ -415,15 +420,17 @@ spezifischer Anweisungen konfiguriert werden.% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile}% - \OParameter{Besitzer}\Parameter{Ebene}\OParameter{Gliederungsnummer}% + \OParameter{Besitzer}\Parameter{Ebene0}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile}}% + \OParameter{Gliederungsnummer}% \Parameter{Inhalt}\\ \Macro{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile}% \OParameter{Besitzer}\Parameter{Ebene}\Parameter{Inhalt}% \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile}% -Diese Anweisungen sind mit der oben erklärten Anweisung +Diese beiden Anweisungen stehen in direkter Beziehung zu dem oben erklärten \Macro{addxcontentsline}\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} -beziehungsweise \Macro{addcontentsline} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern vergleichbar. Der +beziehungsweise zum im \LaTeX-Kern definierten \Macro{addcontentsline}. Der Unterschied besteht darin, dass diese Anweisungen \PName{Inhalt} nicht nur in eine einzelne Datei, sondern in alle Dateien eines angegebenen \PName{Besitzers} und bei Verzicht auf das erste optionale Argument in alle @@ -434,23 +441,24 @@ Dateien aus der Liste der bekannten Dateierweiterungen schreibt. wir weiter an, dass aktuell \PName{\#1} den Titel enthält, der geschrieben werden soll. \begin{lstcode} - \addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile{chapter}[\thechapter]{#1} + \addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile{chapter}% + [\thechapter]{#1} \end{lstcode} In diesem Fall soll natürlich die aktuelle Kapitelnummer direkt beim Schreiben in die Verzeichnisdatei expandiert werden, weshalb sie nicht mit \Macro{protect} vor der Expansion geschützt wurde. \end{Example} -Während des Schreibens von \PName{Inhalt} ist auch hier wie schon bei -\Macro{addtoeachtocfile} +Während des Schreibens von \PName{Inhalt} ist auch hier, wie schon bei +\Macro{addtoeachtocfile}, \Macro{@currext}\IndexCmd{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}} die Dateierweiterung der Datei, in die aktuell geschrieben wird.% -Anweisung\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} +Die Anweisung\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} \Macro{addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile} ist wann immer möglich gegenüber -\Macro{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile} der Vorrang zu gewähren, da die -Erweiterungen von \Macro{addxcontentsline} nur damit Anwendung finden. Näheres -zu diesen Erweiterungen und Vorteilen ist in der vorausgehenden Erklärung der -Anweisung \Macro{addxcontentsline} zu finden.% +\Macro{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile} vorzuziehen, da die Erweiterungen von +\Macro{addxcontentsline} nur damit Anwendung finden. Näheres zu diesen +Erweiterungen und Vorteilen ist in der vorausgehenden Erklärung von +\Macro{addxcontentsline} zu finden.% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{addcontentslinetoeachtocfile}% @@ -481,7 +489,7 @@ Die\important{\Macro{listoftoc}} Version von \Macro{listoftoc} ohne Stern setzt das komplette Verzeichnis und veranlasst auch einen optionalen Eintrag in das Inhaltsverzeichnis und den Kolumnentitel. Ist das optionale Argument \OParameter{Titel} gegeben, so wird diese Angabe sowohl als Überschrift als -auch als optionaler Eintrag in Inhaltsverzeichnis und Kolumnentitel +auch als optionaler Eintrag in das Inhaltsverzeichnis und den Kolumnentitel verwendet. Ist das Argument \PName{Titel} lediglich leer, so wird auch eine leere Angabe verwendet. Wird\textnote{Achtung!} hingegen das komplette Argument einschließlich der eckigen Klammern weggelassen, so wird die @@ -521,7 +529,7 @@ passend zu definieren. Verzeichnis der Algorithmen% } \end{lstcode} - definiert haben, genügt auch + definiert haben, genügt auch: \begin{lstcode} \listoftoc{loa} \end{lstcode} @@ -542,7 +550,7 @@ dieser Anweisungen zu einer Fehlermeldung der Art \fi \end{lstoutput} führen, wenn keine Schreibdateien mehr zur Verfügung stehen. Abhilfe kann in -diesem Fall das Lades des in \autoref{cha:scrwfile} beschriebenen Pakets +diesem Fall das Laden des in \autoref{cha:scrwfile} beschriebenen Pakets \Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} bieten. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{listof\PName{Dateierweiterung}name}% @@ -584,7 +592,7 @@ ist in \autoref{sec:scrwfile.clonefilefeature} auf \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AfterTOCHead}% Es können auch \PName{Anweisungen} definiert werden, die unmittelbar vor oder nach dem Setzen der Überschrift bei Verwendung von \Macro{listoftoc} oder -\Macro{listofeachtoc}, ausgeführt werden. Bezüglich des optionalen Arguments +\Macro{listofeachtoc} ausgeführt werden. Bezüglich des optionalen Arguments und der Bedeutung von \Macro{@currext}\IndexCmd{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}} gilt, was bereits bei \Macro{BeforeStartingTOC} und \Macro{AfterStartingTOC} oben @@ -597,7 +605,7 @@ erklärt wurde.% \Macro{MakeMarkcase} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{MakeMarkcase}% -Wann immer \Package{tocbasic} eine Marke für einen Kolumnentitel setzt, dann +Wann immer \Package{tocbasic} eine Marke für einen Kolumnentitel setzt, erfolgt dies als Argument der Anweisung \Macro{MakeMarkcase}. Diese Anweisung ist dazu gedacht, bei Bedarf die Groß-/Kleinschreibung des Kolumnentitels zu ändern. In der Voreinstellung ist diese Anweisung bei Verwendung einer @@ -606,7 +614,7 @@ ist dazu gedacht, bei Bedarf die Groß-/Kleinschreibung des Kolumnentitels zu das unveränderte Argument selbst. Bei Verwendung einer anderen Klasse ist \Macro{MakeMarkcase} im Gegensatz dazu \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}}. -Die Anweisung wird von \Package{tocbasic} jedoch nur definiert, wenn sie noch +Die Anweisung wird von \Package{tocbasic} jedoch nur definiert, wenn sie nicht bereits definiert ist. Sie kann also in einer Klasse in der gewünschten Weise vorbelegt werden und wird dann von \Package{tocbasic} nicht umdefiniert, sondern verwendet wie vorgefunden. @@ -619,6 +627,7 @@ sondern verwendet wie vorgefunden. \let\MakeMarkcase\MakeLowercase \end{lstcode} \end{Example} + Erlauben\textnote{Tipp!} Sie mir einen Hinweis zu \Macro{MakeUppercase}. Diese Anweisung ist zum einen nicht voll expandierbar. Das bedeutet, dass sie im Zusammenspiel mit anderen Anweisungen zu Problemen führen kann. Darüber hinaus @@ -687,14 +696,15 @@ getrennte Aneinanderreihung von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket \IndexOption{listof~=\PValue{leveldown}} für alle Dateierweiterungen des Besitzers \PValue{float}. \item[\PValue{numberline}] \ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}}% - bedeutet, dass auch diejenigen Einträge, die mit \Macro{addxcontentsline} - oder \Macro{addxcontentslinetoceachtocfile} in das Verzeichnis geschrieben - werden und bei denen das optionale Argument für die Nummer fehlt oder leer - ist, mit einer (leeren) \Macro{numberline}-Anweisung verstehen werden. Das - führt in der Regel dazu, dass diese Einträge nicht linksbündig mit der - Nummer, sondern mit dem Text der nummerierten Einträge gleicher Ebene - gesetzt werden. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen setzen diese Eigenschaft bei - Verwendung der Option \OptionValue{listof}{numberline}% + bedeutet, dass auch all diejenigen Einträge, die mit Hilfe der Anweisung + \Macro{addxcontentsline} oder der Anweisung + \Macro{addxcontentslinetoceachtocfile} in das Verzeichnis geschrieben werden + und bei denen das optionale Argument für die Nummer fehlt oder leer ist, mit + einer (leeren) \Macro{numberline}-Anweisung versehen werden. Das führt in + der Regel dazu, dass diese Einträge nicht linksbündig mit der Nummer, + sondern mit dem Text der nummerierten Einträge gleicher Ebene gesetzt + werden. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen setzen diese Eigenschaft bei Verwendung der + Option \OptionValue{listof}{numberline}% \important{\OptionValue{listof}{numberline}}% \IndexOption{listof~=\PValue{numberline}} für die Dateierweiterungen des Besitzers \PValue{float} und bei Verwendung der Option @@ -713,7 +723,7 @@ getrennte Aneinanderreihung von \PName{Eigenschaften}. Das Paket verwendet wird. Diese Eigenschaft sollte nur für Verzeichnisse verwendet werden, die nur in einer festen Sprache erstellt werden, in denen also Sprachumschaltungen im Dokument nicht zu berücksichtigen sind. Sie wird - außerdem von Paket + außerdem vom Paket \Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} für Klonziele verwendet, da die Erweiterungen dort bereits durch das Klonen selbst aus der Klonquelle übernommen werden. @@ -794,7 +804,7 @@ Die \KOMAScript-Klassen kennen eine weitere Eigenschaft: %% NEW FEATURE 3.01 Wollen Sie außerdem, dass bei Klassen, die \Macro{chapter} als oberste Gliederungsebene verwenden, das Verzeichnis automatisch einspaltig gesetzt - wird, so verwenden Sie außerdem + wird, so verwenden Sie zusätzlich \begin{lstcode} \ifundefinedorrelax{chapter}{}{% \setuptoc{loa}{onecolumn}% @@ -841,7 +851,7 @@ beschriebenen Eigenschaften \PValue{totoc}, \PValue{numbered} oder Das Paket \Package{tocbasic} bietet einige interne Anweisungen, deren Benutzung durch Klassen- und Paketautoren freigegeben ist. Diese Anweisungen beginnen alle mit \Macro{tocbasic@}. Aber\textnote{Achtung!} auch Klassen- und -Paketautoren sollten diese Anweisungen nur verwenden und nicht etwas +Paketautoren sollten diese Anweisungen nur verwenden und nicht etwa umdefinieren! Ihre interne Funktion kann jederzeit geändert oder erweitert werden, so dass Umdefinierung der Anweisungen die Funktion von \Package{tocbasic} erheblich beschädigen könnte! @@ -896,14 +906,14 @@ verbirgt. Klassen- oder Paketautoren, die Vorteile von \Package{tocbasic} nutzen wollen, sollten zumindest diese Anweisung, besser jedoch \Macro{listoftoc} verwenden. Die Anweisung baut selbst auf \Macro{@starttoc} auf, setzt allerdings zuvor -\Length{parskip}\IndexLength{parskip}\important{\Length{parskip}\\ +\Length{parskip}\IndexLength{parskip}\important[i]{\Length{parskip}\\ \Length{parindent}\\ \Length{parfillskip}} und \Length{parindent}\IndexLength{parindent} auf 0 und \Length{parfillskip}\IndexLength{parfillskip} auf 0 bis unendlich. Außerdem wird \Macro{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}}\IndexCmd{@currext} auf die aktuelle Dateierweiterung gesetzt, damit diese in den nachfolgend ausgeführten -Haken ausgewertet werden können. +Haken ausgewertet werden kann. Da\textnote{Achtung!} \LaTeX{} bei der Ausgabe eines Verzeichnisses auch gleich eine neue Verzeichnisdatei zum Schreiben öffnet, kann der Aufruf dieser @@ -914,7 +924,7 @@ Anweisung zu einer Fehlermeldung der Art \fi \end{lstoutput} führen, wenn keine Schreibdateien mehr zur Verfügung stehen. Abhilfe kann in -diesem Fall das Lades des in \autoref{cha:scrwfile} beschriebenen Pakets +diesem Fall das Laden des in \autoref{cha:scrwfile} beschriebenen Pakets \Package{scrwfile}\important{\Package{scrwfile}}\IndexPackage{scrwfile} bieten. % @@ -932,12 +942,12 @@ Verzeichnisdatei, noch vor den mit \Macro{BeforeStartingTOC} definierten Anweisungen ausgeführt. Es ist erlaubt, diesen Haken mit Hilfe von \Macro{g@addto@macro}\IndexCmd{g@addto@macro} zu erweitern. -Ebenso wird \Macro{tocbasic@@after@hook} unmittelbar nach der Verzeichnisdatei -aber noch vor den mit \Macro{AfterStartingTOC} definieren Anweisungen +Ebenso wird \Macro{tocbasic@@after@hook} unmittelbar nach der Verzeichnisdatei, +aber noch vor den mit \Macro{AfterStartingTOC} definierten Anweisungen ausgeführt. Es ist erlaubt, diesen Haken mit Hilfe von \Macro{g@addto@macro} zu erweitern. -\KOMAScript{} nutzt diese Haken, um die Verzeichnisse mit dynamischer +\KOMAScript{} nutzt diese Haken, um Verzeichnisse mit dynamischer Anpassung an die Breite der Gliederungsnummern zu ermöglichen. Ihre Verwendung ist Klassen und Paketen vorbehalten. Anwender\textnote{Achtung!} sollten sich auf \Macro{BeforeStartingTOC} und \Macro{AfterStartingTOC} @@ -965,9 +975,13 @@ Diese Anweisungen werden direkt nach \Macro{tocbasic@@before@hook} bzw. vor entsprechenden \PName{Dateierweiterung} ausgeführt. Sie\textnote{Achtung!} dürfen keinesfalls von Klassen- und Paketautoren verändert werden. Werden für die Ausgabe der Verzeichnisse die Anweisungen \Macro{listoftoc}, -\Macro{listoftoc*} und \Macro{listofeachtoc} nicht verwendet, sollte diese die +\Macro{listoftoc*} und \Macro{listofeachtoc} nicht verwendet, sollten die beiden Anweisungen für die Haken trotzdem aufgerufen werden, soweit sie -definiert sind. Die Anweisungen können auch undefiniert sein. +definiert sind. Die Anweisungen können auch undefiniert sein. Für einen +entsprechenden Test siehe +\Macro{scr@ifundefinedorrelax}\IndexCmd{scr@ifundefinedorrelax} in +\autoref{sec:scrbase.if}, +\autopageref{desc:scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax}. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{tb@\PName{Dateierweiterung}@after@hook}% \EndIndex{Cmd}{tb@\PName{Dateierweiterung}@before@hook}% @@ -1002,13 +1016,14 @@ definiert \Macro{tocbasic@listhead} diese und ruft sie dann auf. \begin{Declaration} \Macro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline}% - \Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Ebene}% + \Parameter{Dateierweiterung}\Parameter{Ebene}\\ + \hphantom{\XMacro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline}}% \Parameter{Gliederungsnummer}\Parameter{Eintrag}\\ \Macro{nonumberline} \end{Declaration} \BeginIndex{Cmd}{tocbasic@addxcontentsline}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{nonumberline}% -Die\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} Anweisung +Anweisung\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{tocbasic}} \Macro{tocbasic@addxcontentsline} nimmt einen \PName{Eintrag} der angegebenen \PName{Ebene} in das über die \PName{Dateierweiterung} spezifizierte Verzeichnis vor. Ob der Eintrag nummeriert wird oder nicht, hängt davon ab, ob @@ -1054,7 +1069,7 @@ Gleitumgebung bereitstellt. Das geht ganz einfach mit: Die neue Umgebung heißt also \Environment{remarkbox}. Jede\textnote{Platzierung} Gleitumgebung hat eine Standardplatzierung. Diese -setzt sich aus bekannten Platzierungsoptionen zusammen: +setzt sich aus den bekannten Platzierungsoptionen zusammen: % Umbruchkorrektur: listings korrigiert! \begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox plus 1pt] \newcommand*{\fps@remarkbox}{tbp} @@ -1129,7 +1144,9 @@ Verzeichnis: \end{lstcode} Normalerweise würde man in einem Paket übrigens zunächst einen englischen Titel definieren und dann beispielsweise mit Hilfe des Pakets -\Package{scrbase} Titel für andere Sprachen. +\Package{scrbase} Titel für alle weiteren Sprachen, die man unterstützen +will. Siehe dazu \autoref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport}, ab +\autopageref{sec:scrbase.languageSupport}. Jetzt\textnote{Verzeichniseintrag} müssen wir nur noch definieren, wie ein einzelner Eintrag in dem Verzeichnis aussehen soll: @@ -1156,7 +1173,7 @@ Das Setzen dieser Eigenschaft ermöglicht dies bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse und jeder anderen Klasse, die diese Eigenschaft unterstützt. Leider gehören die Standardklassen nicht dazu. -Das\textnote{Verzeichnis} genügt bereits. Der Anwender kann nun bereits +Das\textnote{Verzeichnis} genügt schon. Der Anwender kann nun bereits wahlweise mit Hilfe der Optionen einer \KOMAScript-Klasse oder \Macro{setuptoc} verschiedene Formen der Überschrift (ohne Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag, mit Inhaltsverzeichniseintrag, mit Nummerierung) @@ -1217,20 +1234,134 @@ dieses neue Verzeichnis erzeugt. Auch die Erweiterungen \Macro{captionabove}\important[i]{% \Macro{captionabove}\\ \Macro{captionbelow}}, \Macro{captionbelow} und \Environment{captionbeside} -aus den \KOMAScript-Klassen (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.floats}) können dann -verwendet werden. +aus den \KOMAScript-Klassen (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.floats}, ab +\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.captionabove}) können dann verwendet werden. \PName{Dateierweiterung} definiert dabei die Dateiendung der Hilfsdatei, die -das Verzeichnis represäntiert, wie dies in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.basics} -bereits erläutert wurde. Dieser Parameter muss angegeben werden und darf nicht -leer sein! - -\PName{Optionenliste} ist eine durch Komma getrennte Liste, wie -dies auch von \Macro{KOMAoptions} (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.options}) -bekannt ist. Diese Optionen\textnote{Achtung!} können jedoch \emph{nicht} mit +das Verzeichnis repräsentiert, wie dies in \autoref{sec:tocbasic.basics}, ab +\autopageref{sec:tocbasic.basics} bereits erläutert wurde. Dieser Parameter +muss angegeben werden und darf nicht leer sein! + +\PName{Optionenliste} ist eine durch Komma getrennte Liste, wie dies auch von +\Macro{KOMAoptions} (siehe \autoref{sec:typearea.options}, +\autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions}) bekannt ist. Diese +Optionen\textnote{Achtung!} können jedoch \emph{nicht} mit \Macro{KOMAoptions}\IndexCmd{KOMAoptions} gesetzt werden! Eine Übersicht über -die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. -\iffree{}{\vskip-\ht\strutbox\enlargethispage{\dp\strutbox}}% Umbruchoptimierung! +die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options} ab +\autopageref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. +% +\begin{Example} + Das Beispiel aus \autoref{sec:tocbasic.example} kann mit Hilfe der neuen + Anweisung deutlich verkürzt werden: +\begin{lstcode} + \DeclareNewTOC[% + type=remarkbox,% + types=remarkboxes,% + float,% Gleitumgebungen sollen definiert werden. + floattype=4,% + name=Merksatz,% + listname={Verzeichnis der Merks\"atze}% + ]{lor} + \setuptoc{lor}{chapteratlist} +\end{lstcode} + Neben den Umgebungen \Environment{remarkbox} und \Environment{remarkbox*} + sind damit auch der Zähler \Counter{remarkbox}, die zur Ausgabe gehörenden + Anweisungen \Macro{theremarkbox}, \Macro{remarkboxname} und + \Macro{remarkboxformat}, die für das Verzeichnis benötigten + \Macro{listremarkboxname} und \Macro{listofremarkboxes} sowie einige intern + verwendete Anweisungen mit Bezug auf die Dateiendung \File{lor} + definiert. Soll der Gleitumgebungstyp dem Paket überlassen werden, so kann + Option \Option{floattype} im Beispiel entfallen. Wird zusätzlich + die Option \Option{nonfloat} angegeben, wird außerdem eine nicht gleitende + Umgebung \Environment{remarkbox-} definiert, in der ebenfalls + \Macro{caption}\IndexCmd{caption} verwendet werden kann. + + Zum besseren Verständnis zeigt \autoref{tab:tocbasic.comparison} eine + Gegenüberstellung der Anweisungen und Umgebungen für die neu erstellte + Beispielumgebung \Environment{remarkbox} mit den entsprechenden Befehlen und + Umgebungen für Abbildungen.% + \begin{table} + \centering + \caption{Gegenüberstellung von Beispielumgebung \Environment{remarkbox} + und Umgebung \Environment{figure}} + \label{tab:tocbasic.comparison} + \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{l@{\hskip\tabcolsep}l@{\hskip\tabcolsep}>{\raggedright}p{7em}@{\hskip\tabcolsep}X} + \toprule + \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}} + Umgebung\\ + \Environment{remarkbox} + \end{tabular} + & \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}} + Umgebung\\ + \Environment{figure} + \end{tabular} + & Optionen von \Macro{DeclareNewTOC} & Kurzbeschreibung \\[1ex] + \midrule + \Environment{remarkbox} & \Environment{figure} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float} + & Gleitumgebung des jeweiligen Typs.\\[1ex] + \Environment{remarkbox*} & \Environment{figure*} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float} + & spaltenübergreifende Gleitumgebung des jeweiligen Typs \\[1ex] + \Counter{remarkbox} & \Counter{figure} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float} + & Zähler, der von \Macro{caption} verwendet wird \\[1ex] + \Macro{theremarkbox} & \Macro{thefigure} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float} + & Anweisung zur Ausgabe des jeweiligen Zählers \\[1ex] + \Macro{remarkboxformat} & \Macro{figureformat} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float} + & Anweisung zur Formatierung des jeweiligen Zählers in der Ausgabe von + \Macro{caption}\\[1ex] + \Macro{remarkboxname} & \Macro{figurename} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{name} + & Name, der im Label von \Macro{caption} verwendet wird \\[1ex] + \Macro{listofremarkboxes} & \Macro{listoffigures} + & \Option{types}, \Option{float} + & Anweisung zur Ausgabe des jeweiligen Verzeichnisses \\[1ex] + \Macro{listremarkboxname} & \Macro{listfigurename} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{listname} + & Überschrift des jeweiligen Verzeichnisses \\[1ex] + \Macro{fps@remarkbox} & \Macro{fps@figure} + & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{floattype} + & nummerischer Gleitumge\-bungstyp zwecks Reihen\-fol\-gen\-erhalts \\[1ex] + \File{lor} & \File{lof} + & + & Dateiendung der Hilfsdatei für das jeweilige Verzeichnis \\ + \bottomrule + \end{tabularx} + \end{table} + + Und hier nun eine mögliche Verwendung der Umgebung: +\begin{lstcode} + \begin{remarkbox} + \centering + Gleiches sollte immer auf gleiche Weise und + mit gleichem Aussehen gesetzt werden. + \caption{Erster Hauptsatz der Typografie} + \label{rem:typo1} + \end{remarkbox} +\end{lstcode} + Ein Ausschitt aus einer Beispielseite mit dieser Umgebung könnte dann so + aussehen: + \begin{center}\footnotesize + \begin{tabular} + {|!{\hspace{.1\linewidth}}p{.55\linewidth}!{\hspace{.1\linewidth}}|} + \\ + \centering + Gleiches sollte immer auf gleiche Weise und + mit gleichem Aussehen gesetzt werden.\\[\abovecaptionskip] + {% + \usekomafont{caption}\footnotesize + \begin{tabularx}{\hsize}[t]{@{}l@{ }X@{}} + \usekomafont{captionlabel}{Merksatz 1:} & + Erster Hauptsatz der Typografie \\ + \end{tabularx} + }\\ + \end{tabular}% + \end{center}% +\end{Example}% +% Umbruchoptimierung: Tabelle verschoben. \begin{desclist} \renewcommand*{\abovecaptionskipcorrection}{-\normalbaselineskip}% \desccaption[{% @@ -1257,7 +1388,7 @@ die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. (vgl. \Environment{figure} und \Environment{figure*}).}% \entry{\KOption{floatpos}\PName{Gleitverhalten}}{% Jede Gleitumgebung hat ein voreingestelltes \PName{Gleitverhalten}, das - über das optionale Argument der Gleitumgebung überladen werden kann. Mit + über das optionale Argument der Gleitumgebung geändert werden kann. Mit dieser Option wird das \PName{Gleitverhalten} für die optional erstellbare Gleitumgebung (siehe Option \Option{float}) festgelegt. Die Syntax und Semantik ist dabei mit der des optionalen Arguments für die Gleitumgebung @@ -1338,108 +1469,6 @@ die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. so wird als \PName{Mehrzahl des Eintragstyps} einfach »\PName{Eintragstyp}s« verwendet.}% \end{desclist} - -\begin{Example} - Das Beispiel aus \autoref{sec:tocbasic.example} kann mit Hilfe der neuen - Anweisung deutlich verkürzt werden: -\begin{lstcode} - \DeclareNewTOC[% - type=remarkbox,% - types=remarkboxes,% - float,% Gleitumgebungen sollen definiert werden. - floattype=4,% - name=Merksatz,% - listname={Verzeichnis der Merks\"atze}% - ]{lor} - \setuptoc{lor}{chapteratlist} -\end{lstcode} - Neben den Umgebungen \Environment{remarkbox} und \Environment{remarkbox*} - sind damit auch der Zähler \Counter{remarkbox}, die zur Ausgabe gehörenden - Anweisungen \Macro{theremarkbox}, \Macro{remarkboxname} und - \Macro{remarkboxformat}, die für das Verzeichnis benötigten - \Macro{listremarkboxname} und \Macro{listofremarkboxes}, sowie einige intern - verwendete Anweisungen mit Bezug auf die Dateiendung \File{lor} - definiert. Soll der Gleitumgebungstyp dem Paket überlassen werden, so kann - Option \Option{floattype} im Beispiel zusätzlich entfallen. Wird zusätzlich - die Option \Option{nonfloat} angegeben, wird außerdem eine nicht gleitende - Umgebung \Environment{remarkbox-} definiert, in der ebenfalls - \Macro{caption}\IndexCmd{caption} verwendet werden kann. - - Zum besseren Verständnis zeigt \autoref{tab:tocbasic.comparison} eine - Gegenüberstellung der Anweisungen und Umgebungen für die neu erstellte - Beispielumgebung \Environment{remarkbox} mit den entsprechenden Befehlen und - Umgebungen für Abbildungen.% - \begin{table} - \centering - \caption{Gegenüberstellung von Beispielumgebung \Environment{remarkbox} - und Umgebung \Environment{figure}} - \label{tab:tocbasic.comparison} - \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{ll>{\raggedright}p{7em}X} - \toprule - \Environment{remarkbox} & \Environment{figure} - & Optionen von \Macro{DeclareNewTOC} & Kurzbeschreibung \\[1ex] - \midrule - \Environment{remarkbox} & \Environment{figure} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float} - & Gleitumgebung des jeweiligen Typs.\\[1ex] - \Environment{remarkbox*} & \Environment{figure*} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float} - & spaltenübergreifende Gleitumgebung des jeweiligen Typs \\[1ex] - \Counter{remarkbox} & \Counter{figure} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float} - & Zähler, der von \Macro{caption} verwendet wird \\[1ex] - \Macro{theremarkbox} & \Macro{thefigure} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float} - & Anweisung zur Ausgabe des jeweiligen Zählers \\[1ex] - \Macro{remarkboxformat} & \Macro{figureformat} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float} - & Anweisung zur Formatierung des jeweiligen Zählers in der Ausgabe von - \Macro{caption}\\[1ex] - \Macro{remarkboxname} & \Macro{figurename} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{name} - & Name, der im Label von \Macro{caption} verwendet wird \\[1ex] - \Macro{listofremarkboxes} & \Macro{listoffigures} - & \Option{types}, \Option{float} - & Anweisung zur Ausgabe des jeweiligen Verzeichnisses \\[1ex] - \Macro{listremarboxname} & \Macro{listfigurename} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{listname} - & Überschrift des jeweiligen Verzeichnisses \\[1ex] - \Macro{fps@remarkbox} & \Macro{fps@figure} - & \Option{type}, \Option{float}, \Option{floattype} - & nummerischer Gleitumge\-bungstyp zwecks Reihen\-fol\-gen\-erhalts \\[1ex] - \File{lor} & \File{lof} - & - & Dateiendung der Hilfsdatei für das jeweilige Verzeichnis \\ - \bottomrule - \end{tabularx} - \end{table} - - Und hier nun eine mögliche Verwendung der Umgebung: -\begin{lstcode} - \begin{remarkbox} - \centering - Gleiches sollte immer auf gleiche Weise und - mit gleichem Aussehen gesetzt werden. - \caption{Erster Hauptsatz der Typografie} - \label{rem:typo1} - \end{remarkbox} -\end{lstcode} - Ein Ausschitt aus einer Beispielseite mit dieser Umgebung könnte dann so - aussehen: - \begin{center}\footnotesize - \begin{tabular} - {|!{\hspace{.1\linewidth}}p{.55\linewidth}!{\hspace{.1\linewidth}}|} - \\ - \centering - Gleiches sollte immer auf gleiche Weise und - mit gleichem Aussehen gesetzt werden.\\[\abovecaptionskip] - {% - \usekomafont{caption}\footnotesize{\usekomafont{captionlabel}% - Merksatz 1: }Erster Hauptsatz der Typografie - }\\ - \end{tabular}% - \end{center}% -\end{Example}% % \EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewTOC}% % @@ -1451,7 +1480,10 @@ die möglichen Optionen bietet \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. %%% Local Variables: %%% mode: latex +%%% mode: flyspell %%% coding: iso-latin-1 -%%% TeX-master: "guide.tex" +%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "de_DE" +%%% TeX-master: "../guide" %%% End: +% LocalWords: Verzeichnisdatei diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex index aaf5a99c47b..ad0d4c400da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea-experts.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % typearea-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % typearea-experts.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ % % ====================================================================== -\ProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex}[2013/05/31 KOMA-Script guide (chapter: -typearea for experts)] +\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea-experts.tex} + [$Date: 2014-02-03 12:07:06 +0100 (Mon, 03 Feb 2014) $ + KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea for experts)] \chapter{Zusätzliche Informationen zum Paket \Package{typearea.sty}} \labelbase{typearea-experts} @@ -86,7 +87,7 @@ neu aufgerufen. Damit kann beispielsweise innerhalb von PDF-Dokumenten die Seitengröße tatsächlich variieren. Experten können diese Anweisung auch verwenden, wenn Sie aus irgendwelchen -Gründen, Längen wie \Length{textwidth} oder \Length{textheight} innerhalb des +Gründen Längen wie \Length{textwidth} oder \Length{textheight} innerhalb des Dokuments manuell geändert haben. Der Experte ist dabei für eventuell notwendige Seitenumbrüche vor oder nach der Verwendung jedoch selbst verantwortlich! Darüber hinaus sind alle von \Macro{activateareas} @@ -124,7 +125,11 @@ Einstellungen wieder zu reaktivieren. \end{lstcode} Wichtig\textnote{Achtung!} ist dabei die Anweisung \Macro{clearpage} vor dem Aufruf von \Macro{meinegespeichertenWerte}, damit die Wiederherstellung erst - auf der nächsten Seite erfolgt. + auf der nächsten Seite erfolgt. Bei doppelseitigen Dokumenten sollte bei + Änderungen am Papierformat stattdessen sogar + \Macro{cleardoubleoddpage}\IndexCmd{cleardoubleoddpage} oder -- wenn keine + \KOMAScript-Klasse zum Einsatz kommt -- + \Macro{cleardoublepage}\IndexCmd{cleardoublepage} verwendet werden. \end{Example} Im Beispiel wird \Macro{noindent} verwendet, um den normalen Absatzeinzug vor den schwarzen Kästen zu verhindern. Sie würden sonst kein korrektes Bilde des @@ -135,7 +140,7 @@ dass sowohl \Macro{storeareas} als auch die damit definierte \PName{Anweisung} nicht innerhalb einer Gruppe aufgerufen werden sollten. Die Definition der \PName{Anweisung} erfolgt intern mit \Macro{newcommand}\IndexCmd{newcommand*}\important{\Macro{newcommand*}}. Bei -erneuter Verwendung einer bereits definierte \PName{Anweisung} wird eine +erneuter Verwendung einer bereits definierten \PName{Anweisung} wird eine entsprechende Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. % \EndIndex{Cmd}{storeareas} @@ -147,12 +152,13 @@ entsprechende Fehlermeldung ausgegeben. \Macro{AfterSettingArea*}\Parameter{Anweisungen} \end{Declaration}% \BeginIndex{Cmd}{AfterCalculatingTypearea}% -Diese Anweisungen dienen der Verwaltung zweier -\emph{Hooks}. \Macro{AfterCalculatingTypearea} und dessen Sternform -ermöglichen es dem Experten jedes Mal, nachdem \Package{typearea} eine neue -Aufteilung in Satzspiegel und Ränder berechnet hat, also nach jeder impliziten -oder expliziten Ausführung von \Macro{typearea}, \PName{Anweisungen} ausführen -zu lassen. Entsprechendes leisten +Diese Anweisungen dienen der Verwaltung zweier Haken\Index{Haken} (engl. +\emph{hooks}\Index{hook=\emph{hook}}). Die ersten beiden, +\Macro{AfterCalculatingTypearea} und deren Sternform, ermöglichen es dem +Experten jedes Mal, nachdem \Package{typearea} eine neue Aufteilung in +Satzspiegel und Ränder berechnet hat, also nach jeder impliziten oder +expliziten Ausführung von \Macro{typearea}, \PName{Anweisungen} ausführen zu +lassen. Entsprechendes leisten \Macro{AfterSettingArea}\ChangedAt{v3.11}{\Package{typearea}} und dessen Stern-Form für die Ausführung von \Macro{areaset}. Die Normalformen arbeiten dabei global, während die Änderungen durch die Sternformen nur lokal wirksam diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex index d5d273e3e7f..2d267fad191 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/ngerman/typearea.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % typearea.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % typearea.tex -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -46,16 +46,16 @@ % ====================================================================== -\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex}% - [$Date: 2013-12-16 09:10:28 +0100 (Mo, 16. Dez 2013) $ +\KOMAProvidesFile{typearea.tex} + [$Date: 2014-06-25 16:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 25 Jun 2014) $ KOMA-Script guide (chapter: typearea)] \chapter{Satzspiegelberechnung mit \Package{typearea.sty}} \labelbase{typearea} -Viele \LaTeX-Klassen, darunter auch die Standardklassen, bieten dem Anwender -eine weitgehend feste Auf"|teilung von Rändern und Textbereich. Bei den -Standardklassen ist die konkrete Auf"|teilung in engen Grenzen von der gewählten -Schriftgröße abhängig. Darüber hinaus gibt es Pakete wie +Viele \LaTeX-Klassen\iffree{, darunter auch die Standardklassen,}{} bieten dem +Anwender eine weitgehend feste Auf"|teilung von Rändern und Textbereich. Bei +den Standardklassen ist die konkrete Auf"|teilung in engen Grenzen von der +gewählten Schriftgröße abhängig. Darüber hinaus gibt es Pakete wie \Package{geometry}\IndexPackage{geometry} (siehe \cite{package:geometry}), die dem Anwender die volle Kontrolle, aber auch die Verantwortung für die Einstellungen des Textbereichs und der Ränder überlassen. @@ -65,13 +65,14 @@ Weg. Hier werden basierend auf einer in der Typografie etablierten Konstruktion Einstellmöglichkeiten und Automatismen geboten, die es dem Anwender erleichtern, eine gute Wahl zu treffen. -Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass sich \Package{typearea} des Pakets -\Package{scrbase} bedient. Letzteres Paket ist im Expertenteil \iffree{dieser - Anleitung}{dieses Buches} in \autoref{cha:scrbase} ab -\autopageref{cha:scrbase} erklärt. Die Mehrzahl der dort dokumentierten -Anweisungen richten sich jedoch nicht an Anwender, sondern an Klassen- und -Paketautoren. - +\iffalse% Umbruchoptimierung!!! + Es wird darauf hingewiesen, dass sich \Package{typearea} des Pakets + \Package{scrbase} bedient. Letzteres Paket ist im Expertenteil + \iffree{dieser Anleitung}{dieses Buches} in \autoref{cha:scrbase} ab + \autopageref{cha:scrbase} erklärt. + Die Mehrzahl der dort dokumentierten Anweisungen richtet sich jedoch nicht + an Anwender, sondern an Klassen- und Paketautoren.% +\fi \section{Grundlagen der Satzspiegelkonstruktion} \label{sec:typearea.basics} @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ Paketautoren. Im vorherigen Absatz wurde \emph{die Seite} erwähnt und hervorgehoben. Irrtümlich wird oftmals angenommen, das Format der Seite wäre mit dem Format des Papiers gleichzusetzen.\Index[indexmain]{Seiten>Format} - \Index[indexmain]{Papierformat} Betrachtet man jedoch ein gebundenes + \Index[indexmain]{Papier>Format} Betrachtet man jedoch ein gebundenes Druckerzeugnis, so ist zu erkennen, dass ein Teil des Papiers in der Bindung\Index[indexmain]{Bindung} verschwindet und nicht mehr als Seite zu sehen ist. Für den Satzspiegel ist jedoch nicht entscheidend, welches Format @@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ Paketautoren. \emph{Bindekorrektur}.\Index[indexmain]{Bindekorrektur}% \textnote{Bindekorrektur} Die Bindekorrektur ist also rechnerischer Bestandteil des - \emph{Bundstegs}\Index[indexmain]{Bundsteg}, nicht jedoch des sichtbaren + \emph{Bundstegs}\Index{Bundsteg}, nicht jedoch des sichtbaren inneren Randes. Die Bindekorrektur ist vom jeweiligen Produktionsvorgang abhängig und kann @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ Paketautoren. aber noch nicht, wie breit und hoch der Satzspiegel ist. Kennen wir eines dieser beiden Maße, so ergeben sich zusammen mit dem Papierformat und dem Seitenformat oder der Bindekorrektur alle anderen Maße durch Lösung mehrerer - mathematischer Gleichungen. + mathematischer Gleichungen: % Umbruchoptiomierung!!! \iffree{% \begin{align*} @@ -170,37 +171,33 @@ Paketautoren. \end{align*} }{% \begin{prepareformargin} - \vskip-\abovedisplayskip - \begin{align*} - \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe}\Index{Satzspiegel} : \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} &= + \vskip-\baselineskip + \begin{align*} + \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe}\Index{Satzspiegel} : \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} &= \Var{Seitenhöhe}\Index{Seite} : \Var{Seitenbreite} \\ - \Var{oberer~Rand}\Index{Rand} : \Var{unterer~Rand} &= + \Var{oberer~Rand}\Index{Rand} : \Var{unterer~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{2} \\ - \Var{linker~Rand} : \Var{rechter~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{1} - \end{align*} - \end{prepareformargin}\pagebreak - \begin{prepareformargin} - \begin{align*} - \Var{innerer~Randanteil} : \Var{äußerer~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{2} \\ -% - \Var{Seitenbreite} &= + \Var{linker~Rand} : \Var{rechter~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{1} \\ + \Var{innerer~Randanteil} : \Var{äußerer~Rand} &= \text{1} : \text{2}\\ + \Var{Seitenbreite} &= \Var{Papierbreite}\Index{Papier} - - \Var{Bindekorrektur}\Index{Bindekorrektur}\\ -% - \Var{oberer~Rand} + \Var{unterer~Rand} &= + \Var{Bindekorrektur}\Index{Bindekorrektur} \\ + \Var{oberer~Rand} + \Var{unterer~Rand} &= \Var{Seitenhöhe} - \Var{Satzspiegelhöhe} \\ -% - \Var{linker~Rand} + \Var{rechter Rand} &= + % + \Var{linker~Rand} + \Var{rechter Rand} &= \Var{Seitenbreite} - \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} \\ -% - \Var{innerer Randanteil} + \Var{äußerer Rand} &= + % + \Var{innerer Randanteil} + \Var{äußerer Rand} &= \Var{Seitenbreite} - \Var{Satzspiegelbreite} \\ -% + % +% \end{align*} +% \end{prepareformargin}\pagebreak +% \begin{prepareformargin}\vskip-\abovedisplayskip +% \begin{align*} \Var{innerer~Randanteil} + \Var{Bindekorrektur} &= \Var{Bundsteg}\index{Bundsteg} \end{align*} -% \iffree{}{% - \vskip\belowdisplayskip \end{prepareformargin} }% \Index[indexmain]{Rand}% @@ -288,14 +285,22 @@ Paketautoren. des Textbereichs ein Vielfaches der Textzeilenhöhe zuzüglich des Abstandes der ersten Zeile vom oberen Rand des Textbereichs sein. - Damit sind alle Grundlagen der Satzspiegelberechnung, die bei - {\KOMAScript} eine Rolle spielen, erklärt. \iffalse% Umbruchkorrektur + Damit sind alle Grundlagen der Satzspiegelberechnung, die bei + {\KOMAScript} eine Rolle spielen, erklärt. +\else + Soweit die Grundlagen. +\fi +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur + Es folgen die beiden von \KOMAScript{} angebotenen Konstruktionen. +\else +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrektur Wir können also mit den konkreten Konstruktionen beginnen. \else In den folgenden beiden Abschnitten werden die von {\KOMAScript} angebotenen Konstruktionen vorgestellt. \fi +\fi \end{Explain} @@ -304,7 +309,7 @@ Paketautoren. \begin{Explain} Der einfachste Weg, um zu erreichen, dass der Textbereich dasselbe - Verhältnis aufweist wie die Seite, ist folgender: + Seitenverhältnis aufweist wie die Seite, ist folgender:% \begin{itemize} \item Zunächst zieht man an der Innenseite des Papiers den Teil \Var{BCOR}\important{\Var{BCOR}}, der für die @@ -402,16 +407,18 @@ Paketautoren. \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea} ab \autopageref{sec:typearea.typearea}). Zusätzlich existiert ein Befehl, mit dem man einen Satzspiegel explizit berechnen kann und dem man die beiden - Werte als Parameter übergibt (\iffalse siehe ebenfalls + Werte als Parameter übergibt (\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + siehe ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \fi\autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.typearea}). Das \Package{typearea}-Paket bietet außerdem die Möglichkeit, den optimalen \Var{DIV}-Wert automatisch zu bestimmen. Dieser ist von der Schrift und dem Durchschuss abhängig, der zum Zeitpunkt der Satzspiegelberechnung eingestellt ist% - \iffalse. Siehe hierzu ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \else\ - (\fi\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.DIV.calc}\iftrue)\fi. -\end{Explain} + \iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + . Siehe hierzu ebenfalls \autoref{sec:typearea.typearea}, \else\ + (\fi\autopageref{desc:typearea.option.DIV.calc}\iftrue)\fi.% +\end{Explain}% \section{Satzspiegelkonstruktion durch Kreisschlagen} @@ -444,7 +451,7 @@ Paketautoren. spätmittelalterlichen Buchseitenkanon am nächsten kommt. Es wird also wiederum auf die Satzspiegelkonstruktion durch Teilung zurückgegriffen. % -\iftrue +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrekturtext Bei Wahl einer guten Schrift stimmt dieses Ergebnis nicht selten mit der Suche nach dem optimalen \Var{DIV}-Wert überein. Siehe hierzu ebenfalls @@ -472,10 +479,10 @@ hypothetische Klasse. Diese\iffree{ Anleitung}{s Buch} geht von dem Idealfall aus, dass für jede Aufgabe eine dafür passende Klasse zur Verfügung steht. -\BeginIndex{Option}{BCOR~=\PName{Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{BCOR}\PName{Korrektur} \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{BCOR~=\PName{Wert}}% Mit Hilfe der Option \KOption{BCOR}\PName{Korrektur}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} geben Sie den absoluten Wert der Bindekorrektur\Index{Bindekorrektur} an, also die @@ -538,10 +545,10 @@ und Ränder automatisch neu berechnet.% \EndIndex{Option}{BCOR~=\PName{Wert}} -\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PName{Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{DIV}\PName{Faktor} \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PName{Wert}}% Mit Hilfe der Option \KOption{DIV}\PName{Faktor}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} wird festgelegt, in wie viele Streifen die Seite horizontal und vertikal bei der @@ -636,8 +643,13 @@ Schriftgröße abhängigen Nebenbedingungen nicht berücksichtigt. \documentclass[twoside,DIV=15,BCOR=12mm]{scrartcl} \usepackage{bookman} \end{lstcode} +\iftrue% Umbruchoptimierung!!!! + Option \Option{a4paper} entspricht der Voreinstellung und konnte daher + entfallen. +\else Die Option \Option{a4paper} konnte bei der Klasse \Class{scrartcl} entfallen, da diese der Voreinstellung bei allen \KOMAScript-Klassen entspricht. +\fi \end{Example} Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass die Option \Option{DIV} @@ -650,12 +662,12 @@ werden. Wird\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} die Option per \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} nach dem Laden des Pakets geändert, so werden Satzspiegel und Rändern automatisch neu berechnet. -\iffree{\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{classic}}}{}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{calc}}% \iffree{\begin{Declaration} \OptionValue{DIV}{calc}\\ \OptionValue{DIV}{classic} \end{Declaration}}{}% +\iffree{\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{classic}}}{}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{calc}}% Wie\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} bereits in \autoref{sec:typearea.divConstruction} erwähnt, gibt es nur für das Papierformat A4 feste Voreinstellungen für den \Var{DIV}-Wert. Diese sind @@ -730,12 +742,12 @@ und Rändern automatisch neu berechnet.}% \EndIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{calc}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{current}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{last}}% \iffree{\begin{Declaration} \OptionValue{DIV}{current}\\ \OptionValue{DIV}{last} \end{Declaration}}{}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{current}}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{last}}% Wenn\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} Sie bis hier die Beispiele aufmerksam verfolgt haben, wissen Sie eigentlich bereits, wie man die Berechnung eines \Var{DIV}-Wertes in Abhängigkeit von der gewählten Schrift erreicht, wenn eine @@ -790,6 +802,7 @@ Berechnung verwendet wird. \usepackage{bookman} \KOMAoptions{DIV=last} \end{lstcode} + \iffree{}{\clearpage}% Umbruchoptimierung Wird später entschieden, dass ein anderer \Var{DIV}-Wert verwendet werden soll, so muss nur die Einstellung im optionalen Argument von \Macro{documentclass} geändert werden. @@ -917,13 +930,13 @@ automatische Neuberechnung von Satzspiegel und Rändern auslösen.% \EndIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PName{Wert}} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{typearea}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{recalctypearea}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{typearea}\OParameter{BCOR}\Parameter{DIV}\\ \Macro{recalctypearea} \end{Declaration}% \begin{Explain} +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{typearea}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{recalctypearea}% Wird die Option \Option{DIV} oder die Option \Option{BCOR} nach dem Laden des Pakets \Package{typearea} gesetzt, so wird intern die Anweisung \Macro{typearea} aufgerufen. Dabei wird beim Setzen der Option \Option{DIV} @@ -994,16 +1007,18 @@ die abkürzende Anweisung \EndIndex{Cmd}{typearea} -\BeginIndex{Option}{twoside~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \iffree{% -\BeginIndex{Option}{twoside~=\PValue{semi}}% -\begin{Declaration} - \KOption{twoside}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\\ - \OptionValue{twoside}{semi} -\end{Declaration}}{% -\begin{Declaration} - \KOption{twoside}\PName{Wert} -\end{Declaration}}% + \begin{Declaration} + \KOption{twoside}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\\ + \OptionValue{twoside}{semi} + \end{Declaration}% + \BeginIndex{Option}{twoside~=\PValue{semi}}% +}{% + \begin{Declaration} + \KOption{twoside}\PName{Wert} + \end{Declaration}% +}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{twoside~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% Wie in \autoref{sec:typearea.basics} erklärt, hängt die Randverteilung davon ab, ob ein Dokument ein- oder zweiseitig gesetzt werden soll. Bei einseitigem Satz sind der linke und rechte Rand gleich @@ -1076,10 +1091,10 @@ ungerade Seite umbrochen.% \EndIndex{Option}{twoside~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}} -\BeginIndex{Option}{twocolumn~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{twocolumn}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} -\end{Declaration} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{twocolumn~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% Für die Berechnung eines guten Satzspiegels mit Hilfe von \OptionValue{DIV}{calc} ist es erforderlich zu wissen, ob das Dokument ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt wird. Da die Betrachtungen zur Zeilenlänge aus @@ -1087,7 +1102,7 @@ oder zweispaltig gesetzt wird. Da die Betrachtungen zur Zeilenlänge aus Satzspiegel in doppelspaltigen Dokumenten bis zu doppelt so breit sein wie in einspaltigen Dokumenten. -Um diese Unterscheidung vornehmen zu können, muss \Package{typearea} mit der +Um diese Unterscheidung vornehmen zu können, muss \Package{typearea} mit Option \Option{twocolumn} mitgeteilt werden, ob das Dokument doppelspaltig gesetzt wird. Als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} kann dabei einer der Standardwerte für einfache Schalter aus \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} verwendet werden. Wird die @@ -1097,16 +1112,12 @@ doppelspaltiger Satz verwendet. Ein Deaktivieren der Option führt wieder zum voreingestellten, einspaltigen Satz. -Die Option kann % -\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur -wahlweise -\fi % -als Klassenoption bei \Macro{documentclass}, als -Paketoption bei \Macro{usepackage} oder auch nach dem Laden von -\Package{typearea} per \Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} gesetzt -werden. Eine Verwendung dieser Option nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} -führt\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} automatisch zur -Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mittels \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe +Die Option kann als Klassenoption bei \Macro{documentclass}, als Paketoption +bei \Macro{usepackage} oder auch nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} per +\Macro{KOMAoptions} oder \Macro{KOMAoption} gesetzt werden. Eine Verwendung +dieser Option nach dem Laden von \Package{typearea} +führt\textnote{automatische Neuberechnung} automatisch zur Neuberechnung des +Satzspiegels mittels \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}).% % \EndIndex{Option}{twocolumn~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}} @@ -1121,9 +1132,9 @@ Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mittels \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \begin{Explain}% Bisher wurde zwar erklärt, wie die Satzspiegelkonstruktion\Index{Satzspiegel} funktioniert und in welchem - Verhältnis die Ränder\Index{Rand} zueinander und der Textkörper zur Seite - steht, aber eine entscheidende Frage blieb ausgeklammert: Was ist denn - eigentlich unter dem Rand zu verstehen? + Verhältnis einerseits die Ränder\Index{Rand} zueinander stehen, andererseits + der Textkörper zur Seite steht, aber eine entscheidende Frage blieb + ausgeklammert: Was genau ist \emph{der Rand}? Auf den ersten Blick wirkt diese Frage trivial: Der Rand ist der Teil der Seite, der oben, unten, links und rechts frei bleibt. Doch das ist nur die @@ -1137,12 +1148,14 @@ Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mittels \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe nicht einfach zu beantworten. Eindeutig ist, dass ein leerer Fuß und ein leerer Kopf zum Rand zu rechnen sind. Schließlich können sie nicht vom restlichen Rand unterschieden werden. Ein Fuß, der nur die - Paginierung\Index[indexmain]{Paginierung}\footnote{Unter der Paginierung - versteht man die Angabe der Seitenzahl, wahlweise innerhalb oder außerhalb - des Satzspiegels, meist im Kopf oder Fuß der Seite.} enthält, wirkt - optisch ebenfalls eher wie Rand und sollte deshalb zu diesem gerechnet - werden. Für die optische Wirkung ist dabei unwesentlich, ob der Fuß beim - Lesen oder Überfliegen leicht als Fuß erkannt werden kann oder + Paginierung\Index{Paginierung}\textnote{Paginierung} + \iffalse % Beseitigung von Fußnoten + \unskip\footnote{Unter der Paginierung versteht man die Angabe der + Seitenzahl, wahlweise innerhalb oder außerhalb des Satzspiegels, meist im + Kopf oder Fuß der Seite.} % + \fi enthält, wirkt optisch ebenfalls eher wie Rand und sollte deshalb zu + diesem gerechnet werden. Für die optische Wirkung ist dabei unwesentlich, ob + der Fuß beim Lesen oder Überfliegen leicht als Fuß erkannt werden kann oder nicht. Entscheidend ist, wie eine wohlgefüllte Seite bei \emph{unscharfer Betrachtung} wirkt. Dazu bedient man sich beispielsweise seiner altersweitsichtigen Großeltern, denen man die Brille stibitzt und dann die @@ -1155,26 +1168,25 @@ Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels mittels \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe wie ein etwas abgesetzter Teil des Textkörpers. Bei der Berechnung des Satzspiegels sollte das berücksichtigt werden. - Bei der Kopfzeile sieht es noch schwieriger aus. In der Kopfzeile - wird häufig der - Kolumnentitel\Index[indexmain]{Kolumnentitel}\footnote{Unter dem - Kolumnentitel versteht man in der Regel die Wiederholung einer - Überschrift mit Titelcharakter. Er steht häufig im Seitenkopf, - seltener im Seitenfuß.} gesetzt. Arbeitet man mit einem - lebenden Kolumnentitel, also der Wiederholung der ersten bzw. - zweiten Gliederungsebene in der Kopfzeile, und hat gleichzeitig sehr - lange Überschriften, so erhält man automatisch sehr lange - Kopfzeilen. In diesem Fall wirkt der Kopf wiederum wie ein - abgesetzter Teil des Textkörpers und weniger wie leerer Rand. - Verstärkt wird dieser Effekt noch, wenn neben dem Kolumnentitel auch - die Paginierung im Kopf erfolgt. Dadurch erhält man einen links und - rechts abgeschlossenen Bereich, der kaum noch als leerer Rand wirkt. - Schwieriger ist es bei Paginierung im Fuß und Überschriften, deren - Länge sehr stark schwankt. Hier kann der Kopf der einen Seite wie - Textkörper wirken, der Kopf der anderen Seite jedoch eher wie Rand. - Keinesfalls sollte man die Seiten jedoch unterschiedlich behandeln. - Das würde zu vertikal springenden Köpfen führen und ist nicht einmal - für ein Daumenkino geeignet. Ich rate in diesem Fall dazu, den Kopf + Bei der Kopfzeile sieht es noch schwieriger aus. In der Kopfzeile wird + häufig der Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel}\textnote{Kolumnentitel} + \iffalse% Beseitigung von Fußnoten + \unskip\footnote{Unter dem Kolumnentitel versteht man in der Regel die + Wiederholung einer Überschrift mit Titelcharakter. Er steht häufig im + Seitenkopf, seltener im Seitenfuß.} % + \fi gesetzt. Arbeitet man mit einem lebenden Kolumnentitel, also der + Wiederholung der ersten bzw. zweiten Gliederungsebene in der Kopfzeile, und + hat gleichzeitig sehr lange Überschriften, so erhält man automatisch sehr + lange Kopfzeilen. In diesem Fall wirkt der Kopf wiederum wie ein abgesetzter + Teil des Textkörpers und weniger wie leerer Rand. Verstärkt wird dieser + Effekt noch, wenn neben dem Kolumnentitel auch die Paginierung im Kopf + erfolgt. Dadurch erhält man einen links und rechts abgeschlossenen Bereich, + der kaum noch als leerer Rand wirkt. Schwieriger ist es bei Paginierung im + Fuß und Überschriften, deren Länge sehr stark schwankt. Hier kann der Kopf + der einen Seite wie Textkörper wirken, der Kopf der anderen Seite jedoch + eher wie Rand. Keinesfalls sollte man die Seiten jedoch unterschiedlich + behandeln. Das würde zu vertikal springenden Köpfen führen und ist nicht + einmal für ein Daumenkino geeignet. Ich rate in diesem Fall dazu, den Kopf zum Textkörper zu rechnen. Ganz einfach fällt die Entscheidung, wenn Kopf oder Fuß durch @@ -1193,10 +1205,11 @@ werden muss, nicht selbst. Stattdessen kann mit den Optionen \Option{headinclude} und \Option{footinclude} eingestellt werden, ob der Kopf und der Fuß zum Textkörper gerechnet werden sollen. Die Optionen verstehen dabei als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} die -Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} -angegeben sind. Man kann die Optionen auch ohne Wertzuweisung verwenden. In -diesem Fall wird \PValue{true} als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} verwendet, also der -Kopf oder Fuß zum Satzspiegel gerechnet. +Standardwerte für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, +\autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Man kann die Optionen auch +ohne Wertzuweisung verwenden. In diesem Fall wird \PValue{true} als +\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} verwendet, also der Kopf oder Fuß zum Satzspiegel +gerechnet. Wenn Sie unsicher sind, was die richtige Einstellung ist, lesen Sie bitte obige Erläuterungen. Voreingestellt sind normalerweise @@ -1204,7 +1217,7 @@ obige Erläuterungen. Voreingestellt sind normalerweise \OptionValue{footinclude}{false}. Dies kann sich jedoch bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen je nach Klassenoption oder bei Verwendung anderer \KOMAScript-Pakete generell ändern (siehe \autoref{sec:maincls.options} und -\iffree{\autoref{cha:scrpage} oder }{}\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). +\autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}). Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Optionen bei Verwendung einer der \KOMAScript-Klassen als Klassenoptionen oder per @@ -1223,19 +1236,20 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \EndIndex{Option}{footinclude~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{mpinclude~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{mpinclude}\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} \end{Declaration} +\BeginIndex{Option}{mpinclude~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% Neben\ChangedAt{v2.8q}{\Class{scrbook}\and \Class{scrreprt}\and \Class{scrartcl}} Dokumenten, bei denen der Kopf und der Fuß der Seite eher zum Textbereich als zum Rand gehört, gibt es auch Dokumente, bei denen dies für Randnotizen zutrifft. Mit der Option \Option{mpinclude} kann genau dies erreicht werden. Die Option versteht dabei als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} die Standardwerte -für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben -sind. Man kann die Option auch ohne Wertzuweisung verwenden. In diesem Fall -wird \PValue{true} als \PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} verwendet. +für einfache Schalter, die in \autoref{tab:truefalseswitch}, +\autopageref{tab:truefalseswitch} angegeben sind. Man kann die Option auch +ohne Wertzuweisung verwenden. In diesem Fall wird \PValue{true} als +\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert} verwendet. Der Effekt von \OptionValue{mpinclude}{true}\important{\OptionValue{mpinclude}{true}} ist, @@ -1298,13 +1312,13 @@ bleiben. Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Option bei Verwendung einer der \KOMAScript-Klassen als Klassenoption oder per -\Macro{KOMAoptions} beziehungsweise \Macro{KOMAoption} nach dem Laden der +\Macro{KOMAoptions} beziehungsweise oder \Macro{KOMAoption} nach dem Laden der Klasse übergeben werden muss. Eine Änderung dieser Option nach dem Laden von -\Package{typearea} führt nicht\textnote{keine automatische - Neuberechnung} zu einer automatischen Neuberechnung des -Satzspiegels. Vielmehr wirkt sich die Änderung erst bei der nächsten -Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels aus. Zur Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe -Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe +\Package{typearea} führt nicht\textnote{keine automatische Neuberechnung} zu +einer automatischen Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels. Vielmehr wirkt sich die +Änderung erst bei der nächsten Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels aus. Zur +Neuberechnung des Satzspiegels siehe Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten +\PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.option.DIV.last}) oder die Anweisung \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}).% @@ -1312,12 +1326,13 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \EndIndex{Option}{mpinclude~=\PName{Ein-Aus-Wert}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headlines~=\PName{Anzahl}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{headheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{headlines}\PName{Zeilenanzahl}\\ \KOption{headheight}\PName{Höhe} \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headlines~=\PName{Anzahl}}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% +\BeginIndex{}{Kopf>Hoehe=Höhe}% Es ist nun also bekannt, wie man Satzspiegel mit dem \Package{typearea}-Paket berechnet und wie man dabei angibt, ob der Kopf oder Fuß zum Textkörper oder zum Rand gehört. Insbesondere für den Kopf fehlt aber noch die Angabe, wie @@ -1353,8 +1368,7 @@ Erfordernissen anpassen. \documentclass[headlines=2.1]{scrartcl} \end{lstcode} Befehle, mit denen dann der Inhalt der zweizeiligen Kopfzeile definiert - werden kann, sind in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage}\iffree{oder - \autoref{cha:scrpage}}{} zu finden. + werden kann, sind in \autoref{cha:scrlayer-scrpage} zu finden. \end{Example} In einigen Fällen ist es nützlich, wenn man die Kopfhöhe nicht in Zeilen, @@ -1363,9 +1377,10 @@ verwendbaren Option \Option{headheight}\important{\Option{headheight}} möglich. Als \PName{Höhe} sind alle Längen und Größen verwendbar, die \LaTeX{} kennt. Es ist jedoch zu beachten, dass bei Verwendung einer \LaTeX-Länge wie \Length{baselineskip} nicht deren Größe zum Zeitpunkt des Setzens der Option, -sondern zum Zeitpunkt der Berechnung des Satzspiegels und der Rändern +sondern zum Zeitpunkt der Berechnung des Satzspiegels und der Ränder entscheidend ist. +\iffree{}{\pagebreak}% Umbruchoptimierung!!! Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Optionen bei Verwendung einer der \KOMAScript-Klassen als Klassenoptionen oder per \Macro{KOMAoptions} beziehungsweise \Macro{KOMAoption} nach dem Laden der @@ -1379,17 +1394,19 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}).% % +\EndIndex{}{Kopf>Hoehe=Höhe}% \EndIndex{Option}{headheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% \EndIndex{Option}{headlines~=\PName{Anzahl}} -\BeginIndex{Option}{footlines~=\PName{Anzahl}}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{footheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% \begin{Declaration} \KOption{footlines}\PName{Zeilenanzahl}\\ \KOption{footheight}\PName{Höhe} \end{Declaration}% -Ebenso wie für den Kopf fehlt aber noch die Angabe, wie hoch der Fuß sein +\BeginIndex{Option}{footlines~=\PName{Anzahl}}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{footheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% +\BeginIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}% +Wie schon für den Kopf fehlt aber noch die Angabe, wie hoch der Fuß sein soll. Hierzu dienen die Optionen \Option{footlines} und \Option{footheight}\ChangedAt{v3.12}{\Package{typearea}}. Allerdings ist die Höhe des Fußes im Gegensatz zur Höhe des Kopfes keine Länge des \LaTeX-Kerns @@ -1398,10 +1415,10 @@ selbst. Daher definiert \Package{typearea} zur Einführung eine neue Länge existiert. Ob diese dann auch beispielsweise von Klassen und Paketen für die Gestaltung von Kopf und Fuß verwendet wird, hängt von den verwendeten Klassen und Paketen ab. Das \KOMAScript-Paket \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} -berücksichtigt\iffree{ im Gegensatz zu \Package{scrpage2}}{} +berücksichtigt \Length{footheight} und arbeitet somit aktiv mit \Package{typearea} zusammen. Die \KOMAScript-Klassen berücksichtigen \Length{footheight} hingegen -nicht, da sie ohne Paketunterstützung nur Seitenstile mit einzeilige +nicht, da sie ohne Paketunterstützung nur Seitenstile mit einzeiligen Seitenfüßen anbieten. Die Option \Option{footlines}\important{\Option{footlines}} setzt man @@ -1445,7 +1462,7 @@ verwendbaren Option \Option{footheight}\important{\Option{footheight}} möglich. Als \PName{Höhe} sind alle Längen und Größen verwendbar, die \LaTeX{} kennt. Es ist jedoch zu beachten, dass bei Verwendung einer \LaTeX-Länge wie \Length{baselineskip} nicht deren Größe zum Zeitpunkt des Setzens der Option, -sondern zum Zeitpunkt der Berechnung des Satzspiegels und der Rändern +sondern zum Zeitpunkt der Berechnung des Satzspiegels und der Ränder entscheidend ist. Bitte beachten Sie unbedingt\textnote{Achtung!}, dass diese Optionen bei @@ -1461,14 +1478,15 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \Macro{recalctypearea} (siehe \autopageref{desc:typearea.cmd.recalctypearea}).% % +\BeginIndex{}{Fuss=Fuß>Hoehe=Höhe}% \EndIndex{Option}{footheight~=\PName{Höhe}}% \EndIndex{Option}{footlines~=\PName{Anzahl}} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{areaset}% \begin{Declaration} \Macro{areaset}\OParameter{BCOR}\Parameter{Breite}\Parameter{Höhe} \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{areaset}% Bis hier wurde nun eine Menge darüber erzählt, wie man einen guten Satzspiegel\Index{Satzspiegel} für Standardanwendungen erstellt und wie das \Package{typearea}-Paket dem Anwender diese Arbeit erleichtert, ihm aber @@ -1529,10 +1547,10 @@ unberücksichtigt! \EndIndex{Cmd}{areaset}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{areaset}}% \begin{Declaration} \OptionValue{DIV}{areaset} \end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{areaset}}% In\ChangedAt{v3.00}{\Package{typearea}} seltenen Fällen ist es nützlich, wenn man den aktuell eingestellten Satzspiegel neu ausrichten lassen kann. Dies ist mit der Option @@ -1548,7 +1566,7 @@ wurde.% % \EndIndex{Option}{DIV~=\PValue{areaset}}% -\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext: Alternativen +\iftrue% Umbruchkorrekturtext: Alternativen Wenn Sie konkrete Vorgaben bezüglich der Ränder zu erfüllen haben, ist \Package{typearea} nicht geeignet. In diesem Fall ist die Verwendung des Paketes @@ -1717,9 +1735,9 @@ Option \Option{DIV} mit den Werten \PValue{last} oder \PValue{current} (siehe \end{Explain} Mit der Option \Option{pagesize} kann eingestellt werden, für welchen Ausgabetreiber die Papiergröße in das Ausgabedokument geschrieben wird. Die -unterstützten Ausgabetreiber sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} auf -\autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt ist -\OptionValue{pagesize}{false}. Die Verwendung der Option in der Form +unterstützten Ausgabetreiber sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} \iffalse +auf \autopageref{tab:typearea.outputdriver}\fi zu entnehmen. Voreingestellt +ist \OptionValue{pagesize}{false}. Die Verwendung der Option in der Form \Option{pagesize}\IndexOption{pagesize} ohne Angabe eines Wertes entspricht \OptionValue{pagesize}{auto}. % @@ -1759,7 +1777,7 @@ unterstützten Ausgabetreiber sind \autoref{tab:typearea.outputdriver} auf erfolgen daher auf eigene Gefahr!\IndexOption{pagesize~=\PValue{dvips}}}% \pventry{pdftex}{Die Papiergröße wird über die pdf\TeX-spezifischen Register \Macro{pdfpagewidth}\IndexLength{pdfpagewidth} und - \Macro{pdfpageheight}\IndexLength{pdfpageheight} in gesetzt. Dies ist + \Macro{pdfpageheight}\IndexLength{pdfpageheight} gesetzt. Dies ist auch jederzeit innerhalb des Dokuments problemlos möglich.\IndexOption{pagesize~=\PValue{pdftex}}}% \end{desctabular} @@ -1831,10 +1849,15 @@ großzügig angelegt. Oft sind die typografisch mehr als fragwürdigen Satzvorschriften mit {\LaTeX} auch außerordentlich schwierig umzusetzen. So kann eine feste Anzahl von »Anschlägen« nur dann eingehalten werden, wenn keine proportionale Schrift -verwendet wird. Es gibt nur wenige gute nichtproportionale Schriften. Kaum -ein Text, der mit einer derartigen Schrift gesetzt ist, wirkt wirklich gut. So -wird häufig versucht, durch ausladende Serifen beispielsweise beim kleinen »i« -oder »l« die unterschiedliche Breite der Zeichen auszugleichen. Dies kann +verwendet wird. Es gibt nur wenige gute nichtproportionale Schriften. +\iffalse % Umbruchkorrektur +Kaum ein Text, der mit einer derartigen Schrift gesetzt ist, wirkt wirklich +gut. So wird häufig % +\else +Häufig wird % +\fi % +versucht, durch ausladende Serifen beispielsweise beim kleinen +»i« oder »l« die unterschiedliche Breite der Zeichen auszugleichen. Dies kann nicht funktionieren. Im Ergebnis wirkt der Text unruhig und zerrissen. Außerdem verträgt sich eine solche Schrift kaum mit dem im deutschen Sprachraum üblichen und allgemein vorzuziehenden Blocksatz. Gewisse diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/plength.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/plength.dtx index 3c32b265094..1898e3aaa3f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/plength.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/plength.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse % ====================================================================== % plength.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % plength.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ % %<*driver> % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesFile{plength.drv}[2010/02/09 plength MetaPost graphics] +\ProvidesFile{plength.drv}[2014/02/28 plength MetaPost graphics] \documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{ngerman} +\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} \begin{document} \DocInput{plength.dtx} @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ verbatimtex %LATEX \documentclass[8pt]{scrartcl} \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage{ngerman} +\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \IfFileExists{scrnonfree.tex}{% \usepackage{charter}% @@ -313,14 +313,14 @@ begingroup description[13]=btex \descr{}\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}Absender-\\ergänzung\end{tabular} etex; %</terms> %<*!terms> - description[1]=btex \Multi{\Macro{firsthead}\Parameter{Definition}\\ + description[1]=btex \Multi{\Variable{firsthead}\\ \Variable{fromname}\and \Variable{fromaddress}\and \Variable{fromphone}\and \Variable{fromfax}\and \Variable{fromemail}\and \Variable{fromurl}} etex; - description[2]=btex \Macro{firstfoot}\Parameter{Definition} etex; + description[2]=btex \Variable{firstfoot} etex; description[3]=btex \Variable{backaddress} etex; description[4]=btex \Variable{specialmail} etex; description[5]=btex \Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter}\Parameter{Name und Adresse} etex; @@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ begingroup description[13]=btex \descr{}\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}supplemental\\data\end{tabular} etex; %</terms> %<*!terms> - description[1]=btex \Multi{\Macro{firsthead}\Parameter{definition}\\ + description[1]=btex \Multi{\Variable{firsthead}\\ \Variable{fromname}\and \Variable{fromaddress}\and \Variable{fromphone}\and \Variable{fromfax}\and \Variable{fromemail}\and \Variable{fromurl}} etex; - description[2]=btex \Macro{firstfoot}\Parameter{definition} etex; + description[2]=btex \Variable{firstfoot} etex; description[3]=btex \Variable{backaddress} etex; description[4]=btex \Variable{specialmail} etex; description[5]=btex \Macro{begin}\PParameter{letter}\Parameter{addressee} etex; diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scraddr.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scraddr.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scraddr.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrartcl.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrartcl.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrartcl.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbase.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbase.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbase.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbook.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbook.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrbook.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrdate.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrdate.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrdate.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrextend.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrextend.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrextend.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls index e4d540c3ffb..bfa3dbd3604 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.cls @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrguide.cls -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrguide.cls -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2005-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ % \section{Identification} % % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2013/10/13 v1.7c internal KOMA-Script guide class] +\ProvidesClass{scrguide}[2014/03/18 v1.7e internal KOMA-Script guide class] % \end{macrocode} % % @@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ \newcommand*{\@KOMAProvidesFile}{} \def\@KOMAProvidesFile#1[$#2: #3-#4-#5 #6$#7]{% \ifstr{#2}{Date}{% - \ProvidesFile{#1}[#3/#4/#5 #6 #7]\relax + \ProvidesFile{#1}[#3/#4/#5 \detokenize{#6 #7}]\relax }{% \ClassError{scrguide}{missmatch repository date string}{% It seams, that you haven't used $% Date: YYYY-MM-DD $ for the date of \string\KOMAProvidesFile.}% - \ProvidesFile{#1}[$#2: #3/#4/#5 #6$#7]\relax + \ProvidesFile{#1}[$#2: #3/#4/#5 \detokenize{#6}$\detokenize{#7}]\relax }% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1261,16 +1261,18 @@ style=basics,% language=[LaTeX]TeX,% moretexcs={% - @auxout, @currext, @empty, @float, @ifpackagelater, @ifundefined, + @auxout, @currext, @dottedtocline, @empty, @float, @ifpackagelater, + @ifundefined, @rightmark, @secondoftwo, @tempswafalse,@tempswatrue, @undefined, AtBeginDocument,AtEndDocument, appendix, ClassWarningNoLine,CurrentOption, + color, DeclareOption,DeclareRobustCommand,dimexpr, end@float, ExecuteOptions, if@filesw,if@tempswa,if@twoside, includegraphics, MessageBreak, onehalfspacing, PackageError,PackageInfo,PackageWarning,PassOptionsToPackage, ProcessOptions,protected@write,ProvidesFile,ProvidesPackage, RequirePackage,RequirePackageWithOptions,setkey,setlength, - SelectInputMappings, + SelectInputMappings,setkeys, textsuperscript}% } \lstdefinestyle{output}{% style=basics,breaklines,prebreak=\mbox{$\hookleftarrow$}% @@ -1278,10 +1280,13 @@ style=code,% moretexcs={% @addtoplength,@setplength,@newplength, activateareas, - addchap,addrentry,Address,addcontentslinetoeachtocfile,addsec, + addchap,addrentry,Address,addcontentslinetoeachtocfile, + addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile,addsec, addtoeachtocfile, addtokomafont,addtolengthplength,addtoreffields,addtotoclist, - adrchar,adrentry,AfterBibliographyPreamble,AfterCalculatingTypearea, + adrchar,adrentry, + AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle,AddLayersToPageStyle, + AfterBibliographyPreamble,AfterCalculatingTypearea, AfterFile,AfterPackage,AfterStartingTOC,AfterTOCHead, appendixmore,appendixname,areaset,autodot,automark,AtAddToTocList, AtBeginLetter, @@ -1291,45 +1296,59 @@ captionof,cefoot,cfoot,chapapp, chapappifchapterprefix, chapter,chapterformat,chaptermarkformat,chapterpagestyle,chead, cleardoubleevenemptypage,clearscrheadfoot,closing,cofoot,Comment, + DeclareLayer,DeclareNewNoteColumn,DeclareNewPageStyleAlias, DeclareNewTOC, - dedication,deffootnote,deffootnotemark,DefineFamily,DefineFamilyKey, - DefineFamilyMember,defpagestyle,deftripstyle, + dedication,defcaptionname,deffootnote,deffootnotemark, + DefineFamily,DefineFamilyKey, + DefineFamilyMember,DestroyLayer,defpagestyle,deftripstyle, dictum,dictumauthorformat,dictumrule,dictumwidth,doforeachtocfile, - encl,extratitle, FamilyBoolKey,FamilyExecuteOptions,FamilyNumericalKey,% + ellipsispar, + encl,extratitle,FamilyBoolKey,FamilyExecuteOptions, + FamilyKeyState,FamilyKeyStateUnknown,FamilyKeyStateProcessed, + FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue,FamilyKeyStateNeedValue, + FamilyNumericalKey,% FamilyOption,FamilyOptions,FamilyProcessOptions,FamilySetBool, + FamilyStringKey, figureformat,figurename,firstfoot,firsthead,FirstName,footfont,footref, + ForEachLayerOfPageStyle, FreeI,FreeII,FreeIII,FreeIV, GenericMarkFormat, headfont,headmark, + ifundefinedorrelax, ifattoclist,ifoot,ihead,ifkomavarempty,ifstr,ifthispageodd,InputAddressFile, KOMAoption,KOMAoptions,KOMAScript, l@addto@macro, - LastName,lefoot,lehead,LetterOptionNeedsPapersize,lipsum,listoffigures, + LastName,layerwidth,layerheight,lefoot,lehead,LetterOptionNeedsPapersize, + lipsum,listoffigures, listoftables,listoftoc,LoadLetterOption,lofoot,lohead,lowertitleback, - MakeMarkcase,maketitle,manualmark,marginline,minisec, + MakeMarkcase,makenote,maketitle,manualmark,marginline,minisec, multfootsep,multiplefootnoteseparator, Name,nameday,newbibstyle,newcaptionname,newkomavar,nexthead, ofoot,ohead,opening,othersectionlevelsformat, - p@section,pagemark,Paragraph,parformat,parname,parshortname, + p@section,pagemark,Paragraph,parellipsis,parformat,parname,parshortname, part,partformat,partname,partpagestyle,pnumfont, - PreventPackageFromLoading,publishers,ps, + PreventPackageFromLoading,providecaptionname,publishers,ps, raggedsection,raggedpart,raggedsignature,recalctypearea, refL,refS,refN,refoot, refParagraph,refParagraphN,refPar,refParL,refParS,refParN, refSentence,refSentenceL,refSentenceS,refSentenceN,rehead, - removereffields,ReplaceInput,ReplacePackage,ResetPreventPackageFromLoading, + removereffields,renewcaptionname, + RedeclarePageStyleAlias, + ReplaceInput,ReplacePackage,ResetPreventPackageFromLoading, rohead, sectionmarkformat,Sentence,sentencename,sentenceshortname, setbibpreamble,setcapindent,setcapwidth, setchapterpreamble,setfootbotline,setfootsepline,setfootwidth, setheadsepline,setheadtopline,setheadwidth,setindexpreamble,setkomafont, setkomavar,setlengthtoplength,setparsizes,setpartpreamble,setuptoc, showfields,showenvelope,showISOenvelope,showUScommercial,showUScheck, - StorePreventPackageFromLoading, - subject,SubParagraph,subsectionmarkformat,subtitle, + storeareas,StorePreventPackageFromLoading, + subject,SubParagraph,subsectionmarkformat,subtitle,syncwithnotecolumn, tableformat,tablename,tableofcontents,textsubscript,thechapter,thefigure, thefootnotemark,thepar,thepart,thesection,thesentence,thesubsection, thetable,thistime, - titlehead,tocbasic@extend@babel,TOCclone,todaysname,typearea, unitfactor, - unsettoc,usekomafont,useplength,usekomavar,uppertitleback }% + titlehead,tocbasic@extend@babel,TOCclone,todaysname,typearea,% + UnPreventPackageFromLoading,unitfactor, + unsettoc,usekomafont,useplength,usekomavar,uppertitleback% +}% } \lstset{style=basics} \lstnewenvironment{lstoutput}[1][]{% \lstset{style=output,basicstyle=\ttfamily\small,#1}% }{} \lstnewenvironment{lstcode}[1][]{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09b95ebd9b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.html @@ -0,0 +1,820 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"> +<html> +<head><title>Index</title> +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> +</head> +<body> +<h1>Index der KOMA-Script-Anleitung</h1> +<p>Dies ist ein Index der in KOMA-Script definierten Elemente. Dieser Index bezieht sich auf die <a href="scrguide.pdf">KOMA-Script-Anleitung</a>. Zur besseren Ãœbersicht ist der Index in mehrere Funktionsgruppen unterteilt:</p> +<ul> +<li><a href="#option">Optionen</a></li><li><a href="#macro">Anweisungen</a></li><li><a href="#environment">Umgebungen</a></li><li><a href="#length">Längen</a></li><li><a href="#plength">Pseudolängen</a></li><li><a href="#variable">Variablen</a></li><li><a href="#pagestyle">Seitenstile</a></li><li><a href="#counter">Zähler</a></li><li><a href="#floatstyle">Stile für das float-Paket</a></li></ul> +<h2><a name="option">Optionen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">71</a></li> +<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">188</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">256</a></li> +<li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">94</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">374</a></li> +<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">351</a></li> +<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">188</a></li> +<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">145</a></li> +<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.captions">126</a></li> +<li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">97</a></li> +<li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">94</a></li> +<li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">85</a></li> +<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">245</a></li> +<li><a name="option.deactivatepagestylelayers"></a><a href="#option.deactivatepagestylelayers">deactivatepagestylelayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.deactivatepagestylelayers">345</a></li> +<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">348</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.draft">56</a></li> +<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">175</a></li> +<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">259</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">199</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">175</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">125</a></li> +<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">172</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">167</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">57</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">243</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">87</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">79</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">351</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">176</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">184</a></li> +<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">177</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headings">94</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">202</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">243</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">79</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">243</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">363</a></li> +<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">245</a></li> +<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.index">148</a></li> +<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">263</a></li> +<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">125</a></li> +<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.listof">140</a></li> +<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">191</a></li> +<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">237</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">97</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">192</a></li> +<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">245</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">344</a></li> +<li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.open">93</a></li> +<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">140</a></li> +<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">203</a></li> +<li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">50</a></li> +<li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.paper">49</a></li> +<li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">76</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">188</a></li> +<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">193</a></li> +<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">234</a></li> +<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">197</a></li> +<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">64</a></li> +<li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.option.toc">72</a></li> +<li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.option.version">33</a></li> +<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">406</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="macro">Anweisungen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkboth">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkdouble">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkleft">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.@mkright">355</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">393</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">377</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">304</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">159</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">159</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">287</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">\ClassInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ClassInfoNoLine">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">329</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">276</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">268</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">266</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">270</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">274</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">\FamilyUnknownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnknownKeyValue">275</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">349</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">347</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">253</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">379</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">32</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">32</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">310</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">348</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PackageInfoNoLine"></a><a href="#cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">\PackageInfoNoLine</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.PackageInfoNoLine">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">295</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">330</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">293</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">292</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">293</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">299</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">296</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">294</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">376</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">109</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">218</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">216</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">109</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">380</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">306</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">59</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">156</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">303</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">218</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">215</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">384</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">107</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">92</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">129</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">129</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">131</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">129</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">131</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">137</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">131</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsacadian">\captionsacadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsacadian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustralien">\captionsaustralien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustralien">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadian">\captionscanadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscanadien">\captionscanadien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscanadien">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsczech"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsczech">\captionsczech</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsczech">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrancais">\captionsfrancais</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrancais">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnewzealand">\captionsnewzealand</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnewzealand">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnswissgerman">\captionsnswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnswissgerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionspolish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionspolish">\captionspolish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionspolish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsslovak">\captionsslovak</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsslovak">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswissgerman">\captionsswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswissgerman">411</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">163</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">109</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">109</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">107</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">86</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">87</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">373</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">374</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">86</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">357</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">161</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateacadian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateacadian">\dateacadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateacadian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustralien"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustralien">\dateaustralien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustralien">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecanadian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadian">\datecanadian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecanadien"></a><a href="#cmd.datecanadien">\datecanadien</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecanadien">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateczech"></a><a href="#cmd.dateczech">\dateczech</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateczech">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrancais"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrancais">\datefrancais</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrancais">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenewzealand"></a><a href="#cmd.datenewzealand">\datenewzealand</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenewzealand">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datenswissgerman">\datenswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenswissgerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datepolish"></a><a href="#cmd.datepolish">\datepolish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datepolish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateslovak"></a><a href="#cmd.dateslovak">\dateslovak</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateslovak">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswissgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswissgerman">\dateswissgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswissgerman">412</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">70</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">90</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">90</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">311</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">359</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">32</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">305</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">165</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">66</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">137</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">88</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">88</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">88</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">92</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">155</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">155</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">79</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">116</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.l@addto@macro"></a><a href="#cmd.l@addto@macro">\l@addto@macro</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.l@addto@macro">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">116</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">116</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">116</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">116</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">338</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">337</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">143</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">143</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">70</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">92</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">65</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">234</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">144</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">144</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">240</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">205</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">240</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">104</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">88</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">88</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">386</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">381</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.nonumberline"></a><a href="#cmd.nonumberline">\nonumberline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.nonumberline">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">232</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">231</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">160</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">107</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">84</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">107</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">383</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">162</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">382</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">113</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">207</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">305</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">404</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">360</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">\renewpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyles">356</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">358</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">238</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">230</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">227</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">224</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">277</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">351</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">351</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">350</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">352</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">146</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">138</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">138</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">138</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">112</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">91</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">149</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">59</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">154</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">154</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">156</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">382</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">112</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">311</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">407</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">376</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">109</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">240</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">373</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">137</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tb@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@after@hook">\tb@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@after@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tb@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tb@@before@hook">\tb@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tb@@before@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">90</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">67</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">260</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">306</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">408</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">311</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">70</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">59</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">154</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">405</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">32</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">156</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">414</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">414</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="environment">Umgebungen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.abstract">71</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">123</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">123</a></li> +<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">133</a></li> +<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">136</a></li> +<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.description">118</a></li> +<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">117</a></li> +<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">116</a></li> +<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">119</a></li> +<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">159</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">122</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.quote">122</a></li> +<li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">65</a></li> +<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.env.verse">120</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="length">Längen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">221</a></li> +<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">221</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="plength">Pseudolängen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">403</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">396</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">400</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">399</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">402</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">401</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">395</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">398</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">398</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">397</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">398</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="variable">Variablen</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">163</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">193</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">199</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">186</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">177</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">200</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">184</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">177</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">191</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">205</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">207</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">197</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">197</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">196</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">188</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">194</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">188</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="pagestyle">Seitenstile</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="pagestyle.@everystyle@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everystyle@">@everystyle@</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everystyle@">343</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">203</a>, <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">343</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">203</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">203</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">203</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">223</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="counter">Zähler</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">111</a></li> +<li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.counter.tocdepth">75</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="floatstyle">Stile für das float-Paket</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">136</a></li> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --> <a href="scrguide.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">136</a></li> +</ul> +<p> +<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img +src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html40" +alt="Valid HTML 4.0 Strict" height="31" width="88"></a> +</p> +</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1425edf5c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a715354196 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.html @@ -0,0 +1,810 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN"> +<html> +<head><title>Index</title> +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> +</head> +<body> +<h1>Index of the KOMA-Script Guide</h1> +<p>This is an index of the elements defined at KOMA-Script. This index is related to the <a href="scrguien.pdf">KOMA-Script guide</a>. To improve the survey this index has serveral functional sections:</p> +<ul> +<li><a href="#option">Options</a></li><li><a href="#macro">Commands</a></li><li><a href="#environment">Environments</a></li><li><a href="#length">Lengths</a></li><li><a href="#plength">Pseudolengths</a></li><li><a href="#variable">Variables</a></li><li><a href="#pagestyle">Page Styles</a></li><li><a href="#counter">Counter</a></li><li><a href="#floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></li></ul> +<h2><a name="option">Options</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="option.BCOR"></a><a href="#option.BCOR">BCOR</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.BCOR">30</a></li> +<li><a name="option.DIV"></a><a href="#option.DIV">DIV</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.DIV">31</a></li> +<li><a name="option.abstract"></a><a href="#option.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.abstract">65</a></li> +<li><a name="option.addrfield"></a><a href="#option.addrfield">addrfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.addrfield">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVempty"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVempty">adrFreeIVempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVempty">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVshow"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVshow">adrFreeIVshow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVshow">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVstop"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVstop">adrFreeIVstop</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVstop">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.adrFreeIVwarn"></a><a href="#option.adrFreeIVwarn">adrFreeIVwarn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.option.adrFreeIVwarn">235</a></li> +<li><a name="option.appendixprefix"></a><a href="#option.appendixprefix">appendixprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.appendixprefix">85</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoclearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#option.autoclearnotecolumns">autoclearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.option.autoclearnotecolumns">336</a></li> +<li><a name="option.automark"></a><a href="#option.automark">automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.automark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autooneside"></a><a href="#option.autooneside">autooneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.autooneside">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.autoremoveinterfaces"></a><a href="#option.autoremoveinterfaces">autoremoveinterfaces</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.autoremoveinterfaces">319</a></li> +<li><a name="option.backaddress"></a><a href="#option.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.backaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.bibliography"></a><a href="#option.bibliography">bibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.bibliography">132</a></li> +<li><a name="option.captions"></a><a href="#option.captions">captions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.captions">114</a></li> +<li><a name="option.chapteratlists"></a><a href="#option.chapteratlists">chapteratlists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapteratlists">88</a></li> +<li><a name="option.chapterprefix"></a><a href="#option.chapterprefix">chapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.chapterprefix">85</a></li> +<li><a name="option.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#option.cleardoublepage">cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.cleardoublepage">77</a></li> +<li><a name="option.clines"></a><a href="#option.clines">clines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.clines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.draft"></a><a href="#option.draft">draft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.draft">316</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.draft">51</a></li> +<li><a name="option.enlargefirstpage"></a><a href="#option.enlargefirstpage">enlargefirstpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.enlargefirstpage">159</a></li> +<li><a name="option.extendedfeature"></a><a href="#option.extendedfeature">extendedfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.option.extendedfeature">238</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firstfoot"></a><a href="#option.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firstfoot">183</a></li> +<li><a name="option.firsthead"></a><a href="#option.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.firsthead">159</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fleqn"></a><a href="#option.fleqn">fleqn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fleqn">113</a></li> +<li><a name="option.foldmarks"></a><a href="#option.foldmarks">foldmarks</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.foldmarks">158</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fontsize"></a><a href="#option.fontsize">fontsize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fontsize">152</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.fontsize">52</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footbotline"></a><a href="#option.footbotline">footbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footbotline">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footheight"></a><a href="#option.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footheight">42</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footinclude"></a><a href="#option.footinclude">footinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footinclude">39</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footlines"></a><a href="#option.footlines">footlines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.footlines">42</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footnotes"></a><a href="#option.footnotes">footnotes</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footnotes">79</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footsepline"></a><a href="#option.footsepline">footsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.footsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footsepline">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.footsepline">72</a></li> +<li><a name="option.footwidth"></a><a href="#option.footwidth">footwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.footwidth">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.forceoverwrite"></a><a href="#option.forceoverwrite">forceoverwrite</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.forceoverwrite">319</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromalign"></a><a href="#option.fromalign">fromalign</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromalign">160</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromemail"></a><a href="#option.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromemail">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromfax"></a><a href="#option.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromfax">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromlogo"></a><a href="#option.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromlogo">169</a></li> +<li><a name="option.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#option.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.frommobilephone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromphone"></a><a href="#option.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromphone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromrule"></a><a href="#option.fromrule">fromrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromrule">160</a></li> +<li><a name="option.fromurl"></a><a href="#option.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.fromurl">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headheight"></a><a href="#option.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headheight">41</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headinclude"></a><a href="#option.headinclude">headinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headinclude">39</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headings"></a><a href="#option.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headings">86</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headlines"></a><a href="#option.headlines">headlines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.headlines">41</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headsepline"></a><a href="#option.headsepline">headsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.headsepline">186</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headsepline">223</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.headsepline">72</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headtopline"></a><a href="#option.headtopline">headtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headtopline">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.headwidth"></a><a href="#option.headwidth">headwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.headwidth">223</a></li> +<li><a name="option.hmode"></a><a href="#option.hmode">hmode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.option.hmode">326</a></li> +<li><a name="option.ilines"></a><a href="#option.ilines">ilines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.ilines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.index"></a><a href="#option.index">index</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.index">134</a></li> +<li><a name="option.internalonly"></a><a href="#option.internalonly">internalonly</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.option.internalonly">242</a></li> +<li><a name="option.komastyle"></a><a href="#option.komastyle">komastyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.komastyle">215</a></li> +<li><a name="option.leqno"></a><a href="#option.leqno">leqno</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.leqno">113</a></li> +<li><a name="option.listof"></a><a href="#option.listof">listof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.listof">127</a></li> +<li><a name="option.locfield"></a><a href="#option.locfield">locfield</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.locfield">175</a></li> +<li><a name="option.manualmark"></a><a href="#option.manualmark">manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.manualmark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="option.markcase"></a><a href="#option.markcase">markcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.markcase">218</a></li> +<li><a name="option.mpinclude"></a><a href="#option.mpinclude">mpinclude</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.mpinclude">40</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numbers"></a><a href="#option.numbers">numbers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.numbers">88</a></li> +<li><a name="option.numericaldate"></a><a href="#option.numericaldate">numericaldate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.numericaldate">177</a></li> +<li><a name="option.olines"></a><a href="#option.olines">olines</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.olines">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsbackground"></a><a href="#option.onpsbackground">onpsbackground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsbackground">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsevenpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsevenpage">onpsevenpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsevenpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsfloatpage">onpsfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsfloatpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsforeground"></a><a href="#option.onpsforeground">onpsforeground</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsforeground">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsinit"></a><a href="#option.onpsinit">onpsinit</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsinit">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsnonfloatpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsnonfloatpage">onpsnonfloatpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsnonfloatpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoddpage"></a><a href="#option.onpsoddpage">onpsoddpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoddpage">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsoneside"></a><a href="#option.onpsoneside">onpsoneside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsoneside">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpsselect"></a><a href="#option.onpsselect">onpsselect</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpsselect">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.onpstwoside"></a><a href="#option.onpstwoside">onpstwoside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.option.onpstwoside">312</a></li> +<li><a name="option.open"></a><a href="#option.open">open</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.open">84</a></li> +<li><a name="option.origlongtable"></a><a href="#option.origlongtable">origlongtable</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.origlongtable">127</a></li> +<li><a name="option.pagenumber"></a><a href="#option.pagenumber">pagenumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.pagenumber">187</a></li> +<li><a name="option.pagesize"></a><a href="#option.pagesize">pagesize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.pagesize">45</a></li> +<li><a name="option.paper"></a><a href="#option.paper">paper</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.paper">44</a></li> +<li><a name="option.parskip"></a><a href="#option.parskip">parskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.parskip">69</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootbotline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootbotline">plainfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootbotline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainfootsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainfootsepline">plainfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainfootsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadsepline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadsepline">plainheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.plainheadtopline"></a><a href="#option.plainheadtopline">plainheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.plainheadtopline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="option.priority"></a><a href="#option.priority">priority</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.priority">171</a></li> +<li><a name="option.refline"></a><a href="#option.refline">refline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.refline">178</a></li> +<li><a name="option.standardstyle"></a><a href="#option.standardstyle">standardstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.option.standardstyle">215</a></li> +<li><a name="option.subject"></a><a href="#option.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.subject">181</a></li> +<li><a name="option.symbolicnames"></a><a href="#option.symbolicnames">symbolicnames</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.option.symbolicnames">165</a></li> +<li><a name="option.titlepage"></a><a href="#option.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.titlepage">59</a></li> +<li><a name="option.toc"></a><a href="#option.toc">toc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.option.toc">66</a></li> +<li><a name="option.twocolumn"></a><a href="#option.twocolumn">twocolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twocolumn">38</a></li> +<li><a name="option.twoside"></a><a href="#option.twoside">twoside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.twoside">37</a></li> +<li><a name="option.version"></a><a href="#option.version">version</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.option.version">29</a></li> +<li><a name="option.visualize"></a><a href="#option.visualize">visualize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.option.visualize">366</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="macro">Commands</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="cmd.@addtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@addtoplength">\@addtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@addtoplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@fontsizefilebase"></a><a href="#cmd.@fontsizefilebase">\@fontsizefilebase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@fontsizefilebase">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkboth"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkboth">\@mkboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkboth">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkdouble"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkdouble">\@mkdouble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkdouble">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkleft"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkleft">\@mkleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkleft">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@mkright"></a><a href="#cmd.@mkright">\@mkright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.@mkright">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@newplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@newplength">\@newplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@newplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@openbib@code"></a><a href="#cmd.@openbib@code">\@openbib@code</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.@openbib@code">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.@setplength"></a><a href="#cmd.@setplength">\@setplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.@setplength">353</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">\AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">\AddLayersToPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AddToLayerPageStyleOptions">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Address"></a><a href="#cmd.Address">\Address</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Address">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">\AfterAtEndOfClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfClass">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">\AfterAtEndOfPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterAtEndOfPackage">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">\AfterBibliographyPreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AfterBibliographyPreamble">134</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">\AfterCalculatingTypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.AfterCalculatingTypearea">339</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass!">\AfterClass!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass!">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass*">\AfterClass*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass*">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass+">\AfterClass+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass+">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterClass"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterClass">\AfterClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterClass">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterFile"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterFile">\AfterFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterFile">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage!"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage!">\AfterPackage!</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage!">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage*"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage*">\AfterPackage*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage*">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage+"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage+">\AfterPackage+</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage+">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterPackage"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterPackage">\AfterPackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterPackage">265</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterReadingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">\AfterReadingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.AfterReadingMainAux">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.AfterSelectAnyPageStyle">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterStartingTOC">\AfterStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AfterTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.AfterTOCHead">\AfterTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AfterTOCHead">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtAddToTocList"></a><a href="#cmd.AtAddToTocList">\AtAddToTocList</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.AtAddToTocList">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtBeginLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtBeginLetter">\AtBeginLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtBeginLetter">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndBibliography">\AtEndBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.AtEndBibliography">134</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndLetter"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndLetter">\AtEndLetter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.AtEndLetter">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">\AtEndOfFamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.AtEndOfFamilyOptions">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClass"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClass">\BeforeClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClass">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">\BeforeClosingMainAux</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeClosingMainAux">267</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeFile"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeFile">\BeforeFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforeFile">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforePackage">\BeforePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.BeforePackage">264</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeStartingTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">\BeforeStartingTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeStartingTOC">284</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BeforeTOCHead"></a><a href="#cmd.BeforeTOCHead">\BeforeTOCHead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.BeforeTOCHead">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.BreakBibliography"></a><a href="#cmd.BreakBibliography">\BreakBibliography</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.BreakBibliography">133</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.ClassName">\ClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.ClassName">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Comment"></a><a href="#cmd.Comment">\Comment</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Comment">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareLayer">\DeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewLayer">\DeclareNewLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">\DeclareNewNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNewNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNewTOC"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNewTOC">\DeclareNewTOC</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.DeclareNewTOC">292</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">\DeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.DeclareNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">\DeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">\DeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclarePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth"></a><a href="#cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">\DeclareSectionNumberDepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DeclareSectionNumberDepth">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamily"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamily">\DefineFamily</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamily">243</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyKey"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyKey">\DefineFamilyKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyKey">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DefineFamilyMember"></a><a href="#cmd.DefineFamilyMember">\DefineFamilyMember</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.DefineFamilyMember">243</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyLayer">\DestroyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyLayer">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">\DestroyPageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyPageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.DestroyRealLayerPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyBoolKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyBoolKey">\FamilyBoolKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyBoolKey">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterKey">\FamilyCounterKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">\FamilyCounterMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyCounterMacroKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyElseValues"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyElseValues">\FamilyElseValues</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyElseValues">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">\FamilyExecuteOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyExecuteOptions">246</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyState"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyState">\FamilyKeyState</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyState">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">\FamilyKeyStateNeedValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateNeedValue">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">\FamilyKeyStateProcessed</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateProcessed">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">\FamilyKeyStateUnknown</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknown">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">\FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue">244</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthKey">\FamilyLengthKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">\FamilyLengthMacroKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyLengthMacroKey">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyNumericalKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">\FamilyNumericalKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyNumericalKey">249</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOption"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOption">\FamilyOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOption">247</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyOptions">\FamilyOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyOptions">246</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyProcessOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">\FamilyProcessOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyProcessOptions">245</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetBool"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetBool">\FamilySetBool</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetBool">248</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounter"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounter">\FamilySetCounter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounter">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">\FamilySetCounterMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetCounterMacro">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLength"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLength">\FamilySetLength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLength">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">\FamilySetLengthMacro</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetLengthMacro">251</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilySetNumerical"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilySetNumerical">\FamilySetNumerical</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilySetNumerical">249</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyStringKey"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyStringKey">\FamilyStringKey</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyStringKey">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue"></a><a href="#cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">\FamilyUnkownKeyValue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.FamilyUnkownKeyValue">252</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FirstName"></a><a href="#cmd.FirstName">\FirstName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FirstName">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ForEachLayerOfPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeI"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeI">\FreeI</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeI">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeII">\FreeII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeII">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIII"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIII">\FreeIII</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIII">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.FreeIV"></a><a href="#cmd.FreeIV">\FreeIV</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.FreeIV">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GenericMarkFormat"></a><a href="#cmd.GenericMarkFormat">\GenericMarkFormat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GenericMarkFormat">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.GetRealPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.GetRealPageStyle">\GetRealPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.GetRealPageStyle">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">\IfLayerAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerExists">\IfLayerExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerExists">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">\IfLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayerPageStyleExists">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">\IfLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfLayersAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists"></a><a href="#cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfRealLayerPageStyleExists">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle">315</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.InputAddressFile"></a><a href="#cmd.InputAddressFile">\InputAddressFile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.InputAddressFile">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAClassName"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAClassName">\KOMAClassName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.KOMAClassName">340</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScript"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScript">\KOMAScript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScript">261</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAScriptVersion"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">\KOMAScriptVersion</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.KOMAScriptVersion">261</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoption"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoption">\KOMAoption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoption">29</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.KOMAoptions"></a><a href="#cmd.KOMAoptions">\KOMAoptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.KOMAoptions">29</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LastName"></a><a href="#cmd.LastName">\LastName</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.LastName">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize"></a><a href="#cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.LetterOptionNeedsPapersize">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOption"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOption">\LoadLetterOption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOption">193</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.LoadLetterOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.LoadLetterOptions">\LoadLetterOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.LoadLetterOptions">193</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.MakeMarkcase"></a><a href="#cmd.MakeMarkcase">\MakeMarkcase</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.MakeMarkcase">285</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.MakeMarkcase">316</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayer">\ModifyLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions"></a><a href="#cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Name"></a><a href="#cmd.Name">\Name</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Name">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">\PreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading*">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">\PreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.PreventPackageFromLoading">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideLayer">\ProvideLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvideLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvideNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">\ProvideNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.ProvideNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">\ProvidePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">\ProvidePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.ProvidePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareLayer"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareLayer">\RedeclareLayer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclareLayer">302</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">\RedeclareNoteColumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.RedeclareNoteColumn">328</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">\RedeclarePageStyleAlias</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleAlias">309</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers"></a><a href="#cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RedeclarePageStyleByLayers">310</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.RemoveLayersFromPageStyle">313</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceClass">\ReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceClass">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplaceInput">\ReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplaceInput">268</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.ReplacePackage">\ReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ReplacePackage">269</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">\ResetPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.ResetPreventPackageFromLoading">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">\StorePreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.StorePreventPackageFromLoading">272</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.TOCclone"></a><a href="#cmd.TOCclone">\TOCclone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrwfile.cmd.TOCclone">275</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.Telephone"></a><a href="#cmd.Telephone">\Telephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scraddr.cmd.Telephone">233</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading*">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading"></a><a href="#cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">\UnPreventPackageFromLoading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnPreventPackageFromLoading">273</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceClass"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceClass">\UnReplaceClass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceClass">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplaceInput"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplaceInput">\UnReplaceInput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplaceInput">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnReplacePackage"></a><a href="#cmd.UnReplacePackage">\UnReplacePackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlfile.cmd.UnReplacePackage">271</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle"></a><a href="#cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.UnifyLayersAtPageStyle">314</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XdivY"></a><a href="#cmd.XdivY">\XdivY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XdivY">262</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.XmodY"></a><a href="#cmd.XmodY">\XmodY</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.XmodY">262</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.activateareas"></a><a href="#cmd.activateareas">\activateareas</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.activateareas">338</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchap*"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap*">\addchap*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap*">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchap"></a><a href="#cmd.addchap">\addchap</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchap">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchapmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addchapmark">\addchapmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addchapmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addchaptertocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addchaptertocentry">\addchaptertocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addchaptertocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addcontentslinetoeachtocfile">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparagraphtocentry">\addparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparagraphtocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addpart*"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart*">\addpart*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart*">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addpart"></a><a href="#cmd.addpart">\addpart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addpart">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addparttocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addparttocentry">\addparttocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addparttocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.addrchar">\addrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrchar">201</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addrentry">\addrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addrentry">200</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsec*"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec*">\addsec*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec*">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsec"></a><a href="#cmd.addsec">\addsec</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsec">94</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsecmark"></a><a href="#cmd.addsecmark">\addsecmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addsecmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsectiontocentry">\addsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">\addsubparagraphtocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubparagraphtocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry"></a><a href="#cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">\addsubsubsectiontocentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addsubsubsectiontocentry">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtocentrydefault"></a><a href="#cmd.addtocentrydefault">\addtocentrydefault</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.addtocentrydefault">341</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoeachtocfile">\addtoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtoeachtocfile">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtokomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.addtokomafont">\addtokomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.addtokomafont">54</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtolengthplength"></a><a href="#cmd.addtolengthplength">\addtolengthplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.addtolengthplength">141</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtoreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.addtoreffields">\addtoreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.addtoreffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addtotoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.addtotoclist">\addtotoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addtotoclist">279</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentsline">\addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentsline">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">\addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.addxcontentslinetoeachtocfile">282</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrchar"></a><a href="#cmd.adrchar">\adrchar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrchar">201</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.adrentry"></a><a href="#cmd.adrentry">\adrentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.adrentry">199</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.aliaskomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.aliaskomafont">\aliaskomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.aliaskomafont">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.and"></a><a href="#cmd.and">\and</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.and">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendix"></a><a href="#cmd.appendix">\appendix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.appendix">131</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.appendixmore"></a><a href="#cmd.appendixmore">\appendixmore</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.appendixmore">345</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.areaset"></a><a href="#cmd.areaset">\areaset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.areaset">43</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.author"></a><a href="#cmd.author">\author</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.author">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.autodot"></a><a href="#cmd.autodot">\autodot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.autodot">97</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.automark"></a><a href="#cmd.automark">\automark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.automark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.backmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.backmatter">\backmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.backmatter">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bankname"></a><a href="#cmd.bankname">\bankname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.bankname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@beginhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@beginhook">\bib@beginhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@beginhook">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.bib@endhook"></a><a href="#cmd.bib@endhook">\bib@endhook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.bib@endhook">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.caption"></a><a href="#cmd.caption">\caption</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.caption">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionabove"></a><a href="#cmd.captionabove">\captionabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionabove">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionaboveof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionaboveof">\captionaboveof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionaboveof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelow"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelow">\captionbelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelow">117</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionbelowof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionbelowof">\captionbelowof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionbelowof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionformat"></a><a href="#cmd.captionformat">\captionformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionformat">124</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionof"></a><a href="#cmd.captionof">\captionof</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.captionof">119</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUKenglish">\captionsUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUKenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsUSenglish">\captionsUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsUSenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsamerican">\captionsamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsamerican">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsaustrian">\captionsaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsbritish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsbritish">\captionsbritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsbritish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionscroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionscroatian">\captionscroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionscroatian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsdutch"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsdutch">\captionsdutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsdutch">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsenglish">\captionsenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfinnish">\captionsfinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfinnish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsfrench"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsfrench">\captionsfrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsfrench">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsgerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsgerman">\captionsgerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsgerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsitalian">\captionsitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsitalian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnaustrian">\captionsnaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsngerman"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsngerman">\captionsngerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsngerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsnorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsnorsk">\captionsnorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsnorsk">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsspanish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsspanish">\captionsspanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsspanish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.captionsswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.captionsswedish">\captionsswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.captionsswedish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cc"></a><a href="#cmd.cc">\cc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.cc">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ccname"></a><a href="#cmd.ccname">\ccname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ccname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot*">\cefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cefoot">\cefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cefoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead*">\cehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cehead"></a><a href="#cmd.cehead">\cehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot*">\cfoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cfoot">\cfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cfoot">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapapp"></a><a href="#cmd.chapapp">\chapapp</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapapp">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapappifchapterprefix"></a><a href="#cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">\chapappifchapterprefix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapappifchapterprefix">98</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapter*"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter*">\chapter*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.chapter">\chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapter">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterformat">\chapterformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterformat">97</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadendvskip">\chapterheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadendvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">\chapterheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.chapterheadstartvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermark"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermark">\chaptermark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chaptermarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.chaptermarkformat">\chaptermarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chaptermarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chaptermarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapternumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.chapternumdepth">\chapternumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapternumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chapterpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.chapterpagestyle">\chapterpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.chapterpagestyle">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead*"></a><a href="#cmd.chead*">\chead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.chead"></a><a href="#cmd.chead">\chead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.chead">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">\cleardoubleemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleemptypage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">\cleardoubleevenemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">78</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenemptypage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">\cleardoubleevenplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenplainpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">\cleardoubleevenstandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenstandardpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">\cleardoubleevenusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleevenusingstyle">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">\cleardoubleoddemptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddemptypage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">\cleardoubleoddplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddplainpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">\cleardoubleoddstandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddstandardpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">\cleardoubleoddusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleoddusingstyle">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">\cleardoublepageusingstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublepageusingstyle">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoubleplainpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">\cleardoubleplainpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoubleplainpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cleardoublestandardpage"></a><a href="#cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">\cleardoublestandardpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.cleardoublestandardpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">\clearmainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearmainofpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumn">\clearnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumn">335</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.clearnotecolumns">\clearnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.clearnotecolumns">336</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpage"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpage">\clearpage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.clearpage">78</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">\clearpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">\clearplainofpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearplainofpairofpagestyles">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadfoot"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadfoot">\clearscrheadfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadfoot">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrheadings"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrheadings">\clearscrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrheadings">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.clearscrplain"></a><a href="#cmd.clearscrplain">\clearscrplain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.clearscrplain">321</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.closing"></a><a href="#cmd.closing">\closing</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.closing">146</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot*">\cofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.cofoot">\cofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead*">\cohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.cohead"></a><a href="#cmd.cohead">\cohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.cohead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.currentpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.currentpagestyle">\currentpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.currentpagestyle">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.customername"></a><a href="#cmd.customername">\customername</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.customername">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.date"></a><a href="#cmd.date">\date</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.date">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUKenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUKenglish">\dateUKenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUKenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateUSenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateUSenglish">\dateUSenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateUSenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateamerican"></a><a href="#cmd.dateamerican">\dateamerican</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateamerican">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateaustrian">\dateaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datebritish"></a><a href="#cmd.datebritish">\datebritish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datebritish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datecroatian"></a><a href="#cmd.datecroatian">\datecroatian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datecroatian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datedutch"></a><a href="#cmd.datedutch">\datedutch</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datedutch">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateenglish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateenglish">\dateenglish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateenglish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefinnish"></a><a href="#cmd.datefinnish">\datefinnish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefinnish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datefrench"></a><a href="#cmd.datefrench">\datefrench</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datefrench">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dategerman"></a><a href="#cmd.dategerman">\dategerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dategerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateitalian"></a><a href="#cmd.dateitalian">\dateitalian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateitalian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datename"></a><a href="#cmd.datename">\datename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenaustrian"></a><a href="#cmd.datenaustrian">\datenaustrian</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenaustrian">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datengerman"></a><a href="#cmd.datengerman">\datengerman</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datengerman">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datenorsk"></a><a href="#cmd.datenorsk">\datenorsk</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datenorsk">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.datespanish"></a><a href="#cmd.datespanish">\datespanish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.datespanish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dateswedish"></a><a href="#cmd.dateswedish">\dateswedish</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.dateswedish">370</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dedication"></a><a href="#cmd.dedication">\dedication</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dedication">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defaultreffields"></a><a href="#cmd.defaultreffields">\defaultreffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.defaultreffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.defcaptionname">\defcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.defcaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deffootnote"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnote">\deffootnote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnote">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deffootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.deffootnotemark">\deffootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.deffootnotemark">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.defpagestyle">\defpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.defpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.defpairofpagestyles">\defpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.defpairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftocheading"></a><a href="#cmd.deftocheading">\deftocheading</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.deftocheading">285</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftriplepagestyle">\deftriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.deftripstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.deftripstyle">\deftripstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.deftripstyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictum"></a><a href="#cmd.dictum">\dictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictum">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumauthorformat"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumauthorformat">\dictumauthorformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumauthorformat">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumrule"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumrule">\dictumrule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumrule">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.dictumwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.dictumwidth">\dictumwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.dictumwidth">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.documentclass"></a><a href="#cmd.documentclass">\documentclass</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.documentclass">28</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.doforeachtocfile"></a><a href="#cmd.doforeachtocfile">\doforeachtocfile</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.doforeachtocfile">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.edgesize"></a><a href="#cmd.edgesize">\edgesize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.edgesize">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.emailname"></a><a href="#cmd.emailname">\emailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.emailname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.encl"></a><a href="#cmd.encl">\encl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.encl">150</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.enclname"></a><a href="#cmd.enclname">\enclname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.enclname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.extratitle"></a><a href="#cmd.extratitle">\extratitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.extratitle">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.faxname"></a><a href="#cmd.faxname">\faxname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.faxname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.figureformat"></a><a href="#cmd.figureformat">\figureformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.figureformat">124</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.flushbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.flushbottom">\flushbottom</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.flushbottom">51</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnote"></a><a href="#cmd.footnote">\footnote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnote">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotemark">\footnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotemark">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footnotetext"></a><a href="#cmd.footnotetext">\footnotetext</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footnotetext">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.footref"></a><a href="#cmd.footref">\footref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.footref">81</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.frontmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.frontmatter">\frontmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.frontmatter">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headfromname"></a><a href="#cmd.headfromname">\headfromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headfromname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headmark"></a><a href="#cmd.headmark">\headmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.headmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.headtoname"></a><a href="#cmd.headtoname">\headtoname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.headtoname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@atdocument"></a><a href="#cmd.if@atdocument">\if@atdocument</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.if@atdocument">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@chapter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@chapter">\if@chapter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@chapter">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.if@mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.if@mainmatter">\if@mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.if@mainmatter">300</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.ifVTeX">\ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifVTeX">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifattoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.ifattoclist">\ifattoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.ifattoclist">278</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdimen">\ifdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdimen">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifdvioutput">\ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifdvioutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscount"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscount">\ifiscount</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscount">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifiscounter"></a><a href="#cmd.ifiscounter">\ifiscounter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifiscounter">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimen"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimen">\ifisdimen</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimen">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimension"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimension">\ifisdimension</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimension">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisdimexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisdimexpr">\ifisdimexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisdimexpr">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglue"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglue">\ifisglue</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglue">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisglueexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisglueexpr">\ifisglueexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisglueexpr">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumber">\ifisnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumber">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisnumexpr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisnumexpr">\ifisnumexpr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisnumexpr">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifisskip"></a><a href="#cmd.ifisskip">\ifisskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifisskip">256</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavar">\ifkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavar">140</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty*">\ifkomavarempty*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty*">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifkomavarempty"></a><a href="#cmd.ifkomavarempty">\ifkomavarempty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ifkomavarempty">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.ifkomavarempty">365</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnotundefined"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnotundefined">\ifnotundefined</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnotundefined">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumber"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumber">\ifnumber</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifnumber">257</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifnumbered">\ifnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifnumbered">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot*">\ifoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ifoot">\ifoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ifoot">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdfoutput">\ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdfoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpdftex">\ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpdftex">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.ifpsoutput">\ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifpsoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstr"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstr">\ifstr</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstr">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifstrstart"></a><a href="#cmd.ifstrstart">\ifstrstart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifstrstart">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifthispageodd"></a><a href="#cmd.ifthispageodd">\ifthispageodd</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifthispageodd">71</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.iftocfeature"></a><a href="#cmd.iftocfeature">\iftocfeature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.iftocfeature">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">\ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.ifundefinedorrelax">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ifunnumbered"></a><a href="#cmd.ifunnumbered">\ifunnumbered</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.ifunnumbered">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead*">\ihead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ihead"></a><a href="#cmd.ihead">\ihead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ihead">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.indexpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.indexpagestyle">\indexpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.indexpagestyle">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.invoicename"></a><a href="#cmd.invoicename">\invoicename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.invoicename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.item"></a><a href="#cmd.item">\item</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.item">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumi">\labelenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumi">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumii">\labelenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiii">\labelenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelenumiv">\labelenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelenumiv">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemi"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemi">\labelitemi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemi">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemii">\labelitemii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemii">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiii"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiii">\labelitemiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiii">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.labelitemiv"></a><a href="#cmd.labelitemiv">\labelitemiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.labelitemiv">105</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layercontentsmeasure"></a><a href="#cmd.layercontentsmeasure">\layercontentsmeasure</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layercontentsmeasure">308</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerheight"></a><a href="#cmd.layerheight">\layerheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerheight">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.layerwidth">\layerwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerwidth">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layerxoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layerxoffset">\layerxoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layerxoffset">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.layeryoffset"></a><a href="#cmd.layeryoffset">\layeryoffset</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.layeryoffset">307</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot*">\lefoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lefoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lefoot">\lefoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lefoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.leftmark"></a><a href="#cmd.leftmark">\leftmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.leftmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead*">\lehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lehead"></a><a href="#cmd.lehead">\lehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofeachtoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listofeachtoc">\listofeachtoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofeachtoc">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoffigures"></a><a href="#cmd.listoffigures">\listoffigures</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoffigures">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listofname"></a><a href="#cmd.listofname">\listofname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listofname">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftables"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftables">\listoftables</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.listoftables">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc*"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc*">\listoftoc*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc*">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.listoftoc"></a><a href="#cmd.listoftoc">\listoftoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.listoftoc">283</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot*">\lofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.lofoot">\lofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead*">\lohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lohead"></a><a href="#cmd.lohead">\lohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.lohead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.lowertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.lowertitleback">\lowertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.lowertitleback">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.mainmatter"></a><a href="#cmd.mainmatter">\mainmatter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.mainmatter">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.makenote"></a><a href="#cmd.makenote">\makenote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.makenote">332</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.maketitle"></a><a href="#cmd.maketitle">\maketitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.maketitle">60</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.manualmark"></a><a href="#cmd.manualmark">\manualmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.manualmark">216</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginline"></a><a href="#cmd.marginline">\marginline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginline">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.marginpar"></a><a href="#cmd.marginpar">\marginpar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.marginpar">130</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markboth"></a><a href="#cmd.markboth">\markboth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markboth">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markboth">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markboth">74</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markleft"></a><a href="#cmd.markleft">\markleft</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markleft">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.markright"></a><a href="#cmd.markright">\markright</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.markright">189</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.markright">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.markright">74</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.minisec"></a><a href="#cmd.minisec">\minisec</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.minisec">95</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.multfootsep"></a><a href="#cmd.multfootsep">\multfootsep</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multfootsep">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator"></a><a href="#cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">\multiplefootnoteseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.multiplefootnoteseparator">80</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.myrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.myrefname">\myrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.myrefname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newbibstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newbibstyle">\newbibstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newbibstyle">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newblock"></a><a href="#cmd.newblock">\newblock</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newblock">346</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.newcaptionname">\newcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.newcaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomafont">\newkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.newkomafont">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar*">\newkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar*">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.newkomavar">\newkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.newkomavar">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newpagestyle">\newpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newpairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.newpairofpagestyles">\newpairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newpairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.newtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.newtriplepagestyle">\newtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.newtriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot*">\ofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.ofoot">\ofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ofoot">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead*">\ohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead*">214</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ohead"></a><a href="#cmd.ohead">\ohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.ohead">213</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.opening"></a><a href="#cmd.opening">\opening</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.opening">145</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.othersectionlevelsformat"></a><a href="#cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">\othersectionlevelsformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.othersectionlevelsformat">97</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagemark"></a><a href="#cmd.pagemark">\pagemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.pagemark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagename"></a><a href="#cmd.pagename">\pagename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.pagename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagenumbering"></a><a href="#cmd.pagenumbering">\pagenumbering</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagenumbering">76</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.pagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.pagestyle">\pagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.pagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.pagestyle">72</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph*">\paragraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraph"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraph">\paragraph</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraph">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmark">\paragraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphmarkformat">\paragraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.paragraphmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.paragraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.paragraphnumdepth">\paragraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.paragraphnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.part*"></a><a href="#cmd.part*">\part*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.part"></a><a href="#cmd.part">\part</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.part">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partformat">\partformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partformat">97</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheademptypage"></a><a href="#cmd.partheademptypage">\partheademptypage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheademptypage">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadendvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadendvskip">\partheadendvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadendvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadmidvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadmidvskip">\partheadmidvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadmidvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partheadstartvskip"></a><a href="#cmd.partheadstartvskip">\partheadstartvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.partheadstartvskip">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmark"></a><a href="#cmd.partmark">\partmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.partmarkformat">\partmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.partmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.partnumdepth">\partnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.partpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.partpagestyle">\partpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.partpagestyle">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.phonename"></a><a href="#cmd.phonename">\phonename</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.phonename">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providecaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.providecaptionname">\providecaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.providecaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providepagestyle">\providepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providepairofpagestyles"></a><a href="#cmd.providepairofpagestyles">\providepairofpagestyles</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providepairofpagestyles">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.providetriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.providetriplepagestyle">\providetriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.providetriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.ps"></a><a href="#cmd.ps">\ps</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.ps">148</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.publishers"></a><a href="#cmd.publishers">\publishers</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.publishers">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedbottom"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedbottom">\raggedbottom</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedbottom">51</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedchapterentry"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedchapterentry">\raggedchapterentry</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.raggedchapterentry">343</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictum"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictum">\raggeddictum</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictum">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumauthor"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumauthor">\raggeddictumauthor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumauthor">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggeddictumtext"></a><a href="#cmd.raggeddictumtext">\raggeddictumtext</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggeddictumtext">103</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedpart"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedpart">\raggedpart</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedpart">96</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedsection"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsection">\raggedsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.raggedsection">96</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.raggedsignature"></a><a href="#cmd.raggedsignature">\raggedsignature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.raggedsignature">191</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.recalctypearea"></a><a href="#cmd.recalctypearea">\recalctypearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.recalctypearea">36</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot*">\refoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.refoot"></a><a href="#cmd.refoot">\refoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.refoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead*">\rehead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rehead"></a><a href="#cmd.rehead">\rehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rehead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removefromtoclist"></a><a href="#cmd.removefromtoclist">\removefromtoclist</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.removefromtoclist">280</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.removereffields"></a><a href="#cmd.removereffields">\removereffields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.removereffields">363</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewcaptionname"></a><a href="#cmd.renewcaptionname">\renewcaptionname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.renewcaptionname">258</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpagestyle">\renewpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpagestyle">324</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewpairofpagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">\renewpairofpagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewpairofpagestyle">320</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.renewtriplepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">\renewtriplepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage-experts.cmd.renewtriplepagestyle">322</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rightmark"></a><a href="#cmd.rightmark">\rightmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rightmark">219</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot*"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot*">\rofoot*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot*">212</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rofoot"></a><a href="#cmd.rofoot">\rofoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rofoot">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead*"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead*">\rohead*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead*">209</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.rohead"></a><a href="#cmd.rohead">\rohead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.rohead">205</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifVTeX"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifVTeX">\scr@ifVTeX</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifVTeX">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifdvioutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">\scr@ifdvioutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifdvioutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">\scr@ifpdfoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdfoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpdftex"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpdftex">\scr@ifpdftex</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpdftex">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifpsoutput"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">\scr@ifpsoutput</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifpsoutput">255</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax"></a><a href="#cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">\scr@ifundefinedorrelax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrbase.cmd.scr@ifundefinedorrelax">254</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">\scrlayerAddCsToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddCsToInterface">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">\scrlayerAddToInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerAddToInterface">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerInitInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">\scrlayerInitInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerInitInterface">318</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface"></a><a href="#cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.cmd.scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface">319</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.section*"></a><a href="#cmd.section*">\section*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.section"></a><a href="#cmd.section">\section</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.section">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmark">\sectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionmarkformat">\sectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.sectionmarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.sectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.sectionnumdepth">\sectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.sectionnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setbibpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setbibpreamble">\setbibpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setbibpreamble">132</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcaphanging"></a><a href="#cmd.setcaphanging">\setcaphanging</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcaphanging">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent*">\setcapindent*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent*">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapindent"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapindent">\setcapindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapindent">125</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin*"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin*">\setcapmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin*">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapmargin"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapmargin">\setcapmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapmargin">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setcapwidth"></a><a href="#cmd.setcapwidth">\setcapwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setcapwidth">126</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setchapterpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setchapterpreamble">\setchapterpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setchapterpreamble">101</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootbotline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootbotline">\setfootbotline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootbotline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootnoterule"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootnoterule">\setfootnoterule</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setfootnoterule">83</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setfootsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setfootsepline">\setfootsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setfootsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadsepline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadsepline">\setheadsepline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadsepline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setheadtopline"></a><a href="#cmd.setheadtopline">\setheadtopline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.setheadtopline">225</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setindexpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setindexpreamble">\setindexpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setindexpreamble">134</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomafont">\setkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setkomafont">54</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar*">\setkomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar*">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setkomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.setkomavar">\setkomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setkomavar">139</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setlengthtoplength"></a><a href="#cmd.setlengthtoplength">\setlengthtoplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.setlengthtoplength">141</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setparsizes"></a><a href="#cmd.setparsizes">\setparsizes</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls-experts.cmd.setparsizes">342</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setpartpreamble"></a><a href="#cmd.setpartpreamble">\setpartpreamble</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.setpartpreamble">101</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setshowstyle"></a><a href="#cmd.setshowstyle">\setshowstyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.setshowstyle">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.setuptoc"></a><a href="#cmd.setuptoc">\setuptoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.setuptoc">286</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showISOenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showISOenvelope">\showISOenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showISOenvelope">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScheck"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScheck">\showUScheck</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScheck">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showUScommercial"></a><a href="#cmd.showUScommercial">\showUScommercial</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showUScommercial">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showenvelope"></a><a href="#cmd.showenvelope">\showenvelope</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showenvelope">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.showfields"></a><a href="#cmd.showfields">\showfields</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.showfields">366</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.storearea"></a><a href="#cmd.storearea">\storearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea-experts.cmd.storearea">338</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subject"></a><a href="#cmd.subject">\subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subject">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subjectname"></a><a href="#cmd.subjectname">\subjectname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.subjectname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph*"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph*">\subparagraph*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraph"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraph">\subparagraph</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraph">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmark">\subparagraphmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">\subparagraphmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subparagraphmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subparagraphnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">\subparagraphnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subparagraphnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection*">\subsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsection">\subsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsection">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmark">\subsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmark">221</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmark">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionmarkformat">\subsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">220</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionmarkformat">99</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsectionnumdepth">\subsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsectionnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection*"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection*">\subsubsection*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection*">93</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsection"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsection">\subsubsection</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsection">89</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmark"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmark">\subsubsectionmark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmark">221</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">\subsubsectionmarkformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.cmd.subsubsectionmarkformat">220</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth"></a><a href="#cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">\subsubsectionnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subsubsectionnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.subtitle"></a><a href="#cmd.subtitle">\subtitle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.subtitle">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumn"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">\syncwithnotecolumn</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumn">333</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.syncwithnotecolumns"></a><a href="#cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">\syncwithnotecolumns</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-notecolumn.cmd.syncwithnotecolumns">335</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tableformat"></a><a href="#cmd.tableformat">\tableformat</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableformat">124</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tableofcontents"></a><a href="#cmd.tableofcontents">\tableofcontents</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.tableofcontents">68</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.textsubscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsubscript">\textsubscript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsubscript">53</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.textsuperscript"></a><a href="#cmd.textsuperscript">\textsuperscript</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.textsuperscript">53</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thanks"></a><a href="#cmd.thanks">\thanks</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thanks">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumi"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumi">\theenumi</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumi">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumii">\theenumii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiii"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiii">\theenumiii</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiii">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.theenumiv"></a><a href="#cmd.theenumiv">\theenumiv</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.theenumiv">106</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thefootnotemark"></a><a href="#cmd.thefootnotemark">\thefootnotemark</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thefootnotemark">82</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.thispagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.thispagestyle">\thispagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.thispagestyle">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.thispagestyle">72</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.title"></a><a href="#cmd.title">\title</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.title">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlehead"></a><a href="#cmd.titlehead">\titlehead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlehead">61</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.titlepagestyle"></a><a href="#cmd.titlepagestyle">\titlepagestyle</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrextend.cmd.titlepagestyle">239</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.titlepagestyle">75</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">\tocbasic@@after@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@after@hook">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">\tocbasic@@before@hook</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@@before@hook">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">\tocbasic@addxcontentsline</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@addxcontentsline">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">\tocbasic@extend@babel</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@extend@babel">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead">\tocbasic@listhead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead">289</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@listhead@"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">\tocbasic@listhead@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@listhead@">290</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasic@starttoc"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">\tocbasic@starttoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasic@starttoc">288</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.tocbasicautomode"></a><a href="#cmd.tocbasicautomode">\tocbasicautomode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.tocbasicautomode">281</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.typearea"></a><a href="#cmd.typearea">\typearea</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.typearea">36</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unitfactor"></a><a href="#cmd.unitfactor">\unitfactor</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.unitfactor">367</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.unsettoc"></a><a href="#cmd.unsettoc">\unsettoc</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#tocbasic.cmd.unsettoc">286</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.uppertitleback"></a><a href="#cmd.uppertitleback">\uppertitleback</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.uppertitleback">64</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useencodingofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useencodingofkomafont">\useencodingofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useencodingofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usefamilyofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">\usefamilyofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefamilyofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usefontofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usefontofkomafont">\usefontofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usefontofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomafont">\usekomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usekomafont">54</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar*"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar*">\usekomavar*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar*">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar*">364</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usekomavar"></a><a href="#cmd.usekomavar">\usekomavar</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.usekomavar">140</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.usekomavar">364</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usepackage"></a><a href="#cmd.usepackage">\usepackage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#typearea.cmd.usepackage">28</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useplength"></a><a href="#cmd.useplength">\useplength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.cmd.useplength">141</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useseriesofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useseriesofkomafont">\useseriesofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useseriesofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.useshapeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.useshapeofkomafont">\useshapeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.useshapeofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.usesizeofkomafont"></a><a href="#cmd.usesizeofkomafont">\usesizeofkomafont</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.cmd.usesizeofkomafont">58</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.wwwname"></a><a href="#cmd.wwwname">\wwwname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.wwwname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourmailname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourmailname">\yourmailname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourmailname">371</a></li> +<li><a name="cmd.yourrefname"></a><a href="#cmd.yourrefname">\yourrefname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.cmd.yourrefname">371</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="environment">Environments</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="env.abstract"></a><a href="#env.abstract">abstract</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.abstract">65</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin*"></a><a href="#env.addmargin*">addmargin*</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin*">112</a></li> +<li><a name="env.addmargin"></a><a href="#env.addmargin">addmargin</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.addmargin">112</a></li> +<li><a name="env.captionbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionbeside">captionbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionbeside">120</a></li> +<li><a name="env.captionofbeside"></a><a href="#env.captionofbeside">captionofbeside</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.captionofbeside">124</a></li> +<li><a name="env.description"></a><a href="#env.description">description</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.description">107</a></li> +<li><a name="env.enumerate"></a><a href="#env.enumerate">enumerate</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.enumerate">106</a></li> +<li><a name="env.itemize"></a><a href="#env.itemize">itemize</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.itemize">105</a></li> +<li><a name="env.labeling"></a><a href="#env.labeling">labeling</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.labeling">108</a></li> +<li><a name="env.letter"></a><a href="#env.letter">letter</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.env.letter">144</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quotation"></a><a href="#env.quotation">quotation</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quotation">110</a></li> +<li><a name="env.quote"></a><a href="#env.quote">quote</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.quote">110</a></li> +<li><a name="env.titlepage"></a><a href="#env.titlepage">titlepage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.titlepage">59</a></li> +<li><a name="env.verse"></a><a href="#env.verse">verse</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.env.verse">109</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="length">Lengths</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="length.footheight"></a><a href="#length.footheight">footheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.footheight">204</a></li> +<li><a name="length.headheight"></a><a href="#length.headheight">headheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.length.headheight">204</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="plength">Pseudolengths</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="plength.PPdatamatrixvskip"></a><a href="#plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">PPdatamatrixvskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPdatamatrixvskip">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadheight"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadheight">PPheadheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadheight">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.PPheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.PPheadwidth">PPheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.PPheadwidth">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.backaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.backaddrheight">backaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.backaddrheight">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarklength">bfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.bfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.bfoldmarkvpos">bfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.bfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfoothpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfoothpos">firstfoothpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfoothpos">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootvpos">firstfootvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootvpos">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstfootwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstfootwidth">firstfootwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstfootwidth">363</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadhpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadhpos">firstheadhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadhpos">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadvpos"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadvpos">firstheadvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadvpos">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.firstheadwidth"></a><a href="#plength.firstheadwidth">firstheadwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.firstheadwidth">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkhpos">foldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkhpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkthickness"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkthickness">foldmarkthickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkthickness">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.foldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.foldmarkvpos">foldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.foldmarkvpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulethickness"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulethickness">fromrulethickness</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulethickness">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.fromrulewidth"></a><a href="#plength.fromrulewidth">fromrulewidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.fromrulewidth">357</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarkhpos"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarkhpos">lfoldmarkhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarkhpos">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.lfoldmarklength">lfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locheight"></a><a href="#plength.locheight">locheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locheight">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.lochpos"></a><a href="#plength.lochpos">lochpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.lochpos">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locvpos"></a><a href="#plength.locvpos">locvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locvpos">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.locwidth"></a><a href="#plength.locwidth">locwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.locwidth">360</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarklength">mfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.mfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.mfoldmarkvpos">mfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.mfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.pfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.pfoldmarklength">pfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.pfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.refaftervskip">refaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refaftervskip">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refhpos"></a><a href="#plength.refhpos">refhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refhpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refvpos"></a><a href="#plength.refvpos">refvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refvpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.refwidth"></a><a href="#plength.refwidth">refwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.refwidth">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.sigbeforevskip">sigbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigbeforevskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.sigindent"></a><a href="#plength.sigindent">sigindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.sigindent">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailindent">specialmailindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.specialmailrightindent"></a><a href="#plength.specialmailrightindent">specialmailrightindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.specialmailrightindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectaftervskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectaftervskip">subjectaftervskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectaftervskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectbeforevskip"></a><a href="#plength.subjectbeforevskip">subjectbeforevskip</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectbeforevskip">362</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.subjectvpos"></a><a href="#plength.subjectvpos">subjectvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.subjectvpos">361</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarklength"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarklength">tfoldmarklength</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarklength">356</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.tfoldmarkvpos"></a><a href="#plength.tfoldmarkvpos">tfoldmarkvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.tfoldmarkvpos">355</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrheight"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrheight">toaddrheight</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrheight">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrhpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrhpos">toaddrhpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrhpos">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrindent"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrindent">toaddrindent</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrindent">359</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrvpos"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrvpos">toaddrvpos</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrvpos">358</a></li> +<li><a name="plength.toaddrwidth"></a><a href="#plength.toaddrwidth">toaddrwidth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2-experts.plength.toaddrwidth">358</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="variable">Variables</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="variable.PPcode"></a><a href="#variable.PPcode">PPcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPcode">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.PPdatamatrix"></a><a href="#variable.PPdatamatrix">PPdatamatrix</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.PPdatamatrix">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.addresseeimage"></a><a href="#variable.addresseeimage">addresseeimage</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.addresseeimage">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddress"></a><a href="#variable.backaddress">backaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.backaddressseparator"></a><a href="#variable.backaddressseparator">backaddressseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.backaddressseparator">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.ccseparator"></a><a href="#variable.ccseparator">ccseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.ccseparator">148</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.customer"></a><a href="#variable.customer">customer</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.customer">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.date"></a><a href="#variable.date">date</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.date">177</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.emailseparator"></a><a href="#variable.emailseparator">emailseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.emailseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.enclseparator"></a><a href="#variable.enclseparator">enclseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.enclseparator">150</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.faxseparator"></a><a href="#variable.faxseparator">faxseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.faxseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firstfoot"></a><a href="#variable.firstfoot">firstfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firstfoot">184</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.firsthead"></a><a href="#variable.firsthead">firsthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.firsthead">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromaddress"></a><a href="#variable.fromaddress">fromaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromaddress">160</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frombank"></a><a href="#variable.frombank">frombank</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frombank">184</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromemail"></a><a href="#variable.fromemail">fromemail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromemail">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromfax"></a><a href="#variable.fromfax">fromfax</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromfax">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromlogo"></a><a href="#variable.fromlogo">fromlogo</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromlogo">169</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.frommobilephone"></a><a href="#variable.frommobilephone">frommobilephone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.frommobilephone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromname"></a><a href="#variable.fromname">fromname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromname">160</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromphone"></a><a href="#variable.fromphone">fromphone</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromphone">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromurl"></a><a href="#variable.fromurl">fromurl</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromurl">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.fromzipcode"></a><a href="#variable.fromzipcode">fromzipcode</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.fromzipcode">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.invoice"></a><a href="#variable.invoice">invoice</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.invoice">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.location"></a><a href="#variable.location">location</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.location">176</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.mobilephoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.mobilephoneseparator">mobilephoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.mobilephoneseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.myref"></a><a href="#variable.myref">myref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.myref">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nextfoot"></a><a href="#variable.nextfoot">nextfoot</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nextfoot">189</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.nexthead"></a><a href="#variable.nexthead">nexthead</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.nexthead">189</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.phoneseparator"></a><a href="#variable.phoneseparator">phoneseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.phoneseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.place"></a><a href="#variable.place">place</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.place">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.placeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.placeseparator">placeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.placeseparator">179</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.signature"></a><a href="#variable.signature">signature</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.signature">191</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.specialmail"></a><a href="#variable.specialmail">specialmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.specialmail">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subject"></a><a href="#variable.subject">subject</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subject">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.subjectseparator"></a><a href="#variable.subjectseparator">subjectseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.subjectseparator">181</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.title"></a><a href="#variable.title">title</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.title">180</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toaddress"></a><a href="#variable.toaddress">toaddress</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toaddress">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.toname"></a><a href="#variable.toname">toname</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.toname">171</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.urlseparator"></a><a href="#variable.urlseparator">urlseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.urlseparator">165</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourmail"></a><a href="#variable.yourmail">yourmail</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourmail">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.yourref"></a><a href="#variable.yourref">yourref</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.yourref">178</a></li> +<li><a name="variable.zipcodeseparator"></a><a href="#variable.zipcodeseparator">zipcodeseparator</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.variable.zipcodeseparator">171</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="pagestyle">Page Styles</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="pagestyle.@everysel@"></a><a href="#pagestyle.@everysel@">@everysel@</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.@everysel@">312</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.empty"></a><a href="#pagestyle.empty">empty</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.empty">187</a>, <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer.pagestyle.empty">312</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.headings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.headings">headings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.headings">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.myheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.myheadings">myheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.myheadings">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.plain"></a><a href="#pagestyle.plain">plain</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlttr2.pagestyle.plain">187</a></li> +<li><a name="pagestyle.scrheadings"></a><a href="#pagestyle.scrheadings">scrheadings</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#scrlayer-scrpage.pagestyle.scrheadings">204</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="counter">Counter</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="counter.secnumdepth"></a><a href="#counter.secnumdepth">secnumdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.counter.secnumdepth">100</a></li> +<li><a name="counter.tocdepth"></a><a href="#counter.tocdepth">tocdepth</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.counter.tocdepth">68</a></li> +</ul> +<h2><a name="floatstyle">Styles for the float Package</a></h2> +<ul> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komaabove"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komaabove">komaabove</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komaabove">124</a></li> +<li><a name="floatstyle.komabelow"></a><a href="#floatstyle.komabelow">komabelow</a> --> <a href="scrguien.pdf#maincls.floatstyle.komabelow">124</a></li> +</ul> +<p> +<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img +src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html40" +alt="Valid HTML 4.0 Strict" height="31" width="88"></a> +</p> +</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92916e78937 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrguien.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrhack.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrhack.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrhack.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-notecolumn.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-notecolumn.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-notecolumn.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-scrpage.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-scrpage.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer-scrpage.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlayer.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlfile.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlfile.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlfile.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlttr2.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlttr2.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrlttr2.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f6f57e0c497 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrpage2.tex @@ -0,0 +1,3006 @@ +% ====================================================================== +% scrpage2.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 +% +% This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of +% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +% +% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. +% +% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% scrpage2.tex +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2001-2014 +% +% Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, +% Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. +% Die neuste Version dieser Lizenz ist +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% und Version 1.3c ist Teil aller Verteilungen von LaTeX +% Version 2005/12/01 oder spaeter und dieses Werks. +% +% Dieses Werk hat den LPPL-Verwaltungs-Status "author-maintained" +% (allein durch den Autor verwaltet). +% +% Der Aktuelle Verwalter und Autor dieses Werkes ist Markus Kohm. +% +% Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. +% ====================================================================== +% +% Chapter about scrpage2 +% Maintained by Markus Kohm +% +% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% Kapitel über scrpage2 +% Verwaltet von Markus Kohm +% +% ============================================================================ + +\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname-ngerman.tex} +\input{ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex} +\end{filecontents*} + +\begin{filecontents*}{\jobname-english.tex} +\input{english/guide-english.tex} +\end{filecontents*} + +\documentclass[ngerman,english]{scrguide} + +\makeatletter +\renewcommand*{\@pnumwidth}{2em} +\makeatother + +\KOMAProvidesFile{scrpage2.tex}% + [$Date: 2013-07-22 $ + a user guide to obsolete package scrpage2] + +\begin{document} + +\addparttocentry{}{English} +\def\theHchapter{E.\thechapter} +\setcounter{chapter}{0} +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{E.\arabic{page}} +\title{The Obsolete Package \Package{scrpage2}} +\subtitle{Extract from former versions of the \KOMAScript{} Manual} +\author{Markus Kohm\and Jens-Uwe-Morakswi} +\date{2014-06-25} +\maketitle + +\tableofcontents + +\translator{Jens-Uwe Morawski\and Karl-Heinz Zimmer\and Christoph Bier\and + Gernot Hassenpflug\and Markus Kohm} + +\chapter{Adapting Page Headers and Footers with \Package{scrpage2}} +\labelbase{scrpage-en} + +% +\BeginIndex{Package}{scrpage2}% +From \KOMAScript{} 3.12 the completely newly implemented package +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} replaces the old \Package{scrpage2}. The new +package is a consequently developed extension of the design of +\Package{scrpage2}. In difference to \Package{scrpage2} it provides the +extended option interface of the \KOMAScript{} classes. Because +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} predominates \Package{scrpage2} it is recommended +to not longer use \Package{scrpage2} but \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. Because +of this the current version of \Package{scrpage2} is the final one. All +development resources will go into \Package{scrlayer-scrpage}. For more +information about \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} see the \KOMAScript{} manual. + +\begin{Explain} + In place of \Package{scrpage2} or \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} you can of + course make use of \Package{fancyhdr}. However, \Package{scrpage2} and + especially \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} integrated markedly better with the + {\KOMAScript} bundle. For this reason, and because at the time the + forerunner to \Package{fancyhdr} was missing many features, + \Package{scrpage2} was developed. Naturally, \Package{scrpage2} and + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} are not limited to use only with the + {\KOMAScript} classes, but can just as easily be used with other document + classes. +\end{Explain} + + +\section{Basic Functionality}\label{sec:scrpage-en.basics} + +\begin{Explain}% Introduction to headings + To understand the following description, an overview of {\LaTeX}'s fairly + involved header and footer mechanism is needed. The {\LaTeX} kernel defines + the page styles \Pagestyle{empty}, which produces a completely empty header + and footer, and \Pagestyle{plain}, which produces usually only a page number + in the footer and an empty header. Apart from these, many document classes + provide the style \Pagestyle{headings}, which allows more complex style + settings and running + headings\Index{headings>running}\Index{headings>automatic}. The + \Pagestyle{headings} style often has a related variant, + \Pagestyle{myheadings}, which is similar except for switching off the + running headings\Index{headings>manual} and reverting them to manual control + by the user. A more detailed description is given in the page style section + of the \KOMAScript{} manual where it is also noted that some {\LaTeX} + commands automatically switch to another page style\,---\,usually page style + \Pagestyle{plain}\,---\,for the current page. +\end{Explain} + + +Package \Package{scrpage2} does not distinguish between page styles with +automatic, running headings and page styles with manual headings. The way to +deal with automatic and manual headings is independent from the page style and +so the page style is independent from the choice of automatic or manual +headings. More information about this in \autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.mark}. + + +\subsection{Predefined Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage-en.basics.buildIn} + +One of the basic features of \Package{scrpage2} is a set of predefined, +configurable page styles. + +% \lehead ... +% scrheadings +% \headmark \pagemark + +\begin{Declaration} + \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\\ + \Pagestyle{scrplain} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% +\Index{page>style}% +% +Package \Package{scrpage2} delivers its own page style, named +\Pagestyle{scrheadings}, which can be activated with the +\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{scrheadings}. When this page style is in use, an +appropriate \Pagestyle{scrplain} page style is used for the plain page style. +In this case \emph{appropriate} means that this new plain page style is also +configureable by the commands introduced in +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.format}, which, for example, configure the header +and footer width and complies within the basic layout. Neither the activation +of \Pagestyle{scrheadings} nor the attendant change to the appropriate plain +page style, \Pagestyle{scrplain}, influences the mode of manual or automatic +headings\Index{headings>automatic}\Index{headings>manual} (see +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.mark}). The \Pagestyle{scrplain} page style can +also be activated directly with \Macro{pagestyle}. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-left-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-even}\\ + \Macro{cehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-center-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-even}\\ + \Macro{rehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-right-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-even}\\ + \Macro{lefoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-left-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-even}\\ + \Macro{cefoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-center-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-even}\\ + \Macro{refoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-right-even}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-even}\\ + \Macro{lohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-left-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-odd}\\ + \Macro{cohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-center-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-odd}\\ + \Macro{rohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-right-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-odd}\\ + \Macro{lofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-left-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-left-odd}\\ + \Macro{cofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-center-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-center-odd}\\ + \Macro{rofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-right-odd}\Parameter{scrheadings-right-odd}\\ + \Macro{ihead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-inside}\Parameter{scrheadings-inside}\\ + \Macro{chead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-centered}\Parameter{scrheadings-centered}\\ + \Macro{ohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-outside}\Parameter{scrheadings-outside}\\ + \Macro{ifoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-inside}\Parameter{scrheadings-inside}\\ + \Macro{cfoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-centered}\Parameter{scrheadings-centered}\\ + \Macro{ofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-outside}\Parameter{scrheadings-outside} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% +The page style of \Package{scrpage2} are defined to have flexible configurable +header and footer. To achieve this, the page styles include three boxes in +both the header and the footer. The contents of these boxes may be modified +easily. The commands modifying the content of these boxes can be seen in +\autoref{fig:scrpage-en.leheadetall}. Commands in the middle column modify the +box contents on both odd and even pages. All of the commands have an optional +and a mandatory argument. The option Argument influences the content of +corresponding box of the plain page style, \Pagestyle{scrplain}. The mandatory +argument influences the content of the corresponding box of the page style +\Pagestyle{scrheadings}. + +\begin{figure} +% \centering + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside} + [Commands for modification of \Package{scrpage2} page styles elements]% + {Commands for modification of page styles \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and + \Pagestyle{scrplain} and their relationship to header and footer + elements} + [l] + \setlength{\unitlength}{.95mm}\begin{picture}(100,65)(0,8)\small + \put(0,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){even page}} + \put(60,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){odd page}} + % items top left + \put(1,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(16,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(31,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % items top right + \put(61,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(76,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(91,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % items bottom left + \put(1,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(16,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(31,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % items bottom right + \put(61,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(76,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(91,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % commands and arrow + % for twoside + % + \put(50,65){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ihead}}} + \put(44,65){\vector(-1,0){4}}\put(56,65){\vector(1,0){4}} + \put(50,58){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{chead}}} + \put(44,58){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,58){\line(1,0){24}} + \put(20,58){\vector(0,1){4}}\put(80,58){\vector(0,1){4}} + \put(50,51){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ohead}}} + \put(44,51){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,51){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(4,51){\vector(0,1){11}}\put(96,51){\vector(0,1){11}} + % + \put(50,15){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ifoot}}} + \put(56,15){\vector(1,0){4}}\put(44,15){\vector(-1,0){4}} + \put(50,22){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{cfoot}}} + \put(44,22){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,22){\line(1,0){24}} + \put(20,22){\vector(0,-1){4}}\put(80,22){\vector(0,-1){4}} + \put(50,29){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ofoot}}} + \put(44,29){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,29){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(4,29){\vector(0,-1){11}}\put(96,29){\vector(0,-1){11}} + % commands for oneside + \put(5,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lehead}}} + \put(20,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cehead}}} + \put(35,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rehead}}} + % + \put(65,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lohead}}} + \put(80,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cohead}}} + \put(95,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rohead}}} + % + \put(5,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lefoot}}} + \put(20,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cefoot}}} + \put(35,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{refoot}}} + % + \put(65,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lofoot}}} + \put(80,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cofoot}}} + \put(95,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{rofoot}}} + \end{picture} + \end{captionbeside} +% \caption[Commands for modification of \Package{scrpage2} page styles +% elements]% +% {Commands for modification of page styles \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and +% \Pagestyle{scrplain} and their relationship to header and footer +% elements} + \label{fig:scrpage-en.leheadetall} +\end{figure} + +\begin{Example} + If one wants the page number within \Pagestyle{scrheadings} be placed in the + middle of the footer, then following can be used: +\begin{lstcode} + \cfoot{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + The next example shows how to place both running heading and page + number\Index{page>number}\Index{pagination} in the header; the running + heading\Index{headings} inside and the page number outside: +\begin{lstcode} + \ohead{\pagemark} + \ihead{\headmark} + \cfoot{} +\end{lstcode} + The command \Macro{cfoot}\PParameter{} is only required in order to + empty the item in the middle of the footer, which normally contains + the page number. +\end{Example} + +The commands which are associated with only one item can be used for +more advanced settings. + +\begin{Example} + Assuming one has the order to write an annual report of a company, one could + use commands like this: +\begin{lstcode} + \ohead{\pagemark} + \rehead{Annual Report 2001} + \lohead{\headmark} + \cefoot{TheCompanyName Inc.} + \cofoot{Department: Development} +\end{lstcode} + In order to keep the data in the footer synchronized with the content + of the document, the footer has to be updated using \Macro{cofoot} + when a new department is discussed in the report. +\end{Example} + +As mentioned above, there is a new plain page style which corresponds to +\Pagestyle{scrheadings}. Since it should also be possible to customize this +style, the commands support an optional argument with which the contents of +the appropriate fields of this plain page style can be modified. + +\begin{Example} + The position of the page number for the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} + can be declared as follows: +\begin{lstcode} + \cfoot[\pagemark]{} + \ohead[]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + When the command \Macro{chapter}, after it has started a new page, now + switches to the page style \Pagestyle{plain}, then the page number is + centered in the footer. +\end{Example} +% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{clearscrheadings}\\ + \Macro{clearscrplain}\\ + \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% +If one wants to redefine both the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and +the corresponding plain page style, frequently one must empty +some already occupied page elements. Since one rarely fills all items +with new content, in most cases several instructions with empty +parameters are necessary. With the help of these three instructions +the quick and thorough deletion is possible. While +\Macro{clearscrheadings} only deletes all fields of the page style +\Pagestyle{scrheadings}, and \Macro{clearscrplain} deletes all fields of +the corresponding plain page style, \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} +sets all fields of both page styles to empty. +\begin{Example} + If one wants to reset the page style to the default {\KOMAScript} + settings, independent of the actual configuration, only these three + commands are sufficient: +\begin{lstcode} + \clearscrheadfoot + \ohead{\headmark} + \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Without the commands \Macro{clearscrheadfoot}, + \Macro{clearscrheadings} and \Macro{clearscrplain}, six commands with + additional nine empty arguments would be required: +\begin{lstcode} + \ihead[]{} + \chead[]{} + \ohead[]{\headmark} + \ifoot[]{} + \cfoot[]{} + \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Of course, for a specific configuration, some of them could be + dropped.% +\end{Example}% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% + +In the previous examples two commands were used which have not been +introduced yet. The description of these commands follows. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{leftmark}\\ + \Macro{rightmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% +These two instructions make it possible to access the running headings, which +are normally meant for the left or for the right page. These two instruction +are not made available by \Package{scrpage2}, but directly by the {\LaTeX} +kernel. When in this section running headings of the left page or the right +page are mentioned, this refers to the contents of \Macro{leftmark} or +\Macro{rightmark}, respectively. +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{headmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headmark}% +This command gives access to the content of running headings. In +contrast to \Macro{leftmark} and \Macro{rightmark}, one need not +regard the proper assignment to left or right page.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{headmark} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{pagemark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}% +This command returns the formatted page number. The formatting can be +controlled by \Macro{pnumfont}, introduced in +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.format}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.cmd.pnumfont}, +which \Macro{pagemark} heeds automatically.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Pagestyle{useheadings} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} +The package \Package{scrpage2} is meant primarily for use of the supplied +styles or for defining one's own styles. However, it may be necessary to shift +back also to a style provided by the document class. It might appear that +this should be done with +\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{headings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}, but this has the +disadvantage that commands \Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}, to be +discussed shortly, do not function as expected. For this reason one should +shift back to the original styles using +\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{useheadings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle}, which chooses +the correct page styles automatically for both manual and automatic running +headings.% +% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} + + +\subsection{Manual and Running Headings} +\label{sec:scrpage-en.basics.mark} +% \automark \manualmark +% +\BeginIndex{}{headings>running}% +\BeginIndex{}{headings>automatic}% +\BeginIndex{}{headings>manual}% +Usually there is a \emph{my}-version of the \Pagestyle{headings} +page style. If such a page style is active, then the running headings +are no longer updated no longer automatically and become manual +headings. With \Package{scrpage2} a different path is taken. Whether +the headings are running or manual is determined by the instructions +\Macro{automark} and \Macro{manualmark}, respectively. The default +can be set already while loading of the package, with the options +\Option{automark} and \Option{manualmark} (see +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.option.automark}). + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{manualmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{manualmark}% +As the name suggests, \Macro{manualmark} switches off the updating of +the running headings and makes them manual. It is left to the user to +update and provide contents for the headings. For that purpose the +instructions \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} and +\Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} are available.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{manualmark} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{automark}\OParameter{right page}\Parameter{left page} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{automark}% +The macro \Macro{automark} activates the automatic updating, that is, running +headings. For the two parameters the designations of the document sectioning +level whose title is to appear in appropriate place are to be used. Valid +values for the parameters are: +\PValue{part}\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}}, \PValue{chapter}, +\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, +\PValue{paragraph}, and \PValue{subparagraph}. For most of the classes use of +\PValue{part} will not produce the expected result. So far only {\KOMAScript} +classes from version~2.9s up are known to support this value. The optional +argument \PName{right page} is understandably meant only for double-sided +documents. In the single-sided case one should normally not use it. With the +help of the option +\Option{autooneside}\IndexOption{autooneside}\important{\Option{autooneside}} +one can also set that the optional argument in single-sided mode is ignored +automatically (see \autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.option.autooneside}). +% +\begin{Example} + Assuming that the document uses a \emph{book} class, whose topmost + section level is \emph{chapter}, then after a preceding + \Macro{manualmark} +\begin{lstcode} + \automark[section]{chapter} +\end{lstcode} + restores the original behaviour. If one prefers lower section levels + in running headings, the following can be used: +\begin{lstcode} + \automark[subsection]{section} +\end{lstcode} +% How useful the last declaration is, everybody has to decide +% for themselves. +\end{Example} + +\begin{Explain} + For the upper section level, the data of the headings is set by the command + \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth}, while that for the lower section level + by \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} or + \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft}. These commands are called indirectly + by the sectioning commands. The macro \Macro{markleft} is provided by the + package \Package{scrpage2} and is defined similarly to \Macro{markright} in + the {\LaTeX} kernel. Although \Macro{markleft} is not defined as an + internal command, the direct use is not recommended. +\end{Explain} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{automark}% +% +\EndIndex{}{headings>manual}% +\EndIndex{}{headings>automatic}% +\EndIndex{}{headings>running}% + + +\subsection{Formatting of Header and Footer} +\label{sec:scrpage-en.basics.format} +% \headfont \pnumfont +% \setheadwidth \setfootwidth +% \set(head|foot)(top|sep|bot)line +The previous section concerned itself mainly with the contents of the +header and footer. This is of course not sufficient to satisfy +formative ambitions. Therefore we devote this section exclusively to +this topic. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{headfont}\\ + \Macro{footfont}\\ + \Macro{pnumfont} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% +The command \Macro{headfont} contains the commands which determine the font of +header and footer lines. Command \Macro{footfont} contains the difference of +the footer to that. The difference for the style of the page number is defined +by the command \Macro{pnumfont}. +\begin{Example} + If, for example, one wants the header to be typeset in bold sans serif, the + footer in non-bold sans serif, and the page number in a slanted serif style, + then one can use the following definitions: +\begin{lstcode} + \renewcommand{\headfont}{\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} + \renewcommand*{\footfont}{\normalfont\sffamily} + \renewcommand{\pnumfont}{\normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% +From version 2.8p of the {\KOMAScript} classes a new unified user interface +scheme is implemented for font attributes. If \Package{scrpage2} is used +together with one of these classes, then it is recommended to set up font +attributes in the manner described in the \KOMAScript{} manual. +\begin{Example} + Instead of \Macro{renewcommand} the command \Macro{setkomafont} + should be used to configure the font attributes. The previous + definitions can then be written as: +\begin{lstcode} + \setkomafont{pagehead}\normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} + \setkomafont{pagefoot}{\normalfont\sffamily} + \setkomafont{pagenumber}{\normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{setheadwidth}\OParameter{shift}\Parameter{width}\\ +\Macro{setfootwidth}\OParameter{shift}\Parameter{width} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth}% +Normally the widths of header and footer lines correspond to the width of the +text body. The commands +\Macro{setheadwidth}\Index{header>width}\Index{head>width} and +\Macro{setfootwidth}\Index{footer>width}\Index{foot>width} enable the user to +adapt in a simple manner the widths to his needs. The mandatory argument +\PName{width} takes the value of the desired width of the page header or +footer, while \PName{shift} is a length parameter by which amount the +appropriate item is shifted toward the outside page edge. + +For the most common situations the mandatory argument \PName{width} +accepts the following symbolic values: +\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\PValue{textwithmarginpar}} +\item[\PValue{paper}] the width of the paper +\item[\PValue{page}] the width of the page +\item[\PValue{text}] the width of the text body +\item[\PValue{textwithmarginpar}] the width of the text body including margin +\item[\PValue{head}] the current header width +\item[\PValue{foot}] the current footer width +\end{labeling} +The difference between \PValue{paper} and \PValue{page} is that \PValue{page} +means the width of the paper less the binding correction if the package +\Package{typearea}\IndexPackage{typearea} is used (see the chapter about +\Package{typearea} in the \KOMAScript{} manual). Without \Package{typearea} +both values are identical. + +\begin{Example} + Assume that one wants a layout like that of \emph{The + {\LaTeX}\,Companion}, where the header projects into the + margin. This can be obtained with: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + which appears like this on an odd page: +% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{10,25}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,23}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} + \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} + \end{XmpTopPage} +% + If the footer line should have the same width and alignment, then two + ways to set this up are possible. The first way simply repeats the + settings for the case of the footer line: +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + In the second way the symbolic value \PValue{head} is used, since the + header already has the desired settings. +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{head} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +If no \PName{shift} is indicated, i.\,e., without the optional argument, +then the header or footer appears arranged symmetrically on the page. +In other words, a value for the \PName{shift} is determined +automatically to correspond to the current page shape. +% +\begin{Example} + Continuing with the previous example, we remove the optional + argument: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadwidth{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + which appears like this on an odd page: +% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{5,25}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{5,23}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} + \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} + \end{XmpTopPage} +\end{Example} + +As can be seen, the header is now shifted inward, while the header +width has not changed. The shift is calculated in a way that the +configuration of the typearea become visible also here.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth} + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% + \OParameter{commands}\\ + \Macro{setheadsepline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% + \OParameter{commands}\\ + \Macro{setfootsepline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% + \OParameter{commands}\\ + \Macro{setfootbotline}\OParameter{length}\Parameter{thickness}% + \OParameter{commands} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootseptline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% +Corresponding to the size configuration parameters of header and +footer there are commands to modify the rules above and below the +header and footer. But first of all the rules should be activated. See options +\Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, +\Option{footsepline}, and \Option{footbotline} in +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.option.headsepline} for this. + +\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\Macro{setfootsepline}} +\item[\Macro{setheadtopline}] configures the line above the header +\item[\Macro{setheadsepline}] configures the line below the header +\item[\Macro{setfootsepline}] configures the line above the footer +\item[\Macro{setfootbotline}] configures the line below the footer +\end{labeling} + +The mandatory argument \PName{thickness} determines how strongly the +line is drawn. The optional argument \PName{length} accepts the same +symbolic values as \PName{width} for \Macro{setheadwidth}, as well as +also a normal length expression. As long as the optional argument +\PName{length} is not assigned a value, the appropriate line length +adapts automatically the width of the header or the footer. + +Use \PValue{auto} in the length argument to restore this automation +for the length of a line. + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{headsepline}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footsepline}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footbotline}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{footbottomline}% +The\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}} optional argument \PName{commands} may +be used to specify additional commands to be executed before the respective +line is drawn. For example, such commands could be used for changing the +color\Index{header>color}\Index{footer>color}% +\Index{head>color}\Index{foot>color}% +\Index{color>in header}\Index{color>in footer} of the line. When using a +{\KOMAScript} class you could also use +\Macro{setkomafont}\IndexCmd{setkomafont} to specify commands for one of the +elements \FontElement{headtopline}\important[i]{\FontElement{headtopline}\\ + \FontElement{headsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footbottomline}}, \FontElement{headsepline}, +\FontElement{footsepline}, \FontElement{footbottomline}, or +\FontElement{footbotline}. These can then be extended via +\Macro{addtokomafont}\IndexCmd{addtokomafont}. See the \KOMAScript{} manual +for details on the \Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont} commands. +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footbottomline}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footbotline}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{footsepline}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{headsepline}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{headtopline}% + + +\begin{Declaration} + \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% + \Parameter{\upshape\PValue{current}}\\ + \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% + \Parameter{}\\ + \XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}% + \Parameter{}\OParameter{} +\end{Declaration}% +The arguments shown here for the command \Macro{setheadtopline} are of +course valid for the other three configuration commands too. + +If the mandatory parameter has the value \PValue{current} or has been +left empty, then the line thickness is not changed. This may be used +to modify the length of the line without changing its thickness. + +If the optional argument \PName{commands} is omitted, then all command +settings that might have been specified before will remain active, +while an empty \PName{commands} argument will revoke any previously +valid commands. + +\begin{Example} + If the header, for example, is to be contrasted by a strong line of + 2\,pt above and a normal line of 0.4\,pt between header and body, + one can achieve this with: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt} + \setheadsepline{.4pt} +\end{lstcode} + Additionally\textnote{Attention!} the options \Option{headtopline} and + \Option{headsepline} have to be used preferably globally in the optional + argument of \Macro{documentclass}. In this case the result may be the + following. +% +\begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{10,25}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,23}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,28}{70} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,21} + \XmpMarginNote{83,11.8} +\end{XmpTopPage} + + To specify that this line is to be drawn also, e.\,g., in red color, you + would change the commands like this: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt}[\color{red}] + \setheadsepline{.4pt}[\color{red}] +\end{lstcode} + In this example, as well as in the following one, line color is + activated by applying the syntax of the + \Package{color}\IndexPackage{color} package, so this package must of + course be loaded. Since \Package{scrpage2} comes without built-in + color handling, any package providing color support may be used. + + {\KOMAScript} classes also support the following way of color specification: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt} + \setheadsepline{.4pt} + \setkomafont{headtopline}[\color{red}] + \setkomafont{headsepline}[\color{red}] +\end{lstcode} + + The automatic adjustment to the header and footer width is illustrated + in the following example: +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootbotline{2pt} + \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} + +% \phantomsection for hyperref-\pageref-links jum-2001/11/24 + \phantomsection\label{page:scrpage-en.autoLineLength} + \begin{XmpBotPage} + \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{17,21}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,33} + \XmpMarginNote{83,24} + \end{XmpBotPage} +\end{Example} +% +Now not everyone will like the alignment of the line above the footer; +instead, one would expect the line to be left-aligned. This can only +be achieved with a global package option, which will be described +together with other package options in the next +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.options}.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootseptline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline} + + +\subsection{Package Options} +\label{sec:scrpage-en.basics.options} +% head(in|ex)clude foot(in|ex)clude --> typearea +% headtopline headsepline footbotline footsepline (plain...) +% komastyle standardstyle +% markuppercase markusecase +% automark manualmark + +In opposite to the \KOMAScript{} classes, where the most options may be +changed using \Macro{KOMAoptions} or \Macro{KOMAoption} also after loading the +class, package \Package{scrpage2} does not provide this feature\iffree{ + currently}{}. All options to \Package{scrpage2} have to be global options, +i.\,e. be part of the optional argument of \Macro{documentclass}, or +package option, i.\,e. be part of the optional argument of \Macro{usepackage}. + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{headinclude}\\ +\Option{headexclude}\\ +\Option{footinclude}\\ +\Option{footexclude} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headinclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footinclude}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headexclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footexclude}% +Since\textnote{Attention!} \KOMAScript~3\ChangedAt{v2.3}{\Package{scrpage2}} +this options should not be passed to \Package{scrpage2} any longer using +\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} or the optional argument of +\Macro{usepackage}. Only for compatibility reason \Package{scrpage2} still +declares them and pass them as \Option{headinclude}, +\OptionValue{headinclude}{false}, \Option{footinclude} und +\OptionValue{footinclude}{false} to package \Package{typearea} weitergereicht. +\EndIndex{Option}{headinclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footinclude}% +\EndIndex{Option}{headexclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footexclude} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{headtopline}\\ + \Option{plainheadtopline}\\ + \Option{headsepline}\\ + \Option{plainheadsepline}\\ + \Option{footsepline}\\ + \Option{plainfootsepline}\\ + \Option{footbotline}\\ + \Option{plainfootbotline} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headtopline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{footbotline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% +Basic adjustment of the lines under and over header and footer can be +made with these options. These adjustments are then considered the +default for all page styles defined with \Package{scrpage2}. If one +of these options is used, then a line thickness 0.4\,pt is set. +Since there is a corresponding plain page style to the +page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings}, the corresponding line in the plain +style can also be configured with the \Option{plain\dots} options. +These \Option{plain} options do however work only if the corresponding +options without \Option{plain} are activated. Thus, +\Option{plainheadtopline} shows no effect without the +\Option{headtopline} option set. + +With these options, it is to be noted that the appropriate page part, +header or footer, is considered as a part of the text area for the +calculation of the type area in case a line has been activated. This +means that, if the separation line between header and text is +activated with \Option{headsepline}, then the package +\Package{typearea} calculates the type area in such a way that the +page header is part of the text block automatically. + +The\textnote{Attention!} conditions for the options of the preceding paragraph +apply also to this automation. That means that the package \Package{typearea} +must be loaded after \Package{scrpage2}, or that on use of a {\KOMAScript} +class, the options \Option{headinclude} and \Option{footinclude} must be set +explicitly with \Macro{documentclass} in order to transfer header or footer +line in the text area.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{headtopline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline} +\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline} +\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline} +\EndIndex{Option}{footbotline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline} + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{ilines}\\ +\Option{clines}\\ +\Option{olines} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{ilines}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{clines}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{olines}% +\Index{rule>alignment}\Index{line>alignment}% +With the definition of the line lengths the case can arise where the +lengths are set correctly, but the justification is not as desired +because the line will be centered in the header or footer area. With +the package options presented here, this specification can be modified +for all page styles defined with \Package{scrpage2}. The option +\Option{ilines} sets the justification in such a way that the lines +align to the inside edge. The option \Option{clines} behaves like the +default justification, and \Option{olines} aligns at the outside edge. + +\begin{Example} + The next example illustrates the influence of the + option \Option{ilines}. Please compare to the example for + \Macro{setfootsepline} on \autopageref{page:scrpage-en.autoLineLength}. +\begin{lstcode} + \usepackage[ilines]{scrpage2} + \setfootbotline{2pt} + \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} + The mere use of the option \Option{ilines} leads to the different + result shown below: +\begin{XmpBotPage} + \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,21}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,33} + \XmpMarginNote{83,24} +\end{XmpBotPage} + In contrast to the default configuration, the separation line between + text and footer is now left-aligned, not centered.% +\end{Example}% +\EndIndex{Option}{ilines}% +\EndIndex{Option}{clines}% +\EndIndex{Option}{olines}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{automark}\\ +\Option{manualmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{automark}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{manualmark}% +\BeginIndex{}{headings>automatic}% +\BeginIndex{}{headings>manual}% +These options set at the beginning of the document whether to use running +headings or manual ones. The option \Option{automark} switches the automatic +updating on, \Option{manualmark} deactivates it. Without the use of one of +the two options, the setting which was valid when the package was loaded is +preserved. +% +\begin{Example} + You load the package \Package{scrpage2} directly after the document class + \Class{scrreprt} without any package options: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrreprt} + \usepackage{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + Since the default page style of \Class{scrreprt} is \Pagestyle{plain}, + this page style is also now still active. Futhermore, \Pagestyle{plain} + means manual headings. If one now activates the page style + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} with +\begin{lstcode} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} +\end{lstcode} + then the manual headings are nevertheless still active. + + If you instead use the document class \Class{scrbook}, then after +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrbook} + \usepackage{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + the page style \Pagestyle{headings} is active and the running headings are + updated automatically. Switching to the page style + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} keeps this setting active. The marking commands + of \Class{scrbook} continue to be used. + + However, the use of +\begin{lstcode} + \usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + activates running headings independently of the used document class. + The option does not of course affect the used page style \Pagestyle{plain} + of the class \Class{scrreprt}. The headings are not visible until the + page style is changed to + \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings}, \Pagestyle{useheadings} + or another user-defined page style with headings.% +\end{Example}% +\EndIndex{Option}{automark}\EndIndex{Option}{manualmark}% + +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{autooneside} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{autooneside}% +This option ensures that the optional parameter of +\Macro{automark}\IndexCmd{automark} will be ignored automatically in +one-sided mode. See also the explanation of the command +\Macro{automark} in \autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.mark}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.cmd.automark}.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{autooneside}% +% +\EndIndex{}{headings>manual}% +\EndIndex{}{headings>automatic}% + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{komastyle}\\ + \Option{standardstyle} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{komastyle}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{standardstyle}% +These options determine the look of the predefined page styles +\Pagestyle{scrheadings} and \Pagestyle{scrplain}. The option +\Option{komastyle} configures a look like that of the {\KOMAScript} classes. +This is the default for {\KOMAScript} classes and can in this way also be set +for other classes. + +The option \Option{standardstyle} configures a page style as it is +expected by the standard classes. Furthermore, the option +\Option{markuppercase} will be activated automatically, but only if +option \Option{markusedcase} is not given.% +\EndIndex{Option}{komastyle}% +\EndIndex{Option}{standardstyle} + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{markuppercase}\\ +\Option{markusedcase} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{markuppercase}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{markusedcase}% +In order to achieve the functionality of \Macro{automark}, the package +\Package{scrpage2} modifies internal commands which are used by the +document structuring commands to set the running headings. Since some +classes, in contrast to the {\KOMAScript} classes, write the headings +in uppercase letters, \Package{scrpage2} has to know how the used +document class sets the headings. + +Option \Option{markuppercase} shows \Package{scrpage2} that the document class +uses uppercase letters. If the document class does not set the headings in +uppercase letters, then the option \Option{markusedcase} should be given. +These\textnote{Attention!} options are not suitable to force a representation; +thus, unexpected effects may occur if the given option does not match the +actual behaviour of the document class.% +\EndIndex{Option}{markuppercase}\EndIndex{Option}{markusedcase} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{nouppercase} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{nouppercase}% +In the previous paragraph dealing with \Option{markuppercase} and +\Option{markusedcase}, it has been already stated that some document classes +set the running headings\Index{heading} in uppercase letters using the +commands +\Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} +or \Macro{uppercase}\IndexCmd{uppercase}\important{\Macro{uppercase}}. +Setting the option \Option{nouppercase} allows disabling both these commands +in the headers and footers. However, this is valid only for page styles +defined by \Package{scrpage2}, including \Pagestyle{scrheadings} and its +corresponding plain page style. + +The applied method is very brutal and can cause that desired changes +of normal letters to uppercase letters \Index{uppercase letters} do +not occur. Since these cases do not occur frequently, the option +\Option{nouppercase} usually affords a useful solution. +\begin{Example} + Your document uses the standard class \Class{book}\IndexClass{book}, + but you do not want the uppercase headings but mixed case + headings. Then the preamble of your document could start with: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{book} + \usepackage[nouppercase]{scrpage2} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} +\end{lstcode} + The selection of the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is necessary, + since otherwise the page style \Pagestyle{headings} is active, which + does not respect the settings made by option \Option{nouppercase}. +\end{Example} + +In some cases not only classes but also packages set the running +headings in uppercase letters. +Also in these cases the option \Option{nouppercase} should be able +to switch back to the normal mixed case headings.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{nouppercase} + + +\section{Defining Own Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage-en.UI} +% +% +\subsection{The Interface for Beginners}\label{sec:scrpage-en.UI.user} +% \deftripstyle +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}\Index{page>style} + +Now one would not like to remain bound to only the provided page +styles, but may wish to define one's own page styles. Sometimes there +will be a special need, since a specific \emph{Corporate Identity} may +require the declaration of its own page styles. The easiest way to +deal with this is: +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{deftripstyle}\Parameter{name}% +\OParameter{LO}\OParameter{LI}% +\Parameter{HI}\Parameter{HC}\Parameter{HO}% +\Parameter{FI}\Parameter{FC}\Parameter{FO} +\end{Declaration}% +The individual parameters have the following meanings: +\begin{labeling}[\,--]{\PName{Name}} +\item[\PName{name}] the name of the page style, in order to activate it + using the command \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{name} +\item[\PName{LO}] the thickness of the outside lines, + i.\,e., the line above the header + and the line below the footer (optional) +\item[\PName{LI}] the thickness of the separation lines, + i.\,e., the line below the header + and the line above the foot (optional) +\item[\PName{HI}] contents of the inside box in the page header for two-sided + layout or left for one-sided layout +\item[\PName{HC}] contents of the centered box in the page header +\item[\PName{HO}] contents of the outside box in the page header for two-sided + layout or right for one-sided layout +\item[\PName{FI}] contents of the inside box in the page footer for two-sided + layout or left for one-sided layout +\item[\PName{FC}] contents of the centered box in the page footer +\item[\PName{FO}] contents of the outside box in the page footer for two-sided + layout or right for one-sided layout +\end{labeling} + +The command \Macro{deftripstyle} definitely represents the simplest +possibility of defining page styles. Unfortunately, there are also +restrictions connected with this, since in a page range using a page +style defined via deftripstyle, no modification of the lines above and +below header and footer can take place. + +\begin{Example} + Assume a two-sided layout, where the running headings are placed on + the inside. Furthermore, the document title, here ``Report'', shall + be placed outside in the header, the page number shall be centered + in the footer. +\begin{lstcode} + \deftripstyle{TheReport}% + {\headmark}{}{Report}% + {}{\pagemark}{} +\end{lstcode} + + If moreover the lines above the header and below the footer shall be + drawn with a thickness of 2\,pt, and the text body be separated from + header and footer with 0.4\,pt lines, then the definition has to be + extended: +\begin{lstcode} + \deftripstyle{TheReport}[2pt][.4pt]% + {\headmark}{}{Report}% + {}{\pagemark}{} +\end{lstcode} + See \autoref{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines} for the result. +% +\begin{figure} + \typeout{^^J--- Ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:} + \setcapindent{0pt}% +% \begin{center} + \begin{captionbeside} + [{% + Example of a user defined, line dominated page style% + }]{% + example of a user defined, line dominated page style + with a static and a running heading at the page header and a page number + centered at the page footer% + \label{fig:scrpage2.tomuchlines}% + } + [l] + \iffree{\setlength{\unitlength}{1.15mm}}{\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}}% + \begin{picture}(85,51)\scriptsize + \thinlines + \put(0,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(45,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(0,51){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(45,51){\line(1,0){40}} + % + \thicklines + \put(40,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(85,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(0,0,){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(45,0){\line(1,0){40}} + % + \XmpHeading[Report\hfill 2. The Eye]{6,47}{30} + \XmpHeading[2.1 Retina\hfill Report]{49,47}{30} + \XmpHeading[\hfill 14\hfill]{6,6.5}{30} + \XmpHeading[\hfill 15\hfill]{49,6.5}{30} + \put(6,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% + \textbf{2.1 Retina}\\ + \XmpText[49]}}} + \put(49,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% + \XmpText[51]}}} + % + \thinlines + \XmpRule{6,45.5}{30}\XmpRule{49,45.5}{30} + \XmpRule{6,8}{30}\XmpRule{49,8}{30} + \linethickness{1pt} + \XmpRule{6,49}{30}\XmpRule{49,49}{30} + \XmpRule{6,5}{30}\XmpRule{49,5}{30} + \end{picture} +% \end{center} + \end{captionbeside} + \typeout{^^J--- Don't ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:^^J} +\end{figure} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle} + + +\subsection{The Interface for Experts}\label{sec:scrpage-en.UI.expert} +% \defpagestyle \newpagestyle \providepagestyle \renewpagestyle +\Index{page>style} +Simple page styles, as they can be defined with \Macro{deftripstyle}, +are fairly rare according to experience. Either a professor requires +that the thesis looks like his or her own\,---\,and who seriously wants +to argue against such a wish?\,---\,or a company would like that half the +financial accounting emerges in the page footer. No problem, the +solution is: +% +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{defpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ +\Macro{newpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ +\Macro{renewpagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition}\\ +\Macro{providepagestyle}\Parameter{name}\Parameter{header definition}\Parameter{footer definition} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% +These four commands give full access to the capabilities of +\Package{scrpage2} to define page styles. Their structure is +indentical, they differ only in the manner of working. +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{providepagestyle}} +\item[\Macro{defpagestyle}] defines a new page style. +If a page style with this name already exists it will be overwritten. +\item[\Macro{newpagestyle}] defines a new page style. +If a page style with this name already exists a error message will be given. +\item[\Macro{renewpagestyle}] redefines a page style. +If a page style with this name does not exist a error message will be given. +\item[\Macro{providepagestyle}] defines a new page style only if there is no page style with that name already present. +\end{labeling} + +Using \Macro{defpagestyle} as an example, the syntax of the four +commands is explained below. +\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{head definition}} +\item[\PName{name}] the name of the page style for + \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{name} +\item[\PName{header definition}] the declaration of the header, consisting + of five element; elements in round parenthesis are optional:\hfill\\ + \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{ALL,ALT}% + \Parameter{EP}\Parameter{OP}\Parameter{OS}\AParameter{BLL,BLT} +\item[\PName{footer definition}] the declaration of the footer, consisting + of five element; elements in round parenthesis are optional:\hfill\\ + \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{ALL,ALT}% + \Parameter{EP}\Parameter{OP}\Parameter{OS}\AParameter{BLL,BLT} +\end{labeling} + +As can be seen, header and footer declaration have identical +structure. The individual parameters have the following meanings: +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PName{OLD}} +\item[\PName{ALL}] above line length: (header = outside, footer = separation + line) +\item[\PName{ALT}] above line thickness +\item[\PName{EP}] definition for \emph{even} pages +\item[\PName{OP}] definition for \emph{odd} pages +\item[\PName{OS}] definition for \emph{one-sided} layout +\item[\PName{BLL}] below line length: (header = separation line, footer = + outside) +\item[\PName{BLT}] below line thickness +\end{labeling} + +If the optional line-parameters are omitted, then the line behaviour remains +configurable by the commands introduced in +\autoref{sec:scrpage-en.basics.format}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-en.cmd.setheadtopline}. + +The three elements \PName{EP}, \PName{OP} and \PName{OS} are boxes with the +width of page header or footer, as appropriate. The corresponding definitions +are set left-justified in the boxes. To set something left- \emph{and} +right-justified into the boxes, the space between two text elements can be +stretched using \Macro{hfill}: +% +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + {\headmark\hfill\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + +If one would like a third text-element centered in the box, then an +extended definition must be used. The commands \Macro{rlap} and +\Macro{llap} simply write the given arguments, but for {\LaTeX} they +take up no horizontal space. Only in this way is the middle text +really centered. +% +\begin{lstcode} + {\rlap{\headmark}\hfill centered text\hfill\llap{\pagemark}} +\end{lstcode} + +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext +This and the use of the expert interface in connection with other +commands provided by \Package{scpage2} follows now in the final +example. +\fi + +\begin{Example} + This examples uses the document class \Class{scrbook}, which means + that the default page layout is two-sided. The package + \Package{scrpage2} is loaded with options \Option{automark} and + \Option{headsepline}. The first switches on the automatic update of + running headings, the second determines that a separation line + between header and text body is drawn in the \Pagestyle{scrheadings} + page style. + +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrbook} + \usepackage[automark,headsepline]{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + + The expert interface is used to define two page styles. The page + style \PValue{withoutLines} does not define any line parameters. The + second page style \PValue{withLines} defines a line thicknes of 1\,pt + for the line above the header and 0\,pt for the separation line + between header and text. + +\begin{lstcode} + \defpagestyle{withoutLines}{% + {Example\hfill\headmark}{\headmark\hfill without lines} + {\rlap{Example}\hfill\headmark\hfill% + \llap{without lines}} + }{% + {\pagemark\hfill} + {\hfill\pagemark} + {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} + } +\end{lstcode} + +\begin{lstcode} + \defpagestyle{withLines}{% + (\textwidth,1pt) + {with lines\hfill\headmark}{\headmark\hfill with lines} + {\rlap{\KOMAScript}\hfill \headmark\hfill% + \llap{with lines}} + (0pt,0pt) + }{% + (\textwidth,.4pt) + {\pagemark\hfill} + {\hfill\pagemark} + {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} + (\textwidth,1pt) + } +\end{lstcode} + + Right at the beginning of the document the page style + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is activated. The command \Macro{chapter} starts + a new chapter and automatically sets the page rstyle for this page to + \Pagestyle{plain}. Even though not a prime example, the command + \Macro{chead} shows how running headings can be created even on a + plain page. However, in principle running headings on + chapter start-pages are to be avoided, since otherwise the special + character of the \Pagestyle{plain} page style is lost. It is more + important to indicate that a new chapter starts here than that a + section of this page has a special title. + +\begin{lstcode} + \begin{document} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \chapter{Thermodynamics} + \chead[\leftmark]{} + \section{Main Laws} + Every system has an extensive state quantity called + Energy. In a closed system the energy is constant. +\end{lstcode} + + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\hfill\textsl{1. Thermodynamics}\hfill]{10,27}{70} + \put(10,17){\normalsize\textbf{\sffamily 1.Thermodynamics}} + \put(10,12){\textbf{\sffamily 1.1 Main Laws}} + \XmpSetText[% + Every System has an extensive state quantity]{10,9} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + After starting a new page the page style \Pagestyle{scrheadings} is + active and thus the separation line below the header is visible. +\begin{lstcode} + There is a state quatity of a system, called entropy, whose temporal + change consists of entropy flow and entropy generation. +\end{lstcode} + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\textsl{1. Thermodynamics}\hfill]{20,27}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{20,25}{70} + \XmpSetText[% + There is a condition unit of a system, called entropy, + whose temporal change consists of entropy flow + and entropy generation.]{20,20} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + After switching to the next page, the automatic update of the running + headings is disabled using \Macro{manualmark}, and the page style + \PValue{withoutLines} becomes active. Since no line parameters are + given in the definition of this page style, the default configuration + is used, which draws a separation line between header and text body + because \Package{scrpage2} was called with \Option{headsepline}. +\begin{lstcode} + \manualmark + \pagestyle{withoutLines} + \section{Exergy and Anergy}\markright{Energy Conversion} + During the transition of a system to an equilibrium state + with its environment, the maximum work gainable is called + exergy. +\end{lstcode} + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\slshape Energy Conversion\hfill without lines]{10,27}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,25}{70} + \XmpSetText[\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}% + \textbf{\sffamily 1.2 Exergy and Anergy}\\ + During the transition of a system to an equilibrium state + with its environment, the maximum work gainable is called + exergy.]{10,21} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + At the next page of the document, the page style \PValue{withLines} is + activated. The line settings of its definition are taken in account + and the lines are drawn accordingly. +\begin{lstcode} + \pagestyle{mitLinien} + \renewcommand{\headfont}{\itshape\bfseries} + The portion of an energy not convertible in exergy + is named anergy \Var{B}. + \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\itshape\bfseries with lines\hfill 1. Thermodynamics]{20,27}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{20,29}{70} + \XmpSetText[\setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}% + The portion of an energy not convertible in exergy + is named anergy $B$. + \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] ]{20,20} + \end{XmpTopPage} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle} + + +\subsection{Managing Page Styles}\label{sec:scrpage-en.UI.cfgFile} +% scrpage.cfg +\BeginIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} +Before long the work with different page styles will establish a +common set of employed page styles, depending on taste and tasks. In +order to make the management of page styles easier and avoid +time-consuming copy operations each time a new project is started, +\Package{scrpage2} reads the file \File{scrpage.cfg} after +initialisation. This file can contain a set of user-defined page +styles which many projects can share. +\EndIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} +\EndIndex{Package}{scrpage2} + +% ============================================================================ + +\cleardoubleoddpage + +\selectlanguage{ngerman} +\let\savednewcommand\newcommand +\let\newcommand\renewcommand +\input{ngerman/guide-ngerman.tex} +\let\newcommand\savednewcommand +\def\theHchapter{D.\thechapter} +\setcounter{chapter}{0} +\renewcommand*{\thepage}{D.\arabic{page}} + +\phantomsection +\addparttocentry{}{Deutsch} + +\title{Das obsolete Paket \Package{scrpage2}} +\subtitle{Auszug aus früheren Versionen der \KOMAScript-Anleitung} +\author{Markus Kohm\and Jens-Uwe-Morawski} +\date{2014-06-25} +\maketitle + + +\chapter{Kopf- und Fußzeilen mit \Package{scrpage2}} +\labelbase{scrpage-de} +% +\BeginIndex{Package}{scrpage2}% +Mit \KOMAScript~3.12 wurde das komplett neu implementierte Paket +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} vorgestellt, das eine konsequente Weiterführung des +Designs von \Package{scrpage2} mit anderen Mitteln darstellt. Siehe dazu das +entsprechende Kapitel der \KOMAScript-Anleitung. Während +\Package{scrpage2} die erweiterte Optionen-Schnittstelle der +\KOMAScript-Klassen nicht unterstützt, kommt diese in +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} selbstverständlich zum Einsatz. Da der Ansatz von +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} gegenüber \Package{scrpage2} als überlegen +betrachtet wird, wird somit empfohlen, \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} an Stelle +von \Package{scrpage2} zu verwenden. Die aktuelle Version von +\Package{scrpage2} ist daher auch als final zu betrachten. Sämtliche +Entwicklungsresourcen im Bereich Kopf- und Fußzeilen werden zukünftig in +\Package{scrlayer-scrpage} einfließen. + +\begin{Explain} + An Stelle von \Package{scrpage2} oder \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} kann + natürlich auch \Package{fancyhdr} verwendet + werden. \Package{scrpage2} und insbesondere \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} + harmonieren jedoch mit den \KOMAScript-Klassen deutlich besser. Genau + deshalb und weil der Vorläufer von \Package{fancyhdr} damals viele + Möglichkeiten vermissen lies, ist \Package{scrpage2} entstanden. Natürlich + ist das Paket \Package{scrpage2} ebenso wie das Paket + \Package{scrlayer-scrpage} nicht an eine \KOMAScript-Klasse gebunden, + sondern kann auch sehr gut mit anderen Klassen verwendet werden. +\end{Explain} + +\section{Grundlegende Funktionen}\label{sec:scrpage-de.basics} + +\begin{Explain} + Um die nachfolgende Beschreibung zu verstehen, muss noch einiges zu \LaTeX{} + gesagt werden. Im \LaTeX-Kern sind die Standardseitenstile + \Pagestyle{empty}, welcher eine völlig undekorierte Seite erzeugt, und + \Pagestyle{plain}, welcher meist nur die Seitenzahl enthält, definiert. In + vielen Klassen ist der Stil \Pagestyle{headings} zu finden, welcher eine + komplexe Seitendekoration mit automatischen + Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} erzeugt. Die Variante + \Pagestyle{myheadings} gleicht \Pagestyle{headings}. Die Kolumnentitel + müssen dabei aber manuell\Index{Kolumnentitel>manuell} gesetzt werden. + Ausführlicher wird das im Abschnitt über Seitenstile der + \KOMAScript-Anleitung beschrieben. Dort wird auch erläutert, dass auf + einigen Seiten der Seitenstil automatisch -- in der Regel zu + \Pagestyle{plain} -- wechselt. +\end{Explain} + +Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} unterscheidet nicht mehr zwischen Seitenstilen +mit automatischem und mit manuellem Kolumnentitel. Die Wahl des Seitenstils +erfolgt unabhängig davon, ob mit automatischem oder manuellem Kolumnentitel +gearbeitet wird. Näheres dazu finden Sie in \autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.mark}. + + +\subsection{Vordefinierte Seitenstile}\label{sec:scrpage-de.basics.buildIn} + +Zu den grundlegenden Funktionen von \Package{scrpage2} gehören unter anderem +vordefinierte, konfigurierbare Seitenstile. + +% \lehead ... +% scrheadings +% \headmark \pagemark + +\begin{Declaration} + \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\\ + \Pagestyle{scrplain} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% +\Index{Seiten>Stil}% +Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} liefert für Seiten mit Kolumnentitel einen +eigenen Seitenstil namens \Pagestyle{scrheadings}. Dieser Seitenstil kann +mittels \Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{scrheadings} aktiviert werden. Wird +dieser Seitenstil benutzt, dann wird gleichzeitig der plain-Stil durch den +dazu passenden Stil \Pagestyle{scrplain} ersetzt. Passend bedeutet, dass auch +der plain-Stil auf in \autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.format} vorgestellte +Befehle, die beispielsweise die Kopfbreite ändern, reagiert und im Grundlayout +übereinstimmt. Die Aktivierung des Seitenstils \Pagestyle{scrheadings} oder +des zugehörigen plain-Stils, \Pagestyle{scrplain}, hat keine Auswirkung +darauf, ob mit manuellen oder automatischen +Kolumnentiteln\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}\Index{Kolumnentitel>manuell} +gearbeitet wird (siehe \autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.mark}). Der Seitenstil +\Pagestyle{scrplain} kann auch direkt per \Macro{pagestyle} aktiviert werden. + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{lehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-links-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-gerade}\\ + \Macro{cehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-gerade}\\ + \Macro{rehead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-gerade}\\ + \Macro{lefoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-links-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-gerade}\\ + \Macro{cefoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-gerade}\\ + \Macro{refoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-gerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-gerade}\\ + \Macro{lohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-links-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{cohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{rohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{lofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-links-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-links-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{cofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-mittig-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-mittig-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{rofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-rechts-ungerade}\Parameter{scrheadings-rechts-ungerade}\\ + \Macro{ihead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-innen}\Parameter{scrheadings-innen}\\ + \Macro{chead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-zentriert}\Parameter{scrheadings-zentriert}\\ + \Macro{ohead}% + \OParameter{scrplain-außen}\Parameter{scrheadings-außen}\\ + \Macro{ifoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-innen}\Parameter{scrheadings-innen}\\ + \Macro{cfoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-zentriert}\Parameter{scrheadings-zentriert}\\ + \Macro{ofoot}% + \OParameter{scrplain-außen}\Parameter{scrheadings-außen} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ihead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{chead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% +Die Seitenstile von \Package{scrpage2} sind so definiert, dass ihr Kopf und +Fuß flexibel angepasst werden kann. Hierzu sind sowohl im Kopf als auch im Fuß +drei Felder vorhanden, deren Inhalt modifiziert werden kann. Die Befehle +zur Modifikation sind in \autoref{fig:scrpage-de.leheadetall} verdeutlicht. Die +in der Mitte dargestellten Befehle modifizieren sowohl die Felder der linken +als auch der rechten Seite. Alle Befehle haben sowohl ein optionales als auch +ein obligatorisches Argument. Das optionale Argument bestimmt jeweils das +durch den Befehl festgelegte Feld im plain-Seitenstil, +\Pagestyle{scrplain}. Das obligatorische Argument definiert das entsprechende +Feld im Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings}. + +\begin{figure} +% \centering + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside} + [Befehle zur Manipulation der \Package{scrpage2}-Seitenstile]% + {\hspace{0pt plus 1ex}% + Zuord\-nung der Befehle zur Manipulation der beiden Seiten\-stile + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} zu den Feldern im + Kopf und Fuß der Seiten} + [l] + \setlength{\unitlength}{.95mm}\begin{picture}(100,65)(0,8)\small + \put(0,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){linke Seite}} + \put(60,12){\dashbox{2}(40,56){rechte Seite}} + % Felder: oben links + \put(1,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(16,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(31,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % Felder: oben rechts + \put(61,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(76,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(91,63){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % Felder: unten links + \put(1,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(16,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(31,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % Felder: unten rechts + \put(61,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(76,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + \put(91,13){\framebox(8,4){~}} + % die Befehle und Pfeile + % für beidseitig + % + \put(50,65){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ihead}}} + \put(44,65){\vector(-1,0){4}}\put(56,65){\vector(1,0){4}} + \put(50,58){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{chead}}} + \put(44,58){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,58){\line(1,0){24}} + \put(20,58){\vector(0,1){4}}\put(80,58){\vector(0,1){4}} + \put(50,51){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ohead}}} + \put(44,51){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,51){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(4,51){\vector(0,1){11}}\put(96,51){\vector(0,1){11}} + % + \put(50,15){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ifoot}}} + \put(56,15){\vector(1,0){4}}\put(44,15){\vector(-1,0){4}} + \put(50,22){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{cfoot}}} + \put(44,22){\line(-1,0){24}}\put(56,22){\line(1,0){24}} + \put(20,22){\vector(0,-1){4}}\put(80,22){\vector(0,-1){4}} + \put(50,29){\makebox(0,0){\Macro{ofoot}}} + \put(44,29){\line(-1,0){40}}\put(56,29){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(4,29){\vector(0,-1){11}}\put(96,29){\vector(0,-1){11}} + % Befehle für einseitig + \put(5,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lehead}}} + \put(20,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cehead}}} + \put(35,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rehead}}} + % + \put(65,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{lohead}}} + \put(80,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{cohead}}} + \put(95,69){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\Macro{rohead}}} + % + \put(5,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lefoot}}} + \put(20,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cefoot}}} + \put(35,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{refoot}}} + % + \put(65,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{lofoot}}} + \put(80,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{cofoot}}} + \put(95,11){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\Macro{rofoot}}} + \end{picture} + \end{captionbeside} +% \caption[Befehle zur Manipulation der \Package{scrpage2}-Seitenstile]% +% {Zuordnung der Befehle zur Manipulation der Seitenstile +% \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} zu den manipulierten +% Seitenelementen} + \label{fig:scrpage-de.leheadetall} +\end{figure} + +\begin{Example} + Angenommen, man möchte bei \Pagestyle{scrheadings} zentriert im Seitenfuß + die Seitenzahl dargestellt haben, dann benutzt man einfach: +\begin{lstcode} + \cfoot{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Sollen die Seitenzahlen\Index{Paginierung} im Kopf außen und die + Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel} innen stehen, dann erfolgt dies mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \ohead{\pagemark} + \ihead{\headmark} + \cfoot{} +\end{lstcode} + Das \Macro{cfoot}\PParameter{} ist nur notwendig, um eine möglicherweise in + der Mitte des Fußes vorhandene Seitenzahl zu entfernen. +\end{Example} + +Die Befehle, die direkt nur einem Feld zugeordnet sind, können für +anspruchsvollere Vorhaben genutzt werden. + +\begin{Example} + Angenommen, man hat den Auf"|trag, einen Jahresbericht einer Firma zu + erstellen, dann könnte das so angegangen werden: +\begin{lstcode} + \ohead{\pagemark} + \rehead{Jahresbericht 2001} + \lohead{\headmark} + \cefoot{Firma WasWeißIch} + \cofoot{Abteilung Entwicklung} +\end{lstcode} + Natürlich muss man hier dafür sorgen, dass mittels \Macro{cofoot} der Fuß + der rechten Seite aktualisiert wird, wenn eine neue Abteilung im Bericht + besprochen wird. +\end{Example} + +Wie oben dargestellt, gibt es einen zu \Pagestyle{scrheadings} +korrespondierenden plain-Seitenstil. Da es auch möglich sein soll, diesen +Stil anzupassen, unterstüt"-zen die Befehle ein optionales Argument. Damit +kann der Inhalt des entsprechenden Feldes im plain-Seitenstil modifiziert +werden. + +\begin{Example} + Um für die Nutzung von \Pagestyle{scrheadings} die Position der Seitenzahlen + festzulegen, kann man folgendes benutzen: +\begin{lstcode} + \cfoot[\pagemark]{} + \ohead[]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Wird anschließend der Stil \Pagestyle{plain} genutzt, beispielsweise weil + \Macro{chapter} eine neue Seite beginnt und darauf umschaltet, dann steht + die Seitenzahl zentriert im Seitenfuß. +\end{Example} +% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrheadings}% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{scrplain}% + + +% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von +% mjk 2001-08-18 +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{clearscrheadings}\\ + \Macro{clearscrplain}\\ + \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% +Will man sowohl den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} als auch den dazu +gehörenden plain-Seitenstil von Grund auf neu definieren, +muss man häufig zusätzlich einige der bereits belegten Seitenelemente +löschen. Da man selten alle Elemente mit neuem Inhalt füllt, sind +dazu in den meisten Fällen mehrere Befehle mit leeren Parametern +notwendig. +Mit Hilfe dieser drei Befehle ist das Löschen schnell und +gründlich möglich. Während \Macro{clearscrheadings} lediglich alle +Felder des Seitenstils \Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Macro{clearscrplain} +alle Felder des zugehörigen plain-Seitenstils löscht, werden +von \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} alle Felder beider Seitenstile auf leere +Inhalte gesetzt. +\begin{Example} + Sie wollen unabhängig davon, wie die Seitenstile derzeit aussehen, + die Standardform der \KOMAScript-Klassen bei zweiseitigem Satz + erreichen. Dies ist mit nur drei Befehlen möglich: +\begin{lstcode} + \clearscrheadfoot + \ohead{\headmark} + \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Ohne die Befehle \Macro{clearscrheadings}, \Macro{clearscrplain} und + \Macro{clearscrheadfoot} wären doppelt so viele Anweisungen und neun weitere + leere Argumente notwendig: +\begin{lstcode} + \ihead[]{} + \chead[]{} + \ohead[]{\headmark} + \ifoot[]{} + \cfoot[]{} + \ofoot[\pagemark]{\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + Einige davon könnten natürlich entfallen, wenn man von einer + konkreten Vorbelegung ausginge. +\end{Example} +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadings}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrplain}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearscrheadfoot}% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cehead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rehead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ihead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{chead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{ohead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cohead}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rohead}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cefoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{refoot}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{ifoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cfoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rfoot}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{lofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{cofoot}\EndIndex{Cmd}{rofoot}% + +% Satz leicht geaendert: mjk 2001-08-18 +In den vorausgehenden Beispielen wurden schon zwei Befehle benutzt, die noch +gar nicht besprochen wurden. Das soll jetzt nachgeholt werden. + +% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von +% mjk 2001-08-17 +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{leftmark}\\ + \Macro{rightmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% +Diese beiden Befehle erlauben es, auf die Kolumnentitel zuzugreifen, die +normalerweise für die linke bzw. die rechte Seite gedacht sind. Diese beiden +Befehle werden nicht von \Package{scrpage2}, sondern direkt vom \LaTeX-Kern +zur Verfügung gestellt. Wenn in diesem Kapitel vom Kolumnentitel der linken +Seite oder vom Kolumnentitel der rechten Seite die Rede ist, dann ist damit +eigentlich der Inhalt von \Macro{leftmark} und \Macro{rightmark} gemeint. +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{leftmark}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{rightmark}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{headmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headmark}% +Dieser Befehl ermöglicht es, auf die Inhalte der Kolumnentitel zuzugreifen. +Im Gegensatz zu den originalen \LaTeX{}-Befehlen \Macro{leftmark} und +\Macro{rightmark} braucht man nicht auf die richtige Zuordnung zur linken oder +rechten Seite zu achten.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{headmark} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{pagemark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pagemark}% +Dieser Befehl ermöglicht den Zugriff auf die Seitenzahl. Im +\autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.format}, \autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.cmd.pnumfont} +wird der Befehl \Macro{pnumfont} zur Formatierung der Seitenzahl vorgestellt, +den \Macro{pagemark} automatisch berücksichtigt.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{pagemark} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Pagestyle{useheadings} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings}% +Das Paket \Package{scrpage2} ist in erster Linie dafür gedacht, dass die +bereitgestellten Stile benutzt oder eigene Stile definiert werden. Jedoch +kann es notwendig sein, auch auf einen von der Dokumentklasse zur Verfügung +gestellten Stil zurückzuschalten. Es wäre nahe liegend, dieses mit +\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{headings} vorzunehmen. Das hätte aber den +Nachteil, dass die nachfolgend besprochenen Befehle \Macro{automark} und +\Macro{manualmark} nicht wie erwartet funktionierten. Daher sollte mit +\Macro{pagestyle}\PParameter{useheadings}\IndexCmd{pagestyle} auf die +originalen Stile umgeschaltet werden. Eine solche Umschaltung hat dann keine +Auswirkung darauf, ob mit manuellen oder automatischen Kolumnentiteln +gearbeitet wird.% +% +\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{useheadings} + + +\subsection{Manuelle und automatische Kolumnentitel} +\label{sec:scrpage-de.basics.mark} +% \automark \manualmark +% +\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% +\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% +Gewöhnlich\textnote{Achtung!} gibt es zu einem \Pagestyle{headings}-Stil eine +\emph{my}-Variante. Ist ein solcher Stil aktiv, dann werden die Kolumnentitel +nicht mehr automatisch aktualisiert. Bei \Package{scrpage2} wird ein anderer +Weg beschritten. Ob die Kolumnentitel lebend sind oder nicht, bestimmen die +Befehle \Macro{automark} und \Macro{manualmark}. Die Voreinstellung kann auch +bereits beim Laden des Paketes über die Optionen \Option{automark} und +\Option{manualmark} beeinflusst werden (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.option.automark}). + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{manualmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{manualmark}% +Wie der Name bereits verdeutlicht, schaltet \Macro{manualmark} die +Aktualisierung der Kolumnentitel aus. Es bleibt somit dem Nutzer überlassen, +für eine Aktualisierung bzw. für den Inhalt der Kolumnentitel zu sorgen. Dazu +stehen die Befehle \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} und +\Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern bereit. Diese +Anweisungen sind im Abschnitt über Seitenstile in der \KOMAScript-Anleitung +erklärt.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{manualmark} + + +% Ergaenzt mjk 2001-07-17 +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{automark}\OParameter{rechte Seite}\Parameter{linke Seite} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{automark}% +Die Anweisung \Macro{automark} aktiviert die automatische Aktualisierung des +Kolumnentitels. Für die beiden Parameter sind die Bezeichnungen der +Gliederungsebenen\Index{Gliederungsebenen} einzusetzen, deren Titel an +entsprechender Stelle erscheinen soll. Gültige Werte für die Parameter sind: +\PValue{part}\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}}, \PValue{chapter}, +\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, +\PValue{paragraph} und \PValue{subparagraph}. Der Wert \PValue{part} führt bei +Verwendung der meisten Klassen nicht zu dem gewünschten Ergebnis. Bisher ist +nur von den \KOMAScript-Klassen ab Version~2.9s bekannt, dass dieser Wert +unterstützt wird. Das optionale Argument \PName{rechte Seite} ist +ver\-ständlicherweise nur für zweiseitigen Satz gedacht. Im einseitigen Satz +sollten Sie normalerweise darauf verzichten. Mit Hilfe der Option +\Option{autooneside}\IndexOption{autooneside}\important{\Option{autooneside}} +können Sie auch einstellen, dass das optionale Argument im +einseitigen\Index{einseitig} Satz automatisch ignoriert wird (siehe +\autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.option.autooneside}). +\begin{Example} + Wird beispielsweise mit einer \emph{book}-Klasse gearbeitet, deren höch\-ste + Gliederungsebene \emph{chapter} ist, dann stellt nach einem vorhergehenden + \Macro{manualmark} der Befehl +\begin{lstcode} + \automark[section]{chapter} +\end{lstcode} + den Originalzustand wieder her. Bevorzugt man stattdessen, die tieferen + Gliederungsebenen angezeigt zu bekommen, dann erfolgt dies mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \automark[subsection]{section} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +\begin{Explain} + Die Markierung der jeweils höheren Gliederungsebene wird mit Hilfe von + \Macro{markboth}\IndexCmd{markboth} gesetzt. Die Markierung der + tieferen Gliederungsebene wird mit \Macro{markright}\IndexCmd{markright} + bzw. \Macro{markleft}\IndexCmd{markleft} gesetzt. Der entsprechende Aufruf + erfolgt indirekt über die Gliederungsbefehle. Die Anweisung \Macro{markleft} + wird von \Package{scrpage2} bereitgestellt und ist vergleichbar zu + \Macro{markright} aus dem \LaTeX-Kern + definiert. Obwohl sie nicht als internes Makro definiert ist, wird von einem + direkten Gebrauch abgeraten. +\end{Explain} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{automark} +\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% +\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% + + +\subsection{Formatierung der Kopf- und Fußzeilen} +\label{sec:scrpage-de.basics.format} +% \headfont \pnumfont +% \setheadwidth \setfootwidth +% \set(head|foot)(top|sep|bot)line +Im vorherigen Abschnitt ging es hauptsächlich um inhaltliche Dinge. Das +genügt natürlich nicht, um die gestalterischen Ambitionen zu +befriedigen. Deshalb soll es sich in diesem Abschnitt ausschließlich darum +drehen. + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{headfont}\\ + \Macro{footfont}\\ + \Macro{pnumfont} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% +Die Schriftformatierung für den Seitenkopf und -fuß übernimmt der Befehl +\Macro{headfont}, \Macro{footfont} die Abweichung davon für den Fuß und +\Macro{pnumfont} wiederum die Abweichung davon für die Seitenzahl. +\begin{Example} + Um beispielsweise den Kopf in fetter, serifenloser Schrift und den Fuß in + nicht fetter, serifenloser Schrift zu setzen und die Seitenzahl geneigt + mit Serifen erscheinen zu lassen, nutzt man folgende Definitionen: +\begin{lstcode} + \renewcommand*{\headfont}{% + \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} + \renewcommand*{\footfont}{% + \normalfont\sffamily} + \renewcommand*{\pnumfont}{% + \normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{pnumfont}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{footfont}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{headfont}% + + +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% +\BeginIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% +Ab Version 2.8p der \KOMAScript{}-Klassen wurde die Schnittstelle für +Schriftattribute vereinheitlicht. Wird \Package{scrpage2} in Verbindung mit +einer dieser Klassen verwendet, dann sollte die Zuweisung in der Art erfolgen, +wie sie in der \KOMAScript-Anleitung beschrieben wird. +\begin{Example} + Statt \Macro{renewcommand} wird bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript-Klasse + vorzugsweise der Befehl \Macro{setkomafont} verwendet. Die vorhergehenden + Definitionen lauten damit: +\begin{lstcode} + \setkomafont{pagehead}{% + \normalfont\sffamily\bfseries} + \setkomafont{pagefoot}{% + \normalfont\sffamily} + \setkomafont{pagenumber}{% + \normalfont\rmfamily\slshape} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagenumber}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagefoot}% +\EndIndex{FontElement}{pagehead}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{setheadwidth}\OParameter{Verschiebung}\Parameter{Breite}\\ +\Macro{setfootwidth}\OParameter{Verschiebung}\Parameter{Breite} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth}% +Normalerweise entsprechen die Breiten von Kopf- und Fußzeile der Breite des +Textbereichs.\Index{Kopf>Breite}\Index{Fuss=Fuß>Breite} Die beiden Befehle +\Macro{setheadwidth} und \Macro{setfootwidth} ermöglichen dem Anwender, auf +einfache Weise die Breiten seinen Bedürfnissen anzupassen. Das obligatorische +Argument \PName{Breite} nimmt den Wert der Breite des Kopfes bzw. des Fußes +auf, \PName{Verschiebung} ist ein Längenmaß für die Verschiebung des +entsprechenden Elements in Richtung des äußeren Seitenrandes. + +Für die möglichen Standardfälle akzeptiert das obligatorische Argument +\PName{Breite} auch folgende symbolische Werte: +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PValue{textwithmarginpar}} +\item[\PValue{paper}] die Breite des Papiers +\item[\PValue{page}] die Breite der Seite +\item[\PValue{text}] die Breite des Textbereichs +\item[\PValue{textwithmarginpar}] die Breite des Textbereichs inklusive +Seitenrand +\item[\PValue{head}] die aktuelle Breite des Seitenkopfes +\item[\PValue{foot}] die aktuelle Breite des Seitenfußes +\end{labeling} +Der Unterschied zwischen \PValue{paper} und \PValue{page} besteht darin, dass +\PValue{page} die Breite des Papiers abzüglich der Bindekorrektur ist, falls +das \Package{typearea}-Paket\IndexPackage{typearea} verwendet wird (siehe das +Kapitel über \Package{typearea} in der \KOMAScript-Anleitung). Ohne Verwendung +von \Package{typearea} sind \PValue{paper} und \PValue{page} +identisch.%mjk-2001-08-17 + +\begin{Example} + Angenommen, man möchte ein Seitenlayout wie im + \emph{\LaTeX-Begleiter}, bei dem die Kopfzeile in den Rand ragt, + dann geschieht das ganz einfach mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + und sieht dann auf einer rechten Seite folgendermaßen aus: +% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{10,29}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,27}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} + \XmpMarginNote{83,14} + \end{XmpTopPage} +% + Soll der Seitenfuß die gleiche Breite und Ausrichtung haben, dann hat man + jetzt zwei Wege. Der erste ist, man wiederholt das Gleiche für den + Seitenfuß mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + oder man greift auf den anderen symbolischen Wert \PValue{head} zurück, da + der Kopf bereits die gewünschte Breite hat. +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{head} +\end{lstcode} +\end{Example} + +Wird keine Verschiebung angegeben, das heißt auf das optionale Argument +verzichtet, dann erscheint der Kopf bzw. der Fuß symmetrisch auf der Seite +angeordnet. Es wird somit ein Wert für die Verschiebung automatisch ermittelt, +der der aktuellen Seitengestalt entspricht. + +\begin{Example} + Entsprechend dem vorherigen Beispiel wird hier auf das optionale Argument + verzichtet: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadwidth{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% + und sieht dann auf einer rechten Seite folgendermaßen aus: +% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{5,29}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{5,27}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} + \XmpMarginNote{83,14} + \end{XmpTopPage} +\end{Example} + +Wie zu sehen, ist der Kopf jetzt nach innen verschoben, wobei die Kopfbreite +sich nicht geändert hat. Die Verschiebung ist so berechnet, dass die +Seitenproportionen auch hier sichtbar werden. +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadwidth}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootwidth} + + +\begin{Declaration} + \Macro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% + \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ + \Macro{setheadsepline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% + \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ + \Macro{setfootsepline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% + \OParameter{Anweisungen}\\ + \Macro{setfootbotline}\OParameter{Länge}\Parameter{Dicke}% + \OParameter{Anweisungen} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}\BeginIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% +Entsprechend den Größenparametern für die Kopf- und Fußzeile gibt es auch +Befehle, die die Dimensionen der Linien im Kopf und Fuß modifizieren +können. Dazu sollten diese Linien aber zunächst erst einmal eingeschaltet +werden. Siehe hierzu die Optionen \Option{headtopline}, \Option{headsepline}, +\Option{footsepline}, \Option{footbotline} in +\autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.options}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.option.headsepline}. + +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{setfootsepline}} +\item[\Macro{setheadtopline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie +über dem Seitenkopf +\item[\Macro{setheadsepline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie +zwischen Kopf und Textkörper +\item[\Macro{setfootsepline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie +zwischen Text und Fuß +\item[\Macro{setfootbotline}] modifiziert die Parameter für die Linie +unter dem Seitenfuß +\end{labeling} + +Das obligatorische Argument \PName{Dicke} bestimmt, wie stark die Linie +gezeichnet wird. Das optionale Argument \PName{Länge} akzeptiert die gleichen +symbolischen Werte wie \PName{Breite} bei \Macro{setheadwidth}, also auch einen +normalen Längenausdruck. Solange im Dokument dem optionalen Argument +\PName{Länge} kein Wert zugewiesen wurde, passt sich die entsprechende +Linienlänge automatisch der Breite des Kopfes bzw. des Fußes an. + +Möchte man diesen Automatismus für die Länge einer Linie wieder restaurieren, +dann nutzt man im Längenargument den Wert \PValue{auto}. + +Mit\ChangedAt{v2.2}{\Package{scrpage2}} dem optionalen Argument +\PName{Anweisungen} können zusätzliche Anweisungen definiert werden, die vor +dem Zeichnen der jeweiligen Linie auszuführen sind. Das können beispielsweise +Anweisungen sein, um die +Farbe\Index{Kopf>Farbe}\Index{Fuss=Fuß>Farbe}\Index{Farbe>im + Kopf}\Index{Farbe>im Fuss=im Fuß} der Linie zu ändern. Bei Verwendung einer +\KOMAScript-Klasse können diese Anweisungen auch über +\Macro{setkomafont}\IndexCmd{setkomafont} für eines der Elemente +\FontElement{headtopline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{headtopline}% +\important[i]{\FontElement{headtopline}\\ + \FontElement{headsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footsepline}\\ + \FontElement{footbottomline}}, +\FontElement{headsepline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{headsepline}, +\FontElement{footsepline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footsepline}, +\FontElement{footbottomline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footbottomline} oder +auch \FontElement{footbotline}\IndexFontElement[indexmain]{footbotline} +gesetzt und mit \Macro{addtokomafont}\IndexCmd{addtokomafont} erweitert +werden. Die beiden Anweisungen \Macro{setkomafont} und \Macro{addtokomafont} +sind in der \KOMAScript-Anleitung näher beschrieben. + +\begin{Declaration} +\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{\upshape\PValue{current}}\\ +\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{}\\ +\XMacro{setheadtopline}\OParameter{\upshape\PValue{auto}}\Parameter{}\OParameter{} +\end{Declaration}% +Die hier am Befehl \Macro{setheadtopline} illustrierten Argumente +sind natürlich auch für die anderen drei Längenbefehle gültig. + +Enthält das obligatorische Argument den Wert \PValue{current} oder wird +leer gelassen, dann wird die Dicke der Linie nicht verändert. Das kann +genutzt werden, wenn die Länge der Linie, aber nicht die Dicke modifiziert +werden soll. + +Wird das optionale Argument \PName{Anweisungen} weggelassen, so bleiben +eventuell zuvor gesetzte Anweisungen erhalten. Wird hingegen ein leeres +Argument \PName{Anweisungen} gesetzt, so werden eventuell zuvor gesetzte +Anweisungen wieder gelöscht. + +\begin{Example} + Soll beispielsweise der Kopf mit einer kräftigen Linie von 2\,pt darüber und + einer normalen von 0,4\,pt zwischen Kopf und Text abgesetzt werden, dann + erfolgt das mit: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt} + \setheadsepline{.4pt} +\end{lstcode} +Zusätzlich\textnote{Achtung!} sind unbedingt die Optionen +\Option{headtopline} und \Option{headsepline} vorzugsweise global im +optionalen Argument von \Macro{documentclass} zu setzen. Das Ergebnis könnte +dann wie folgt aussehen. +% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading{10,29}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,27}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,32}{70} + \XmpSetText[\XmpTopText]{10,24} + \XmpMarginNote{83,14} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + Sollen diese Linien zusätzlich in roter Farbe gesetzt werden, dann sind die + Anweisungen beispielsweise wie folgt zu ändern: +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt}[\color{red}] + \setheadsepline{.4pt}[\color{red}] +\end{lstcode} + In diesem und auch dem folgenden Beispiel wurde für die Aktivierung der + Farbe die Syntax des \Package{color}\IndexPackage{color}-Pakets verwendet, + das dann natürlich auch geladen werden muss. \Package{scrpage2} selbst + bietet keine direkte Farbunterstützung. Damit ist jedes beliebige + Farbunterstützungspaket verwendbar. + + Mit einer \KOMAScript-Klasse kann alternativ +\begin{lstcode} + \setheadtopline{2pt} + \setheadsepline{.4pt} + \setkomafont{headtopline}{\color{red}} + \setkomafont{headsepline}{\color{red}} +\end{lstcode} + verwendet werden. + + Die automatische Anpassung an die Kopf- und Fußbreiten illustriert folgendes + Beispiel, für das die Optionen \Option{footbotline} und \Option{footsepline} + gesetzt sein sollten: +\begin{lstcode} + \setfootbotline{2pt} + \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} + +%\phantomsection für hyperref-\pageref-Link jum-2001/11/24 + \phantomsection\label{page:scrpage-de.autoLineLength}% + \begin{XmpBotPage} + \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{17,21}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,36} + \XmpMarginNote{83,26} + \end{XmpBotPage} +\end{Example} +% +Nun mag nicht jedem die Ausrichtung der Linie über der Fußzeile gefallen, +sondern es wird in einem solchen Fall erwartet, dass sie wie der Kolumnentitel +linksbündig zum Text ist. Diese Einstellung kann nur global in Form einer +Paketoption erfolgen und wird im folgenden +\autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.options} mit anderen Optionen beschrieben.% +% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadtopline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setheadsepline}% +\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootsepline}\EndIndex{Cmd}{setfootbotline}% + + +\subsection{Optionen beim Laden des Paketes} +\label{sec:scrpage-de.basics.options} + +Während bei den \KOMAScript-Klassen die Mehrzahl der Optionen auch noch nach +dem Laden der Klasse mit \Macro{KOMAoptions} und \Macro{KOMAoption} geändert +werden kann, trifft dies für das Paket \Package{scrpage2} \iffree{derzeit noch +}{}nicht zu. Alle Optionen für dieses Paket müssen als globale Optionen, also +im optionalen Argument von \Macro{documentclass}, oder als Paketoptionen, also +im optionalen Argument von \Macro{usepackage}, angegeben werden. + +% head(in|ex)clude foot(in|ex)clude --> typearea +% headtopline headsepline footbotline footsepline (plain...) +% komastyle standardstyle +% markuppercase markusecase +% automark manualmark +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{headinclude}\\ +\Option{headexclude}\\ +\Option{footinclude}\\ +\Option{footexclude} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headinclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footinclude}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headexclude}\BeginIndex{Option}{footexclude}% +Diese\textnote{Achtung!} Optionen sollten bei Verwendung von +\KOMAScript~3\ChangedAt{v2.3}{\Package{scrpage2}} nicht mehr beispielsweise +per optionalem Argument von \Macro{usepackage} oder per +\Macro{PassOptionsToPackage} direkt an \Package{scrpage2} übergeben +werden. Lediglich aus Gründen der Kompatibilität sind sie noch in +\Package{scrpage2} deklariert und werden von diesem als \Option{headinclude}, +\OptionValue{headinclude}{false}, \Option{footinclude} und +\OptionValue{footinclude}{false} an das Paket \Package{typearea} +weitergereicht. +\EndIndex{Option}{headinclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footinclude}% +\EndIndex{Option}{headexclude}\EndIndex{Option}{footexclude} + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{headtopline}\\ +\Option{plainheadtopline}\\ +\Option{headsepline}\\ +\Option{plainheadsepline}\\ +\Option{footsepline}\\ +\Option{plainfootsepline}\\ +\Option{footbotline}\\ +\Option{plainfootbotline} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headtopline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{headsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{footsepline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{footbotline}\BeginIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% +Eine Grundeinstellung für die Linien unter und über den Kopf- und Fußzeilen +kann mit diesen Optionen vorgenommen werden. Diese Einstellungen gelten dann +als Standard für alle mit \Package{scrpage2} definierten Seitenstile. Wird +eine von diesen Optionen verwendet, dann wird eine Linienstärke von 0,4\,pt +eingesetzt. Da es zum Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} einen entsprechenden +plain-Stil gibt, kann mit den \Option{plain\dots}-Optionen auch die +entsprechende Linie des plain-Stils konfiguriert werden. Diese +\Option{plain}-Optionen wirken aber nur, wenn auch die korrespondierende +Option ohne \Option{plain} aktiviert wurde. Somit zeigt die Option +\Option{plainheadtopline} ohne \Option{headtopline} keine Wirkung. + +Bei diesen Optionen ist zu beachten, dass der entsprechende Seitenteil in den +Textbereich des Satzspiegels mit übernommen wird, wenn eine Linie aktiviert +wurde. Wird also mittels \Option{headsepline} die Trennlinie zwischen Kopf +und Text aktiviert, dann wird automatisch mittels \Package{typearea} der +Satzspiegel so berechnet, dass der Seitenkopf Teil des Textblocks ist. + +Die\textnote{Achtung!} Bedingungen für die Optionen des vorhergehenden +Abschnitts gelten auch für diesen Automatismus. Das bedeutet, dass das Paket +\Package{typearea} nach \Package{scrpage2} geladen werden muss, +beziehungsweise, dass bei Verwendung einer \KOMAScript{}-Klasse die Optionen +\Option{headinclude} und \Option{footinclude} explizit bei +\Macro{documentclass} gesetzt werden müssen, um Kopf- bzw. Fußzeile in den +Textblock zu übernehmen.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{headtopline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadtopline}% +\EndIndex{Option}{headsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainheadsepline}% +\EndIndex{Option}{footsepline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootsepline}% +\EndIndex{Option}{footbotline}\EndIndex{Option}{plainfootbotline}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{ilines}\\ +\Option{clines}\\ +\Option{olines} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{ilines}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{clines}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{olines}% +\Index{Linienausrichtung}% +Bei der Festlegung der Linienlängen kann es vorkommen, dass die Linie zwar die +gewünschte Länge, aber nicht die erwünschte Ausrichtung hat, da sie im Kopf- +bzw. Fußbereich zentriert wird. Mit den hier vorgestellten Paketoptionen kann +global für alle mit \Package{scrpage2} definierten Seitenstile diese Vorgabe +modifiziert werden. Dabei setzt \Option{ilines} die Ausrichtung so, dass die +Linien an den inneren Rand verschoben werden. Die Option \Option{clines} +verhält sich wie die Standardeinstellung und \Option{olines} richtet am +äußeren Rand aus. + +\begin{Example} + Hier gilt es, das Beispiel zu \Macro{setfootsepline} auf + \autopageref{page:scrpage-de.autoLineLength} mit dem folgenden zu + vergleichen, um die Wirkung der Option \Option{ilines} zu sehen. +\begin{lstcode} + \usepackage[ilines,footsepline,footbotline] + {scrpage2} + \setfootbotline{2pt} + \setfootsepline[text]{.4pt} + \setfootwidth[0pt]{textwithmarginpar} +\end{lstcode} +% Der folgende Text wurde erg"anzt um den Seitenumbruch zu verbessern, +% mjk-2001-10-05: +% \enlargethispage*{2\baselineskip} + Allein die Verwendung der Option \Option{ilines} führt dabei zu der + geänderten Ausgabe, die nachfolgend veranschaulicht wird: +% +\begin{XmpBotPage} + \XmpHeading{10,18}{85} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,21}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{10,16}{85} + \XmpSetText[\XmpBotText]{10,36} + \XmpMarginNote{83,26} +\end{XmpBotPage} + Die Trennlinie zwischen Text und Fuß wird bündig innen im Fußteil + gesetzt und nicht wie bei der Standardeinstellung zentriert. +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Option}{ilines}\EndIndex{Option}{clines}\EndIndex{Option}{olines} + + +% \phantomsection für hyperref-\pageref-Link jum-2001/11/24 +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{automark}\\ +\Option{manualmark} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{automark}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{manualmark}% +\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% +\BeginIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% +Diese Optionen bestimmen gleich zu Beginn des Dokuments, ob eine automatische +Aktualisierung der Kolumnentitel erfolgt. Die Option \Option{automark} +schaltet die automatische Aktualisierung ein, \Option{manualmark} deaktiviert +sie. +% Das Folgende wurde ergaenzt, weil dazu die haeufigsten Fragen +% bzw. falschen Bug-Reports im Support kamen. +% mjk-2001-09-21: +Ohne Verwendung einer der beiden Optionen bleibt die Einstellung +erhalten, die beim Laden des Paketes gültig war. +\begin{Example} + Sie laden das Paket \Package{scrpage2} unmittelbar nach der Klasse + \Class{scrreprt} und ohne weitere Optionen. Dazu schreiben Sie: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrreprt} + \usepackage{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + Da bei \Class{scrreprt} der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{plain} voreingestellt + ist, ist dies auch jetzt noch der Fall. Außerdem entspricht die + Voreinstellung \Pagestyle{plain} manuellen Kolumnentiteln. Wenn Sie + also anschließend mit +\begin{lstcode} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} +\end{lstcode} + auf den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} umschalten, sind noch immer + manuelle Kolumnentitel eingestellt. + + Verwenden Sie stattdessen die Dokumentklasse \Class{scrbook}, so + ist nach +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrbook} + \usepackage{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{headings} mit automatischen Kolumnentiteln + aktiviert. Bei anschließender Umschaltung auf den Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{scrheadings} bleiben automatische Kolumnentitel + eingeschaltet. Dabei werden dann weiterhin die Markierungsmakros von + \Class{scrbook} verwendet. + + Verwenden Sie hingegen +\begin{lstcode} + \usepackage[automark]{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + so wird unabhängig von der verwendeten Klasse auf automatische + Kolumnentitel umgeschaltet, wobei die Markierungsmakros von + \Package{scrpage2} genutzt werden. + Natürlich wirkt sich dies auf den Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{plain} von \Class{scrreprt} nicht aus. Die Kolumnentitel + werden erst sichtbar, wenn auf den Seitenstil + \Pagestyle{scrheadings}\IndexPagestyle{scrheadings} oder + \Pagestyle{useheadings} oder einen selbst definierten Seitenstil mit + Kolumnentiteln umgeschaltet wird. +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Option}{automark}\EndIndex{Option}{manualmark}% + + +% Folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefügt von +% mjk 2001-08-17: +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{autooneside} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{autooneside}% +Mit dieser Option wird das optionale Argument von +\Macro{automark}\IndexCmd{automark}\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} im +einseitigen Satz automatisch ignoriert. Siehe hierzu auch die Erläuterung +zum Befehl \Macro{automark} in \autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.mark}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.cmd.automark}.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{autooneside}% +% +\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>automatisch}% +\EndIndex{}{Kolumnentitel>manuell}% + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{komastyle}\\ +\Option{standardstyle} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{komastyle}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{standardstyle}% +Diese Optionen bestimmen, wie die beiden vordefinierten Seitenstile +\Pagestyle{scrheadings} und \Pagestyle{scrplain} gestaltet sind. +Bei \Option{komastyle} wird eine Definition vorgenommen, wie +sie den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen entspricht. +Bei den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen ist dies die Voreinstellung und +kann somit auch für andere Klassen gesetzt werden. + +Die Option \Option{standardstyle} definiert die beiden Seitenstile +wie es von den Standardklassen erwartet wird. +Außerdem wird hier automatisch \Option{markuppercase} aktiviert, +es sei denn, \Option{markusedcase} wird ebenfalls als Option übergeben.% +\EndIndex{Option}{komastyle}% +\EndIndex{Option}{standardstyle} + + +\begin{Declaration} +\Option{markuppercase}\\ +\Option{markusedcase} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{markuppercase}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{markusedcase}% +Für die Funktionalität von \Macro{automark} modifiziert +\Package{scrpage2} interne Befehle, die die Gliederungsbefehle +benutzen, um die lebenden Kolumnentitel zu setzen. +Da einige Klassen, im Gegensatz +zu den \KOMAScript{}-Klassen, die Kolumnentitel in Großbuchstaben +schreiben, muss \Package{scrpage2} wissen, wie die genutzte +Dokumentklasse die lebenden Kolumnentitel darstellt. + +Die Option \Option{markuppercase} zeigt \Package{scrpage2}, dass die benutzte +Klasse die Großschreibweise benutzt. Die Option \Option{markusedcase} sollte +angegeben werden, wenn die benutzte Dokumentklasse keine Großschreibweise +verwendet. Die\textnote{Achtung!} Optionen sind nicht geeignet, eine +entsprechende Darstellung zu erzwingen. Es kann somit zu unerwünschten +Effekten kommen, wenn die Angabe nicht dem Verhalten der Dokumentklasse +entspricht.% +\EndIndex{Option}{markuppercase}\EndIndex{Option}{markusedcase} + +% Die folgende Deklaration und Erklaerung wurde eingefuegt von +% mjk 2001-08-18 +\begin{Declaration} + \Option{nouppercase} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Option}{nouppercase}% +Wie in obiger Erklärung zu \Option{markuppercase} und \Option{markusedcase} +bereits ausgeführt wurde, gibt es Klassen und auch Pakete, die beim Setzen der +lebenden Kolumnentitel\Index{Kolumnentitel>automatisch} mit Hilfe einer der +Anweisungen \Macro{uppercase}\IndexCmd{uppercase}\important{\Macro{uppercase}} +oder +\Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} +den gesamten Eintrag in Großbuchstaben wandeln. Mit der Option +\Option{nouppercase} können diese beiden Anweisungen im Kopf und im Fuß außer +Kraft gesetzt werden. Das gilt aber nur für Seitenstile, die mit Hilfe von +\Package{scrpage2} definiert werden. Dazu zählen auch \Pagestyle{scrheadings} +und der zugehörige plain-Seitenstil. + +Die verwendete Methode ist äußerst brutal und kann dazu führen, dass +auch erwünschte Änderungen von Klein- in +Großbuchstaben\Index{Grossbuchstaben=Großbuchstaben} unterbleiben. Da +diese Fälle nicht sehr häufig sind, stellt \Option{nouppercase} aber +meist eine brauchbare Lösung dar. +\begin{Example} + Sie verwenden die Standardklasse \Class{book}\IndexClass{book}, + wollen aber, dass die lebenden Kolumnentitel nicht in + Großbuchstaben, sondern in normaler gemischter Schreibweise gesetzt + werden. Die Präambel Ihres Dokuments könnte dann wie folgt beginnen: +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{book} + \usepackage[nouppercase]{scrpage2} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} +\end{lstcode} + Die Umschaltung auf den Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} ist + notwendig, weil sonst der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{headings} verwendet + wird, der von der Option \Option{nouppercase} nicht behandelt wird. +\end{Example} + +In einigen Fällen setzen nicht nur Klassen, sondern auch Pakete +lebende Kolumnentitel in Großbuchstaben. Auch in diesen Fällen hilft +\Option{nouppercase} meist, um zu gemischter Schreibweise +zurückzuschalten.% +% +\EndIndex{Option}{nouppercase} + + +\section{Seitenstile selbst gestalten}\label{sec:scrpage-de.UI} +% +% +\subsection{Die Anwenderschnittstelle}\label{sec:scrpage-de.UI.user} +% \deftripstyle + +\Index{Seiten>Stil}% +Nun möchte man ja nicht immer an die vorgegebenen Seitenstile gebunden sein, +sondern auch seiner Kreativität freien Lauf lassen. +Manchmal ist man auch dazu gezwungen, weil eine bestimmte +\emph{Corporate Identity} einer Firma es verlangt. +Der einfachste Weg damit umzugehen ist +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{deftripstyle}\Parameter{Name}% +\OParameter{LA}\OParameter{LI}% +\Parameter{KI}\Parameter{KM}\Parameter{KA}% +\Parameter{FI}\Parameter{FM}\Parameter{FA} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle}% +Die einzelnen Felder haben folgende Bedeutung: +\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{Name}} +\item[\PName{Name}] die Bezeichnung des Seitenstils, die dann bei der + Aktivierung mit \Macro{pagestyle}\Parameter{Name} oder + \Macro{thispagestyle}\Parameter{Name} verwendet wird +\item[\PName{LA}] die Dicke der äußeren Linien, d.\,h. der Linien über der + Kopfzeile und unter der Fußzeile (optional) +\item[\PName{LI}] die Dicke der inneren Linie, d.\,h. der Linien die Kopf und + Fuß vom Textkörper trennen (optional) +\item[\PName{KI}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf innenseitig oder bei einseitigem + Layout links +\item[\PName{KM}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf zentriert +\item[\PName{KA}] Inhalt des Feldes im Kopf außenseitig oder bei einseitigem + Layout rechts +\item[\PName{FI}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß innenseitig oder bei einseitigem + Layout links +\item[\PName{FM}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß zentriert +\item[\PName{FA}] Inhalt des Feldes im Fuß außenseitig oder bei einseitigem + Layout rechts +\end{labeling} + +Der Befehl \Macro{deftripstyle} stellt sicherlich die einfachste +Möglichkeit dar, Seitenstile zu definieren. +Leider sind damit auch Einschränkungen verbunden, +da in einem Seitenbereich mit einem durch \Macro{deftripstyle} deklarierten +Seitenstil keine Änderung der Kopf- und Fußlinien erfolgen kann. + +\begin{Example} + Vorgegeben sei ein doppelseitiges Layout, bei dem die Kolumnentitel innen + erscheinen sollen. Weiterhin soll der Dokumenttitel, in diesem Fall kurz + \glqq Bericht\grqq, an den Außenrand in den Kopf, die Seitenzahl soll + zentriert in den Fuß. +\begin{lstcode} + \deftripstyle{DerBericht}% + {\headmark}{}{Bericht}% + {}{\pagemark}{} +\end{lstcode} + + Sollen weiterhin die Linien über dem Kopf und unter dem Fuß + mit 2\,pt erscheinen und der ganze Textkörper mit dünnen Linien + von 0,4\,pt von Kopf und Fuß abgesetzt werden, dann erweitert + man vorherige Definition. +\begin{lstcode} + \deftripstyle{DerBericht}[2pt][.4pt]% + {\headmark}{}{Bericht}% + {}{\pagemark}{} +\end{lstcode} + Das Ergebnis ist in \autoref{fig:scrpage-de2.tomuchlines} zu sehen. +% +\begin{figure} + \typeout{^^J--- Ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:}% + \setcapindent{0pt}% + \begin{captionbeside} + [{% + Beispiel eines selbst definierten, von Linien dominierten Seitenstils% + }]{% + Beispiel für einen selbst definierten, von Linien dominierten Seitenstil + mit einem statischen und einem lebenden Kolumnentitel im Kopf und der + Seitenzahl in der Mitte des Fußes.% + \label{fig:scrpage-de2.tomuchlines}% + } + [l] + \iffree{\setlength{\unitlength}{1.15mm}}{\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}}% + \begin{picture}(85,51)\scriptsize + \thinlines + \put(0,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(45,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(0,51){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(45,51){\line(1,0){40}} + % + \thicklines + \put(40,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(85,0){\line(0,1){51}} + \put(0,0){\line(1,0){40}} + \put(45,0){\line(1,0){40}} + % + \XmpHeading[Bericht\hfill 2 Das Auge]{6,47}{30} + \XmpHeading[2.1 Netzhaut\hfill Bericht]{49,47}{30} + \XmpHeading[\hfill 14\hfill]{6,6.5}{30} + \XmpHeading[\hfill 15\hfill]{49,6.5}{30} + \put(6,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% + \textbf{2.1 Netzhaut}\\ + \XmpText[49]}}} + \put(49,44){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\parbox{30\unitlength}{\tiny% + \XmpText[51]}}} + % + \thinlines + \XmpRule{6,45.5}{30}\XmpRule{49,45.5}{30} + \XmpRule{6,8}{30}\XmpRule{49,8}{30} + \linethickness{1pt} + \XmpRule{6,49}{30}\XmpRule{49,49}{30} + \XmpRule{6,5}{30}\XmpRule{49,5}{30} + \end{picture} + \end{captionbeside} + \typeout{^^J--- Don't ignore underfull and overfull \string\hbox:^^J}% +\end{figure} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{deftripstyle} + + +\subsection{Die Expertenschnittstelle}\label{sec:scrpage-de.UI.expert} +% \defpagestyle \newpagestyle \providepagestyle \renewpagestyle +\Index{Seiten>Stil}% +Einfache Seitenstile, wie sie mit \Macro{deftripstyle} deklariert +werden können, sind erfahrungsgemäß selten. +Entweder verlangt ein Professor, dass die Diplomarbeit so aussieht +wie seine eigene -- und wer will ihm da \emph{ernsthaft} widersprechen -- +oder eine Firma möchte, dass die halbe Finanzbuchhaltung im +Seitenfuß auf"|taucht. Alles kein Problem, denn es gibt noch: +\begin{Declaration} +\Macro{defpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ +\Macro{newpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ +\Macro{renewpagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition}\\ +\Macro{providepagestyle}\Parameter{Name}\Parameter{Kopfdefinition}\Parameter{Fußdefinition} +\end{Declaration}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}% +\BeginIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle}% +Dies sind die Befehle, die die volle Kontrolle über die Gestaltung +eines Seitenstils ermöglichen. Der Aufbau ist bei allen vier +Definitionen gleich, sie unterscheiden sich nur hinsichtlich +der Wirkungsweise. +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\Macro{providepagestyle}} +\item[\Macro{defpagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil. Existiert + bereits einer mit diesem Namen, wird dieser überschrieben. +\item[\Macro{newpagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil. Wenn schon einer + mit diesem Namen existiert, wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. +\item[\Macro{renewpagestyle}] definiert einen bestehenden Seitenstil um. Wenn + noch keiner mit diesem Namen existiert, wird ein Fehler ausgegeben. +\item[\Macro{providepagestyle}] definiert einen neuen Seitenstil nur dann, + wenn dieser vorher noch nicht existiert. +\end{labeling} + +Am Beispiel von \Macro{defpagestyle} soll die Syntax der Definitionen +im Folgenden erläutert werden. +\begin{labeling}[~--]{\PName{Kopfdefinition}\,} +\item[\PName{Name}] die Bezeichnung des Seitenstils +\item[\PName{Kopfdefinition}] die Deklaration des Seitenkopfes bestehend aus + fünf Teilen, wobei die in runden Klammern stehenden Angaben optional + sind:\hfill\\ + \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{OLL,OLD}% + \Parameter{GS}\Parameter{US}\Parameter{ES}\AParameter{ULL,ULD} +\item[\PName{Fußdefinition}] die Deklaration des Seitenfußes bestehend aus + fünf Teilen, wobei die in runden Klammern stehenden Angaben optional + sind:\hfill\\ + \hspace*{1em}\AParameter{OLL,OLD}% + \Parameter{GS}\Parameter{US}\Parameter{ES}\AParameter{ULL,ULD} +\end{labeling} + +Wie zu sehen ist, haben Kopf- und Fußdefinition identischen Aufbau. Die +einzelnen Parameter haben folgende Bedeutung: +\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\PName{OLD}} +\item[\PName{OLL}] obere Linienlänge: Kopf = außen, Fuß = Trennlinie +\item[\PName{OLD}] obere Liniendicke +\item[\PName{GS}] Definition für die \emph{gerade} Seite +\item[\PName{US}] Definition für die \emph{ungerade} Seite +\item[\PName{ES}] Definition für \emph{einseitiges} Layout +\item[\PName{ULL}] untere Linienlänge Kopf = Trennlinie, Fuß = außen +\item[\PName{ULD}] untere Liniendicke +\end{labeling} + +Werden die optionalen Linienargumente nicht gesetzt, dann bleibt das Verhalten +weiterhin durch die in \autoref{sec:scrpage-de.basics.format}, +\autopageref{desc:scrpage-de.cmd.setheadtopline} vorgestellten Linienbefehle +konfigurierbar. + +Die drei Felder \PName{GS}, \PName{US} und \PName{ES} entsprechen Boxen, die +die Breite des Kopf- bzw. Fußteils haben. +Die entsprechenden Definitionen erscheinen in diesen Boxen linksbündig. +Um somit etwas links- \emph{und} rechtsseitig in den Boxen zu platzieren, +kann der Zwischenraum mit \Macro{hfill} gestreckt werden: +% +\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] + {\headmark\hfill\pagemark} +\end{lstcode} + +Um zusätzlich etwas zentriert erscheinen zu lassen, ist eine erweiterte +Definition notwendig. +Die Befehle \Macro{rlap} und \Macro{llap} setzen die übergebenen Argumente. +Für \LaTeX{} erscheint es aber so, dass diese Texte eine Breite von Null +haben. Nur so erscheint der mittlere Text auch wirklich zentriert. +% +\begin{lstcode} + {\rlap{\headmark}\hfill zentriert\hfill\llap{\pagemark}} +\end{lstcode} + +\iffalse% Umbruchkorrekturtext +Dies und die Verwendung der Expertenschnittstelle in Zusammenhang mit +anderen Befehlen von \Package{scrpage2} nun als abschließendes Beispiel. +\fi + +\begin{Example} + Angenommen es wird die Dokumentklasse \Class{scrbook} genutzt. Damit + liegt ein zweiseitiges Layout vor. Für das Paket \Package{scrpage2} wird + festgelegt, dass mit automatisch aktualisierten Kolumnentiteln gearbeitet + wird und dass im Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} eine Trennlinie zwischen + Kopf und Text gezogen wird. + +\begin{lstcode} + \documentclass{scrbook} + \usepackage[automark,headsepline]{scrpage2} +\end{lstcode} + + Mit Hilfe der Expertenschnittstelle werden zwei Seitenstile definiert. Der + erste legt keine Linienargumente fest, im zweiten wird die Linie über dem + Kopf mit einer Dicke von 1\,pt und die Linie unter dem Kopf mit 0\,pt + festgelegt. + +\begin{lstcode} + \defpagestyle{ohneLinien}{% + {Beispiel\hfill\headmark} + {\headmark\hfill ohne Linien} + {\rlap{Beispiel}\hfill\headmark\hfill% + \llap{ohne Linien}} + }{% + {\pagemark\hfill} + {\hfill\pagemark} + {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} + } + \defpagestyle{mitLinien}{% + (\textwidth,1pt) + {mit Linien\hfill\headmark} + {\headmark\hfill mit Linien} + {\rlap{\KOMAScript}\hfill \headmark\hfill% + \llap{mit Linien}} + (0pt,0pt) + }{% + (\textwidth,.4pt) + {\pagemark\hfill} + {\hfill\pagemark} + {\hfill\pagemark\hfill} + (\textwidth,1pt) + } +\end{lstcode} + + Gleich zu Beginn wird der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} aktiviert. Mit + \Macro{chapter} wird ein neues Kapitel begonnen. Weiterhin wird automatisch + durch \Macro{chapter} der Seitenstil für diese Seite auf \Pagestyle{plain} + gesetzt. Das folgende \Macro{chead} zeigt, wie durch Modifikation des + plain-Stils ein Kolumnentitel erzeugt werden kann. Grundsätzlich sollte + jedoch davon Abstand genommen werden, da sonst der Markierungscharakter der + plain-Seite verloren geht. Es ist wichtiger anzuzeigen, dass hier ein neues + Kapitel beginnt, als dass ein Abschnitt dieser Seite einen bestimmten Titel + trägt. + +\begin{lstcode} + \begin{document} + \pagestyle{scrheadings} + \chapter{Thermodynamik} + \chead[\leftmark]{} + \section{Hauptsätze} + Jedes System besitzt eine extensive Zustandsgröße + Energie. Sie ist in einem abgeschlossenen System + konstant. +\end{lstcode}% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\hfill\textsl{1 Thermodynamik}\hfill]{10,27}{70} + \put(10,17){\normalsize\textbf{\sffamily 1 Thermodynamik}} + \put(10,12){\textbf{\sffamily 1.1 Hauptsätze}} + \XmpSetText[% + Jedes System besitzt eine extensive Zustands\char\defaulthyphenchar + \linebreak]{10,9} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + Nach dem Seitenwechsel ist der Seitenstil \Pagestyle{scrheadings} + aktiv, und somit auch die Trennlinie aus den Paketoptionen sichtbar. +\begin{lstcode} + Es existiert eine Zustandsgröße, genannt die + Entropie eines Systems, deren zeitliche Änderung + sich aus Entropieströmung und Entropieerzeugung + zusammensetzt. +\end{lstcode} + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\textsl{1 Thermodynamik}\hfill]{20,27}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{20,25}{70} + \XmpSetText[% + Es existiert eine Zustandsgröße, genannt die En"-tropie + eines Systems, deren zeitliche Änderung sich aus + Entropieströmung und Entropie\char\defaulthyphenchar\kern-1pt + \linebreak]{20,21} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + Wiederum nach einem Seitenwechsel wird auf manuelle Kolumnentitel gewechselt + und der Seitenstil \PValue{ohneLinien} aktiviert. Da keine Linienargumente + bei der Definition dieses Stils genutzt wurden, wird die + Standard-Linien\-konfiguration verwendet. Diese zeichnet hier eine Linie + zwischen Kopf und Text, da \Option{headsepline} als Argument für + \Package{scrpage2} angegeben wurde.% +\begin{lstcode} + \manualmark + \pagestyle{ohneLinien} + \section{Exergie und Anergie} + \markright{Energieumwandlung} + Man bezeichnet die bei der Einstellung des + Gleichgewichts mit der Umgebung maximal gewinnbare + Arbeit als Exergie. +\end{lstcode}% + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\slshape Energieumwandlung\hfill ohne Linien]{10,27}{70} + \thinlines\XmpRule{10,25}{70} + \XmpSetText[{% + \textbf{\sffamily 1.2 Exergie und Anergie}\\[2pt] + Man bezeichnet die bei der Einstellung des + Gleichgewichts mit der Umgebung maximal\linebreak}]{10,21} + \end{XmpTopPage} + + Nach dem Wechsel auf die folgende linke Seite wird der Seitenstil + \PValue{mitLinien} aktiviert. Die Linieneinstellungen werden hier nun + angewendet und entsprechend der Definition dargestellt. +\begin{lstcode} + \pagestyle{mitLinien} + \renewcommand{\headfont}{\itshape\bfseries} + Den nicht in Exergie umwandelbaren Anteil einer + Energie nennt man Anergie \Var{B}. + \[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] + \end{document} +\end{lstcode} + \begin{XmpTopPage} + \XmpHeading[\itshape\bfseries mit Linien\hfill 1 Thermodynamik]{20,27}{70} + \thicklines\XmpRule{20,29}{70} + \XmpSetText[% + Den nicht in Exergie umwandelbaren Anteil einer + Energie nennt man Anergie $B$. + \vspace{-.5ex}\[ B = U + T (S_1 - S_u) - p (V_1 - V_u)\] ]{20,21} + \end{XmpTopPage} +\end{Example} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{defpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{newpagestyle} +\EndIndex{Cmd}{renewpagestyle}\EndIndex{Cmd}{providepagestyle} + +\subsection{Seitenstile verwalten}\label{sec:scrpage-de.UI.cfgFile} +% scrpage.cfg +\BeginIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} +Bei längerer Arbeit mit verschiedenen Seitenstilen wird sich, je nach +Geschmack und Aufgabenstellung, ein fester Satz an benutzten Stilen +etablieren. +Um nicht bei jedem neuen Projekt eine große Kopieraktion von den Daten +eines Projekts zum neuen Projekt starten zu müssen, liest \Package{scrpage2} +am Ende seiner Initialisierungsphase die Datei \File{scrpage.cfg} ein. +In dieser Datei können dann Seitenstile definiert sein, die viele +Projekte gemeinsam nutzen können. +\EndIndex{File}{scrpage.cfg} +\EndIndex{Package}{scrpage2} + +\end{document} + +%%% Local Variables: +%%% mode: latex +%%% coding: iso-latin-1 +%%% TeX-master: t +%%% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrreprt.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrreprt.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrreprt.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrtime.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrtime.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrtime.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrwfile.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrwfile.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/scrwfile.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/tocbasic.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/tocbasic.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/tocbasic.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/typearea.html b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/typearea.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9d04e9416ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/doc/typearea.html @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> + <head> + <meta name="keywords" content="KOMA-Script, scrbook, scrreprt, scrartcl, + scrlttr2, typearea, scrpage2, scrtime, + scrdate, scraddr, scrlfile" /> + <meta name="DC.Title" content="The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper" /> + <meta name="DC.Creator" content="Markus Kohm" /> + <meta name="DC.Subject" content="KOMA-Script Documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Description" content="Where to find the KOMA-Script + documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Publisher" content="KOMA" /> + <meta name="DC.Date" content="2010-01-31" /> + <meta name="DC.Type" content="Text" /> + <meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> + <meta name="DC.Identifier" content="koma-script.html" /> + <meta name="DC.Language" content="en,de" /> + <meta name="DC.Relation" content="Link to documentation" /> + <meta name="DC.Coverage" content="Version since 3.00" /> + <meta name="DC.Rights" content="LaTeX Public Private License 1.3c" /> + <title>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</title> + <style type="text/css"> + <!-- + body {} + #en { position:absolute; left:10px; width:45%; } + #de { position:absolute; right:10px; width:45%; } + #fn { position:absolute; bottom:0px; width:50%; + border-top-width:1px; border-top-style:solid; + font-size:x-small; } + h1.right { text-align:right; } + --> + </style> + </head> + <body> + <h1>The KOMA-Script Documentation Wrapper</h1> + <h1 class="right">Der Weg zur KOMAScript-Anleitung</h1> + <div id="en"> + I think you are searching for the KOMA-Script documentation. You + may find the englisch documentation + at <a href="scrguien.pdf">scrguien.pdf</a> and an index of it + at <a href="scrguien.html">scrguien.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="de"> + Ich nehme an, Sie suchen nach der KOMA-Script-Anleitung. Die deutsche + Anleitung können Sie in <a href="scrguide.pdf">scrguide.pdf</a> + finden. Einen Index dazu gibt es + in <a href="scrguide.html">scrguide.html</a>. + </div> + <div id="fn"> + Markus Kohm, 2007-09-21 + <p><a + href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img + src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10" alt="Valid XHTML 1.0 + Strict" height="31" width="88" /></a></p> + </div> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.dtx index 1dca5a839f9..8ebda7724e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.dtx @@ -80,6 +80,15 @@ !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!^^J% ^^J% }% + \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em% + M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + \def\addsec{\section*}% + \newenvironment{labeling}[2][]{% + \description + }{% + \csname enddescription\endcsname + }% + \newcommand*{\marginline}{\marginpar}% } \LoadClassWithOptions{ltxdoc} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx index f90c757f820..98e9b8e7532 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrextend.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{72} +% \CheckSum{70} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrextend.dtx @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1586 2013-12-28 17:17:15Z mjk $ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{scrextend.dtx}[2013/03/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script @@ -125,8 +125,10 @@ % \subsection{Identifizierung des Pakets} % % \begin{macrocode} -\ProvidesPackage{scrextend}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space KOMA-Script package - (extend other classes with features of KOMA-Script classes)] +\ProvidesPackage{scrextend}[% +%!KOMAScriptVersion + package (extend other classes with features of KOMA-Script classes)% +] % \end{macrocode} % % \iffalse diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx index 7661daa108c..ed9ead77ef7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrjura.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{1494} +% \CheckSum{1492} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrjura.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ % `scrlogo.dtx'. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrjura.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1716 2014-03-01 15:38:49Z kohm $ %<*dtx> \def\LaTeXformat{LaTeX2e} \ifx\fmtname\LaTeXformat\def\MainBodyWork{% @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{scrjura.drv} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{scrjura} %<*dtx|package|driver> - [2013/11/04 v0.7 KOMA-Script for jurists + [2014/01/28 v0.7a KOMA-Script for jurists %</dtx|package|driver> %<driver> (driver)% %<package> (package)% @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ %<*dtx|ins> \input docstrip.tex -\let\ifbeta=\iffalse % with = will be replaced by release process +\let\ifbeta=\iffalse %^^A with = will be replaced by release process \ifToplevel{\ifx\generate\undefined \errhelp{Install a new version of docstrip.} @@ -1947,6 +1947,9 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\contract@sentence} +% \changes{v0.7a}{2014/01/28}{auf \cs{textsuperscript} umgestellt} +% \changes{v0.7a}{2014/01/28}{\cs{nobreak}\cs{hskip}\cs{z@} eingefügt, um +% die Trennung des ersten Worts nach der Satzmarkierung zu ermöglichen} % Sätze nummerieren. % \begin{Counter}{sentence} % \begin{macro}{\thesentence} @@ -1963,7 +1966,7 @@ standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. \jura@separator{\nobreakspace}}{\sentence@cite{#1}}} \newcommand*{\contract@sentence}{% \refstepcounter{sentence}% - \ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@\selectfont\thesentence}}}% + \textsuperscript{\thesentence}\nobreak\hskip\z@ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx index 8faf8096b23..a5d08f11a3e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-basics.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{2390} +% \CheckSum{2461} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-basics.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-basics.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,17 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ %<package&option>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<*driver> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-basics.dtx}[% +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-17 10:02:00 +0200 (Fri, 17 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-basics.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space %</driver> %<*driver|(package&option)> %<package>\ProvidesPackage{% @@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ \RecordChanges \GetFileInfo{scrkernel-basics.dtx} \title{\KOMAScript{} \partname\ \texttt{\filename}% - \footnote{Dies ist Version \fileversion\ von Datei + \footnote{Dies ist Revision \fileversion\ von Datei \texttt{\filename}.}} \date{\filedate} \author{Markus Kohm} @@ -337,8 +343,8 @@ \expandafter{\reserved@a}{#2}{#3}% }% } -\newcommand*{\scr@define@family@key}{} -\def\scr@define@family@key#1#2#3[#4]#5{% +\newcommand{\scr@define@family@key}{} +\long\def\scr@define@family@key#1#2#3[#4]#5{% \scr@if@familymember{#1}{#2}{define a key}{% \define@key{#2#1}{#3}[{#4}]{% \def\FamilyOfKey{#2}\def\FamilyMemberOfKey{#1}% @@ -348,7 +354,7 @@ }% }% } -\newcommand*{\scr@define@family@key@nodefault}[4]{% +\newcommand{\scr@define@family@key@nodefault}[4]{% \scr@if@familymember{#1}{#2}{define a key}{% \define@key{#2#1}{#3}{% \def\FamilyOfKey{#2}\def\FamilyMemberOfKey{#1}% @@ -608,6 +614,8 @@ % \end{macro}^^A \scr@AtEndOfFamilyOptions % \end{macro}^^A \AtEndOfFamilyOptions % \begin{macro}{\scr@ifprocess@curroption} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/04}{\cs{CurrentOption} innerhalb von \cs{setkeys} +% in Klammern gesetzt} % Dieses Makro führt eine aktuelle \textsf{keyval}-Option für das angegebene % Mitglied (\#1) der angegebenen Familie (\#2) aus. Falls die Option keinen % entsprechenden Wert hat, wird das vierte Argument ausgeführt, anderenfalls @@ -622,7 +630,7 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@#2#1@\reserved@a}{% \let\FamilyKeyState\OptionNotUsed }{% - \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{\CurrentOption}% + \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \reserved@b \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown @@ -639,7 +647,7 @@ \let\FamilyKeyState\OptionNotUsed }% }{% - \proteced@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{\CurrentOption}% + \proteced@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \reserved@b \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown @@ -655,7 +663,7 @@ \def\reserved@a##1=##2\@nil{\def\reserved@a{##1}}% \expandafter\reserved@a\CurrentOption=\@nil \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@#2#1@\reserved@a}{}{% - \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{\CurrentOption}% + \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamiliyKeyStateProcessed \reserved@b @@ -805,7 +813,9 @@ % \changes{v2.97c}{2007/06/20}{Herausreichen von internen Makros kann % generell verhindert werden} % \changes{v3.10}{2010/10/26}{\cs{ignorespaces} beim \cs{document}-Patch -% ergänzt} +% ergänzt} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/13}{potentielle Leerzeichen durch Zeilenumbruch +% beseitigt}%^^A % Dieses Makro wird intern verwendet, um dokumentierte Makros mit der % Definition von internen Makros zu versehen, falls sie nicht bereits % definiert oder als nicht zu definieren markiert sind. Der Name des @@ -832,9 +842,9 @@ \@ifundefined{#1}{% \begingroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter{\csname scr@#1\endcsname} + \expandafter{\csname scr@#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@b - \expandafter{\csname #1\endcsname} + \expandafter{\csname #1\endcsname}% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@b\reserved@a \if@atdocument\else @@ -1184,7 +1194,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifisinteger} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu} +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative) ganze % Zahl ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1193,7 +1204,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1}\expandafter \scr@ifintegerplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1225,7 +1236,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifisdimension} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu} +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative) % Länge ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Es sei % darauf hingewiesen, dass derzeit ungültige oder fehlende Einheiten eine @@ -1236,7 +1248,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1\relax}\expandafter \scr@ifdimensionplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1270,7 +1282,8 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\ifisglue} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu} +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/11/05}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % Falls die Expansion des ersten Arguments eine (positive oder negative) % Ausdehnung ist, wird das zweite Argument ausgeführt, sonst das dritte. Es sei % darauf hingewiesen, dass derzeit ungültige oder fehlende Einheiten eine @@ -1281,7 +1294,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1\relax}\expandafter \scr@ifglueplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1318,6 +1331,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\ifnumber} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/10/30}{using \cs{aftergroup} instead of % \cs{endgroup}\cs{expandafter}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/24}{Leerzeichenfehler korrigiert}%^^A % Dieses Makro testet, ob ein übergebener Parameter eine positive, % ganze Zahl ist. Ist dies der Fall, wird der zweite Parameter % ausgeführt, sonst der dritte. @@ -1339,7 +1353,7 @@ % gescannt und beurteilt. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\test@number}[1]{% - \ifx \scr@next#1 + \ifx \scr@next#1% \let\scr@next\relax \else % \end{macrocode} @@ -1704,19 +1718,26 @@ % \subsection{Definition von KOMA-\textsf{keyval}-Schlüsseln (Hauptteil)} % % \begin{macro}{\FamilyExecuteOptions} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung} -% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt} -% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/02/02}{\cs{scr@key@atlist} und \cs{scr@key@name} -% vor Überschreiben in \cs{serkeys} geschützt} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{neue Implementierung} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A +% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt}^^A +% \changes{v3.04b}{2010/02/02}{\cs{scr@key@atlist} und \cs{scr@key@name}^^A +% vor Überschreiben in \cs{serkeys} geschützt}^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{neue Implementierung}^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{darf auch noch nach der Präambel verwendet -% werden} +% werden}^^A +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{das dritte Argument wird \cs{long} +% verarbeitet}^^A +% \begin{macro}{\@FamilyExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{Neue streng interne Anweisung}^^A % Entspriche \cs{ExecuteOptions} jedoch \textsf{keyval}-Optionen. Insbesondere % ist die Anweisung reentrant! Es ist jedoch zu beachten, dass der hook lokal % zum jeweiligen Aufruf ist. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\FamilyExecuteOptions}[3][.\@currname.\@currext]{% +\newcommand*{\FamilyExecuteOptions}[2][.\@currname.\@currext]{% + \@FamilyExecuteOptions[{#1}]{#2}% +} +\newcommand{\@FamilyExecuteOptions}[3][.\@currname.\@currext]{% \@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{\@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{}}% \@for\scr@key@atlist:=#3\do{% \expandafter\scr@key@split@name@value\scr@key@atlist==\@nil @@ -1804,6 +1825,7 @@ %</base> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \scr@show@key@state@error +% \end{macro}^^A \@FamilyExecuteOptions % \end{macro}^^A \FamilyExecuteOptions % % \begin{macro}{\KOMAExecuteOptions} @@ -1822,12 +1844,15 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\FamilyOptions} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/02}{Neue Implementierung} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/02}{\cs{scr@after@options@\#1@hook}} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/02}{Neue Implementierung}^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/02}{\cs{scr@after@options@\#1@hook}}^^A +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{zweites Argument wird \cs{long} behandelt}^^A +% \begin{macro}{\@FamilyOptions} +% \changes{v3.14}[2014/10/17]{Neue streng interne Anweisung}^^A % \begin{macro}{\Family@Options} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neues Makro (intern)}% -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neues Makro (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A % \end{macro}^^A \FamilyOptions % Es werden Schlüssel einer Familie verwendet. Existiert ein Schlüssel nicht, % oder ist der Wert für alle Schlüssel unbekannt, so wird ein Fehler @@ -1836,7 +1861,8 @@ % erwähnt, dass der hook dabei nur die jeweilige Anweisung umfasst. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\FamilyOptions}[2]{% +\newcommand{\FamilyOptions}[1]{\@FamilyOptions{#1}} +\newcommand{\@FamilyOptions}[2]{% \@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{\@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{}}% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{description} @@ -1962,7 +1988,11 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@execute@option} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}% +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{expandafter} in \cs{PackageInfo} +% ergänzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/13}{Leerzeichen durch fehlendes Prozentzeichen +% beseitigt}%^^A % Es wird die bereits gesplittete Option ausgeführt, ohne dass die dabei % wesentlichen Macros (aber nicht \cs{reserved@a}!) verändert werden. Das % erste Argument ist bereits der Besitzer in \textsf{keyval}-Syntax. @@ -1977,25 +2007,31 @@ \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@name{% \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@name}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@value{% - \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@value}} + \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@value}}% \ifx\scr@key@run@errors\relax \noexpand\let\noexpand\scr@key@run@errors\relax \else \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@run@errors{% \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@run@errors}}% \fi - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand - \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname{% - \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% - \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname - }}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname\relax + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\let\noexpand\csname + scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname\relax + \else + \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand + \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname{% + \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname + }}% + \fi }% \let\AtEndOfFamilyOptions\scr@AtEndOfFamilyOptions \reserved@a \let\AtEndOfFamilyOptions\@firstofone \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown \PackageInfo{scrbase}{Unknown processing state.\MessageBreak - Processing option `\scr@key@atlist'\MessageBreak + Processing option + `\expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{\scr@key@atlist}'\MessageBreak \ifx\FamilyMemberOfKey\@empty\else of member `\FamilyMemberOfKey'\MessageBreak \fi @@ -2008,6 +2044,15 @@ \fi } % \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@KV@err} +% \changes{v3.12a}{2013/03/04}{missing internal command added} +% We just have to signal, that the option needs a value, that is missing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\scr@KV@err}[1]{% + \FamilyKeyStateNeedValue +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@key@run@errors} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Neue Anweisung (intern)} % Wird innerhalb von \cs{FamilyOptions} benötigt, um die Fehlermeldungen @@ -2036,13 +2081,14 @@ % \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/10}{verwendet \cs{KV@@sp@def} zur Entsorgung von % Leerzeichen} % \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{umbenannt von \cs{KOMA@key@split@name@value}} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/10/17}{\cs{long}} % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifscr@key@found@ \newcommand*{\scr@key@atlist}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@name}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@value}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@split@name@value}{} -\def\scr@key@split@name@value#1=#2=#3\@nil{% +\long\def\scr@key@split@name@value#1=#2=#3\@nil{% \KV@@sp@def\scr@key@name{#1}% \KV@@sp@def\scr@key@value{#2}% } @@ -2052,13 +2098,16 @@ % \end{macro}^^A \scr@key@value % \end{macro}^^A \scr@key@name % \end{macro}^^A \scr@key@atlist +% \end{macro}^^A \@FamilyOptions % \end{macro}^^A \FamilyOptions % % \begin{macro}{\FamilyOption} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neue Anweisung}^^A +% \begin{macro}{\@FamilyOptions} +% \changes{v3.14}[2014/10/17]{Neue streng interne Anweisung}^^A % \begin{macro}{\Family@Option} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/04/30}{Neu (intern)}^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{entfernt}^^A % \end{macro} % \changes{v3.04b}{2010/01/29}{\cs{edef} durch \cs{protected@edef} ersetzt} % Im Gegensatz zu \cs{FamilyOptions} kann man mit dieser Anweisung nur eine @@ -2068,7 +2117,8 @@ % dritte, obligatorische Argument ist die Liste der Werte für diese Option. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\FamilyOption}[3]{% +\newcommand*{\FamilyOption}[2]{\@FamilyOption{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\@FamilyOption}[3]{% \expandafter\KV@@sp@def\expandafter\scr@key@name\expandafter{#2}% % \end{macrocode} % Der einfachste Weg ist nun schlicht, die Liste der Werte durchzugehen und so @@ -2099,6 +2149,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\KOMAoptions} % \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{Neuer Hook nach den Optionen} @@ -2189,12 +2240,13 @@ % \changes{v3.10}{2011/09/12}{no error while processing global options}%^^A % \changes{v3.11a}{2012/05/28}{prevent remove from list of unused global % options globally}%^^A +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/17}{\cs{long}}^^A % Dieses Makro berichtet über Fehler wegen unbekannter Wertübergabe an einen % Schlüssel. Das erste Argument ist die Familie, das zweite der Schlüssel, % das dritte der Wert und das vierte die Liste der möglichen Werte. % \begin{macrocode} %<*base> -\newcommand*{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue}[4]{% +\newcommand{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue}[4]{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue \ifx\FamilyElseValues\@empty\else \PackageWarning{scrbase}{non empty \string\FamilyElseValue @@ -2656,31 +2708,41 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption} -% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}% -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Test für \texttt{version!=first}}% +% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/20}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/04}{Test für \texttt{version!=first}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{vertauschte Logic für \texttt{version!=first} +% korrigiert}%^^A % Die eigentliche Arbeit wird von diesem Makro erledigt. Die Argumente sind % 1. Meldungsbefehl, 2. obsolete Option, 3. Setzen des Schlüssels. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption}[3]{% - \let\scr@sr@co\CurrentOption \begingroup - #1{% - You've used obsolete option `#2'.\MessageBreak - Usage of this option indicates an old document and\MessageBreak - \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @version}{% - changes compatibility level using\MessageBreak - `#3,version=first'.\MessageBreak - If you don't want this, y% - }{% - is deprecated.\MessageBreak - Y% + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @version}{% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used obsolete option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + Usage of this option is deprecated.\noexpand\MessageBreak + You should simply replace `#2'\noexpand\MessageBreak + by `#3'% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% + }% + }{% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used obsolete option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + Usage of this option indicates an old document\noexpand\MessageBreak + and changes compatibility level using\noexpand\MessageBreak + `#3,version=first'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + If you don't want this, you should simply\noexpand\MessageBreak + replace option `#2' by `#3'% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3,version=first}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% }% - ou should simply replace\MessageBreak - usage of option `#2' by `#3'% }% - \endgroup - \KOMAExecuteOptions{#3,version=first}% - \let\CurrentOption\scr@sr@co + \reserved@a } %</koma> % \end{macrocode} @@ -2722,29 +2784,27 @@ % 1. Meldungsbefehl, 2. obsolete Option, 3. Setzen des Schlüssels. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\KOMA@UseStandardOption}[3]{% - \let\scr@sr@co\CurrentOption - #1{% - You've used standard option `#2'.\MessageBreak - This is correct!\MessageBreak - Internally I'm using `#3'.\MessageBreak - If you'd like to set the option with \string\KOMAoptions,\MessageBreak - you'd have to use `#3' there\MessageBreak - instead of `#2', too% - }% - \KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% - \let\CurrentOption\scr@sr@co + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used standard option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + This is correct!\noexpand\MessageBreak + Internally I'm using `#3'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + If you'd like to set the option with \string\KOMAoptions,% + \noexpand\MessageBreak + you'd have to use `#3' there\noexpand\MessageBreak + instead of `#2', too% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% + }% + \reserved@a } +%</koma> % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@sr@co} % \changes{v2.96}{2006/08/20}{neu (intern)} -% Da das \texttt{xkeyval}-Paket leider \cs{CurrentOption} vernichtet, das aber -% innerhalb von \cs{ProcessOptions} und \cs{KOMAProcessOptions} nach dem -% Ausführen der Option noch benötigt wird, muss die Anweisung gesichert -% werden. Dafür wird ein Hilfsmakro benötigt. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\scr@sr@co}{} -%</koma> -% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/22}{beseitigt} % \end{macro}^^A \scr@sr@co % \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@UseStandardOption % \end{macro}^^A \KOMA@@@DeclareStandardOption diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx index 0522f044522..62ba0858898 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-bibliography.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-bibliography.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-bibliography.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,18 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-bibliography.dtx}[2013/09/24 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (bibliography)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-10 08:44:55 +0200 (Fri, 10 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1788 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-bibliography.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (bibliography)] % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -224,21 +231,22 @@ % \subsubsection{Überschrift des Literaturverzeichnisses} % % \begin{macro}{\bib@heading} -% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}% -% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{die Präambel wird gesetzt}% -% \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{\cs{setchapterpreamble} wird verwendet}% +% \changes{v2.3h}{1995/01/21}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v2.6c}{2000/06/10}{die Präambel wird gesetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{\cs{setchapterpreamble} wird verwendet}%^^A % \changes{v2.7j}{2001/06/27}{Setzen der Präambel in die -% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}% -% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}% -% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}% -% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{\cs{ifbib@leveldown} wird beachtet}% +% \texttt{thebibliography}-Umgebung verschoben}%^^A +% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/15}{wird nun früher definiert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/31}{\cs{MakeMarkcase} wird beachtet}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2012/02/06}{\cs{ifbib@leveldown} wird beachtet}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/10}{running head with \texttt{leveldown} fixed}%^^A % Befehl zum Setzen der Überschrift des Literaturverzeichnisses. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*\bib@heading{% %<*article> \ifbib@leveldown \subsection*{\refname}% - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobble\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}\fi \else \section*{\refname}% \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}% @@ -247,7 +255,7 @@ %<*book|report> \ifbib@leveldown \section*{\bibname}% - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobble\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi \else \chapter*{\bibname}% \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx index d98490a00ba..e3b12ef9685 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-compatibility.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{142} +% \CheckSum{145} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-compatibility.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-compatibility.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}[2013/11/05 v3.11b KOMA-Script - (compatibility)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-28 11:06:00 +0100 (Tue, 28 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-compatibility.dtx}[\filedate\space + v3.13a.\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (compatibility)] % \iffalse \documentclass{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -191,20 +199,29 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@v@#1}{% \def\scr@compatibility{0}% %<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{% -%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{% +%<*package> + \PackageWarningNoLine{% %<extend> scrextend% %<typearea> typearea% -%<package> }{% +%<letter> scrletter% + }{% +%</package> You have set option `version' to value `#1', but\MessageBreak this value of version is not supported.\MessageBreak Because of this, version was set to `first'% }% }{% %<class> \ClassInfoNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{% -%<package> \PackageInfoNoLine{scrextend}{% +%<*package> + \PackageInfoNoLine{% +%<extend> scrextend% +%<typearea> typearea% +%<letter> scrletter% + }{% +%</package> Switching compatibility level to `#1'% }% -%<class|extend> \edef\scr@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}% +%<class|extend|letter> \edef\scr@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}% %<typearea> \edef\scr@ta@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% @@ -219,10 +236,13 @@ %<package>\AtEndOfPackage{% \KOMA@key{version}[]{% %<class> \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% -%<package> \PackageError{% +%<*package> + \PackageError{% %<extend> scrextend% %<typearea> typearea% -%<package> }{% +%<letter> scrletter% + }{% +%</package> Option `version' too late% }{% Option `version' may be set only while loading the @@ -331,6 +351,12 @@ % \changes{v3.11b}{2012/07/29}{Neues Macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.12} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Neues Macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.13} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/03/19}{Neues Macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.13a} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/07}{Neues Macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@v@3.14} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/28}{Neues Macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@v@last} % \changes{v2.9u}{2005/03/05}{Neues Macro} % Nun die unterschiedlichen möglichen Werte (|\scr@v@last| ist jeweils die @@ -384,7 +410,10 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -422,6 +451,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -436,6 +467,7 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \end{option} % % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx index 80b2ccd6f25..ad110d60ffb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-language.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{1830} +% \CheckSum{1963} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-language.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-language.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-language.dtx}[2013/11/06 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (language)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-06-26 11:20:18 +0200 (Thu, 26 Jun 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-language.dtx} + [\filedate\space v3.13.\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (language)]% % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -104,7 +112,7 @@ % Datum umzuschalten. % % \iffalse -%<*class&letter> +%<*letter> % \fi % % \begin{option}{numericaldate} @@ -148,7 +156,7 @@ % \end{option} % % \iffalse -%</class&letter> +%</letter> % \fi % % @@ -771,7 +779,6 @@ % % \iffalse %</package&base> -%<*class> % \fi % % @@ -789,8 +796,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\g@addnumerical@date}[2]{% \@ifundefined{date#1}{% - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageInfo{scrletter% }{% no date found for language `#1'\MessageBreak --> skipped% @@ -821,6 +828,7 @@ % \fi % % \begin{macro}{\captionsenglish} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte} % \begin{macro}{\dateenglish} % \begin{macro}{\captionsUSenglish} % \begin{macro}{\dateUSenglish} @@ -837,9 +845,12 @@ % \begin{macro}{\dateUKenglish} % \changes{v2.4c}{1997/11/25}{UKenglish identisch mit english definiert} % \begin{macro}{\captionsgerman} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{neue Dialekte} % \begin{macro}{\dategerman} % \begin{macro}{\captionsngerman} -% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german} +% \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/08}{außer \texttt{german} verwenden alle +% deutschen Sprachen »Telefon«}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\datengerman} % \changes{v2.5}{1999/09/08}{ngerman neu und identisch mit german} % \begin{macro}{\captionsaustrian} @@ -849,6 +860,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\datenaustrian} % \changes{v3.09}{2011/03/10}{naustrian neu und identisch mit austrian} % \begin{macro}{\captionsfrench} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{diverse neue Dialekte} % \begin{macro}{\datefrench} % \begin{macro}{\captionsitalian} % \begin{macro}{\dateitalian} @@ -880,6 +892,16 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)} % \begin{macro}{\datenorsk} % \changes{v3.08}{2011/01/20}{Neu (Dank Benjamin Hell)} +% \begin{macro}{\captionspolish} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)} +% \begin{macro}{\datepolish} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/01}{Neu (Dank Blandyna Bogdol)} +% \begin{macro}{\captionsczech} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)} +% \begin{macro}{\dateczech} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/10}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)} +% \begin{macro}{\dateslovak} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/28}{Neu (Dank Elke Schubert)} % Weil es in früheren Versionen zu Problemen damit gekommen ist, % werden diese jedoch erst bei |\begin{document}| definiert. Dabei % wird |\providecaptionname| verwendet, so dass sie auch schon vor @@ -889,16 +911,19 @@ % \centering % \begin{tabular}{ll} % Sprache & Spender \\\hline\\[-1.6ex] -% English & Frank Neukam, Michael Dewey, Markus Kohm \\ % Deutsch & Frank Neukam, Markus Kohm \\ +% English & Frank Neukam, Michael Dewey, Markus Kohm \\ +% Finnisch & Hannu Väisänen \\ % Französisch & Frank Neukam, Henk Jongbloets \\ +% Holländisch & Henk Jongbloets \\ % Italienisch & Simone Naldi \\ -% Spanisch & Ralph J.\ Hangleiter, Alejandro L\'opez-Valencia\\ % Kroatisch & Branka Lon\v{c}arevi\'{c} \\ -% Holländisch & Henk Jongbloets \\ -% Finnisch & Hannu Väisänen \\ % Norwegisch & Sveinung Heggen \\ +% Polnish & Blandyna Bogdol \\ % Schwedisch & Benjamin Hell\\ +% Spanisch & Ralph J.\ Hangleiter, Alejandro L\'opez-Valencia\\ +% Tschechisch & Elke Schubert\\ +% Slovakisch & Elke Schubert\\ % \end{tabular} % \caption{Liste der unterstützten Sprachen und der % \emph{Sprachspender}} @@ -912,6 +937,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \iffalse %</letter> +%<*letter|class> % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \def\today{\ifcase\month\or @@ -920,200 +946,140 @@ \space\number\day, \number\year}% % \end{macrocode} % \iffalse +%</letter|class> %<*letter> % \fi % \begin{macrocode} }% }{}% - \providecaptionname{english}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{english}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{english}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{english}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{english}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{english}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{english}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{english}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{english}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{english}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{english}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{english}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{english}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{english}\bankname{Bank account}% - \g@addnumerical@date{english}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\mobilephonename{Cell phone}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% - \g@addnumerical@date{USenglish}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{american}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{american}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{american}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{american}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{american}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{american}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{american}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{american}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{american}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{american}\mobilephonename{Cell phone}% - \providecaptionname{american}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{american}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{american}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{american}\bankname{Bank account}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\ccname{cc}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\enclname{encl}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\headtoname{To}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\headfromname{From}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\datename{Date}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\pagename{Page}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\phonename{Phone}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\emailname{Email}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\wwwname{Url}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% \g@addnumerical@date{american}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{british}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{british}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{british}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{british}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{british}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{british}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{british}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{british}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{british}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{british}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{british}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{british}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{british}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{british}\bankname{Bank account}% + \g@addnumerical@date{australien}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{british}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% + \g@addnumerical@date{canadian}{\number\year/\number\month/\number\day}% + \g@addnumerical@date{english}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{newzealand}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{USenglish}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{UKenglish}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{german}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{german}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{german}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{german}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{german}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{german}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{german}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{german}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{german}\pagename{Seite}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\customername{Kundennummer}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\subjectname{Betrifft}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\ccname{Kopien an}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\enclname{Anlage}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\headtoname{An}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\headfromname{Von}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\datename{Datum}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\pagename{Seite}% \providecaptionname{german}\phonename{Telephon}% + \providecaptionname{ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\phonename{Telefon}% \providecaptionname{german}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelephon}% - \providecaptionname{german}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{german}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{german}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{german}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% + \providecaptionname{ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelefon}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{german}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\mobilephonename{Handy}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{ngerman}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelefon}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{austrian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\phonename{Handy}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{naustrian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{french}\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences}% - \providecaptionname{french}\yourmailname{Votre lettre du}% - \providecaptionname{french}\myrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences}% - \providecaptionname{french}\customername{Num\'ero de client}% - \providecaptionname{french}\invoicename{Num\'ero de facture}% - \providecaptionname{french}\subjectname{Concernant}% - \providecaptionname{french}\ccname{Copie \`a}% - \providecaptionname{french}\enclname{Annexes}% - \providecaptionname{french}\headtoname{A}% - \providecaptionname{french}\headfromname{De}% - \providecaptionname{french}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{french}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{french}\phonename{T\'el\'ephone}% - \providecaptionname{french}\mobilephonename{Portable}% - \providecaptionname{french}\faxname{T\'el\'efax}% - \providecaptionname{french}\emailname{E-mail}% - \providecaptionname{french}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{french}\bankname{Compte en banque}% + \g@addnumerical@date{swissgerman}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{nswissgerman}{% + \number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\yourmailname{Votre lettre du}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\myrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\customername{Num\'ero de client}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\invoicename{Num\'ero de facture}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\subjectname{Concernant}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\ccname{Copie \`a}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\enclname{Annexes}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\headtoname{A}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\headfromname{De}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\datename{Date}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\pagename{Page}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\phonename{T\'el\'ephone}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\mobilephonename{Portable}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\faxname{T\'el\'efax}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\emailname{E-mail}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\bankname{Compte en banque}% + \g@addnumerical@date{acadian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{canadien}{\number\year/\number\month/\number\day}% + \g@addnumerical@date{francais}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{french}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% \providecaptionname{italian}\yourrefname{Vs./Rif.}% or Vostro Riferimento \providecaptionname{italian}\yourmailname{Vs.~lettera del}% or Vostra @@ -1268,6 +1234,63 @@ % "`18/1 2011"', verwendet. % \begin{macrocode} \g@addnumerical@date{swedish}{\number\day/\number\month~\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\yourrefname{Wasz znak}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\yourmailname{Wasze pismo z dnia}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\myrefname{Nasz znak}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\customername{Numer klienta}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\invoicename{Numer rachunku}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\subjectname{Dotyczy}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\ccname{Rozdzielnik}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\enclname{Za\l\aob{}czniki}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\headtoname{Do}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\datename{Data}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\pagename{Strona}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\phonename{Telefon}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\mobilephonename{Numer mobilny}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\emailname{E-mail}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\bankname{Konto}% + \g@addnumerical@date{polish}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\yourrefname{Va\v{s}e zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\yourmailname{V\'{a}\v{s} dopis ze dne}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\myrefname{Na\v{s}e zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\customername{Z\'akaznick\'e \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\invoicename{Fakura\v{c}n\'{\i} \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\subjectname{Pr\v{e}dm\v{e}t}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\ccname{Kopie}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\enclname{P\v{r}\'{\i}loha}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\headtoname{Komu}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\datename{Datum}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\pagename{Strana}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\phonename{Telefon}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\mobilephonename{Mobil}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\bankname{Bankovn\'{\i} spojen\'{\i}}% + \g@addnumerical@date{czech}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\yourrefname{Va\v{s}a zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\yourmailname{V\'{a}\v{s} list zo d\v{n}a}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\myrefname{Na\v{s}a zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\customername{Z\'akazn\'{\i}cke \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\invoicename{\'{C}\'{\i}slo fakt\'ury}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\subjectname{Predmet}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\ccname{K\'{o}pia pre koho}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\enclname{Pr\'{\i}loha}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\headtoname{Komu}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\datename{D\'{a}tum}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\pagename{Strana}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\phonename{Telef\'{o}n}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\mobilephonename{Mobil}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\bankname{Bankov\'{e} spojenie}% + \g@addnumerical@date{slovak}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% % \end{macrocode} % Zum Schluss findet noch die eigentliche Auswahl statt. Diese orientiert % sich nun an der Auswahl nach german.sty~2.5b und verwendet keine festen @@ -1298,8 +1321,8 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname date\languagename\endcsname\relax - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter% }{% \string\language\space is \the\language, \string\languagename\space is `\languagename'\MessageBreak @@ -1311,7 +1334,9 @@ \let\languagename=\undefined \fi \ifx\languagename\undefined - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{\string\languagename\space not +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter% + }{\string\languagename\space not defined, using \string\language.\MessageBreak This may result in use of wrong language!\MessageBreak You should use a compatible language @@ -1321,10 +1346,22 @@ \captionsamerican \dateamerican \fi\fi + \ifx\l@australian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@australian + \captionsaustralian + \dateaustralian + \fi\fi \ifx\l@british\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@british \captionsbritish \datebritish \fi\fi + \ifx\l@canadian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@canadian + \captionscanadian + \datecanadian + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@newzealand\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@newzealand + \captionsnewzealand + \datenewzealand + \fi\fi \ifx\l@UKenglish\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@UKenglish \captionsUKenglish \dateUKenglish @@ -1349,6 +1386,26 @@ \captionsngerman \datengerman \fi\fi + \ifx\l@swissgerman\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@swissgerman + \captionsswissgerman + \dateswissgerman + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@nswissgerman\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@nswissgerman + \captionsnswissgerman + \datenswissgerman + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@acadian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@acadian + \captionsacadian + \dateacadian + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@canadien\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@canadien + \captionscanadien + \datecanadien + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@francais\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@francais + \captionsfrancais + \datefrancais + \fi\fi \ifx\l@french\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@french \captionsfrench \datefrench @@ -1381,11 +1438,23 @@ \captionsswedish \dateswedish \fi\fi + \ifx\l@polish\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@polish + \captionspolish + \datepolish + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@czech\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@czech + \captionsczech + \dateczech + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@slovak\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@slovak + \captionsslovak + \dateslovak + \fi\fi \else \edef\@tempa{nohyphenation}% \ifx\languagename\@tempa - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter% }{% You've selected language `\languagename'.\MessageBreak Maybe your LaTeX format contains Babel extension\MessageBreak @@ -1396,7 +1465,9 @@ will be used% }% \else - \ClassInfo{scrlttr2}{% +%<class> \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageInfo{scrletter% + }{% trying to activate captions and date\MessageBreak of language `\languagename'% }% @@ -1411,15 +1482,19 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \csname date\languagename\endcsname \csname captions\languagename\endcsname - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageInfo{scrletter% }{% used language is `\languagename'.\MessageBreak - Supported languages are `english', `UKenglish',\MessageBreak - `british', `american', `USenglish',\MessageBreak + Supported languages are: `english', `UKenglish',\MessageBreak + `british', `american', `USenglish', `australian`,\MessageBreak + `canadian', `newzealand',\MessageBreak `german', `ngerman', `austrian', `naustrian',\MessageBreak - `dutch', `italian', `spanish',\MessageBreak - `croatian', `finnish', `norsk', `swedish'% + `swissgerman', `nswissgermsn',\MessageBreak + `acadian', `canadien', `francais', `french', \MessageBreak + `dutch', `italian', `spanish', `polish',\MessageBreak + `croatian', `finnish', `norsk', `swedish',\MessageBreak + `czech'. `slovak' }% \fi \fi @@ -1459,10 +1534,14 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \iffalse %</letter> -%</class> % \fi % % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx index 3bc69e080d7..b3128d08e86 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{1467} +% \CheckSum{1498} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx}[2013/11/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (letter class options)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-04 18:58:57 +0200 (Sat, 04 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1799 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx} + [\filedate\space v3.14.\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (letter class options)] % \iffalse \documentclass{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -116,7 +124,10 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\lco@test}{% \IfFileExists{\CurrentOption.lco}{% - \expandafter\AtEndOfClass\expandafter{% + \expandafter +%<class> \AtEndOfClass +%<package> \AtEndOfPackage + \expandafter{% \expandafter\LoadLetterOption\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% }% \expandafter\def\expandafter\scr@pti@nerr@r\expandafter{% @@ -132,7 +143,9 @@ % Als Voreinstellung wird am Ende schon einmal die Datei \texttt{DIN.lco} % geladen. % \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndOfClass{\LoadLetterOption{DIN}} +%<class>\AtEndOfClass +%<package>\AtEndOfPackage + {\LoadLetterOption{DIN}} % \end{macrocode} % % \iffalse @@ -143,7 +156,8 @@ % \subsection{Makros für Letter-Class-Options} % % \begin{macro}{\LoadLetterOption} -% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/08}{Neu} +% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/08}{Neu}^^A +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/04}{Leerzeichen werden ignoriert}^^A % Bei der neuen Briefklasse existiert eine Anweisung, mit der eine % \emph{\textbf{l}etter-\texttt{c}lass-\texttt{o}ption}-Datei geladen % werden kann. Das Laden wird mit entsprechender Information in der @@ -172,29 +186,52 @@ \@tempcnta=\@restore@catcode@level\relax \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne\relax \edef\@restore@catcode@level{\the\@tempcnta}% - \InputIfFileExists{#1.lco}{% - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% + \KV@@sp@def\reserved@a{#1}% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\InputIfFileExists{\reserved@a.lco}{% +%<class> \noexpand\ClassInfo{scrlttr2% +%<package> \noexpand\PackageInfo{scrletter% }{Letter-Class-Option `#1' loaded}% }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \noexpand\ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \noexpand\PackageError{scrletter% }{% - Letter-Class-Option file `#1.lco' not found% + Letter-Class-Option file `#1.lco' not found% }{% - You've told me to load the Letter-Class-Option `#1'. So I have - to load\MessageBreak - the file `#1.lco'. But the file isn't available.}% + You've told me to load the Letter-Class-Option `#1'. So I have + to load\noexpand\MessageBreak + the file `#1.lco'. But the file isn't available.}% }% + }% + \reserved@a \@tempcnta=\@restore@catcode@level\relax \advance\@tempcnta by \m@ne\relax \edef\@restore@catcode@level{\the\@tempcnta}% \ifnum\@tempcnta =\z@ \@restore@catcode \fi - } +} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro}^^A \LoadLetterOption +% \begin{macro}{\LoadLetterOptions} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/04}{Neue Anweisung}^^A +% Funktioniert prinzipiell wie \cs{LoadLetterOption}, aber es werden mehrere, +% durch Komma getrennte Optionen unterstützt. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\LoadLetterOptions}[1]{% + \begingroup + \def\reserved@a{\endgroup}% + \@for\reserved@b:=#1\do{% + \ifx\reserved@b\@empty\else + \ifx\reserved@b\space\else + \edef\reserved@a{\expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@a + \LoadLetterOption}{\reserved@b}\relax}% + \fi + \fi + }% + \reserved@a +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \LoadLetterOptions % % \begin{macro}{\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/17}{Neu} @@ -248,8 +285,8 @@ \setlength{\paperheight}{10.5in}\setlength{\paperwidth}{7.25in}% \else% \def\ta@opt@err{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageError{scrletter% }{papersize `\LOPNP@size' undefined}{% You've told me to check for paper size `\LOPNP@size'\MessageBreak @@ -266,9 +303,9 @@ } \newcommand*{\@@PapersizeWarning}{% \if@tempswa\else% - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% - }{% +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter% + }{% Letter option file `\LOPNP@option.lco'\MessageBreak needs paper size `\LOPNP@size'.\MessageBreak Current paper size is not `\LOPNP@size'!\MessageBreak @@ -588,24 +625,11 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{description} % Es folgen ggf. noch zusätzliche Änderungen. +% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/04}{\cs{@firsthead} existiert nicht mehr, daher nun +% mit einem neu geschaffenen \emph{hook}}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} %<*DINmoretext> -\renewcommand*{\@firsthead}{\noindent - \parbox[b]{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{\centering% - \usekomafont{fromaddress}{% - \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% - \usekomafont{fromname}% - {\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}\\[-8pt] - \rule{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{.4pt}\\ - }% - }% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% - \def\\{,\ \@ogobble}% - \ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}% - }% - }% - }% - } +\def\scr@default@firsthead@fromaddress@hook{\def\\{,\ \@gobble}} %</DINmoretext> % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1215,7 +1239,9 @@ % \end{KOMAfont} % \begin{KOMAfont}{letter} % Farbe des getrichelten Briefbogens im Umschlag +% \begin{macrocode} \newkomafont{letter}{\normalcolor} +% \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAfont} % \begin{macro}{\unmeasuredFrame} % Ein Rahmen ohne Maßlinien. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx index f5433c50b07..cdbd438b344 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-listsof.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{457} +% \CheckSum{458} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-listsof.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-listsof.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,24 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}[2013/11/22 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (lists of)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-03-05 09:03:10 +0100 (Wed, 05 Mar 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1720 $ + \edef\reserved@a{% + \noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-listsof.dtx}[% + \filedate\space\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script source + (lists of)% + ]% + }% +\reserved@a % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -127,11 +140,13 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{option}{toc} -% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}^^A +% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/04}{Neue Option}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Nutzung der Status-Signalisierung mit -% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A +% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch -% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}^^A +% \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{\cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} durch +% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}%^^A % Dies ist die zentrale Option für Einstellungen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses. % \begin{macrocode} \KOMA@key{toc}{% @@ -172,21 +187,21 @@ }{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \ifcase \@tempa\relax - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=numbered}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=numbered}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% \or \@toclefttrue \or @@ -256,6 +271,8 @@ % \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/06/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch % \cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} ersetzt}^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{\cs{KOMAExecuteOptions} durch +% \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}%^^A % Dies ist die zentrale Option für die Gleitumgebungsverzeichnisse. % \begin{macrocode} \KOMA@key{listof}{% @@ -398,13 +415,13 @@ } %<*book|report> \or% chapterentry - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=entry}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=entry}% \or% chaptergap - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% \or% chaptergapsmall - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% \or% chaptergapline - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% %</book|report> \fi \fi @@ -455,6 +472,8 @@ % \begin{option}{chapteratlists} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neue Option}%^^A % \changes{v2.98c}{2008/03/05}{nicht mehr bei \textsf{scrartcl}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/01/17}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +% ergänzt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@chaptertolists} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{neuer Schalter}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/24}{Verzeichnisse werden nicht in Verzeichnisse @@ -477,6 +496,7 @@ }{% \@chaptertolistsfalse\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{#1}% }% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \BeforeTOCHead{\@chaptertolistsfalse} %</book|report> @@ -824,6 +844,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\scr@float@listhead@warning} % \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert} +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}%^^A % Die Warnung für die Verwendung von \cs{float@listhead}, dessen Definition % irgendwann aus den Klassen verschwinden wird. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -832,7 +853,7 @@ \string\float@listhead\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@listhead\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Maybe implementation of \string\float@listhead\space will\MessageBreak be removed from KOMA-Script soon.\MessageBreak @@ -845,8 +866,9 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\scr@float@addtolists@warning} -% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)} -% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert} +% \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/13}{Neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2013/09/25}{Text geändert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/05}{Text korrigiert}%^^A % Die Warnung für die Verwendung von \cs{float@addtolists}, dessen % Unterstützung irgendwann aus den Klassen verschwinden wird. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -855,7 +877,7 @@ \string\float@addtolists\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@addtolist\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Since Version 3.12 support for deprecated\MessageBreak \string\float@addtolist\space interface has been\MessageBreak diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx index 3a3ff52eb79..d6f576092ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% \CheckSum{223} +% \CheckSum{405} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}[2013/12/08 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (miscellaneous, maybe everything or nothing)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-09 10:18:02 +0200 (Thu, 09 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1803 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (miscellaneous, maybe + everything or nothing)] % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -134,6 +142,70 @@ % \StopEventually{\PrintIndex\PrintChanges} % % \iffalse +%<*init> +% \fi +% \subsection{Test auf die eine \KOMAScript-Klasse} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package&letter> +\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KOMAClassName}{% + \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter}{% + Cannot detect any KOMA-Script class.\MessageBreak + Package `scrletter' is an extension to\MessageBreak + KOMA-Script classes.\MessageBreak + Usage with another class is not supported.\MessageBreak + Expect several errors while using it with\MessageBreak + another class.% + }% +}{} +% \end{macrocode} + +% \begin{macro}{\scr@renewforletter} +% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung}%^^A +% Wird wie \cs{renewcommand} verwendet, verzögert die Umdefinierung aber bis +% zu einem optionalen Zeitpunkt. Dazu wird intern +% \cs{scrletter@extra@\meta{macro}} definiert. +% \begin{macro}{\@renewforletter} +% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\do@renewforletter@list} +% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A +% Die do-Liste der später umzudefinierenden Anweisungen. +% \begin{macro}{\do@renewforletter} +% \changes{v3.20}{2014/04/10}{neu Anweisung (intern)}%^^A +% Definiert die in der do-Liste gespeicherten Anweisungen um. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\scr@renewforletter}{% + \@ifstar {\@renewforletter*}% + {\@renewforletter{}}% +} +\newcommand*{\@renewforletter}[2]{% + \g@addto@macro\do@renewforletter@list{\do#2}% + \edef\reserved@a{% + \noexpand\newcommand\noexpand#1\expandafter\noexpand + \csname scrletter@extra@\string#2\endcsname + }% + \expandafter\reserved@a +} +\newcommand*{\do@renewforletter@list}{} +\newcommand*{\do@renewforletter}{% + \begingroup + \def\do##1{% + \aftergroup\let\aftergroup##1 + \expandafter\aftergroup\csname scrletter@extra@\string##1\endcsname + }% + \do@renewforletter@list + \endgroup + \let\do@renewforletter@list\@empty +} +%</package&letter> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</init> %<*option> % \fi % @@ -154,6 +226,7 @@ % Sicht der Klassen, ob Zeilenüberhänge mit einem schwarzen Balken % angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class|extend> \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -167,6 +240,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption %<package&extend>[scrextend] {final}{draft=false} +%</class|extend> % \end{macrocode} % \end{option} % \end{option} @@ -222,12 +296,12 @@ % \changes{v3.11c}{2013/03/04}{Option \texttt{headings!=big} nicht für die % Briefklasse} % \begin{macrocode} -%<*!extend> +%<*class> \KOMAExecuteOptions{% parskip=false,% %<!letter> headings=big% } -%</!extend> +%</class> \KOMAProcessOptions\relax % \end{macrocode} % @@ -365,11 +439,11 @@ % \cs{framebox} und dem Inhalt, \cs{fboxrule} ist die Dicke des % Rahmens. % \begin{macrocode} -%<*!extend> +%<*class> \setlength{\skip\@mpfootins}{\skip\footins} \setlength\fboxsep{3\p@} \setlength\fboxrule{.4\p@} -%</!extend> +%</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{Length} % \end{Length} @@ -428,6 +502,7 @@ % Definition eines neuen \emph{true}-\emph{page}-\emph{odd} Labels. % Wird in der \texttt{aux}-Datei verwendet. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class|extend> \newcommand*{\new@tpo@label}{\@newl@bel{tpo}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -507,6 +582,7 @@ \expandafter\@secondoftwo \fi } +%</class|extend> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -526,12 +602,14 @@ % unverändert auf die Definition aus dem \LaTeX-Kern zurückgegriffen % wird. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class|extend> \DeclareRobustCommand*\textsubscript[1]{% \@textsubscript{\selectfont#1}% } \providecommand*{\@textsubscript}[1]{% {\m@th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@#1}}}}% } +%</class|extend> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -582,6 +660,91 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \scr@package@not@recommended % +% \subsection{Workarounds für fremde Pakete} +% \label{sec:packageworkarounds} +% +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/10/09}{\textsf{titlesec} hat ein schwerwiegendes +% Problem} +% Das Paket \textsf{titlesec} hat ein schwerwiegendes Problem, wenn +% Überschriften nicht per \cs{@startsection} definiert sind. Ich werde hier +% einmal versuchen, mich darum herum zu lavieren. Eine wirklich gute Lösung +% ist das sicher nicht. Man sollte das Paket schlicht besser nicht mit +% \KOMAScript{} zusammen verwenden. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> +%<*!letter> +\BeforePackage{titlesec}{% + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph +} +\AfterPackage{titlesec}{% + \@ifpackagelater{titlesec}{2014/10/09}{% + \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{% + Deactivating the `titlesec` workaround,\MessageBreak + because package is newer than expected% + }% + }{% + \PackageWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Activating an ugly workaround for a missing\MessageBreak + feature of package `titlesec`% + }% + \def\scr@ttl@@extract#1\scr@startsection#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \@tempskipa=#5 + \@tempskipb=#6 + \ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@ + \toks@{\titlespacing*#8{#4}}% + \@tempskipa-\@tempskipa + \else + \toks@{\titlespacing#8{#4}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipa*\ttl@space\relax\beforetitleunit}% + \ifdim\@tempskipb<\z@ + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@tempskipb-\@tempskipb + \else + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8% + {\ttl@fil\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipb*\ttl@space\relax\aftertitleunit}% + \fi + \edef\ttl@a{\the\toks@{\the\@tempskipa}{\the\@tempskipb}} + \ttl@a}% + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@@extract\relax + }% +} +%</!letter> +%</class> +% \end{macrocode} +% % % \iffalse %</body> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx index a6e52722c9b..fadef2932b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-notepaper.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{3156} +% \CheckSum{3169} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-notepaper.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-notepaper.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-notepaper.dtx}[2013/07/31 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (note-paper)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-04 15:59:37 +0200 (Sat, 04 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1767 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-notepaper.dtx} + [\filedate\space v3.13b.\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (note-paper)] % \iffalse \documentclass{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -339,6 +347,7 @@ % \changes{v3.03}{2009/03/04}{neu (intern)} % Die Speicherung erfolgt wiederum in einem Makro. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand*{\if@afield}{% \ClassWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% Usage of \string\if@afield\space deprecated.\MessageBreak @@ -369,6 +378,7 @@ This may result in erros. A better solution would be\MessageBreak to change the code}% \KOMAoptions{addrfield=false}} +%</class> \newcommand*{\@afieldmode}{\@ne} \KOMA@ncmdkey{addrfield}[true]{@afieldmode}{% {false}{0},{off}{0},{no}{0},% @@ -912,12 +922,15 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{der Kopf des Briefbogens wird über eine % Variable realisiert} % \begin{KOMAvar}{firsthead} -% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu} +% \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/04}{neuer \emph{hook} nur für +% \texttt{DINmtext.lco}}%^^A % Bei \texttt{scrlttr2} gibt es die üblichen Seitenstile, allerdings % ist deren Verhalten etwas anders als gewohnt. Dies ist in den % Besonderheiten für Briefen begründet. Zunächst die Voreinstellung für % Briefbögen. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand*{\@firsthead}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\@firsthead.\MessageBreak @@ -926,6 +939,7 @@ }% \usekomavar{firsthead}% } +%</class> \newkomavar{firsthead} \setkomavar{firsthead}{% \parbox[b]{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}% @@ -936,6 +950,7 @@ {\usekomafont{fromrule}{\rule{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{.4pt}}}\\ }% \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \csname scr@default@firsthead@fromaddress@hook\endcsname \ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}% }% }% @@ -1166,6 +1181,7 @@ % % Der Benutzer kann die Voreinstellung mit einer einfachen Anweisung ändern: % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand{\firsthead}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\firsthead.\MessageBreak @@ -1174,6 +1190,7 @@ } \setkomavar{firsthead}% } +%</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1304,11 +1321,13 @@ % \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/09}{Voreinstellung korrigiert} % Die Feldwerte in der Geschäftszeile. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \ifnum\scr@compatibility=\@nameuse{scr@v@2.97}\relax \newkomafont{refvalue}{\sffamily\scriptsize} \else +%</class> \newkomafont{refvalue}{} -\fi +%<class>\fi % \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAfont} % @@ -1325,7 +1344,9 @@ % \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}} % Der Brieftitel. % \begin{macrocode} -\newkomafont{title}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries} +%<package>\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@title}{% + \newkomafont{title}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries}% +%<package>}{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAfont} % @@ -1333,7 +1354,9 @@ % \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{jetzt mit \cs{newkomafont}} % Der Betreff. % \begin{macrocode} -\newkomafont{subject}{\normalcolor\bfseries} +%<package>\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@subject}{% + \newkomafont{subject}{\normalcolor\bfseries}% +%<package>}{} % \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAfont} % @@ -1639,6 +1662,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} % Der Fuß des Briefbogens ist in der Voreinstellung leer. \newkomavar{firstfoot} +%<*class> \newcommand*{\@firstfoot}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\@firstfoot.\MessageBreak @@ -1658,6 +1682,7 @@ } \setkomavar{firstfoot}% } +%</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{KOMAvar} % \end{macro} @@ -1886,22 +1911,21 @@ \begingroup% \vbox to #2{#1#3}% \if@savevbox@warning\@savevbox@warningfalse% - \setbox0\vbox{#3}% - \setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}% - \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{\dp0}% - \ifdim \@tempdimb>\@tempdima% - \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdima}% - \ClassWarning{% - scrlttr2% - }{% - #4 is \the\@tempdimb\space too high.\MessageBreak - You have to change `\string#5'\MessageBreak - or you have to define a smaller\MessageBreak - #4 using \string#6.\MessageBreak - Because of this too high #4\MessageBreak - you've got an overfull \string\vbox\space message% - }% - \fi% + \setbox0\vbox{#3}% + \setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}% + \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{\dp0}% + \ifdim \@tempdimb>\@tempdima% + \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdima}% +%<class> \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% +%<package> \PackageWarning{scrletter}{% + #4 is \the\@tempdimb\space too high.\MessageBreak + You have to change `\string#5'\MessageBreak + or you have to define a smaller\MessageBreak + #4 using \string#6.\MessageBreak + Because of this too high #4\MessageBreak + you've got an overfull \string\vbox\space message% + }% + \fi% \fi% \endgroup% } @@ -2782,13 +2806,15 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refname}\strutbox}% \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr}{% +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter}{% Font element `refname' should not be larger than \string\normalsize!}% \fi \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refvalue}\strutbox}% \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr}{% +%<class> \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{% +%<package> \PackageWarningNoLine{scrletter}{% Font element `refvalue' should not be larger than \string\normalsize!}% \fi @@ -2819,23 +2845,29 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\@maketitle} % \changes{v2.3b}{1996/01/14}{Verwendung von \cs{sectfont} für den -% \cs{title}} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{titlefont} an Stelle von \cs{sectfont}} -% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}} -% \changes{v2.9t}{2004/09/16}{\cs{par} in Größe und Schrift des Titels} -% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{\cs{usekomafont} and Stelle fon \cs{titlefont}} +% \cs{title}}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{titlefont} an Stelle von \cs{sectfont}}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}%^^A +% \changes{v2.9t}{2004/09/16}{\cs{par} in Größe und Schrift des Titels}%^^A +% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/22}{\cs{usekomafont} and Stelle von +% \cs{titlefont}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{umbenannt in \cs{@makelettertitle}}%^^A +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\@makelettertitle} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/26}{neu (ehemals \cs{@maketitle}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@subjfield} % \changes{v2.8q}{2001/10/19}{\cs{centerline} durch \cs{centering} -% ersetzt} -% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}} -% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{wird mit hängendem Einzug gesetzt} -% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzeinzug mit cs{setparsizes} einstellen} +% ersetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/13}{\cs{@parskipfalse}\cs{@parskip@indent}}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8q}{2002/01/31}{wird mit hängendem Einzug gesetzt}%^^A +% \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/23}{Absatzeinzug mit cs{setparsizes} +% einstellen}%^^A % \changes{v3.01}{2008/11/03}{Verwendung der neuen Pseudolängen -% \texttt{subjectbeforevskip} und \texttt{subjectaftervskip}} +% \texttt{subjectbeforevskip} und \texttt{subjectaftervskip}}%^^A % Der eigentliche Titel wir mit |\@maketitle| gesetzt. Dies sollte jedoch % ebenso wie beim Betreff (|\@subjfield|) \emph{nicht} manuell geschehen. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% +\newcommand*{\@makelettertitle}{% \ifkomavarempty{title}{% \typeout{Title: no}% }{% @@ -2941,6 +2973,7 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/10/28}{Neu} % Die Voreinstellung ist ebenfalls von Optionen abhängig. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand*{\@nexthead}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\@nexthead.\MessageBreak @@ -2949,6 +2982,7 @@ }% \usekomavar{nexthead}% } +%</class> \newkomavar{nexthead} \setkomavar{nexthead}{% \rlap{\parbox[c]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\strut @@ -2979,6 +3013,7 @@ % Die Voreinstellung ist wiederum mit einer einfachen Benutzeranweisung % änderbar. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand{\nexthead}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\nexthead.\MessageBreak @@ -2987,6 +3022,7 @@ } \setkomavar{nexthead}% } +%</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3004,6 +3040,7 @@ % Je nach Optioneneinstellung kann sich die Seitenmarke in der Voreinstellung % auch im Fuß befinden. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand*{\@nextfoot}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\@nextfoot.\MessageBreak @@ -3012,6 +3049,7 @@ }% \usekomavar{nextfoot}% } +%</class> \newkomavar{nextfoot} \setkomavar{nextfoot}{% \ifnum\@pageat>2 @@ -3026,6 +3064,7 @@ % \end{macro} % Auch diese Einstellung ist per Benutzeranweisung leicht zu ändern. % \begin{macrocode} +%<*class> \newcommand{\nextfoot}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\nextfoot.\MessageBreak @@ -3034,6 +3073,7 @@ } \setkomavar{nextfoot}% } +%</class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -3175,7 +3215,7 @@ \@foldmarks\@firstheadfootfield\@addrfield\@locfield \ifdim\useplength{subjectvpos}=\z@\else\@subjfield\fi \@datefield - \@maketitle + \@makelettertitle \ifdim\useplength{subjectvpos}=\z@\if@subjafter\else\@subjfield\fi\fi {\setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative#1\par}% {\setlength{\@tempdima}{\baselineskip}% @@ -3449,7 +3489,9 @@ }% \if@tempswa \aftergroup\@scrsymbolsfalse - \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{Option `symbolicnames' +%<class> \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% +%<package> \PackageWarning{scrletter}{% + Option `symbolicnames' ignorred.\MessageBreak You've tried to set option `symbolicnames'\MessageBreak after \string\begin{document}, but without\MessageBreak @@ -3462,8 +3504,14 @@ \fi \endgroup \else +%<*class> \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{scrlttr2.cls}{% \expandafter\AtEndOfClass +%</class> +%<*package> + \ifstr{\@currname.\@currext}{scrletter.sty}{% + \expandafter\AtEndOfPackage +%</package> }{% \expandafter\@firstofone }% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx index 7697aac6e3f..8440db8641f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{593} +% \CheckSum{678} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,19 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx}[2013/12/16 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (page style)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-07-07 09:15:22 +0200 (Mon, 07 Jul 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1774 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx}[\filedate\space + v3.13.\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (page styles)] % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -99,6 +107,9 @@ % % \iffalse %<*option> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse %<*class> % \fi % @@ -129,9 +140,8 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % Gleichzeitig wird dem \textsf{typearea}-Paket mitgeteilt, dass der -% Kopf zum Textbereich zu rechnen ist. Dies geschieht allerdings in -% umgekehrter Richtung nicht. Die Optionen sind also nicht -% symmetrisch. +% Kopf zum Textbereich zu rechnen ist. Dies geschieht min. seit \KOMAScript{} +% 2.98c in beide Richtungen. Es ist leider nicht ganz klar, wie das zuvor war. % \begin{macrocode} \KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}% @@ -165,6 +175,8 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{\cs{KOMA@options} durch % \cs{KOMAoptions} ersetzt}^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/08/26}{ggf. Satzspiegel neu berechnen}^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/07/07}{Satzspiegel wird nicht neu berechnet}^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/07/07}{\texttt{headinclude}-Fehler beseitigt}^^A % \begin{option}{footnosepline} % \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine} % ersetzt} @@ -181,16 +193,15 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % Gleichzeitig wird dem \texttt{typearea}-Paket mitgeteilt, dass der -% Fuß zum Textbereich zu rechnen ist. Auch hier sind die Optionen -% nicht symmetrisch. +% Fuß zum Textbereich (nicht) zu rechnen ist. % \begin{macrocode} \KOMA@key{footsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@ifundefined{typearea}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}% }{% - \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1,DIV=current}% + \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1}% }% \fi } @@ -220,6 +231,7 @@ % % \iffalse %</class> +%<*class|extend> % \fi % % \begin{option}{cleardoublepage} @@ -300,7 +312,7 @@ \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -317,7 +329,26 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/03/01}{allow page style headings as value for class +% option}%^^A +% At class loading time page style \texttt{headings} is still undefined, but +% should be allowed as value for option \texttt{cleardoublepage}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -379,6 +410,7 @@ % % % \iffalse +%</class|extend> %</option> %<*body> %<*class> @@ -510,7 +542,9 @@ % \changes{v2.8o}{2001/09/14}{neues Element \texttt{pagefoot}} % \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{nicht länger ein Alias} % \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot} -% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)} +% \changes{v2.98c}{2008/02/14}{Neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/13}{es wird \textsf{scrlayer-scrpage} an Stelle +% von \textsf{scrpage2} empfohlen}%^^A % Hier werden die Elemente definiert, deren Schriftart dann geändert % werden kann. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -529,8 +563,8 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}[1]{% This class does not use font element `pagefoot'!\MessageBreak - Maybe you should load package `scrpage2', before\MessageBreak - using this element% + Maybe you should load package `scrlayer-scrpage',\MessageBreak + before using this element% } %</!letter> % \end{macrocode} @@ -542,13 +576,15 @@ % \end{KOMAfont} % \end{KOMAfont} % +% % \begin{macro}{\pagemark} % \changes{v2.95}{2006/03/15}{nun für alle Klassen} % \changes{v3.05}{2010/02/05}{eine zusätzliche Gruppe eingefügt} % Das ist die Seitenmarke, die nun für alle Klassen verwendet wird. Damit % wird es leichter, \textsf{fancyhdr} statt \textsf{scrpage2} zu verwenden. % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% +\newcommand* + {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% %<letter> \pagename\ % \thepage}}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -608,7 +644,7 @@ %<*article> \renewcommand*{\sectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi - {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat\fi}{}##1}}{}}% + {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}##1}}{}}% \renewcommand*{\subsectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside \markright{% @@ -733,6 +769,37 @@ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo } %</letter> +%</class> +% \end{macrocode} +% Das Briefpaket verwendet \textsf{scrlayer-scrpage} für die Seitenstile: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package&letter> +\RequirePackage{scrlayer-scrpage} +\newpairofpagestyles{letter}{% + \clearpairofpagestyles + \lehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi]% + {\usekomavar{nexthead}}% + \lohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi]% + {\usekomavar{nexthead}}% + \chead[\ifnum\@pageat=\@ne\pagemark\fi]% + {}% + \rehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi]% + {}% + \rohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi]% + {}% + \lefoot[\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi]% + {\usekomavar{nextfoot}}% + \lofoot[\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi]% + {\usekomavar{nextfoot}}% + \cfoot[\ifnum\@pageat=4 \pagemark\fi]% + {}% + \refoot[\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi]% + {}% + \rofoot[\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi]% + {}% +} +%</package&letter> +%<*class> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -743,7 +810,6 @@ % % So etwas gibt es derzeit nicht für Briefe. % \iffalse -%</class> %<*!letter> % \fi % @@ -774,7 +840,6 @@ % % \iffalse %</!letter> -%<*class> % \fi % % \subsection{Standardeinstellungen} @@ -786,7 +851,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Die Nummerierung erfolgt hingegen immer mit arabischen Zahlen: % \begin{macrocode} -\pagenumbering{arabic} +%<class>\pagenumbering{arabic} % \end{macrocode} % % Im zweiseitigen Satz wird die letzte Zeile bündig gesetzt, im diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx index 87a5a1e0425..e7529681edf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx}[2013/03/05 v3.12 KOMA-Script @@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ % % % \iffalse +%<*class> %<*option> % \fi % @@ -690,6 +691,7 @@ % % \iffalse %</body> +%</class> % \fi % % \Finale diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx index 447e8e91e64..5695df172bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{100} +% \CheckSum{101} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2006-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1388 2013-10-01 16:03:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx}[2011/03/20 v3.08b KOMA-Script @@ -130,7 +130,9 @@ \@ifundefined{ltr@len@#1}{% \expandafter\let\csname ltr@len@#1\endcsname=\z@% }{% - \ClassError{scrlttr2}{% +%<class> \ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageError{scrletter% + }{% pseudo-length \expandafter\string\csname ltr@len@#1\endcsname already defined% }{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx index ac28717e035..bd91213ba06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-sections.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{2255} +% \CheckSum{2443} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-sections.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-sections.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,18 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-sections.dtx}[2013/12/16 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (disposition)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-09-11 15:41:04 +0200 (Thu, 11 Sep 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1788 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-sections.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space + KOMA-Script (disposition)] % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -169,7 +176,7 @@ % \end{option} % \iffalse %</book|report> -%% \fi +% \fi % % % \begin{option}{numbers} @@ -929,6 +936,158 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\@startsection} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Vollständige Neudefinition zur Optimierung +% der Erweiterung für das optionale Argument}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\scr@startsection} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\scr@saved@startsection} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\scr@saved@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% +} +\ifx\@startsection\scr@saved@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \csname scr@startsection@hook\endcsname + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\csname scr@preto@ssect@hook\endcsname\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\csname scr@preto@sect@hook\endcsname + \scr@section@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\else + \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{`\string\@startsection' has been + changed.\MessageBreak + \KOMAClassName\space needs it's own Definition of + `\string\@startsection'\MessageBreak + to provide extended features for the optional argument\MessageBreak + of `\string\section` etc.\MessageBreak + Generally it defines `\string\@startsection` completely new\MessageBreak + to achieve this. Because of the unexpected definition\MessageBreak + an alternative approach will be used.\MessageBreak + If this fails and if there isn't a new release of\MessageBreak + KOMA-Scriptt that fixes the problem, please\MessageBreak + send a report to the KOMA-Script author.\MessageBreak + Note, that this alternative approach does not\MessageBreak + execute `\string\scr@startsection@hook', \MessageBreak + `\string\scr@preto@ssect@hook', or `\string\scr@preto@sect@hook'% + }% + \let\scr@saved@startsection\@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \@ifstar + {\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}*}% + {\scr@section@dblarg{\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\At@startsection} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren} +% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann Code in die Ausführung von \KOMAScript's +% eigenem \cs{scr@startsection} an der Stelle eingefügt werden, an der +% \cs{if@afterindent} und \cs{@tempskipa} bereits korrekt eingestellt sind, +% aber noch bevor \emph{pentaly} und Abstand gesetzt wurden bzw. \cs{everypar} +% gelöscht wurde. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\At@startsection}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@startsection@hook}{\let\scr@startsection@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@startsection@hook}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\Before@ssect} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren} +% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann Code in die Ausführung von \KOMAScript's +% eigenem \cs{scr@startsection} unmittelbar vor dem Aufruf von \cs{@ssect} +% eingefügt werden. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\Before@ssect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@ssect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@ssect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@ssect@hook}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\Before@sect} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/11}{Neue Anweisung für Paketautoren} +% Mit Hilfe dieser Anweisung kann Code in die Ausführung von \KOMAScript's +% eigenem \cs{scr@startsection} unmittelbar vor dem Aufruf von \cs{@sect} +% eingefügt werden. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\Before@sect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@sect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@sect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@sect@hook}{#1}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@section@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\scr@section@xdblarg} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Neue interne Anweisung}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\scr@section@dblarg}[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {#1}% + {\scr@section@xdblarg{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@xdblarg}[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\let\scr@osectarg\z@#1[{#2}]{#2}\def\scr@osectarg}% + {\scr@osectarg}}% + \reserved@a +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \scr@section@xdblarg +% \end{macro}%^^A \scr@section@dblarg +% \end{macro}%^^A \scr@saved@startsection +% \end{macro}%^^A \scr@startsection +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*{\@startsection}{% + \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ + \expandafter\scr@saved@startsection + \else + \expandafter\scr@startsection + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \@startsection +% \begin{macro}{\SecDef} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{neue Anweisung} +% \begin{macro}{\secdef} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Vollständige Neudefinition zur Optimierung +% der Erweiterung für das optionale Argument}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\SecDef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\scr@section@dblarg{#1}}} +\CheckCommand*{\secdef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\@dblarg{#1}}} +\let\secdef\SecDef +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \secdef +% \end{macro}%^^A \SecDef % \begin{macro}{\scr@sect} % \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{entfällt} % \begin{macro}{\@sect} @@ -1454,6 +1613,7 @@ % hinzugefügt} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/28}{\cs{nobreak} nach \cs{sectfont} % behebt einen Bug im color Paket} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{SecDef}} % \begin{macro}{\@part} % \changes{v2.4b}{1996/03/29}{\cs{size@partnumer} durch % \cs{size@partnumber} ersetzt} @@ -1548,7 +1708,7 @@ \newcommand\part{\par \partheadstartvskip% \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@part\@spart + \SecDef\@part\@spart } %</article> %<*report|book> @@ -1563,7 +1723,7 @@ \partheadstartvskip \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% - \secdef\@part\@spart + \SecDef\@part\@spart } %</report|book> \newcommand*{\@part}{} @@ -1672,6 +1832,7 @@ % \texttt{plain}} % \changes{v2.95a}{2006/07/10}{support of preamble added} % \changes{v3.11b}{2012/07/29}{missing negativ \cs{vskip} added} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{SecDef}} % \begin{macro}{\@addpart} % \changes{v2.8c}{2001/06/29}{neu (intern)} % \changes{v2.8l}{2001/08/17}{erst eintragen, dann ausgeben} @@ -1704,7 +1865,7 @@ \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% %</report|book> - \secdef\@addpart\@saddpart + \SecDef\@addpart\@saddpart } \newcommand*{\@addpart}{} \def\@addpart[#1]#2{% @@ -1774,6 +1935,7 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Verwendung von \cs{addchaptertocentry}}%^^A % \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Integration der Erweiterung für das optionale % Argument der Gliederungsbefehle}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{SecDef}} % \begin{macro}{\@makechapterhead} % \changes{v2.7b}{2001/01/05}{Kapitel können grundsätzlich mit % einer Präambel versehen werden} @@ -1866,7 +2028,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@chapter\@schapter + \SecDef\@chapter\@schapter } % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v3.06}{2010/06/02}{einschalten des \texttt{tocbasic}-Features @@ -2069,6 +2231,7 @@ % \changes{v3.08}{2010/11/01}{Verwendung von \cs{addchaptertocentry}} % \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Integration der Erweiterung für das optionale % Argument der Gliederungsbefehle} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{SecDef}} % \KOMAScript{} bietet in \textsf{scrbook} und \textsf{scrreprt} den % zusätzlichen Gliederungsbefehl \cs{addchap}. Es handelt sich dabei % um einen mit \cs{chapter*} vergleichbaren Befehl, bei dem jedoch der @@ -2121,7 +2284,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@addchap\@saddchap% + \SecDef\@addchap\@saddchap% }% \newcommand*{\@addchap}{}% \def\@addchap[#1]#2{% @@ -2214,6 +2377,7 @@ % \cs{markright} ersetzt} % \changes{v2.7a}{2001/01/04}{\cs{addsec} für eine bessere % Unterstützung von \textsf{hyperref} geändert} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{SecDef}} % \begin{macro}{\@addsec} % \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Verwendung von \cs{addsectiontocentry}} % \changes{v3.10}{2011/08/30}{Integration der Erweiterung für das optionale @@ -2227,7 +2391,7 @@ % Kolumnentitel korrigiert wird und ein Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis % erfolgt (nicht in der Stern-Variante). % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*\addsec{\secdef\@addsec\@saddsec} +\newcommand*\addsec{\SecDef\@addsec\@saddsec} \newcommand*{\@addsec}{} \def\@addsec[#1]#2{\section*{#2}% \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ @@ -2307,6 +2471,7 @@ % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{Standardwert für \cs{parfillskip} (abhängig % von Option \texttt{version})} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} entfernt} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@startsection}} % \begin{macro}{\subsection} % \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{sectfont} wird nun vor % \cs{size@subsection} aufgerufen} @@ -2315,6 +2480,7 @@ % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{Standardwert für \cs{parfillskip} (abhängig % von Option \texttt{version})} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} entfernt} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@startsection}} % \begin{macro}{\subsubsection} % \changes{v2.3d}{1995/08/19}{wird bei \texttt{scrartcl} nun % ebenfalls numeriert und ins Inhaltsverzeichnis geschrieben} @@ -2325,6 +2491,7 @@ % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{Standardwert für \cs{parfillskip} (abhängig % von Option \texttt{version})} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} entfernt} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@startsection}} % \begin{macro}{\paragraph} % \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/22}{\cs{sectfont} wird nun vor % \cs{size@paragraph} aufgerufen} @@ -2337,6 +2504,7 @@ % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/28}{\cs{nobreak} nach \cs{sectfont} % behebt einen Bug im color Paket} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} entfernt} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/09/11}{Verwendung von \cs{scr@startsection}} % Die Standardgliederungsbefehle \cs{section} bis \cs{subparagraph} % sind mit der im Kernel dafür vorgesehenen Schnittstelle % definiert. Im Unterschied zu den Standardklassen erfolgt die @@ -2346,7 +2514,7 @@ % variabilisiert werden. Vielleicht in einer späteren Version. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\section{% - \@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2354,7 +2522,7 @@ \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@section}% } \newcommand\subsection{% - \@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2363,7 +2531,7 @@ }% } \newcommand\subsubsection{% - \@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2372,13 +2540,13 @@ }% } \newcommand\paragraph{% - \@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@paragraph}% } \newcommand\subparagraph{% - \@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% + \scr@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@subparagraph}% @@ -2391,12 +2559,15 @@ % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\minisec} % \changes{v2.8q}{2002/02/28}{\cs{nobreak} nach \cs{sectfont} -% behebt einen Bug im color Paket} +% behebt einen Bug im color Paket}%^^A % \changes{v2.9o}{2003/01/31}{\cs{nobreak} nach dem Gruppenende -% behebt einen Bug im color Paket} +% behebt einen Bug im color Paket}%^^A % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/11/30}{Standardwert für \cs{parfillskip} (abhängig -% von Option \texttt{version})} -% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} entfernt} +% von Option \texttt{version})}%^^A +% \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{alle nicht benötigten \cs{nobreak} +% entfernt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/08/07}{Absicherung der Abstände bei +% aufeinanderfolgenden Überschriften entsprechend \cs{@startsection}}%^^A % \begin{KOMAfont}{minisec} % \changes{v2.96a}{2006/12/03}{\texttt{minisec} ist ein eigenes % Fontelement} @@ -2404,7 +2575,19 @@ % immer ohne Nummer und ohne Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgt. % \begin{macrocode} \newkomafont{minisec}{} -\newcommand\minisec[1]{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex +\newcommand\minisec[1]{% + \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.13a}\relax + \@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex + \else + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@afterindentfalse + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{1.5ex}% + \fi + \fi {\parindent \z@ \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}\fi @@ -2606,9 +2789,10 @@ % \begin{macro}{\set@@@preamble} % \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)} % \begin{macro}{\set@@@@preamble} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)} -% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt} -% \changes{v3.12}{2012/10/16}{b mit derselben Funktion wie u erlaubt} +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/25}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8q}{2001/11/27}{fehlende Klammern ergänzt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12}{2012/10/16}{b mit derselben Funktion wie u erlaubt}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/02/14}{b korrigiert}%^^A % Da mehrere optionale Argumente nach einem obligatorischen Argument % auszuwerten sind, werden diverse Hilfsmakros benötigt. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2657,7 +2841,7 @@ \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi% \if \@tempa b% - \set@preamble@vpox{0}{#2}% + \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi \if \@tempa o% \set@preamble@vpos{1}{#2}% @@ -2800,21 +2984,25 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\setpartpreamble} -% \changes{v2.8f}{2001/07/12}{neu} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{Verwendung von \cs{use@preamble}} -% \begin{macro}{\part@preamble@u} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{neu (intern)} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{Ersatz für \cs{part@preamble}} -% \begin{macro}{\part@preamble@o} -% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{neu (intern)} +% \begin{macro}{\setpartpreamble} +% \changes{v2.8f}{2001/07/12}{neu}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{Verwendung von \cs{use@preamble}}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\part@u@preamble} +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{Ersatz für \cs{part@preamble}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/02/14}{flaschen (\cs{part@preamble@u}) Namen +% korrigiert}%^^A +% \begin{macro}{\part@o@preamble} +% \changes{v2.8p}{2001/09/27}{neu (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/02/14}{flaschen Namen (\cs{part@preamble@o}) +% korrigiert}%^^A % Analog zu den Kapitel gibt es Befehle für eine Teil-Präambel. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\setpartpreamble}{\set@preamble{part}} -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@u}{} -\let\part@preamble@u\relax -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@o}{} -\let\part@preamble@o\relax +\newcommand*{\part@u@preamble}{} +\let\part@u@preamble\relax +\newcommand*{\part@o@preamble}{} +\let\part@o@preamble\relax % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx index 3e961956ac3..751c2f94813 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-title.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{774} +% \CheckSum{783} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-title.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-title.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,11 +55,18 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-title.dtx}[2013/10/31 v3.12 KOMA-Script - (title pages)] +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-02-03 08:37:48 +0100 (Mon, 03 Feb 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1638 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrkernel-title.dtx}[\filedate r\filerevision + KOMA-Script (title pages)] % \iffalse \documentclass[halfparskip-]{scrdoc} \usepackage[english,ngerman]{babel} @@ -540,18 +547,23 @@ \end{titlepage} % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Verwendung von \cs{@makefnmark} in -% \cs{@makefntext}} +% \cs{@makefntext}}%^^A % \changes{v2.3a}{1995/07/08}{Definition von \cs{@makefnmark} und -% \cs{@makefntext} unabhängig von math} +% \cs{@makefntext} unabhängig von math}%^^A % \changes{v2.3e}{1995/08/30}{optionales Argument bei der -% einseitigen Version erlauben und ignorieren} +% einseitigen Version erlauben und ignorieren}%^^A % \changes{v2.3g}{1996/01/14}{mehrfach \cs{null} bei -% \cs{next@tpage} ergänzt} +% \cs{next@tpage} ergänzt}%^^A % \changes{v2.4l}{1997/02/06}{es ist nicht mehr notwendig % \cs{\@makefntext} umzudefinieren, stattdessen wird nur -% \cs{\@makefnmark} umdefiniert} +% \cs{\@makefnmark} umdefiniert}%^^A % \changes{v2.8d}{2001/07/05}{\cs{titlepagestyle} statt -% \texttt{plain}} +% \texttt{plain}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Leerzeichenfehler behoben}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{Schmutztitel wird nur ausgegeben, wenn er +% nicht leer ist}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@maketitle} und +% \cs{@makeextrattitle} entfernt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \else \par @@ -570,12 +582,14 @@ \let\titlepage@restore\relax \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% \let\@oldmakefnmark\@makefnmark - \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark} + \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark}% \next@tdpage \if@twocolumn \ifnum \col@number=\@ne - \@makeextratitle - \next@tdpage + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle + \next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \else \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else @@ -584,7 +598,9 @@ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% \fi \else - \@makeextratitle + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle\next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \fi \thispagestyle{\titlepagestyle}\@thanks @@ -632,20 +648,22 @@ }% % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@maketitle} -% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Absatzgrundeinstellungen} -% \changes{v3.11c}{2012/02/14}{Schmutztitel in eigene Anweisung verlagert} +% \changes{v2.95c}{2006/08/21}{Absatzgrundeinstellungen}%^^A +% \changes{v3.11c}{2012/02/14}{Schmutztitel in eigene Anweisung verlagert}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@maketitle} +% entfernt}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\@makeextratitle} -% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)} +% \changes{v3.11c}{2013/02/14}{neue Anweisung (intern)}%^^A +% \changes{v3.12a}{2014/03/03}{\cs{next@tdpage} aus \cs{@makeextrattitle} +% entfernt}%^^A % Damit wird im Fall des Titelkopfes die eigentliche Arbeit geleistet. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{% - \next@tdpage \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else - \noindent\@extratitle \next@tdpage + \noindent\@extratitle\par \fi } \newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% - \next@tdpage \global\@topnum=\z@ %<!extend> \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@\@plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative %<extend> \parskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\z@\@plus 1fil diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx index 44bfbf9fb9c..adf02d98de6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-typearea.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{2328} +% \CheckSum{2330} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-typearea.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-typearea.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ %<package&identify>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<*driver> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi @@ -675,8 +675,12 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Wenn allerdings der Satzspiegel bereits berechnet ist, dann muss er % hier stattdessen neu berechnet werden. +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +% ergänzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndOfPackage{\KOMA@key{BCOR}{\typearea[{#1}]{last}}} +\AtEndOfPackage{% + \KOMA@key{BCOR}{\typearea[{#1}]{last}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{option} % @@ -708,8 +712,12 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Wenn allerdings der Satzspiegel bereits berechnet ist, dann muss er % hier stattdessen neu berechnet werden. +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/06/30}{fehlendes \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed} +% ergänzt}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndOfPackage{\KOMA@key{DIV}{\typearea[current]{#1}}} +\AtEndOfPackage{% + \KOMA@key{DIV}{\typearea[current]{#1}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{option} % @@ -751,21 +759,23 @@ % % \begin{option}{oneside} % \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die -% Option an das Paket weiter} -% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet} +% Option an das Paket weiter}%^^A +% \changes{v3.01a}{2008/11/21}{standard statt obsolet}%^^A % \begin{option}{twoside} % \changes{v2.97d}{2007/10/03}{\cs{PackageInfo} durch \cs{PackageInfoNoLine} -% ersetzt} +% ersetzt}%^^A % \changes{v2.97e}{2007/11/23}{auf vielfachen Wunsch reicht die Klasse die -% Option an das Paket weiter} +% Option an das Paket weiter}%^^A % \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{die Option kennt zusätzlich den Wert -% \texttt{semi}} +% \texttt{semi}}%^^A % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit -% \cs{FamilyKeyState}} +% \cs{FamilyKeyState}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/04/09}{Die Klasse setzt signalisiert ebenfalls +% \cs{FamilyKeyStateProcessed}}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@semitwoside} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{neuer Schalter (intern)} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{neuer Schalter (intern)}%^^A % \begin{macro}{\if@twoside} -% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{Schalter setzt auch \cs{if@semitwoside}} +% \changes{v3.00}{2008/07/09}{Schalter setzt auch \cs{if@semitwoside}}%^^A % Einseitiger oder zweiseitiger Satzspiegel? % \begin{macrocode} \newif\if@semitwoside @@ -783,7 +793,9 @@ \ifstr{#1}{semi}{% \@twosidetrue \@semitwosidetrue +%</package> \FamilyKeyStateProcessed +%<*package> }{% \def\FamilyElseValue{, `semi'}% \KOMA@set@ifkey{twoside}{@twoside}{#1}% @@ -825,6 +837,7 @@ % weitergereicht} % \changes{v3.12}{2013/03/05}{Verwendung der Status-Signalisierung mit % \cs{FamilyKeyState}} +% \changes{v3.13a}{2014/04/09}{Signallisierung korrigiert} % Einspaltiger oder zweispaltiger Satz? % \begin{macrocode} %</package> @@ -833,7 +846,10 @@ %<*package> \if@atdocument\clearpage\fi \KOMA@set@ifkey{twocolumn}{@twocolumn}{#1}% - \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FammilyKeyStateProcessed + \ifx\FamilyKeyState +%</package> + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed +%<*package> \csname recalctypearea\endcsname \fi %</package> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx index 763eee0a8df..b3301b10f04 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-variables.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{157} +% \CheckSum{160} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-variables.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-variables.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1389 2013-10-01 16:06:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{scrkernel-variables.dtx}[2011/03/31 v3.08b KOMA-Script @@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ \expandafter\let\csname scr@#2@var\endcsname=\@empty \if@tempswa\addtoreffields{#2}\fi }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageError{scrletter% }{% This should never happen% }{% @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ }% }% }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageError{scrletter% }{% Variable `#2' already defined% }{% @@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ % \cs{usekomavar} verwendet. % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\@komavar@err}[2]{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% +%<class> \ClassError{scrlttr2% +%<package> \PackageError{scrletter% }{% KOMA-Script variable not defined% }{% @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ \begingroup \@ifstar {\@tempswatrue\@ifkomavarempty}% {\@tempswafalse\@ifkomavarempty}% - } +} \newcommand{\@ifkomavarempty}[1]{% \ifkomavar{#1}{% \if@tempswa diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx index 13e64914a20..325ec38e4bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrkernel-version.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{52} +% \CheckSum{53} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrkernel-version.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrkernel-version.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ % \fi % % \iffalse @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ \fi %</ignorethis> \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -152,7 +152,9 @@ %</driver> % \fi % +% \iffalse %<*class> +% \fi % \begin{macro}{\KOMAClassName} % \changes{v2.95}{2004/11/04}{Neu} % \begin{macro}{\ClassName} @@ -181,7 +183,22 @@ document class (\ClassName)% ] % \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse %</class> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +%<*package&letter> +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesPackage{scrletter}[% +%!KOMAScriptVersion + letter package extending any KOMA-Script class% +] +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +%</package&letter> +% \fi % % \Finale % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx index 5c3434b8787..217a6be58c1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{1577} +% \CheckSum{1578} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2013-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil der LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Sammlung. % @@ -57,17 +57,17 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (identify) -%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (init) -%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (options) -%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (body) +%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (identify) +%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (init) +%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (options) +%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (body) %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup - \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#4/#3/#2}} - \filedate$Date: 2013-11-15 09:23:09 +0100 (Fr, 15. Nov 2013) $ + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-06-03 10:28:36 +0200 (Tue, 03 Jun 2014) $ \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{v0.1.#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 1514 $ + \filerevision$Revision: 1760 $ \endgroup \ProvidesFile{scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space %</dtx> @@ -87,9 +87,10 @@ \input scrdocstrip.tex \@@input scrkernel-version.dtx \@@input scrstrip.inc -% Some time we will need: -% \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2013} - \KOMAdefVariable{SCRLAYERVERSION}{\space\space\filedate\space\filerevision}% + \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2013} + \KOMAdefVariable{SCRLAYERVERSION}{% + \space\space\filedate\space\filerevision\space KOMA-Script + }% \expandafter\let\csname ifbetawas\expandafter\endcsname \csname ifbeta\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname ifbeta\expandafter\endcsname @@ -106,9 +107,6 @@ \from{scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx}{interface,trace,notecolumn,final}% \from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}% }% - \file{scrlayer-notecolumn.tex}{% - \from{scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx}{doc}% - }% } \expandafter\let\csname ifbeta\expandafter\endcsname \csname ifbetawas\endcsname @@ -185,6 +183,11 @@ \begin{document} \maketitle + \begin{abstract} + This is only the implementation documentation of package + \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}. See the English or German \KOMAScript{} + manual for more information about usage of the package! + \end{abstract} \tableofcontents \DocInput{\filename} \PrintChanges @@ -196,331 +199,9 @@ % \selectlanguage{english} % % \changes{v0.0}{2013/04/26}{start of interface} -% \let\restorechapter\chapter -% \let\chapter\section -% \let\section\subsection -% \let\subsection\subsubsection -% \iffalse -%<*dtx|doc> -% \fi - -\chapter[{End User Interface \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}}]{End User - Interface \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}\footnote{This is not a translation - of the corresponding chapter of the German \KOMAScript{} manual but the - tentative and primary implementation manual of package - \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}. As long as \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} is - primary a proof of concept this doesn't matter. But nevertheless, a - German to English translator would still be welcome.}} -\label{sec:scrlayer.notecolumn} -%\iffalse -\labelbase{scrlayer-notecolumn} -%\fi - -Sometimes documents need an additional notes column beside the main text -column and maybe beside the marginal note column. Problematicly may be -having page breaks inside the notes column. This package provides a -solution based on the layer interface of \Package{scrlayer}. You may -define several notes columns, each of them with page breaks -inside. It supports automatic page break inside of notes and recognises -note collisions and solve them by moving notes. - -The idea of this package raised while an e-mail contact with Heiner -Richter from FH~Stralsund, who told me of a book project, and asked -whether or not such a functionality may be added to another package of -mine easily. It couldn't, but design and implementation of a first test -alpha of \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} has been done in about three -hours. So maybe it was a really good idea to ask me the question. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNoteColumn} -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewNoteColumn} -% \DescribeMacro{\ProvideNoteColumn} -% \DescribeMacro{\RedeclareNoteColumn} -% The command - \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\ - \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\%^^A - \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}\\%^^A - \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn}% - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{note column name}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}% -Command \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to declare a note column. Each note column is referenced by its -name, defined by the obligatory argument \PName{note column name}. A note -column vertically span the text area. - -By default its horizontal position is the current position of the marginal -note column. It also regards \Macro{reversemarginpar} and -\Macro{normalmarginpar}, while output of a note. Note that this is not the -same like making a margin note. The default width is -\Length{marginparwidth}. But you may use the optional argument \PName{option - list} to change this behaviour. - -The \PName{option list} is a comma-separated list of -\texttt{\PName{key}=\PName{value}} options. Currently the following -\PName{key}s are supported: -\begin{labeling}[\ --]{\KOption{position}\PName{horizontal offset}} -\item [\KOption{font}\PName{font declaration}] set the initial font attributes - to be used for the note column. Everything, that is allowed to be set by - \Macro{setkomafont} or \Macro{addtokomafont} can be used as - \PName{font declaration}. Note, that - \Macro{normalfont}\Macro{normalsize} will be used - before. So you don't need one of them at your own initialisation. -\item [\Option{marginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} to use - the marginal note column of \Macro{marginpar}. -\item [\Option{normalmarginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} - to use the normal marginal note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} - and \Macro{normalmarginpar}. -\item [\KOption{position}\PName{horizontal offset}] set up the horizontal - offset of the note column from the left edge of the paper. The - \PName{horizontal offset} can be either a \LaTeX{} length, a \TeX{} - dimension, a \TeX{} skip, a length value, or a dimensional expression using - \texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/} and parenthesis (see - \cite[section~3.5]{manual:eTeX} for more information about dimensional - expressions). The value will be calculated at usage time not at definition - time. So you may even use more complex constructs like: -\begin{lstcode} - \ifodd\value{page} - \oddsidemargin+1in - +\textwidth+\marginparsep - \else - \evensidemargin+1in - -\marginparsep - -\marginparwidth - \fi -\end{lstcode} -\item [\Option{reversemarginpar}] set up \Option{position} and \Option{width} - to use the reverse marginal note column and ignore \Macro{reversemarginpar} - and \Macro{normalmarginpar}. -\item [\KOption{width}\PName{size}] set up the horizontal size of the note - column. You can use the same values for \PName{size} like for - \PName{horizontal offset} of option \Option{position}. -\end{labeling} - -You may use as much note columns as \LaTeX{} provides free box registers, -because every note column needs one box register. You may use package -\Package{etex} to increase the normal amount of box registers from 256 to -32768. This should be enough to avoid the ``\texttt{no room for - \Macro{newbox}}'' error. - -The implementation of note columns uses foreground layers from package -\Package{scrlayer}. Every \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} generates a layer and adds -this layer to the pseudo page style \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. Theoretically -you may modify the generated layer, but it is recommended not to modify them. - -Overlapping of different note columns is allowed. There's one predefined note -column named ``\texttt{marginpar}''. - -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -\BeginIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.\PName{note column name}}% -% \fi^^A meta-comment -Note, that if you change the initial font using -\begin{quote} - \Macro{setkomafont}\linebreak[1]\PParameter{marginnote.\PName{note column - name}}\Parameter{font declaration} -\end{quote} -or -\begin{quote} - \Macro{addtokomafont}\linebreak[1]\PParameter{marginnote.\PName{note column - name}}\Parameter{font declaration} -\end{quote} -the font of all succeeding note column outputs would change. This could make it -hard to find out, which notes will be affected by the change. -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -See \autoref{sec:maincls.textmarkup}, -\autopageref{desc:maincls.cmd.setkomafont} for more information about -\Macro{setkomafont} and \Macro{addtokomafont}.% -\EndIndex{FontElement}{notecolumn.\PName{note column name}}% -% \fi^^A meta-comment - -The difference between \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} and the other commands is, -that \Macro{DeclareNoteColumn} defines the note column independent whether a -note column with the same name has already been defined or -not. \Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn} defined only note columns which names are -not yet used for another note column. It's an error to use it with an already -used \PName{note column name}. \Macro{ProvideNoteColumn} is like -\Macro{DeclareNewNoteColumn}, but if the \PName{note column name} is already -used for a note column nothing happens. \Macro{RedeclareNoteColumn} may be -used to declare a note column with a name, that is already used. Using it with -a new name is an error. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewNoteColumn}%^^A -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNoteColumn}%^^A -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\makenote} -% The command - \Macro{makenote}% - \OParameter{note column name}\Parameter{note text} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{makenote}% -This command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to make a new note. The note will be written to a helper file with -extension \File{.slnc} in this run. In the next run, it will be -typeset. Normally it will be typeset with the same vertical position, that -would be used for a \Macro{parbox[t]}, but horizontally moved to the note -column. Collisions at this position of this note column (but not of other note -columns) will be recognised. In such a case the note may be moved down and -even to another page. Automatic page breaks at the note columns are -supported. This is something different to \Macro{marginpar}, -\Macro{marginline} (\KOMAScript{} classes), or \Macro{marginnote} (package -\Package{marginnote}). - -Note, that after changing the document, at least two \LaTeX{} runs are needed -to move the note to its final position. - -Note, that fragile commands should be protected to avoid error messages while -writing or reading the helper file. - -Note, that \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn} needs only one helper file for all -note columns together. You should not edit or change that helper file, because -the syntax is fragile. It won't be read using \Macro{input} but -\Macro{read}. Because of this, line breaks, empty lines and \Macro{par} should -be avoided. - -Currently it is unknown where you may use \Macro{makenote} and where not. But -you must not use \Macro{makenote} inside of \Macro{makenote}! - -The default for the optional argument \PName{makenote} is \PValue{marginpar}, -that is the \PName{note column name} of the pre-defined note column. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{makenote} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \KOption{autoclearnotecolumns}\PName{simple switch}\\ -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\clearnotecolumn} -% The commands - \Macro{clearnotecolumn}\OParameter{name of a note column}% -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\ -% \fi^^A meta-comment -% and - \Macro{clearnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumns}% -The commands -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to output all hanging notes for either one or several note -columns. With \Macro{clearnotecolumn} only the notes of the note column with -the given \PName{name of a note column} will be output. If you omit the -optional argument (this is not the same like using an empty value!) note -column \PValue{marginnote} will be used. - -With \Macro{clearnotecolumns} the notes of all note columns of the comma -separated \PName{list of note column names} will be output. If you omit the -optional Argument or if the optional Argument is empty (or start with -\Macro{relax}) the notes of all note columns will be output. - -Macro \Macro{clearpage} will be used to output hanging notes and several -\LaTeX{} runs may be needed to terminate with the correct number of -\Macro{clearpage} for the whole document. You will get the message ``\LaTeX{} -Warning: Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right.'' as -long as the process hasn't been terminated. - -But normally you don't need to us \Macro{clearnotecolum} or -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} yourself. Because by default option -\Option{autoclearnotecolumns} is switched on, which means, that -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} will be done at every \Macro{clearpage}. You may -change this, switching off \Macro{autoclearnotecolumns} using one of the -values for simple switches. - -Note, that it is not allowed to use \Macro{clearnotecolumn} or -\Macro{clearnotecolumns} inside a note. You can use these commands only inside -the main text of the document.% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumns}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{clearnotcolumn}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\syncwithnotecolumn} -% The commands - \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn}\OParameter{name of a note column}% -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\ -% \fi^^A meta-comment -% and - \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns}\OParameter{list of note column names}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumns}% -These commands -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to synchronise the vertical position of the main text with one or -several note columns. If you use the optional argument of -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} it should be one \PName{name of a note column}. If -you omit it, \PValue{marginpar} will be used as the \PName{name of a note - column}. Usage of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} is exactly the same like usage -of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} with exactly one \PName{name of a note column}. - -The optional argument of \Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} is a comma-separated list -of names of note columns. If you omit this optional argument or if you use an -empty argument or if the argument starts with \Macro{relax} synchronisation -will be done with all declared note columns. - -Synchronisation with a note column means, that the current position of the -main text will be changed to be the current vertical position of the note -column after cleaning the note column. This differs in several point from -cleaning a note column: -\begin{itemize} -\item After cleaning a note column the text position would change to be at a - new page, even if the note column doesn't fill the whole page - before. Synchronisation will change the vertical position just after the - last vertical position of the note column. -\item Cleaning a note column needs less \LaTeX{} runs than synchronising a - note column. -\end{itemize} -Both, cleaning an synchronising a note column, uses the label mechanism of -\LaTeX{} without using \Macro{label}, \Macro{ref}, or \Macro{pageref} itself -(but \Macro{newlabel}). So you should have a look at \LaTeX{} rerun messages, -because of undefined or changed labels. - -Note, that it is not allowed to use \Macro{syncwithnotecolumn} or -\Macro{syncwithnotecolumns} inside a note. If you do so, you need endless -\LaTeX{} runs without reaching a final state. But synchronisation of several -note columns in the main text of a document will also synchronise the notes -columns with each others.% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumns} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{syncwithnotecolumn} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse -%</dtx|doc> -%\fi % % \StopEventually{} % -% \chapter{Implementation of \Package{scrlayer-notecolumn}} -% -% This section if for developers only. % % \iffalse %<*interface> @@ -676,12 +357,15 @@ columns with each others.% % \end{macrocode} % We need to add the layer to every page style. The easiest way to do this is % to add it to the pseudo layer page style \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. +% \changes{v0.1.1681}{2014/02/05}{add the layer only once} % \begin{macrocode} - \AddLayersToPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% + \IfLayerAtPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}{}{% + \AddLayersToPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% % \end{macrocode} % On auto-removing the interface, the layer should be removed from % \Pagestyle{@everystyle@} and should be destroyed. % \begin{macrocode} + }% \scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface[scrlayer-notecolumn.sty]{% \RemoveLayersFromPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% \DestroyLayer{notecolumn.#2}% @@ -1911,9 +1595,6 @@ columns with each others.% % \fi^^A meta-comment % % \Finale -% \let\subsection\section -% \let\section\chapter -% \let\chapter\restorechapter % \endinput % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx index 6639164e997..958eecaa7ef 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{2321} +% \CheckSum{2418} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlayer-scrpage.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % Dieses Werk besteht aus den in manifest.txt aufgefuehrten Dateien. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer-scrpage.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil der LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Sammlung. % @@ -57,25 +57,24 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (identify) -%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (init) -%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (options) -%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (body) +%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (identify) +%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (init) +%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (options) +%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (body) %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup - \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#4/#3/#2}} - \filedate$Date: 2013-12-14 18:36:23 +0100 (Sa, 14 Dez 2013) $ - \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{v0.9.#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 1548 $ + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-16 08:41:25 +0200 (Thu, 16 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1806 $ \endgroup -\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space +\ProvidesFile{scrlayer-scrpage.dtx}[\filedate\space r\filerevision\space %</dtx> %<*identify> %<interface>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] %<interface>\ProvidesPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}[% -% Some time following will be replaced by !KOMASCRIPTVERSION: -%!SCRLAYERVERSION +%!KOMAScriptVersion %<interface> package %</identify> %<*dtx|identify> @@ -87,7 +86,6 @@ \@@input scrkernel-version.dtx \@@input scrstrip.inc \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2012} - \KOMAdefVariable{SCRLAYERVERSION}{\space\space\filedate\space\filerevision}% \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \file{scrlayer-scrpage.sty}{% \from{scrlayer-scrpage.dtx}{interface,trace,scrpage,identify}% @@ -581,7 +579,9 @@ % with \KOMAScript{} options. Those options will become the primary interface. % % \begin{option}{headwidth} +% \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available} % \begin{option}{footwidth} +% \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available} % \begin{description} % \item[\texttt{=\meta{special dimensional expression}:\meta{special % dimensional expression}}:] see \Macro{sls@settowidthof} for information @@ -600,11 +600,11 @@ %<*options> \KOMA@key{headwidth}{% \begingroup - \sls@split@at@colon#1::\@nil + \sls@split@at@iicolons#1:::\@nil \ifx\reserved@a\@empty \let\reserved@a\sls@headwidth\fi \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup - \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{head}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@a}% + \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{head}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}% }% \reserved@a \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -613,11 +613,11 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headwidth@default} \KOMA@key{footwidth}{% \begingroup - \sls@split@at@colon#1::\@nil + \sls@split@at@iicolons#1::\@nil \ifx\reserved@a\@empty \let\reserved@a\sls@footwidth\fi \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup - \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{foot}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@a}% + \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{foot}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}% }% \reserved@a \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -625,46 +625,51 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth@default} % \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\sls@split@at@colon} +% \begin{macro}{\sls@split@at@iicolons} % \begin{description} % \item[\texttt{\meta{balanced}:^^A % \meta{balanced}:^^A % \meta{balanced}\Macro{@nil}}:] first \meta{balanced} will be stored into % \Macro{reserved@a}, second into \Macro{reserved@b}, third will be eaten -% and warn about if it es neither empty and nor a colon. +% and warn about if it is neither empty and nor a colon. % \end{description} % This little helper is used, e.g., by options \Option{headwidth} and % \Option{footwidth}. % \begin{macrocode} -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@colon{% - \def\sls@split@at@colon#1:#2:#3\@nil{% - \ifstr{#3}{}{}{% - \ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% - \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak - You've used more than one colon at the argument\MessageBreak - of a two value option.\MessageBreak - The extra value(s) will be ignored% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@iicolons{% + \def\sls@split@at@iicolons#1:#2:#3:#4\@nil{% + \ifstr{#4}{}{}{% + \ifstr{#4}{:}{}{% + \ifstr{#4}{::}{}{% + \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak + You've used more than two colons at the argument\MessageBreak + of a two value option.\MessageBreak + The extra value(s) will be ignored% + }% }% }% }% \def\reserved@a{#1}% \def\reserved@b{#2}% + \def\reserved@c{#3}% }% } % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro}^^A \sls@split@at@colon +% \end{macro}^^A \sls@split@at@iicolons % \begin{macro}{\sls@set@hf@width} +% \changes{v0.9.1757}{2014/04/09}{new: two offsets available} % \begin{description} % \item[\Parameter{head} or \Parameter{foot}:] to complete the macro names % for page head or footer. -% \item[\Parameter{special dimensional expression}:] the offset +% \item[\Parameter{special dimensional expression}:] the offset odd page +% \item[\Parameter{special dimensional expression}:] the offset even page % \item[\Parameter{special dimensional expression}:] the width % \end{description} % This helper will generally set up width an offset of either head or footer. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@set@hf@width{% - \newcommand*{\sls@set@hf@width}[3]{% - \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#3}% + \newcommand*{\sls@set@hf@width}[4]{% + \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#4}% \ifdim\@tempdima>\paperwidth \PackageWarning {scrlayer-scrpage}% @@ -697,8 +702,13 @@ \fi }{% \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdimb}{#2}% - } - \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}% + }% + \ifstr{#3}{}{% + \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}% + }{% + \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#3}% + \setlength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdima}% + }% \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdimb}% \expandafter\edef\csname sls@odd#1shift\endcsname{-\the\@tempdimb}% @@ -967,6 +977,34 @@ } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \sls@set@values +% \begin{macro}{\sls@split@at@colon} +% \begin{description} +% \item[\texttt{\meta{balanced}:^^A +% \meta{balanced}:^^A +% \meta{balanced}\Macro{@nil}}:] first \meta{balanced} will be stored into +% \Macro{reserved@a}, second into \Macro{reserved@b}, third will be eaten +% and warn about if it is neither empty and nor a colon. +% \end{description} +% This little helper is used, e.g., by options \Option{headwidth} and +% \Option{footwidth}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@colon{% + \def\sls@split@at@colon#1:#2:#3\@nil{% + \ifstr{#3}{}{}{% + \ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% + \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak + You've used more than one colon at the argument\MessageBreak + of a two value option.\MessageBreak + The extra value(s) will be ignored% + }% + }% + }% + \def\reserved@a{#1}% + \def\reserved@b{#2}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \sls@split@at@colon % \begin{macro}{\sls@headabove@linelength} % \begin{macro}{\sls@headabove@linethickness} % \begin{macro}{\sls@headbelow@linelength} @@ -1321,6 +1359,13 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*init> \AtEndOfPackage{% + \sls@auto@pagestyleset% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\sls@auto@pagestyleset} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/01/22}{new (internal) macro}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\sls@auto@pagestyleset}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KOMAClassName}{% %<trace> \PackageInfoNoLine{scrlayer-scrpage}{% %<trace> auto-selection of `pagestyleset=standard'}% @@ -1333,11 +1378,15 @@ }% } %</init> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}%^^A \sls@auto@pagestyleset +% \begin{macrocode} %<*options> \KOMA@key{pagestyleset}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{sls@ps@style@#1}{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue }{% + \let\sls@auto@pagestyleset\relax \@nameuse{sls@ps@style@#1}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% @@ -1377,24 +1426,24 @@ % different: % \begin{macrocode} \clearpairofpagestyles - \lehead[\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% - \lohead[\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% - \chead[\ifnum\@pageat\@ne\pagemark\fi] + \lehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% + \lohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% + \chead[\ifnum\@pageat=\@ne\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \rightmark\or \pagemark\or \rightmark\fi}% - \rehead[\ifnum\@pageat\tw@\pagemark\fi] + \rehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \leftmark\or \rightmark\or \pagemark \else \rightmark\fi}% - \rohead[\ifnum\@pageat\tw@\pagemark\fi] + \rohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \leftmark\or \rightmark\or \pagemark \else \rightmark\fi}% - \lefoot[\ifnum\@pageat\thr@@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\thr@@\pagemark\fi}% - \cfoot[\ifnum\@pageat 4 \pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat 4 \pagemark\fi}% - \refoot[\ifnum\@pageat 5 \pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat 5 \pagemark\fi}% + \lefoot[\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi}% + \cfoot[\ifnum\@pageat=4 \pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=4 \pagemark\fi}% + \refoot[\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi}% }{}% }% }% @@ -1527,6 +1576,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\sls@defhead} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@defhead} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@@defhead} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/08/18}{fix names of layers \texttt{\dots head.odd} and +% \texttt{\dots head.even}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\MParameter{dimensional expression}{dimensional expression}:] length % and thickness of a line (ruler) above the page head. May be omitted and @@ -1593,6 +1644,8 @@ ]{#1.head.below.line}% % \end{macrocode} % The odd side, even side and one side: +% \changes{v3.13b}{2014/10/16}{workaround: additional group added to avoid +% pdf\TeX{} color stack warnings}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareLayer[% background,evenpage,twoside,% @@ -1601,8 +1654,8 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#4}}}}% - ]{#1.head.odd}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#4}}}}}% + ]{#1.head.even}% \DeclareLayer[% background,oddpage,twoside,% head,% @@ -1610,8 +1663,8 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#5}}}}% - ]{#1.head.even}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#5}}}}}% + ]{#1.head.odd}% \DeclareLayer[% background,oddpage,oneside,% head,% @@ -1619,7 +1672,7 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#6}}}}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#6}}}}}% ]{#1.head.oneside}% }% } @@ -1627,6 +1680,8 @@ % \begin{macro}{\sls@deffoot} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@deffoot} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@@deffoot} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/08/18}{fix names of layers \texttt{\dots foot.odd} and +% \texttt{\dots foot.even}}%^^A % \begin{description} % \item[\MParameter{dimensional expression}{dimensional expression}:] length % and thickness of a line (ruler) above the page footer. May be omitted @@ -1711,7 +1766,7 @@ contents={% \sls@secure@box\footheight{% \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagefoot}{#4}}}}% - ]{#1.foot.odd}% + ]{#1.foot.even}% \DeclareLayer[% foreground,oddpage,twoside,% foot,% @@ -1720,7 +1775,7 @@ contents={% \sls@secure@box\footheight{% \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagefoot}{#5}}}}% - ]{#1.foot.even}% + ]{#1.foot.odd}% \DeclareLayer[% foreground,oddpage,oneside,% foot,% @@ -1819,21 +1874,22 @@ % \end{macro}^^A \sls@@defhead % \end{macro}^^A \sls@defhead % \begin{macro}{\headfont} +% The low level page head font command. It is deprecated to redefine or use +% this and it may already be defined. % \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@pagehead} % \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/01/13}{warning always deactivated} % \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@pageheadfoot} -% The low level page head font command. It is deprecated to redefine or use -% this and it may already be defined. % \begin{macrocode} %<*body> \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pagehead}{% + \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagehead}% \@ifundefined{@pageheadfont}{% \newkomafont{pagehead}{}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{@pageheadfont}% }{% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagehead}{\@pageheadfont}% }% - \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagehead}% }{} \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pageheadfoot}{% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pageheadfoot}{\headfont}% @@ -1842,6 +1898,12 @@ \newcommand*{\headfont}{\normalcolor\slshape}% }{} }{} +\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@wrn@pagehead}{}{% +%<trace> \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{% +%<trace> deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak +%<trace> `pagehead'}% + \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead\relax +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \scr@fnt@pageheadfoot % \end{macro}^^A \scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead @@ -1849,20 +1911,26 @@ % \end{macro}^^A \headfont % % \begin{macro}{\footfont} -% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@pagefoot} -% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot} % The low level page footer font command. It is deprecated to redefine or use % this and it may already be defined. +% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@pagefoot} +% \begin{macro}{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/01/13}{warning always deactivated} % \begin{macrocode} \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pagefoot}{% - \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagefoot}% + \def\scr@fnt@pagefoot{\footfont}% \@ifundefined{footfont}{% \newcommand*{\footfont}{}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{footfont}% }{}% - \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot\relax }{} +\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@pagefoot}{}{% +%<trace> \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{% +%<trace> deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak +%<trace> `pagefoot'}% + \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot\relax +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot % \end{macro}^^A \scr@fnt@pagefoot @@ -2573,23 +2641,41 @@ % % % \begin{macro}{\ihead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\ohead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\chead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\lehead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\lohead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\rehead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\rohead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\cehead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\cohead} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\ifoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\ofoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\cfoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\lefoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\lofoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\refoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\rofoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\cefoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % \begin{macro}{\cofoot} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/09/19}{new star version double the argument} % We also need macros to define the contents of the three part head % and foot. Each macro defines one of the part of head or foot of the % headings page style member and optional of the plain page style @@ -2597,56 +2683,71 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<*body> \scrlayerAddToInterface\ihead{% - \newcommand*{\ihead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ihead}{\@ihead}}% + \newcommand*{\ihead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ihead}{\@ihead}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@ihead} % \begin{macro}{\@@ihead} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@ihead} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ihead{% - \newcommand*{\@ihead}[1]{\rehead{#1}\lohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ihead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ihead}{\@@ihead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ihead{% - \newcommand*{\@@ihead}[2][]{\rehead[{#1}]{#2}\lohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ihead}[1]{\rehead{#1}\lohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ihead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ihead}[2][]{\rehead[{#1}]{#2}\lohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@ihead % \end{macro}^^A \@@ihead % \end{macro}^^A \@ihead % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\ohead{% - \newcommand*{\ohead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ohead}{\@ohead}}% + \newcommand*{\ohead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ohead}{\@ohead}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@ohead} % \begin{macro}{\@@ohead} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@ohead} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ohead{% - \newcommand*{\@ohead}[1]{\lehead{#1}\rohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ohead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ohead}{\@@ohead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ohead{% - \newcommand*{\@@ohead}[2][]{\lehead[{#1}]{#2}\rohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ohead}[1]{\lehead{#1}\rohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ohead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ohead}[2][]{\lehead[{#1}]{#2}\rohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@ohead % \end{macro}^^A \@@ohead % \end{macro}^^A \@ohead % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\chead{% - \newcommand*{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@chead}{\@chead}}% + \newcommand*{\chead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@chead}{\@chead}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@chead} % \begin{macro}{\@@chead} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@chead} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@chead{% - \newcommand*{\@chead}[1]{\cehead{#1}\cohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@chead}{\@@chead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@chead{% - \newcommand*{\@@chead}[2][]{\cehead[{#1}]{#2}\cohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@chead}[1]{\cehead{#1}\cohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@chead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@chead}[2][]{\cehead[{#1}]{#2}\cohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@chead % \end{macro}^^A \@@chead % \end{macro}^^A \@chead % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2668,57 +2769,74 @@ \scrlayerAddToInterface\cohead{% \newcommand*{\cohead}{\sls@renewelement{odd}{middle}{head}}% } +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\ifoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ifoot}{\@ifoot}}% + \newcommand*{\ifoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ifoot}{\@ifoot}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@ifoot} % \begin{macro}{\@@ifoot} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@ifoot} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\@ifoot}[1]{\refoot{#1}\lofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ifoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ifoot}{\@@ifoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@ifoot}[2][]{\refoot[{#1}]{#2}\lofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ifoot}[1]{\refoot{#1}\lofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ifoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ifoot}[2][]{\refoot[{#1}]{#2}\lofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@ifoot % \end{macro}^^A \@@ifoot % \end{macro}^^A \@ifoot % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\ofoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ofoot}{\@ofoot}}% + \newcommand*{\ofoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ofoot}{\@ofoot}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@ofoot} % \begin{macro}{\@@ofoot} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@ofoot} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\@ofoot}[1]{\lefoot{#1}\rofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ofoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ofoot}{\@@ofoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@ofoot}[2][]{\lefoot[{#1}]{#2}\rofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ofoot}[1]{\lefoot{#1}\rofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ofoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ofoot}[2][]{\lefoot[{#1}]{#2}\rofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@ofoot % \end{macro}^^A \@@ofoot % \end{macro}^^A \@ofoot % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@cfoot}{\@cfoot}}% + \newcommand*{\cfoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@cfoot}{\@cfoot}}% } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\@cfoot} % \begin{macro}{\@@cfoot} +% \begin{macro}{\@@@cfoot} % Two helpers for the previous one to double the command and it's arguments. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\@cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\@cfoot}[1]{\cefoot{#1}\cofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@cfoot}{\@@cfoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@cfoot}[2][]{\cefoot[{#1}]{#2}\cofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@cfoot}[1]{\cefoot{#1}\cofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@cfoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@cfoot}[2][]{\cefoot[{#1}]{#2}\cofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro}^^A \@@@cfoot % \end{macro}^^A \@@cfoot % \end{macro}^^A \@cfoot % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2744,18 +2862,25 @@ % \begin{macro}{\sls@renewelement} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@renewelement} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@@renewelement} +% \begin{macro}{\sls@@@@renewelement} % \begin{macro}{\sls@@renewplainelement} % Little helper for several of the above commands. % \begin{macrocode} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@renewelement{% \newcommand*{\sls@renewelement}[3]{% + \@ifstar{\@dblarg{\sls@@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}}% + {\sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + }% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewelement{% + \newcommand*{\sls@@renewelement}[3]{% \@ifnextchar[%] + {\sls@@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% {\sls@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% - {\sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% }% } -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewelement{% - \newcommand*{\sls@@renewelement}[4]{% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@renewelement{% + \newcommand*{\sls@@@renewelement}[4]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{sls@ps@\sls@currentheadings @#1@#2@#3}{% \@namedef{sls@ps@scrheadings@#1@#2@#3}{#4}% }{% @@ -2763,10 +2888,10 @@ }% }% } -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@renewelement{% - \def\sls@@@renewelement#1#2#3[#4]#5{% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@@renewelement{% + \def\sls@@@@renewelement#1#2#3[#4]#5{% \sls@@renewplainelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#5}% + \sls@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#5}% }% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewplainelement{% @@ -2781,6 +2906,7 @@ %</body> % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro}^^A \sls@@renewplainelement +% \end{macro}^^A \sls@@@@renewelement % \end{macro}^^A \sls@@@renewelement % \end{macro}^^A \sls@@renewelement % \end{macro}^^A \sls@renewelement diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx index 99ff0c5771d..b28620dc017 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{3307} +% \CheckSum{3314} % \iffalse^^A meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrlayer.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrlayer.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2012-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil der LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Sammlung. % @@ -57,18 +57,18 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse^^A meta-comment -%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (identify) -%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (init) -%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (options) -%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (body) -%<final>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (final) +%<identify>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (identify) +%<init>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (init) +%<options>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (options) +%<body>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (body) +%<final>%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (final) %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \begingroup - \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#4/#3/#2}} - \filedate$Date: 2013-10-31 11:00:02 +0100 (Do, 31. Okt 2013) $ - \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{v0.9.#2}} - \filerevision$Revision: 1480 $ + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-10-20 09:35:25 +0200 (Mon, 20 Oct 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{r#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1810 $ \endgroup \ProvidesFile{scrlayer.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space %</dtx> @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] %<package>\ProvidesPackage{scrlayer}[% %<doc>\ProvidesFile{scrlayer.tex}[% -% Sometimes following will be replaced by !KOMASCRIPTVERSION: -%!SCRLAYERVERSION +%!KOMAScriptVersion %<package> package %</identify|doc> %<*dtx|identify|doc> @@ -89,7 +88,6 @@ \@@input scrkernel-version.dtx \@@input scrstrip.inc \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2012} - \KOMAdefVariable{SCRLAYERVERSION}{\space\space\filedate\space\filerevision}% \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble \file{scrlayer.sty}{% \from{scrlayer.dtx}{package,trace,scrlayer,identify}% @@ -189,1339 +187,7 @@ % \selectlanguage{english} % % \changes{v0.0}{2012/01/01}{Start of new package} -% -%\iffalse^^A meta comment -%<*dtx|doc> -\chapter[{Defining Layers and Page Styles Using \Package{scrlayer}}]% -{Defining Layers and Page Styles Using \Package{scrlayer}% -%\footnote{This chapter has been generated from \File{scrlayer.dtx}.}% -} -\labelbase{scrlayer} - -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrlayer} - -%\fi^^A meta comment -% \begin{abstract} -\LaTeX{} itself doesn't know layers, but there are already packages -like \Package{eso-pic} or \Package{textpos}, that provide a kind of -background or foreground layer. \Package{scrlayer} is another package, -that provides such background and foreground layers, but in difference -to the other packages mentioned above these layers are part of the -page style definition. With this you may simply switch between usage -of layers by switching the page style. - -To do so, the package also supports a low level interface to define page -styles using a layer stack, to put layers onto a page style's layer stack, to -put layers at the lowest position of a page style's layer stack, to put layers -before or after a layer of a page style's layer stack, to remove a layer from -a page style's layer stack and to remove doublets of layers of a page style's -layer stack. In short words: The page style interface of \Package{scrlayer} -provides commands to define layer-stack-based page styles and to manage those -layer stacks. - -Nevertheless using the layers directly is recommended for advanced users only. -End user interfaces for beginners or average users are provided by additional -packages, that load \Package{scrlayer} on their own. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \tableofcontents -% - -\section{State of Development Note} -\label{sec:scrlayer.draft} - -Development of this package hasn't been finished yet. Because of this, -especially internal functionality may be changed in future. Most likely the -package will be extended. And because of the early state of development, you -should not expect any user documentation. In fact there's at least only some -developers documentation needed by the main developer himself. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Package}{scrlayer} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -\section{Early or Late Selection of Options} -\label{sec:scrlayer.options} - -Package \Package{scrlayer} uses the option interface of \KOMAScript. Therefore -you may set options either within the optional argument of -\Macro{documentclass} as global options, or within the optional argument of -\Macro{usepackage} as local options, or with \Macro{KOMAoptions} or -\Macro{KOMAoption} as \KOMAScript{} option. Several of these options expect a -value. See the \KOMAScript{} manual, \File{scrguide.pdf}, for more information -about this. - - -\section{Some Generic Information} -\label{sec:scrlayer.generic} - -The package needs some generic information about the class. Class authors may -help \Package{scrlayer} setting this information. Otherwise the package tries -to detect the information itself. This works, e.g., for the standard classes -and the \KOMAScript{} classes. But it may or may not fail with other classes. - -This section describes some of the information, that class authors may -provide. Generally users need not to care about this. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{if@chapter}\ \PName{then code} \Macro{else}\ \PName{else code} \Macro{fi}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@chapter}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\if@chapter} -If \Macro{if@chapter} is defined and \Macro{iftrue}, \Package{scrlayer} will -work including the chapter level, e.g., at option \Option{automark}. If it is -defined, but not \Macro{iftrue}, it only handles part, section, subsection, -sub\dots subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sub\dots subparagraph. If the -macro isn't defined, \Package{scrlayer} searches for \Macro{chapter}. If -\Macro{chapter} is defined and not \Macro{relax}, \Package{scrlayer} will -define \Macro{if@chapter} to \Macro{iftrue}, otherwise \Macro{if@chapter} will -become \Macro{iffalse}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{if@chapter} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{if@mainmatter}\ \PName{then code} \Macro{else}\ \PName{else code} \Macro{fi}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{if@mainmatter}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\if@mainmatter} -Classes like \Class{book} define \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter}, and -\Macro{backmatter}. They also use \Macro{if@mainmatter} to distinguish whether -or the current matter is the main matter. Classes like \Class{report} and -\Class{article} don't have \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter}, or -\Macro{backmatter} and therefore also don't have \Macro{if@mainmatter}. - -For \Package{scrlayer} it's easier not to test always for the existence of the -matter commands, but to have \Macro{if@mainmatter} even with classes like -\Class{report} and \Class{article}, simply set to \Macro{iftrue}. So if -\Macro{if@mainmatter} is not defined, it will be defined to \Macro{iftrue}. - -Some classes have \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter}, or -\Macro{backmatter} but not \Macro{if@mainmatter}. In this case -\Package{scrlayer} will also define \Macro{if@mainmatter} to be \Macro{iftrue} -and it'll extend definition of \Macro{frontmatter}, \Macro{mainmatter}, and -\Macro{backmatter} to set \Macro{if@mainmatter} properly. Other matter -commands are not known, not tested, and not extended. So if there other matter -commands \Package{scrlayer} needs help of the class author to get -\Macro{if@mainmatter} set correctly. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{if@mainmatter} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareSectionNumberDepth} -% The command - \Macro{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}%^^A - \Parameter{level name}\Parameter{level depth} -% maps -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth}% -With this command you may map -%\fi^^A meta-comment -the name of a heading level to a section numbering depth. With standard class -book, e.g., the \PName{level name} could be \PValue{part}, \PValue{chapter}, -\PValue{section}, \PValue{subsection}, \PValue{subsubsection}, -\PValue{paragraph}, or \PValue{subparagraph} and the corresponding -\PName{level depth}s would be -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Package -\Package{scrlayer} tries to determine the levels on it's own while loading -and while \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}. But, if it fails, you may set it -on yourself using this command. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareSectionNumberDepth} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\footheight} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \Length{footheight}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Length}{footheight}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -While \LaTeX{} already provides \Length{headheight} to set up the height of -the page head, it doesn't provide a corresponding length for the page -footer. Nevertheless \Package{scrlayer} needs this in several cases. So if -\Length{footheight} doesn't already exist, \Package{scrlayer} will define -it and initialise it to -12345\,sp. If it's value is still this magic value -while \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}, it will be set to -\Length{baselineskip} then. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Length}{footheight} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -\section{Declaration of Layers} -\label{sec:scrlayer.layers} - -A layer is a kind of logical sheet of transparent paper (in opposite to a -physical sheet of paper). One layer is stacked onto another layer and opaque -material on one layer may hide material on the layers below. The stack of all -layers together makes the physical page. Package \Package{scrlayer} -provides two such layer stacks for each page: a background layer stack and a -foreground layer stack. The background layer stack is behind the normal page -contents, the foreground layer stack is above the normal page contents. So the -normal contents is a kind of a separating layer. - -A layer has several attributes. The first attribute is, whether or not -the layer is part of the foreground or the background. Background -layers will be printed before the main contents of the page. Optically -they will be behind the main contents. Foreground layers will be -printed after the main contents of the page. Optically they will be in -front of the main contents. By default, a layer is both, a background -layer \emph{and} a foreground layer and therefore will be printed -twice. - -The second and third attributes are the horizontal and vertical position of -the layer. The forth and fifth attributes are the horizontal and vertical size -of the layer. As you can see, a layer may be smaller or larger than the -paper. - -But how are the horizontal an vertical positions measured? The answer -is the sixth attribute, the alignment. We can measure from the left edge of -the paper to the left edge of the layer, or from the left edge of the paper to -the middle of the layer, or from the left edge of the paper to the right edge -of the layer. We can measure from the top edge of the paper to the top edge of -the layer, or to the middle of the layer, or to the bottom edge of the layer. - -The seventh and eights attributes are, whether or not a layer should be -printed onto left or right pages. By default a layer will be printed at both, -left and right pages. Note, that \LaTeX{} names left pages as even pages and -right pages as odd pages and that there are no left or even pages in -single-sided mode. - -The ninth and tenth attributes are, whether or not a layer should be printed in -single-side mode or in two-side mode. By default a layer will be printed in -both, single-side mode and two-side mode. Nevertheless an even page layer will -never be printed in single-side mode and therefore isn't really a two-side -mode layer. - -The eleventh and twelveth attributes are, whether or not a layer should be -printed onto float pages or non-float pages. \LaTeX{} produces float pages for -float environment like tables or figures, if they are allowed to be printed on -a page without normal page contents (see option \PValue{p} for -\Environment{figure} or \Environment{table}). Non-float pages aren't pages -without floats, but pages, that aren't float pages. They may contain floats -inside the text, on the top of the page, or on the bottom of the page. Very -large floats may seem to be page floats, while in reality they are top floats. - -The thirteenth and last attribute is the contents of the layer. This is simply, -what should be printed, whenever the layer will be printed. - -So we have thirteen attributes yet. Below in this manual we will see additional -attributes, that may be build by these twelve attribute. Because of this, we -call these twelve attributes the primary attributes. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareLayer} -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewLayer} -% \DescribeMacro{\ProvideLayer} -% \DescribeMacro{\RedeclareLayer} -% \DescribeMacro{\ModifyLayer} -% The command: - \Macro{DeclareLayer}\OParameter{option list}\Parameter{layer name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{DeclareNewLayer}\OParameter{option list}\Parameter{layer name} - \\\Macro{ProvideLayer}\OParameter{option list}\Parameter{layer name} - \\\Macro{RedeclareLayer}\OParameter{option list}\Parameter{layer name} - \\\Macro{ModifyLayer}\OParameter{option list}\Parameter{layer name} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareLayer}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewLayer}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvideLayer}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareLayer}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ModifyLayer}% -Command \Macro{DeclareLayer} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -declares or defines a layer with the name \PName{layer name}. It doesn't care -whether or not a layer with this name already exists. Argument \PName{layer - name} must be fully expandable and the expansion has to result in -letters. Some other characters will be tolerated, but only letters are -recommended. - -The \PName{option list} is a comma separated list of \PName{option}s. An -\PName{option} may be either a \PName{key} or a \PName{key} followed be an -equal sign followed by a \PName{value}. We call this a -\OptionValue{\PName{key}}{\PName{value}} option. Each \PName{key} is the -representation of a layer attribute. See \autoref{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys} for -more information about the names of the \PName{key}s and the corresponding -attributes. - -\begin{center} - \captionaboveof{table}{The \PName{key}s representing a layer attribute}% - \label{tab:scrlayer.layerkeys}% - \begin{description} - \item[\OptionValue{align}{\PName{alignment character}s} --] a description - of the wanted alignment. Each \PName{alignment character} influences - either, how the \PName{length} of \Option{hoffset} or \Option{voffset} - will be used. Several \PName{alignment character}s may be used together - (without comma or space). No macros should be used here! Valid - \PName{alignment character}s are: - \begin{description} - \item[\PValue{b} --] align the layer with its bottom edge to the given - \Option{length} of \Option{voffset} from the top edge of the paper. - \item[\PValue{c} --] align the layer with its centre to the given - \PValue{length} of \Option{hoffset} from the left edge and of - \Option{voffset} from the top edge of the paper. - \item[\PValue{l} --] align the layer with its left edge to the given - \PValue{length} of \Option{hoffset} from the left edge of the paper. - \item[\PValue{r} --] align the layer with its right edge to the given - \PValue{length} of \Option{hoffset} from the left edge of the paper. - \item[\PValue{t} --] align the layer with its top edge to the given - \Option{length} of \Option{voffset} from the top edge of the paper. - \end{description} - \item[\OptionValue{area}{%^^A - \Parameter{hoffset}\Parameter{voffset}%^^A - \Parameter{width}\Parameter{height}} --] composing option, that results - in \OptionValue{hoffset}{\PName{hoffset}}, - \OptionValue{voffset}{\PName{voffset}}, - \OptionValue{width}{\PName{width}}, \OptionValue{height}{\PName{height}}. - \item[\Option{background} --] print the layer only in the background, but not - in the foreground. This makes a background-only layer in opposite to the - default of layers which are both, background and foreground layers. The - option doesn't expect any value. By the default the attribute is not set. - \item[\Option{bottommargin} --] composing option, that sets - \Option{hoffset}, \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and - \Option{align} to horizontally span the paper from the left edge to the - right and vertically span the area below the footer down to the bottom - edge of the paper. - \item[\OptionValue{clone}{\PName{layer name}} --] composing option, that - sets all primary attributes of the layer to the same values as the primary - attributes of the layer with the given \PName{layer name}. Note, that - \PName{layer name} has to be fully expandable and should expand to letters - only. Some additional characters will be tolerated, but they are not - recommended! - \item[\OptionValue{contents}{\PName{code}} --] the \PName{code} will be - expanded whenever the layer is printed. So the \PName{code} is what you - will see. No checks for valid code will be done. So errors in \PName{code} - may result in several failures on each page, that prints the layer. - \item[\Option{evenpage} --] print the layer on even pages only, but not on - odd pages. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the - attribute is not set. Note, that this attribute includes \Option{twoside}. - \item[\Option{floatpage} --] print the layer on float pages only, but not on - other pages. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the - attribute is not set. - \item[\Option{foot} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the text area and vertically span the page footer - defined by the new \LaTeX{} length \Length{footheight}. - \item[\Option{footskip} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the text area and vertically span the distance between - the text area and the page footer (note, that this is not the same like - \Length{footskip}). - \item[\Option{foreground} --] print the layer only in the foreground, but not - in the background. This makes a foreground-only layer in opposite to the - default of layers which are both, background and foreground layers. The - option doesn't expect any value. By the default the attribute is not set. - \item[\Option{head} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the text area and vertically span the page head defined - by usual\LaTeX{} length \Length{headheight}. - \item[\Option{headsep} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the text area and vertically span the distance between - the page head and the text area. - \item[\OptionValue{height}{\PName{length}} --] the height of the - layer. Note, that \PName{length} may either a \LaTeX{} length, declared - using \Macro{newlength}, or a \TeX{} length, declared using - \Macro{newdimen} or \Macro{newskip}, a length value like 10\,pt, or a - dimensional expression using +, -, /, *, (, and ). For more information - about valid dimensional expression see \cite[section~3.5]{manual:eTeX}. - \item[\OptionValue{hoffset}{\PName{length}} --] the offset of the layer - (depending on \Option{align} either left edge of the layer, middle of the - layer or right edge of the layer) from the left edge of the paper. See - \Option{height} for more information about valid content of - \PName{length}. - \item[\Option{innermargin} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the distance between the right edge of text area and the - right edge of the paper on even pages or the distance between the left - edge of the paper and the left edge of the text area on odd pages and - vertically span the whole paper from the top edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{leftmargin} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the distance between the left edge of the paper and the - left edge of the text area and vertically span the whole paper from the - top edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{nonfloatpage} --] don't print the layer on float pages, but on - other pages only. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the - attribute is not set. - \item[\Option{oddpage} --] print the layer on odd pages only, but not on even - pages. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the attribute - is not set. - \item[\Option{oneside} --] print the layer in single-side mode only, but not - in two-side mode. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the - attribute is not set. - \item[\Option{outermargin} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the distance between the left edge of the paper and the - left edge of the text area on even pages or the distance between the right - edge of the text area and the right edge of the paper on odd pages and - vertically span the whole paper from the top edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{page} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally and vertically span the whole paper from the left edge to the - right edge and the top edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{rightmargin} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the distance between the right edge of text area and the - right edge of the paper and vertically span the whole paper from the top - edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{textarea} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally and vertically span the whole text area from the left edge to - the right edge and the top edge to the bottom edge. - \item[\Option{topmargin} --] composing option, that sets \Option{hoffset}, - \Option{voffset}, \Option{width}, \Option{height}, and \Option{align} to - horizontally span the whole page from the left edge to the right edge and - vertically span the distance between the top edge of the paper and the - page head. - \item[\Option{twoside} --] print the layer in two-side mode only, but not in - single-side mode. The option doesn't expect any value. By the default the - attribute is not set. - \item[\OptionValue{voffset}{\PName{length}} --] the offset of the layer - (depending on \Option{align} either top edge of the layer, middle of the - layer or bottom edge of the layer) from the top edge of the paper. See - \Option{height} for more information about valid content of - \PName{length}. - \item[\OptionValue{width}{\PName{length}} --] the width of the layer. See - \Option{height} for more information about valid content of - \PName{length}. - \end{description} -\end{center} - -The difference between \Macro{DeclareLayer} and \Macro{DeclareNewLayer} is, -that using \Macro{DeclareNewLayer} would result in an error, if a layer with -the same \PName{layer name} already exists. So you may prevent yourself using -the same \PName{layer name} twice by mistake. - -The difference between \Macro{DeclareLayer} and \Macro{ProvideLayer} is, that -using \Macro{ProvideLayer} would be simply ignored, if a layer with the same -\PName{layer name} already exists. So it is something like: \emph{declare the - layer only, if is hasn't been declared already.} - -The difference between \Macro{DeclareLayer} and \Macro{RedeclareLayer} is, -that using \Macro{RedeclareLayer} would result in an error, if a layer with -the same \PName{layer name} doesn't exist already. So it may not be used to -define a new layer. - -The difference between \Macro{RedeclareLayer} and \Macro{ModifyLayer} is, that -\Macro{RedeclareLayer} resets the layer to the default, before declaring it -new. \Macro{ModifyLayer} doesn't reset it, so only the attributes, set by the -\PName{option list} will be changed. -% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ModifyLayer}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclareLayer}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvideLayer}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewLayer}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareLayer}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\IfLayerExists} -% The command - \Macro{IfLayerExists}%^^A - \Parameter{string}\Parameter{then-code}\Parameter{else-code} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerExists}% -This command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to execute code depending on whether or not a layer has been -defined already. If the layer exists \PName{then-code} will be executed, -otherwise \PName{else-code}. Note, that the command cannot really test whether -a layer exists. It uses a heuristic, that will never be false negative, but -may be false positive. Nevertheless, if it is false positive something went -wrong, either an incompatible package has been used or the user made something -he shouldn't do. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerExists} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DestroyLayer} -% The command - \Macro{DestroyLayer}%^^A - \Parameter{layer name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DestroyLayer}% -This command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -sets all macros corresponding with the layer with given \PName{layer name} to -\Macro{relax}, if a layer with that name exists. After this the layer may not -be used any longer. But it doesn't matter, if the layer is still part of the -layer list of a page style, because such destroyed layers will be -ignored. Nevertheless destroyed layers may be defined new using -\Macro{DeclareNewLayer} or \Macro{ProvideLayer}, but couldn't be changed using -\Macro{RedeclareLayer} or \Macro{ModifyLayer} any longer. The command is -intended to be used inside \Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} to remove -layers, that have been defined by an interface using removable macros of that -interface. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyLayer} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% The command -% \DescribeMacro{\layercontentsmeasure} -% \DescribeOption{draft} - \Macro{layercontentsmeasure}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\KOption{draft}{\PName{simple switch}}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Option}{draft~=\PName{simple switch}} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{layercontentsmeasure}% -The command \Macro{layercontentsmeasure} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -is internally used, if option \Option{draft} has been set, so visualise -the layers. The visualisation will be done with a centimetre ruler at the top -and left edge of the layer and an inch ruler at the bottom and right edge of -the layer. The rulers will be drawn behind the content of the layer. If you -would you, could also use it as content of a layer. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{layercontentsmeasure} -\EndIndex{Option}{draft~=\PName{simple switch}} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -\section{Declaration and Management of Page Styles} -\label{sec:scrlayer.pagestyles} - -Until now we know layers, but we don't know how to use them. The -perhaps astonishing answer is: with page styles. In \LaTeX{}, page -styles usually define heads and foots of odd and even pages. - -The head and foot of odd pages will be printed on pages with odd -page number in two-side mode or on all pages in single-side mode. This is -something like the layer attributes \Option{oddpage} and \Option{evenpage}. - -The page head will be printed before the main contents of a page. The page -footer will be printed after the main contents of a page. So this is something -like the layer attributes \Option{background} and \Option{foreground}. - -So it's obvious to declare page styles to be a list of layers. But instead of -having only four attributes \Option{oddpage}, \Option{evenpage}, -\Option{background}, and \Option{foreground} all the attributes of layers -shown in \autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers} may be used. - -The outcome of this is, that one kind of page styles \Package{scrlayer} -provides are layer page styles. A layer page style consists of layers and -several \emph{hooks}. For description of layers see -\autoref{sec:scrlayer.layers}. The \emph{hooks} are points in the expansion -or execution of page styles and you may add additional code, that will be -expanded there. - -Another kind of page styles \Package{scrlayer} provides are alias page -style. An alias page style simply consists of one other page style. In -other words, the name of an alias page style is only an alias name of -another page style, the aliased or original page style. Because of -this, the manipulation of an alias page style results in the -manipulation of the original page style. If the original page style is -an alias page style too, the manipulation will result in the -manipulation of the aliased page style of that original page style and -so on until a real page style will be manipulated. You may not only -alias layer page styles made with \Package{scrlayer}, but all kind of -page styles. - - -% \DescribeMacro{\currentpagestyle} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{currentpagestyle} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{currentpagestyle}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -Package scrlayer patches \Macro{pagestyle} to set \Macro{currentpagestyle} to -the currently active page style. Note, that \Macro{thispagestyle} does not -change \Macro{currentpagestyle}. But if you use \Macro{thispagestyle} the -result of \Macro{currentpagestyle} may be changed while execution of the -\LaTeX{} output routine. This may be relevant only, if -\Macro{currentpagestyle} has been used protected until execution of the output -routine. - -Note, that the layer page styles described later in this section, won't need -the patch of \Macro{pagestyle} to set \Macro{currentpagestyle}. The patch has -been made for usage with other page styles. Note also, that -\Macro{currentpagestyle} is empty before the first \Macro{pagestyle} after -loading \Package{scrlayer}. So if you define an end user page style interface, -it may be useful to use an implicit \Macro{pagestyle} to set the current page -style to a default page style. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{currentpagestyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\AfterSelectAnyPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle}\Parameter{code}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle}\Parameter{code}%^^A -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle}% -The command \Macro{BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -adds \PName{code} to hook, that will be executed inside of \Macro{pagestyle} -just before the page style will be selected. You may use \texttt{\#1} as a -placeholder for the argument of \Macro{pagestyle}. - -The command \Macro{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle}%^^A -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -\Parameter{code}%^^A -% \fi^^A meta-comment -\ is similar, but the \PName{code} will be executed just after the page style -has been selected and after \Macro{currentpagestyle} has been set to the name -of real page style. - -Note, that \PName{code} of both commands will be executed only, if a page -style will be selected using \Macro{pagestyle}, but not, e.\,g., if a page -style will be selected using \Macro{thispagestyle}. Note also, that you cannot -remove \PName{code} from the hook after adding it. But the \PName{code} will -be added locally, so you may use a group to limit the scope of -\PName{code}.%^^A -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AfterSelectAnyPageStyle} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{BeforeSelectAnyPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclarePageStyleAlias} -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} -% \DescribeMacro{\ProvidePageStyleAlias} -% \DescribeMacro{\RedeclarePageStyleAlias} -% The command - \Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias}%^^A - \Parameter{alias page style name}\Parameter{original page style name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{alias page style name}\Parameter{original page style name} - \\\Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{alias page style name}\Parameter{original page style name} - \\\Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% - \Parameter{alias page style name}\Parameter{original page style name} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleAlias}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% -These Commands -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to define a page style with name \PName{alias page style name}, -that is simply an alias for already existing page style with name -\PName{original page style name}. If there's already a page style \PName{alias - page style name} it will be destroyed before creating the alias using -\Macro{DeclarePageStyleAlias} or \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}. - -\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias} will throw an error message, if a page style -\PName{alias page style name} has already been defined before. It doesn't -matter if the already defined page style is a layer page style, an alias page -style or another page style. - -\Macro{ProvidePageStyleAlias} will define the alias only, if a page style -\PName{alias page style name} hasn't been defined before. If a page style -\PName{alias page style name} already exists nothing will be done. - -\Macro{RedeclarePageStyleAlias} expects, that a page style \PName{alias page - style name} already exists. In this case it will destroy it and define the -alias newly. In the other case you'll get an error. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleAlias}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleAlias}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleAlias}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleAlias} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DestroyPageStyleAlias} -% The command - \Macro{DestroyPageStyleAlias}\Parameter{page style name}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DestroyPageStyleAlias}% -This command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -makes the page style with given \PName{page style name} \LaTeX-undefined, if -it is an alias for another page style. After this, the page style may be -defined newly with, e.g., \Macro{DeclareNewAliasPageStyle} or -\Macro{ProvideAliasPageStyle}. The command is intended to be used inside of -\Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} to remove page styles, that have been -declared by an interface and uses removable macros of that interface. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyPageStyleAlias} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\GetRealPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{GetRealPageStyle}\Parameter{page style name}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{GetRealPageStyle}% -The command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -will result in the (recursive) real page name of the page style, if -the page style with given name \PName{page style name} is an alias of -another page style. In all other cases, even if there's no alias and no page -style named \PName{page style name}, the result would be simply \PName{page - style name}. The command is fully expandable and may be used, e.g., in the -second argument of \Macro{edef}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{GetRealPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclarePageStyleByLayers} -% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} -% \DescribeMacro{\ProvidePageStyleByLayers} -% \DescribeMacro{\RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} -% The command - \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}%^^A - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}%^^A - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% - \\\Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}%^^A - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% - \\\Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}%^^A - \OParameter{option list}\Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}% -These commands -%\fi^^A meta-comment -declares a page style with \PName{page style name}. The page style will -consist of the layers given in \PName{layer list}, a comma separated list of -layer names. Note, that the \PName{page style name} and the layer names at the -\PName{layer list} must be fully expandable and should expand to -letters. Several other characters will be tolerated, but nevertheless, they -aren't recommended. - -The \PName{option list} is a comma separated list of -\OptionValue{\PName{key}}{\PName{value}} options. These options may be used to -set additional features. Currently they are used to set the code, that should -be expanded or executed at several \emph{hooks}. See the introduction to this -section for more general information about \emph{hooks}. See -\autoref{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} for more information about the hooks -and their purpose. - -\begin{center} - \parbox{\textwidth}{% - \captionaboveof{table}{The \emph{hook} options for page styles (in order of - execution)}\nobreak\vskip4\baselineskip}\vskip-5\baselineskip - \label{tab:scrlayer.pagestyle.hooks} - \begin{description} - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onselect}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the page style will be selected using, e.g., - \Macro{pagestyle}. Note, that \Macro{thispagestyle} doesn't select the - page style immediately, but asynchronously inside \LaTeX's output routine. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{oninit}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} whenever - the output of the layers of a page style will be initialised. Note, that - this will be done twice for every page: once for background layers and - once for foreground layers. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{ononeside}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style in single-side mode will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{ontwoside}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style in two-side mode will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onoddpage}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style on an odd page will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. Note also, that in - single-side mode all pages are odd pages, not only pages with odd page - numbers. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onevenpage}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style on an even page will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. Note also, that there - aren't even pages in single-side mode, but all pages are odd pages, not - only pages with odd page numbers. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onfloatpage}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style on a float page will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. Note also, that float - pages are only those pages with p-placed floating objects. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onnonfloatpage}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style on a non-float page will - initialised. Note, that this will be done twice for every page: once for - background layers and once for foreground layers. Note also, that - non-float pages are all pages, that aren't float-pages. Those pages may - have t-placed, h-placed, b-placed, or no floating objects. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onbackground}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style in the background of a - page will initialised. Note, that this will be done once for every page. - \item[\texttt{\KOption{onforeground}\PName{code}}:] Execute \PName{code} - whenever the output of the layers of a page style in the foreground of a - page will initialised. Note, that this will be done once for every page. - \end{description} -\end{center} - -The difference of \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} and -\Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} is, that \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} -will result in an error, if a page style with name \PName{page style name} -already exists. Note, that declaring a page style, that is an alias of another -page style (see \Macro{DeclareAliasPageStyle} prior in this section), will not -re-declare the page style itself, but it's real page style (see -\Macro{GetRealPageStyle} prior in this section). - -The difference of \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} and -\Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers} is, that \Macro{ProvidePageStyleByLayers} -will simply do nothing, if there's already a page style with name \PName{page - style name}. In difference to \Macro{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers} it won't -raise an error in this case. - -The difference of \Macro{DeclarePageStyleByLayers} and -\Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} is, that \Macro{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers} -may be used only, if the real page style of \PName{page style name} already -exists. Otherwise an error would occur. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RedeclarePageStyleByLayers}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ProvidePageStyleByLayers}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DeclarePageStyleByLayers}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \Pagestyle{@everystyle@}\\ - \Pagestyle{empty} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{@everysel@}% -\BeginIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -There are two somehow special, default layer page styles. The first one is -\Pagestyle{@everystyle@}. This page style shouldn't be used normally, but the -layers of this page style will be used by all the other layer page styles. So -adding a layer to this page style would be similar to adding this layer to all -other layer page styles even the empty one. There's one difference: Layer -referencing commands of the page style interface like -\Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}, \Macro{AddLayerToPageStyleBeforeLayer}, or -\Macro{AddLayerToPageStyleAfterLayer} ignore the layers of -\Pagestyle{@everystyle@} if they are used for another layer page style. - -The other somehow special page style is \Pagestyle{empty}. Normally page style -\Pagestyle{empty} is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel, to be a page style -without page head or page foot. Package{scrlayer} re-defines it to be a layer -page style without any layer. Nevertheless you may use it like every other -layer page style too. The main advantage above the \LaTeX{} kernel's empty -page style is, that it also executes the layers of special layer page style -\Pagestyle{@everysel@}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{empty}% -\EndIndex{Pagestyle}{@everysel@}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -% \fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeOption{onpsselect}% -% \DescribeOption{onpsinit}% -% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}% -% \DescribeOption{onps(one|two)side}% -% \DescribeOption{onps(odd|even)page}% -% \DescribeOption{onps(float|nonfloat)page}% -% \DescribeOption{onps(back|fore)ground}% -% \MakeShortVerb{\|}% -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment - \KOption{onpsselect}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsinit}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsoneside}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpstwoside}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsoddpage}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsevenpage}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsfloatpage}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsnonfloatpage}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsbackground}\PValue{code}\\ - \KOption{onpsforeground}\PValue{code} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsselect}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsinit}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsoneside}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpstwoside}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsoddpage}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsevenpage}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsfloatpage}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsnonfloatpage}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsbackground}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{onpsforeground}% -% \fi^^A meta-comment -There's also a \KOMAScript{} option for each of those \texttt{hooks}. The -names of the \KOMAScript{} options are similar to the names of the page style -options, but with ``\texttt{ps}'' inserted behind ``\texttt{on}''. The value of -the \KOMAScript{} options are the initial defaults of the corresponding -\texttt{hooks}. This default will be extended by every usage of the page style -options at the \PName{option list}. You may remove the default, using -\Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} described later in this section. -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsforeground}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsbackground}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsnonfloatpage}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsfloatpage}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsevenpage}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsoddpage}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpstwoside}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsoneside}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsinit}% -\EndIndex{Option}{onpsselect}% -% \fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \KOption{deactivatepagestylelayers}\PName{simple switch}\\ -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{code} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}% -This command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to process \PName{code} for every layer, that is a member of the -layers list of a page style with given \PName{page style name}. Inside of -\PName{code} the place holder \PValue{\#1} may be used for the name of the -current layer. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Example} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \par -If you want to output the names of all layers of page style -\PValue{scrheadings}, you may us: -\begin{lstcode} - \let\commaatlist\empty - \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle{scrheadings}{% - \commaatlist#1\gdef\commaatlist{, }} -\end{lstcode} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Example} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -\KOMAScript{} option \Option{deactivatepagestylelayers} may be used to -deactivate all layers within \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle}. If the options -has been switched on, \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} will not longer process -\PName{code} for any layer. Several other commands of \Package{scrlayer} also -uses \Macro{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} internally. So these also won't process -any layer. You may use this options, e.g., to hide all layers. - -Please note, that \PName{code} will be executed inside a group! -% \iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ForEachLayerOfPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\AddLayersToPageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\AddLayersAtEndOfageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\RemoveLayersFromPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyle}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% - \\\Macro{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% - \\\Macro{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle}% -The first command -%\fi^^A meta-comment -adds all layers of the comma separated list of layers \PName{layer list} at -the end of the layer list of layer page style \PName{page style - name}. \Macro{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle} is an alias for the same. If you -want to add the new layers at the begin of the layer list of a layer page -style you may use \Macro{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle}. Note, that the layers -will be added in the order of the \PName{layer list}. The first layer at -\PName{layer list} will be added first, the second layer will be added second -and so on. So with \Macro{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle} the last layer at -\PName{layer list} will become the new first layer of the layer list of layer -page style \PName{page style name}. - -Command \Macro{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle} may be used to remove layers from -the layer list of layer page style \PName{page style name} instead of adding -them. Note, that layers, that are part of \PName{layer list} but not part of -the page style's layer list, will be ignored. - -Adding or removing layers from a page style, that is not a layer page style or -an alias of a layer page style would be an error and result in an error -message.% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{RemoveLayersFromPageStyle}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersAtEndOfPageStyle}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersAtBeginOfPageStyle}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer} -% The commands - \Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}%^^A - \Parameter{reference layer name} -% and - \\\Macro{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}%^^A - \Parameter{reference layer name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer}% -These commands -%\fi^^A meta-comment -are similar to the commands described before, but they do not add the layers -at the begin or end of the layer list of a layer page style, but just before -or after a reference layer at the layer list of a layer page style. Note, that -in this case the order of the \PName{layer list} will be same in the layer -list of \PName{page style name} after adding. If the reference layer named -\PName{reference layer name} is not part of the layer list of the layer page -style, nothing happens. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyleAfterLayer} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddLayersToPageStyleBeforeLayer} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -% \DescribeMacro{\UnifyLayersAtPageStyle} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \Macro{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle}\Parameter{page style name} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -With the commands described before in this section you may not only add -different layers to a page style, but even add the same layer several times to -a page style. In most cases it doesn't make sense to have one layer several -times at the layer list of a layer page style. So you may use -\Macro{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle}%^^A -%\Parameter{page style name}^^A -\ to remove all dupes of layers from the layer list of a layer page -style. Note that the order of layers may change! So if you want a special -order, you should remove all layers and add the layers in the order you want -instead of using \Macro{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{UnifyLayersAtPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} -% \DescribeMacro{\AddToLayerPageStyleOptions} -% The command - \Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{option list} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{option list} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions}% -Command \Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to modify the page style options of a layer page style. Only -options at the comma separated \PName{option list} will be set to the new -values given in \PName{option list} if the new value is not empty. Options, -that are not at \PName{option list}, will stay unchanged. If you want to set -an option to \emph{do nothing} you may use value \Macro{relax}. Note, that -setting an option to a new value using \Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} -will remove the previous value including the global default value. - -\Macro{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions} differs from -\Macro{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} in that point. It will not overwrite the -previous values, but adds\,---\,or more precisely: concatenates\,---\, the new -values to the previous values of the options at \PName{option list}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{AddToLayerPageStyleOptions} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{ModifyLayerPageStyleOptions} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\IfLayerPageStyleExists} -% \DescribeMacro{\IfRealLayerPageStyleExists} -% The command - \Macro{IfLayerPageStyleExists}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}%^^A - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerPageStyleExists}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists}% -Command \Macro{IfLayerPageStyleExists} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -tests, whether or not the real page style of \PName{page style name} is a -layer page style. If the test is true, \PName{then code} will be executed. If -\PName{page style name} is neither a layer page style, nor an alias of a layer -page style, nor an alias of an alias of \dots\ a layer page style, \PName{else - code} will be executed. Internally this command is often used to throw an -error message if you use one of the layer page style commands with an -\PName{page style name} that doesn't correspond with a layer page style. - -Command \Macro{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists} is similar, but \PName{then code} -will only be executed, if \PName{page style name} itself is the name of a -layer page style. So \PName{else code} will even be executed, if \PName{page - style name} is an alias name of a layer page style or the alias name of an -alias name of \dots\ a layer page style. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfRealLayerPageStyleExists} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerPageStyleExists} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\IfLayerAtPageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} -% \DescribeMacro{\IfLayersAtPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer name}%^^A - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \\\Macro{IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}%^^A - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% - \\\Macro{IfLayerAtPageStyle}% - \Parameter{page style name}\Parameter{layer list}%^^A - \Parameter{then code}\Parameter{else code}% -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerAtPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{IfLayersAtPageStyle}% -Command \PName{IfLayerAtPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -may be used to test, whether or not a layer named \PName{layer name} is a -member of the layer list of a given page style. If the test is true, the -\PName{then code} will be executed. If the layer is not a member of the layer -list of \PName{page style name}, the \PName{else code} will be executed. - -Commands \Macro{IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle} and \Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} do not -only test one layer but several layers at a given, comma separated -\PName{layer list}. \Macro{IfSomeLayerAtPageStyle} will execute the -\PName{then code} if \emph{at least one} of the layers at \PName{layer list} -is a member of the layer list of \PName{page style name}. In difference -\Macro{IfLayersAtPageStyle} executes the \PName{then code} only, if \emph{all} -of the layers at \PName{layer list} are members of the layer list of -\PName{page style name}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfLayersAtPageStyle} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfSomeLayersAtPageStyle} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{IfLayerAtPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\DestroyRealLayerPageStyle} -% The command - \Macro{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}\Parameter{page style name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}% -Command \Macro{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -makes the page style named \PName{page style name} undefined, if and only if -it is a layer page style. Nothing will be happen if it is an alias name of a -layer page style, if it is another page style, or if it isn't a page style. If -\PName{page style name} is the name of the current page style the current page -style will become a kind of empty page style. If the special page -style\,---\,this may be set using \Macro{thispagestyle}\,---\,is \PName{page - style name}, this will be simply reset. - -Note, that the layers of the page style won't be destroyed automatically. If -you want to destroy the layers too, you may use -\begin{lstcode} - \ForEachLayerOfPageStyle{...}{\DestroyLayer{#1}} -\end{lstcode} -\emph{before} destroying the layer page style. - -The command is intended to be used inside the auto-remove code of an interface -See following \ref{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces} for more information about -auto-remove code. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -\section{End User Interfaces} -\label{sec:scrlayer.enduserinterfaces} - -Package \Package{scrlayer} provides an interface to define and manage -(concurrent) end user interfaces. Maybe future releases of \KOMAScript{} will -provide parts of this by package \Package{scrbase}, but currently package -\Package{scrlayer} provides its own interface definition commands. - -This section only describes the interface commands for defining end user -interfaces. This is not of interest for end users, but only for authors of end -user interfaces. End users will find information about the end user interfaces -in the sections about the particular end user interface, e.g., -\autoref{sec:scrlayer.scrpage}. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\scrlayerInitInterface} -% The command - \Macro{scrlayerInitInterface}\OParameter{interface name} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerInitInterface}% -Command \Macro{scrlayerInitInterface} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -registers a new interface. The \PName{interface name} must be unique. If you -try to initialise an already initialised interface an error will occur. This -command is obligatory and mandatory for interfaces. It should be the first -interface command and therefore has been described first. If the optional -argument is omitted, \PValue{\Macro{@currname}.\Macro{@currext}} will be -used instead. For classes and packages this will be the file name of the class -or package while loading the class or package. But you may use any sequence of -characters with category letter or other. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerInitInterface} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} - \KOption{forceoverwrite}\PName{simple switch}\\ - \KOption{autoremoveinterfaces}\PName{simple switch}\\ -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\scrlayerAddToInterface} -% \DescribeMacro{\scrlayerAddCsToInterface} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment - \Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface}% - \OParameter{interface name}\Parameter{command}\Parameter{code}\\ - \Macro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}% - \OParameter{interface name}\Parameter{command sequence}\Parameter{code} -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Option}{forceoverwrite}% -\BeginIndex{Option}{autoremoveinterfaces}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerAddToInterface}% -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -One of the special features of end user interfaces is, that they should -register all interface dependent commands (also known as \emph{macros}). You -may do this using \Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface}%^^A -%\OParameter{interface name}\Parameter{command}\Parameter{code}%^^A -. If your interface generates macros not only at load time but also at run -time or if the interface name shouldn't be the class's or package's name, you -have to use the optional argument to add the command to a dedicated -interface. An error will occur, if the interface hasn't been initialised -before. - -The first mandatory argument is the \PName{command}\footnote{The - \PName{command} consists in the backslash followed by a \PName{command - sequence} consisting in characters with category code letter or one other - character, or \PName{command} consists in one active character (without - backslash).}, that should be added to the interface. If the command can be -added to the interface, it will be added to the interface, will be set to -\Macro{relax} and \PName{code} will be executed. You can use, e.g., -\Macro{newcommand}\PName{command} inside of \PName{code} to define -\PName{command}. - -But when can a command be defined? If a command is undefined or \Macro{relax} -it can be defined. If a command has already been defined and registered for -another interface \emph{and} if \KOMAScript{} option -\Option{autoremoveinterface} has been switched on, the other interface will be -removed automatically and the new command will be set to \Macro{relax} and -will be registered for the given interface. If a command -has already been defined but isn't part of another interface \emph{and} if -\KOMAScript{} option \Option{forceoverwrite} has been switched on, the command -will be set to \Macro{relax} and will be registered for the given interface. - -Command \Macro{scrlayerAddCsToInterface} is similar to -\Macro{scrlayerAddToInterface} but doesn't expect a command as first, -mandatory argument, but a command sequence\footnote{A command sequence may - consist of any characters with category code letter or other.}. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerAddCsToInterface}% -\EndIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerAddToInterface} -\EndIndex{Option}{autoremoveinterfaces}% -\EndIndex{Option}{forceoverwrite}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} -% The command - \Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}%^^A - \OParameter{interface name}\Parameter{code} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface}% -Command \Macro{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -registers \PName{code} to be executed, if the interface will be automatically -removed (see \Option{autoremoveinterfaces} prior in this section). This may be -used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see -\Macro{DestroyLayer}, \Macro{DestroyAliasPageStyle}, and -\Macro{DestroyRealLayerPageStyle}). -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\EndIndex{Cmd}{scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface} -%\fi^^A meta-comment - - -%\iffalse -%</dtx|doc> -%\fi +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/07/25}{User documentation removed} % % \StopEventually{} % @@ -1529,8 +195,6 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see % \section{Implementation of \Package{scrlayer}} % % This section if for developers only. -% Users may continue at \autoref{sec:scrlayer.scrpage} at -% page~\pageref{sec:scrlayer.scrpage}. % % \iffalse %<*package> @@ -2412,9 +1076,10 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see % \end{macrocode} % \item[\texttt{contents=\meta{output}}:] whatever should be printed by the % layer. +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\texttt{contents} is \cs{long}}^^A % \begin{macrocode} \DefineFamilyKey[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{contents}{% - \@namedef{scr@l@\scr@current@layer @contents}{#1}% + \long\@namedef{scr@l@\scr@current@layer @contents}{#1}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } % \end{macrocode} @@ -2795,8 +1460,11 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see % \end{macro}^^A \scrlayer@clone@attribute % \end{description} % +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/08/31}{missing reset of \cs{scr@current@layer} +% added}%^^A +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}^^A % \begin{macrocode} -\newcommand*{\DeclareLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\DeclareLayer}[2][]{% \def\scr@current@layer{#2}% \@namedef{scr@l@#2@x}{\z@}% \@namedef{scr@l@#2@y}{\z@}% @@ -2821,6 +1489,7 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see \expandafter\newif\csname if@scr@l@#2@nonfloatpage\endcsname \csname @scr@l@#2@nonfloatpagetrue\endcsname \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{#1}% + \let\scr@current@layer\@empty } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\scr@current@layer} @@ -2856,9 +1525,15 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see % \end{macro}%^^A \IfLayerExists % % \begin{macro}{\DeclareNewLayer} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}^^A % \begin{macro}{\ProvideLayer} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}^^A % \begin{macro}{\RedeclareLayer} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}^^A % \begin{macro}{\ModifyLayer} +% \changes{v3.14}{2014/10/20}{\cs{long}}^^A +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/08/31}{missing definition and reset of +% \cs{scr@current@layer} added}%^^A % There are also two commands for declaration of layers, that haven't been % declared before, with or without error message for already declared layers, % and two commands for changing already declared layers, first one beginning @@ -2866,7 +1541,7 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see % be changed. % \begin{macrocode} %<*package&body> -\newcommand*{\DeclareNewLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\DeclareNewLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' already defined}{% You may declare only layer, that haven't been declared previously @@ -2877,7 +1552,7 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see If you'll continue, declaration will be ignored.}% }{\DeclareLayer[{#1}]{#2}}% } -\newcommand*{\ProvideLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\ProvideLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% %<*trace> \PackageInfo{scrlayer}{\string\ProvideLayer{#2} ignored,\MessageBreak @@ -2885,7 +1560,7 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see %</trace> }{\DeclareNewLayer[{#1}]{#2}}% } -\newcommand*{\RedeclareLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\RedeclareLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{}{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' not yet defined}{% You may declare only already declared layers using @@ -2896,9 +1571,11 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see }% \DeclareLayer[{#1}]{#2}% } -\newcommand*{\ModifyLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\ModifyLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% + \def\scr@current@layer{#2}% \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{#1}% + \let\scr@current@layer\@empty }{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' not yet defined}{% You may modify only already declared layers using @@ -4018,12 +2695,13 @@ used, e.g., to automatically destroy layers or page styles (see } % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\remove@layer@from@page@style} +% \changes{v0.9}{2014/07/25}{cleaning of layer list must be global} % Helper macro to remove exactly one layer (arg 1) from a page style (arg 2). % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\remove@layer@from@page@style}[2]{% \begingroup \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname - \@namedef{@ps@#2@layers}{}% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname\@empty \def\@elt##1{% \ifstr{#1}{##1}{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname{{##1}}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrstrip.inc b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrstrip.inc index 733117753f0..cd844729d10 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrstrip.inc +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrstrip.inc @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % ====================================================================== % scrstrip.inc -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrstrip.inc -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2012 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2002-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil des LaTeX2e-KOMA-Script-Pakets. % @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ \KOMAdefVariable{AUTHOR}{Markus Kohm} \KOMAdefVariable{EMAIL}{[komascript at gmx info]} \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{1994} -\KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTTILL}{2013} +\KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTTILL}{2014} \let\ifbeta=\iffalse % with = will be replaced by release process diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrtime.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrtime.dtx index 11f6f750b2f..07a99c077b5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrtime.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrtime.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{284} +% \CheckSum{313} % \iffalse % ====================================================================== % scrtime.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 1995-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 1995-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrtime.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 1995-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 1995-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -55,20 +55,27 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ %<package&identify>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<*driver> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi -\ProvidesFile{scrtime.dtx}[% +\begingroup + \def\filedate$#1: #2-#3-#4 #5${\gdef\filedate{#2/#3/#4}} + \filedate$Date: 2014-02-26 11:04:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Feb 2014) $ + \def\filerevision$#1: #2 ${\gdef\filerevision{#2}} + \filerevision$Revision: 1701 $ +\endgroup +\ProvidesFile{scrtime.dtx}[\filedate\space\filerevision\space %</driver> %<*driver|package> %<identify&scrtime>\ProvidesPackage{scrtime}[% %<identify&scrdate>\ProvidesPackage{scrdate}[% %<*driver|identify> - 2011/03/31 v3.08b KOMA-Script package +%!KOMAScriptVersion + package %</driver|identify> -%<identify&scrtime> (time of LaTeX run)% -%<identify&scrdate> (day of the week)% +%<identify&scrtime> (time of LaTeX run)% +%<identify&scrdate> (day of the week)% %<*driver|identify> ] %</driver|identify> @@ -111,7 +118,7 @@ \RecordChanges \GetFileInfo{scrtime.dtx} \title{The \textsf{KOMA}-timedate-bundle\thanks{This file has - version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}} + revision number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}} \author{Markus Kohm} \date{\filedate} \begin{document} @@ -429,8 +436,9 @@ This may result in use of wrong language!\MessageBreak You should use a compatible language package\MessageBreak - (e.g. `Babel', `german', `french', ...)}% - \let\scrdate@languagenamewarning\relax} + (e.g. `babel', `german', `french', ...)}% + \let\scrdate@languagenamewarning\relax +} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -440,8 +448,8 @@ % If it is not defined, we do not define the name of the days and warn. % \begin{macrocode} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@#1}{% - \PackageInfo{scrdate}{Language #1\space not defined.\MessageBreak - \protect\dayname@#1\space skipped!}% + \PackageInfoNoLine{scrdate}{Language #1\space not defined.\MessageBreak + \protect\dayname@#1\space skipped}% % \end{macrocode} % \changes{v1.1c}{1995/05/24}{missing \cs{end\{macrocode\}} added.} % If it is defined, we define the name-selection-macro @@ -463,10 +471,10 @@ % (e.g. using |german.sty|). If not, we have to warn once more. % \begin{macrocode} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{date#1}{% - \PackageWarningNoLine{scrdate} - {\protect\date#1\space not defined.\MessageBreak - \protect\todaysname maybe can't use - \protect\dayname@#1!}% + \PackageInfoNoLine{scrdate} + {\protect\date#1\space not defined.\MessageBreak + \protect\todaysname\space probably cannot use + \protect\dayname@#1}% % \end{macrocode} % But if it is defined, we can use it % \begin{macrocode} @@ -507,95 +515,174 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\@dayname} +% \begin{macro}{\@dayname} % This should be named selecting the language. Since I changed the definitions % |german.sty| and equal may be loaded before or after |scrdate.sty| or not. % % First we define the usual languages using |\newdaylanguage|: -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@german} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@german} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{german}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@ngerman} -% \changes{v1.1i}{1999/10/09}{new language ``ngerman''.} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@ngerman} +% \changes{v1.1i}{1999/10/09}{new language ``ngerman''.} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{ngerman}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@naustrian} -% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{new language ``naustrian''.} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@naustrian} +% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{new language ``naustrian''.} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{naustrian}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@austrian} -% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{new language ``austrian''.} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@austrian} +% \changes{v3.08b}{2011/02/22}{new language ``austrian''.} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{austrian}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@english} -% \changes{v1.1g}{1997/06/21}{correct name is ``tuesday''.} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@swissgerman} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``swissgerman''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{swissgerman}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} + {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@nswissgerman} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``nswissgerman''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{nswissgerman}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} + {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@american} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``american''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{american}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@australian} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``australian''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{australian}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@british} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``british''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{british}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@canadian} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``canadian''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{canadian}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@english} +% \changes{v1.1g}{1997/06/21}{correct name is ``tuesday''.} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{english}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@USenglish} -% \changes{v1.1g}{1997/06/21}{correct name is ``tuesday''.} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@newzealand} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``newzealand''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{newzealand}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@UKenglish} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``UKenglish''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{UKenglish}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@USenglish} +% \changes{v1.1g}{1997/06/21}{correct name is ``tuesday''.} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{USenglish}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@french} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@acadian} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``acadian''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{acadian}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@canadien} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``canadien''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{canadien}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@francais} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{new language ``francais''.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{francais}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@french} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{french}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@italian} -% \changes{v1.1f}{1997/06/06}{New (thanks to Lorenzo M.\ Catucci)} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@italian} +% \changes{v1.1f}{1997/06/06}{New (thanks to Lorenzo M.\ Catucci)} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{italian}{Luned\`\i}{Marted\`\i}{Mercoled\`\i} {Gioved\`\i}{Venerd\`\i}{Sabato}{Domenica} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@spanish} -% \changes{v1.1h}{1997/07/26}{New (thanks to Ralph J.\ Hangleiter)} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@spanish} +% \changes{v1.1h}{1997/07/26}{New (thanks to Ralph J.\ Hangleiter)} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{spanish}{Lunes}{Martes}{Mi\'ercoles} {Jueves}{Viernes}{S\'abado}{Domingo} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@croatian} -% \changes{v1.1l}{2001/10/05}{New (thanks to Branka Lon\v{c}arevi\'{c})} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@croatian} +% \changes{v1.1l}{2001/10/05}{New (thanks to Branka Lon\v{c}arevi\'{c})} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{croatian}{Ponedjeljak}{Utorak}{Srijeda} {\v{C}etvrtak}{Petak}{Subota}{Nedjelja} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@dutch} -% \changes{v1.1m}{2002/02/02}{New (thanks to Henk Jongbloets)} -% \changes{v1.1p}{2009/01/01}{fixed to upper case} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@dutch} +% \changes{v1.1m}{2002/02/02}{New (thanks to Henk Jongbloets)} +% \changes{v1.1p}{2009/01/01}{fixed to upper case} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{dutch}{Maandag}{Dinsdag}{Woensdag} {Donderdag}{Vrijdag}{Zaterdag}{Zondag} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\dayname@finnish} -% \changes{v1.1n}{2005/02/07}{New (thanks to Hannu V\"ais\"anen)} +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@finnish} +% \changes{v1.1n}{2005/02/07}{New (thanks to Hannu V\"ais\"anen)} % \begin{macrocode} \newdaylanguage{finnish}{Maanantai}{Tiistai}{Keskiviikko} {Torstai}{Perjantai}{Lauantai}{Sunnuntai} % \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\dayname@norsk} % \changes{v1.1p}{2009/01/01}{New (thank to Sveinung Heggen)} @@ -621,6 +708,31 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@polish} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/07}{New (thanks to Blandyna Bogdol)} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{Fixed (thanks to Elke Schubert)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{polish}{Poniedzia\l{}ek}{Wtorek}{\'Sroda} + {Czwartek}{Pi\aob{}tek}{Sobota}{Niedziela} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@czech} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/01/23}{New (thanks to Elke Schubert)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{czech}{Pond\v{e}l\'\i}{\'Uter\'y}{St\v{r}eda} + {\v{C}tvrtek}{P\'atek}{Sobota}{Ned\v{e}le} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dayname@slovak} +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/02/26}{New (thanks to Elke Schubert)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdaylanguage{slovak}{Pondelok}{Utorok}{Streda} + {\v{S}tvrtok}{Piatok}{Sobota}{Nede\v{l}a} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % If there are no language-definitions, we simply want the US-english names % of the days. % \changes{v1.1g}{1997/06/21}{correct name is ``tuesday''.} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.dtx index 5db335bed1b..453d708d8e6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % scrwfile.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ % at least three times. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % scrwfile.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2010-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil des LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Pakets. % @@ -75,23 +75,36 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 1805 2014-10-13 08:55:20Z kohm $ %<*dtx> -\def\LaTeXformat{LaTeX2e} -\ifx\fmtname\LaTeXformat - \makeatletter - \let\saved@@end\@@end - \def\@@end{\csname fi\endcsname\saved@@end} - \makeatother - \ProvidesFile{scrwfile.dtx} +\ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi +\ProvidesFile{scrwfile.dtx} %</dtx> %<(package&identify)|driver>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<package&identify>\ProvidesPackage{scrwfile} %<driver>\ProvidesFile{scrwfile.drv} -%<doc>\ProvidesFile{scrwfile.tex} -%<*dtx|(package&identify)|driver|doc> - [2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha LaTeX2e KOMA-Script package (write and clone files)] -%</dtx|(package&identify)|driver|doc> +%<*dtx|(package&identify)|driver> + [2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha KOMA-Script package (write and clone files)] +%</dtx|(package&identify)|driver> +%<*dtx> +\ifx\documentclass\undefined + \input scrdocstrip.tex + \@@input scrstrip.inc + \KOMAdefVariable{COPYRIGHTFROM}{2010} + + \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble + \file{scrwfile.sty}{% + \from{scrwfile.dtx}{package,trace,scrwfile,identify,option,body}% + \from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}% + }% + } + + \@@input scrstrop.inc +\else + \let\endbatchfile\relax +\fi +\endbatchfile +%</dtx> %<*driver> \documentclass{scrdoc} \usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel} @@ -140,350 +153,19 @@ \DocInput{\filename} \end{document} %</driver> -%<*dtx> -\fi -% Now the installation driver: -%</dtx> -%<*insfile> -\let\ifbeta=\iffalse % with = will be replaced by release process -\def\batchfile{scrwfile.dtx} -\input docstrip.tex -\ifToplevel{% - \Msg{**********************************************************************} - \Msg{*} - \Msg{* KOMA-Script presents scrwfile} - \Msg{* a package to define, configure and several different styles for} - \Msg{* table of contents, list of floats and the like.} - \Msg{*} - \Msg{* This is `\batchfile', a batch file to unpack the package scrwfile,} - \Msg{* the documentation of the package, and an archive of all these files.} - \Msg{*} - \Msg{**********************************************************************} - \keepsilent - \askforoverwritefalse -} - -\preamble - -Copyright (c) 2010-2013 by Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info> - -This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. ---------------------------------------------------------------- - -This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -The latest version of this license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. - -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". - -The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. - -This file may only be distributed together with the file -`scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx'. You may however distribute the files -`scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx' without this file. - -If this file is a beta version, you are not allowed to distribute it. - -English and German manuals are part of KOMA-Script bundle. ----------------------------------------------------------- - -The english manual is at `scrwfile.dtx', too. - -The KOMA-Script bundle (but not this file) was based upon the LaTeX2.09 -Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e standard -classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. - -THIS IS AN ALPHA VERSION! -USAGE OF THIS VERSION IS ON YOUR OWN RISK! -EVERYTHING MAY HAPPEN! -EVERYTHING MAY CHANGE IN FUTURE! -THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE! - -\endpreamble - -\generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble - \file{scrwfile.sty}{% - \ifx\ifbeta\iftrue\from{scrbeta.dtx}{package,scrwfile}\fi - \from{scrwfile.dtx}{package,trace,scrwfile,identify,option,body}% - \from{scrlogo.dtx}{logo}% - }% -} - -\ifToplevel{% - \generate{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble - \file{scrwfile.ins}{% - \from{scrwfile.dtx}{insfile}% - }% - \file{scrwfile.tex}{% - \from{scrwfile.dtx}{doc}% - }% - \file{scrwfile.drv}{% - \from{scrwfile.dtx}{driver}% - }% - }% -} - -\ifToplevel{% - \Msg{**********************************************************************} - \Msg{*} - \ifbeta - \Msg{* THIS IS AN ALPHA OR BETA VERSION. YOU SHOULD NOT INSTALL OR USE IT!} - \Msg{* THERE MAY BE A LOT OF BUGS AT THIS VERSION!} - \Msg{* PLEASE INSTALL THE RELEASE YOU MAY FIND AT CTAN OR BERLIOS!} - \else - \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to copy the file `scrwfile.sty'} - \Msg{* to folder `tex/latex/scrwfile/' of one of your TEXMF trees.} - \Msg{* You should also produce the documentation using} - \Msg{*\space\space latex scrwfile.dtx} - \Msg{* and copy it to folder `doc/latex/scrwfile/' of one of your} - \Msg{* TEXMF trees.} - \Msg{*} - \Msg{* See the manual of your TeX distribution for more informations about} - \Msg{* package installation.} - \fi - \Msg{*} - \Msg{**********************************************************************} -} - -%</insfile> -%<*dtx|doc> -%<*dtx> -\csname endinput\endcsname -%</dtx> % \fi % % \selectlanguage{english} % % \changes{v0.1}{2010/10/01}{start of new package} -% -%\iffalse^^A meta comment -\chapter[{Spare and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}}] -{Spare and Replace Files Using \Package{scrwfile}% -% \footnote{This chapter has been generated from \File{scrwfile.dtx}.}% -} -\labelbase{scrwfile} - -\BeginIndex{Package}{scrwfile} - -%\fi^^A meta comment -% \begin{abstract} -\TeX{} supports 18 write handles only. Handle 0 is used by \TeX{} itself (log -file). \LaTeX{} needs at least handle 1 for \Macro{@mainaux}, handle 2 for -\Macro{@partaux}, one handle for \Macro{tableofcontents}, one handle for -\Macro{listoffigures}, one handle for \Macro{listoftables}, one handle for -\Macro{makeindex}. So there are 11 left. Seams a lot and enough. But every new -type of float, every new index and several other packages, e.g., -\Package{hyperref} need write handles, too. - -The bottom line is, that this eventually will result in the error message: -\begin{lstcode} - ! No room for a new \write . - \ch@ck ...\else \errmessage {No room for a new #3} - \fi -\end{lstcode} - -Last but not least, immediately opening one more write handle for every table -of contents, list of figures, list of tables, and so on has one more -disadvantage. These are not only set by the corresponding commands, they also -couldn't not be set once more, because their helper files are empty after the -corresponding commands until the end of the document. - -Package \Package{scrwfile} provides a general change of the \LaTeX{} kernel, -that may solve both problems. -% \end{abstract} -% -% \tableofcontents - -\section{General Modifications of the \LaTeX{} Kernel} -\label{sec:scrwfile.kernelpatches} - -\LaTeX{} classes use the \LaTeX{} kernel command -\Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} for output and opening of a new table of -contents, list of float, e.\,g., \Macro{listoffigures} or -\Macro{listoftables}, or similar. Thereby \LaTeX{} not only reads the helper -file with the contents of the directory, but opens the helper file for writing -also. Nevertheless, if afterwards new entries to these lists of floats will be -made using \Macro{addcontentsline}, then this will not write immediately to -the helper file. Instead of \LaTeX{} writes -\Macro{@writefile}\IndexCmd{@writefile} commands into the -\File{aux}-file. Only while reading the \File{aux}-file while the end of the -document, those \Macro{@writefile} commands generates real write operations -into the helper files. \LaTeX{} even doesn't close the helper files -explicitly. Instead of \LaTeX{} counts on \TeX{} to close all open files at -the end. - -This procedure means, that all the helper files are open for writing from the -output of the contents, i.\,e. at the front matter of the document until the -end of the document, though their content is written after the end of the -document. \Package{scrwfile}'s basic approach is exactly this: redefinition of -\Macro{@starttoc} and \Macro{@writefile}. - -Surely\textnote{Attention!}, changes of the \LaTeX{} kernel always may -potentially result in incompatibilities with other packages. In case of -\Package{scrwfile} this may be happen with all packages, that redefine -\Macro{@starttoc} or \Macro{@writefile} too. Sometimes changing the order of -loading the packages may help. - -In fact, such problems with \Package{scrwfile} haven't been reported currently, -though several users have tested the package for more than a year until first -release. Nevertheless, if you find such a problem, please contact the -\KOMAScript{} author. - - -\section{The Single File Feature} -\label{sec:scrwfile.singlefilefeature} - -Just while loading the package using, e.\,g., -\begin{lstcode}[belowskip=\dp\strutbox] - \usepackage{scrwfile} -\end{lstcode} -\Package{scrwfile} will redefine \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} to not -longer allocate a file handle or open any file for writing. Immediately before -closing the \File{aux}-file in \Macro{end}\PParameter{document} it will -redefine \Macro{@writefile} to not longer write into the usual helper files -but into one single new file with file extension \File{wrt}. After -reading the \File{aux}-file this \File{wrt}-file will be processed once per -helper file. This means, that not all of the helper file have to be open at -the same time, but only one at a time. And this single file will be closed -afterwards and the write handle is not longer needed after it is closed. An -internal write handle of \LaTeX{} is used for this. So \Package{scrwfile} -doesn't need any own write handle. - -Because of this, even if only one table of contents should be generated, after -loading \Package{scrwfile} one more write file handle will be available, -e.\,g., for bibliographies, indexes, glossaries and similar, that are not -using \Macro{@starttoc}. Additionally the number of tables of contents and -lists of whatever, that use \Macro{@starttoc}\IndexCmd{@starttoc} won't be -limited any longer. - - -\section{The Clone File Write Feature} -\label{sec:scrwfile.clonefilefeature} - -Sometimes it is useful to input a file not only once but several times. As -\Macro{@starttoc} does not open files for writing any longer, this may be -done by simply using \Macro{@starttoc} several times with the same -extension. But sometimes you may have additional entries in only some of the -content directories. Because of this, \Package{scrwfile} allows to copy all -entries of a file to another file, too. We call this cloning. - -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Declaration} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -% \DescribeMacro{\TOCclone} -% The command - \Macro{TOCclone}% - \OParameter{heading}\Parameter{source}\Parameter{destination} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\end{Declaration} -\BeginIndex{Cmd}{TOCclone}% -%\fi^^A meta-comment -activates the clone feature for files with extensions \PName{source} and -\PName{destination}. All entries to the file -\Macro{jobname}\File{.}\PName{source} will be added to -\Macro{jobname}\File{.}\PName{destination}, too. - -If extension \PName{destination} is a new one, \PName{destination} will be -added to the list of known extensions using the \KOMAScript{} package -\Package{tocbasic}. - -If the optional argument \PName{heading} is given, a new list-of macro -\Macro{listof}\PName{destination} is defined. \PName{heading} will be used -as section (or chapter) heading of this list. In this case several -\Package{tocbasic} features of the \PName{source} will be copied to -\PName{destination}, if and only if they have been set up when -\Macro{TOCclone} was used. Feature \PName{nobabel} will always be set, -because the language selection commands are part of the helper file and -would be cloned, too. - -% \subparagraph*{How you can use it:} -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -\begin{Example} -%\fi^^A meta-comment -Assumed, you want a short table of contents -with only the chapter level but an additional entry with the table of -contents: -\begin{lstcode} - \usepackage{scrwfile} - \TOCclone[Short \contentsname]{toc}{stoc} -\end{lstcode} -This would create a new table of contents with the heading »Short -Contents«. The new table of contents uses a helper file with extension -\File{stoc}. All entries to the helper file with extension \File{toc} will -also be copied to this new helper file. - -The new short table of contents should only have the chapter entries. This may -be done using: -\begin{lstcode} - \addtocontents{stoc}{\protect\value{tocdepth}=0} -\end{lstcode} -Normally you cannot write into a helper file before -\Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}. But using \Package{scrwfile} changes -this. So the code above will be successful after loading \Package{scrwfile}. - -To show the new short contents of helper file extension \File{stoc} we will -use -\begin{lstcode}[moretexcs={listofsttoc}] - \listofstoc -\end{lstcode} -somewhere after \Macro{begin}\PParameter{document}. - -If we also want an entry for the table of contents at the short contents, we -cannot use -\begin{lstcode} - \addtocontents{toc}{% write to the Contents - \protect\addcontentslinedefault{stoc}% write to Short Contents - {chapter}% a chapter entry with - {\contentsname}% the Contents' name - } -\end{lstcode} -because the \Macro{addcontentsline} command would be copied to \File{stoc} -too. So we cannot add the command to the \File{toc}-file. Package -\Package{tocbasic}\important{\Package{tocbasic}} may be used to solve this: -\csname phantomsection\endcsname\label{example:scrwfile.AfterStartingTOC} -\begin{lstcode} - \AfterStartingTOC[toc]{% - \addcontentslinedefault{stoc}{chapter} - {\protect\contentsname}% - } -\end{lstcode} -But this needs, that the file with extension \File{toc} is under control of -package \Package{tocbasic}, which is indeed the case within all \KOMAScript{} -classes. -%\iffalse^^A meta-comment -See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.toc} on -\autopageref{desc:tocbasic.cmd.AfterStartingTOC} for more information about -\Macro{AfterStartingTOC}.% -\end{Example} -\EndIndex{Cmd}{TOCclone} - -\section{State of Development Note} -\label{sec:scrwfile.draft} - -Though this package has been tested by several users and even is in -productivity usage several times, development is not finished yet. Because of -this especially internal functionality may be changed in future. Most likely -the package will be extended. Some code for extensions is already in the -package. Nevertheless, currently user haven't make requests for such -extension. So there's currently no user documentation for this. - -\EndIndex{Package}{scrwfile} - -%\fi^^A meta-comment - -%\iffalse -%</dtx|doc> -%\fi +% \changes{v0.1g}{2014/10/13}{manual moved to \KOMAScript{} manual} % % \StopEventually{% % \clearpage % \PrintIndex\PrintChanges} % % -% \section{Implementation} +% \section{Implementation of \Package{scrwfile}} % % \iffalse %<*package> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx index d48a5a1481f..00d3a86df5b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.dtx @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -% \CheckSum{1335} +% \CheckSum{1340} % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % tocbasic.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % tocbasic.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2008-2014 % % Dieses Werk darf nach den Bedingungen der LaTeX Project Public Lizenz, % Version 1.3c, verteilt und/oder veraendert werden. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ %<*dtx> \ifx\ProvidesFile\undefined\def\ProvidesFile#1[#2]{}\fi \ProvidesFile{tocbasic.dtx}[% @@ -202,13 +202,13 @@ The main purpose of package \Package{tocbasic} is to provide features for authors of classes and packages to create own tables or lists of contents like the list of figures and the list of tables and thereby allow other classes or -packages some types of controll about these. For examples package +packages some types of control over these. For examples package \Package{tocbasic} delegates language control of all these tables and lists of contents to package \Package{babel}\IndexPackage{babel}%^^A %\iffalse^^A \ (see \cite{package:babel})%^^A %\fi^^A -. So automatic change of language will be provides inside +. So automatic change of language will be provided inside all these tables and lists of contents. Using \Package{tocbasic} will exculpate authors of classes and packages from implementation of such features. @@ -272,12 +272,12 @@ contents but also for the already mentioned lists of figures and tables. Basic commands are used to handle a list of all extensions\textnote{file extension, table or list of contents} known for files representing a table -of contents or list of something. Entries to such files are written using -\Macro{addtocontents}\important{\Macro{addtocontents}, - \Macro{addcontentsline}} or \Macro{addcontentsline} typically. There are -also commands to do something for all known extensions. And there are -commands to set or unset features of an extension or the file represented by -the extension. Typically an extension also has an owner\textnote{file owner}. +of contents or list of something. Entries to such files are typically written +using \Macro{addtocontents}\important{\Macro{addtocontents}, + \Macro{addcontentsline}} or \Macro{addcontentsline}. There are also +commands to do something for all known extensions. And there are commands to +set or unset features of an extension or the file represented by the +extension. Typically an extension also has an owner\textnote{file owner}. This owner may be a class or package or a term decided by the author of the class or package using \Package{tocbasic}, e.\,g., \KOMAScript{} uses the owner \texttt{float} for list of figures and list of tables, and the file name @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Command \Macro{ifattoclist}\Parameter{extension}\Parameter{true % \iffalse %</dtx> % \fi -may be used to ask, wether or not a \PName{extension} is already a known +may be used to ask, wether or not an \PName{extension} is already a known extension. If the \PName{extension} is already known the \PName{true instructions} will be used, otherwise the \PName{false instructions} will be used. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ result in an empty owner. \addtotoclist{foo} \end{lstcode}% This will add the extension ``\PValue{foo}'' with owner ``\PValue{bar.sty}'' - to the list of known extensions, if it was not already at the list of known + to the list of known extensions, if it was not already on the list of known extensions. If the class or another package already added the extension you will get the error: \begin{lstoutput} @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ result in an empty owner. or a mistake by the user. \end{lstoutput} - Maybe you package has a command, that creates list of files dynamically. In + Maybe your package has a command, that creates list of files dynamically. In this case you should use the optional argument of \Macro{addtotoclist} to set the owner. \begin{lstcode} @@ -397,12 +397,12 @@ result in an empty owner. You may use any owner you want. But it should be unique! So, if you would be, e.\,g., the author of package \Package{float} you could use for example owner ``\PValue{float}'' instead of owner ``\PValue{float.sty}'', so the -\KOMAScript{} options for list of figure and list of table will also handle -the lists of this package, that are already added to the known extensions, -when the option is used. This is because \KOMAScript{} already registers file -extension ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of figures and file extension -``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with owner ``\PValue{float}'' and sets -options for this owner. +\KOMAScript{} options for the list of figures and the list of tables will also +handle the lists of this package. Those are already added to the known +extensions when the option is used. This is because \KOMAScript{} already +registers file extension ``\PValue{lof}'' for the list of figures and file +extension ``\PValue{lot}'' for the list of tables with owner +``\PValue{float}'' and sets options for this owner. % \iffalse \EndIndex{Cmd}{addtotoclist}% % \fi @@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ Command \Macro{AtAddToTocList}\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{instructions} % \iffalse %</dtx> % \fi -adds the \PName{instructions} to a internal list of instructions, that will be -processed, whenever a file extension with the given \PName{owner} will be +adds the \PName{instructions} to a internal list of instructions that will be +processed whenever a file extension with the given \PName{owner} will be added to the list of known extensions using \Macro{addtotoclist}. The -optional argument is handled in the same kind as with command +optional argument is handled in the same way as with the command \Macro{addtotoclist}. With an empty \PName{owner} you may add \Parameter{instructions}, that will be processed at every successful \Macro{addtotoclist}, after processing the instructions for the individual @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ Command \Macro{removefromtotoclist}\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{extension} %</dtx> % \fi removes the \PName{extension} from the list of known extensions. If the -optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, was given the \PName{extension} will -only be removed, if it was added by this \PName{owner}. See description of +optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, was given, the \PName{extension} will +only be removed if it was added by this \PName{owner}. See description of \Macro{addtotoclist} for information of omitting optional argument. Note that an empty \PName{owner} is not the same like omitting the optional argument, but removes the \PName{extension} without any owner test.% @@ -487,17 +487,17 @@ but removes the \PName{extension} without any owner test.% % \iffalse %</dtx> % \fi -Until now you've learned to know commands, that result in more safety in +Until now you've learned to know commands that result in more safety in handling file extensions, but also needs some additional effort. With \Macro{doforeachtocfile}%^^A % \iffalse %<*dtx> % \fi -\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{instructions} +\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{instructions}%^^A % \iffalse %</dtx> % \fi -you'll win for this. The command provides to processes \PName{instructions} +\ you will win for this. The command provides to processes \PName{instructions} for every known file extension of the given \PName{owner}. While processing the \PName{instructions} \Macro{@currext} is the extension of the current file. If you omit the optional argument, \OParameter{owner}, every known file @@ -540,15 +540,15 @@ instead of \Macro{@starttoc}. See \autoref{sec:tocbasic.internals}%^^A % \fi for more information about \Macro{tocbasic@starttoc} and \Macro{@starttoc}. -This means, that after using \Macro{tocbasicautomode} every table of contents +This means that after using \Macro{tocbasicautomode} every table of contents or list of something, that will be generated using \Macro{@starttoc} will be -at least partial under control of \Package{tocbasic}. Whether or not this will +at least partially under control of \Package{tocbasic}. Whether or not this will make the wanted result, depends on the individual table of contents and lists of something. At least the \Package{babel} control extension for all those tables of contents and lists of something will work. Nevertheless, -it would be better, if the author of the corresponding class or package will +it would be better if the author of the corresponding class or package will use \Package{tocbasic} explicitly. In that case additional advantages of -\Package{tocbasic} may be used, that will be described at the following +\Package{tocbasic} may be used that will be described at the following sections.% % \iffalse \EndIndex{Cmd}{tocbasicautomode}% @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ sections.% \section{Creating a Table of Contents or List of Something} \label{sec:tocbasic.toc} -At the previous section you've seen commands to handle a list of known +In the previous section you've seen commands to handle a list of known extensions and to trigger commands while adding a new extension to this list. You've also seen a command to do something for all known extensions or all known extensions of one owner. In this section you will see commands to @@ -579,8 +579,8 @@ Command \Macro{addtoeachtocfile}\OParameter{owner}\Parameter{content} % \fi writes \PName{content} to the files of every known file extension of \PName{owner} using \LaTeX{} kernel command \Macro{addtocontents}. If you omit -the optional argument, \PName{content} it written to the files of every known -file extension. Bay the way: The practical file name is build from +the optional argument, \PName{content} is written to the files of every known +file extension. Furthermore, the practical file name is built from \Macro{jobname} and the file extension. While writing the \PName{content}, \Macro{@currext}\IndexCmd{@currext}\important{\Macro{@currext}} is the extension of the currently handled file. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ head if wanted. The default is, to use without change of case. \Macro{MakeUppercase}\IndexCmd{MakeUppercase}\important{\Macro{MakeUppercase}} will be used for all other classes. If you are the class author you may define -\Macro{MakeMarkcase} on your own. If \Package{scrpage2} or another package, +\Macro{MakeMarkcase} on your own. If \Package{scrlayer} or another package, that defines \Macro{MakeMarkcase} will be used, \Package{tocbasic} will not overwrite that definition. \begin{Example} @@ -2993,7 +2993,9 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. % \end{macrocode} % The counter and hooks of float and nonfloat environments: % \changes{v3.10b}{2012/04/04}{\cs{noexpand} added to fix problems using -% \cs{autodot}} +% \cs{autodot}}%^^A +% \changes{v3.13}{2014/07/31}{add \cs{autodot} only to hierachical +% counters}%^^A % \begin{macrocode} \if@tempswa \@ifundefined{c@\tb@nt@type}{% @@ -3020,7 +3022,9 @@ may be found in \autoref{tab:tocbasic.DeclareNewTOC-options}. \expandafter\noexpand\csname \tb@nt@type name\endcsname \noexpand\nobreakspace \expandafter\noexpand\csname the\tb@nt@type\endcsname - \noexpand\csname autodot\endcsname + \ifx\tb@nt@counterwithin\@empty\else + \noexpand\csname autodot\endcsname + \fi }% \noexpand\newcommand*\expandafter\noexpand \csname fnum@\tb@nt@type\endcsname{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx index a47ca21191d..a609b22a4ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.dtx @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % ====================================================================== % tocstyle.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014 % % This file is part of the LaTeX2e KOMA-Script bundle. % @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ % at least three times. % ---------------------------------------------------------------------- % tocstyle.dtx -% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2013 +% Copyright (c) Markus Kohm, 2007-2014 % % Diese Datei ist Teil des LaTeX2e KOMA-Script-Pakets. % @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ % Right brace \} Tilde \~} % % \iffalse -%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1716 2014-03-01 15:38:49Z kohm $ %<*dtx> % \fi \def\LaTeXformat{LaTeX2e} -\let\ifbeta=\iffalse % with = will be replaced by release process +\let\ifbeta=\iffalse %^^A with = will be replaced by release process \ifx\fmtname\LaTeXformat\else % \iffalse %</dtx> @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE! %<driver>\ProvidesFile{tocstyle.drv} %<doc>\ProvidesFile{tocstyle.tex} %<*dtx|package|driver|doc> - [2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha LaTeX2e KOMA-Script package (versatile toc styles)] + [2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha KOMA-Script package (versatile toc styles)] %</dtx|package|driver|doc> %<*driver> \documentclass{scrdoc} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DIN.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DIN.lco index 3216db72798..7b44105a3a5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DIN.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DIN.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,DIN,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,DIN,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% DIN% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% DIN% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DINmtext.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DINmtext.lco index 64479025bc2..ff505c80898 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DINmtext.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/DINmtext.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,DINmoretext,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,DINmoretext,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% DINmtext% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% DINmtext% @@ -146,22 +146,7 @@ \@setplength{sigindent}{0mm} \@setplength{sigbeforevskip}{2\baselineskip} \let\raggedsignature=\centering -\renewcommand*{\@firsthead}{\noindent - \parbox[b]{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{\centering% - \usekomafont{fromaddress}{% - \ifkomavarempty{fromname}{}{% - \usekomafont{fromname}% - {\ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromname}\\[-8pt] - \rule{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{.4pt}\\ - }% - }% - \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% - \def\\{,\ \@ogobble}% - \ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}% - }% - }% - }% - } +\def\scr@default@firsthead@fromaddress@hook{\def\\{,\ \@gobble}} \endinput %% %% End of file `DINmtext.lco'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KOMAold.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KOMAold.lco index 6d00cc1cfcc..7695e54b3fd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KOMAold.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KOMAold.lco @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,KOMAold,body') %% scrkernel-notepaper.dtx (with options: `lco,KOMAold,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% KOMAold% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% KOMAold% @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ \@ObsoleteCommand{\subjectafteron}{subject=afteropening}} \def\subjectafteroff{% \@ObsoleteCommand{\subjectafteroff}{subject=beforeopening}} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $ \def\setpresigskip{\@setplength{sigbeforevskip}} \endinput %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KakuLL.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KakuLL.lco index 795903d6b2f..60da6c2a71d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KakuLL.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/KakuLL.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Kaku,LATE,LOW,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Kaku,LATE,LOW,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NF.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NF.lco index 6ec1eeead31..d83996be61b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NF.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NF.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,NF,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,NF,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% NF% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% NF% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEH.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEH.lco index e807d164226..f97f4259bc5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEH.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEH.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,EARLY,HIGH,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,EARLY,HIGH,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEL.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEL.lco index 33118546d19..64a50eb834b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEL.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponEL.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,EARLY,LOW,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,EARLY,LOW,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLH.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLH.lco index 8c7f9d48b3e..2e3a752fa75 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLH.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLH.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,LATE,HIGH,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,LATE,HIGH,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLL.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLL.lco index 3faf11f0e3e..609dec06f2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLL.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponLL.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,LATE,LOW,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,LATE,LOW,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponRL.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponRL.lco index 375f67a0cb1..ac51b27995b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponRL.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/NipponRL.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,RIGHT,LOW,head') %% japanlco.dtx (with options: `lco,Ni,RIGHT,LOW,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: japanlco.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SN.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SN.lco index 2909d28439d..e54512e5843 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SN.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SN.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,SN,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,SN,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% SN% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% SN% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SNleft.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SNleft.lco index a8111207c1a..f3144261cf7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SNleft.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/SNleft.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,SwissLeft,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,SwissLeft,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% SNleft% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% SNleft% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9.lco index c8d82ccd879..a3cafd59409 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,UScommercial9,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,UScommercial9,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% UScommercial9 .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% UScommercial9% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9DW.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9DW.lco index 9f8d1f8ad49..e2466bb3235 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9DW.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/UScommercial9DW.lco @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,UScommercial9DW,head') %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,UScommercial9DW,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% UScommercial9DW .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifundefined{scr@fromname@var}{% \LCOWarningNoLine{% UScommercial9DW% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/float.hak b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/float.hak index 0d6bad158e9..6976622e707 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/float.hak +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/float.hak @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,float,identify') %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,float,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{float.hak}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (hacking package float)% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/floatrow.hak b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/floatrow.hak index 563b62e7e9d..269a1b4c677 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/floatrow.hak +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/floatrow.hak @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,floatrow,identify') %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,floatrow,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{floatrow.hak}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (hacking package floatrow)% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/hyperref.hak b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/hyperref.hak index 138c9929fbb..cfb7dd37076 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/hyperref.hak +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/hyperref.hak @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,hyperref,identify') %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,hyperref,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{hyperref.hak}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (hacking package hyperref)% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/listings.hak b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/listings.hak index de9a0d3735a..60577093a29 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/listings.hak +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/listings.hak @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,listings,identify') %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `hack,listings,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{listings.hak}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (hacking package listings)% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scraddr.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scraddr.sty index d9fc6499204..969e73dc4c1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scraddr.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scraddr.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% scraddr.dtx (with options: `scraddr') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2006-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2006-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrartcl.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrartcl.cls index 988204abdd9..32a5b3a8b58 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrartcl.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrartcl.cls @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx (with options: `class,article,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup \newcommand*{\KOMAClassName}{% scrartcl% @@ -103,19 +103,19 @@ article% } \ProvidesClass{\KOMAClassName}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script document class (\ClassName)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{tocbasic}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script ] \addtotoclist{toc} \addtotoclist[float]{lof} \addtotoclist[float]{lot} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \newif\if@scr@emulatestandardclasses \let\scr@emulatestandardclassestrue\relax \let\scr@emulatestandardclassesfalse\relax @@ -218,8 +218,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -234,7 +237,7 @@ {final}{draft=false} \DeclareOption{leqno}{\input{leqno.clo}} \DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\@ptsize{% 11% @@ -299,7 +302,7 @@ }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@BCOR}{\expandafter\@@BCOR\CurrentOption BCORBCOR\@@BCOR} \newcommand*{\@@BCOR}{} \def\@@BCOR #1BCOR#2BCOR#3\@@BCOR{% @@ -359,17 +362,19 @@ } \KOMA@key{twoside}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twoside=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {oneside}{twoside=false} \KOMA@key{twocolumn}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twocolumn=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {onecolumn}{twocolumn=false} \DeclareOption*{% \x@paper} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\setparsizes}[3]{% \edef\f@parindent{\the\parindent}% \edef\f@parskip{\the\parskip}% @@ -502,7 +507,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip+}{parskip=half+} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip*}{parskip=half*} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{parindent}{parskip=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newif\if@titlepage \@titlepagefalse \newif\if@titlepageiscoverpage @@ -525,8 +530,7 @@ \KOMA@ifkey{abstract}{@abstrt} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstracton}{abstract=true} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstractoff}{abstract=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ -%% \fi +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\scr@dotchangeatdocument}[1]{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% change of end dot feature after \string\begin{document}% @@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@activate@xsection}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\scr@osectarg}{#1}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newif\if@hsl \KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}% @@ -663,9 +667,9 @@ \KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@ifundefined{typearea}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}% }{% - \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1,DIV=current}% + \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1}% }% \fi } @@ -676,7 +680,7 @@ \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -693,7 +697,20 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -847,7 +864,7 @@ \csname FN@mf@prepare\endcsname \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi \relax} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \newif\if@tocleft \KOMA@key{toc}{% \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{toc}{@tempa}{% @@ -867,21 +884,21 @@ }{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \ifcase \@tempa\relax - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=numbered}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=numbered}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% \or \@toclefttrue \or @@ -1001,7 +1018,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{liststotocnumbered}{listof=numbered} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{listsleft}{listof=flat} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{listsindent}{listof=graduated} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand{\newbibstyle}[3][]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#2}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#1}{% @@ -1056,7 +1073,7 @@ \newcommand*\bib@heading{% \ifbib@leveldown \subsection*{\refname}% - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobble\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}\fi \else \section*{\refname}% \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}{\MakeMarkcase{\refname}}% @@ -1142,13 +1159,13 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{idxtotoc}{index=totoc} %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMAExecuteOptions{% parskip=false,% headings=big% } \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\scr@setlength[4]{% \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax @@ -1578,12 +1595,12 @@ \@nomath\sfb} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\cal}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \def\today{\ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \space\number\day, \number\year}% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \let\@BCOR =\relax \let\@@BCOR =\relax \let\@DIV =\relax @@ -1627,7 +1644,7 @@ }\reserved@a \fi \fi -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \setlength{\lineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\normallineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\columnsep}{10\p@} @@ -1755,7 +1772,7 @@ \@lowpenalty = 51 \@medpenalty =151 \@highpenalty =301 -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newcommand*{\@extratitle}{}% \newcommand{\extratitle}[1]{\gdef\@extratitle{% #1% @@ -1928,12 +1945,14 @@ \let\titlepage@restore\relax \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% \let\@oldmakefnmark\@makefnmark - \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark} + \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark}% \next@tdpage \if@twocolumn \ifnum \col@number=\@ne - \@makeextratitle - \next@tdpage + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle + \next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \else \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else @@ -1942,7 +1961,9 @@ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% \fi \else - \@makeextratitle + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle\next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \fi \thispagestyle{\titlepagestyle}\@thanks @@ -1979,13 +2000,11 @@ \global\let\and\relax }% \newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{% - \next@tdpage \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else - \noindent\@extratitle \next@tdpage + \noindent\@extratitle\par \fi } \newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% - \next@tdpage \global\@topnum=\z@ \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@\@plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else @@ -2090,7 +2109,7 @@ \if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newcommand*\appendix{\par% \setcounter{section}{0}% \setcounter{subsection}{0}% @@ -2126,6 +2145,101 @@ \fi \@@maybeautodot } +\newcommand*{\scr@saved@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% +} +\ifx\@startsection\scr@saved@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \csname scr@startsection@hook\endcsname + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\csname scr@preto@ssect@hook\endcsname\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\csname scr@preto@sect@hook\endcsname + \scr@section@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\else + \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{`\string\@startsection' has been + changed.\MessageBreak + \KOMAClassName\space needs it's own Definition of + `\string\@startsection'\MessageBreak + to provide extended features for the optional argument\MessageBreak + of `\string\section` etc.\MessageBreak + Generally it defines `\string\@startsection` completely new\MessageBreak + to achieve this. Because of the unexpected definition\MessageBreak + an alternative approach will be used.\MessageBreak + If this fails and if there isn't a new release of\MessageBreak + KOMA-Scriptt that fixes the problem, please\MessageBreak + send a report to the KOMA-Script author.\MessageBreak + Note, that this alternative approach does not\MessageBreak + execute `\string\scr@startsection@hook', \MessageBreak + `\string\scr@preto@ssect@hook', or `\string\scr@preto@sect@hook'% + }% + \let\scr@saved@startsection\@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \@ifstar + {\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}*}% + {\scr@section@dblarg{\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\fi +\newcommand*{\At@startsection}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@startsection@hook}{\let\scr@startsection@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@startsection@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@ssect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@ssect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@ssect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@ssect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@sect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@sect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@sect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@sect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@dblarg}[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {#1}% + {\scr@section@xdblarg{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@xdblarg}[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\let\scr@osectarg\z@#1[{#2}]{#2}\def\scr@osectarg}% + {\scr@osectarg}}% + \reserved@a +} +\renewcommand*{\@startsection}{% + \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ + \expandafter\scr@saved@startsection + \else + \expandafter\scr@startsection + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\SecDef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\scr@section@dblarg{#1}}} +\CheckCommand*{\secdef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\@dblarg{#1}}} +\let\secdef\SecDef \def\@tempa#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \let\@svsec\@empty @@ -2324,7 +2438,7 @@ \newcommand\part{\par \partheadstartvskip% \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@part\@spart + \SecDef\@part\@spart } \newcommand*{\@part}{} \def\@part[#1]#2{% @@ -2396,7 +2510,7 @@ \par \partheadstartvskip \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@addpart\@saddpart + \SecDef\@addpart\@saddpart } \newcommand*{\@addpart}{} \def\@addpart[#1]#2{% @@ -2434,7 +2548,7 @@ \newcommand*{\@saddpart}{\@spart} \newcommand*{\partmark}{} \let\partmark\@gobble -\newcommand*\addsec{\secdef\@addsec\@saddsec} +\newcommand*\addsec{\SecDef\@addsec\@saddsec} \newcommand*{\@addsec}{} \def\@addsec[#1]#2{\section*{#2}% \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ @@ -2474,7 +2588,7 @@ \addtocentrydefault{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}% } \newcommand\section{% - \@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2482,7 +2596,7 @@ \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@section}% } \newcommand\subsection{% - \@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2491,7 +2605,7 @@ }% } \newcommand\subsubsection{% - \@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2500,19 +2614,31 @@ }% } \newcommand\paragraph{% - \@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@paragraph}% } \newcommand\subparagraph{% - \@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% + \scr@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@subparagraph}% } \newkomafont{minisec}{} -\newcommand\minisec[1]{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex +\newcommand\minisec[1]{% + \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.13a}\relax + \@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex + \else + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@afterindentfalse + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{1.5ex}% + \fi + \fi {\parindent \z@ \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}\fi @@ -2625,7 +2751,7 @@ \@dottedtocline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \newif\if@restonecol \newcommand{\dictum}[2][]{\par% \begingroup @@ -2726,7 +2852,75 @@ the extended optional argument of the section\MessageBreak commands } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +\BeforePackage{titlesec}{% + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph +} +\AfterPackage{titlesec}{% + \@ifpackagelater{titlesec}{2014/10/09}{% + \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{% + Deactivating the `titlesec` workaround,\MessageBreak + because package is newer than expected% + }% + }{% + \PackageWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Activating an ugly workaround for a missing\MessageBreak + feature of package `titlesec`% + }% + \def\scr@ttl@@extract#1\scr@startsection#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \@tempskipa=#5 + \@tempskipb=#6 + \ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@ + \toks@{\titlespacing*#8{#4}}% + \@tempskipa-\@tempskipa + \else + \toks@{\titlespacing#8{#4}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipa*\ttl@space\relax\beforetitleunit}% + \ifdim\@tempskipb<\z@ + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@tempskipb-\@tempskipb + \else + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8% + {\ttl@fil\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipb*\ttl@space\relax\aftertitleunit}% + \fi + \edef\ttl@a{\the\toks@{\the\@tempskipa}{\the\@tempskipb}} + \ttl@a}% + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@@extract\relax + }% +} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\set@tempdima@hw}{% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\textwidth}% \if@mincl @@ -2744,10 +2938,11 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}[1]{% This class does not use font element `pagefoot'!\MessageBreak - Maybe you should load package `scrpage2', before\MessageBreak - using this element% + Maybe you should load package `scrlayer-scrpage',\MessageBreak + before using this element% } -\newcommand*{\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% +\newcommand* + {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% \thepage}}} \renewcommand*{\ps@plain}{% \renewcommand*{\@oddhead}{}% @@ -2783,7 +2978,7 @@ \if@twoside\else\hfil\fi}}}}\hss}% \renewcommand*{\sectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside\expandafter\markboth\else\expandafter\markright\fi - {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat\fi}{}##1}}{}}% + {\MakeMarkcase{\ifnumbered{section}{\sectionmarkformat}{}##1}}{}}% \renewcommand*{\subsectionmark}[1]{% \if@twoside \markright{% @@ -3511,7 +3706,7 @@ \endgroup \@footnotemark } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \renewcommand*{\numberline}[1]{% \numberline@box{% \numberline@prefix @@ -3605,7 +3800,7 @@ \string\float@listhead\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@listhead\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Maybe implementation of \string\float@listhead\space will\MessageBreak be removed from KOMA-Script soon.\MessageBreak @@ -3620,7 +3815,7 @@ \string\float@addtolists\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@addtolist\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Since Version 3.12 support for deprecated\MessageBreak \string\float@addtolist\space interface has been\MessageBreak @@ -3643,7 +3838,7 @@ \newcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} \newcommand*\listoftables{\listoftoc{lot}} \let\l@table\l@figure -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand*\refname{References} \newcommand*{\bibpreamble}{\relax} \let\bibpreamble\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbase.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbase.sty index 9755a4c3bc2..f5a22cd2751 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbase.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbase.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% scrkernel-language.dtx (with options: `package,body,base') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2002-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{% scrbase% }[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (% KOMA-Script-independent basics and keyval usage)] @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ \expandafter{\reserved@a}{#2}{#3}% }% } -\newcommand*{\scr@define@family@key}{} -\def\scr@define@family@key#1#2#3[#4]#5{% +\newcommand{\scr@define@family@key}{} +\long\def\scr@define@family@key#1#2#3[#4]#5{% \scr@if@familymember{#1}{#2}{define a key}{% \define@key{#2#1}{#3}[{#4}]{% \def\FamilyOfKey{#2}\def\FamilyMemberOfKey{#1}% @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ }% }% } -\newcommand*{\scr@define@family@key@nodefault}[4]{% +\newcommand{\scr@define@family@key@nodefault}[4]{% \scr@if@familymember{#1}{#2}{define a key}{% \define@key{#2#1}{#3}{% \def\FamilyOfKey{#2}\def\FamilyMemberOfKey{#1}% @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@#2#1@\reserved@a}{% \let\FamilyKeyState\OptionNotUsed }{% - \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{\CurrentOption}% + \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \reserved@b \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ \let\FamilyKeyState\OptionNotUsed }% }{% - \proteced@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{\CurrentOption}% + \proteced@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \reserved@b \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ \def\reserved@a##1=##2\@nil{\def\reserved@a{##1}}% \expandafter\reserved@a\CurrentOption=\@nil \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@#2#1@\reserved@a}{}{% - \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{\CurrentOption}% + \protected@edef\reserved@b{\noexpand\setkeys{#2#1}{{\CurrentOption}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamiliyKeyStateProcessed \reserved@b @@ -357,12 +357,12 @@ \fi } \FamilyProcessOptions{KOMA}\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrlfile.dtx 1525 2013-11-22 12:57:29Z mjk $ \RequirePackage{scrlfile}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\XdivY}[2]{% \numexpr ( #1 + #2 / 2 ) / #2 - 1\relax } @@ -392,9 +392,9 @@ \@ifundefined{#1}{% \begingroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@a - \expandafter{\csname scr@#1\endcsname} + \expandafter{\csname scr@#1\endcsname}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\reserved@b - \expandafter{\csname #1\endcsname} + \expandafter{\csname #1\endcsname}% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@b\reserved@a \if@atdocument\else @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1}\expandafter \scr@ifintegerplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } \newcommand*{\scr@ifintegerplusminus}{} @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1\relax}\expandafter \scr@ifdimensionplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } \newcommand*{\scr@ifdimensionplusminus}{} @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ \begingroup \edef\reserved@a{#1\relax}\expandafter \scr@ifglueplusminus\reserved@a\@nil{\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% - {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo} + {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% \endgroup } \newcommand*{\scr@ifglueplusminus}{} @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ \endgroup } \newcommand*{\test@number}[1]{% - \ifx \scr@next#1 + \ifx \scr@next#1% \let\scr@next\relax \else \@tempcnta=\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\number @@ -868,7 +868,10 @@ \providecommand*{\ClassInfoNoLine}[2]{% \ClassInfo{#1}{#2\@gobble}% } -\newcommand*{\FamilyExecuteOptions}[3][.\@currname.\@currext]{% +\newcommand*{\FamilyExecuteOptions}[2][.\@currname.\@currext]{% + \@FamilyExecuteOptions[{#1}]{#2}% +} +\newcommand{\@FamilyExecuteOptions}[3][.\@currname.\@currext]{% \@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{\@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{}}% \@for\scr@key@atlist:=#3\do{% \expandafter\scr@key@split@name@value\scr@key@atlist==\@nil @@ -939,7 +942,8 @@ }% \fi } -\newcommand*{\FamilyOptions}[2]{% +\newcommand{\FamilyOptions}[1]{\@FamilyOptions{#1}} +\newcommand{\@FamilyOptions}[2]{% \@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{\@namedef{scr@after@options@#1@hook}{}}% \@for\scr@key@atlist:=#2\do{% \ifx\scr@key@atlist\@empty\else @@ -1030,25 +1034,31 @@ \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@name{% \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@name}}% \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@value{% - \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@value}} + \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@value}}% \ifx\scr@key@run@errors\relax \noexpand\let\noexpand\scr@key@run@errors\relax \else \noexpand\def\noexpand\scr@key@run@errors{% \unexpanded\expandafter{\scr@key@run@errors}}% \fi - \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand - \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname{% - \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% - \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname - }}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname\relax + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\let\noexpand\csname + scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname\relax + \else + \noexpand\def\expandafter\noexpand + \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname{% + \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \csname scr@after@options@#1@hook\endcsname + }}% + \fi }% \let\AtEndOfFamilyOptions\scr@AtEndOfFamilyOptions \reserved@a \let\AtEndOfFamilyOptions\@firstofone \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateUnknown \PackageInfo{scrbase}{Unknown processing state.\MessageBreak - Processing option `\scr@key@atlist'\MessageBreak + Processing option + `\expandafter\detokenize\expandafter{\scr@key@atlist}'\MessageBreak \ifx\FamilyMemberOfKey\@empty\else of member `\FamilyMemberOfKey'\MessageBreak \fi @@ -1060,17 +1070,21 @@ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed \fi } +\newcommand*{\scr@KV@err}[1]{% + \FamilyKeyStateNeedValue +} \newcommand*{\scr@key@run@errors}{} \newif\ifscr@key@found@ \newcommand*{\scr@key@atlist}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@name}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@value}{} \newcommand*{\scr@key@split@name@value}{} -\def\scr@key@split@name@value#1=#2=#3\@nil{% +\long\def\scr@key@split@name@value#1=#2=#3\@nil{% \KV@@sp@def\scr@key@name{#1}% \KV@@sp@def\scr@key@value{#2}% } -\newcommand*{\FamilyOption}[3]{% +\newcommand*{\FamilyOption}[2]{\@FamilyOption{#1}{#2}} +\newcommand{\@FamilyOption}[3]{% \expandafter\KV@@sp@def\expandafter\scr@key@name\expandafter{#2}% \let\reserved@a\@empty \@for\reserved@b:=#3\do{% @@ -1112,7 +1126,7 @@ \long\def\l@addto@macro#1#2{% \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}% }% -\newcommand*{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue}[4]{% +\newcommand{\FamilyUnknownKeyValue}[4]{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue \ifx\FamilyElseValues\@empty\else \PackageWarning{scrbase}{non empty \string\FamilyElseValue @@ -1299,7 +1313,7 @@ \newcommand{\Family@String@Key}[4]{% \DefineFamilyKey[{#1}]{#2}{#3}{\def#4{##1}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\defcaptionname}{% \@ifstar\scr@def@scaptionname\scr@def@captionname } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbook.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbook.cls index 010e693f9c2..dac9d2fd0a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbook.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrbook.cls @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx (with options: `class,book,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup \newcommand*{\KOMAClassName}{% scrbook% @@ -103,21 +103,21 @@ book% } \ProvidesClass{\KOMAClassName}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script document class (\ClassName)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{tocbasic}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script ] \AtAddToTocList[\@currname.\@currext]{\setuptoc{\@currext}{onecolumn}}% \AtAddToTocList[float]{\setuptoc{\@currext}{onecolumn}}% \addtotoclist{toc} \addtotoclist[float]{lof} \addtotoclist[float]{lot} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \newif\if@scr@emulatestandardclasses \let\scr@emulatestandardclassestrue\relax \let\scr@emulatestandardclassesfalse\relax @@ -220,8 +220,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -236,7 +239,7 @@ {final}{draft=false} \DeclareOption{leqno}{\input{leqno.clo}} \DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\@ptsize{% 11% @@ -301,7 +304,7 @@ }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@BCOR}{\expandafter\@@BCOR\CurrentOption BCORBCOR\@@BCOR} \newcommand*{\@@BCOR}{} \def\@@BCOR #1BCOR#2BCOR#3\@@BCOR{% @@ -361,17 +364,19 @@ } \KOMA@key{twoside}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twoside=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {oneside}{twoside=false} \KOMA@key{twocolumn}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twocolumn=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {onecolumn}{twocolumn=false} \DeclareOption*{% \x@paper} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\setparsizes}[3]{% \edef\f@parindent{\the\parindent}% \edef\f@parskip{\the\parskip}% @@ -504,7 +509,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip+}{parskip=half+} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip*}{parskip=half*} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{parindent}{parskip=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newif\if@titlepage \@titlepagetrue \newif\if@titlepageiscoverpage @@ -523,7 +528,7 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {notitlepage}{titlepage=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newif\if@openright \@openrighttrue \KOMA@key{open}{% @@ -547,7 +552,6 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{openright}{open=right} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{openany}{open=any} -%% \fi \newcommand*{\scr@dotchangeatdocument}[1]{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% change of end dot feature after \string\begin{document}% @@ -738,7 +742,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@activate@xsection}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\scr@osectarg}{#1}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newif\if@hsl \KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}% @@ -756,9 +760,9 @@ \KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@ifundefined{typearea}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}% }{% - \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1,DIV=current}% + \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1}% }% \fi } @@ -769,7 +773,7 @@ \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -786,7 +790,20 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -940,7 +957,7 @@ \csname FN@mf@prepare\endcsname \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi \relax} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \newif\if@tocleft \KOMA@key{toc}{% \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{toc}{@tempa}{% @@ -960,21 +977,21 @@ }{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \ifcase \@tempa\relax - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=numbered}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=numbered}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% \or \@toclefttrue \or @@ -1092,13 +1109,13 @@ \unsettoc{\@currext}{numberline}% } \or% chapterentry - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=entry}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=entry}% \or% chaptergap - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% \or% chaptergapsmall - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% \or% chaptergapline - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% \fi \fi } @@ -1114,9 +1131,10 @@ }{% \@chaptertolistsfalse\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{#1}% }% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \BeforeTOCHead{\@chaptertolistsfalse} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand{\newbibstyle}[3][]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#2}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#1}{% @@ -1171,7 +1189,7 @@ \newcommand*\bib@heading{% \ifbib@leveldown \section*{\bibname}% - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobble\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi \else \chapter*{\bibname}% \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}% @@ -1261,13 +1279,13 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{idxtotoc}{index=totoc} %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMAExecuteOptions{% parskip=false,% headings=big% } \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\scr@setlength[4]{% \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax @@ -1702,12 +1720,12 @@ \@nomath\sfb} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\cal}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \def\today{\ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \space\number\day, \number\year}% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \let\@BCOR =\relax \let\@@BCOR =\relax \let\@DIV =\relax @@ -1751,7 +1769,7 @@ }\reserved@a \fi \fi -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \setlength{\lineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\normallineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\columnsep}{10\p@} @@ -1879,7 +1897,7 @@ \@lowpenalty = 51 \@medpenalty =151 \@highpenalty =301 -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newcommand*{\@extratitle}{}% \newcommand{\extratitle}[1]{\gdef\@extratitle{% #1% @@ -2052,12 +2070,14 @@ \let\titlepage@restore\relax \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% \let\@oldmakefnmark\@makefnmark - \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark} + \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark}% \next@tdpage \if@twocolumn \ifnum \col@number=\@ne - \@makeextratitle - \next@tdpage + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle + \next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \else \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else @@ -2066,7 +2086,9 @@ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% \fi \else - \@makeextratitle + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle\next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \fi \thispagestyle{\titlepagestyle}\@thanks @@ -2103,13 +2125,11 @@ \global\let\and\relax }% \newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{% - \next@tdpage \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else - \noindent\@extratitle \next@tdpage + \noindent\@extratitle\par \fi } \newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% - \next@tdpage \global\@topnum=\z@ \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@\@plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else @@ -2182,7 +2202,7 @@ \newkomafont{dedication}{\Large} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@title}{\titlefont}% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@subject}{\subject@font}% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newif\if@mainmatter\@mainmattertrue \newcommand*\frontmatter{% \if@twoside\cleardoubleoddpage\else\clearpage\fi @@ -2240,6 +2260,101 @@ \fi \@@maybeautodot } +\newcommand*{\scr@saved@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% +} +\ifx\@startsection\scr@saved@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \csname scr@startsection@hook\endcsname + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\csname scr@preto@ssect@hook\endcsname\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\csname scr@preto@sect@hook\endcsname + \scr@section@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\else + \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{`\string\@startsection' has been + changed.\MessageBreak + \KOMAClassName\space needs it's own Definition of + `\string\@startsection'\MessageBreak + to provide extended features for the optional argument\MessageBreak + of `\string\section` etc.\MessageBreak + Generally it defines `\string\@startsection` completely new\MessageBreak + to achieve this. Because of the unexpected definition\MessageBreak + an alternative approach will be used.\MessageBreak + If this fails and if there isn't a new release of\MessageBreak + KOMA-Scriptt that fixes the problem, please\MessageBreak + send a report to the KOMA-Script author.\MessageBreak + Note, that this alternative approach does not\MessageBreak + execute `\string\scr@startsection@hook', \MessageBreak + `\string\scr@preto@ssect@hook', or `\string\scr@preto@sect@hook'% + }% + \let\scr@saved@startsection\@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \@ifstar + {\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}*}% + {\scr@section@dblarg{\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\fi +\newcommand*{\At@startsection}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@startsection@hook}{\let\scr@startsection@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@startsection@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@ssect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@ssect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@ssect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@ssect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@sect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@sect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@sect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@sect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@dblarg}[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {#1}% + {\scr@section@xdblarg{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@xdblarg}[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\let\scr@osectarg\z@#1[{#2}]{#2}\def\scr@osectarg}% + {\scr@osectarg}}% + \reserved@a +} +\renewcommand*{\@startsection}{% + \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ + \expandafter\scr@saved@startsection + \else + \expandafter\scr@startsection + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\SecDef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\scr@section@dblarg{#1}}} +\CheckCommand*{\secdef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\@dblarg{#1}}} +\let\secdef\SecDef \def\@tempa#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \let\@svsec\@empty @@ -2486,7 +2601,7 @@ \partheadstartvskip \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% - \secdef\@part\@spart + \SecDef\@part\@spart } \newcommand*{\@part}{} \def\@part[#1]#2{% @@ -2569,7 +2684,7 @@ \partheadstartvskip \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% - \secdef\@addpart\@saddpart + \SecDef\@addpart\@saddpart } \newcommand*{\@addpart}{} \def\@addpart[#1]#2{% @@ -2647,7 +2762,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@chapter\@schapter + \SecDef\@chapter\@schapter } \newcommand*{\@chapter}{} \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% @@ -2782,7 +2897,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@addchap\@saddchap% + \SecDef\@addchap\@saddchap% }% \newcommand*{\@addchap}{}% \def\@addchap[#1]#2{% @@ -2832,7 +2947,7 @@ causing \string\addchap\space to behave strange.\MessageBreak% Please update hyperref to at least version 6.71b}}} -\newcommand*\addsec{\secdef\@addsec\@saddsec} +\newcommand*\addsec{\SecDef\@addsec\@saddsec} \newcommand*{\@addsec}{} \def\@addsec[#1]#2{\section*{#2}% \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ @@ -2872,7 +2987,7 @@ \addtocentrydefault{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}% } \newcommand\section{% - \@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2880,7 +2995,7 @@ \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@section}% } \newcommand\subsection{% - \@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2889,7 +3004,7 @@ }% } \newcommand\subsubsection{% - \@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2898,19 +3013,31 @@ }% } \newcommand\paragraph{% - \@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@paragraph}% } \newcommand\subparagraph{% - \@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% + \scr@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@subparagraph}% } \newkomafont{minisec}{} -\newcommand\minisec[1]{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex +\newcommand\minisec[1]{% + \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.13a}\relax + \@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex + \else + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@afterindentfalse + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{1.5ex}% + \fi + \fi {\parindent \z@ \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}\fi @@ -2972,7 +3099,7 @@ \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi% \if \@tempa b% - \set@preamble@vpox{0}{#2}% + \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi \if \@tempa o% \set@preamble@vpos{1}{#2}% @@ -3051,10 +3178,10 @@ \newcommand*{\chapter@o@preamble}{} \let\chapter@o@preamble\relax \newcommand*{\setpartpreamble}{\set@preamble{part}} -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@u}{} -\let\part@preamble@u\relax -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@o}{} -\let\part@preamble@o\relax +\newcommand*{\part@u@preamble}{} +\let\part@u@preamble\relax +\newcommand*{\part@o@preamble}{} +\let\part@o@preamble\relax \newcommand*\l@part[2]{% \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% @@ -3143,7 +3270,7 @@ \@dottedtocline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \newif\if@restonecol \newcommand{\dictum}[2][]{\par% \begingroup @@ -3250,7 +3377,75 @@ the extended optional argument of the section\MessageBreak commands } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +\BeforePackage{titlesec}{% + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph +} +\AfterPackage{titlesec}{% + \@ifpackagelater{titlesec}{2014/10/09}{% + \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{% + Deactivating the `titlesec` workaround,\MessageBreak + because package is newer than expected% + }% + }{% + \PackageWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Activating an ugly workaround for a missing\MessageBreak + feature of package `titlesec`% + }% + \def\scr@ttl@@extract#1\scr@startsection#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \@tempskipa=#5 + \@tempskipb=#6 + \ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@ + \toks@{\titlespacing*#8{#4}}% + \@tempskipa-\@tempskipa + \else + \toks@{\titlespacing#8{#4}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipa*\ttl@space\relax\beforetitleunit}% + \ifdim\@tempskipb<\z@ + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@tempskipb-\@tempskipb + \else + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8% + {\ttl@fil\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipb*\ttl@space\relax\aftertitleunit}% + \fi + \edef\ttl@a{\the\toks@{\the\@tempskipa}{\the\@tempskipb}} + \ttl@a}% + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@@extract\relax + }% +} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\set@tempdima@hw}{% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\textwidth}% \if@mincl @@ -3268,10 +3463,11 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}[1]{% This class does not use font element `pagefoot'!\MessageBreak - Maybe you should load package `scrpage2', before\MessageBreak - using this element% + Maybe you should load package `scrlayer-scrpage',\MessageBreak + before using this element% } -\newcommand*{\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% +\newcommand* + {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% \thepage}}} \renewcommand*{\ps@plain}{% \renewcommand*{\@oddhead}{}% @@ -4055,7 +4251,7 @@ \endgroup \@footnotemark } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \doforeachtocfile[float]{% \setuptoc{\@currext}{chapteratlist}% } @@ -4155,7 +4351,7 @@ \string\float@listhead\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@listhead\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Maybe implementation of \string\float@listhead\space will\MessageBreak be removed from KOMA-Script soon.\MessageBreak @@ -4170,7 +4366,7 @@ \string\float@addtolists\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@addtolist\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Since Version 3.12 support for deprecated\MessageBreak \string\float@addtolist\space interface has been\MessageBreak @@ -4193,7 +4389,7 @@ \newcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} \newcommand*\listoftables{\listoftoc{lot}} \let\l@table\l@figure -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand*\bibname{Bibliography} \newcommand*{\bibpreamble}{\relax} \let\bibpreamble\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdate.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdate.sty index 12e566fb90c..b8ce5f44b45 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdate.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdate.sty @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %% scrtime.dtx (with options: `package,scrdate,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -65,18 +65,19 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrdate}[% - 2011/03/31 v3.08b KOMA-Script package - (day of the week)% + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script + package + (day of the week)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\CenturyPart}[1]{\XdivY{#1}{100}} \newcommand*{\DecadePart}[1]{\XmodY{#1}{100}} \newcommand*{\@GaussYear}[3]{% @@ -136,12 +137,13 @@ This may result in use of wrong language!\MessageBreak You should use a compatible language package\MessageBreak - (e.g. `Babel', `german', `french', ...)}% - \let\scrdate@languagenamewarning\relax} + (e.g. `babel', `german', `french', ...)}% + \let\scrdate@languagenamewarning\relax +} \newcommand\newdaylanguage[8]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{l@#1}{% - \PackageInfo{scrdate}{Language #1\space not defined.\MessageBreak - \protect\dayname@#1\space skipped!}% + \PackageInfoNoLine{scrdate}{Language #1\space not defined.\MessageBreak + \protect\dayname@#1\space skipped}% }{% \@namedef{dayname@#1}##1{% \ifcase ##1 @@ -149,10 +151,10 @@ }% \AtBeginDocument{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{date#1}{% - \PackageWarningNoLine{scrdate} - {\protect\date#1\space not defined.\MessageBreak - \protect\todaysname maybe can't use - \protect\dayname@#1!}% + \PackageInfoNoLine{scrdate} + {\protect\date#1\space not defined.\MessageBreak + \protect\todaysname\space probably cannot use + \protect\dayname@#1}% }{% \expandafter\let\csname D@date#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname date#1\endcsname @@ -181,10 +183,32 @@ {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} \newdaylanguage{austrian}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} +\newdaylanguage{swissgerman}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} + {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} +\newdaylanguage{nswissgerman}{Montag}{Dienstag}{Mittwoch} + {Donnerstag}{Freitag}{Samstag}{Sonntag} +\newdaylanguage{american}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{australian}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{british}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{canadian}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} \newdaylanguage{english}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{newzealand}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{UKenglish}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} + {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} \newdaylanguage{USenglish}{Monday}{Tuesday}{Wednesday} {Thursday}{Friday}{Saturday}{Sunday} +\newdaylanguage{acadian}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} +\newdaylanguage{canadien}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} +\newdaylanguage{francais}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} + {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} \newdaylanguage{french}{Lundi}{Mardi}{Mercredi} {Jeudi}{Vendredi}{Samedi}{Dimanche} \newdaylanguage{italian}{Luned\`\i}{Marted\`\i}{Mercoled\`\i} @@ -203,6 +227,12 @@ {Torsdag}{Fredag}{L\o{}rdag}{S\o{}ndag} \newdaylanguage{swedish}{M\aa{}ndag}{Tisdag}{Onsdag} {Torsdag}{Fredag}{L\"ordag}{S\"ondag} +\newdaylanguage{polish}{Poniedzia\l{}ek}{Wtorek}{\'Sroda} + {Czwartek}{Pi\aob{}tek}{Sobota}{Niedziela} +\newdaylanguage{czech}{Pond\v{e}l\'\i}{\'Uter\'y}{St\v{r}eda} + {\v{C}tvrtek}{P\'atek}{Sobota}{Ned\v{e}le} +\newdaylanguage{slovak}{Pondelok}{Utorok}{Streda} + {\v{S}tvrtok}{Piatok}{Sobota}{Nede\v{l}a} \def\@dayname#1{% \ifcase #1 Monday\or Tuesday\or Wednesday\or Thursday\or diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.cls index 1dca5a839f9..8ebda7724e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrdoc.cls @@ -80,6 +80,15 @@ !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!^^J% ^^J% }% + \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em% + M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + \def\addsec{\section*}% + \newenvironment{labeling}[2][]{% + \description + }{% + \csname enddescription\endcsname + }% + \newcommand*{\marginline}{\marginpar}% } \LoadClassWithOptions{ltxdoc} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrextend.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrextend.sty index ec03d9c0029..9409f23e397 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrextend.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrextend.sty @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ %% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx (with options: `package,extend,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1586 2013-12-28 17:17:15Z mjk $ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname KOMAClassName\endcsname\relax\else \PackageWarning{scrextend}{% @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ }% \expandafter\endinput \fi -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -96,11 +96,13 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ -\ProvidesPackage{scrextend}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space KOMA-Script package - (extend other classes with features of KOMA-Script classes)] +%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1586 2013-12-28 17:17:15Z mjk $ +\ProvidesPackage{scrextend}[% + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script + package (extend other classes with features of KOMA-Script classes)% +] \newcommand*{\scr@ext@activate}[1]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@ext@activate@#1}{% \@namedef{scr@ext@immediate@#1}{% @@ -122,9 +124,9 @@ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname scr@ext@activate@#1\endcsname }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrextend.dtx 1586 2013-12-28 17:17:15Z mjk $ \KOMA@key{extendedfeature}{% \scr@ext@activate{#1}% \AtEndOfPackage{% @@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ \def\FamilyKeyState{Option `extendedfeature' too late}% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \providecommand* {\scr@compatibility}{\scr@v@last} \KOMA@key{version}[last]{% @@ -159,7 +161,9 @@ Because of this, version was set to `first'% }% }{% - \PackageInfoNoLine{scrextend}{% + \PackageInfoNoLine{% + scrextend% + }{% Switching compatibility level to `#1'% }% \edef\scr@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}% @@ -228,8 +232,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -276,7 +283,7 @@ }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \scr@ext@activateable{title}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{if@titlepage}{% \expandafter\newif\csname if@titlepage\endcsname @@ -307,15 +314,15 @@ \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% [scrextend]% {notitlepage}{titlepage=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\sectfont}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{cleardoublepage}{% \begingroup% \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -332,7 +339,20 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -415,9 +435,9 @@ \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi \relax} %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\scr@setlength[4]{% \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax @@ -775,7 +795,7 @@ \fi }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \scr@ext@addto@activateable{title}{% \newcommand*{\@extratitle}{}% \newcommand{\extratitle}[1]{\gdef\@extratitle{% @@ -950,12 +970,14 @@ \let\titlepage@restore\relax \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% \let\@oldmakefnmark\@makefnmark - \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark} + \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark}% \next@tdpage \if@twocolumn \ifnum \col@number=\@ne - \@makeextratitle - \next@tdpage + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle + \next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \else \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else @@ -964,7 +986,9 @@ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% \fi \else - \@makeextratitle + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle\next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \fi \thispagestyle{\titlepagestyle}\@thanks @@ -1001,13 +1025,11 @@ \global\let\and\relax }% \newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{% - \next@tdpage \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else - \noindent\@extratitle \next@tdpage + \noindent\@extratitle\par \fi } \newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% - \next@tdpage \global\@topnum=\z@ \parskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\z@\@plus 1fil \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else @@ -1082,10 +1104,10 @@ \newkomafont{dedication}{\Large} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@title}{\titlefont}% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@subject}{\subject@font}% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@disposition}{\sectfont} \aliaskomafont{sectioning}{disposition} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{if@restonecol}{% \expandafter\newif\csname if@restonecol\endcsname \@restonecolfalse @@ -1153,8 +1175,7 @@ \providecommand*{\@textsubscript}[1]{% {\m@th\ensuremath{_{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@#1}}}}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ -\newcommand*{\titlepagestyle}{plain} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-floats.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ \newcommand\marginline[1]{% \marginpar[\raggedleft{#1}]{\raggedright #1}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrfontsizes.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrfontsizes.sty index 5108000ef64..b4ce05af397 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrfontsizes.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrfontsizes.sty @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ %% scrkernel-fonts.dtx (with options: `package,generator,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \ProvidesPackage{scrfontsizes}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (font size file generator)] %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \ProcessOptions\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrhack.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrhack.sty index a2af19454d7..1cbb082866e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrhack.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrhack.sty @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %% scrhack.dtx (with options: `package,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ %%% using: package,identify \ProvidesPackage{scrhack}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] %%% From File: $Id: scrhack.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ %%% using: package,option diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrjura.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrjura.sty index 10862f91b46..0247fc29322 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrjura.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrjura.sty @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ %% LaTeX2.09 Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e %% standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrjura.dtx 1716 2014-03-01 15:38:49Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrjura} - [2013/11/04 v0.7 KOMA-Script for jurists + [2014/01/28 v0.7a KOMA-Script for jurists (package)% ] \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{% @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ \jura@separator{\nobreakspace}}{\sentence@cite{#1}}} \newcommand*{\contract@sentence}{% \refstepcounter{sentence}% - \ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@\selectfont\thesentence}}}% + \textsuperscript{\thesentence}\nobreak\hskip\z@ } \DeclareRobustCommand*{\par@cite}[1]{\parciteformat{#1}} \newcommand*{\parciteformat}[1]{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrkbase.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrkbase.sty index 0852a04ac5d..7dacb8ea32a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrkbase.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrkbase.sty @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ %% scrkernel-fonts.dtx (with options: `package,body,scrkbase') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{% scrkbase% }[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (% KOMA-Script-dependent basics and keyval usage)] @@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ %%% From File: $Id: scrlfile.dtx 1525 2013-11-22 12:57:29Z mjk $ \RequirePackage{scrlfile}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\KOMAExecuteOptions}[1][.\@currname.\@currext]{% \FamilyExecuteOptions[#1]{KOMA}% } @@ -121,25 +121,33 @@ \DeclareOption{#2}{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption{#1}{#2}{#3}}% } \newcommand*{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedOption}[3]{% - \let\scr@sr@co\CurrentOption \begingroup - #1{% - You've used obsolete option `#2'.\MessageBreak - Usage of this option indicates an old document and\MessageBreak - \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @version}{% - changes compatibility level using\MessageBreak - `#3,version=first'.\MessageBreak - If you don't want this, y% - }{% - is deprecated.\MessageBreak - Y% + \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @version}{% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used obsolete option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + Usage of this option is deprecated.\noexpand\MessageBreak + You should simply replace `#2'\noexpand\MessageBreak + by `#3'% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% + }% + }{% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used obsolete option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + Usage of this option indicates an old document\noexpand\MessageBreak + and changes compatibility level using\noexpand\MessageBreak + `#3,version=first'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + If you don't want this, you should simply\noexpand\MessageBreak + replace option `#2' by `#3'% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3,version=first}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% }% - ou should simply replace\MessageBreak - usage of option `#2' by `#3'% }% - \endgroup - \KOMAExecuteOptions{#3,version=first}% - \let\CurrentOption\scr@sr@co + \reserved@a } \newcommand*{\KOMA@DeclareStandardOption}{% \@ifnextchar [%] @@ -153,19 +161,22 @@ \DeclareOption{#2}{\KOMA@UseStandardOption{#1}{#2}{#3}}% } \newcommand*{\KOMA@UseStandardOption}[3]{% - \let\scr@sr@co\CurrentOption - #1{% - You've used standard option `#2'.\MessageBreak - This is correct!\MessageBreak - Internally I'm using `#3'.\MessageBreak - If you'd like to set the option with \string\KOMAoptions,\MessageBreak - you'd have to use `#3' there\MessageBreak - instead of `#2', too% - }% - \KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% - \let\CurrentOption\scr@sr@co + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\endgroup + \noexpand#1{% + You've used standard option `#2'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + This is correct!\noexpand\MessageBreak + Internally I'm using `#3'.\noexpand\MessageBreak + If you'd like to set the option with \string\KOMAoptions,% + \noexpand\MessageBreak + you'd have to use `#3' there\noexpand\MessageBreak + instead of `#2', too% + }% + \noexpand\KOMAExecuteOptions{#3}% + \noexpand\def\noexpand\CurrentOption{\CurrentOption}% + }% + \reserved@a } -\newcommand*{\scr@sr@co}{} \newcommand*{\KOMA@newdeprecatedcommand}[3][\@gobbletwo]{% \newcommand*{#2}{\KOMA@UseDeprecatedCommand{#1}{\string#2}{#3}}% } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.sty index 8fa4d604372..1845f9b7470 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-notecolumn.sty @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ %% scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx (with options: `interface,trace,notecolumn,final') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (identify) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (identify) \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrlayer-notecolumn}[% - 15/11/2013 v0.1.1514 + 2014/06/03 v0.1.1760 KOMA-Script package (end user interface for scrlayer)] -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (init) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (init) \RequirePackage{scrlayer} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage}{% \AtEndOfPackage{\let\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage\@firstofone}% @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ } \let\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage\AtEndOfPackage \scrlayerInitInterface -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (init) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (init) \@tempswatrue \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{pdfsavepos}{% \expandafter\@tempswafalse @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ }% \batchmode\csname @@end\endcsname\end \fi -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (options) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (options) \KOMA@key{markcase}{% \begingroup \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{markcase}{reserved@a}{% @@ -215,13 +215,13 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{% KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces@default} -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (options) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (options) \KOMA@ifkey{autoclearnotecolumns}{slnc@autoclearnotecolumns}\slnc@autoclearnotecolumnstrue \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoclearnotecolumns} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoclearnotecolumns@default} -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (body) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (body) \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1514 2013-11-15 08:23:09Z mjk $ (body) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-notecolumn.dtx 1760 2014-06-03 08:28:36Z kohm $ (body) \scrlayerAddToInterface\DeclareNoteColumn{% \newcommand*{\DeclareNoteColumn}[2][]{% \@ifundefined{slnc@#2@box}{% @@ -282,7 +282,9 @@ width=\csname slnc@#2@width\endcsname,% contents=\slnc@processnotes{#2}% ]{notecolumn.#2} - \AddLayersToPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% + \IfLayerAtPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}{}{% + \AddLayersToPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% + }% \scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface[scrlayer-notecolumn.sty]{% \RemoveLayersFromPageStyle{@everystyle@}{notecolumn.#2}% \DestroyLayer{notecolumn.#2}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.sty index 6519c581d17..06ed5304056 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer-scrpage.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% scrlayer-scrpage.dtx (with options: `interface,trace,scrpage,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -45,13 +45,13 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (identify) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (identify) \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrlayer-scrpage}[% - 14/12/2013 v0.9.1548 + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (end user interface for scrlayer)] -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (init) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (init) \RequirePackage{scrlayer} \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage}{% \AtEndOfPackage{\let\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage\@firstofone}% @@ -62,8 +62,11 @@ } \let\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage\AtEndOfPackage \scrlayerInitInterface -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (init) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (init) \AtEndOfPackage{% + \sls@auto@pagestyleset% +} +\newcommand*{\sls@auto@pagestyleset}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KOMAClassName}{% \PackageInfoNoLine{scrlayer-scrpage}{% auto-selection of `pagestyleset=standard'}% @@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ {pagestyleset=KOMA-Script}% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (options) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (options) \KOMA@key{markcase}{% \scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage{% \begingroup @@ -209,14 +212,14 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{% KV@KOMA.\@currname.\@currext @autoremoveinterfaces@default} -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (options) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (options) \KOMA@key{headwidth}{% \begingroup - \sls@split@at@colon#1::\@nil + \sls@split@at@iicolons#1:::\@nil \ifx\reserved@a\@empty \let\reserved@a\sls@headwidth\fi \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup - \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{head}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@a}% + \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{head}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}% }% \reserved@a \FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -225,35 +228,38 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@headwidth@default} \KOMA@key{footwidth}{% \begingroup - \sls@split@at@colon#1::\@nil + \sls@split@at@iicolons#1::\@nil \ifx\reserved@a\@empty \let\reserved@a\sls@footwidth\fi \edef\reserved@a{% \noexpand\endgroup - \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{foot}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@a}% + \noexpand\sls@set@hf@width{foot}{\reserved@b}{\reserved@c}{\reserved@a}% }% \reserved@a \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@footwidth@default} -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@colon{% - \def\sls@split@at@colon#1:#2:#3\@nil{% - \ifstr{#3}{}{}{% - \ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% - \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak - You've used more than one colon at the argument\MessageBreak - of a two value option.\MessageBreak - The extra value(s) will be ignored% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@iicolons{% + \def\sls@split@at@iicolons#1:#2:#3:#4\@nil{% + \ifstr{#4}{}{}{% + \ifstr{#4}{:}{}{% + \ifstr{#4}{::}{}{% + \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak + You've used more than two colons at the argument\MessageBreak + of a two value option.\MessageBreak + The extra value(s) will be ignored% + }% }% }% }% \def\reserved@a{#1}% \def\reserved@b{#2}% + \def\reserved@c{#3}% }% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@set@hf@width{% - \newcommand*{\sls@set@hf@width}[3]{% - \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#3}% + \newcommand*{\sls@set@hf@width}[4]{% + \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#4}% \ifdim\@tempdima>\paperwidth \PackageWarning {scrlayer-scrpage}% @@ -286,8 +292,13 @@ \fi }{% \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdimb}{#2}% - } - \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}% + }% + \ifstr{#3}{}{% + \addtolength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdimb}% + }{% + \sls@settowidthof{\@tempdima}{#3}% + \setlength{\@tempdima}{-\@tempdima}% + }% \ifdim\@tempdimb<\z@ \setlength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdimb}% \expandafter\edef\csname sls@odd#1shift\endcsname{-\the\@tempdimb}% @@ -453,6 +464,21 @@ \reserved@b }% } +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@split@at@colon{% + \def\sls@split@at@colon#1:#2:#3\@nil{% + \ifstr{#3}{}{}{% + \ifstr{#3}{:}{}{% + \PackageWarning{scrlayer}{extra `:' found!\MessageBreak + You've used more than one colon at the argument\MessageBreak + of a two value option.\MessageBreak + The extra value(s) will be ignored% + }% + }% + }% + \def\reserved@a{#1}% + \def\reserved@b{#2}% + }% +} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@headabove@linelength{% \newcommand*{\sls@headabove@linelength}{\sls@headwidth}% } @@ -546,6 +572,7 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{sls@ps@style@#1}{% \FamilyKeyStateUnknownValue }{% + \let\sls@auto@pagestyleset\relax \@nameuse{sls@ps@style@#1}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% @@ -576,24 +603,24 @@ \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{KOMAClassName}{}{% \ifstr{\KOMAClassName}{scrlttr2}{% \clearpairofpagestyles - \lehead[\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% - \lohead[\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% - \chead[\ifnum\@pageat\@ne\pagemark\fi] + \lehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% + \lohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\z@\pagemark\else\leftmark\fi}% + \chead[\ifnum\@pageat=\@ne\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \rightmark\or \pagemark\or \rightmark\fi}% - \rehead[\ifnum\@pageat\tw@\pagemark\fi] + \rehead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \leftmark\or \rightmark\or \pagemark \else \rightmark\fi}% - \rohead[\ifnum\@pageat\tw@\pagemark\fi] + \rohead[\ifnum\@pageat=\tw@\pagemark\fi] {\ifcase\@pageat \leftmark\or \rightmark\or \pagemark \else \rightmark\fi}% - \lefoot[\ifnum\@pageat\thr@@\pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat\thr@@\pagemark\fi}% - \cfoot[\ifnum\@pageat 4 \pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat 4 \pagemark\fi}% - \refoot[\ifnum\@pageat 5 \pagemark\fi] - {\ifnum\@pageat 5 \pagemark\fi}% + \lefoot[\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=\thr@@\pagemark\fi}% + \cfoot[\ifnum\@pageat=4 \pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=4 \pagemark\fi}% + \refoot[\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi] + {\ifnum\@pageat=5 \pagemark\fi}% }{}% }% }% @@ -613,9 +640,9 @@ \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{KV@KOMA.scrlayer-scrpage.sty@hmode@default}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{sls@leavevmode@linetrue} \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{sls@leavevmode@linefalse} -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (body) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (body) \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1548 2013-12-14 17:36:23Z mjk $ (body) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer-scrpage.dtx 1806 2014-10-16 06:41:25Z kohm $ (body) \scrlayerAddToInterface\setheadwidth{% \newcommand*{\setheadwidth}[2][]{% \KOMAoptions{headwidth=#2:#1}% @@ -832,8 +859,8 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#4}}}}% - ]{#1.head.odd}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#4}}}}}% + ]{#1.head.even}% \DeclareLayer[% background,oddpage,twoside,% head,% @@ -841,8 +868,8 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#5}}}}% - ]{#1.head.even}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#5}}}}}% + ]{#1.head.odd}% \DeclareLayer[% background,oddpage,oneside,% head,% @@ -850,7 +877,7 @@ width=\sls@headwidth,% contents={% \sls@secure@box\headheight{% - \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#6}}}}% + \normalfont{\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagehead}{#6}}}}}% ]{#1.head.oneside}% }% } @@ -914,7 +941,7 @@ contents={% \sls@secure@box\footheight{% \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagefoot}{#4}}}}% - ]{#1.foot.odd}% + ]{#1.foot.even}% \DeclareLayer[% foreground,oddpage,twoside,% foot,% @@ -923,7 +950,7 @@ contents={% \sls@secure@box\footheight{% \normalfont\usekomafont{pageheadfoot}{\usekomafont{pagefoot}{#5}}}}% - ]{#1.foot.even}% + ]{#1.foot.odd}% \DeclareLayer[% foreground,oddpage,oneside,% foot,% @@ -990,13 +1017,13 @@ }% } \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pagehead}{% + \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagehead}% \@ifundefined{@pageheadfont}{% \newkomafont{pagehead}{}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{@pageheadfont}% }{% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagehead}{\@pageheadfont}% }% - \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagehead}% }{} \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pageheadfoot}{% \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pageheadfoot}{\headfont}% @@ -1005,15 +1032,26 @@ \newcommand*{\headfont}{\normalcolor\slshape}% }{} }{} +\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@wrn@pagehead}{}{% + \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak + `pagehead'}% + \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagehead\relax +} \@ifundefined{scr@fnt@pagefoot}{% - \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{scr@fnt@pagefoot}% + \def\scr@fnt@pagefoot{\footfont}% \@ifundefined{footfont}{% \newcommand*{\footfont}{}% \scrlayer@AddCsToInterface{footfont}% }{}% - \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot\relax }{} +\scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@fnt@pagefoot}{}{% + \PackageInfo{scrlayer-scrpage}{% + deactivating warning for font element\MessageBreak + `pagefoot'}% + \let\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot\relax +} \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@hf@rule{% \newcommand*\sls@hf@rule[3]{% \begingroup @@ -1483,31 +1521,40 @@ \DeclarePageStyleAlias{scrplain}{plain.scrheadings} \scrlayerOnAutoRemoveInterface{\DestroyPageStyleAlias{scrplain}} \scrlayerAddToInterface\ihead{% - \newcommand*{\ihead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ihead}{\@ihead}}% + \newcommand*{\ihead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ihead}{\@ihead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ihead{% - \newcommand*{\@ihead}[1]{\rehead{#1}\lohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ihead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ihead}{\@@ihead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ihead{% - \newcommand*{\@@ihead}[2][]{\rehead[{#1}]{#2}\lohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ihead}[1]{\rehead{#1}\lohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ihead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ihead}[2][]{\rehead[{#1}]{#2}\lohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\ohead{% - \newcommand*{\ohead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ohead}{\@ohead}}% + \newcommand*{\ohead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ohead}{\@ohead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ohead{% - \newcommand*{\@ohead}[1]{\lehead{#1}\rohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ohead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ohead}{\@@ohead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ohead{% - \newcommand*{\@@ohead}[2][]{\lehead[{#1}]{#2}\rohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ohead}[1]{\lehead{#1}\rohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ohead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ohead}[2][]{\lehead[{#1}]{#2}\rohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\chead{% - \newcommand*{\chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@chead}{\@chead}}% + \newcommand*{\chead}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@chead}{\@chead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@chead{% - \newcommand*{\@chead}[1]{\cehead{#1}\cohead{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@chead}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@chead}{\@@chead}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@chead{% - \newcommand*{\@@chead}[2][]{\cehead[{#1}]{#2}\cohead[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@chead}[1]{\cehead{#1}\cohead{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@chead{% + \newcommand*{\@@@chead}[2][]{\cehead[{#1}]{#2}\cohead[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\lehead{% \newcommand*{\lehead}{\sls@renewelement{even}{left}{head}}% @@ -1528,31 +1575,40 @@ \newcommand*{\cohead}{\sls@renewelement{odd}{middle}{head}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\ifoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ifoot}{\@ifoot}}% + \newcommand*{\ifoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ifoot}{\@ifoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\@ifoot}[1]{\refoot{#1}\lofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ifoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ifoot}{\@@ifoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ifoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@ifoot}[2][]{\refoot[{#1}]{#2}\lofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ifoot}[1]{\refoot{#1}\lofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ifoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ifoot}[2][]{\refoot[{#1}]{#2}\lofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\ofoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@ofoot}{\@ofoot}}% + \newcommand*{\ofoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@ofoot}{\@ofoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\@ofoot}[1]{\lefoot{#1}\rofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@ofoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@ofoot}{\@@ofoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@ofoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@ofoot}[2][]{\lefoot[{#1}]{#2}\rofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@ofoot}[1]{\lefoot{#1}\rofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@ofoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@ofoot}[2][]{\lefoot[{#1}]{#2}\rofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@cfoot}{\@cfoot}}% + \newcommand*{\cfoot}{\@ifstar {\@dblarg\@@@cfoot}{\@cfoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\@cfoot}[1]{\cefoot{#1}\cofoot{#1}}% + \newcommand*{\@cfoot}{\@ifnextchar[{\@@@cfoot}{\@@cfoot}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\@@cfoot{% - \newcommand*{\@@cfoot}[2][]{\cefoot[{#1}]{#2}\cofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% + \newcommand*{\@@cfoot}[1]{\cefoot{#1}\cofoot{#1}}% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\@@@cfoot{% + \newcommand*{\@@@cfoot}[2][]{\cefoot[{#1}]{#2}\cofoot[{#1}]{#2}}% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\lefoot{% \newcommand*{\lefoot}{\sls@renewelement{even}{left}{foot}}% @@ -1574,13 +1630,19 @@ } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@renewelement{% \newcommand*{\sls@renewelement}[3]{% + \@ifstar{\@dblarg{\sls@@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}}% + {\sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + }% +} +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewelement{% + \newcommand*{\sls@@renewelement}[3]{% \@ifnextchar[%] + {\sls@@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% {\sls@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% - {\sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}}% }% } -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewelement{% - \newcommand*{\sls@@renewelement}[4]{% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@renewelement{% + \newcommand*{\sls@@@renewelement}[4]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{sls@ps@\sls@currentheadings @#1@#2@#3}{% \@namedef{sls@ps@scrheadings@#1@#2@#3}{#4}% }{% @@ -1588,10 +1650,10 @@ }% }% } -\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@renewelement{% - \def\sls@@@renewelement#1#2#3[#4]#5{% +\scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@@@renewelement{% + \def\sls@@@@renewelement#1#2#3[#4]#5{% \sls@@renewplainelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% - \sls@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#5}% + \sls@@@renewelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#5}% }% } \scrlayerAddToInterface\sls@@renewplainelement{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.sty index a11742cf8b2..3867be8f5d3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlayer.sty @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %% scrlayer.dtx (with options: `package,trace,scrlayer,final') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2012-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (identify) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (identify) \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrlayer}[% - 31/10/2013 v0.9.1480 + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (defining layers and page styles)] -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (init) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (init) \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[2013/03/05] \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage}{% \AtEndOfPackage{\let\scrlayer@AtEndOfPackage\@firstofone}% @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ \setlength{\footheight}{\baselineskip} \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (options) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (options) \KOMA@key{markcase}{% \begingroup \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{markcase}{reserved@a}{% @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ \KOMA@ifkey{draft}{scrlayer@draft} \KOMA@ifkey{forceoverwrite}{scrlayer@forceoverwrite} \KOMA@ifkey{autoremoveinterfaces}{scrlayer@autoremoveinterfaces} -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (body) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (body) \KOMAProcessOptions\relax \@ifundefined{headmark}{}{% \PackageWarningNoLine{scrlayer}{% @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \DefineFamilyKey[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{contents}{% - \@namedef{scr@l@\scr@current@layer @contents}{#1}% + \long\@namedef{scr@l@\scr@current@layer @contents}{#1}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \DefineFamilyKey[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{background}[\relax]{% @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname if@scr@l@#1@#3\expandafter\endcsname \csname if@scr@l@#2@#3\expandafter\endcsname } -\newcommand*{\DeclareLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\DeclareLayer}[2][]{% \def\scr@current@layer{#2}% \@namedef{scr@l@#2@x}{\z@}% \@namedef{scr@l@#2@y}{\z@}% @@ -822,6 +822,7 @@ \expandafter\newif\csname if@scr@l@#2@nonfloatpage\endcsname \csname @scr@l@#2@nonfloatpagetrue\endcsname \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{#1}% + \let\scr@current@layer\@empty } \newcommand*{\scr@current@layer}{} \newcommand*{\IfLayerExists}[1]{% @@ -831,7 +832,7 @@ \expandafter\@firstoftwo }% } -\newcommand*{\DeclareNewLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\DeclareNewLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' already defined}{% You may declare only layer, that haven't been declared previously @@ -842,13 +843,13 @@ If you'll continue, declaration will be ignored.}% }{\DeclareLayer[{#1}]{#2}}% } -\newcommand*{\ProvideLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\ProvideLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% \PackageInfo{scrlayer}{\string\ProvideLayer{#2} ignored,\MessageBreak because of already defined layer}% }{\DeclareNewLayer[{#1}]{#2}}% } -\newcommand*{\RedeclareLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\RedeclareLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{}{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' not yet defined}{% You may declare only already declared layers using @@ -859,9 +860,11 @@ }% \DeclareLayer[{#1}]{#2}% } -\newcommand*{\ModifyLayer}[2][]{% +\newcommand{\ModifyLayer}[2][]{% \IfLayerExists{#2}{% + \def\scr@current@layer{#2}% \FamilyExecuteOptions[.definelayer]{KOMAarg}{#1}% + \let\scr@current@layer\@empty }{% \PackageError{scrlayer}{layer `#2' not yet defined}{% You may modify only already declared layers using @@ -1400,7 +1403,7 @@ \newcommand*{\remove@layer@from@page@style}[2]{% \begingroup \expandafter\let\expandafter\reserved@a\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname - \@namedef{@ps@#2@layers}{}% + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname\@empty \def\@elt##1{% \ifstr{#1}{##1}{}{% \expandafter\@cons\csname @ps@#2@layers\endcsname{{##1}}% @@ -1919,7 +1922,7 @@ \@ifundefined{scrlayer@#1@onremove}{\@namedef{scrlayer@#1@onremove}{}}{}% \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname scrlayer@#1@onremove\endcsname{#2}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1480 2013-10-31 10:00:02Z mjk $ (final) +%%% From File: $Id: scrlayer.dtx 1810 2014-10-20 07:35:25Z kohm $ (final) \DeclareNewPageStyleByLayers{@everystyle@}{} \RedeclarePageStyleByLayers{empty}{} %%% From File: $Id: scrlogo.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlfile.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlfile.sty index bdd0d59a782..7d4e2caadcc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlfile.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlfile.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% scrlfile.dtx (with options: `scrlfile') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2002-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% %%% From File: $Id: scrlfile.dtx 1525 2013-11-22 12:57:29Z mjk $ \ProvidesPackage{scrlfile}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (loading files)] \typeout{Package scrlfile, \csname ver@scrlfile.sty\endcsname% ^^J\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\space\space diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlttr2.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlttr2.cls index 3ee13c1b7fa..986982b7572 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlttr2.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrlttr2.cls @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% scrkernel-circularletters.dtx (with options: `class,letter,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup \newcommand*{\KOMAClassName}{% scrlttr2% @@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ letter% } \ProvidesClass{\KOMAClassName}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script document class (\ClassName)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \newcommand* {\scr@compatibility}{\scr@v@last} \KOMA@key{version}[last]{% @@ -186,8 +186,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -200,10 +203,12 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption {final}{draft=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\lco@test}{% \IfFileExists{\CurrentOption.lco}{% - \expandafter\AtEndOfClass\expandafter{% + \expandafter + \AtEndOfClass + \expandafter{% \expandafter\LoadLetterOption\expandafter{\CurrentOption}% }% \expandafter\def\expandafter\scr@pti@nerr@r\expandafter{% @@ -213,8 +218,9 @@ }% }{}% } -\AtEndOfClass{\LoadLetterOption{DIN}} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +\AtEndOfClass + {\LoadLetterOption{DIN}} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newif\if@orgdate\@orgdatetrue \KOMA@key{numericaldate}[true]{% \if@orgdate\@orgdatefalse\else\@orgdatetrue\fi @@ -287,9 +293,9 @@ }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1389 2013-10-01 16:06:04Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1388 2013-10-01 16:03:42Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@BCOR}{\expandafter\@@BCOR\CurrentOption BCORBCOR\@@BCOR} \newcommand*{\@@BCOR}{} \def\@@BCOR #1BCOR#2BCOR#3\@@BCOR{% @@ -349,18 +355,20 @@ } \KOMA@key{twoside}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twoside=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {oneside}{twoside=false} \KOMA@key{twocolumn}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twocolumn=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {onecolumn}{twocolumn=false} \DeclareOption*{% \lco@test \x@paper} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\setparsizes}[3]{% \edef\f@parindent{\the\parindent}% \edef\f@parskip{\the\parskip}% @@ -493,7 +501,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip+}{parskip=half+} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip*}{parskip=half*} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{parindent}{parskip=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newif\if@hsl \KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}% @@ -511,9 +519,9 @@ \KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@ifundefined{typearea}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}% }{% - \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1,DIV=current}% + \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1}% }% \fi } @@ -524,7 +532,7 @@ \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -541,7 +549,20 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -627,7 +648,7 @@ \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi \relax} %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $ \KOMA@ifkey{firsthead}{@firsthead}\@firstheadtrue \newcommand*{\@alignfrom}{0} \KOMA@key{fromalign}{% @@ -962,7 +983,8 @@ }% \if@tempswa \aftergroup\@scrsymbolsfalse - \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{Option `symbolicnames' + \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% + Option `symbolicnames' ignorred.\MessageBreak You've tried to set option `symbolicnames'\MessageBreak after \string\begin{document}, but without\MessageBreak @@ -985,12 +1007,12 @@ \fi } %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-circularletters.dtx 1384 2013-10-01 15:51:14Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMAExecuteOptions{% parskip=false,% } \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \expandafter\ifnum \@nameuse{scr@v@2.95}>\scr@compatibility\relax \newcommand*{\@setif}[2][]{% \begingroup @@ -1431,7 +1453,7 @@ \@nomath\sfb} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\cal}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \setlength{\skip\@mpfootins}{\skip\footins} \setlength\fboxsep{3\p@} \setlength\fboxrule{.4\p@} @@ -1506,7 +1528,7 @@ the extended optional argument of the section\MessageBreak commands } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\LoadLetterOption}[1]{% \@ifundefined{@restore@catcode@level}% {\let\@restore@catcode@level=\z@}{}% @@ -1523,27 +1545,41 @@ \@tempcnta=\@restore@catcode@level\relax \advance\@tempcnta by \@ne\relax \edef\@restore@catcode@level{\the\@tempcnta}% - \InputIfFileExists{#1.lco}{% - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% + \KV@@sp@def\reserved@a{#1}% + \edef\reserved@a{\noexpand\InputIfFileExists{\reserved@a.lco}{% + \noexpand\ClassInfo{scrlttr2% }{Letter-Class-Option `#1' loaded}% }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% + \noexpand\ClassError{scrlttr2% }{% - Letter-Class-Option file `#1.lco' not found% + Letter-Class-Option file `#1.lco' not found% }{% - You've told me to load the Letter-Class-Option `#1'. So I have - to load\MessageBreak - the file `#1.lco'. But the file isn't available.}% + You've told me to load the Letter-Class-Option `#1'. So I have + to load\noexpand\MessageBreak + the file `#1.lco'. But the file isn't available.}% }% + }% + \reserved@a \@tempcnta=\@restore@catcode@level\relax \advance\@tempcnta by \m@ne\relax \edef\@restore@catcode@level{\the\@tempcnta}% \ifnum\@tempcnta =\z@ \@restore@catcode \fi - } +} +\newcommand*{\LoadLetterOptions}[1]{% + \begingroup + \def\reserved@a{\endgroup}% + \@for\reserved@b:=#1\do{% + \ifx\reserved@b\@empty\else + \ifx\reserved@b\space\else + \edef\reserved@a{\expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter{\reserved@a + \LoadLetterOption}{\reserved@b}\relax}% + \fi + \fi + }% + \reserved@a +} \newcommand*{\LOPNP@option}{} \newcommand*{\LOPNP@size}{} \newcommand*{\@PapersizeWarning}{% @@ -1576,8 +1612,7 @@ \setlength{\paperheight}{10.5in}\setlength{\paperwidth}{7.25in}% \else% \def\ta@opt@err{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassError{scrlttr2% }{papersize `\LOPNP@size' undefined}{% You've told me to check for paper size `\LOPNP@size'\MessageBreak @@ -1594,9 +1629,8 @@ } \newcommand*{\@@PapersizeWarning}{% \if@tempswa\else% - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% - }{% + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% + }{% Letter option file `\LOPNP@option.lco'\MessageBreak needs paper size `\LOPNP@size'.\MessageBreak Current paper size is not `\LOPNP@size'!\MessageBreak @@ -1609,11 +1643,10 @@ \newcommand*{\LetterOptionNeedsPapersize}[2]{% \edef\LOPNP@size{#2}\edef\LOPNP@option{#1}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\g@addnumerical@date}[2]{% \@ifundefined{date#1}{% - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% }{% no date found for language `#1'\MessageBreak --> skipped% @@ -1635,195 +1668,134 @@ \space\number\day, \number\year}% }% }{}% - \providecaptionname{english}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{english}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{english}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{english}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{english}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{english}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{english}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{english}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{english}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{english}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{english}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{english}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{english}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{english}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{english}\bankname{Bank account}% - \g@addnumerical@date{english}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\mobilephonename{Cell phone}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{USenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% - \g@addnumerical@date{USenglish}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{american}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{american}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{american}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{american}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{american}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{american}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{american}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{american}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{american}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{american}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{american}\mobilephonename{Cell phone}% - \providecaptionname{american}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{american}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{american}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{american}\bankname{Bank account}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\ccname{cc}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\enclname{encl}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\headtoname{To}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\headfromname{From}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\datename{Date}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\pagename{Page}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\phonename{Phone}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\emailname{Email}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\wwwname{Url}% + \providecaptionname{american,australian,british,canadian,% + english,newzealand,UKenglish,USenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% \g@addnumerical@date{american}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{british}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{british}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{british}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{british}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{british}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{british}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{british}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{british}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{british}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{british}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{british}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{british}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{british}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{british}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{british}\bankname{Bank account}% + \g@addnumerical@date{australien}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{british}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\yourrefname{Your ref.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\yourmailname{Your letter of}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\myrefname{Our ref.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\customername{Customer no.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\invoicename{Invoice no.}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\subjectname{Subject}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\ccname{cc}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\enclname{encl}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\headtoname{To}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\headfromname{From}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\phonename{Phone}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\mobilephonename{Mobile phone}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\emailname{Email}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\wwwname{Url}% - \providecaptionname{UKenglish}\bankname{Bank account}% + \g@addnumerical@date{canadian}{\number\year/\number\month/\number\day}% + \g@addnumerical@date{english}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{newzealand}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{USenglish}{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{UKenglish}{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{german}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{german}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{german}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{german}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{german}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{german}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{german}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{german}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{german}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{german}\pagename{Seite}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\customername{Kundennummer}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\subjectname{Betrifft}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\ccname{Kopien an}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\enclname{Anlage}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\headtoname{An}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\headfromname{Von}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\datename{Datum}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\pagename{Seite}% \providecaptionname{german}\phonename{Telephon}% + \providecaptionname{ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\phonename{Telefon}% \providecaptionname{german}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelephon}% - \providecaptionname{german}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{german}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{german}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{german}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% + \providecaptionname{ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelefon}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian,% + swissgerman,nswissgerman}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{german}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\mobilephonename{Handy}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{ngerman}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{ngerman}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\mobilephonename{Mobiltelefon}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{austrian}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{austrian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\customername{Kundennummer}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\subjectname{Betrifft}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\ccname{Kopien an}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\enclname{Anlagen}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\headtoname{An}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\headfromname{Von}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\datename{Datum}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\pagename{Seite}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\phonename{Telefon}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\phonename{Handy}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\faxname{Fax}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\emailname{E-Mail}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{naustrian}\bankname{Bankverbindung}% \g@addnumerical@date{naustrian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% - \providecaptionname{french}\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences}% - \providecaptionname{french}\yourmailname{Votre lettre du}% - \providecaptionname{french}\myrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences}% - \providecaptionname{french}\customername{Num\'ero de client}% - \providecaptionname{french}\invoicename{Num\'ero de facture}% - \providecaptionname{french}\subjectname{Concernant}% - \providecaptionname{french}\ccname{Copie \`a}% - \providecaptionname{french}\enclname{Annexes}% - \providecaptionname{french}\headtoname{A}% - \providecaptionname{french}\headfromname{De}% - \providecaptionname{french}\datename{Date}% - \providecaptionname{french}\pagename{Page}% - \providecaptionname{french}\phonename{T\'el\'ephone}% - \providecaptionname{french}\mobilephonename{Portable}% - \providecaptionname{french}\faxname{T\'el\'efax}% - \providecaptionname{french}\emailname{E-mail}% - \providecaptionname{french}\wwwname{URL}% - \providecaptionname{french}\bankname{Compte en banque}% + \g@addnumerical@date{swissgerman}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{nswissgerman}{% + \number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\yourmailname{Votre lettre du}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\myrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\customername{Num\'ero de client}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\invoicename{Num\'ero de facture}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\subjectname{Concernant}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\ccname{Copie \`a}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\enclname{Annexes}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\headtoname{A}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\headfromname{De}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\datename{Date}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\pagename{Page}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\phonename{T\'el\'ephone}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\mobilephonename{Portable}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\faxname{T\'el\'efax}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\emailname{E-mail}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{% + acadian,canadien,francais,french}\bankname{Compte en banque}% + \g@addnumerical@date{acadian}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \g@addnumerical@date{canadien}{\number\year/\number\month/\number\day}% + \g@addnumerical@date{francais}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% \g@addnumerical@date{french}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% \providecaptionname{italian}\yourrefname{Vs./Rif.}% or Vostro Riferimento \providecaptionname{italian}\yourmailname{Vs.~lettera del}% or Vostra @@ -1959,12 +1931,68 @@ \providecaptionname{swedish}\wwwname{Hemsida}% \providecaptionname{swedish}\bankname{Bankgiro}% PlusGiro \g@addnumerical@date{swedish}{\number\day/\number\month~\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\yourrefname{Wasz znak}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\yourmailname{Wasze pismo z dnia}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\myrefname{Nasz znak}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\customername{Numer klienta}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\invoicename{Numer rachunku}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\subjectname{Dotyczy}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\ccname{Rozdzielnik}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\enclname{Za\l\aob{}czniki}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\headtoname{Do}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\datename{Data}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\pagename{Strona}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\phonename{Telefon}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\mobilephonename{Numer mobilny}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\emailname{E-mail}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{polish}\bankname{Konto}% + \g@addnumerical@date{polish}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\yourrefname{Va\v{s}e zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\yourmailname{V\'{a}\v{s} dopis ze dne}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\myrefname{Na\v{s}e zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\customername{Z\'akaznick\'e \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\invoicename{Fakura\v{c}n\'{\i} \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\subjectname{Pr\v{e}dm\v{e}t}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\ccname{Kopie}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\enclname{P\v{r}\'{\i}loha}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\headtoname{Komu}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\datename{Datum}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\pagename{Strana}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\phonename{Telefon}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\mobilephonename{Mobil}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{czech}\bankname{Bankovn\'{\i} spojen\'{\i}}% + \g@addnumerical@date{czech}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\yourrefname{Va\v{s}a zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\yourmailname{V\'{a}\v{s} list zo d\v{n}a}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\myrefname{Na\v{s}a zna\v{c}ka}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\customername{Z\'akazn\'{\i}cke \v{c}\'{\i}slo}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\invoicename{\'{C}\'{\i}slo fakt\'ury}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\subjectname{Predmet}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\ccname{K\'{o}pia pre koho}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\enclname{Pr\'{\i}loha}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\headtoname{Komu}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\headfromname{Od}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\datename{D\'{a}tum}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\pagename{Strana}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\phonename{Telef\'{o}n}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\mobilephonename{Mobil}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\faxname{Fax}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\emailname{E-Mail}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\wwwname{URL}% + \providecaptionname{slovak}\bankname{Bankov\'{e} spojenie}% + \g@addnumerical@date{slovak}{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}% \captionsenglish \dateenglish \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\ifx\csname date\languagename\endcsname\relax - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% }{% \string\language\space is \the\language, \string\languagename\space is `\languagename'\MessageBreak @@ -1976,7 +2004,8 @@ \let\languagename=\undefined \fi \ifx\languagename\undefined - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{\string\languagename\space not + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% + }{\string\languagename\space not defined, using \string\language.\MessageBreak This may result in use of wrong language!\MessageBreak You should use a compatible language @@ -1986,10 +2015,22 @@ \captionsamerican \dateamerican \fi\fi + \ifx\l@australian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@australian + \captionsaustralian + \dateaustralian + \fi\fi \ifx\l@british\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@british \captionsbritish \datebritish \fi\fi + \ifx\l@canadian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@canadian + \captionscanadian + \datecanadian + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@newzealand\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@newzealand + \captionsnewzealand + \datenewzealand + \fi\fi \ifx\l@UKenglish\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@UKenglish \captionsUKenglish \dateUKenglish @@ -2014,6 +2055,26 @@ \captionsngerman \datengerman \fi\fi + \ifx\l@swissgerman\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@swissgerman + \captionsswissgerman + \dateswissgerman + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@nswissgerman\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@nswissgerman + \captionsnswissgerman + \datenswissgerman + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@acadian\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@acadian + \captionsacadian + \dateacadian + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@canadien\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@canadien + \captionscanadien + \datecanadien + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@francais\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@francais + \captionsfrancais + \datefrancais + \fi\fi \ifx\l@french\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@french \captionsfrench \datefrench @@ -2046,11 +2107,22 @@ \captionsswedish \dateswedish \fi\fi + \ifx\l@polish\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@polish + \captionspolish + \datepolish + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@czech\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@czech + \captionsczech + \dateczech + \fi\fi + \ifx\l@slovak\undefined\else\ifnum\language=\l@slovak + \captionsslovak + \dateslovak + \fi\fi \else \edef\@tempa{nohyphenation}% \ifx\languagename\@tempa - \ClassWarningNoLine{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2% }{% You've selected language `\languagename'.\MessageBreak Maybe your LaTeX format contains Babel extension\MessageBreak @@ -2061,26 +2133,30 @@ will be used% }% \else - \ClassInfo{scrlttr2}{% + \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% + }{% trying to activate captions and date\MessageBreak of language `\languagename'% }% \csname date\languagename\endcsname \csname captions\languagename\endcsname - \ClassInfo{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassInfo{scrlttr2% }{% used language is `\languagename'.\MessageBreak - Supported languages are `english', `UKenglish',\MessageBreak - `british', `american', `USenglish',\MessageBreak + Supported languages are: `english', `UKenglish',\MessageBreak + `british', `american', `USenglish', `australian`,\MessageBreak + `canadian', `newzealand',\MessageBreak `german', `ngerman', `austrian', `naustrian',\MessageBreak - `dutch', `italian', `spanish',\MessageBreak - `croatian', `finnish', `norsk', `swedish'% + `swissgerman', `nswissgermsn',\MessageBreak + `acadian', `canadien', `francais', `french', \MessageBreak + `dutch', `italian', `spanish', `polish',\MessageBreak + `croatian', `finnish', `norsk', `swedish',\MessageBreak + `czech'. `slovak' }% \fi \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1389 2013-10-01 16:06:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-variables.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\newkomavar}{% \@ifstar {\@tempswatrue\@newkomavar}{\@tempswafalse\@newkomavar}} \newcommand*{\@newkomavar}[2][\relax]{% @@ -2094,8 +2170,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname scr@#2@var\endcsname=\@empty \if@tempswa\addtoreffields{#2}\fi }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassError{scrlttr2% }{% This should never happen% }{% @@ -2106,8 +2181,7 @@ }% }% }{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassError{scrlttr2% }{% Variable `#2' already defined% }{% @@ -2144,8 +2218,7 @@ }% } \newcommand*{\@komavar@err}[2]{% - \ClassError{% - scrlttr2% + \ClassError{scrlttr2% }{% KOMA-Script variable not defined% }{% @@ -2183,7 +2256,7 @@ \begingroup \@ifstar {\@tempswatrue\@ifkomavarempty}% {\@tempswafalse\@ifkomavarempty}% - } +} \newcommand{\@ifkomavarempty}[1]{% \ifkomavar{#1}{% \if@tempswa @@ -2209,12 +2282,13 @@ }% \endgroup } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1388 2013-10-01 16:03:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pseudolengths.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@newplength}[1]{% \@ifundefined{ltr@len@#1}{% \expandafter\let\csname ltr@len@#1\endcsname=\z@% }{% - \ClassError{scrlttr2}{% + \ClassError{scrlttr2% + }{% pseudo-length \expandafter\string\csname ltr@len@#1\endcsname already defined% }{% @@ -2263,7 +2337,7 @@ }% \@tempa% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \let\@BCOR =\relax \let\@@BCOR =\relax \let\@DIV =\relax @@ -2274,7 +2348,7 @@ \let\x@@paper =\relax \let\scr@pti@nerr@r =\relax \RequirePackage{typearea}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \setlength{\lineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\normallineskip}{\p@} \newcommand*{\scr@selectfont}{} @@ -2400,7 +2474,7 @@ \@lowpenalty = 51 \@medpenalty =151 \@highpenalty =301 -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\set@tempdima@hw}{% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\textwidth}% \if@mincl @@ -2420,7 +2494,8 @@ Font of page foot will also be changed% } \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont} -\newcommand*{\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% +\newcommand* + {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% \pagename\ % \thepage}}} \renewcommand*{\ps@plain}{% @@ -2778,7 +2853,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@descriptionlabel}{\descfont} \newkomafont{labelinglabel}{} \newkomafont{labelingseparator}{} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@firsthead}{% \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% Deprecated usage of \string\@firsthead.\MessageBreak @@ -2797,6 +2872,7 @@ {\usekomafont{fromrule}{\rule{\useplength{firstheadwidth}}{.4pt}}}\\ }% \ifkomavarempty{fromaddress}{}{% + \csname scr@default@firsthead@fromaddress@hook\endcsname \ignorespaces\usekomavar{fromaddress}% }% }% @@ -2973,8 +3049,8 @@ \newkomafont{refvalue}{} \fi \newkomafont{placeanddate}{} -\newkomafont{title}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries} -\newkomafont{subject}{\normalcolor\bfseries} + \newkomafont{title}{\normalcolor\sffamily\bfseries}% + \newkomafont{subject}{\normalcolor\bfseries}% \@newplength{foldmarkhpos} \@newplength{foldmarkvpos} \@newplength{tfoldmarkvpos} @@ -3163,22 +3239,20 @@ \begingroup% \vbox to #2{#1#3}% \if@savevbox@warning\@savevbox@warningfalse% - \setbox0\vbox{#3}% - \setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}% - \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{\dp0}% - \ifdim \@tempdimb>\@tempdima% - \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdima}% - \ClassWarning{% - scrlttr2% - }{% - #4 is \the\@tempdimb\space too high.\MessageBreak - You have to change `\string#5'\MessageBreak - or you have to define a smaller\MessageBreak - #4 using \string#6.\MessageBreak - Because of this too high #4\MessageBreak - you've got an overfull \string\vbox\space message% - }% - \fi% + \setbox0\vbox{#3}% + \setlength{\@tempdima}{#2}% + \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\ht0}\addtolength{\@tempdimb}{\dp0}% + \ifdim \@tempdimb>\@tempdima% + \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\@tempdima}% + \ClassWarning{scrlttr2}{% + #4 is \the\@tempdimb\space too high.\MessageBreak + You have to change `\string#5'\MessageBreak + or you have to define a smaller\MessageBreak + #4 using \string#6.\MessageBreak + Because of this too high #4\MessageBreak + you've got an overfull \string\vbox\space message% + }% + \fi% \fi% \endgroup% } @@ -3751,13 +3825,13 @@ \ifnum \@datepos=1 \@set@reffield{date}\fi% \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refname}\strutbox}% \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr}{% + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{% Font element `refname' should not be larger than \string\normalsize!}% \fi \setbox0\hbox{\usekomafont{refvalue}\strutbox}% \ifdim\ht0>\ht\strutbox - \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr}{% + \ClassWarningNoLine{scrlttr2}{% Font element `refvalue' should not be larger than \string\normalsize!}% \fi @@ -3775,7 +3849,7 @@ \vskip\useplength{refaftervskip}% }% } -\newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% +\newcommand*{\@makelettertitle}{% \ifkomavarempty{title}{% \typeout{Title: no}% }{% @@ -3942,7 +4016,7 @@ \@foldmarks\@firstheadfootfield\@addrfield\@locfield \ifdim\useplength{subjectvpos}=\z@\else\@subjfield\fi \@datefield - \@maketitle + \@makelettertitle \ifdim\useplength{subjectvpos}=\z@\if@subjafter\else\@subjfield\fi\fi {\setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@ plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative#1\par}% {\setlength{\@tempdima}{\baselineskip}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.sty index 710d4a9daa0..031f50fe9da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrpage2.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% scrpage.dtx (with options: `scrpage,v2') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %%% From File: $Id: scrpage.dtx 1547 2013-12-14 17:23:38Z mjk $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrpage2}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (page head and foot)] \newcommand*{\@Pass@Obsolete@Option@To@Typearea}[1]{% \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\CurrentOption,}{,\@curroptions,}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrreprt.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrreprt.cls index 5047dbcbe99..48127c9fa34 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrreprt.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrreprt.cls @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx (with options: `class,report,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup \newcommand*{\KOMAClassName}{% scrreprt% @@ -103,21 +103,21 @@ report% } \ProvidesClass{\KOMAClassName}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script document class (\ClassName)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{tocbasic}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script ] \AtAddToTocList[\@currname.\@currext]{\setuptoc{\@currext}{onecolumn}}% \AtAddToTocList[float]{\setuptoc{\@currext}{onecolumn}}% \addtotoclist{toc} \addtotoclist[float]{lof} \addtotoclist[float]{lot} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \newif\if@scr@emulatestandardclasses \let\scr@emulatestandardclassestrue\relax \let\scr@emulatestandardclassesfalse\relax @@ -221,8 +221,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMA@key{draft}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{draft}{@tempswa}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed @@ -237,7 +240,7 @@ {final}{draft=false} \DeclareOption{leqno}{\input{leqno.clo}} \DeclareOption{fleqn}{\input{fleqn.clo}} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\@ptsize{% 11% @@ -302,7 +305,7 @@ }% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\@BCOR}{\expandafter\@@BCOR\CurrentOption BCORBCOR\@@BCOR} \newcommand*{\@@BCOR}{} \def\@@BCOR #1BCOR#2BCOR#3\@@BCOR{% @@ -362,17 +365,19 @@ } \KOMA@key{twoside}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twoside=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {oneside}{twoside=false} \KOMA@key{twocolumn}[true]{% \if@atdocument\else\PassOptionsToPackage{twocolumn=#1}{typearea}\fi% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption% {onecolumn}{twocolumn=false} \DeclareOption*{% \x@paper} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\setparsizes}[3]{% \edef\f@parindent{\the\parindent}% \edef\f@parskip{\the\parskip}% @@ -505,7 +510,7 @@ \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip+}{parskip=half+} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{halfparskip*}{parskip=half*} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{parindent}{parskip=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newif\if@titlepage \@titlepagetrue \newif\if@titlepageiscoverpage @@ -528,7 +533,7 @@ \KOMA@ifkey{abstract}{@abstrt} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstracton}{abstract=true} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{abstractoff}{abstract=false} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newif\if@openright \@openrightfalse \KOMA@key{open}{% @@ -552,7 +557,6 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{openright}{open=right} \KOMA@DeclareStandardOption{openany}{open=any} -%% \fi \newcommand*{\scr@dotchangeatdocument}[1]{% \ClassError{\KOMAClassName}{% change of end dot feature after \string\begin{document}% @@ -743,7 +747,7 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@activate@xsection}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\scr@osectarg}{#1}% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newif\if@hsl \KOMA@key{headsepline}[true]{% \KOMA@set@ifkey{headsepline}{@hsl}{#1}% @@ -761,9 +765,9 @@ \KOMA@set@ifkey{footsepline}{@fsl}{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \@ifundefined{typearea}{% - \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{headinclude=#1}% + \PassOptionsToPackage{typearea}{footinclude=#1}% }{% - \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1,DIV=current}% + \KOMAoptions{footinclude=#1}% }% \fi } @@ -774,7 +778,7 @@ \def\@tempc{% \endgroup% \KOMA@unknown@keyval{cleardoublepage}{#1}{% - 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain'}% + 'current' or any defined pagestyle e.g. 'empty','plain', 'headings'}% }% \ifstr{#1}{current}{% \def\@tempc{\endgroup% @@ -791,7 +795,20 @@ \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% \FamilyKeyStateProcessed }% - }{}% + }{% + \ifx\@currname\KOMAClassName + \ifx\@currext\@clsextension + \ifstr{#1}{headings}{% + \def\@tempc{\endgroup% + \def\cleardoublepage{\cleardoublepageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleoddpage{\cleardoubleoddpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \def\cleardoubleevenpage{\cleardoubleevenpageusingstyle{#1}}% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed + }% + }{}% + \fi + \fi + }% }% \@tempc } @@ -945,7 +962,7 @@ \csname FN@mf@prepare\endcsname \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi \relax} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \newif\if@tocleft \KOMA@key{toc}{% \KOMA@set@ncmdkey{toc}{@tempa}{% @@ -965,21 +982,21 @@ }{#1}% \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FamilyKeyStateProcessed \ifcase \@tempa\relax - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{index=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{index=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=notoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=notoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{listof=numbered}% + \KOMAoptions{listof=numbered}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=nottotoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totoc}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totoc}% \or - \KOMAExecuteOptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% + \KOMAoptions{bibliography=totocnumbered}% \or \@toclefttrue \or @@ -1097,13 +1114,13 @@ \unsettoc{\@currext}{numberline}% } \or% chapterentry - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=entry}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=entry}% \or% chaptergap - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\z@}% \or% chaptergapsmall - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=10\p@}% \or% chaptergapline - \KOMAExecuteOptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% + \KOMAoptions{chapteratlists=\baselineskip}% \fi \fi } @@ -1119,9 +1136,10 @@ }{% \@chaptertolistsfalse\renewcommand*{\@chapterlistsgap}{#1}% }% + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } \BeforeTOCHead{\@chaptertolistsfalse} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand{\newbibstyle}[3][]{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#2}{% \scr@ifundefinedorrelax{scr@bibstyle@#1}{% @@ -1176,7 +1194,7 @@ \newcommand*\bib@heading{% \ifbib@leveldown \section*{\bibname}% - \ifx\@mkboth\@gobble\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi + \ifx\@mkboth\@gobbletwo\else\markright{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}\fi \else \chapter*{\bibname}% \@mkboth{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}{\MakeMarkcase{\bibname}}% @@ -1266,13 +1284,13 @@ } \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption{idxtotoc}{index=totoc} %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsandtabulars.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \KOMAExecuteOptions{% parskip=false,% headings=big% } \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \newcommand*\scr@setlength[4]{% \ifnum\scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.12}\relax @@ -1702,12 +1720,12 @@ \@nomath\sfb} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\cal}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal} \DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1503 2013-11-06 11:44:59Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-language.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \def\today{\ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \space\number\day, \number\year}% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \let\@BCOR =\relax \let\@@BCOR =\relax \let\@DIV =\relax @@ -1751,7 +1769,7 @@ }\reserved@a \fi \fi -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \setlength{\lineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\normallineskip}{\p@} \setlength{\columnsep}{10\p@} @@ -1879,7 +1897,7 @@ \@lowpenalty = 51 \@medpenalty =151 \@highpenalty =301 -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1517 2013-11-21 13:02:39Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-title.dtx 1675 2014-02-03 07:37:48Z mjk $ \newcommand*{\@extratitle}{}% \newcommand{\extratitle}[1]{\gdef\@extratitle{% #1% @@ -2052,12 +2070,14 @@ \let\titlepage@restore\relax \renewcommand*\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% \let\@oldmakefnmark\@makefnmark - \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark} + \renewcommand*{\@makefnmark}{\rlap\@oldmakefnmark}% \next@tdpage \if@twocolumn \ifnum \col@number=\@ne - \@makeextratitle - \next@tdpage + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle + \next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \else \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else @@ -2066,7 +2086,9 @@ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]% \fi \else - \@makeextratitle + \ifx\@extratitle\@empty\else + \@makeextratitle\next@tdpage + \fi \@maketitle \fi \thispagestyle{\titlepagestyle}\@thanks @@ -2103,13 +2125,11 @@ \global\let\and\relax }% \newcommand*{\@makeextratitle}{% - \next@tdpage \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else - \noindent\@extratitle \next@tdpage + \noindent\@extratitle\par \fi } \newcommand*{\@maketitle}{% - \next@tdpage \global\@topnum=\z@ \setparsizes{\z@}{\z@}{\z@\@plus 1fil}\par@updaterelative \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else @@ -2215,7 +2235,7 @@ \if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1552 2013-12-16 16:51:32Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-sections.dtx 1788 2014-09-11 13:41:04Z kohm $ \newcommand*\appendix{\par% \setcounter{chapter}{0}% \setcounter{section}{0}% @@ -2261,6 +2281,101 @@ \fi \@@maybeautodot } +\newcommand*{\scr@saved@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% +} +\ifx\@startsection\scr@saved@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@tempskipa #4\relax + \@afterindenttrue + \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ + \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse + \fi + \csname scr@startsection@hook\endcsname + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa + \fi + \@ifstar + {\csname scr@preto@ssect@hook\endcsname\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% + {\csname scr@preto@sect@hook\endcsname + \scr@section@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\else + \ClassWarningNoLine{\KOMAClassName}{`\string\@startsection' has been + changed.\MessageBreak + \KOMAClassName\space needs it's own Definition of + `\string\@startsection'\MessageBreak + to provide extended features for the optional argument\MessageBreak + of `\string\section` etc.\MessageBreak + Generally it defines `\string\@startsection` completely new\MessageBreak + to achieve this. Because of the unexpected definition\MessageBreak + an alternative approach will be used.\MessageBreak + If this fails and if there isn't a new release of\MessageBreak + KOMA-Scriptt that fixes the problem, please\MessageBreak + send a report to the KOMA-Script author.\MessageBreak + Note, that this alternative approach does not\MessageBreak + execute `\string\scr@startsection@hook', \MessageBreak + `\string\scr@preto@ssect@hook', or `\string\scr@preto@sect@hook'% + }% + \let\scr@saved@startsection\@startsection + \newcommand*{\scr@startsection}[6]{% + \@ifstar + {\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}*}% + {\scr@section@dblarg{\scr@saved@startsection{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}% + } +\fi +\newcommand*{\At@startsection}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@startsection@hook}{\let\scr@startsection@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@startsection@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@ssect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@ssect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@ssect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@ssect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand*{\Before@sect}[1]{% + \@ifundefined{scr@preto@sect@hook}{\let\scr@preto@sect@hook\@empty}{}% + \l@addto@macro{\scr@preto@sect@hook}{#1}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@dblarg}[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {#1}% + {\scr@section@xdblarg{#1}}% +} +\newcommand{\scr@section@xdblarg}[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\reserved@a{% + \unexpanded{\endgroup\let\scr@osectarg\z@#1[{#2}]{#2}\def\scr@osectarg}% + {\scr@osectarg}}% + \reserved@a +} +\renewcommand*{\@startsection}{% + \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ + \expandafter\scr@saved@startsection + \else + \expandafter\scr@startsection + \fi +} +\newcommand*{\SecDef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\scr@section@dblarg{#1}}} +\CheckCommand*{\secdef}[2]{\@ifstar{#2}{\@dblarg{#1}}} +\let\secdef\SecDef \def\@tempa#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{% \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \let\@svsec\@empty @@ -2502,7 +2617,7 @@ \partheadstartvskip \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% - \secdef\@part\@spart + \SecDef\@part\@spart } \newcommand*{\@part}{} \def\@part[#1]#2{% @@ -2585,7 +2700,7 @@ \partheadstartvskip \vbox to\z@{\vss\use@preamble{part@o}\strut\par}% \vskip-\baselineskip\nobreak% - \secdef\@addpart\@saddpart + \SecDef\@addpart\@saddpart } \newcommand*{\@addpart}{} \def\@addpart[#1]#2{% @@ -2663,7 +2778,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@chapter\@schapter + \SecDef\@chapter\@schapter } \newcommand*{\@chapter}{} \def\@chapter[#1]#2{% @@ -2790,7 +2905,7 @@ \thispagestyle{\chapterpagestyle}% \global\@topnum\z@ \@afterindentfalse - \secdef\@addchap\@saddchap% + \SecDef\@addchap\@saddchap% }% \newcommand*{\@addchap}{}% \def\@addchap[#1]#2{% @@ -2832,7 +2947,7 @@ \addchapmark{\scr@ds@head}% }% \newcommand*{\@saddchap}[1]{\@schapter{#1}\addchapmark{}}% -\newcommand*\addsec{\secdef\@addsec\@saddsec} +\newcommand*\addsec{\SecDef\@addsec\@saddsec} \newcommand*{\@addsec}{} \def\@addsec[#1]#2{\section*{#2}% \ifnum \scr@osectarg=\z@ @@ -2872,7 +2987,7 @@ \addtocentrydefault{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}% } \newcommand\section{% - \@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{section}{\sectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2880,7 +2995,7 @@ \raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@section}% } \newcommand\subsection{% - \@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsection}{\subsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2889,7 +3004,7 @@ }% } \newcommand\subsubsection{% - \@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{subsubsection}{\subsubsectionnumdepth}{\z@}% {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}% {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}% {\ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax @@ -2898,19 +3013,31 @@ }% } \newcommand\paragraph{% - \@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% + \scr@startsection{paragraph}{\paragraphnumdepth}{\z@}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus.2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@paragraph}% } \newcommand\subparagraph{% - \@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% + \scr@startsection{subparagraph}{\subparagraphnumdepth}{\parindent}% {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}% {-1em}% {\raggedsection\normalfont\sectfont\nobreak\size@subparagraph}% } \newkomafont{minisec}{} -\newcommand\minisec[1]{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex +\newcommand\minisec[1]{% + \ifnum \scr@compatibility<\@nameuse{scr@v@3.13a}\relax + \@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex + \else + \if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi + \par + \@afterindentfalse + \if@nobreak + \everypar{}% + \else + \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace{1.5ex}% + \fi + \fi {\parindent \z@ \ifnum \scr@compatibility>\@nameuse{scr@v@2.96}\relax \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@ plus 1fil}\fi @@ -2972,7 +3099,7 @@ \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi% \if \@tempa b% - \set@preamble@vpox{0}{#2}% + \set@preamble@vpos{0}{#2}% \fi \if \@tempa o% \set@preamble@vpos{1}{#2}% @@ -3051,10 +3178,10 @@ \newcommand*{\chapter@o@preamble}{} \let\chapter@o@preamble\relax \newcommand*{\setpartpreamble}{\set@preamble{part}} -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@u}{} -\let\part@preamble@u\relax -\newcommand*{\part@preamble@o}{} -\let\part@preamble@o\relax +\newcommand*{\part@u@preamble}{} +\let\part@u@preamble\relax +\newcommand*{\part@o@preamble}{} +\let\part@o@preamble\relax \newcommand*\l@part[2]{% \ifnum \c@tocdepth >-2\relax \addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}% @@ -3143,7 +3270,7 @@ \@dottedtocline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% \fi } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1529 2013-12-03 07:36:57Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-miscellaneous.dtx 1803 2014-10-09 08:18:02Z kohm $ \newif\if@restonecol \newcommand{\dictum}[2][]{\par% \begingroup @@ -3246,7 +3373,75 @@ the extended optional argument of the section\MessageBreak commands } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1551 2013-12-16 14:02:13Z mjk $ +\BeforePackage{titlesec}{% + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph +} +\AfterPackage{titlesec}{% + \@ifpackagelater{titlesec}{2014/10/09}{% + \ClassInfo{\KOMAClassName}{% + Deactivating the `titlesec` workaround,\MessageBreak + because package is newer than expected% + }% + }{% + \PackageWarning{\KOMAClassName}{% + Activating an ugly workaround for a missing\MessageBreak + feature of package `titlesec`% + }% + \def\scr@ttl@@extract#1\scr@startsection#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \@tempskipa=#5 + \@tempskipb=#6 + \ifdim\@tempskipa<\z@ + \toks@{\titlespacing*#8{#4}}% + \@tempskipa-\@tempskipa + \else + \toks@{\titlespacing#8{#4}}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipa*\ttl@space\relax\beforetitleunit}% + \ifdim\@tempskipb<\z@ + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8[runin]% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@tempskipb-\@tempskipb + \else + \if@tempswa + \titleformat#8% + {\ttl@fil\ttl@fonts\ttl@sizes{#3}}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \else + \titleformat#8% + {#7}{\@seccntformat{#2}}% + {\z@}\ttl@passexplicit + \fi + \@ifundefined{ttl@space}{}{% + \ttl@assign\@tempskipb*\ttl@space\relax\aftertitleunit}% + \fi + \edef\ttl@a{\the\toks@{\the\@tempskipa}{\the\@tempskipb}} + \ttl@a}% + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@section\section + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\subsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\subsubsection + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\paragraph + \expandafter\scr@ttl@@extract\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\subparagraph + \let\scr@ttl@saved@section\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subsubsection\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@paragraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@saved@subparagraph\relax + \let\scr@ttl@@extract\relax + }% +} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-pagestyles.dtx 1774 2014-07-07 07:15:22Z kohm $ \newcommand*{\set@tempdima@hw}{% \setlength{\@tempdima}{\textwidth}% \if@mincl @@ -3264,10 +3459,11 @@ \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@pagefoot}{\footfont} \newcommand*{\scr@fnt@wrn@pagefoot}[1]{% This class does not use font element `pagefoot'!\MessageBreak - Maybe you should load package `scrpage2', before\MessageBreak - using this element% + Maybe you should load package `scrlayer-scrpage',\MessageBreak + before using this element% } -\newcommand*{\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% +\newcommand* + {\pagemark}{{\usekomafont{pagenumber}{% \thepage}}} \renewcommand*{\ps@plain}{% \renewcommand*{\@oddhead}{}% @@ -4041,7 +4237,7 @@ \endgroup \@footnotemark } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1522 2013-11-22 08:11:42Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-listsof.dtx 1720 2014-03-05 08:03:10Z kohm $ \doforeachtocfile[float]{% \setuptoc{\@currext}{chapteratlist}% } @@ -4141,7 +4337,7 @@ \string\float@listhead\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@listhead\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Maybe implementation of \string\float@listhead\space will\MessageBreak be removed from KOMA-Script soon.\MessageBreak @@ -4156,7 +4352,7 @@ \string\float@addtolists\space detected!\MessageBreak Implementation of \string\float@addtolist\space became\MessageBreak deprecated in KOMA-Script v3.01 2008/11/14 and\MessageBreak - has been replaced by more several more flexible\MessageBreak + has been replaced by several more flexible\MessageBreak features of package `tocbasic`.\MessageBreak Since Version 3.12 support for deprecated\MessageBreak \string\float@addtolist\space interface has been\MessageBreak @@ -4179,7 +4375,7 @@ \newcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}} \newcommand*\listoftables{\listoftoc{lot}} \let\l@table\l@figure -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-bibliography.dtx 1804 2014-10-10 06:44:55Z kohm $ \newcommand*\bibname{Bibliography} \newcommand*{\bibpreamble}{\relax} \let\bibpreamble\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize10pt.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize10pt.clo index 3ecc4041cff..86fce62c582 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize10pt.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize10pt.clo @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-fonts.dtx (with options: `clo,10pt') %% scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx (with options: `clo,10pt') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% @@ -149,16 +149,7 @@ \def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi \labelwidth\leftmarginvi \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ -\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{% - \l@addto@macro{\@listi}{\@list@extra}% - \let\@listI=\@listi - \l@addto@macro{\@listii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\@listiii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\footnotesize}{\protect\add@extra@listi{ftns}}% - \l@addto@macro{\small}{\protect\add@extra@listi{sml}}% -} -\@listi +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \endinput %% %% End of file `scrsize10pt.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize11pt.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize11pt.clo index b2503e2997d..c1517f54219 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize11pt.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize11pt.clo @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-fonts.dtx (with options: `clo,11pt') %% scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx (with options: `clo,11pt') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% @@ -149,16 +149,7 @@ \def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi \labelwidth\leftmarginvi \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ -\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{% - \l@addto@macro{\@listi}{\@list@extra}% - \let\@listI=\@listi - \l@addto@macro{\@listii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\@listiii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\footnotesize}{\protect\add@extra@listi{ftns}}% - \l@addto@macro{\small}{\protect\add@extra@listi{sml}}% -} -\@listi +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \endinput %% %% End of file `scrsize11pt.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize12pt.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize12pt.clo index b049b3438de..bc99b8dd500 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize12pt.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrsize12pt.clo @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %% scrkernel-fonts.dtx (with options: `clo,12pt') %% scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx (with options: `clo,12pt') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup %%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-fonts.dtx 1483 2013-10-31 15:12:30Z mjk $ \ProvidesFile{% @@ -149,16 +149,7 @@ \def\@listvi {\leftmargin\leftmarginvi \labelwidth\leftmarginvi \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ -\@ifundefined{@list@extra}{}{% - \l@addto@macro{\@listi}{\@list@extra}% - \let\@listI=\@listi - \l@addto@macro{\@listii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\@listiii}{\@list@extra}% - \l@addto@macro{\footnotesize}{\protect\add@extra@listi{ftns}}% - \l@addto@macro{\small}{\protect\add@extra@listi{sml}}% -} -\@listi +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-paragraphs.dtx 1767 2014-06-26 09:20:18Z kohm $ \endinput %% %% End of file `scrsize12pt.clo'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrtime.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrtime.sty index f0dcf27ebb3..2e01f352e67 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrtime.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrtime.sty @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %% scrtime.dtx (with options: `package,scrtime,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -65,22 +65,23 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrtime}[% - 2011/03/31 v3.08b KOMA-Script package - (time of LaTeX run)% + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script + package + (time of LaTeX run)% ] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ \newif\if@Hxii \KOMA@ifkey{12h}{@Hxii} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[scrtime]{24h}{12h=false} \KOMAProcessOptions\relax -%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1383 2013-10-01 15:44:28Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrtime.dtx 1701 2014-02-26 10:04:57Z kohm $ \def\thistime{% \@ifstar {\let\@tempif\iffalse\@thistime} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.sty index 005d3113d67..56e910487bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/scrwfile.sty @@ -1,53 +1,48 @@ %% %% This is file `scrwfile.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% generated with the docstrip utility, extended by scrdocstrip. %% %% The original source files were: %% %% scrwfile.dtx (with options: `package,trace,scrwfile,identify,option,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2010-2013 by Markus Kohm <komascript(at)gmx.info> +%% Copyright (c) 2010-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of -%% the LaTeX Project Public License, version 1.3c of the license. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2005/12/01 or later and of this work. +%% It may be distributed under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License in the version distributed together +%% with KOMA-Script, see file `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt'. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the +%% KOMA-Script bundle. You may however distribute the +%% KOMA-Script bundle without all such generated files. See also +%% `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt' for additional information. %% -%% The Current Maintainer and author of this work is Markus Kohm. +%% The list of files belonging to KOMA-Script distribution is given in +%% the file `manifest.txt'. See also `lppl.txt' or `lppl-de.txt' for +%% additional information. %% -%% This file may only be distributed together with the file -%% `scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx'. You may however distribute the files -%% `scrwfile.dtx' and `scrlogo.dtx' without this file. -%% -%% If this file is a beta version, you are not allowed to distribute it. +%% If this file is a beta version, you may not be allowed to distribute +%% it. Look at the comments below to see if this is the case. %% %% English and German manuals are part of KOMA-Script bundle. %% ---------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% The english manual is at `scrwfile.dtx', too. -%% -%% The KOMA-Script bundle (but not this file) was based upon the LaTeX2.09 -%% Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e standard -%% classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. +%% See `README'. %% -%% THIS IS AN ALPHA VERSION! -%% USAGE OF THIS VERSION IS ON YOUR OWN RISK! -%% EVERYTHING MAY HAPPEN! -%% EVERYTHING MAY CHANGE IN FUTURE! -%% THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE! +%% The KOMA-Script bundle (but maybe not this file) was based upon the +%% LaTeX 2.09 Script family created by Frank Neukam 1993 and the LaTeX2e +%% standard classes created by The LaTeX3 Project 1994-1996. You may +%% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at +%% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrwfile.dtx 1805 2014-10-13 08:55:20Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{scrwfile} - [2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha LaTeX2e KOMA-Script package (write and clone files)] + [2013/08/05 v0.1f-alpha KOMA-Script package (write and clone files)] \PackageWarningNoLine{scrwfile}{% THIS IS AN ALPHA VERSION!\MessageBreak USAGE OF THIS VERSION IS ON YOUR OWN RISK!\MessageBreak diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.sty index 2a782c7d570..942aae4c940 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocbasic.sty @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ %% tocbasic.dtx (with options: `package') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 2008-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 2008-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1533 2013-12-10 18:06:14Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocbasic.dtx 1782 2014-08-18 10:48:22Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{tocbasic}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (handling toc-files)% ] @@ -682,7 +682,9 @@ \expandafter\noexpand\csname \tb@nt@type name\endcsname \noexpand\nobreakspace \expandafter\noexpand\csname the\tb@nt@type\endcsname - \noexpand\csname autodot\endcsname + \ifx\tb@nt@counterwithin\@empty\else + \noexpand\csname autodot\endcsname + \fi }% \noexpand\newcommand*\expandafter\noexpand \csname fnum@\tb@nt@type\endcsname{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.sty index a38fea1372a..61cfd0c7066 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/tocstyle.sty @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ %% EVERYTHING MAY CHANGE IN FUTURE! %% THERE IS NO SUPPORT, IF YOU USE THIS PACKAGE! %% -%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1562 2013-12-19 07:51:16Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: tocstyle.dtx 1716 2014-03-01 15:38:49Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{tocstyle} - [2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha LaTeX2e KOMA-Script package (versatile toc styles)] + [2013/08/11 v0.2e-alpha KOMA-Script package (versatile toc styles)] \PackageWarningNoLine{tocstyle}{% THIS IS AN ALPHA VERSION!\MessageBreak USAGE OF THIS VERSION IS ON YOUR OWN RISK!\MessageBreak diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/typearea.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/typearea.sty index 836273a82af..3f17c9df40b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/typearea.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/typearea.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% scrkernel-compatibility.dtx (with options: `package,typearea,body') %% scrlogo.dtx (with options: `logo') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{typearea}[% - 2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script + 2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script package (type area)] \typeout{% Package typearea, \csname ver@typearea.sty\endcsname^^J% @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ \@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\space\space Copyright (C) Markus Kohm, 1994-^^J% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1502 2013-11-06 11:00:12Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-basics.dtx 1809 2014-10-17 08:02:00Z kohm $ \RequirePackage{scrkbase}[\KOMAScriptVersion] -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \newcommand*\SetDIVList[1]{\def\ta@divlist{{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}#1}} \newcommand*\SetXDIVList[1]{\def\ta@divlist{#1}} \newlength{\ta@bcor} @@ -264,7 +264,9 @@ \fi \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -\AtEndOfPackage{\KOMA@key{BCOR}{\typearea[{#1}]{last}}} +\AtEndOfPackage{% + \KOMA@key{BCOR}{\typearea[{#1}]{last}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% +} \KOMA@key{DIV}[calc]{% \edef\@tempa{#1}% \def\@tempb{last}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\let\@tempa=\@lastdiv\fi @@ -279,7 +281,9 @@ \fi \FamilyKeyStateProcessed } -\AtEndOfPackage{\KOMA@key{DIV}{\typearea[current]{#1}}} +\AtEndOfPackage{% + \KOMA@key{DIV}{\typearea[current]{#1}\FamilyKeyStateProcessed}% +} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[typearea]{DIVcalc}{DIV=calc} \KOMA@DeclareDeprecatedOption[typearea]{DIVclassic}{DIV=classic} \KOMA@ifkey{areasetadvanced}{@areasetadvanced} @@ -313,7 +317,8 @@ \KOMA@key{twocolumn}[true]{% \if@atdocument\clearpage\fi \KOMA@set@ifkey{twocolumn}{@twocolumn}{#1}% - \ifx\FamilyKeyState\FammilyKeyStateProcessed + \ifx\FamilyKeyState + \FamilyKeyStateProcessed \csname recalctypearea\endcsname \fi } @@ -613,7 +618,7 @@ } \DeclareOption*{% \x@paper} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ \providecommand* {\scr@compatibility}{\scr@v@last} \newcommand*{\scr@ta@compatibility}{\scr@compatibility} @@ -628,7 +633,9 @@ Because of this, version was set to `first'% }% }{% - \PackageInfoNoLine{scrextend}{% + \PackageInfoNoLine{% + typearea% + }{% Switching compatibility level to `#1'% }% \edef\scr@ta@compatibility{\@nameuse{scr@v@#1}}% @@ -697,8 +704,11 @@ \@namedef{scr@v@3.11a}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.11b}{10} \@namedef{scr@v@3.12}{11} -\@namedef{scr@v@last}{11} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13}{12} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.13a}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@3.14}{13} +\@namedef{scr@v@last}{14} +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-typearea.dtx 1770 2014-06-30 06:48:19Z kohm $ \InputIfFileExists{typearea.cfg}{% \typeout{% ***************************************^^J% @@ -1328,7 +1338,7 @@ \fi } \typearea[current]{current} -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1512 2013-11-11 10:35:04Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-compatibility.dtx 1814 2014-10-28 10:06:00Z kohm $ %%% From File: $Id: scrlogo.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ \@ifundefined{KOMAScript}{% \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/visualize.lco b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/visualize.lco index 0d5a10a2db4..3996796f07a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/visualize.lco +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/koma-script/visualize.lco @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ %% scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx (with options: `lco,visualize,body') %% scrkernel-notepaper.dtx (with options: `lco,visualize,body') %% -%% Copyright (c) 1994-2013 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] +%% Copyright (c) 1994-2014 Markus Kohm [komascript at gmx info] %% %% This file was generated from file(s) of the KOMA-Script bundle. %% --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% find a complete unmodified copy of LaTeX2e at %% <http://www.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/>. %% -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1560 2013-12-19 07:13:30Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-version.dtx 1815 2014-10-28 10:15:59Z kohm $ \begingroup \catcode`\@11\relax \ifx\KOMAScriptVersion\undefined @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ \fi } \fi - \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2013/12/19 v3.12 KOMA-Script}% + \@CheckKOMAScriptVersion{2014/10/28 v3.14 KOMA-Script}% \endgroup -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \ProvidesFile{% visualize% .lco}[\KOMAScriptVersion\space letter-class-option] @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Letter class option #1 Warning: #2% }% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1499 2013-11-05 17:22:29Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-letterclassoptions.dtx 1799 2014-10-04 16:58:57Z kohm $ \@ifpackageloaded{eso-pic}{}{\RequirePackage{eso-pic}} \newcommand*{\showfields}[1]{% \AtBeginLetter{% @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ \newcommand*{\showUScheck}{% \showenvelope(8.625in,3.625in)% } -%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1380 2013-10-01 15:31:55Z mjk $ +%%% From File: $Id: scrkernel-notepaper.dtx 1798 2014-10-04 13:59:37Z kohm $ \endinput %% %% End of file `visualize.lco'. |